*!■ ■;„

' ;.'. ,:,'■'■ v,r'

. ' ' i , ■ ' ■' <:i.'*,:u: rli:i:i

■■;i:'- ;-:,M. ?■;:", .'.:i :

■'■ ';'>'^^'

■.ii:|^|;i;v;:;a}|.^:;r;':;::.:-:,:::^,;

■I .

•/•;:.,;■:;;'• MMf -X

;j;'';:i^." /'^i,''.':: ■.■■:;•' / :. ■:;::'"

■ ' ' '-^:.,:^l.Mi;F

• •. ,''■.", . ,1..: ;.!(' ' ■">. ■.' ■ ' .

■ ' !';>^«';^!>'?;'

/e ^fj -^j

milt.

>

BOSTON

JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY,

CONTAINING

PAPERS AND COMMUNICATIONS

READ TO THE

BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY,

1859—1863.

PUBLISHED BY THEIR DIRECTION.

VOL. VII.

;.:.>^ YOtUC-
bOTANICAL
QARDEfii

BOSTON

MDCCCLXIII.

.0L3

A./
/^S9' ^ 3

PtJBLISniNG cojimittee:
AUGUSTUS A. GOULD, , SAMUEL L. ABROT

CHARLES K. DILLA WAY, | JEFFRIES WYM\N

SAMUEL H. SCUDDEK.

RIVERSIDE, CAMBRIDGE :
PRINTED BY H. O. HOUGHTON.

Tins volutnc completes the octavo series of the " Journal." The
second series will ai)pear in (juarto form, under the title : — " Memoirs
read before the Boston Society of Natural History."

Publishing Committee.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Akt. I. A supplement to the " Terrestrial Mollusks of the

United States, &c." By W. G. Binxey . . 1

Art. II. Observations upon the Geology and Palajontology of
Burlington, Iowa, and its vicinity. By Charles A.
White 209

Art. III. On the Hymenoptera of the genus AUantus in the

United States. By Edward Norton . . . 236

Art. IV^. Descriptions of new species of Crinoidea from the
Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. By
James Hall 261

Art. V. Notes on 'new species of Microscopical Organisms,
chiefly from the Para River, South America. By
LoRixG W. Bailey 329

Art. VI. Contributions to the Comparative Myology of the

Chimpanzee. By Burt G. Wilder . . . 352

Art. VII. On alternate generation in Annelids and the embry-
ology of Autolytus cornutus. By A. Agassiz . 384

Art. VIII. Materials for a monograph of the North American
Orthoptera, including a Catalogue of the known New
England species. By Samuel H. Scudder . 409

Art. IX. Observations on the summit structure of Pentremites,
the structure and arrangement of certain parts of
Crinoids, and Descriptions of new species from the
Carboniferous Rocks at Burlington, Iowa. By
Charles A. White 481

Art. X. Descriptions of the Fossil Plants collected by Mi-.
George Gibbs, Geologist to the United States North-
west Boundary Commission, under Mr. Archibald
Campbell, United States Commissioner. By Dr. J.
S. Newberry oOG

IV CONTENTS.

PAGE

Akt. XL On Arachnactis bracliiolata, a species of floating
Actinia found at Naliant, Massachusetts. By A.
Agassiz 525

Art. XIT. Prodromus of the history, structure, and physiology of
the order Lucernaria;. By Prof. IIeniiy James-
Clauk, of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 531

Art. XIII. Monograph of the genus Callinectes. By Albert

OUDWAY 5G7

Art. XIV. On tlie Fossil Crab of Gay Head. By Dr. William

Stimi'Sox 583

Art. XV. On Synthetic Types in Insects. By A. S. Pack-
ard, Jr. 590

Art. XVI. Description of a " White Fish " or " "White Whale "
(Beluga borealis Lesson). By Jeffries AVymax,
Prof of Anatomy in Harvard College . . . 603

Art. XVII. Remarks on some characteristics of the Insect Fauna
of the White Mountains, New Hampshire. By
Samuel H. Scudder 612

BOSTON

JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY,

CONTAINING

PAPERS AND COMMUNICATIONS,

READ BEFORE THE

JJostou Socicto of Natural Pnstotfi,

AND PUBLISHED BY THEIR DIRECTION.

VOL. VII. — NO. I.

PUBLISHING COMMITTEE.

D. HUMPHREYS STORER,
CHARLES K. DILLAWAY,

SAMUEL L. ABBO T,
JEFFRIES WYMAN,

SAMUEL KNEEL AND, Jr.

BOSTON

1859.

-.. VORK
BOTANICAL

BOSTON

JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY.

VOLUME VII. — NO. I.

Art. I. — A Supplement to the " Terrestrial Mollusks of
the United States, SfC^ By W. G. Binney.^

The following pages are devoted to a continuation of
the work of my father on the Terrestrial Mollusks of the
United States. They are believed to contain all the latest
information regarding the several species, their varieties,
synonymy, geographical distribution, &c. I have also
added many references to authors not quoted in the Mol-
lusks, as well as to those whose works have appeared
more recently. Descriptions of all the newly discovered
species are added, and figures given of all to which I have
been able to obtain access.

Since no species was described in the " Mollusks," with
which the author or the able editor was not personally
acquainted, there were quite a number of doubtful species
entirely omitted in that work. These I have added, with
all the information in regard to them which I have been
able to obtain.

In addition to the species recently discovered, there are
many shells which have been described as distinct species
during the last twelve years, though considered as only

1 The plates are numbered in continuation of those in the third volume of the
"Terrestrial Mollusks," by Dr. Amos Biuuey; as the paper forms a continuation
of that work.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 1

2 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

varieties of other species by Dr. Binney. In treating these,
I have followed the opinions of the latest writers, founded
on the advanced state of our knowledge of this depart-
ment of science.

In all doubtful cases, I have given the original descrip-
tion and figure of the authors whose opinions conflict,
often reserving my own decision till more information has
been obtained. I have also endeavored to increase the
usefulness of my work by adding many descriptions and
figures from rare and generally inaccessible works.

The measurements of the shells described are the same
as adopted by Dr. PfeifFer, and are given in the millimetre,
which is equal to -^ of an inch. 1 have also followed
Dr. Pfeiller in the systematic arrangement of the various
genera.

The species of the Western Coast are grouped sepa-
rately. I have described only those which have actually
been found within the limits of the United States, though
I have added the names of all the extra limital species
found north of Mazatlan. In the second division of the
work, I have included the species inhabiting the whole
continent of North America, from the boreal regions to
the Rio Grande.

I would take this opportunity of returning thanks to the
numerous friends who have aided my studies by furnish-
ing me specimens and interesting information regarding
the species of their vicinity. I am particularly indebted
to my friend Thomas Bland, Esq., of New York, for the
use of his most interesting collection of American land
shells, as well as for the great advantage I have derived
from his valuable assistance during the four years I have
devoted to the following pages. To Mrs. Thomas Say,
also, I am under very great obligations for tiie use of her
husband's MSS. and many letters from Fenessac and
other conchologists. Many of Say's types, preserved in

Biniiey on Terrestrial Mollusks. 3

the Philadelphia Academy, have been consulted by me,
as well as those of my father which are in my own collec-
tion.

I have endeavored to include all the information on this
subject which has been published prior to January 1st,
1859. In subsequent supplements I shall endeavor to pre-
sent all the additional information elicited by future re-
search. To this end, criticisms on the opinions I have
advanced are solicited, and suites of local species from
every part of the country.

The Auriculacea and the Aciculacea of the United
States are added to the families described in the " Mol-
lusks." This first attempt to describe them has been at-
tended by many disadvantages, and is offered with great
hesitation as necessarily quite incomplete.
Burlington, N. J., August, 1859.

The following list contains the additional works referred
to in the text.

N. B. The date given is always that of the separate portions of any periodical
■work; when it is impossible to ascertain this, tlie date of the general title is
given.

Adams, C. B. Contributions to Conchology. New York, 1849 - 52.

Natural History of the Red River of Louisiana. Washington,

1853.

Adams, Henry and Arthur. The Genera of Recent Mollusca, arranged accord-
ing to their Organization. London. Pulmonifera (pts. xix-xxiii). Jan. -Sept.
1855.

Amtlicher Bericht iiber die 24te Versammlung Deutscher Naturforscher und
Aerzte in Kiel, Sept. 1846. Kiel, 1847, pp. 113, 114, 122, 123, 220.

Annals of the Lyceum of Natural His.tory of New York, 1858.

Anton, H. E. Verzeichniss der Conchylien, &c. 1839.

Billings, E. Notes on the Natural History of the Mountain of Montreal. From
the Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. May, 1857.

Binney, W. G. Descriptions of American Land Shells. In Proceedings of
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1857, p. 18. Febr. 1857.

Notes on American Land Shells. In same, ii. Oct. 1867; iii.

May, 1858; iv. Nov. 1858.

Description of two supposed new Species of American Land

Shells. Proc. of Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. VI. 155. April, 1857.

4 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Binney, W. G. Report upon the Land Shells collected by the Survey. In Vol.
VI. of Pacific Rail Road Exploration Report. Washington, 1857.

Vide Say.

Bland, Thomas. Remarks on certain Species of North American Helicidffi,
with Descriptions of new Species. Part I. New York, 1858. From vol. vi. of Ann.
of Lye. Nat. Hist, of New York, p. 277-299, Febr. 1858; p. 336-358, Sept. 1858.

Boursignat, J. R. Dii genre Carychium. In Revue et Magasin de Zoologie,
Mai, 1857.

Carpenter, P. P. Cat. of the Reigen Collection of Mazatlan Mollusca. War-
rington, 1855 - 57.

Report on the Present State of our Knowledge with Regard to

the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America. (From the Report of the Brit.
Ass. Adv. Sc. 1856.) London, 1857.

Case, William. Description of two new Species of Shells in Silliman's Journal,
N. S. Vol. in. No. 7, Jan. 1847.

Chenu. Illustrations Conchyliologiqucs, &c.

Delessert, Benj. Receuil de coquilles decrites par Lamarck ct non encore

figur^es, 1841.

Fabricius, 0. Fauna Grcenlandica. 1780.

Forbes, Edward. In Proc. of the Zoological Society of London.

Forbes' and Hanley. A History of British Mollusca and their Shells. 4 vols.

1848-52.
Frauenfeld, G. In Verhandlungen des Zoologisch-botanischen Vereins zu

Wien, 1854.

Die Gattung Carychium. Aus dem lahreshefte des lahrganges

1856 der Sitzungsberichte der mathem.-naturwiss. Classe der Kais. Akademie der
Wiss. (Band xix. S. 70.) Wien, 1856.

Gould, A. A. In Agassiz's Lake Superior, &c. 1850.

Mollusca of the United States Exploring Expedition. Boston,

1852. The plates are not yet published.

Grateloup, S. Distribution G^ographique de la Famille des Limaciens. Bor-
deaux, 1855.

Gray, J. E. Catalogue of Pulmonata, or Air-breathing Mollusca in the Collec-
tion of the British ISluseum. Part 1. JIarch, 1855.

and Pfeiller, L. Catalogue of Phaneropneumona or Terrestrial

Operculated Mollusca in the Collection of the British Museum. London, 1852.

Gray, M. E. Figures of Molluscous Animals, selected from various Authors.
Vol. IV. 1850.

Held in Isis.

Higgins, Frank. Catalogue of Shellbearing Mollusca inhabiting the Vicinity of

Columbus, Ohio, &c.

Kuster, H. C. Auriculacea (1844). Truncatella (1856). Bulimus, Achatina,
and Pupa of the new edition of Martini and Chemnitz Conchylien Cabinet.

Lapham, I. A. Catalogue of Wisconsin Mollusca. In the Trans, of the Wis-
consin State Agricultural Soc. Vol. II. Madison, 1852.

Lea, Isaac, in Transactions and Proceedings of the American Philosophical
Society, and in the Journal and Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of
Natural Sciences, passim.

Lewis, James. Shellbearing Species of Mollusca observed in Portions of Ilerki-

Binney on Terrestrial MoLlusks. 5

mer and Otsego Counties, New York. In Troc. Boston Soc. Nat Hist. VI. a.
July, 1856.

Martini and Clicmnitz Concliylicn Cal;iuct. Ed. nov. sec ITcifler and Kiister.

Mittre in Kevue Zoologique. 1841. *

Miiller, H. P. C. Index Molluscorum Groenlandi;^, Hafvnias, 1842.

Mijrcli, 0. A. L. Mollusca Groeidandica. From Kink's Greenland. Kioben-
havn, 1857.

Jlorelet, Arthur. Testacea Novissima Insulse Cubanis et Americse Centralis.
Pars 11. Paris, 1851.

Morse, E. S. Description of a new Species of Helix. In Proceedings of Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist. VI. 128. March, 1857.

Muhlfeldt, Jlegerlc von. In Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft naturforschender
Freunde zu Berlin, 1824, 1. St. 4.

Miiller, Th. Synopsis Testaceorum anno 1834 Promulgatorum, 1836.

Petit de la Saussaye. Journal de Conchyliologie. Paris, 1850.

Petiver, James. Remarks on some Animals, &c., from Marj-land. Philosophi-
cal Transactions, London, 1698, p. 395.

PfeitVer, L. Die Gattungen Vitrina, Helix, und Succinea in Chemn. Conch. Cab.
Ed. 2 do. do. Helicinacea und Cyclostomacea.

Novitates Conchologicae. Cassell, 1854.

In the Zeitschrift fiir Malakozoologie,/J«ssm.

In Roomer's Texas, p. 454. Bonn, 1849.

Monographia Auriculaceorum Viventium. Casselis, 1856.

Monographia Pneumonopomorum Viventium, Cassell, 1853.

Supplementum Primum, 1858.

Symbols; ad Historiam Heliceonim, pars 3, 1846.

Monographia Heliceorum Viventium, i. ii. 1848; iii. 1853.

In the ilalako-zoologische Blatter, passim.

Poey, F. Memorias sobre la Historia Natural de la Isla de Cuba, i. 1852-6; ii.
1857.

Potiez et Michaud. GaMrie des Mollusques du Museum de Douai, 1. 1838.

Reeve, Lovell. Conchologia Iconica, Helix, Bulimus, Achat ina.

Roemer. Vid. Pfeifier.

Russell, J. R. Familiar Notice of some of the Shells found in the Limits of
Essex County, Massachusetts. In the Jouni. Essex Co. Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. I.
No. 2, 1839.

Say, Thomas. Complete Writings on the Conchology of the United States.
Edited by W. G. Binney. New York, 1858.

Shuttleworth, R. T.,inMittheilungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern.
1852, 1854.

Notitiffi MalacologicEe, oder Beitrage zur niihern Kenntniss

der Mollusken. Heft. I. Febr. 1856.

Stimpson, William. Shells of New England. A Revision of the Synonymy of
the Testaceous Mollusks of New England. Boston, 1851.

Troschel, in Wiegmann's Archiv. fiir Naturgeschichte.

Valenciennes. Voyage de la Venus, Atlas.

Woodward, S. P. A Manual of the Mollusca, or a Rudimentary Treatise on
Recent and Fossil Shells. London, Part II. 1854.

6 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

I. The Species of the Pacific Coast.
FAMILY LIMACEA.
Genus ARION Ferussac.

ARION FOLIOLATUS Gould vol. ii. p. 30, pi. Ixvi. fig. 2.

Avion foliolatus Gould, Ex. Ex. p. 2, fig. 2 a b.

Genus LIMAX Ferussac.

LIMAX COLUMBIANUS Gould vol. ii. p. 43, pi. Ixvi. fig. 1.

Limax Columbianus Gould, Ex. Ex. p. 3, fig. 1 a b c.

FAMILY HELICEA.

Genus SUCCINEA Dkapanaud.
SUCCINEA NUTTALLIANA Lka vol. ii. p. 81, pi. Ixvii. a, fig. 2.

Succinea Nuttalliana Lea, Tr. Am. Pliil. Soc. ix. p. 4.

Pfeiffek, Mou. llcl. Yiv. ii. 523; iii. 15.

SUCCINEA OREGONENSIS Lea vol. ii. p. 77, pl. Ixvii. c, fig. 2.

Succinea Oregonensis Lea, Tr. Phil. Soc. ix. p. 1, p. 6, (1844).
Pfeiffek, Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. 523; iii. 15.

SUCCINEA RUSTICANA Gould.

Plate LXXIX. Figure 14.

T. clongata, ovato-conica, tenuis, pallide virens, impolita, lineis in-
equallbus incrementalibus et crassis striata, subtus convexa ; spira acuta,
anfr. 3 convexiusculis ; apertura ovata, quadrantes tres longitudinis ade-
(juans ; oolunu'llfi arcuata, perspioue plicatu. (Gould).

synonyms and references.

Succinea ruslicana Gould, Pr. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. 187, Dec. 1846; Expe-
dition Shells, 31 ; Mollusca of Exploring Ex. p. 28, fig. 29,
1852.
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. 523; iii. 16.

DESCRIPTION.

S/ic/l L'lungate, ovate conical, rather large, tliin and fragile ; pale
greeni.sli horn color, surface rude and without lustre, coarsely and

Binney on Terrestrial Molliisks. 7

irreguhirly marked by the lines of growth. Spire acute, of three
or more modei'titely convex whorls, separated by a well impressed
suture, the last whorl large and long, narrowing towards the base ;
body portion of the face of the shell moderately large. Aperture
ovate, three fourths the length of the shell ; fold of the columella
distinct.

Length of axis ^, breadth \ inch.

Geographical Distribution. Oregon.

Remarks. Somewhat allied to S. pudorina in form, but very dif-
ferent in color. (Gould).

I have not seen this species. The above is Gould's de-
scription. The figure I have given is a fac-simile of the
outline of the figure referred to above.

Extra Limital Species.

Succinea cingiilata Forbes, from Mazatlan, is described in the
Proceedings of the Zoological Society, 1850, p. 56.

Spurious Species.
Succinea aperta Lea, vid. vol. ii. p. 67.

Genus HELIX Llnn^us.

HELIX TUDICULATA Binney vol. ii. p. lis, pi. xvi.

Hdix tudiculata Pfeiffek, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 283.

Pfeiffer (1. c.) repeats Binney's description, not having
seen the shell, and suggests doubtfully its being a variety
of H. Californiensis.

HELIX NICKLINIANA Lea vol. ii. p. 119, pi. vi. a.

Helix Nichliniana Tkoschel, Arch, fiir Nat. 1839, ii. 221.

Helix Californiensis Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 332, pi. Ivii. fig. 14-15, Excl. var. 2,
(1846).

Reeve, No. 661.

Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 339; iii. 229.

Helix arboretorum Valenciennes, Voy. de la Venus. Moll. pi. i. fig. 3.
Helix nemoraviga Valenciennes, 1. c. fig. 1.

" Animal reddish gray, tentacles and base of foot bluish ; quite

8 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

naiTow in proportion to the length of the shell ; tentacles short.
CTregarious, inhabiting dry gullies and hill sides ; many specimens
found in a cabbage garden." (Thomson).

This shell varies very considerably in size and in the
elevation of its spire. This fact will account for the differ-
ence in the figures referred to in the synonymy. That of
pi. vi. a, is a perfect representation of what Lea's original
specimen would be in a fresh state.

Helix Californicnsis of Pfeiifer, Chemnitz, and Reeve,
are to be referred to this species. Those authors are in-
correct in considering H. Nickliniana a variety of H. Cali-
forniensis.

H. arboretormn is placed by Pfeiffer doubtfully in the
synonymy of H. Californiensis, while H. nemoraviga is
placed among the uncertain species. A fac-simile of Va-
lenciennes's figure of the former isi given, pi. 76, fig. 13,
and of the latter on pi. 79, fig. 11.

I have described, under the names of H. redemita and
H. intercisa, the shells figured on pi. vi. as varieties of this
species.

HELIX INTERCISA.

Pr.ATE VI. Figure 1. Middle figure.

Testa solidissima, luteo-cinerea, apice ruia, globoso-conica ; spira bre-
vis; .-^utura impressa; anfractus quinque, convexiusculi, lincis paralk-iis
volvciitibus, valde demissis, strias iucreiuentales distinctas intercidL-iitibus
notati ; anfr. ultimas globosus, supra peripheriam fascia unica, ruta ob-
scurissima ornatus ; apertura luaxime obliqua, forma equi calcei, rotun-
data ; labrum albo-c-iiii'reum, incrassatum, subtus reflexiusculum, sub-
unidentatum, umbilicum totum tegens ; marginibus approximatis, oallo
iuterjunctis.

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Eelix intercisa W. G. Binney, Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila. ix. p. 18, (Oct. 1857);

Proc. Boston Soc. N. H. vi. p. 156 ; Notes, p. 1.
Ilelix Nickliniana var. Binney, Terrestrial Mollusks, ii. p. 120; iii. pi. vi. f. 1.
Iccm in medio posita.

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 9

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell globose-conic, with five slightly-rounded whorls;
spire little elevated ; suture distinct ; upon the body whorl
a dark revolving band, hardly discernible ; aperture very
oblique, shape of a horseshoe ; peristome thickened, heavy,
dirty white, slightly reflected at the umbilicus, which it
entirely conceals, near its junction with the columella fur-
nished with a tooth-like process, the extremities connected
by a heavy ash-colored callus, which is spread more lightly
over the whole parietal wall ; epidermis grayish yellow,
apex rufous. The striae of growth are very numerous and
distinct, crossed by numerous, regular, revolving lines, so
deeply impressed as to entirely separate them into small
sections; thus the whole surface of the shell is divided
into minute, raised parallelograms, separated by the deep
longitudinal and horizontal furrows.

Greatest diameter, 22 ; lesser, 19 ; alt. 15 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Found in Oregon Territory.

Remarks. This shell I found in the collection of my
father. It was labelled H. Nickliniana Lea, var., and as
such is figured in the Terrestrial Mollusks. I cannot be-
lieve, however, that any species can admit of varieties dif-
fering so much as this does from Nickliniana. To Mr.
Lea's figure and description it bears no resemblance what-
ever, either in shape or sculpturing.

It may readily be distinguished among the Helices of
the Pacific coast, by its grayish, heavy shell, its thickened
lip, and above all, by the peculiar markings of the surface.

HELIX REDE3IITA.

Plate VI. Figure 1.
Testa globoso-conica, imperforata, tenuiscula, minute et confertim gi-an-
ulata, corrugata, rufo-brunnea ; apex laevigata, obtusula, spira elcvata ;
anfr. 6 convex!, sutura impressa distiucti, ultimus permagnus, inflatus, ad

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 2

10 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

aperturam descendens, supra medium fascia fusca redimitus ; apertura
perobliqua, transverso-orbicularis, intus unifasciata; perist. simplex, rufo-
cinereum, incrassatulum, marginibus valde approximatis, basali reflexius-
culo, callo albo umbilicum tegente.

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

HeUx redimita W. G. Binney, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sc. of Phila. vol. ix. p. 183, Notes,

p. 3, Oct. 1857.
Helix Nickliniana var. Binney. Terr. Moll. iii. pi. vi. fig. 1, (excepta icone in medio

posit&) 1857.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell globose-conic, imperforate, rather thin, wrinkled,
covered with minute and crowded granulations ; color red-
dish brown ; apex free from granules, rather blunt ; spire
elevated ; suture impressed ; w^horls six, convex, the last
quite large and rounded, falling towards the aperture, and
banded with reddish brown above the middle ; aperture
rather large in proportion to the size of the shell, very
oblique, transversely rounded, within showing the band ;
peristome simple, reddish ash color, thickened, reflected
slightly at the base, ends approaciied ; umbilicus entirely
covered with a white callus.

Greater diameter, 31 ; lesser, 17 ; height, 12 mill.

Geographical Distribution. I am not acquainted with
the exact locality of this shell, but am inclined to refer it
to California.

Remarks. Tliis shell is figured by my father as a var.
of H. Nickliniana Lea. A reference to Mr. Lea's figure
and description will at once show it to be distinct, accord-
ing to the present notions of specific weight. Dr. Gould
refers it (Terr. Moll. iii. p. 26) to H. Calif or nien sis Reeve,
(Con. Icon. 661). It appears, however, to be distinct from
the shell there figured.

In general outline it resembles H. Kcllcttii Forbes, Proc.
Zool. Soc. London, 1850, pi. ix, f. 2, as well as Reeve's

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 11

fig. 665 b, not 665 a, Con. Icon. The resemblance will be
found, however, to cease with the outline, on a comparison
of the two shells. H. KrUettii is sometimes perforate, is
differently colored, and belongs rather to the group of Cali-
fornia Helices represented by H. areolata Sowb. and H.
Pandora Forbes, than that of H. Californiensis Lea, inter-
cisa, nob. and the shell before me.

HELIX ANACHORETA.

Plate LXXVI. Figure 5.

T. orLioulato-convexa, aperte umbilioata, cinereo-rufcscens, granulata
et rar^ indcnta ; spira elevata, conioa ; anf. 6 convexi, ultimus suLtus
ventricosus ; siitura imprcssa ; perist. incrassatum, vix reflexiusculum,
violaceo-albidum, unibilicura baud multum occultans, marginibus approx-
imatis, callo conjunctis ; faux violacea ; apertui-a obliqua, transverso-ro-
tundata.

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Helix anachoreta W. G. Binney, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. of Phila. ix. p. 185, Notes,
p. 5, Oct. 1857.

DESCRIPTION.

" Animal light ashen color, tentacles nearly white ; aver-
age length of some thirty specimens 2| inches (2 diameters
of shell) ; superior tentacles 5-8ths ; inferior 3-16ths inch ;
foot broad at the posterior extremity ; a line of large gran-
ules down the middle of the back ; sides of foot margined
with a line of light granules (pores) ; genital orifice poste-
rior to and beneath the larger tentacles. In its habits soli-
tary." (Thomson.)

Shell reddish ashen, orbicularly convex ; spire elevated,
conic ; umbilicus open, slightly concealed by the peris-
tome ; whorls six, granulated and sparsely indented ; su-
ture impressed ; below ventricose ; aperture transversely
rounded ; peristome thickened, scarcely reflected, whitish,
with a violet tinge, the extremities approaching each other

12 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

and connected with a callus on the parietal wall ; throat
violet.

Greater diameter, 26 ; lesser, 21 ; height, 14 millimetres.

Geog-raphical Distribution. Found by Mr. J. H. Thom-
son widely distributed in California.

Remarks. It was with some hesitation that I proposed
a name for this shell. I at first considered it as a bandless
variety of Nickliniana Lea. But on expressing this opin-
ion to Mr. Thomson, he gave me the above description of
the animal and its habits, which are quite distinct from
those of Mr. Lea's shell. Its characteristics were found
constant at various remote points of the State, and in a
considerable number of specimens. They seem too great
for a simple variety. The animal is also different in its
habits from Nickliniana, being found only solitary, while
the latter is gregarious.

The shell is one of the very few bandless species of Cal-
ifornia.

HELIX RETICLLATA Pfeufek.

T. umbilicata, globoso-depressa, solidula, oblique striata, striis subregu-
lariter antrorsum descendentibus oblongogranulata, fulvida, fascia 1 rufa
peripheria cincta ; spira breviter conoidea ; ant'r. 5^ convexiusculi, ultimus
latu8, rotundatus, antice non descendens; umbilicus angustus, non per-
vius ; apcrtura diagonalis, rotundato-lunaris ; perist. crasse albo-labiatum,
marginibus tlistantibus, dextro vix expansiusculo, columellari declivi su-
perne dilatato, reflcxo.

Diam. niaj. '22, min. 18, alt. Hi mill. Ilab. in California.
(Pfeiffer, Malak. Bliitt. 1857, p. 87.)

I have not seen this species. The above is Pfeiffer's
description.

III:LIX EXARATA TFiaFFER.
T. umbilicata, conoideo-depressa, solidula, undique malleato-rugulosa,
lutescens, fascifi 1 castanea cincta ; spira breviter conoidea, acutiuscula ;
anfr. 7 paruni convcxi, Icnte accrescentes, ultimus latior, rotundatus,

Biiiney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 13

anticc vix docondcns, circa unibilicum mediocrcm, nportnm subooinpres-
siis ; apertura oblhpia, late liinaris; pcrist. levitL-r albo-labiatum, uiargin-
ibus vix convergentibus, dextro breviter expanse, coluniellari superne
triangulatini dllatato, patcntc. [Ff.]

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Hdix exarata Pfetffer, Proc. ZoiJl. Soc. of London, May, 1857, p. 108.
Diaiii. maj. 30, min. 25, alt. 16 mill. Hab. California V (Pf.)

I have not seen this species. The description given
above is PfeifFer's.

HELIX CALIFORNIENSIS Lea vol. ii. p. 121, pi. vi. fig. 2.

Helix Californiensis Troschel in Wiegm. Arch. 1839, ii. 221.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 46, — not of Pfeiffer, Chemnitz,
Reeve.
Helix vincta Valenciennes, Voy. dehi Venus, Moll. pi. 1, fig. 2, absq. desc.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, vol. ii. p. 487, t. 160, fig. 2 (1854).
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 660.
Pfeiffer, Jlon. Hel. Viv. ili. 18.3.
W. G. BiNNEY, Notes, p. 9.

In my notes No. 2, 1 expressed the opinion that H. vincta
figured by Valenciennes was distinct from this species.
Having since carefully compared Lea's original specimen
with Valenciennes's figure, I am convinced of their iden-
tity. The figure in the Terrestrial MoUusks is a correct
representation of this species in a fresh state. Reeve's
figure 660 is also good. That of Chemnitz (1. c.) is less
characteristic. Lea's figure is very poorly drawn, and at
best represents a dead and worn specimen.

Under the name of H. vincta, therefore, descriptions and
figures of H. Californiensis are to be found in the works
referred to in the synonymy. All other descriptions and
figures referred to Helix Californiensis represent Helix
Nickliniana, including those given in Chemnitz, Pfeiffer,
and Reeve.

HELIX RA3IENTOSA Gould vol. iii. p. 12.

14 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

HELIX LORICATA Gould vol. ii. p. 145, pi. xxix a. fig. 2.

Helix loricaia Gould, U. S. Ex. Ex. Moll. p. 68, fig. 39, a. b. c.

Pfeiki-kh, Mon. Ilcl. Viv. iii. p. 265.
Ilelix Lecontii Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. vol. x. No. 2, p. 303, pi. xxx. fig. 13 (1852).

Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. p. 265.

From an examination of Lea's original specimen of
Lecontii, as well as from his description and figure, I am
convinced of its identity with loricaia. Gould expresses
this opinion (Ex. Ex. p. *501, Addenda), Pfeiffer copies
Lea's description, not having seen the shell, and remarks
" Nonne varietas umbilicata H. pustulce ? "

" Animal white, linear, rough, posteriorly acute, tentacles
very short." (Thomson.)

The shell is furnished with the peculiar internal fulcrum
mentioned by Lea, (1. c.)

HELIX GER.IIANA Gould vol. ii. p. 156, ]A. xl a. fig. 3.*

Ilelix germana Gould, U. S. Ex. Ex. Moll. p. 70, fig. 40 a. b. c.
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 269.

HELIX FIDELIS Gray vol. ii. p. 159, pi. xviii.

Helix Jidelis Muller, Syn. Test, anno 1834 promulgatorum, p. 8.

Chemnitz, cd. 2, vol. i. 321, pi. Ivii. fig. 12-13 (1846).

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 657 (1852).

W. G. Binney, Pac. R. R. Rep. vi. p. Ill (1857).

Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 229.
Helix Nuitalliana Tkoschel, Arch, fiir Nat. 1839, ii. 229.

Gould, U. S. Ex. Ex. MoU. p. 65, fig. 38 (1852).

All the more recent writers agree in placing H. Nuttalli'
ana in the synonymy of H. Jidelis, excepting Gould, who,
as late as 1852, (1. c.) remarks, " As there are other species
in that region corresponding equally well with Gray's
indefinite description, I think it proper to retain Mr. Lea's
name until the identity can be fully settled."

* On the copy of the plate referred to, engraved by Delarue, the aperture of
Helix maxillata is erroneously placed next the figure of this species. This mis-
take does not occur on the other copy of the plate.

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 15

HELIX INFUMATA Gould vol. iii. p. 13, pi. Ixxix. fi-. 2.

Helix infunutta W. G. Binney, Pac. R. R. Rep. vi. p. 112.

HELIX TOWNSENDIANA Lea vol. ii. p. IGl, pi. xix.

Helix Tmvnsendiana Tkoschel, Arch, fiir Nat. 1839, ii. 221.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 323, pi. Ivii. fig. 10, 11 (1846).

Reeve, Con. Icon. 625 (1852).

Pfeiefer, 1. c. iii. 229.

Gould, U. S. Ex. Ex. JIoll. 67, fig. 30.

HELIX ARROSA Gould vol. iii. p. 12, i.l. ixxvi. (ig. 4.

Htlix aruginusa Gould, 1. c.

W. G. Binney, Pac. R. R. Rep. vi. p. 113.
Helix arrosa Gould in litt.

W. G. Binney, Notes, p. 5.

This name is proposed by Gould in place of ceruginosa,
that being preoccupied.

HELIX DUPETITHOUARSI Desha yes. . .vol. iii. p. 14, pi. Ixxvi. fig. 9.

Helix Bupetithouarsi Desha yes, in Fer. i. 169, pl. xcvii. fig. 8-10.
Reeve, Con. Icon. 659 (1852).
Pfeiffer, 1. c. Excl. var. B.; iii. 229.
W. G. Binney, P. R. R. Rep. vi. p. 114.
Helix Oregmensis Troschel, Arch, fiir Nat. 1839, ii. 221.
DeKay, N. Y. Moll. 46.
» Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 272.

In the collection of the Smithsonian Institute there are
specimens of this shell which are furnished with a delicate
greenish-yellow epidermis. As this has never been noticed
in descriptions, I believe it must exist only on very fresh
specimens, which are rarely seen. On being immersed
some minutes in water, the epidermis becomes of a bright
golden color.

The figure is a fac simile of that of Deshayes.

HELIX MORMONUM Pfeiffer.

Plate LXXIX. Figure 21.

T. umbilicata, depressa, tenuisoiila, arcuato-striatula, pallide rutus-
cens ; spira vix conoideo-elevata ; aiifr. 6, vix convexiusculi, lente ac-

16 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

crescentes, ultimus utrinque convexior, antice turgidulus, vix descendens,
supra medium fixscia castanea, utrinque albido-marginata cinctus, basi
convexus ; umbilicus mcdiocris, conicus ; apertura perobliqua, auriform!,
lunaris; perist. albo-labiatum, marginibus convergentibus, dextro perar-
cuato, expanso, columellari arcuato-declivi, reflexo, superne dilatato.
[Pf.]

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Helix Mormonum Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, May, 1857, p. 109.

Diam. maj. 29, min. 24i, alt. 12i mill. Ilab. Mormon Island, Cali-
fornia. (Pf.)

The above is PfeifFer's description. I have not seen
the shell, but through the kindness of Mr. Cuming I have
been able to give a figure of it.

HELIX COLUMBIANA Lea vol. ii. p. 169, pi. v. pi. xiii. a. fig. 1.

Mdix Columbiana Troschel, Arch, fiir Nat. 1839, ii. 221.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 3.32, pi. Iviii. fig. 10-12 (1846).

Eeeve, Con. Icon. No. 692 (1852).

Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 262.
Helix labiosa Gould, vol. ii. p. 170; U. S. Ex. Ex. Moll. p. 67, fig. 35.
Pfeiffer, 1. c. p. 262.

I think there can be no doubt of the identity of these
two species. Lea's description was drawn from a worn
specimen, denuded of its hairs. It will be remarked that
Reeve and Pfeiffer describe it as being covered " pilis
brevibus." The latter author gives Gould's description of
labiosa, not having seen the shell, but records his belief
in the indentity of the two.

Mr. Thomson gives me the following note on the ani-
mal of this species. It seems more than probable that he
has confounded it with some other shell, as his observa-
tions do not agree with those given on p. 171 (vid. Notes,
p. 8).

" Animal twice as long as the breadth of the shell, dark
slate color, almost black on the head and tentacles ; a
black line running along each side of the back from the
base of the longer tentacles ; body covered with com-

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. * 17

pressed granules ; tentacles black, acutely pointed ; eyes
at the base of superior tentacles ; anatomy believed to re-
semble, somewhat, that of the Lymniadro. Gregarious ;
in its habits resembling Lymna;a, being found always near
water, and laying its eggs on the water-cresses and other
aquatic plants. Arrives at maturity in one year, one half
the time required by the other species."

HELIX DEVIA Gould " vol. iii. p. 11, pi. Ixxix. fig. 13.

Helix devia Pfeiffek, 1. c. iii. 262.

Gould, Addenda, Ex. Ex. *501.
Helix Baskervillei Pfeiffek, 1. c. iii. 230.

There can be no doubt of the identity of these two
species. Gould's original specimen agrees perfectly with
the figure of Reeve (1. c.) and Pfeiffer's description. The
latter remarks on H. Baskervillei " Conf. H. devia Gould,
huic forsan peraffinis."

The shell figured is preserved in the Cumingian collec-
tion.

HELIX KELLETTI Forbes.
Plate LXXVI. Figure 12.

H. testa anguste umbilicata, depresso globosa, tenui, rugulosa, granu-
lata, fulva, spira subturbinata, sordide flavo conspersa, rufo-unifasciata,
anfr. 6 convexiusculi, ultimo ad peripheriam fascia pallida ciiicto, basi
subinflato; apertura limato-rotundata, intus pallide fusca, unifasciata;
perist. reflexiusculo, margine columellari dilatato, reflexo, umbilicum
occultante. Diam. max. 22, min. 19, alt. 19 mill.

This species is nearly allied to B. Galiforniensis Lea. It differs
in the more pyramidal contour of the spire, in the less tumid body
whorl, and consequently differently shaped, more lunate, slightly
elongated mouth. The margin of the mouth is more reflected.
[Forbes.]

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Helix Kelletti Forbes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1850, p. 55, pi. ix. fig. 2 a. b.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 665, (1852).
Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 467, pi. clvi. fig. 19, 20, (1853).
Pfeiffek, Men. Hel. Viv. iii. 183.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 3

18 Binney on Terrestrial Mo Husks.

Not possessing a fresh specimen of this species, I am
not able to add a more detailed description to that of
Forbes, repeated above. My figure is a fac-simile of his.
In Gould's collection is a specimen said to have been
found at San Diego. The species has been attributed to
Central America, but probably through some error.

Reeve's figure b seems more closely allied to H. areolata
or H. Levis, than to the form figured by Forbes.

HELIX PANDORA Forbes vol. iii. p. 15, pi. Ixxvi. fig. 8.

Helix PandorcB Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 671, (1852).

Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 467, pi. 156, fig. 17, 18, (1853).
Pfeiffer, Men. Hel. Viv. iii. 127.

Reeve gives as habitat " Central America."

The figure given is a fac-simile of the original. I have

not seen the shell. Below is Gould's description of

damascenus.

Helix Damascenus. T. conico-globosa, imperforata, solidula, dilute
prunina ad apicem violacea subtus cinerascens, rudis et lineis tenuibus
interru[)tis numcrosis oincta ; anfr. 5 rotundatis ; sutura impressa : aper-
tura subfircularis ; peristomate anguste reflexo, pallido, extremitatibus
approximatis ; fauce livlda ; columella iucrassata, rotundata.

HELIX LEVIS Pfeiffer.
Plate LXXVl. Figure 10.

Testa perforata, globosa, tenuis, levis, oblique striata, obsolete granu-
lata, albida, punctis seriatis vel fasciis pellucide corneis varie oriiata ;
spira brevis, acutiuscula ; anfr. 5 vix oonvexiusculi, ultimus inflatus ;
apertura rotundato-lunaris, intus concolor vel fulvida ; perist. acutum,
intus sublabiatum, margine t-olumellari superno dilatato, fornicatim re-
flexo, perforationeni f'cro tegente. DIam. maj. KJ, niin. 14, alt. 13 mill.

i3. Margine columollari dente unico, obtuso, calloso instructo.

Habitat in California, ad Columbia River. [Pfeitfer].

ZTefo Zem Pfeiffer, Men. Hel. Viv. i. 154; iii. 128. Zietschr, f. Mai. 1845,
p. 162.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 240, pi. xxxvi. f. 16, 17, (1846).

I have not seen this species. Pfeiffer's description is

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 19

given above, and a fac-simile of his figure in the second
edition of Chemnitz is given on the plate referred to.

HELIX AREOLATA Sowerby,. . . .vol. iii. p. 14, pi. Ixxvi. fig. 11; var. y.

fig. 3.

Helix areolaia Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 127.

Chemnitz, 1. c. 1, 248, (1846).
Eeeve, Con. Icon. No. 664, (1852).

The original figure of Pfeiffer is copied on the plate

referred to from Chemnitz, edition 2. Two varieties are

mentioned by him.

"i3. Dente aperturae obsoleto.

" y. Minor, globosa, dente aperturae valido." (fig. 3).

HELIX VANCOUVERENSIS Lea, vol. ii. p. 166, p. xx.

Helix Vancouverensis Teoschel, Ar. f. Nat. 1839, ii. 221.
Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 155.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 146, pi. xciv. f. 21-23.
Gould, U. S. Expl. Ex. p. 36, fig. 37.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 669 (1852).
Helix vellicata Forbes, Proc. Zoiil. Soc. London, Mar. 1850, p. 75, pi. ix. fig. 1.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 454, pi. cliv. fig. 42-44.
Eeeve, Con. Icon. No. 673, (1852).
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 155.

From the description and figure of Forbes, as well as
from specimens received from Mr. Cuming's collection,
I am satisfied of the identity of H. vellicata with this
species. Forbes's description is given below.

H. t. aperte umbilicata, tenui, convexo-depressS, subnitida, sulcato-
striata, striis minutissimis spiralibus decussata, Ifete viridibus; spira con-
vexiuscula, anfr. 6, ultimo rotundato, magno, antice dilatato, subdescen-
dente ; ap. perobliqua, lunato-oblonga ; faux alba, perist. margine subre-
flexo, supern^ deflexo-sinuato. Diam. max. 22, min. 18, alt. 8 mill. —
Panama ?

Distinguished from its near allies by the peculiar deflection of the upper
portion of the lip margin.

HELIX SPORTELLA Gould, vol. ii. p. 211, pi. xxii a. fig. 1.

Helix sportella Gould, U. S. Expl. Ex. p. 37, fig. 42.
Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 104.

The revolving striae appear to be wanting in some indi-

20 Binney on Terrestrial Molhisks.

viduals. In the mature shell the peristome is slightly-
reflected, and has the remarkable deflection which charac-
terizes H. Vancouver ensis and H. concava.

Found at San Diego by Dr. J. S. Newberry, and in
Contra Costa Co. by Mr. J. H. Thomson. The latter
gentleman's notes show the animal to be quite distinct
from that of H. concava Say, however similar the shells
may be, with the exception of the striae on the Californian
species. He writes, " Animal uniformly white or flesh-
colored, with an orange line on top of back. Solitary —
or only found in pairs."

HELIX NEWBERRYANA.

Plate LXXVI. Figure 7.

Testa late umbilicata ; orbiculato-deprcssa ; solida ; striis tenuibus in-
crementi et lineis subtilissimis, spiralibus, leviter graimlato-decussata ;
nigra, aut rufo-brunnea, sub epiderme alba ; sutura valde impressa ;
spira depressa ; anfr. 6, regulariter accrescentes, superi plani, ultimus
convexus, subtus rotundatus, ad aperturain descendens ; umbilicus latus,
perspectivus, anfr. omnes ad apicem monstrans; apertura obliqua, trans-
verso-lunaris ; in exemplis junioribus, paries aperturalis, sculptura anfr.
praecedentis callo levi obliterata, eleganter notata est lineis elevatis, nu-
merosis, confertis, spiralibus ; in exemplis maturis, h»c sculptura occulta
est callo incrassato, sed intus in anfr. omnibus remanet ; perist. simplex,
acutum, intus callosum, marginibus sub-convergentibus, callo albo con-
junctis.

SYNONYMS A1»D REFERENCES.

Hdix NewbeiTyana W. G. Binney, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. of Phila. x. p. 115,
Notes, p. 16. May. 1858.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell broadly umbilicated ; orbicularly depressed ; solid ;
lightly decussated by incremental striae, and numerous
fine spiral lines : color black or reddish-brown, under the
epidermis white and shining; suture deeply impressed;
spire depressed ; whorls 6, regularly increasing, the upper

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 21

ones flattened, the last convex, rounded below, and slightly
deflected at the aperture; umbilicus broad, showing all
the volutions clearly ; aperture oblique, transversely-lunar;
in young specimens the decussated sculpturing of the shell
on the parietal wall of the aperture is covered with a light
callus as the animal grows, and elegantly marked with
numerous fine, crowded, spiral lines ; in mature specimens
this beautiful marking is entirely obliterated by the depo-
sition of callus, but on breaking the shell, the lines will be
found to exist within ; peristome simple, acute, thickened
within, ends slightly approximated, joined with a white
callus.

Greater diameter, 37 ; lesser, 20 ; height, 13 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Found in considerable quan-
tity by Dr. J. S. Newberry, of the Colorado Exploring
Expedition, (Lieut. Ives,) within a few miles of San
Diego.

Remarks. This species bears no close resemblance to
any known American Helix. It belongs to the same
group as H. Vancouverensis Lea, but differs in size, color,
number of whorls, umbilicus, want of peculiar depression
of the lip, by its beautifully decussated surface, and pecu-
liar parietal wall of the aperture. In form alone, dead
specimens may be compared with H. algira Lin., of
Europe, but the spire is flatter and umbilicus larger.

I am unacquainted with any other species of Helix,
distinguished by a like peculiarity of the parietal wall of
the aperture.

Named in honor of Dr. J. S. Newberry, the Geologist of
the Colorado Ex. Ex.

Very abundant at the locality given above. But few
fresh specimens were brought, however, owing to the fact
of there having been a drought for several years before the
visit of the Expedition.

22 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

HELIX CULTELLATA Thomson.
Plate LXX\a. Figure 6.

Testa orblculato-depressa, nitens, carinata, cornoo-rufescens, ad peri-
pheriam et ad suturas albo-zonata ; anfr. 6^ convexiusculi, striis minutis
incrementalibus at lineis microscopicis spiralibus decussati ; sutura im-
pressa, apertura oblicjue lunaris ; pcrist. simplex, acutum. ad columcllam
vix reflexiusf'uliim ; subtus Ifevigata. albida, infra earinam late rufo-corneo-
zoiiata ; umbilicus perspectivus, anfr. omnes ad apiccm monstrans.

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Btlix cufteZfaia Thomson, in Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sc. ix. p. 1S5, Oct. 1857;
Notes, p. 5.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal twice the length of the diameter of the shell;
color reddish.

Shell orbicular, depressed, carinated, shining, reddish
horn color, with a broad revolving band of white at the
periphery and sutures ; whorls 6|, rather convex, decussated
by minute lines of growth and microscopic revolving lines ;
below these lines are obsolete, the surface is shining, whit-
ish, with a broad reddish horn-colored band below the
carina ; suture impressed ; aperture oblique, lunate ; peris-
tome acute, not thickened and scarcely reflected at the
umbilicus, which is broadly expanded, and shows all the
volutions to the apex.

Greater diameter, 35 ; lesser, 19 ; height, 13 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Found plentifully in Contra
Costa Co., California, by Mr. J. H. Thomson, of New
Bedford, Mass.

Remarks. Mr. J. H. Thomson, of New Bedford, Mass.,
proposes this name for a shell found by him living in con-
siderable quantities. The circumstances in which it was
discovered are very unfavorable to the supposition of its
having been brought from abroad. The chances of a
Dalmatian shell having been introduced into California,

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 23

and already multiplying there, are very small indeed. At
the same time the shell before me bears strong resemblance
to the European group of this type. It seems to be be-
tween H. albanica Zicgler, and acies Partsch ; the carina
being less sharp than in the latter. Mr. Thomson suggests
that it may have been imported from the Sandwich Islands
on vegetables, but there is no species native to that region
which bears any resemblance to this.

Since the publication of this species in the Proceedings
of the Academy of Natural Sciences, my doubts of its
being a native of California have been materially lessened
by the discovery of the allied species, Helix Newbenyana,
from the same Zoological region. The resemblance of
H. cultellata to the group of Eastern Europe is quite re-
markable, yet our knowledge of the Mollusks of the
Pacific Co.ist is still too imperfect to allow us to consider
this as a unique example of resemblance between species
of the two regions.

HELIX STRIGOSA Gould vol. ii. p. 210, pi. xxvi.

Hdix strigosa Gould, U. S. Ex. Ex. p. 36, fig. 41.

Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 112; Malac. Blatt. 1857, 32.

" Rocky Mountains in New Mexico." (Pfeiffer).

Spurious Species.

Helix Sagraiana Orbigny, a Cuban species, is erroneously attrib-
uted to California (on the authority of Sovverby) by Pfeiffer
(Mon. i. 325) and Carpenter (Report, p. 214).

Extra Limital Species.

The following species have not yet been found within the terri-
tory of the United States, though they are known to exist in the
neighboring States of Mexico.

Helix Acutedentata W. G. Binney. Plate Ixxvi. Figure 1, and
Helix Loisa W. G. Binney. Plate Ixxvi. Figure 2. (Notes

24 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

No. 2). These are perhaps but varieties of the same species.

They inhabit Sinaloa, on tlic banks of the Mazatlan River.
Helix aspersa, Muller, is said by Forbes (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850,

p. 53) to have been found at Santa Barbara. Its presence

may have been accidental.
Helix Mazatlanica PfeifFer, Mai. Blatt. iii. 43, is attributed to

the locality from which its name is derived.

Genus BULEVIUS scopoli.

BULIMUS CALIFORNICUS Reeve.
Plate LXXIX. Figure 15.

Bui. testa subacuminato-ovata, tenuicula, vix umbilicata, anfr. 6, Isevi-
bus, coliimelhi reflexa, hibro simplici ; lactea, zonulis interruptis transversis
coeruleo nigrlcantibus cingulata.

Hah. California.

There is little novelty in the character or general aspect of this
species, but it is certainly distinct. (Reeve).

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Bulimus Cali/ornicus Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 378, (Dec. 1848).
Pfeiffer, ]\Ion. Hel. Viv. iii. 422.

Remarks. I have seen no authentic specimen of this
species. Above is Reeve's description, and his figure is
given on the plate referred to. Judging from them, I can-
not agree with the opinion expressed by Gould (vol. ii.
p. 275) that it is identical with B. serperastrus. The fig-
ure is one half larger than the natural size of the shell.

BILIMI S EXCELSUS Gould.

I'l.ATK LXXIX. Figure 12.

T. clongato-ovata, acuminata, solidiuscula, lajvis, fulvlda, albido

strigata; spira elevata, peracuta, anfr. 7, ultimo trientes duos long, vix

ajquante: apertura trientera long, adequans, sub-ovata; labro albo anticfe

revoluto, subcontinuo, ad columellam expanse, fissuram latam obtegente.

Bulivivx excelsus Gould, Jom"n. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. vi. pnrt 3, p. 376, pi.

xiv. fig. 3, (Oct. 1863).
Bulimus elatus Gould, 1. c. in tab.

Shell ovate-fusitbrm, rather solid, smooth, pale coffee-colored,

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 25

with unequal longitudinal striga^ of white shading into oach other,
white at suture ; spire acute, elongated ; whorls seven, moderately
convex, the last not quite two thirds the length of the shell ; ai)er-
ture less than half the length of the shell, obliquely subovate, lip
soon becoming revolute, broadly so in front, rising, a little nar-
rowed by a somewhat abrupt curve upon the columella, and ex-
panding again as it rises, until the two extremities of the lip nearly
meet ; the eolumellar portion stands off from the body whorl, dis-
playing a large umbilical fissure ; lip white, with a brown submargin
at the point of reflection.

Length, If inch ; breadth, f inch.

Inhabits California. Maj. Rich.

This shell has very much the appearance of B. Lobhii Reeve,
from Peru ; but the aperture is larger and differently proportioned ;
the colors are less bright, the stripes broader and more blended.
B. pallidior Sowerby, has the aperture more like it, but is colorless,
and has the spire less elongated. In form it is also much like
B. xanthostoma D'Orb. It has the form of B. memhranaceus, but
is much larger and thicker.

This is Gould's description. His figure is given in the
plate referred to. I have not seen the shell.

EXTRA LIMITAL.-^

Bulimus chordatus Pfeiffer,
Hmnholdti Reeve,
Mexicanus Lamarck,
Zebra Miiller,
Ziegleri Pfeiffer,
have been detected in Cinaloa.
Bulimus vegetus Gould, was found at San Juan, Gulf of California,

(Bost. Journ. vi. 375).
Bulimus vesicalis Gould, (1. c. Oct. 1853) "inhabits lower Cali-
fornia." This name being preoccupied by a species described by
Pfeiffer, (March, 1853,) Gould suggests sufflatus in its stead.

1 Bulimus Laurtntii Sowerby, var. /3, is mentioned by Pfeiflfer (Mon. Hel. Viv. ii.
218) as inhabiting " Sitka littoris Aniericse occidentalis." Wlietlier he refers to
the Sitka of the northwest coast, or some South American locality, I do not know.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 4

26 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

Genus ACHATINA Lamarck.

ACHATINA CALIFORNICA Pfeiifek.
Plate LXXIX. Figure 19.

Testa subulata, tenuis, oblique oonfertissime rugoso-striata, cereo-al-
bida: anfr. 12-13, sunimi convexi, 3-4 ultimi planati, ultimus 1-6 longitu-
dinis pauIo superans, basi acute carinatus, infra carinam subexcavatus ;
columella arcuata, basin attingens, incrassata, subtruncata ; apertura sub-
tetragona ; perist. simplex, aciitum. Long. 23, diam. Z^ mill. Ap. 4 mill,
long. 2i lata. (Pfr.)

Achatina Californica Pfeiffer, Symb. ad. Hist. Hel. 3, p. 89; Mon. Hel. Viv.

ii. 2G7, iii. 501.
Reeve, Con. Icon. 115, (Mar. 1850).

Remarks. I have not seen this species, which is said
to inhabit " Monterey, California." The figure I have
given is a copy of Reeve's reduced to the natural size
of the shell.

extra limital.

Genus GLANDINA Schumacher.
Glandina Alhersi, Pfeiffer, and

G. turris, Pfeiffer, are included by Carpenter in the Catalogue
of the Riegen Collection, (p. 175).

FAMILY AURICULACEA.

SUB-FAMILY MELAMPEA.

Genus MELAMPUS Montfort.

MELA3IPUS OLIVACEUS Cakpentek.
Plate LXXIX. Figuke 8.

]M. t. parva, sublaevi, conoidea, spira depressii, infra suturam indis-
tinctam obscure angulata ; albida, fusco-purpurco iirogulariter tesselata,
epiderme adha>rente, obivacea induta ; anfr. 7 vix mostrantibus, planatis;
apertura longa, angusta, ad marginom fusco-purpurea, intus alba ; labro
ad marginem acuto, intus dentate, dentibus in liras acutas, in adulta
saepe obsoletas, decurrentibus ; labio tenui, plica una parietali, transver-
sa, inter denticulas duas sita, in juniore denticulis numerosis intus condi-
tis ; columella plica una oblicpia, ad basin excurrente ; parietibus internis
in adulta absorptis. (Carpenter, 1. o.)

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 27

SYNONYMS AND KEFERENCES.

Mdatnpus olivaceus Cari-enteu, in Riegen Cat. of British Museum, p. 178.

anno. 1857.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not yet observed.

Shell small, rather smooth, conical ; spire depressed, ob-
tusely angulated below the suture, which does not dis-
tinctly separate the whorls ; color dirty white, with irregu-
lar patches or revolving lines of dark red or purplish ;
epidermis olive-colored ; on young or very fresh specimens
there are sometimes microscopic revolving lines near the
base of the shell, and on the spire, which cross the delicate
lines of growth so as to present under the microscope a
granulated surface ; whorls 7 to 9, the upper ones distin-
guished only by means of the lens, and flattened ; aperture
long, equalling \l of the shell, edge variegated in color by
the termination of the reddish bands on the white ground
of the shell, within white ; the outer lip is furnished with
numerous sharp, white laminae, in the specimens before
me varying from 1 to 9 ; the parietal wall of the aperture
is covered with an almost imperceptible, shining, callus ;
there is one constant, prominent, elevated white tooth-
like lamina revolving within the shell, which is usually
placed within two smaller shorter ones ; on the columella
there is also a stouter lamina entering into the aperture,
and passing outwards and curving downwards so as to
join the termination of the labium.

Long. 13; diam. 18 mill.

Geographical Distribution. Mazatlan, (Riegen Cat.
not uncommon,) San Diego, (Mr. W. P. Blake, in Smith-
sonian Collection).

Remarks. This is the first species of the family Auri-
culacea found on the Pacific coast of North America.
There were numerous specimens found by M. Riegen,
which Mr. Carpenter describes as distinguished generally

28 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

by the olive-green epidermis, variegated with purplish-
brown patches. I find the number of laminae in the
aperture very variable, but the two prominent ones on the
labium are constant in all the individuals I have had the
opportunity of examining.

Mr. Carpenter (1. c.) says that M. Mork has labelled this
in Mr. Cuming's collection " Melampus bidentatus Say,"
and justly adds that it is much more nearly allied to
Melampus coffeus Lin. It seems to me, however, to be a
peculiarly well marked species.

The figure is taken from a specimen in the cabinet
of the Boston Society of Natural History, labelled by Mr.
Carpenter.

I am indebted to the kindness of Prof. S. F. Baird for
specimens of this species.

FAMILY ACICULACEA.

Genus TRUNCATELLA Risso.

TRUNCATELLA CALIFORNICA Pfeiffer.

Plate LXXIX. Figures 20, 22.

T. non-rimata, turrito-cylindracea, truncata, tenuiscula, leviter stri-
ata, parum nitens, pallide rubello-cornea ; spira sursum vix attenuata ;
sutura simpliciter niarginata ; anfr. suporst. 4 convex!, sensim accrcs-
centes, ultimns basi non compressus ; apertura verticalis, ovalis, superne
vix angulata ; perist. simplex, continuum, margine dextro expanse,
superne sub-repando, columellari adnato. [Pf.]

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Truncatella Californica Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, May, 1857, p. Ill ;

Mon. Pneum, Viv. ii. p. 7.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell imperforate, cylindrical, truncated at tip, thin and
translucent with light strijr, shining, amber-colored ;
spire in the perfect state of the shell composed of about

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 29

10 whorls, of which 4 only are not deciduous ; these are
convex, increasing in size rather rapidly ; aperture oval,
vertical, rounded above ; peristome simple and continu-
ous, slightly expanded, its pillar margin scarcely attached
to the shell.

Length 4§, diam. 1| mill.

Geographical Distribution. San Diego, California.

Remarks. This is the only Truncatella yet found on
the western coast, excepting, perhaps, the doubtful species
from Mazatlan mentioned in the Riegen Catalogue,
p. 364.

It is readily distinguished by its amber or deep honey
color, and its shining surface nearly unbroken by ribs.
The bars are numerous, and are distinguished rather by
making the shell more opaque than by their prominence.

I am indebted to Mr. Cuming for the figure I have
given of a specimen in his collection, and to Dr. Gould
for specimens of the shell.

This is the Truncatella gracilenta mentioned in the
Errata of Vol. X. Phila. Proc. That name was proposed
by Gould before meeting with Pfeiffer's description.

2. The Species East of the Rocky Mountains.
FAMILY LIMACEA.

Genus VAGINULUS Ferussac.
VAGINULUS FLORIDIANUS Binney vol. ii. p. 17, pi. Ixvii.

SPURIOUS SPECIES.

The following species are catalogued by Grateloup among the
American Vaginuli, (Dist. Geog. des Limaciens, p. 22). They
were all described by Rafinesque, and by him placed in his genus
Philomycus. From the general inaccuracy of that author, as well

30 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

as the deficiency of the descriptions, I think they should be excluded
from this or any genus.

Vaginulus jlcxuolaris, Vaginulus oxyurus,

" fuscus, " quadrilus.

Genus TEBENNOPHORUS Binney.

The first accurate description of this genus was pub-
lished by Binney in 1841, (Proc. Boston Soc. p. 51). I
have therefore given preference to the name he proposed
over that of Rahnesque usually adopted. (Vol. II. p. 19).

Since the publication of the " Terrestrial Mollusks," the
name Tcbcmiophorus has been retained in this country by
Stimpson (Shells of N. E.) and by Grateloup, abroad.
On the other hand, Pliilo^nycns has been adopted in
Adams's Genera of Recent MoUusca, where the charac-
teristics of the mantle are correctly given ; and in the
British Museum Catalogue of Pulmonata.

TEBENNOPHORUS CAROLINENSIS Bosc.vol. ii.p.20,pl.lxiii.fig. 1,2.

Limax Carolinensis Mrs. Gkay, Fig. Moll. An.
Limax marmoratus DeKay, absq. desc.

LixsLEY, Shell of Conn. 9.
Fhilomycus Carolinensis Gkay' and Pfieffer, Brit. Mus. Cat. Pulm.

H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 220. June, 1855. absq.
desc.
Tebennqphorus Carolinensis DeKay', N. Y. .Moll. p. 24.

Stimpson, Shells of N. E. p. 56, absq. desc.

In 1842 (Boston J. N. H. iv. 2) Dr. Binney referred the
Limax Carolinensis of Bosc to this genus. His descrip-
tion was the first correct one ever published. I have
therefore retained the name he proposed for it.

Rafinesque's Genus Philomycus bears an earlier date
than Tcbennophorus. His description appears to me in-
sufficient to warrant this species being referred to his
genus, as it has been in the works referred to in the
synonymy.

From letters of Dr. Newcomb to Dr. Binney (1845) it
appears probable that Limax marmoratus of DeKay's ear-

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 31

Her report (1839, j). 31) and Linsloy's Shells of Connecti-
cut (p. 9) are to be referred to this species. Its characters
are also given by Adams, in Silliman's Journal, vol. 40,
p. 275, (1841). I have also in my possession unpublished
notes of Say in which he accurately describes this species,
and points out the defects of Ferussac's and Rafinesque's
descriptions of Philomyciis and Eumelus.

For anatomy of this species, vid. Wyman, Boston Soc.
Proc. i. p. 1/34.

It is found sparingly in Burlington Co., New Jersey.

TEBENNOPIIORIS DORSALIS Binney vol. ii. p. 24, pi. Ixiii. fig, 3.

Philomycus (knsalis Binney, Proc. Boston Soc. 1841, p. 52.

Gray and Pfeiffek, Brit. Mus. Cat. of Pulmonata.

Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll. ii. p. 220, absq. chsc.
Limax dorsalis DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 22.

Spurious Species.
TebennopJiorus Ulineatus Cart., of Grateloup (Dist. Geog. p. 30) is
unknown to me.

Genus ARION Ferussac

ARION HORTENSIS Feeussac vol. ii. p. 27, pi. Ixiv. fig. 1, Ixv. fig. 2.

./Irion hortensis DeKay, N, Y. Moll. p. 23.

SPURIOUS SPECIES.

Avion empiricorum Ferussac is quoted as an inhabitant of tlie
"Western United States by Grateloup, (Dist. Geog. des Lima-
ciens, p. 8). It Las not been noticed by any American writer,

Arion foliolatus Gould is erroneously ascribed to Boston by the
same author, (p. 8). It is an inhabitant of the Pacific Coast.

Genus LIMAX Ferussac.
LOIAX VARIEGATUS Drapanaud vol. ii. p. 34, pi. Ixv. fig. 1.

Limax jlavus DeKay, N. Y, Moll, p. 21, pl. i, fig, 5.
Gray and Pfeiffek, Brit, Mus. Cat.

L,I3IAX AGRESTIS Muller vol. ii. p. 3tJ, pi. Ixiv. f. 2.

Limax agrestis DeKay, N. Y. JIoll. p. 20, pl. i. fig. 4.

32 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

MiJrch (Moll. Groenl. p. 75) quotes this species as an
inhabitant of Greenland.

LI3IAX CAMPESTRIS Bi.nney vol. ii. p. 41, pi. Ixiv. fig. 3.

Liniax campestris Binney, Proc. Boston Soc. 1841, p. 62.
DeKay, N Y. Moll. p. 23.

Spurious Species.
Ldmax Columhianiis Gould, is quoted erroneously by Grateloup

(Di.st. Geog. des Limaciens, p. 14) as inhabiting the Northern and

"Western States. It is found only on the Pacific Coast.
Limax fuliginosus Gould, and
Liinax olivaceus Gould, are erroneously quoted by the same

author (p. 30) as American.
Limax Uneatus DeKay, is mentioned byname only, (vol. ii. p. 33).
Limax gracilis Rafinesque, of Grateloup and Gray and Pfeiffer, is

Deroceras gracilis of the following list.

Of the following species of Rafinesque, Nos. 1, 2, and 3 are quoted
in Grateloup's Catalogue, and No. 4-10 are described in the Brit-
ish Museum Catalogue of Pulmonata. The original description of
these species is given in voL i. p. 51, e^ seq.

1.

Euraelus

6.

Philomycus

2.

" lividus,

7.

((

flexuolaris,

3.

" nebulosus,

8.

((

fuscus,

4.

Deroceras

9.

((

oxyurus,

5.

" gracilis.

10.

((

quadrilus.

Gray and Pfeiffer also ascribe to Rafinesque the genera Testa-
cina, Urcinella, and Zilotea. I have never met with any descrip-
tion of them, and therefore exclude them with the others as
unworthy of a place in the Catalogue of American Pulmonata.

FAMILY HELICEA.

Genus VmilNA Drapanaud.

VITRINA ANGELICA Beck.

Plate LXXIX. Figure 9.

Testa convexiusculo-deprcssa, laevigata, nitida, pellucida, virenti-lutea ;
spira i)arvu]a, siib-ppuiuii\ula ; sutura subtiliter creiuilata ; antV. .S^ rapids
accrescentus, ultiuius subtus latus; apertura obliqua, lunato-ovalis ; perist.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 33

simplex, subinrtoxum, marfrino folumollari non rocedcnte, levitor airu-
ato. Diam. niaj. (> ; min. 4| ; alt. 3i mill, [rfciiler].

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Vitniia Angelica;, Beck, Lidex, p. 1 (absq. desc.)

JK'iLi.EK, Index JIoll. GraMil. p. 4, (teste Pfr.)
Pkeiffer, Moil. Hel. Viv. ii. p. 510.
RlilRCH iiat. Ridr. af Gron. p. 75 (absq. desc.)

Helix pellucida Fabricius, Fauna Groenl. p. 389, excl. Syn. Miiller.

Helix dmiesdca Strom, Der Tronh. Vidensk. &c. vol. iii. p. 435, tab. vi.

fig. 15, (teste Fabricius).

Geographical Distribution. Found in Greenland. Arch-
angel (Fabricius).

Remarks. " Closely resembling V. pellucida, being scarce-
ly distinguished by the more rapidly enlarging whorls, and
the form of the aperture." (Pfeiffer, 1. c.) I have not seen
this species. The figure I have given was drawn from
a specimen in Mr. Cuming's collection.

Fabricius referred this species to V. pellucida Miiller.
His description is given below. I have not been able to
obtain access to Strom's description.

Helix pellucida (Fabricius, 1. c.) Helix testa imperforata, de-
pressiuscula nitida, subvirescente, anfr. tribus. Descrlptiouem liujus
exactissimam ap. INIiill. de Verm. 1. c. habemus. Vertex in meis omnibus
albus, reliquum testae albido-virescens. Anfraotus maximus verticaliter
plures strias subtiles subeminentes habet, ad suturam notabiliores.

VITRINA LIMPIDA Gould vol. ii. p. 58, pi. Ixvii. a, fig. 1.

Vitrina pellucida DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 25, pi. iii. fig. 4, 5 a. b.

Stimpson Shells of N. E. p. 55, (absq. descr.) Say (Binnoy)
p. 31.
Vitrina Americana Pfkiffer, Dec. 1852, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 156.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 9, pi. i. fig. 22-25, (1854).
Vitrina limpida Gould, in Agassiz, Lake Superior, p. 243, 1850. Terr. Moll. 1. c.
Pfeiffer, Malac. Blatt. ii. p. 10, (1856).

In 1850 this species was declared to be distinct from the
European V. pellucida by Gould. In 1852 a description
of it was published by Pfeiffer under the name of V.
Americana. That author has since withdrawn his name
in favor of Gould's.

.JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 6

34 Binney on Terrestrial Mollnsks.

Say changed his opinion of the identity of this species
and F. pellvcida, subsequently to the publication of Long's
Expedition. Among his notes, kindly furnished me by
Mrs. Say, is a description of it under the name of Hclico-
limax canaliculata. The description was never published.

Stimpson (1. c.) observes, " This being a boreal species,
occurring in Greenland, it is probable that it is identical
with the European one to which it was referred by Mr.
Say."

Genus SUCCINEA Drapanaud.

SUCCINEA CAMPESTRIS Say vol. ii. p. 67, pi. Ixvii. b, fi<;. 1.

Succinea cainpestris Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 12.

Pfeiffek, Symb. ii. p. 56, (excl. Syn. Gould); JIou. Hel.
Viv. ii. p. 524, (excl. do.); iii. p. 15, (cxcl.
Syn. DeKay).
Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 48, pi. v. f. 5, 6, (1854).
Desiiayes in Fer. ii. p. 139, nee DeKay, p. 54; Adams,
Linsley, Anthony, Prescott, (abs. desc.)

In Chemnitz, Pfeiffer, and Deshayes, S. campestris Gould
is erroneously quoted as a synonym of this species.

Bishop Elliott discovered in the old cemetery at Savan-
nah a variety, distinguished by a beautiful golden apex
and uniform amber color.

Authentic specimens of this species dre still preserved
in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural
Sciences.

SUCCINEA INFLATA Lea vol. ii. p. 66, pi. Ixxx. fior. 11.

Having examined the original specimen of this shell in
Mr. Lea's cabinet, I am inclined to doubt its specific
weight. I have, however, had an outline of his specimen
figured, and propose to leave to the future the question of
its identity with <S'. campestris Say.

Suct.iiiea injl'ila \a:.\. 1. f. IMI; I'r. .Viu. I'liil. S.jc. ix. p. 5, (1S44).

I'feiffer, .Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. p. 526; iii. p. 16.

Chem.MTZ, ed. 2, p. 49, pi. v. fig. y-11, (1854).
Suicinca camjjeslris var. Binney, vol. ii. p. 67.

Binney on Terrestrial MoUushs. 35

Pfeiffer observes that the specimens which he describes
were received from Griffith, and agree with Ferussac's fig-
ure of S. caiiipeslris.

The same author mentions a variety " Unicolor, corneo-
lutea," from the vicinity of New Orleans.

SUCCINEA OBLIQIIA Say vol. ii. p. 69, pi. Ixvii. b, fig. 3.

Succinea obliqua Say (Biimey's ed.) p. 32, pi. Ixxiv. f. 7.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 47, pi. v. fig. 1, 2, (1854).
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. p. 15.
Succinea ovalis Say (Binney's ed.) p. 8.

Adams, Shells of Vermont, p. 6, (1842).

Deshayes, in Encycl. Meth. ii. p. 20; For. Hist. 1. c. ii. p. 139,

(excl. sj'n. Gould).
Pfeu-fer, Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. p. 624; iii. p. 15, (excl. syn. Gould).
Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 48, pi. v. fig. 3, 4.
Succinea linmta DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 53, pi. iv. f. 51.
Succinea camptstn's of ;ill American authors except Say.

Pfeiffer in 1841 (Symb. i. p. 7) says of Succinea obliqua,
" An potius Linnaeus." In 1853 he describes it as a Suc-
cinea.

It has been found at Ottawa City, Canada, (J. H. Red-
field), and in the basin of the Red River of the North,
(Robert Kennicott).

SUCCINEA TOTTENIANA Lea vol. ii. p. 65, 72, pi. Ixvii. b, fig. 2.

Succinea Tvlteniana Lea, Proc. Phil. Soc. ii. p. 32, (1841); Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. ix.
p. 4, (1844).
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. p. 526; iii. p. 15.
Gould, in Terr. Moll. 1. c.
Succinea obliqua Binney, var. 1. c.

I agree entirely with Lea and Gould in separating this
shell from S. obliqua. Its characteristics are constant and
well marked in specimens, in my cabinet, obtained from
Newport, R. I. (Lea) ; Maine, (Binney) ; Greenwich, N. Y.
(Ingalls); and Marblehead, Mass. (J. P. Haskell).

SUCCINEA AV ARA Say vol. ii. p. 74, pi. Ixvii. c, fig. 4.

Succi7iea avara Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 32, pi. 74, f. 6.

Pfeiffer, Symb. ii. p. 56; Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. p. 525, iii. p. 15.

36 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Succinea avara De Kay, N. Y. Moll. p. 54, pi. iv. fig. 55.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 51, pi. v. fig. 18-20, (1854).
Succinea Wardiana Pfeii fek. Mod. Hel. Viv. ii. p. 525; iii. p. 15.
Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. ix. p. 3, (1844).

Pfeiffer (1. c) gives Lea's description of S. Wardiana,
marking the species as one he had not seen.

Specimens which are apparently referable to S. avara
have been found at Alexandria, La. (Coll. Lea), and at
St. Simon's Isle, Ga. (Postell).

I have found this species under logs, at great distances
from any water. In this respect its habits differ from
those of the other Succincce of America.

In my Notes, No. 4, 1 have catalogued Succinea vermeia
separately. I am not at all convinced of its identity with
this species. I have never seen any specimen answering
Say's description of the suture. It seems best, however,
to leave S. vermeta in the synonymy of S. avara, where it
has been placed by Binney, Gould, Adams, De Kay, and
Pfeitfer. The original description is given below.

It is very certain that the large variety of S. avara is
not S. vermeta, though usually known by that name. It
sometimes reaches the length of 13 millimetres. I have
it from Ohio, Utica, N. Y. (Jewett), and Mohawk, N. Y.
(Lewis).

Say's original specimens of S. avara are preserved in
the Philadelphia Academy.

Succinea vermeta (Binney's ed. p. 38). Sliell suboval, yellowish,
very tliin ami fra<jrile, somewhat diaplianous, with nearly three very ob-
liijiie volutions ; whorls very uiuch rounded, wrinkled ; suture veiy j)ro-
ibundly impressed ; spire rather prominent and acute ; aperture ovate,
the superior termination rounded.

Inhabits margins of ponds near New Harmony.

This species is remarkable for the very deep indentation of its suture,
giving to the whorls of the .-^pire the appearance of being almost sepa-
rated from resting on each otlier ; and by this character it may be readily
distinguished from the other species of this country. It was found by Dr_
Troost. (Say).

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 37

SUCCINEA AlIREA Lka .' vol. ii. p. 76, pi. Ixvii. c. fig. 3.

Succinea aurea Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. ix. p. 4, (1844).
Pfkifkek, Moil. Hel. Viv. ii. 625; iii. 15.
Succinea ovalis var. Anthony, Shells of Ohio. 1843.,

It has been found on Goat Island, Niagara Falls, (T.
Bland.)

SUCCINEA OVALIS Gould, non Say vol. ii. p. 78, pi. Ixvii. o. fig. 3.

The only other reference to this species is in Gould's
Invertebrata and perhaps in Adams's Shells of Vermont.
Other authors have confounded it with Say's species.

I have specimens from Wisconsin, (Lapham) ; South
Illinois (Kennicott); Michigan (Winchel) ; and Burling-
ton, N. J.

SUCCINEA RETUSA Lea vol. ii. pp. 65, 66.

Plate LXXIX. Figure 7.

Succinea retusa Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vol. v. p. 117, pi. xix. fig. 86,
(1837).

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 55.

Pfeiffer, Moil. Hel. Viv. ii. p. 525.
Succinea campestris Anthony', Ohio Cat. absq. descr.

If this species were identical with S. ovalis Gould, as
suggested by Binney, it would take precedence by the
rule of priority of publication. After examining the
specimen from which Lea's description was drawn, I
have decided to consider it a distinct species. The
figure is a fac-siinile of the outline of Lea's.

Pfeiffer had not seen this species, and DeKay mentions
it among the extralimital species.

Lea remarks, (1. c.) " It differs so much from any of the
described species, in the dilatation and retraction of the
inferior part of the aperture, that I have not hesitated to
consider it new."

38 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

SUCCINEA GROENLANDICA Beck.

Plate LXXX. Figure 4.

T. oblonga, solidula, striatula, vix nitidula, pallide cornea, albido-
strigata ; spira scalaris, papillata; anfr. 3, penultimus perconvexus, ulti-
mus § longitudinis subajquans ; columella substricte recedens ; apertura
ovalis ; peri.st. simplex, margine dextro arcuato. Long. 8 ; lat. 5| ;
alt. 3^ mill. Ap. 5^ mill, longa, 3^ lata. (Pfeiffer).

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Succhiea Groenlnndica Bkck, Ind. abs. desc.

Pfeikfeu, Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. 529; iii. 20.
MiiLLEH, Iiid. Moll. Groenl. p. 4, (teste Pfr.)

DESCKIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell elongated, rather heavy, lightly wrinkled, of a
light horn color, mixed with white ; spire scalariform,
bulbous ; whorls 3, the penultimate quite convex, the last
equalling about | the length of the shell ; columella reced-
ing and narrowed, covered with a white callus ; aperture
oval ; peristome simple, the right margin curved.

Greatest length 8, breadth 5|, millimetres. Length of
the aperture 5^, breadth 3i.

Geographical Distribution. Greenland (MoUer, Murch,
&c.)

Remarks. This species is easily distinguished by its
bulbous, turrctted spire, and by its light iiorn color, broken
by longitudinal white vittae. When the epidermis is
removed, the shell is of a dead white. The specimen
figured is in Mr. Bland's collection.

SUCCINEA LI NEAT A.

I'l.ATE LXXX. Figure 5.

Testa oblongo-ovata, solidior, albida ant cinerea ; spira elevata, acuta ;
anfractus 3 convexi, lineis parallelis inter rngas iucrementales volventi-
bns ornati ; sutnra imi)res.sa; apertura orbicnlata-ovata, oviformis, par-
tem testai dimidiam avpians ; columella plicata, eallo albo induta.

Binney on Terrestrial Molhisks. 39

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Succinea lineata W. G. Binney, Proc. Aciid. N. S. of Phila. vol. ix. p. 19;
Notes, p. 1, (February 1857). Proc. Boston Soc. N. II. vol.
vi. p. 155, (A])ril, 1857).

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed;

Shell oblong-ovate, with three very convex whorls ;
spire elevated, acute ; surface marked with irregular wrin-
kles of growth, between which are coarse parallel revolv-
ing lines, somewhat removed from each other. Aperture
large, about as long as one half of the whole length of the
shell, oval ; columella folded ; a deposition of callus on
the parietal wall of the aperture.

Greatest diameter, 6 ; alt. 12 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Collected in considerable
quantity by Dr. F. V. Hayden, (Yellowstone, Expl. Ex.)
on high hills near Fort Union, Nebraska Territory,

Remarks. The specimens collected being dead and
eroded, it is impossible to say what is the color of the
shell when fresh. It is probably ashy white, resembling
the true S. campestris of the Southern States. The re-
volving lines which distinguish it are most apparent on
the middle of the body whorl. These are quite coarse, and
placed at irregular intervals ; — on some specimens scarcely
discernible. The aperture is unlike that of any other of
our species ; being correctly egg-shaped, — it is nearest in
form to that of S. campestris^ but is less expanded. The
parietal wall of the aperture is unusually horizontal.

In general aspect it resembles somewhat S. vermeta,
but is distinguished from that shell by its more oval shape,
and the greater convexity of the whorls. It is the heaviest
American species.

This species must not be confounded with S. lineata
DeKay.

40 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

SUCCINEA HAYDENI.

Plate LXXIX. Figure 1.

Testa elongato-ovalis, tenuis, pellucida, succinea ; spira parva, acuta ;
anfr. 3 convex!, ultimus rugis levibus incrementalibus et sulcis crassis
spiralibus, interruptis, inequaliter notatus ; sutura mediocris ; columella
callo levi induta, apicem interiorem a basi testa; monstrans ; apertura
obliqua, ovalis, 5-7 long, testa; tequans, ad basin expansior.

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Succinea IJaydeni \V. G. Binney, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. of Phila. x. p. 114. May,
1858. Notes, p. 15.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal of an uniform amber color, judging from the
specimens preserved in spirits in the collection of the
Smithsonian Institute.

Shell elongate-oval, thin, shining, amber-colored ; spire
short, acute ; whorls three, convex, the last marked with
the wrinkles of growth, and irregular, heavy, spiral fur-
rows; suture moderate; columella covered lightly with
callus, and allowing all the interior whorls to be seen
from below to the apex ; aperture oblique, oval, 5-7ths the
length of the shell, the lower portion of its margin con-
siderably expanded.

Length 21 ; diameter 9 millimetres.

Geog-raphical Distribution. Found in considerable num-
bers by Dr. F. V. Hay den, the Geologist of the Yellow-
stone Exploring Expedition, in Nebraska, between the
rivers Loup Fork and L'eau qui court.

Var. Minor. Length 15 mill. Found by Mr. Robert
Kennicott near the Red River of the North.

Remarks. This is the largest known American Suc-
cinea.

Mr. Say describes S. ovalis as showing the interior apex
from the -base of the shell; in other respects his descrip-
tion does not apply to this shell. Its aperture is nearer
that of S. ovalis Gould non Say, but the peristome is

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 41

much more flexuose, and the upper third of the shell be-
comes gradually attenuated, so as to give a sharp pointed
appearance, though the spire itself is short. The revolving
lines are sometimes continuous over the whole body whorl,
but generally interrupted, or confined to the interstices of
the incremental striae or wrinkles. It shares this peculiar-
ity with S. concordialis Gould, and S. lineata nob.

Named in honor of Dr. F. V. Hayden, the discoverer of
the species.

SUCCINEA LUTEOLA Gould vol. u. p. 75, pi. Ixvii. c. fig. 1.

Succinea luteola Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 16.

Texasiana Pfeiffek, 1. c. vol. ii. p. 526; vol. iii. p. 17; in Roemer's
Texas, p. 456.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 42; pi. iv. f. 21-23, (1854).

Pfeiffer (Sept. 1857) writes " My Succinea Texasiana is
a synonym of luteola Gould.

SUCCINEA CONCORDIALIS Gould vol. ii. p. 82, pi. Ixvii. a. fig. 2.

Succinea concordialis Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. p. 16.
munita Binnet, vol. i.

SUCCINEA EFFUSA Shuttleworth.
Plate LXXX. Figure 12.

T. depresso-ovata, teftuissima, striatula, parum nitens, diaphana, griseo-
cornea ; spira brevissima, acuta ; anfr. 2^, ultimus magnus, depressus, 5-6
longitudinis aequans, columella vix arcuata, subrecedens ; apertura ampla,
obliqua, ovalis ; perist. simplex, rcgulariter arcuatum, basi non incum-
bens. (Pfr.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Succinea effusa Shuttlev?orth, mss.

Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. p. 17.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 42, pi. iv. fig. 18-20, (1864).

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell depressed-oval, very thin, transparent and shining,
lightly striated, grayish horn-colored; spire remarkably

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 6

42 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

short, acute ; whorls 2J, the last one very much the largest,
depressed, equalling \ the length of the shell ; columella
scarcely rounded and hardly receding ; aperture very large,
oblique and oval ; peristome simple, regularly rounding.

Length 12, diameter 7 millimetres. Length of the aper-
ture 10, breadth 6 mill.

Geographical Distribution. East Florida (Pfeiffer) ;
Spring Garden, Lake Florida (Bland's Coll.)

Remarks. It is readily distinguished from the other
American species by the proportionally short spire, the
very large body whorl, and expanded aperture.

SUCCINEA SALLEANA Pfeiffer.

Plate LXXIX. Figure 18.

T. depresso-ovata, tenuissima, striatula, lineis spiralibus impressis ir-
regulariter notata, pellucida, iiitida, cornco-albida ; spira brevissima, sub-
papillata; anfr. 2i, penultimus convexus, ultimus | longitudinis superans;
columella subcallosa, strictc re?;edens ; apertura axi subparallela, angulato
ovalis ; perist. submarginatum, margine dextro vix arcuato. Long. 19,
diam. 10, alt. 7 mill. Ap. 16 mill, longa, infra medium 9 lata. (Pfeiffer).

Habitat prope New Orleans. (Salle).

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Succinea SaUeana Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. Nov. 184P, p. 133; Mon. Hel. Viv.
iii. 16.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 49, pi. 5, fig. 7, 8.

Remarks. I have not seen this species. The above is
Pfeiffer's descripiion, and the figure given on pi. 79 is a
fac-simile outline of that referred to.

Spurious Species.

Succinea putris, Lin., (DeKay, 1839, p. 31, Fer. Tabl. Syst. p. 9,)

and
Succinea amphibia, Drap. (Forbes Br. Ass. 1837, p. 144, Ferussac ;

Tabl. Syst. ; Binney, vol. ii. p. 159,) have been quoted from

America. Having never seen a well authenticated specimen of

either, I omit them.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 43

Genus HELIX Linn/i:us.

I have followed the artificial arrangement of species of
this genus proposed on p. 92 of vol. ii.

llELIX 3IAJOR Binney vol. ii. p. 96, pi. 1.

Helix major DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 45.

Mrs. Gray, Fig. of Mol. An. pi. 291, fij^. 1, abs. desc. ex. Bost.
Journ. non major Beck, p. 2.
Hdix albolabrts y I'keiffer, Symb. ad Hist. Hel. ii. 22; Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 290.

C. Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 81, (1846).
Belix albolabris Desiiayes, in Fer. in tab. 1. c.
Reeve, No. 656, (18.52).
Bland, Notes, p. 50, N. Y. Lyceum, vi. 359.

Well marked specimens of this species are rare in col-
lections. It is, perhaps, owing to this fact that so few
authors have followed Binney in separating it from H,
albolabris.

For my own part, I am thoroughly convinced of its
specific weight. Dr. Newcomb and Dr. Gould agree with
me. On the other hand, Bland unites the two. It is sub-
ject to variation as are most of our species, and some in-
dividuals of H. albolabris may nearly approach some of
its extreme forms. I am, however, confident of its being
generally acknowledged as soon as it becomes better
known.

The second figure of Ferussac referred to is a correct
representation of the species. Deshayes makes no men-
tion of it by name in the text of his continuation of that
work, but appears to have confounded the two.

Morch (Cat. Yoldi, p. 7) erroneously gives " H. major,
Ohio."

It is catalogued distinct from albolabris by H. and A.
Adams, ii. 206.

HELIX ALBOLABRIS Sat vol. ii. p. 99, pi. 11.

Helix aUiolnbris S.\y, (Binney's ed.) p. 21, pi. 69, fig. 1.

Adams, in Thompson's Vt. 1, 158, with wood-cut.

44 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Helix aJbohbrU Chenu, Bibl. Conch. 3, 23, pi. iii. fig. 3 a.

Pfkiffkr, Symb. ad Hel. Hist. ii. p. 22, Excl. y and 6; Mon*

Ilel. Viv. i. 290. Excl. /3 and Y; iii- 269.
PoTiEZ et MiCHAUD, Gal. p. 69.
CiiKMMTZ, i. 81, pi. XV. f. 7, 8, (1847). Excl. var. C. aud D. pi.

X. fig. 4, 5.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 624. •

Deshayes, in Fer. pi. xliii. fig. 1, 2, 3, 5; i. 137.
Billings, Canadian Nat. and Geol. 1857, ii. 98, fig. 2, 3.
Bland, N. Y. Lye. vi. 358 ; Notes 49.

Pfeiffer's var. y and 8 of the SymbolaB are respectively
major and exoleta. In the Monograph his ^ is perhaps the
former, and his y certainly is. In Chemnitz ed. nov. he
figures exoleta as var. D, and places major as C.

Deshayes in Ferussac's History erroneously gives Flori-
da and Guadeloupe as the habitat. From his reference
to Ferussac's plates he seems to confound H. major with
H. albolabris.

Petiver mentions this species in Phil. Trans. 1698, p.
395.

As already mentioned, Bland unites major to this
species.

I have this species from fourteen States. The series
presents very remarkable variation in the height of the
spire and in the form of the aperture. From Illinois I
have a few of a large variety, furnished with a strong,
tooth-like prominence on the reflected lip, near its col-
umella extremity. There is a variety, quite common
among the Pennsylvania Mountains, characterized by a
strong parietal denticle. It might readily be confounded
with exoleta, but wants the more ventricose body whorl
of the latter. It occurs fossil in the Postpleiocene. From
Natchez Bluff, I have specimens with a remarkably flat-
tened spire.

Helix rufa DeKay (N. Y. Moll. p. 44, pi. iii. fig.
30 a b.) appears to be the young of this species. It cer-
tainly cannot be placed, even doubtfully, iii the synonymy

Binney on Terrestrial Mo Husks. 45

of l(Bvig-ata, as PfcifTcr has determined it. The latter
species does not occur in New York.

HELIX MULTILINE ATA Say vol. ii. p. 103, pi. iii.

Helij: mullUineata Say, (Binney ed.) p. 15.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 41. pi. iii. fig. 24.

Pfeiffer, Symb. ad Hist. Hel. i. 41; Men. Hel. Viv. i. 290;

iii. 269.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 41, pi. Ixxi. fig. 17-19, (1849).
EeeVe, Con. Icon. No. 691, (1852).
Desiiayes, in Fer. i. 113, pi. 1. c.

I have a variety of this with an open umbilicus. Anoth-
er, received from Mr. I. A. Lapham,of Wisconsin, is small,
of an uniform brownish-red, without any revolving lines.

Another resembles H. Pennsylvanica both in its general
form and in the shape of the aperture. These, with those
mentioned on p. 104, are the principal varieties. The ex-
tremes of size among the specimens in my cabinet are 19
and 29 mill, in diameter.

The varieties mentioned by Pfeiffer and Deshayes are
distinguished merely by the revolving bands. In a large
suite of specimens it is rare to find two on which these
bands and lines are similarly arranged.

It has been found at Lake Canadaigua, N. Y. (Slack).

HELIX PENNSYLVANICA Gkeen vol. ii. p. 105, pi. vli.*

Hdix Femisylvanica DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 41, pi. iii. fig. 34.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 51, t. 73, fig. 4, 5. {Exd. H. dausa).

Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 270. {Exd. B. dausa).

Mrs. Gray, Fig. Moll. An. pi. 291, fig. 5, absq. desc. (Ex.
Bost. Journ.)

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 676. {Exd. sijn.)

Bland, N. Y. Lye. vi. 299; Notes 23.
Helix Mitchdliana Deshayes, in Fer. i. 137, pi. xcvii. fig. 4-7, nee 13-16.

Green described this species in 1827, and deposited three
specimens of it in the collection of the Philadelphia Acad-
emy, where they are still preserved. In 1837 another de-
scription and an excellent figure were published by Binney

46 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

in a well-known and widely circulating Journal. It is, there-
fore, surprising that so many authors and collectors have
confounded it with Helix clausa, quite a distinct species.
Such, however, has been the case, as a reference to the
above synonymy will show. It is, however, well known
under its correct name by means of the figures published
by Binney, Reeve, and Chemnitz, ed. 2. Deshayes is the
only one who has figured it under a wrong name.

Bland has carefully and correctly arranged the synony-
my in his valuable " Notes."

Pfeiffer adds doubtfully to the synonymy H. thyroidus
var. edentula. Beck, Ind. p. 23.

Has been found also in Illinois, (Kennicott).

The following is Green's description: —

Shell subglobose, spire elevated, %vhorls six or seven, with
numerous oblique wrinkles or striae, sutures deeply impressed,
epidermis smooth, and of an olive-brown color, like most of the
American Helices, umbilicus closed or masked, aperture slightly
contracted at the base, a small callosity on the inner margin of the
other lip, near its lower angle ; shell rather more than ^ inch in
diameter.

This shell resembles the H. clausa of Mr. Say, but may very
readily be distinguished from that species by the closed umbihcus,
the number of its whorls, and its general form. This shell is not
uncommon near Charters Creek, Washington Co., Pa. I obtained
five or six specimens with but very little trouble ; associates with
solitaiia, profunda and palliata.

HELIX CLAUSA Say. . .vol. ii. p. 107, pi. iv. (excepting the outline figures).

Helix clausa Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 17, pi. xxxvii. lig. 1.
Chemnitz, Bibl. Concb. iii. 60, pi. xiii. fig. 2.
Rkkvk, fig. 694.

Bland, N. Y. Lye. vi. 336; Notes 27.
Helix Pennsylvanica Pfeiffer, Ex. parte, Symb. ad Hist. Hel. ii. 36 ; Mon. Hel.
Viv. i. 291.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, li. 61, ex parte.
Reeve, ex parte. No. 676.
Helix MilchtUiana Chemnitz, 1. c. i. 332, pi. Ivi. fig. 6-8.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 47

I have differed from the opinion of H. JSlitchelliana
expressed on vol. ii. p. 109. My reasons for so doing will
be found under that species. The outline figures repre-
senting it must, therefore, not be confounded with the
central figures.

H. clausa Say has not been correctly described nor
figured by any author but Say and Binney, until the last
year, when it was correctly treated by Bland. DeKay
has, indeed, described it as distinct from Pennsylvanica,
but his figure is little characteristic, and his notes of its
geographical distribution are incorrect. Reeve's figure
referred to in the Synonymy may, perhaps, represent this
species. In the text he confounds it with Pennsylvanica.

In the second edition of Chemnitz, Pfeiffer appears to
have described and figured it, though he doubtfully refers
it to Mitchelliana.

Say's original specimen is still preserved in the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences.

The species occurs fossil in the Postpleiocene, and
is found in the greatest profusion in some portions of
the South, in what appears to be a semi-fossil condi-
tion. I have seen fresh specimens from Ohio, Indiana,
Illinois, Kentucky (Kennicott), Missouri, Wisconsin, Mis-
sissippi, Alabama (Showalter).

The rounded, smoother variety, figured in the Boston
Journal, may be distinguished from the following species
principally by its perforation. There are forms, also,
which nearly approach H. bucculenta.

HELIX MITCHELLIANA Lea.

Plate IV. Outline figures.

T. superne obtuso-conica, inferne inflatu, longitudinaliter et sub-
tiliter .-triata, cornea, diaphana, imperforata, anfr. 5 ; apertura sub-
rotuiidata ; labro reflexo ; columella laevi.

Shell above obtusely conical, below inflated, longitudinally and

48 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

finely striate ; horn color, transparent, imperforate ; whorls 5 ;
aperture neai'ly round ; outer lip reflexed ; columella smooth.

Remarks. I am indebted to Dr. Mitchell for this shell, which
was sent to him by a friend from Ohio. It is rather larger than
the H. claiisa Say, and H. jejuna Say, but in form resembles them.
It may be distinguished from the latter in not being perforate, and
from the former in having a sharper lip. In its striae it is distinct
from both, in having them larger and much better defined.

Hah. Ohio. Diam. 7. Length .4 of an inch. [Lea].

SYNONYMS AND RKFERENCES.

Helix Mitclielliana Lka, 1. c.

Troschel, Ar. f. Nat. 1839, ii. 221.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 45.

Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. V. i. 291 ; iii. 270.

Bland, N. Y. Lyceum, vi. 339 ; Notes 29.
Helix clausa Binney, ex parte, p. 109.

In addition to the above synonymy, Pfeiffer and Bland
quote doubtfully DeKay's figure of clausa. It is certainly
little characteristic of either MitcheUiana or clausa.

Lea's figure is poor, and his remarks had better be en-
tirely cancelled, having been written under a misappre-
hension of both the species referred to.

The figures I have referred to were intended to represent
this species, and appear to me to do so. My friend Mr.
Bland, however, refers them to clausa.

The shell figured by Deshayes under this name is H.
Pennsylvanica. The figure in Chemnitz represents H.
clausa. Anthony (Ohio Cat.) places MitcheUiana in the
synonymy of clausa, and Kirtland (Ohio Rep.) seems to
have catalogued it under the name of Mitchella.

I have never known this species to be found out of
Ohio, where it appears to be not uncommon. It is
readily distinguished from clausa by its more globose
form and smooth, shining surface, its imperforate base,
and by the following peculiarities pointed out by Bland.
(1. c.)

Binney oti Terrestrial MoUusks. 49

" III 11. c/ausa the umbilical region ia more widely exca-
vated, and the groove, behind the retlected lip, producing
the contraction of the aperture, is continued at the base
of the shell, becoming wider as it joins the umbilical
opening. In H. MitdieUiana the groove is almost obliter-
ated at the point of reflection of the lip over the um-
bilicus, by the more tumid character of the last whorl."

HELIX BERL-ANDERIANA Moricand vol. ii. p. xlix. fig. 1.

Helix Berlayideriana Deshayes, 3d ed. Lam. iii. 316.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 275, pi. cxxiii. figs. 15-18.
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 227, (nee. i.)
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 708, (1852).
Hdix pachylonm JIenke in Pfeiffer 1. c. i. 323; Zeitsclir. f. Mai. 1847, p. 32.
Helix virc/iiialis Pfkiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 132, i. 165 sub nomine Berlander-
iance.
Chemkitz, ed. 2, i. 260, pi. xxxviii. figs. 18, 19.

There is considerable confusion in the synonymy of this
species, owing to the extreme varieties having been con-
sidered distinct species. I have never seen H. virginalis^
but am persuaded by the description and figure published
by Pfeiffer in Chemnitz that it is identical with Berlander-
iana. I give below his description and on pi. 77, fig. 22,
a fac-simile of his figure. Those persons who follow him
in separating the two, will remove H. virginalis and its
references from the above synonymy. In so doing, it
must be borne in mind that the shell described by him as
Berlanderiana in vol. i. of the Monograph, is in vol. iii.
considered virginalis. (See also Zeitschr. f. Mai. 1848,

P-115-)

Pfeiffer acknowledges in vol. iii. that his pachyloma of

vol. i. is the true Berlanderiana.

The shell figured on pi. 49 as H. albozonata will be
treated under the following species.

The species is found also in Mexico.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 7

50 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

Moricand's description is given below, as well as Pfeif-
fer's.

Helix Berlanderiiina. H. t. globosa, perforata, lucida, alba vel cine-
rea, fascia unioa, angusta cincta ; labro exteriori crassiusculo, patulo.
Long. 8, larg. 7 mill. — Me-xicjue, dans Prov. de Texks.

Cette coquille, tres voisine par sa forme de I' II. tonelus, Fer., est d'un
blanc sale, formee de 5 tours, le sommet obtus ; tres-finement striee, les
stries peu sensibles et tr6s rapprochees ; une bande etroite d'un grls dair,
transparente, occupe le milieu du dernier tour et se prolonge sur le bord
exterieur des tours de la spire ; I'ouverture est scmicirculaire ; la levre
interieure peu apparente, I'exterieure plus epaisse que le reste de la
coquille, renflee interieurement par un bourrelet, qui la fait paraitre
^vasee, le bord inferieur reflecbi sur I'ombilic dont il couvre la moitie.
Obs. Les individus que j'ai re^us etaient tous depouilles de leur epiderme.

Helix virginalis. T. umbilicata, depressa, striata, lucida, alba vel
cinerea, interdum unifasciata ; anfr. 4^ convexiusculi, ultimus basi ini-
flatus ; apertura lunato-subcircularis ; perist. acutum, intus labiatum,
margine columellari juxta umbilicum angustum vix reflexo. Diam. maj.
8i, min. 7^, alt. 5i mill. Hab. in Texas. (Vid. pi. 77, fig. 22.)

HELIX GRISEOLA Pfeiffer.
Plate XLIX. Figuke 2. Plate LXXVII. Figure 20.

T. umbilicata, dcpresso-globosa, oblique striatula, nitidula, grisea,
cingulis pallide fulvis, albo-marginatis circumdata ; spira brevis; anfr.
4-4;^ vix convexiusculi ; umbilicus angustissimus ; apertura lunaris ;
perist. simplex, album, reflexiusculum, margine columellari subexpanso.
Diam. maj. 10, min. 8f , alt. 6 mill. (Pfr)

Helix griseola Pfeiffer, Symb. Ad. Hist. Hel. i. 41; Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 337,
iii. 228.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 327, (18521.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 342, pi. Ix fig?. 17, 18.
HtUx cicercula Fekussac in Mus. teste Pfeiffer.
Helix splendidula Antok, Verz. p. 36, absq. desc. teste Pfeifier.
Helix (ilbocindit Binney, i. 128.
Helix aUiozonata Binney in tab.
Bramltflxena pisum Beck, Index, p. 18, abs. desc. teste Pfeiffer.

This is the shell referred to in vol. i. as albocincta, on
pi. 49, as albozonata, and by Gould, vol. iii. p. 34, as
albolineata. It would probably have been described as

Binney on Terrestrial MoUvsks. 51

distinct from Berlanderiana had the author lived to finish
his work. Pfeiffer has, however, given its specific weight.
A fac-simile of his figure in Chemnitz is given (pi. 77,
fig. 20).

My specimens are from Texas. It is quoted from Vera
Cruz, Mexico, by Pfeiffer, who also specifies a Central
American variety.

HELIX HORTEIVSIS Mullek vol. ii. p. Ill, pi. viii.

Hdix suhfjhbosa DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 31, pi. ii. fig. 14, pi. iii. fig. 39.
nemoralis Stimpson, Shells of N. E. 54, (abs. desc.)

Inhabits also Greenland, (Morch,) and perhaps Con-
necticut, (Linsley, Am. Journ. 48, 280).

HELIX ASPERSA Muller vol. ii. p. 117, pi. Ixxvii. fig. 4.

I am indebted for the shell figured to Dr. L. R. Gibbes,
of Charleston, S. C.

HELIX DIVEST A Gould vol. ii. pp. 122, 357, pi. xiii. a- fig. 2.

Belix abjecta Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 270.

HELIX VARIANS Menke vol. ii. p. 123, pi. xlvi; xlvii; Ixxviii. fig. 22.

Helix vai-ians Menke teste Pfeiffer.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 221, pi. cix. figs. 1-5.
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 238; iii. 183.
Helix carnicoloi- Pfeiffer, Symb. i. 37.

Ferussac Podr. 293 (absq. desc.)
Desha YES, iu Per. i. 205, pi. xxix. A. figs. 14-17.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 283, (1852).
Helix pisana Chemnitz, ix. P. 2. p. 139. t. 132, fig. 1186. 87. Nee Miiller.

• Ferussac, Hist. 1. c. ?
Helix suhmeris Pfeiffer, Mon. iii. 183.
Helix rhvdocheila Binney, olim.
Hemotnchus hmmosiomtis Swainson, Malac. p. 165, f. 19.?

In the Smithsonian Institute are specimens from Key
Biscayne.

There can, I think, be no doubt of the identity of H.
polychroa with H. varians of Porto Rico. Dr. Pfeiffer so
decided after receiving authentic specimens from me.

52 Binney on TerreHrial Mollusks.

Mighel's description of siihmeris is as follows.

Shell conic-globose, smooth, incremental striaj distinct, apex sub-
acute ; spire elevated, whorls 5^^, suture distinct, epidermis dark chest-
nut or nialiogany colored, mottled, with an interrupted white zone
around the body whorl ; convex beneath, umbilicus minute, the region
white ; lip simple, thickened within ; internal lip blending with the last
whorl, and. with tlio inner margin of the outer lip, of a beautifid rose
tint. Height \h inch; breadth the same; depth 2 inch. Hab. Key
West. Florida.

Pfeiffer (1. c.) merely gives a Latin version of this de-
scription, never having seen the shell.

HELIX ELEVATA Say vol. ii. p. 126, pi. iv.

Hdix ekvala Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 27, pi. 37, fis- 2.

DeKay, 1. c. p. .36, pi. iii. fig. 20.

CuKMNiTZ, ed. 2. i. 56, pi. vii. fifjs. 11, 12, (1846).

Chenu, Bibl. Conch. 3, 50, pi. xiii. fig. 2.

Mi!S. Gray, Fig. Moll. An. pi. exci. fig. 7, abs. desc.

rri;iFKEK, Symb. Hist. IIcl. ii. 27; Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 217; iii. 270.

Kkeve, Con.Icon. No. 681, (1852).

DeshaYes, in Fer. i. 329, pi. 1. c.
Helix Tennesseeiisis Tkksciiel, Ar. f. Nat. 1837, ii. 124.

Pfeiffek, Mon. i. 149; iii. 120, {verba Lennri).
Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. ix. p. 1.

In the Boston Journal, this species is said to be also
Mesodon helicinum Rafinesque. I can find no description
of any such species.

The species occurs fossil in the Postpleiocene.

Mr. Robert Kennicott collected, in Wisconsin, two
specimens of a curious variety of this species, furnished
with a broad, revolving, brownish band on the body
whorl.

I give below Lea's description of H. Tcnnessecnsis.
There can be no doubt of its being the young of this
species. The authors referred to in the synonymy have
merely repeated this description, without having seen the
shell.

Binncy on Terrestrial Mo/Iiisks. 53

Tosta supra plano-convc.\a, subtus oonvexil, lutcii, oV)Ii([n^ striata, nm-
bilicatii ; spini bnn i ; suturis suliinipii'ssis ; anfr. 5, subconvexis ; apcr-
tura lunata ; labro intus incrassato. Diam. .45. Length .32 inch.

HELIX CLARKII Lea.
Plate LXXVII. Figure 10.

T. superni' lotundatiX, inferne plaiio-convexa, regulariter striata brun-
neo-cornea, imperforata, unidentata: anfr. 7, oblique striatis; apertiira
lunata, subdilata ; labro albido, reflexo, inferne calloso ; columella in
nu'ilio unidentata, ad basim impressa. (Lea).

SYNONYMS AND REFEBENCKS.

Ililix Clarkii Lea, Pioc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. x. p. 41, Mnrch, (1858).

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell imperforate, globosely-rounded, regularly and
finely striated, reddish horn color ; spire obtusely conic ;
whorls 7, convex, with delicate incremental striae, the last
one very globose and rounded below ; aperture lunate ;
peristome white, thickened, reflected, its basal termination
quite heavy and covering the umbilicus entirely ; one
elongated, white denticle on the parietal wall of the
aperture.

Greater diameter 14 ; lesser 13 ; height 9 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Cherokee County, N. C.

Remarks. This is a distinct species. At first sight it
seems a miniature elevata, but is at once distinguished
by its peculiar globular shape.

The figure referred to is twice the natural size of the
shell.

HELIX THYROIDES Say vol. ii. p. 129, pi. xi.

Helix thyroidus Say, (Biiiney's ed.) p. 3.3, pi. xiii.

Chenu, Bibl. Conch. 3, 24, pi. iii. fig. 3.

DeKay, 1. c. p. 29, pi. ii. fig. 8.

Mrs. Gray, Fig. Moll. An. pi. 291, f. 6. (Ex. Bost. Journ. absq.

desc. )
Deshayes in Lam. 3d ed. 3, 309; in Fer. i. 209.

54 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks,

Helix thyroides Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 331, pi. Iviii. figs. 8, 9, (1850).

Pfeikkek, 1. c. iii. 262.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 677.
Anchtsioma thyroides Ad.vms, Geii. pi. Ixxviii. fig. 3.

I have followed PfeifFer in the orthography of this spe-
cies. Say's manuscript, also, shows the name proposed
by him to have been thyroides.

I have specimens from nineteen States, showing some
curious and apparently constant geographical varieties.
One from Germantown, Pa., is very small, measuring
only 15 millimetres in diameter. It is globose, shining,
sometimes imperforate and generally without the parietal
tooth. It is impossible to distinguish it from forms of
H. buccvlenta. Another peculiar form with an elevated,
pointed spire and more triangular apertm-e inhabits St.
Simon's Isle, Georgia, (Postell). The species is found in
Louisiana and Texas, (Dr. Moore). It also occurs fossil
in the Postpleiocene.

I am unable to find any description of Mesodon leuco-
don Rafinesque, quoted in the Boston Journal as a syno-
nym. It is probable the name was sent to Ferussac by
that author.

It is also mentioned by Petiver, No. 4, (1. c.)

HELIX BUCCULENTA Goulo, vol. iii. p. 9, pi. xi a.

Helix bucculenta Pfeiffeu, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 271.
Helix thyroides ^ Pkeiffek, 1. c. i. 345.

HELIX EXOLETA Binney, vol. ii. p. 131, pi. x.

Helix exoltta DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 27, pi. ii. fig. 6.
Helix albulabris 6 Pfeiffeu, Symb. ii. p. 22, ab.sq. dcsc.

D. Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 81, pi. x. figs. 19, 20.
Helix zaleta Mus. (Jray, Fig. Moll. An. pi. cxci. fig. 9.

Pfeifeek, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 316; ii. 270.

De.shayes, in Fer. i. 139.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 622, (1852).

Reeve (1. c.) considers the specific distinction of exoleta

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 5a

as doubtful. Deshayes says that its anatomical details
will decide the question. The dissections of Dr. Leidy
have already done so.

The species occurs in Georgia.

HELIX DENTIFERA Binney vol. ii. p. 134, pi. xii.

HeUx denti/era DeKay, X. Y. Moll. p. 34, pi. ii. fig. 17.

Mrs. Gkay, Fig. of Moll. An. pi. cxci. fig. 11.
nee Ffeiffek, vol. iii.
nee Chemnitz.

This is not the denti/era described by Pfeiffer in the
third volume of his Monograph, and the second edition of
Chemnitz. The species there described and figured is
H. Roemeri, confounded by Pfeiffer with denti/era. Its
distinguishing features are pointed out in the succeeding
article. A copy of Binney's descriptions is given in Mon.
Hel. Viv. i.

It is a mountain shell, has been found by Mr. Edv/ards
in Virginia, Dr. S. E. ShurtlefF in Western Pennsylvania,
Mr. Conrad at Broad Top Mountain and Mr. Phillips on
the Lehigh. Also in Maine, (E. S. Morse).

HELIX ROEMERI Pfeiffer.
Plate LXXVII. Figure 3.

T. anguste umbilicata, depressa, tenul, confertim striatula, diaphana,
vi.x nitidula, sordide carnea, spira vix elevata ; sutura leviter impressa ;
anfr. 5 convexiusculis, ultimo peripheria subangulato ; apei'tura obliqua,
luiiari ; peristomate valide albolabiato, margine supcro recto, basali
reflexo, ad columullaui in laminatu teuuissiuiam, uuibilicum seuu-occul-
tantem dilitato. (Pfeiffer).

synonyms and references.

Helix Boemeri Pfeiffer, in Roemer's Texas, p. 455 ; Zeitschr. f. Mai. 1848, p.
117.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 680.
Selix dtntiftra Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 269, (excl. Binney et DeKay).

Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 331, pi. cxxxi. figs. 1-3, (Excl. do.) nee
Binney.

56 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

DESCKIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell with a narrow, or partially covered umbilicus,
depressed, rather thin, closely striated, rather transparent
and smooth, horn-colored ; spire slightly elevated ; suture
lightly impressed ; whorls 5, rather convex, increasing
slowly, the last one subcarinate at its periphery, scarcely
descending ; aperture lunar, oblique, generally slightly
contracted by a parietal denticle which obliquely enters
the mouth of the shell ; peristome white, thickened, the
upper portion hardly expanded, reflected below, and at
the columellar junction spreading into a thin, partial cov-
ering to the umbilicus.

Greater diameter 21, lesser 18, height 10 mill.

Geographical Distribution. New Braucnfels, Texas,
(Pfeiffer), Washington Co. (Moore).

Remarks. This species is confounded by Pfeiffer with
H. dentifera, an authentic specimen of which he has not
seen. It is quite a distinct species and inhabits a distinct
geographical region. It may be distinguished from den-
tifera most readily by attention to the following particu-
lars. Its umbilicus is generally but partially covered,
while deniifcra is always imperforate, its color is lighter,
its surface smoother, and above all, its lip is not so broadly
reflected ; it is also distinctly subcarinate at the periphery.

The shell is described as " tenuis," and so appears in the
figure in Chemnitz. I have specimens quite solid. This
figure is erroneously referred to dentifera, under which
name Pfeiffer in the third volume of his Monograph and
in Chemnitz describes Roemeri.

IlKLIX PALLIATA Say vol. ii. p. 136, pi. xiv.

Bdixpalliata Say, (Biiiney's ed.) p. 10.

DkKay, X. V. Moll. 33, pi. iii. fig. 36, (Excl. a. b.)
Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 369, pi. Ixii. figs. 15, 16, (11*49).
Pfeiffek, Mou. Hel. Viv. i. 316; iii. 267.

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 57

Mrs. Guay, Fig. Moll. An. pi. 193, fig. 8. Ex. Boston Jounial,

(al)sq. desc.)
Deshayes, in Fer. i. 144, (excl. var.)
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 678.
Eelix denotata Deshayes, 1. c. 3d ed. iii. 309.

The extreme variation of this species has given rise to
considerable confusion. I propose to designate as a
prominent variety iiELix CAROT.iNENSis Lea, which is
considered as a variety only by Ferussac, DeKay, Bin-
ney, Chemnitz, PfeifFer, Deshayes, and Reeve. The first
mentioned of these authors says, " This is H. palUata
Say, and my " denotata,'' (Bull, Zocil. 1835, § 2, p. 100).
Say is, I think, wrong in referring Lea's figure and de-
scription to Helix appressa var. a, (vid. Binney's ed. 36).

Triodopsis scabra Rafinesque is quoted by Binney
(Boston Journal) and others as a synonym of this species.
I know of no description of such a species. The generic
definition of Triodopsis (vol. i. 49) will not apply to pal-
liata.

I have found it in Vermont at Copperas Hill.

The succeeding article will contain my views of Helix
obstricta, and Caracolla helicoides, which I have not
retained in the synonymy oi palliata.

HELIX OBSTRICTA Say.
Plate XV.

Shell depressed, with elevated lines forming grooves between
them ; epidermis pule brownish, naked ; volutions five, depressed
above, beneath rounded, with an acute, projecting carina ; umbili-
cus covered with a white callus, indented ; mouth resembling that
of H. palliata.

Inhabits Ohio. Breadth nearly one inch.

This species is very closely allied to Helix palliata, but the e\)\-
dermis is not covered with small elevations as in that shell, and the
carina is very prominent and remarkable.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 8

58 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

SYNONYMS AND REFEKENCES.

Helix odstricta Say (Binney's ed.) p. 17.

Pfeiffek, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 317; iii. 267.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 683, (1852).
Helix palliata var. a Say (Binney's ed.) p. 16.

Var. a b DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 33, pi. ii. fig. 16.

Var. BiNNEY", 1. c.
Helix appressa var. Deshayes in Fer. {in lab. non in lextu.)
He.licodonta denotata var. Fekussac, Tab. Sj'st. 38 ; Hist. pi. L. A. fig. 7, absq. desc.
Caracolla helicoides Lea, 1. c.

Remarks. This species is considered by Say, Binney,
and DeKay as a variety of the preceeding. It appears
to me, however, sufficiently constant in its characteristics
to be considered distinct.

I have added to the synonymy of this species H. pal-
liata var. a Say. His description seems to agree with
that of obstricta given above.

Var. a. A very prominent acute carina ; destitute of minute
prominences. Inhabits Ohio. Breadth nearly one inch.

Ferussac figured this species, 1. c, without describing it.
In Deshayes's continuation of the Histoire no mention is
made of it, the figure being erroneously referred to H. ap-
presa var. in the explanation of the plates.

As regards Caracolla helicoides, I think there can be no
doubt of its identity with obstricta. Specimens received
from Mr. Lea under this name are, however, furnished
witli the " minute protuberances " which Say describes
as not present on obstricta. I believe they are not con-
stant. Ferussac says that Caracolla helicoides is the same
as the carinated variety oi palliata (Bull. Zoiil., 1835, § 2,
p. 100). His figure is certainly the same as that of Lea
and Reeve. Say declares Caracolla helicoides to be the
same as his palliata var. a (Binney's ed. p. 36).

Anthony (Ohio Cat.) places obstricta, Carolinensis and
helicoides in the synonymy of palliata. PfeiHer considers
helicoides a synonym of obstricta. In the Boston Journal,

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 59

Blnney erroneously quotes Say as describing oft^^nc/a with
only one tooth on the outer lip.

The species is found fossil in the Postpleiocene at
Natchez, and recent in Ohio and Tennessee.

HELIX APPRESSA Say vol. ii. p. 140,pl. xiii.

Helix aj)pressa Say (Binney's ed.) 15.
Pff.iffer, 1. c. iii. 267.
Rekve, Con. Icon. No. 689, (1852).
Deshayes in Fer. 1. c. i. 141.
Helix Unfjuifera Deshayes, in Lam. 2d ed. viii. 70; 3d ed. lii. 293.
Pfeiffek, Symb. ad Hist. Hel. p. 19, [abiq. desc.)
Chenu, 111. Conch, pi. xii. fig. 5.
Delessert, Recueil, pi. xxvi. fig. 5.

I have received from Illinois large quantities of Say's
var. a. of this species, collected by Mr. R. Kennicott. It is
thus described by Say: — " Labrum with two projecting
angles."

HELIX INFLECTA Say vol. ii. p. 143, pi. xlv. fig. 3.

Helix inflecta Say (Binney's ed.) p. 16.
DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 45.

Mrs. Gray, Fig. Moll. An. pi. 193, fig. 7. (Ex. Best. Jour. absq.
descr. )
Helix clausa Deshayes in Lam. 3d ed. 3, 309; in Fer. Hist. 1. c. i. 143.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 704, (1852).
Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 269.
Xohtrema clausa Rafinesque, Enumeration, &c. p. 3, (1831).

The young of this may, perhaps, be H. porcina Say
(vid. H. hirsuta).

Pfeiffer mentions a Texan variety, smaller, " umbilico
non omnino clause."

It is a typographical error on p. 33, vol. iii. to call this
H. triodonta Jahn.

Rafinesque thus describes Xolotrema clausa, " Subde-
pressed, 5 spires a little striated, opening almost hidden." *

* It is frequently argued that the descriptions of this author are indefinite. To
do justice to him one should pay attention to his remark, that if one does not
admit his generic distinctions " it would be requisite to repeat, in the descriptions
of their specific characters, that of the characters of my new genera, which would
render the definition of the species prolix." Tr. of Mon. p. ii.

60 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

I have specimens of this species from the following
additional States, — Pennsylvania, Georgia, Louisiana.

HELIX RUGELI Siiuttleworth vol. iii. p. 18, pi. Ixxviii. fig. 15.

Belix Rugeli Shuttlewokth, Beni. Mittlieil. 1852, p. 198.
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 268.

I am indebted to Bishop Elliott for specimens of this
shell. It is in most respects similar to the preceding
species, and would be mistaken for it unless the aperture
be examined. The position of the upper tooth of the
peristome far within the aperture at once distinguishes it.
The size is not, however, any criterion, as I have individ-
uals of Rugeli only 10 millimetres in diameter, while
some of my specimens of inflecta are full 13 millimetres.

The plate shows an enlarged view of the aperture.

HELIX MONODON Rackett vol. ii. p. 147, pi. xli.

Helix monodon DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 35, pars., excl. syn., pi. iii. fig. 19 — not
fig. 21, a. b.

Mrs. Gkay, Fig. Moll. An. pi. 193, fig. 11. (Ex. Bost. Journ.
abs. desc.)

BiLUNGS, Canadian Nat. ii. 100, fig. 6.
Jlelix convexa Chemnitz, pars. (excl. syn. et tab. Ixvi. figs. 24, 27).

Pfeiffek, 1. c. iii. 268, (excl. /3 et y).

Desha ves. Lam. 3d ed. iii. 308; in Fer. 1. c. i. 144.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 696 (1852), excl. syn.; No. 717, (1854).
Ilelicodonla hiTSUla a. Ferussac, Tabl. S3'st. 101.

VAR. FRATERNA Say.

Ihlix fratema Say (Binney's ed.) p. 30, pi. Ixxiv. fig. 3.

Mrs. Gray, Fig. Moll. An. pi. 193, fig. 5 absq. desc. (Ex. Bost.
Journ.)
Jklix monodon DeKay, 1. c. ex parte, pi. iii. fig. 21, a, b.

Wood, Ind. Suppl. vii. 16.
Iklix convexa Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 86, ex parte.
Var. Rkeve, Con. Icon. 1. c.
/3 Pfeiffer, 1. c.

VAR. LEAH Ward.

IkUx convexa y Pfeiffer, 1. c.

Var. Chemnitz, 1. c. pi. Ixvi. figs. 24, 26.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 61

I have separated the synonymy of these varieties in
such a way as to show the opinion of various authors on
them. For my own part, 1 cannot consider them as dis-
tinct species. Mighels (Shells of Maine) considers /ra^er-
■na and moriodon distinct.

It has also been noticed in Washington Co. Texas,
(Moore).

HELIX STENOTREMA Ferussac vol. ii. p. 151, pi. xlii. fig. 5.

Helix ste not re ma Tkeeffer, Symb. ii. 39, (excl. 7 2>ustula.)

Reeve, No. 720, (1852).
ITelix liirsiUa ji Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 421.

Var. Stenotrema, Chemmtz, ed. 2, 1. 376 (184U), pi. Ixv. figs.
12-14, (1849).
Helicodonia hirsuta a Ferussac, 1. c. pi. L. A. fig. 3.

I have thought it best to separate this from the succeed-
ing species, its characteristics being constant in Postplei-
ocene fossils as well as in recent individuals from Indiana,
Kentucky, Mississippi, Georgia, Alabama, and Louisiana.

Ferussac considers this as var. a of hirsuta and gives
Stenotrema convexa Rafinesque as a synonym. His figure
is unmistakable. It appears, therefore, that Stenotrema
convexa Rafinesque is not hirsuta but the heavy form.
Its description in addition to that of the genus given in
vol. i. is as follows : " Nearly round, both sides convex,
smooth, 5 spires." I cannot, therefore, see any reason for
considering Rafinesque's species to be monodon, as so
many writers have done. In the continuation of the
Histoire, Deshayes considers stenotrema as a variety only.
He has caused confusion by quoting Stenotrema convexa
Rafinesque as a synonym of hirsuta, and yet saying that
the same author has given the name of convexa to the
shell figured on pi. L. A. fig. 2, which is monodon.

Pfeiffer also, in vol. i., gives Stenotrema convexa Raf. as
8t synonym of monodon, on the authority of Ferussac,
though a reference to his figure would at once show that
he applied the name to the heavy form of hirsuta.

62 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Gould quotes Stenotrema convexa as a synonym of Mr-
suta (Invert, i. c)

HELIX HIRSUTA Say vol. ii. p. 150, pi. xlii. fig. 3.

Hdix hivsuta Say (Binney's ed.) p. 8.

De Kay, N. Y. Moll. p. 36, pi. iii. fig. 27.

Deshayes, ill Lam. ed. 3, vol. 3, p. 308; in Fer. i. p. 140.

Mrs. Ghay', Fig. of Moll. An. pi. 193, fig. 8, ex Bost. Journ.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, F.xcl. var., i. 374 (1846), pi. Ixv. fig. 9-11, (1849).

Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. Excl. var. /3, i. 421; iii. 126.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 714, (1852).
Helix sinuata y Gmelin (teste Pfeiffer).
IJelix iso(;nomostomos y Gmelin (teste Pfeiffer).
Tridopsis hirsuta Woodward, Man. pi. xii. fig. 7, absq. desc.
St€nosto7na convexa Rafinesque, Enum. and Ace. p. 3, 1831, nee. Femssac.

Junior?
lldix porcina Say' (Binney's ed.) p. 30, pi. Ixxiv. fig. 2.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 45.

Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 97.

Bland, N. Y. Lyceum, vi. p. 344, Notes, i. 34, with fig.

In the remarks on the preceding species will be found
some notes referring equally to this.

The species is found fossil in the Postpleiocene, and
recent in the localities already mentioned, as well as in
Kansas (Hayden), Virginia, at the height of 2000 above
the sea (Edwards), and the District of Columbia (Stimp-
son).

The generic description of Stenostoma or Stenotrema is
given in vol. i. p. 49. The only specific description is the
following : " Nearly round, both sides convex, smooth,
5 spires, Kentucky." It appears to me to apply more to
this species than to monodon.

As regards H. porcina, Say's description is copied by
the authors referred to, neither having seen authentic
specimens. Bland refers it rather to injiecta than hirsuta,
if a young shell, but anticipates its proving mature.
From the figure of Say, I do not doubt the correctness of
my father's view of this question. Other cases occur
among Say's writings of still graver errors than describ-

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 63

ing a young shell as mature ; compare, for instance, his
description of the young of a common Planorbis as Bulla
Jluviatilis (Binney's ed. p. 71).

Say's description is as follows : —

Shell depressed, yellowish brown ; epidermis rugose, with mi-
nute, very numerous bristles ; whorls rather more than four, de-
pressed above, beneath rounded, forming a very obtuse angle rather
above the centre of the whorl ; umbilicus open, rather small, pro-
found ; labruni simple.

Breadth rather more than three tenths of an inch. Inhabits
the North-West Territory.

HELIX BARBIGERA Redfield .vol. iii. p. 21, pi. Ixxvii. fig. 2.

Helix barbigera Redfield, N. Y. Lyceurn, vi. 171, pi. ix. figs. 4, 5, 7.

The figures referred to are fac-similes of those of Red-
field, showing the outline of the shell, as well as a magni-
fied view of a portion of the epidermis.

HELIX EDVARDSI Bland.

Plate LXXVIII. Figures 7, 9.

T. imperforata, lenticulari, carinata, tenuiuscula, fulva; epidermide
castanea, supra in striis pilosis prostratis minutis elevata, — infra tuber-
culis acutis minutis creberrime munita, quje juxta aperturam setos erectos
gerunt; spira convexo-conoidea; anfr. 5, complanatis, lente accrescenti-
bus ; ultimo antice gibbo, subito subdeflexo ; apice minute granulate ;
basi convexo, parum indentata, lineis numerosis spiralibus sub epider-
mide impressis ; sutura profunde impressa ; apertura obliqua, transversa,
auriformi ; dente angusta, subarcuata, lamelliformi, prtelonga, parietis
aperturalis coarctata ; perist. niargine supero acute, parum reflexo, infero
subarcuato, depresso, subreflexo, et ad anfractum ultimum subappresso,
callo dentiformi intus instructo, obsolete inciso.

SYNONYMS AND KEFERENCES.

Helix Edvardsi Bland, N. Y. Lyceum, vi. p. 277; Notes, p. i. pi. ix. fig. 14-16.

DESCRIPTION.

Shell imperforate, lenticular, carinatc, the carina obsolete near
the aperture, rather thin, beneath the epidermis pale brown ; the

64 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

epidermis dark chestnut-color, with numerous minute curved hair-
like processes lying flat upon, and attached to the epidermidal sur-
face of the upper whorls in the direction of the incremental strife,
the epidermis at the base covered with acute, raised, transverse
tubercles, most numerous, and having erect bristles near the aper-
ture ; spire convex-conoid ; whorls five, flattened, gradually increas-
ing, the last gibbous above, suddenly but slightly deflected ; apex
minutely granulate ; base convex, little indented in the umbihcal
region, and witli impressed spiral lines beneath the epidermis ;
suture deeply impressed ; aperture oblique, transverse, auriform,
narrowed by a slender slightly arcuate lamelliform parietal tooth
extendinij across from the umbilical axis, and terminatinii with a
short angular deflection within tlie aperture ; upper margin of the
peristome acute, scarcely reflected, lower margin slightly arcuate,
depressed, slightly reflected, and partially appressed to the body
whorl, with a tooth-like callus within, having an almost obsolete
notch in the centre.

Diam. maj. 9, min. 8, alt. 5 mill.

Geographical Distribution. IMountains in Fayette, or Green
Briar Co., Virginia. (W. H. Edwards ?)

Bemcn'ks. This species is allied to or rather iiiti-rmediate be-
tween H. barhigera Redf. (Plate IX. figs. 4-7). and //. hirsuta Say
— tlie former connecting H. spinosa Lea with H.fraterna Say. It
is smaller, more elevated, less acutely carinated, and readily dis-
tinguished from H. barbigera by the partially appressed, notched
peristome, and the difl"erent character of the epidermis. In H. bar-
bigera the attached hair-like epidermidal processes are produced, at
the sutures and carina, into cilia, which are entirely wanting in this
species. The same processes, though less numerous, and some-
times almost obsolete, are observable at the base of tlie former,
wliili! in the latter, the basal epidermis approaches in character to
that of //. palliata Say. The deep characteristic notch in H. hir-
suta is considerably less develope<l in H. Edvardsi, and the callus
whicii connects the parietal tooth with the upper margin of the
peristome in the former, does not exist in the latter. In the gen-
eral character of tlie peristome the species under consideration re-
sembles H. hirsuta, wliilr //. barbigera is in that [)articular more
api)ropriately comjiared witli If. /rate ma Say.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 65

"While naming this species after my friend Mr. Edwards, who
collected it, I am quite aware of the objections to such specific
names, but in the Genus Helix it seems almost a hopeless case to
find, for a shell closely allied to several others, an unpreoccuj)ied
name derived from any distinct specific character.

This is Bland's description. I have also given fac-sim-
iles of his figures.

HELIX SPINOSA Lea vol. ii. p. 154, pi. xliv. fig. 1.

Helix spinosa DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 47.
Pfeiffek, 1. c. iii. 126.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 375, pi. Ixv. figs. 15-17, (1849).
Eeeve, Con. Icon. No. 685, (1852).

HELIX EDGARIANA Lea vol. ii. p. 155, pl. xliv. fig. 2.

Caracolla Edgariana Troschel, Arch. f. Nat. 1843, 2, p. 124.
Helix Edgariana Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 425 ; iii. 126.
Keeve, Con. Icon. No. 703.

I have specimens of this species from Tennessee (El-
liott), Waschita Springs, Arkansas (Binney coll.), and Ala-
bama, (ditto).

HELIX MAXILLATA Gould vol. ii. p. 157, pl. xl. a, fig. 2.

Helix maxillata Pfeiffek, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 126.

The impressions of this plate are printed from two sep-
arate copper plates. On one of them, the enlarged view
of the aperture of this species is misplaced.

It has also been detected by Dr. H. M. Neisler along
the Cattahoochee River in Georgia.

HELIX CONCAVA Say vol. ii. p. 163, pl. xxi.

Helix concava Say, ( Binney 's ed.) p. 20.

Helix planorboides Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 156.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 164, pl. xcv. fig. 17-19; cliv. fig. 45,

(1851)
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 674, (1862).
Deshayes, in Fer. 1. c. i. p. 87.
Helix dissidms Deshayes, 1. c. i. 97, pl. 84, figs. 1, 2,

Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 84.
journal b. s. n. h. 9

66 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

The variety referred to as larger and from beyond the
Rocky Mts. by Adams (I. c.), is H. Vancouver ensis Lea.

I can find no description by Rafinesque of this species,
though he is quoted by Binney in the Boston Journal,
probably on the authority of Ferussac.

Pfeiffer (Mai. Blatt. ii. p. 11) points out the error made
on p. 164 in referring to this species the figure in the Bos-
ton Journal.

It has also been found in Maine (Morse), as well as
various other new localities, and occurs fossil in the Post-
pleiocene.

Helix dissidens appears to me identical with this spe-
cies. I have given a fac-simile of the figure of Deshayes
(pi. Ixxvii. fig. 5), and also subjoin his remarks, as well as
description. Pfeiffer repeats the last, not having seen the
shell, and notes the resemblance to H. Vancouver ensis {vel-
licata) .

Helix dissidens. Testa orbiculato-depressa, superne convexa sub-
tus late et profunde umbilicata ; anfr. convexiusculis, ultimo cylindraoeo ;
apertura rotundato-lunari, obliqua ; labro simpliri, superne inflexo ; testa
concolore, albo-viridula.

Diain. 17, alt. 7. Habite TAmerique Septentrionale.

Nous sOup9onnons que cette espece a ete confoiuluc par les con-
chyliogiqueri Americains avec notre H. cellaria d'Europe. Quoique
tres voisines, ces especes se distinguent cependant pas des caraeteres
constants. Celled est orbiculaire, tres aplatie, a spire convexe, tres
obtuse, composee de 5J- tours convexes, reunis par une suture de-
prim ee. Le dernier tour est cylindrace, un peu j)his large en des-
sous qu'en dessus ; 11 est perce au centre d'un tres grand ombilic,
dont le diametre est egal a celui du dernier tour. L'ouverture est
obronde, semilunaire ; elle est legerement deprimee du haut en bas ;
son diametre triuisversal se trouve ainsi un peu plus long que le
diametre longitudinal. Les bords de cette ouverture restent sim-
ples ; ils sent plus obtus et plus epais que dans H. cellaria, et dans
le plupart des autres especes du groupe. Quoique polie et brillante,
cette coquille n'est par cependant tout a fait lissc : on remarque,

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 67

en effet, sur sa surface des stries irregiilieres d'accroissement, qui
grossissent cm s'approclinni ilc rorabilic, so regulaissent dans cette
cavite, et deviennent assez 8enil)lables h, celle qu'on remarque dans
quclques solariutn. Cette coquille est raince, diaphane, et d'une cou-
leur uniforme, d'un jaune verdatre tres pale. Les stries qui s'en-
forpent dans Tintericur de rombilic n'ont pas etc representees assez
grosses dans les figures de cette ouvrage, auxquelles nous ren-
vojons.

HELIX JEJUNA Say vol. ii. p. 172, pi. xlii. fig. 2.

Helix jejuna Say, .Touni. Acad. ii. 158; Binney's ed. p. 9.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 40.

Pfeifker, Mod. Hel. Viv. i. 147; iii. 124.

Bland, N. Y. Lyceum, vi. p. 341 ; Notes 31.
HeUx Mobiliana Troschel, Ar. f. Nat. 1843, ii. 124.
Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 219.

This species is not referred to under this name in the
second volume of the Mollusks. Of all the authors referred
to in the synonymy, none have seen authentic specimens
of it. It has been known only by Say's description until
within a few months past, when it was suggested to me
by Dr. Pfeiffer that it might be identical with Mobiliana.
Specimens found at the original locality * by Mr. O. S.
Dorman, agree with Say's description sufficiently to con-
vince Bland of their identity. Since there is no hope of
ever deciding the question with certainty, it appears best
to follow the suggestion of these two authors, as that most
likely to be correct.

In notes taken by Dr. Binney at the Jardin des Plantes,
it appears that a young shell is there labelled H. jejuna.

Lea refers to this species in his remarks on several
species. As demonstrated by Bland, he had before him
clausa under this name.

Anthony makes Mobiliana a synonym of clausa in his
Ohio Catalogue.

* Mr. Dorman writes that the correct orthography of the spot is Cowford, and
not Cowfwi.

68 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

Living specimens sent me by Bishop Elliott present the
following characteristics : —

Animal dirty white, neck darker, superior tentacles
black, — not quite twice the breadth of the shell, — foot
pointed.

It has also been found at St. Simon's Isle, Ga. (Postell),
St. John's River and St. Augustine, Fla., (Dorman), and
in the cemeteries of Savannah. (Elliott.)

The following is Say's description : —

H. JEJUNA. — Shell subglobular, glabrous, pale reddish brown;
volutions five, slightly wrinkled, regularly rounded ; spire convex;
suture rather deeply impressed ; aperture dilate lunate ; labrura a
little incrassated within, not reflected ; umbilicus open, small.

Breadth rather more than one fifth of an inch. Inhabits the
Southern States.

Animal — light reddish brown, with a granular surface, longer
than the breadth of the shell ; oculiferous tentacula elongated, and
rather darker than the body.

This shell is very closely allied to H. sericea of Southern Europe,
but it differs from that species in being destitute of the hirsute
vesture. 1 found several specimens o^ jejuna, during an excursion
some time since into P^ast Florida, at the Cow Fort on St. John's
liiver. It is in the collection of the Academy.

IIIOLIX INCRUSTATA Poey vol. ii. p. 174, pi. xsix. a, fig. 4.

Iklix incmslata Poey, Memorias, vol. i. pp. 208, 212, pi. xii. figs. 11-16.
Pfeiffer, Men. Hcl. Viv. iii. 632.

This shell is described by Gould under the name of
saxicola. It is, however, quite a distinct species. The
true saxicola is more nearly allied to chersina, and its
surface is bright and clean, the spire elevated, the general
outline more globose, and the umbilicus small, being also
slightly covered by the lip.

I am indebted to Mr. Poey for specimens of the true
saxicola of Cuba, as well as of his incrustata. A compari-

Binney on Terrestrial Mollnsks. 69

son of the latter with the shell described by Gould, leaves
no room for doubting their identity. Poey's description is
as follows : —

Testa dt'prcssa, tenuis, corneo-fusca, perspective perforata, subtiiiter
striata; anfr. 4^, ultimo convexo, prioribus planulatis; apertura subcir-
cularis, inarginibus aoutis approximatis.

HELIX PULCIIELLA Muller vol. ii. p. 175, pi. xvii. fig. 1.

Helix mlnuta Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 30.

Stimi'SON, Shells of N. E. p. 54, absq. descr.

I have in my possession notes of Say never published,
in which he acknowledges the identity of these two spe-
cies. DeKay considers them distinct, but erroneously says
the European pulchella is furnished with sharp parallel
ribs, (referring to tlie variety). Stimpson also considers
them distinct.

Ferussac, Pfeift'er, Deshayes, and Reeve unite them.

I am constantly receiving this species from every section
of the country, — having specimens from the following
new localities : Pennsylvania, District of Columbia, Mich-
igan (Winchell), Kansas and Nebraska (Hayden), and
Florida. It is brought down in immense quantities by
the streams of Nebraska and Kansas, and deposited with
drift-wood, other minute shells, &c., on their banks. Dr.
Hayden collected myriads of them during his expedition
to the Yellow-stone River. He was also so fortunate
as to find about a pint of the heavily ribbed variety
(H. COSTATA), which had before been noticed only at
Cincinnati and Philadelphia, and that very sparingly.
The discovery of this ribbed variety was a most interest-
ing one, as it gives additional evidence of the identity
of the American with the European pidchella, and is
strongly opposed to the theory of the introduction of the
species from abroad.

70 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

HELIX PROFUNDA Say vol. ii. p. 177, pi. xxii.

Helix pfrofunda Say, (Binney's ed.) pp. 20, 36, pi. 37, fig. 3.

DkKay, X. Y. Moll. p. 42, pi. iii. fig. 38.

Che.mnitz, c(1. 2, ii. p. 63.

Pfeiffek, 1. c. iii. 265.

CiiF.NU, Hibl. Couch, iii. 51, pi. xiii. fig. 26.

Dkshayes in P'er. i. 69.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 682, (1852).

Mks. Gray, Fig. Moll. An. pi. cxciii. fig. 12. (Ex. Bost. Journ.)
Ildix Jikhardi Deshayes in Lam. 3d ed. iii. 283.

Chenu, 111. Con. xii. 13.

Delessert, Rec. des Coq. pi. xxvi. fig. 7.
Polygyra jirofundum Adasis, Gen. Rec. Moll. ii. 207, (absq. desc.)V

The shell figured in Ferussac, pi. 69 G, figs. 9, 11, and
referred to as var. /3 by Pfeiffer, is merely one of the many
varieties of the species,

I have a specimen collected by Mr. T. A. Conrad on
Broad Top Mountain, Pennsylvania. It occurs fossil in
the Postpleiocene.

HELIX SAYII Binney vol. ii. p. 180, pi. xxiii.

Helix Sayii, Chemnitz, ed. 2, No. 976, tab. cxlviii. figs. 13, 14.

Mrs. Gray, Fig. Moll. An. pi. 193, fig. 10. (Ex. Bost. Journ.)

Deshayes in Fer. i. p. 79.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 679, (1852).
Hdlx diudonta Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 39, pi. Ixxiv. fig. 4.
DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 34, pl. ii. fig. 18.

I have it also from Pennsylvania.

HELIX TRIDENTATA Say vol. ii. p. 1S3, pl. xxvii.

Helix Iridenlata Say, (Binnej''s ed.) p. 6, pl. ixx. fig. 1.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 28. pl. ii. fig. 7.

I'oTiEZ et MiciiAUD, Gal. p. 114.

Mrs. Gray, Fig. Moll. An. pl. 291, fig. 3. (Ex. Bost. Journ.)

Chemnitz, 1. c. i. 84.

rFEIFEEK, 1. c. iii. 263.

Deshayes in Lam. ed. 3, iii. 309, in Fer. 1. c. i. 72.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 690, (18.02).
Triudopsis lunula RAFiNEsyuE, Kii. and Ace. p. 3. j

1 propose to separate from tridentata Binney both fallax
and Hopetonensis. Their di.stinctive characters are suf-

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 71

ficiently strong and constant to warrant the separation,
though many intermediate forms occur, scarcely referable
to one more than to another. The present form occurs
less plentifully in the Southern States, its place being
filled by the two others.

Petiver's No. 6, is this species. Triodopsis lunula is
also one of its synonyms. The generic description is
given (vol. i. p. 49), — the specific description is as fol-
lows : —

Depressed, mouth narrow with thick lips, umbilicus lunulated.
In Kentucky. Forms subgenus Menomphis.

In Ravenel's Catalogue, p. 9, (1834), a variety of H.
tridentata is mentioned under the name of ephebus. I
find among Say's manuscript the following description
of it : —

H. TRIDENTATA S. var. ephehus. Small ; labrum much more
obtusely rounded ; the elevated lines of the whorls more prominent
and obvious. Breadth two fifths of an inch.

HELIX FALLAX Say vol. ii. p. 183, pi. xxviii.

Htlix fallax Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 27.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 28, pi. iii. fig. 23.

Chemnitz, 1. c. i. 364, (1846).

Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 263.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 686, (1852).
Helix tridentata Binney, Bost. Journ. 1. c. pi. xviii. fig. 3.

This is certainly more than a variety of tridentata Say.
Not only are the characteristic differences well marked,
but the habits of the respective animals are different. Mr.
J. G. Anthony tells me that tridentata is found on hill-
sides in the grass, while fallax inhabits rich soils, in
woods, under logs, and is not gregarious like the former.
The difficulty is to mark the dividing line between the
many varieties of fallax^ some of which are quite as dis-
tinct as H. Hopetonensis Shuttl.

72 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

The shell mentioned on page 10 of my Notes as being
furnished with an internal fulcrum, seems to be a distinct
species.

I have specimens of fallax from the Northern,*Western,
and Southwestern States. It is also found in many of the
Southern States, and is quoted from Texas by Roemer.
Say's description is as follows : —

Heltx fallax. Spire convex ; volutions five, with elevated
lines forming grooves between them ; labrum reflected, contracting
the aperture, bidentate ; teeth separated by a profound sinus ;
superior tooth inflected into the mouth ; inferior tooth situated
near the base ; labrum with a large, prominent, oblique, lamelliform
tooth, curving downwards so as nearly to reach the termination of
the labrum ; umbilicus open, exhibiting the volutions.

Greatest transverse diameter nine-twentieths of an inch.

This resembles the tridentata Nob., but the upper tooth of the
labrum is much inflected, the spire is more elevated, and the size is
less considerable ; in the former character it coincides with H^
iiiflecta Nob., but that shell has the umbilicus closed.

Presented to the Academy by Messrs. Hyde and Mason, who
found it in the vicinity of Philadelphia, where it is not uncommon.

Since the above was written, 1 received a specimen from Mr.
Stephen Elliott, of South Carolina, fully equal in size to the
tridentata.

HELIX HOPETONENSIS Shuttlewortii . .vol. iii. p. 17, pi. Ixxvii. fig. 16-

Helix Hopetonensis Shuttleworth, Bern. Mitt. 1852, p. 198.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 709, (1852).
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 263.
Chemnitz, ed. ii. p. 420, pi. cxiviii. figs. 17, 18.

I have it also from Florida, and St. Simon's Isle, Geor-
gia. (Postell.)

HELIX VENTROSULA Pfeiffer.
Plate LXXVII. Figure 14.

T. rimato-perfbrata, depres.so-globosa, tenuis, subtiliter striata, pellu-
cida, corneo-albida ; spira vix elevata; anfr. 5 vix convexiusculi, ultimas

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 73

superne subangulatus, subito deflexus, basi inflatus, antice gibl)»s ct valde
constrictus ; apertura perobliqua, ringons ; perist. acutum, latfe reflexum,
niarginibusvix conniventibiis, laniinas elevatas in ventre anfractus penul-
timi angiilatini junctas, eniittentibus, dextro lamina subperpendiculari,
dilitata, basali dentibus 2 acutis munito. [I'lV.]

SYNONYMS AND ItEFERENCES.

/Mix vent rosida Pfeifker, Proc. Zoiil. Soc. 1845, p. 131; Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 417;

iii. 26G.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. p. 373, (1846,) pi. Ixv. figs. 5, 6, (1849).
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. C87, (1852).

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell minutely perforated, globosely depressed, thin and
shining, pellucid, delicately striated, horn-colored ; spire
slightly raised, whorls 5 but little convex, the last one
subangulated at the periphery, falling suddenly towards
the aperture, inflated below, and strongly contracted ;
aperture very oblique, much complicated with teeth ;
peristome acute, broadly reflected, its terminations scarcely
approaching each other, but joined by two white, elevated
laminae, which are placed at acute angles on the parietal
wall ; the basal termination is also furnished with two
white acute denticles, while on the other is placed a white
sub-perpendicular, extended lamina.

Greater diameter, 13 ; lesser, 11 ; height, 7| millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Texas and Mexico.

Remarks. This shell was unknown to Binney, and
erroneously considered by Gould (p. 193) as a synonym
of H. Texasiana. It is, however, a remarkably well char-
acterized species. It may readily be distinguished by the
globose under-surface, and the basin-shaped aperture, nar-
rowed to scarcely more than a chink by the prominent,
white teeth.

HELIX AURICULATA Say vol. ii. p. 186, pi. xl. fig. 1.

Polyyyra auriculala Say, ( Binney 's ed.) p. 10.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 10

74 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Helix auriculatn DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 47, pi. iii. fig. 28.
Chemnitz, 1. c. i. 371, (1846).

Deshayes in Lam. 3(1 ed. iii. 308: in Fer. 1. c. i. 76.
Pfeifflr, 1. c. iii. 266.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 700, (1852).

It will appear from the above synonymy that I have
separated H. avara from this species. Other species may
also be included in auriculata Binney, but I make no in-
quiry concerning them, as my friend Mr. Bland will soon
publish an elaborate article on this group.

Ferussac's (pi. 50, fig. 3) var. minor is quoted as a variety
of auriculata by PfeifFer, in the first volume of his great
work, but in volume third is doubtfully referred to uvu-
lifera.

I have specimens measuring 16 millimetres in diameter.
They are from St. Augustine, Fla., the only locality, in-
deed, from which I have received the true auriculata, the
smaller variety from the keys being probably H. uvulifera.

The shell is carried on the animal in a manner quite
different from that of the other species, the axis being
quite horizontal.

HELIX AVARA Say vol. ii. p. 186, pi. xl. fig. 2.

Pohjgyra avnra Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 11. ,

Ildix avara DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 47.

Chemnitz, 1. c. i. 370, (1846,) pi. Ixv. figs. 1, 2, (1849).

Pfeiffek, 1. c. i. 418; iii. 267.

Reeve, 1. c. No. 720.

Deshayes in Fer. 1. c. i. 78.
Helix Sayii DeKay, 1. c. p. 47.

I have already remarked that the confusion existing con-
cerning this and the preceding species is about to be recti- ,
fied by Mr. Bland. I will, therefore, refrain from making
any remarks at this time.

The species as it now stands has been found from
Georgia to Texas ; in some of the intermediate States
the individuals are extremely numerous.

Biriney on Terrestrial Mollnsks. 75

Say's description is as follows.

P. AVAUA. — Shell covered with nuniorous sliort, roV)ust hairs ;
spire convex ; whorls four, regularly rounded, with hardly elevated
lines forming grooves, wdiich are much more conspicuous near the
mouth ; mouth subreniform, two projecting, obtuse teeth on the
outer lip within, separated by a deep sinus ; outer lip elevated,
equal, describing two-thirds of a circle ; pillar-lip elevated, broadly
but not profoundly emarginate, concave beneath, and connected to
the inner side by an elongated, lamelliform tooth, which is placed
obli<|uely on the penultimate w'horl, near the middle of the mouth ;
lips almost equally prominent, continued ; umbilicus moderate, not ex-
hibiting the volutions, no groove on the penultimate whorl within it.

Breadth quarter of an inch. Inhabits Florida. Cabinet of the
Academy. Animal longer than the breadth of the shell, acute
behind, above granulated and blackish, beneath, and each side,
white.

This we found in the orange groves of Mr. Fatio, on the river
St. John, East Florida ; it is usually covered with a black, earthy
coat, which is probably retained and collected by the hairs. When
unencumbered with this vesture, the shell is of a horn-color. It is
by no means so common as the preceding species.

HELIX UVULIFERA Shuttleworth vol. iii. p. 20.

IMix uvulifera Shuttleworth, Bern. Mitt. 1852, p. 199.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 420, pi. cxlviii. figs. 19,20, (1853).

Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 267.
Eelix jloruUfera Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 699, (Aug. 1852).
Helix auriculata minor Ferussac, Hist. pi. 1. fig. 3V (teste Pfeiffer).

This species is known in many American
cabinets as a small variety of auriculata. '^^■

I have one specimen from Texas, received
from Mr. Cuming.

HELIX VULTUOSA Gould vol. ii. p. 189, pi. xl. :i, fig. 4.

Helix vulluosa Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 365, pi. cxxvii. figs. 10-12.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 711, (1852).
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 263.

76 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

HELIX ARIADNE Pfeiffer.
Plate LXXVm. Figures 1, 3, 4.
T. arcuato-rimata, dopressa, subdiscoidea, solidula, diaphana, superne
plicatula, albida ; spira subf)lana ; anfr. 5 sutura impressa distincti,
planiusculi, ultimus aiitice subito deflexus, valde constriftus, basi paulo
convexior, sublaivigatus ; rima umbilicalis arcuata, in perforationem
obliquam, punctiformeni terminata; apertura parvula, perobli(iua, lunato-
fircularis, ringens ; porist. breviter reflexuni, marginibus conniventibus,
lingua bicrufi, pi-otun<le Intrante, nexuosa junctis, basali plicis 2 validis,
marginalibus, intrantil)us, approximatis, dextro plica profunda margin!
parallels munito. [Pf'eiffor.]

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Hdix Arimlme Pfkii fer in Zeitscli. f. Mai. 1848, p. 120; Mon. Hcl. Viv. iii. 266.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. p. 372, pi. Ixv. figs. 19-21, (1846).
Helix Ccntchiaiw Lea, Proc. Pliila. Acad. 1857, p. 102.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell with a rounded umbilical groove, terminating in a
minute oblique perforation, depressed, subdiscoidal, nearly-
transparent, bluish white, with scarcely perceptible wrinkles
on the upper surface ; spire flattened ; whorls five, separ-
ated by a distinct suture, flattened, the last one suddenly
falling towards the aperture, very much contracted and
pinched behind the peristome, more convex and smoother
below ; there is a deeply chiselled, rounded, umbilical
groove as mentioned above, the umbilical region is also
channelled ; aperture small, extremely complicated with
teeth, very oblique and circular ; peristome white, slightly
reflected, its terminations approaching each other and
joined by two flexuose, elevated, acute laminae, con-
verging to a point far within the aperture ; the basal por-
tion of the peristome is also furnished with two stout,
entering, converging, marginal folds, while the right ter-
mination of the peristome has a more delicate, deeply
seated, elongated lamina, running almost parallel with the
peristome.

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 11

Greater diameter, 12; lesser, 10; height, 5 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Pfeiffer gives Central Ame-
rica as the habitat in Chemnitz, but in the Monographia he
gives none. The shell figured (fig. 4) is from Tamaulipas,
Mexico, where it was collected by Berlandier. I have
seen no specimens found strictly within the limits of the
Union, though we have every reason to expect to discover
them in Texas.

Remarks. This can be confounded with no known
American species. It is at once distinguished by the re-
markable aperture, the flat spire, convex base, and umbil-
ical channel. It is sufficiently transparent to allow the
suture to be seen through the base of the shell, when held
towards the light.

I have given the outlines of the figures in Chemnitz, as
well as an enlarged view of the curious aperture.

The shell referred to doubtfully as a variety of Helix
Loisa in my Notes p. 5, may be an immature specimen of
AriadncB.

Mr. Lea's original specimen of H. Couchiana was ob-
tained from the same source as the shell I have figured
(fig. 4), and resembles it in every particular. I have not,
therefore, the slightest hesitation in placing it in the
synonymy of this species. His description is as follows :

T. superne paulisper elevata, subplanulat^, inferne subinflata ; niti-
da, abida, longitudinaliter et subtilitor striata, minute perforata ; anfr. 5 ;
apertura rotundata, quinqnedentata ; labro subacute.

Hab. Texas — L. Berlandier, M. D.

HELIX HIPPOCREPIS Pfeiffer.
Plate LXXVIII. Figure 19.

Testa anguste umbilicata, depressa, solidula, confertim arcuato-plicata,
opaca, fuscula ; spira vix elevata ; anfr. 5j angusti, vix convexiusculi,
sutura impressa juncti, ultimus superne carinatus, basi eonvexior, antice
solutus, subito detlexus, pone aperturam constrietus et gibboso-inflatus ;
umbilicus extus latiusculus, angustissime pervius ; apertura subhoiizon-

78 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

talis, auriformis, rinfjens ; pcrist. sublabiatum, marginibus callo elevato,
angnlari, supprne laniinam profunde intrantem altoramque minorem
prope columellam (ambas profundi ferri ecjuino instar connexas) emit-
tente junctis, supero breviter expanse, laminam obliquam imniittente,
basali calloso-reflexo. [Pfeiffer.]

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Helix hippocrepis Pfeiffer in Roemer's Texas, p. 455; in Zeitsch. f. Mai.
1848, p. 119; Mod. Hel. Viv. iii. 267.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 33.3, pi. cxxxi. f. 4-6.
Eeeve, Con. Icon. No. 1238, (1854).

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell perforated, depressed, rather heavy, closely stri-
ated, opaque, smoky; spire flattened; suture impressed;
whorls 5|, scarcely convex, the last carinated above, more
convex below, falling abruptly at the aperture, and behind
it very much contracted and with a prominent isolated
bulge ; umbilicus at first expanded and grooved, but rap-
idly terminating in a minute perforation ; aperture almost
horizontal, ear-shaped, complicated with teeth ; peristome
white, thickened, its extremities joined by an elevated,
sharp, angular ridge, from which protrude far within the
aperture two laminae, (the upper one sharper and more
prominent,) the connecting terminations of which within the
shell resemble a horseshoe ; the upper portion of the per-
istome is slightly reflected and furnished with an oblique
entering angle, and the basal portion is callous and reflected.

Greater diameter, 12 ; lesser, 10 ; height, 5 millimetres.

Geog-raphical Distribution. New Brauenfels, Texas.
(Roiimer.)

Remarks. The smaUer, columellar lamina, from which
the name of the shell is derived, is not represented in the
plate.

This species is remarkably well characterized and can-
not be compared or confounded with any other known
American shell. It is very rare in cabinets.

Binney un Terrestrial MoUusks. 79

IIETilX TEXASIANA Moricand vol. ii. p. 101, pi. xlv. fi-. 1.

//(/(> Texasiann 1'kkii-fk.i:, Man. Hel. Viv. i. 41^; iii. 2C7, excl. syn. ami viir. f3.

Chkjinitz, ed. 2, (181G,) i. p. 85, l-xcI. var. and figure.

Deshayes in Lani. cd. 3, iii. 316.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 707.

Deshayes in Fer. i. p. 74, pi. 1. c. (cxcl. synon.)
Helix triodonta Ferussac, ]\Ins. Par.
Ihlix Tamaulipasensis Lea, I'roc. A. N. S. Phila. 1857, p. 102.

Deshayes, also, in Ferussac's great work, confounds /«^i-
g-iata with this. In Chemnitz, ed. 2, Pfeiffer makes the
same errors of synonymy as in his Monograph. The fig-
ure is not this species, nor is it easy to determine what
it is.

Shuttle worth, in his Diagnosen, has also pointed out
Pfeiffer's error in placing /a^/o^mto and plicata in the synon-
ymy of this species.

From notes received from Pfeift'er, and also from memo-
randa taken by my father at the Garden of Plants, it
appears that triodonta is identical with this species. On
vol. i. p. 162, a different opinion is expressed on triodonta.

The variety of this species figured on pi. 78, fig. 18, was
at first considered a distinct species by me. Having sent
specimens to Pfeiffer, he writes that they are merely va-
rieties. It is distinguished by a wider umbilicus, and a
somewhat different arrangement of teeth.

There can be no doubt of the identity of H. Tamauli-
pasensis with H. Texasiana. I have based my opinion on
a careful examination of Mr. Lea's shell. His description
is as follows :

T. superne paulisper elevata, subplanulata, inferne subinHata, niti-
da, longitudinaliter et subtiliter striata, minute perforata, aufr. 5 ; aper-
tura lunata, tridentata ; labro spissato, reflexo. Texas.

Pfeiffer describes a var. /3, a larger form with 6 whorls,
horn-colored, and having a reddish band revolving above
the periphery. I have received it from Dr. Moore of
Texas.

80 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

H. Tcxasiana is also found in the neighboring Mexican
State of Tamaulipas. Reeve gives Alabama as the hab-
itat.

HELIX MOORE AN A.

Plate LXXVIII. Figuke 24.

Testa orbiculato-depressa, carinata, umbilicata, albida ; spira obtusa,
plus niinusve elevata ; anfr. 6, vix convexlusculi, striati, ultimus infra
carinam non rotundatus ; sutura impressa; subtus stria; minus distinctie ;
anfr. 1:1, ultimus carina valde producta anfr. altcrum ct umbilicum pro-
fundum pene tegons ; apertura orbicularis, contracta, tridentata ; perist.
album, incrassatum, vix reflexiusculum, margine basali dentibus duobus
curvatis marginalibus sinu parvulo orbiculari scparatis, armato ; plica alba
rectangularis, dentilormis, excavata, in medio apertura; projecta ad colu-
mellam adnata et perist. margines connectans.

SYNONYMS AND REFEKENCES.

Eelix Mom-tana W. G. Binney, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1857, p. 184; Notes p. 4.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell orbicular, depressed, white, carinated, umbilicated ;
spire more or less depressed, obtusely rounded ; whorls 6,
distinctly striated, hardly convex ; suture impressed ; be-
low the carina the body whorl is not rounded, but slants
down to the base which is parallel with the suture ; below,
the striee are less distinct ; at the umbilical region only 1\
whorl is visible, the outer one strongly carinated so as to
conceal a portion of the umbilicus and a great part of the
remaining whorl; the umbilicus is very small, but perfo-
rates the shell to the apex, showing all the volutions with
the aid of a lens ; aperture rounded, contracted by three
teeth ; lip heavy, broad, white, hardly reflected, near the
basal extremity, quite on the edge, armed with two short,
incurving teeth, separated by a small, rounded sinus; on
the columella there is a tooth-like fold, square, projecting
across the aperture, its extremities joining those of the
peristome.

Binney on Terrestrial Molhisks. 81

Greater diameter 8.',, lesser 7, height 3 millimetres.

Geog'raphical Distribution. Found in large numbers by
Dr. Francis Moore in Washington Co., Texas.

Remarks. It is difficult to express correctly in words
the specific differences of the various Polygyrce. This
shell combines the characteristics of several American
species. It has the spire of H. monodon Rackett, and the
columeUar fold of Dorfeuilliana Lea, as figured Tr. Am.
Phil. Soc. vi. pi. xxiv. f. 118. The teeth are placed on the
inner edge of the peristome, as in Texasiana Mor., and the
curious carination at the umbilical region resembles that
of pustula Fer., which has not been noticed in descrip-
tions.

HELIX THOLUS.

Plate LXXVUI. Figure 21.

Testa solidiuscula, albida, nitens, costis obliquis notata; spira rotun-
data, elevatiuscula, obtusa, thollformis ; sutura valde impressa, anfr. 7,
convexiusculi, superi magis planulati, ultimus ad aperturam descendens,
obtus^ carinatus, carina peristoma non attingens, post perist. canalicula-
tus ; infra carinam cost* minus distinctse; basis plana, umbilicus latus,
perspectivus, anfractus canaliculatos monstrans, quorum 2^ perspicue, alii
obscure videntur ; apertura perobliqua, semicircularis, ab axe remota •
perist. album, latum, incrassatum, margine basali reflexiusculo, dentibus
duobus sinu rotundato disjunctis armatum; plica parietalis acuta, in me-
dio aperturae projecta, margines perlstomatis vix connectens.

SYNONYMS AND EEFERENCES.

Eelix tholus W. G. Binney, Proc. A. N. S. Phlla. 1857, p. 186; Notes, p. 6.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell rather solid, white, shining, ribbed above, smoother
below ; spire obtuse, little elevated, rounded ; whorls seven,
convex, the upper ones more flattened, the last bluntly
carinated ; carina not reaching the peristome ; base paral-
lel to the suture ; umbilicus Vroad, half the larger diame-
ter of the shell, showing two and a half deeply grooved

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. H

82 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

whorls plainly, the others rapidly retreating towards the
apex ; aperture very oblique, semicircular, removed from
the axis of the shell, bordered with a scarcely reflected,
white, heavy rim, grooved behind, and armed with two
stout teeth near the basal extremity, broadly reflected at
the junction with the body whorl ; on the parietal wall of
the aperture is a white fold, hardly connecting the extrem-
ities of the lip, and projecting across the aperture into an
acute point.

Greater diameter 11, lesser 9, height 4 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. When describing this species
I had seen but one specimen of it in the collection of Mr.
Bland. It was supposed to inhabit Texas. Since that
time another specimen has been received by him from an
undoubted Texan locality.

Remarks. The aperture of this curious shell resembles
that of H. fatigiata Say. It is readily distinguished from
that and all other described species by the umbilicus,
broad at the commencement, and rapidly narrowing be-
yond the second whorl, with the peculiar groove visible in
all the whorls of the umbilicus, of the same character as
that noticed by Say in auriculata, though deeper.

The name is derived from the resemblance of the slightly
raised, rounded spire to a low dome.

HELIX FATIGIATA Say vol. ii. p. 193 (pars), pi. xxxix. fig. 4.

Etlix fatigiata (Polygyra) Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 37.

Binney in Bost. Journ. 1. c. ex parte, (excl. syn. et fig.)

Shuttleworth, Diag. n. Moll. ii.

Bland, N. Y. Lyceum, vi. 283; Notes, 7.
Helix Texasiana var. B. Chemnitz, ed. 2. i. p. 86, excl. descr., syn. et fig.

Deshayes in Fer. i. p. 74, excl. desc, syn. et fig.
Helix Texasiana (3 Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 418; iii. 267.
Helix Dorfemlliana Deshayes in Fer. i. 73 (excl. syn.) pi. 69 D, fig. 3.
Eelicina fastiijiata DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 82.

The figure to which I have referred is a correct represen-
tation of the specimen of H. fatigiata deposited by Mr.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 83

Say in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy. It
represents the only form of the species, those included by
Biimey under the same name being referred more properly
to the succeeding species. There is consequently much
confusion in the synonymy, remarks, and geographical
notes of this group. The true iJ./a^io-ifl^a is described by
Shuttleworth (1. c.) and figured by Deshayes under a wrong
name, as well as placed in the text of his work among the
synonyms of Texasiana. Pfeiffer in both of his works
considers it as a variety (distinctius carinata) of Texasiana^
and in Malac. Blatt, 1856, p. 11, declares Shuttleworth's
notes on it unsatisfactory. DeKay has placed it in the
genus Helicina.

In the Boston Journal, Binney joins pustula to this
species, though doubtfully. By his notes, taken at the
Jardin des Plantes, it appears the species occurs there
under the name of operculata Val.

Bland has corrected the errors of previous writers, and
thus points out the distinguishing characteristics of the
species.

H. fatigiata Say is larger than Troostiana Lea, pKcata Say,
and DorfeiiUliana Lea ; it is most nearly allied to the first, and
through it is connected with the second, but wholly distinct from
the last. The parietal tooth is more rectangular than that of Troos-
tiana, in which it is sliglitly emarginate near the tip, — but much
more so in plicata, while the parietal tooth in Dorfeuilliana is
ratlier quadrate. The teeth on the peristome in fatigiata and
Troostiana are much alike, as regai'ds form, size, and position, —
the superior one being the largest, — both are larger and trans-
verse in Dorfeuilliana and in plicata, the inferior one being the
largest in the latter. Behind the peristome there are two small
pits, showing the situation of the teeth in fatigiata and Troostiana,
while there is scarcely more than a deep, well marked constriction
in Dorfeuilliana. H. Troostiana has a slight groove on the inner
side of the last whorl, the absence of which in fatigiata is noticed

84 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

by Say, but I scarcely consider that a good specific character.
Fresh specimens of H. fatigiata are, I believe, covered with a very
thin epidermis, on which hairs are sparingly scattered, — the scars
of the hairs may be detected, especially on the last whorl, in denud-
ed shells.

H. fatigiata has, at a short distance within the aperture on the
base of the last whorl, a small, detached, erect, rounded tubercle,
answering probably the same purpose in the economy of the ani-
mal, as the " fulcrum " originally noticed by Mr. Lea (Observa-
tions, Vol. V. p. 80) in H. spinosa, though of a different construc-
tion.

I do not think the tixxe fatigiata inhabits Ohio. It seems
more properly to belong to the region of Tennessee.

Pfeiffer's objection to the retention of the name, which
is evidently a misprint, can hardly be removed, since the
name fastigiata is already occupied by another species.

HELIX HAZARDF Bland.

Plate LXXVIII. Figure 13.

Polygyra plicata Say, 1. c. ; (Binney's ed.) p. 21.

Belix fatigiata Bxy KEY, in Bost. Journ. 1. c. (excl. syn. et fig.) in Terr. Moll.

(excl. syn. et fig.)
Eelix Texasiana Pfeiffer, 1. c. (excl. syn. et descr.)
Chemnitz, (excl. syn., descr. et fig.)
Helix Doi-feuilliana Deshayes, in Per. 1. c. (excl. descr., syn. et fig.)
Helix Troostiana W. G. Binney, Notes, p. 21.

Eelix Uazardi Bland, N. Y. Lye. vi. 291 ; Notes 16, pi. ix. figs. 17-20.
Eelidna plicata DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 28.

There are Kentucky specimens of this shell deposited
in the Philadelphia Academy by Say. His description is
as follows : —

Polygyra plicata. Shell convex beneath, depressed above,
spire slightly elevated ; whorls five, compressed, crossed by numer-
ous raised, equidistant lines, which form grooves between them ; aper-
ture subreniform, labrum reflected, regularly arcuated, describing
two thirds of a circle ; within two-toothed, teeth not separated by a
remarkable sinus ; labrum with a profound duplicature, which ter-

Binney on Terrestrial Mollnsks. 85

minates in an acute angle at the centre of the aperture ; beneath
exhibiting only two volutions, of which the external one is sliglitly
grooved near the suture.

Inhabits Alabama. Breadth, one fourth of an inch. Cabinet of
the Academy.

This species is about the same size as P. avara, but, besides
other characters, it is sufficiently distinguished by the acute fold of
the labrum. It was sent to the Academy by Mr. Samuel Hazard.

A more careful study ha3 induced me to change my
opinion of the identity of this species with H. Troostiana.

Bland is the only author who has correctly dealt with
this species. His description is given below, while his
figure is given on pi. 78, fig. 13. He proposed this name
in place of Say's preoccupied one.

This shell may be distinguished from fatigiata Say, and Troos-
tiana Lea, independently of the absence of the carina, by its smaller
size, and more particularly by the different form, relative size, and
position of the teeth. In those species the superior tooth on the
peristome is transverse, compressed, and larger than the inferior
one; from which it is separated by a " remarkable sinus," distinctly
visible on looking into the apertui-e ; the inferior tooth is obtuse.
Immediately behind the peristome, the position of the teeth is
marked by small shallow pits, giving the character to the last
whorl designated by Shuttleworth '■^ scroblculato-constrictiis" — the
striae run over the whorl up to the peristome. In H. Hazardi, the
two teeth on the peristome are of the same character as the supe-
rior one in fatigiata and Troostiana, — the inferior tooth is how-
ever the largest, and so partially conceals the lower margin of the
superior one as to obstruct the view into the aperture, and give no
appearance of sepai'ation " by a remai'kable sinus." Both the teeth
are more deeply seated than in the other species. The nature of
the scrobiculation behind the peristome in H. Hazardi alone suffi-
ciently distinguishes it from its allies. The space behind the peris-
tome, and between it and the curved pit, showing the seat of the
superior tooth, is convex and smooth, the sti'ias not extending over it.

This species has, in common with fatigiata Say and Troostiana

86 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

Lea, a thin, brown, but more sparingly hirsute epidermis. I have
noticed the tubercle witiiin the last whorl, near the aperture, in
fatigiala and Troostiuna, but no such process exists in the species
now under consideration. In H. Hazardi, the inferior tooth of the
labrum, at its inner end, is continued back within the aperture,
forming a white erect lamella (5n the floor of the whorl, parallel
with, and leaving a narrow sinus between it and the inner wall, to
which it is joined at its extremity, about 2^ mill, from the edge of
the peristome. The position of this lamella can be seen through
the shell.

The species is also found among the Cumberland Moun-
tains of Tennessee (Elliott).

Conrad, in the second volume (n. s.) of Silliman's Jour-
nal, speaks of finding H. pJicata Say in Florida. He prob-
ably refers to some other species.

HELIX DORFEUILLIANA Lea.
Platk LXXVIII. Figures 2, 14.

Helix Dorfeuilliana Bland, Ann. N. Y. Lye. vi. p. 294; Notes, p. 18, pL ix. figs.

24-26 ; nee Pfeiffer, Desha yes, Chemnitz, Reeve.
Helix fntlgiata Binney, Bost. Journ. et Terr. Moll. 1. c. (excl. descr., syn. et fig. )
Foli/gyra Dorfeuilliana Lea, 1. c.

Troschel, Ar. f. Nat. 1839, ii. 222.

The figure 2 which I have given is a fac-simile of Lea's ;
his description is as follows : —

T. superne obtuso-conica, inferne subinflata, nitida, cornea, longi-
tudinaliter striata, late umbilicata ; anfr. G; apertiira lunata, triden-
tata.

Shell above obtusely conical, below somewhat inflated, shining,
horn color; longitudinally striate, widely umbilicate ; whorls six;
aperture lunate, three toothed. •

Hah. Ohio. Mr. Dorfeuille, Cincinnati. •

Diam. .3 ; length .2 of an inch.

Remarks. I adopt INIr. Say's genus PoJygyra, believing the
division, though very artificial, quite as good as many made by
Lamarck. This species has, like P. fatiyiata Say and P. plicata

Binney on Terrestrial MolJusks. 87

Say, one large tooth on the left lip, and two smaller ones on the
right lip. It differs from the first in not being carinate, from the
last in being larger, and having larger stria?. In the DorfeuiUiana
the tooth on the left lip is large and square, with an indentation in
the centre. The view into the mouth is nearly obstructed by the
teeth, leaving, to appearance, three nearly square apertures. The
superior part of the shell is striate, while the inferior part is nearly
smooth, and exhibits two volutions. I have seen but a single speci-
men, which, I believe, is the only one obtained by Mr. Dorfeuille,
who obligingly sent it to me.

. Mr. J. G. Anthony obtained from IVIr. Dorfeuille some
facts concerning the original discovery of this species,
which prove beyond all doubt that it was accidentally
brought from Kentucky. It is not an inhabitant of Ohio.
The species has been confounded with several others by
Reeve, Pfeiffer, Deshayes, and Binney. Bland was the
first after Lea to correctly treat it. He thus describes its
characteristics : —

H. DorfeuiUiana Lea differs materially in its characters from the
three preceding species ; the striae on the upper surface are not so
well defined as in Troostiana, but more so than in Hazardi, while
the base is more smooth than in either of them, having only very
delicate stria^, with microscopic impressed spiral lines.

The parietal tooth is quadrate, — the two teeth on the right lip
are more nearly of the same size and form than in fatigiata and
Troostiana. In this species the inferior tooth is transverse, and in
some specimens broader than the superior one, but has a somewhat
pointed apex, — both are very nearly equally deeply seated, but so
far apart as to allow a view between them into the aperture, leav-
ing, as Mr. Lea expresses it, " to appearance three nearly square
apertures." Say would have described the two teeth as " separated
by a remarkable sinus." The peristome of this is more thickened
and less reflected than in the other species, — behind it is deeply
constricted, without any appearance of pits showing the position of
the teeth within.

88 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

11. Dorfeuilliana Lea varies in size, — the following are the
measurements of my largest and smallest specimens : —

Diam. raaj. 8, min. 7, alt. 3^ mill.
« " 6^ " 5^" 3 "

With respect to the shell considered by Shuttleworth to be H.
Dorfeuilliana, it will be seen from the figure (PI. ix. fig. 26),
which differs, as he says, from Lea's, that the superior tooth on the
labrum is larger and more deeply seated than the inferior one, and
that the latter, though more developed, is much of the same form
as the inferior tooth in fntigiata and Troostiana. The parietal
tooth partakes of the general character of that in Lea's type of
Dorfeuilliana, but its lower and terminal margins project more
perpendicularly from the parietal wall. The umbilical perforation
is also larger, and the base of the shell is more smooth.

The following are the measurements of a lai'ge specimen : —

Uiara. maj. 9, min. 8, alt. 4.

I am much inclined to consider this a distinct species, but remark
upon it, as I believe it is more commonly found in cabinets under
the name of Dorfeuilliana, than the shell described by Lea.

H. Dorfeuilliana, and also the shell last considered, have a tuber-
cle within, very similar to that in fatigiata and Troostiana.

HELIX TROOSTIANA Lea.

Plate XXXIX. Figure 2. Plate LXXVIII. Figure 11.

Polygrjra Troostiana Lea, 1. c.

Troschel, Ar. f. Nat. 1839, iii. 222.
Helix Troostiana Pfkiffek, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 419; iii. 267.

Desiiayes ill Fer. i. 75, pi. 69 d. fig. 4. ?

Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 376, pi. Ixv. figs. 21-24.

Keeve, Con. Icon. No. 706, (1852).

Bland, N. Y. Lye. vi. 288; Notes, 12, pi. ix. figs. 21-23.
Helix fatigiata Binney in B. Joum. 1. c. ; in Terr. Moll., ex parte, li. 193, pi.

xxxi.K. fig. 2.
Helix plicata Shuttleworth, Diag. n. JIoll. p. 18, (1852).
W. G. Binney, Notes, 11.

A more careful examination of Lea's specimen has
convinced me of its specific distinction from plicata. On
pi. 18, fig. 11, is a fac-simile of Lea's figure, and his
description follows.

Binney on Terrestrial MuUusks. 89

T. siiperne siibplanata, interne subinflata, cornea, longitudinaliter
striata, late umbilicata; anfr. 6 ; apertura lunata, tridentata.

Shell above nearly tlat, below somewhat intlated, horn color ;
longitudinally striate, widely umbilicate ; whorls 6 ; aperture lunate,
three-toothed.

Habitat. Tennessee. Prof. Troost.

Diam. .4, length .2 of an inch.

Remarks. This species strongly resembles P. Dorfeuilliana, here-
in described, being nearly of the same size, and possessing most of
its characters. It dithers, however, in the large solid tooth on the
left lip being more angular, and in the two teeth on the right lip
being somewhat differently placed. In the striae it differs much,
these being larger, much better defined, and passing over the whorls.
In the umbilicus it is wider, and shows more of the two whorls.
This shell forms the fourth of a group, the form of the apertures
of which is exceedingly alike, viz. P. fatigiata Say, P. plicata
Say, and P. Dorfeuilliana Nob.

As appears in the synonymy, this species has been much
more fortunate than its allies, having been correctly deter-
mined by most writers. Shuttleworth, however, errone-
ously refers it to plicata.

Bland thus remarks on it : —

Mr. Lea has kindly allowed me to examine his original speci-
men, which diffei's from mine only in having the parietal tooth
somewhat more emarginate.

H. Troostiana is very closely allied to H. fatigiata Say, from
which I separate it with some hesitation. In its fresh state it has
a thin, sparingly hirsute epidermis. I have moreover two speci-
mens in my cabinet, (both hirsute,) which are as acutely carinated
Si^ fatigiata, with the striae as prominent below as above, — (in one
more numerous,) but lioth having the parietal tooth of Troostiana.

I am not altogether satisfied with the validity of Shuttleworth's
remark, that the superior tooth in fatigiata, is larger and more
conspicuous than in Troostiana.

This species has the same tubercle within the last whorl as H.
fatigiata.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 12

90 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

HELIX CEREOLUS MI-hlfeldt, vol. ii. p. 196. pi. xxxviii. pi. Ixxvii. fig. 23.

Helix cereolus Muhlfeldt, Berlin Mag. viii. (1816,) p. 41, pi. il. fig. 18.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 378 (1846), pi. ixvi. figs. 1-3, (1849).

Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 262.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 698.
Helijc planorhula CiiEXU, lllustr. pi. xii. fig. 3.
Polygyra seplemvoka Say, (Binnej^'s ed.) p. 11.

Mdhlfeldt's description was published in 1816, and not
in 1818 as quoted by Pfeiffer and others. This gives to
his name the priority over Say's. His figure is copied on
pi. 77, fig. 23 ; his description is as follows : —

Testa orbiculari, umbilicata, utrinque planata, alba, oblique subcostata,
marginata, unidentata.

Die scheibenvunde genahelte, beiderseits flache, weisse, zart schief"
geribbte Sfliale, hat eiiie gesiiumte, einziihnige Miindung.

Die im Durchmesser 4| Linien, in der Holie aber, kaum mehr als 1 Linie
haltende, matt weisse, zarte, aus achte Windungen bestehende Sclmecke,
ist beiderseits flach, doch hebet sich auf der oberen Seite, die deutlich
schief geribbt ist, der Wirbcl etwas empor, wodurch der Nabel der uuteren
Flache, die mir zart schief gestreift erscheint, um so tiefer wird. Die
erste Windnng ist auf ihrem Oberrande etwas gekielt, die Miindung rund
berum gesiiumt, und da, wo die innere Lippe umgeschlagen, und dem
Bauch der ersten Windun<r anscwachsen ist, mit einem aufstehenden
weissen Zahne verschen, der jedocli unausgewachsenen Exemplaren fehlt.

Der Autenthaltsort ist vermuthlich Westindien ? weil bei einer von
daher gekommenen Parthie von Conchylien, sich etliche Exemplare
befunden haben.

An error of quoting Helix polygyrata Binney has crept
into Pfeiffer, Reeve, &c. The shell was never designated
by that name.

The tv^^o following species, possessed by Dr. Binney in
large quantities, are confounded by him in the text. The
true cereolus is the middle figure of the plate referred to.
It admits, however, of considerable variety. The most
prominent variation is that furnished with an elongated
thread-like lamina winding along the wall of the inner
whorl of the shell. It is usually visible through the outer

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 91

whorl, at a little distance behind the parietal tooth, (vol.
iii. p. 32). This lamina does not, however, distingui.-r;h it
from the allied species, H. microdonta. The variety is also
characterized by a less expansive umbilicus. It occurs in
vast numbers on the banks of Indian River, Florida.

I am indebted to Mr. O. M. Dorman for fresh specimens
of the true cereolus, found by him near St. Augustine. I
have not received the species from any state but Florida,
though PfeifFer gives Georgia also as its habitat.

Another variety is furnished with the alternating spots
which distinguish H. 7nicrodonla.

HELIX MICRODONTA Deshayes.

Plate LXXVIH. Figure 23.

Testa discoidea, planulata, albo-grisea, flammulis obliquis fuscis sub-
rubescentibusve ornata ; superne spira depressissima, subtus profunde
latoque in ambitu umbilicata, tenuissime et regnlaritei' striata ; apertura
obliqua, marginata, ovato-semilunari ; labio dente obliquo minimo proe-
dito. Diana. 10; alt. 4 mill. (Deshayes.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES

Eelix microdonta Deshayes, in Fer. Hist. i. p. 6, pi. Ixxii. fig. 1.3.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 380 (1846), pi. Ixvi. figs. 10-12, (1849).

Pfeiffek, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 409; iii. 262.

Reeve, Con. Icon No. 705 (1852); No. 1040 (1853), unspotted
var.
Helix plana Dunker, Phil. Icon, i 3, p. 51, tab. iii. fig. 11.

This shell was known to Dr. Binney by the numerous
specimens in his cabinet from Florida Keys. He did not,
however, recognize it as distinct. It is readily known by
the alternating blotches of white on the under surface of
the whorls, its heavier shell, less numerous whorls, and
the internal lamina described under cereolus. This lamina
•and the white blotches are almost universally present.
Specimens are common in cabinets. I have it from Key
Biscayne, and many other Florida keys. Pfeiifer quotes
it from Bermuda and Texas, and Poey from Cuba. The
figure is copied from that of Deshayes.

92 Binney on Terrestrial Motlusks.

HELIX VOLVOXIS Pakreyss.

Plate LXXVIIl. Figure 17.

T. umbilicata, orbiculato-oonvexa, tenuis, rufo-cornea, pellucida, regular-
iter costulato-striata ; spira brevissinia, convexa ; anf. 7 convex!, regulariter
accrescentes, ultimus rcliquis superne vix latior, angulatus, infra angu-
lum inflatus, striatus, nitidus ; umbilicus latus, regularis, anfractu ultimo
latissimo reliquis regulariter decrcscentibus ; apertura majuscula, reni-
formis ; perist. intus callosum, reflexum, marginibus callo brevi, triangu-
lari dentilbrmi junctis. Diam. maj. 9, min. 8, alt. 4 mill. (Pfeiffer.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Helix volvoxis Parreyss in Pfeiffer Symb. iii. p. 80; Mon. Hel. Viv. i. p. 409;
iii. p. 262.

Chemnitz, ed. 2,1. 379 (1846), pi. Ixvi. figs. 4-6, (1849).

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 12-37, (1854).
Polygyra septemvolva Beck ? abs. desc. teste Pfr.

This species is readily distinguished by its smoother
surface, its uniform color, and its regular under surface,
exhibiting fewer volutions than any of the other forms.
I have not detected any internal lamina. It is also the
smallest of the group. I have it from St. Simon's Isle,
Georgia, (Postell,) and Jacksonville, Fla. (Dorman.) It
occurs in immense numbers. The outside figures on pi.
38, and the upper line of pi. 39, are probably drawn from
varieties of this species.

HELIX HINDSI Pfeiffbe vol. iii. p. 17, pi. Ixxviii. figs. 5, 6, 8.

Helix Mndsi Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii, 265.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 712, (1852).

I have added to an enlarged view of the aperture on pi.
78, outlines of Pfeiffer's figures in Chemnitz.

HELIX LEPORINA Gould vol. ii. p. 199,pl. xl. a. fig. l.*

Helix leporina Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 722, (1852).

Bland, N. Y. Lye. vi. 348; Notes, 39.
Helix puslula (3 Pfeiffer, Mon. iii. 268.

This species reaches a much more northern limit than

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 93

would have been anticipated. It occurs in Illinois (Ken-
nicott !) Indiana (Ingalls) — also at St. Simon's Isle,
Ga. (Postell!) Savannah (Elliott!) and on the Cattahoo-
chee River, Ga. (Neisler !)

From letters received from Dr. Pfeiffer, he seems to have
reversed his opinion regarding the identity of this species
and H. pustula.

" Within and near the aperture, there is what may be
called the '■fulcrum^! extending from the floor of the last
to that of the penultimate whorl, and approaching in
character to, but less strongly developed, than that in H.
monodori Rack. The outer edge of this fulcrum is un-
even, — in one of my specimens somewhat denticulated."
(Bland.)

HELIX PUSTULOIDES Bland.
Plate XXXIX. Figure 3.

This is the pustula of the Terrestrial Mollusks (vol. ii.
p. 201) and not of Ferussac. Bland's description is given
below from the N. Y. Ann. vi. 350, Notes, 40.

The species has been detected at Darien, Ga. (Dr. S.

W. Wilson,) Columbus, Ga. (Neisler.)

•
T. late et perspective umbilicata, planorboidea, tenuiuscula, rufo-vel
pallide-cornea, minute striatula; epidermide tenui, pilosiuscula ; spira
vix elevata; anfr. 4-4^, convexiusculis, lente accrescentibus, ultimo
superne ad peripheriam obtuse angulato, ad aperturam gibboso-constricto,
subito deflexo, basi deviante ; sutura valde impressa ; umbilico lato, J
diam. maj. a?quante, omnes anfractus monstrante, prsesertim penultimum ;
apertura obliqua,' lunato-circulari ; dente erecto, obliquo, albo, lamelli-
formi, in pariete aperturali munito, callo lineari subarcuato superne ad
angulum aperturse juncto ; perlst. reflexo, roseo, marginibus conniventi-
bus, dentibus duobus sinu disjunctis instructo.

H. pustuloides is intermediate in size between H. pustula and H.
lepoi-ina, — is less globose than the former, and more sparingly hir-
sute. It differs widely from both in the character of the umbilicus,

94 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

— the aperture is much like that of pustula, but more narrow tlian
that of leporina. The inferior tooth on the ])eristorae is more de-
veloped laterally than in H. pustula, — indeed it has a somewhat
bifid appearance, in which respect it is more allied to H. leporina.

Tl^ fulcrum in H. pustuloides is of the same nature as that in
H. leporina, but less developed, and with the outer edge entire.

As to the station of the species, I copy the following from one
of his (Dr. Wilson's) interesting letters : —

" The place has an eastern exposure to the sea, high tides rising
to the base of the low bluff where they exist. The growth of trees,
which consists mostly of live oak and Celtis occidentalism has never
been cleared off; the Palmetto serrulata flourishes as an under-
growth. The soil is covered for a few inches in depth with oyster-
shells thrown there by the Indians, and decayed leaves and frag-
ments of branches are of course over all these, under which, and
among the superficial oyster-shells, the Helices live. H. pustula
is nowhere near, or at least a rigid search did not reveal any. JI.
concava (dead) occurs in small numbers. H. inflecta abun-
dantly."

HELIX PUSTULA Ferussac vol. ii. p. 201 (ex parte), pi. Ixxvii. fig. 12.

T. orbieulato-deprcssa, temie striata, anguslo uiubilicatu ; umbilico
obtuso ; rufa vel pallide cornea; anfr. angustis, convexiusculis, sutura
(loprcssa conjunctis, ultimo basi convexiore prope aperturam deflexo,
coarctato: apertura angusta, arcuata, obliqua, alba ; niarginibus reflexis,
basi dente mediocri, linguifornii, conjunctis; labro bidentato, dentibus
approximatis iuicquallbiis. (Deshayes.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Helix puslula Desha yes iu Fei*. i. 78. *

Pfeiffek, iii. 268, (excl. /?).
Chemnitz, i. 376, (1846).
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 721, (1852).
Bland, N. Y. Lye. vi. 346; Notes, 36.

I have given a fac-simile of Ferussac's figure of this
species, there being no correct one in the Mollusks. As
already observed, the pustula of Binney is not Ferussac's ;
it is pustuloides Bland. It is readily distinguished by its

Binney on Terrestrial Mollvsks. 95

more contracted umbilicus, as well as the following char-
acteristics noticed by Bland.

The groove within the uinbilicu.s is a very marked feature in
Ferussac's species, and though not referred to in the description, is
distinctly shown in one of his figures ; it is entirely wanting in H.
leporina, and also in pustuloides. This groove is not only an ex-
tei-nal character, but its presence modifies the internal stricture of
the shell. On opening the base of the last whorl immediately be-
hind the aperture, a strongly developed transverse tubercle is seen
within, from which a strong ridge-like lamella runs round the umbil-
ical opening, corresponding in extent with the groove. This tuber-
cle, and the extension of it, are entirely disconnected by a sinus or
channel from the floor of the penult whorl.

The hirsute character of this species is not alluded to by any
author. The outer edge of the peristome in specimens from St.
Augustine, is of a deep rose color.

The true pustula has been found at various localities in
Georgia, at St. Augustine, Fla. (Dorman), and in Texas,
(Moore, Roemer.)

HELIX LABYRINTHICA Say vol. ii. p. 202, pi. xvii. fig. 3.

V Helix labyi-inthica Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 10.

Chemnitz, 1. c. i. 382, (1846).
Pfeiffek, 1. c. iii. 262.
Reeve, Cou. Icon. No. 728, (1852).
DeKay, N. Y. Moll. 39, pi. iii. fig. 31.
Desha YES, in Fer. i. 210.

I have specimens of H. labyrinlhica from the Northwest,
Canada, Florida, and Texas. Its range is probably not
surpassed by that of any other species.

Lea is erroneously given as authority for the speciific
name in Adams's Genera of Recent Mollusca.

HELIX I IGERA Say vol. ii. p. 204, pi. xxxv.

Helix ligera Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 19.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 40, excl. fig.

96 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Chemnitz, i. 208, (1846).

Pfeiffer, iii. 49.

Desha YES in Fer. i. 184.

Reeve, Con. Icon. Xo. 493, (1852).
Helix Rnfinesquea Pfeiffer, Sj-mb. i. 39, (1841).
Helix Wardiana Troschel, Ar. f. Nat. 1839, ii. 221.
DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 46.

Helix Rajinesquea Ferussac may be H. gtdaris, as it is
included among the group of that species in the Tableaux
Systematiques. Deshayes, however, in the continuation
of the Histoire refers it to lig-era, as does Pfeiffer in his
later works.

De Kay's figure is too little characteristic to be referred
with certainty to any species.

H. Wardiana is universally acknowledged as a variety
of this species.

Found also in Pennsylvania (Conrad I) and Kentucky
(Kennicott I)

HELIX INTERTEXTA Binney vol. ii. p. 206, pi. xxxvi.

Helix intertexta DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 38, pi. iii. fig. 29.
Chemnitz, i. 208, (1846).
Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 49.
Keeve, Con. Icon. No. 668, (1852).

There is a strongly carinated, depressed form, occurring
at'the South, which forms a prominent variety.

The specimen figured is unusually large.

It is also found in Indiana, New York, Virginia, Ken-
tucky, Tennessee, and Georgia. It also occurs fossil in
the Postpleiocene of the West.

HELIX SOLITARIA Say vol. ii. p. 208, pi. xxiv.

Helix solitaria Sat, (Rinney's ed.) p. 19.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 43, pi. iii. fig. 41.

CiTEMXirz, i. 180, (1S46).

Pfeiffer, iii. 98.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 662, (1852).

The smaller variety mentioned in my Notes, p. 27, may,

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 97

perhaps, be referred to the following species. It was found
at Fort Bridger.

Say's type is still preserved in the Academy at Phila-
delphia.

The species occurs in the Postpleiocene. It is doubtful
whether it will ever be found in New York as DeKay an-
ticipates.

HELIX COOPERI.

Plate LXXVII. Figure 11.

Testa umbilicata; elevato-globosa : solida ; striis obliquis incrementi et
lineis spiralibus leviter intercidentibus notata ; alba, ad peripheriam fas-
cia unira, angusta, rufa, cincta, aut fasciis et lineis rufis, volventibus,
varie dispostis, ornata ; sutura impressa ; spira elevata ; anfr. 5 convexi,
ultimus rotundatus, ad aperturam valde descendens; umbilicus mediocris,
pervius, 1-5 diam. maj. testae sequans ; apertura perobliqua, circularis ;
perist. simplex, incrassatum, ad umbilicum reflexiusculum, marginibus
valde approximatis, callo albo, orasso, conjunctis.

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Eelix Cooperi W. G. Binney, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1858, p. 118; Notes,
p. 16.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell umbilicated ; elevated, globose ; solid, with ob-
lique incremental striae intersected with delicate spiral
lines ; color white, variously marked with a single narrow
band, or broader longitudinal and spiral patches of reddish-
brown ; suture impressed ; spire elevated ; whorls five,
convex, the last rounded, very decidedly deflected at the
aperture ; umbilicus moderate, pervious, l-5th the greater
diameter of the shell ; aperture very oblique, circular ;
perist. simple, thickened, reflected at the umbilicus, with
its extremities very nearly approached, and joined by a
heavy white callus.

Greater diameter, 15 ; lesser, 13 ; height, 9 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Found by Dr. F. V. Hayden

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 13

98 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

(Yellowstone Riv. Ex. Ex.) in considerable quantities
among the Black Hills of Nebraska Territory.

Remarks. The shells collected were weather-worn, but
sufficiently fresh to show considerable variety in the dispo-
sition of the bands and revolving patches of coloring.

Resembles nearly no described American species. Has
an elevated spire like H. Pennsylvanica Green, and some-
what approaches H. solitaria Say. It is, however, very
much smaller, has rougher striae and revolving lines ; the
umbilicus is different, as is also the circular aperture, with
nearly approaching ends like H. vittata Mull., of Ceylon.
There is a curious variety of H. solitaria Say, found by
Lieut. Bryan at Bridger's Pass, which may be compared
with this in size ; but the only specimen I have examined
has no revolving lines, and wants the characteristic aper-
ture. Some specimens of this species have a more flat-
tened spire.

Named in honor of Dr. J. G. Cooper, of P. R. R. Survey.

HELIX ALTERNATA Say vol. ii. p. 212, pi. xxv.

Helix altemaia Say, (Binney's ed.) pp. 6, 21, pi. 69, fig. 2.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. 1. c. non scabra.

Pfeifp'ek, iii. 98.

Deshayes, in Fer. i. 89.

Chemnitz, i. 181.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 670, (1852).

Billings, 1857, Canad. Nat. 2, 99, figs. 4, 5.
Helix scabra Chenu, Illust. tab. vi. fig. 11.
Helix inftcta Pfeiffek, Mai. Bl. 1857, p. 86 — non Reeve.
Helix strongylodes f Pfeiffek, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 63.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 1296, (1854).

I have specimens of this species collected from Canada
to Texas, and most of the intervening States. I do not
know of its existence in Florida. It is found plentifully in
the Postpleiocene of Natchez Bluff, still retaining its color.

Helix mordax Shuttleworth will, 1 think, prove a variety
of this species. H. strongylodes is also a variety, to judge
from the figure I have given, (pi. 77, fig. 8,) drawn by Mr.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 99

Sowerby from the type in the Cumingian collection. In
regard to H. infecta, I cannot find specific characters in
the specimen kindly sent me by Dr. Pfeiffer. The original
descriptions of these two forms now follow : —

Helix inffcta. T. umbilicata, conoideo-depressa, tenuiter costulato-
striata, coruco-albida, rufo obsolete fasciata et radiata; spira conoidca,
vertice subtili ; anfr. 6 convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, ultiraus antice
non descendens, peripberia obsoletissime angulatus ; umbilicus conicus,
2 diametri subajquans; apertura diagonalis, lunato rotundata; perist.
simplex, rectum, marginibus convergentibus, columcUari subpatulo.
Diam. maj. 17 ; inin. 15 ; alt. 9 mill. Hab. in Canada teste Parreyss.

H. STRONG Yi.onES. H. t. umbilicata, convexo-depressa, solidula, oblique
costulata, albida, maculis rufis superne variegata ; spira parum elevata,
obtusa; anfr. 6, sensim accrescentibus, pi-imis isculis plauu, sequentibus
convexis, ad suturam tumidis, ultimo non descendente, terete ; umb. per-
spectivus, J diametri aequante; apertura diagonali, lunato-rotundata ; perist.
simplice, recto, — marginibus subconvergentibus, columellari superne for-
nicatim patente. Diam. maj. 19 ; min. 16j ; alt. 8^ mill. Hab. Texas.

HELIX MORDAX Shuttleworth vol. iii. p. 19.

Helix nwrdax Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 635.

I have already expressed my belief that this is a mere
variety of alternata. Pfeiifer (1. c.) merely repeats the
original description, not having seen the shell.

HELIX CUMBERLANDIANA Lea vol. ii. p. 216, pi. xxxi.

Carocolla Cumherlandkma Troschel, Ar. f. Nat. 1843, ii. 124.
Helix Cuinberlandiana Pfeiffer, iii. 114.

Eeeve, Con. Icon. No. 701, (1852).

HELIX STRIATELLA Anthony vol. ii. p. 217, pi. xxx. fig. 2.

Helix striatella Chemnitz, ii. 115.

Pfeiffer, iii. 100.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 727, (1853).
Helix ruderata Adams in Sill. Journ. 40, p. 408.

Pfeiffer refers to this species the figure of Ferussac (t. 79,
fig. 7) referred to perspectiva by Binney.

The species has been found also in Kansas, Wisconsin,
and the District of Columbia.

100 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

HELIX LIMATULA Binney vol. ii. p. 219, pi. xxx. fig. 2.

Has also been detected in Michis^an.

HELIX MINUTISSI3IA Lea.
Plate LXXVII. Figures 6, 7.

synonyms and references.

Helix minutissima Lea, Trans, ditto, vol. ix. p. 17.

Troschel, Ar. f. Nat. 1843, ii. 124.

Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 87; iii. 83.
Helix minuscula teste Binney, vol. ii. p. 221.

Anthony, Ohio Cat. Jan. 1843.

There is every reason for reversing the decision of the
identity of this and mi?insciila, expressed by Binney and
Anthony. Lea's original specimen is figured in the plate
from a drawing by Dr. Leidy. I give Lea's description
below. The shell is readily distinguished from minuscula
by its smaller size, less expanded umbilicus, minute striae,
and its greater resemblance in outline to H. chersina.
Lea's specimen came from Ohio. It has been sent me
from Greenwich, N. Y., by Dr. Ingalls.

Though considered in the Terrestrial Mollusks as a va-
riety only of minuscula^ I find a note taken by my father at
Mr. Lea's collection, in which he says it is not the same.

This is our smallest shell, being one-fourth less in diam.
than H. exig-ua St. The umbilicus is wide, and shows
some of the interior volutions — though not so expanded
as H. minuscula or exig-ua. The apex is distinctly and
readily seen in the two last, and the suture is very much
more impressed. H. minutissima has delicate striae, but
no ribs. The spire is variable in height.

Helix minutissima Lea. T. subglobosa, supra obtuso-conoidea, subtus
convexa, fusco-cornea, minutissime striata, umbilicata ; suturis impressis ;
anfr. 4, rotunrlatis; apertura subrotundata, lab. aouto. Cincinnati.

Diam. .0(j, length, .04. It is the smallest species of our country which
baa come under my notice. Its very minute longitudinal strias can only

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 101

be observed by a powerful lens. The umbilicus is rather large and deep.
It is nearly the form of H. lahyrinthica Say, but is a smaller species, is
differently striated, and has no teeth. Found on wet sticks on the mar-
gin of a pond.

HELIX MILIUM Morse.

The shell figured on plate 79, figs. 4 and 5, from a draw-
ing of Mr. E. S. Morse, was sent me from Portland by
that gentleman under this name. To publish it here
would be anticipating his own description.

Since writing the above the description of this species
has been published. It is given below, although it
appeared after January 1st, 1859, the date to which the
subject is brought down.

It is taken from the Proc. of Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vii.
p. 28, April, 1859.

Shell minute, transparent, shining ; epidermis white, with a
greenish tinge ; distinctly and regularly striated above ; whorls
rounded, rapidly enlarging ; suture very deeply impressed ; spire
slightly elevated ; microscopic lines running parallel with the
whoi'ls, more conspicuous beneath ; umbilicus quite large, deep,
and showing all the volutions ; outer hp sharp. Diam. 0.05 ;
height, 0.02.

Distribution. Portland, Me. ; Augusta, Me. ; Bethel, Me. ;
Saco, Me. ; Westbrook, Me.

Observations. The rapidly enlarging whorls remind one at first
sight of the young of H. indentata Say. The under side resem-
bles slightly the young of H. miniiscula Binney. It is about the
size of II. minutissima Lea.

The peculiarities of the shell are its diminutive size, its rapidly
enlarging and well rounded whorls, its deep and regular striations,
which become obscure at the apex, and the microscopic lines run-
ning parallel with the whorls.

This little shell I first found at Mt. Independence, Westbrook,
Me., August 16, 1857, in company with Pupa exigua Say, and
the smaller Helices.

Found generally on low lands, where they seemed to be sur-

102 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

rounded with water, though it has been found on high lands where
the ground was comparatively dry. Mr. Charles B. Fuller, of
Portland, found them quite numerous in a grove of pines, an unu-
sual place for Helices to be found in.

HELIX EXIGUA Stimpson vol. iii. p. 16, pi. Ixxvii. fig. 19.

Helix erigua Pfeiffek, Mon. Hcl. Viv. iii. 102.

Eelix annulata Case in Sill. Journ. May, 1847, vol. iii. p. 101; Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist. 1847, p. 338.
Pfeiffer, 1. c.
Helix striatella ]\\moY , Gouli>, Sill. .Tourn. 1. c. 276.

I also have specimens of this shell from Canada.

As suggested by Stimpson, (Shells of N. E. p. 55,) H.
exigua is identical with annulata Case, which name, being
preoccupied, will not stand. Gould, 1. c, declares annu-
lata to be the young of striatella, — an opinion he seems to
have withdrawn by including Stimpson's description in
vol. iii. He was at first rather inclined to refer the species
to costata (vid. note to Case's description. 1. c.)

I have given a fac-simile of one of Case's figures, which
are characteristic, though rough. His description is given
below. Pfeiffer copies both descriptions, not having seen
either of the shells.

Shell minute, much depressed ; umbilicus showing all the volutions ;
aperture simple and somewhat oval ; whorls four, banded by sharp par-
allel ribs, inclining slightly forward ; inten'ostal space marked with waved
lines, running parallel with the whorls ; nearly transparent ; diam. about
one line.

This minute but beautiful shell was found by Dr. B. A. Stanard, in
the region about Lake Superior, and I have heard of its being observed
in other places, but so far as I can learn it is undcscribed. It diHers
from any description of the pulchclla I have yet met with, in having
uniformly an oval aperture and simple lip. The minuta of Say I believe
never has the parallel ribs, and is supplied with a lip.

HELIX MINUSCULA Binney vol. ii. p. 221, pi. xvii. a. fig. 2.

Bdix minuicula Pfeiffer, iii. 90.
Chemntz, ii. 112.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 731, (1852).

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 103

Eelix minutalis Mork.let nee. Fer. Test. Nov. ii. p. 7.
Eelix apex Adams, Contr. Conch, p. 36.

Reeve, 1. c. 339.
Selix Lavelleana Orb. Moll. Cub. in textu, p. 161, excl. tab. (1853).
Eelix Mauriniana Orb. 1. c. in tab. viii. figs. 20-22, excl. textu.

Has been detected also in Michigan, Georgia, New-
York, and in Washington Co. Texas (Moore). Is also
found in Cuba, Porto Rico, and Jamaica.

In Mai. Blatt. ii. 93, Pfeifler states that H. Lavelleana
is represented in the British Museum by poor specimens
of minuscula. I follow the same author in placing minu-
talis and apex in the synonymy.

They are thus described.

Helix apex. Shell discoidal ; whitish ; with microscopic spiral striae ;
spire scarcely elevated, convex ; apex very obtuse ; whorls 4, cylindri-
cal, with a deep suture ; aperture nearly circular ; lip thin and sharp ;
umbilicus very wide.

Helix minutalis. T. perspective umbilicata, subdiscoidea, minute stria-
tula, corneo-albicans ; anfr. 4 convexiusculi, sutura impressa distinct!;
apertura vix obliqua, subcircularis ; peristoma simplex, marginibus ap-
proximatis.

Hab. circa pagum I'alizada provincias Yucatenensis, necnon in insula
Cubana.

HELIX ASTERISCUS Mokse.
Plate LXXVII. Figure 9.

stnomyms and eeferences.
Helix asteriscus JIorse, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vi. p. 128, March, 1857.

Animal short, bluish.

Shell small, orbicular, very much depressed ; whorls four,
rounded above and below; banded by twenty-five to thirty very
thin, transparent, and prominent ribs, very oblique, inclined back-
ward ; spire not rising above the last whorl ; suture deeply im-
pressed ; umbilicus moderately large, showing all the volutions ;
finely striated between the ribs ; in some specimens parallel lines
may be observed. Color light brown.

Dimensions : breadth, J^ in. ; height, -^^ '"•

104 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Found at Bethel, Me., in company with Piqm pentodon and Pupa
exigua, September 28, 1856.

Observations. This shell differs from JI. annulata Case, in being
smaller, the umbilicus not so large, spire not elevated, intercostal
space not marked with parallel lines, but finely striated ; the color
is also different.

Its peculiar thin, transparent ribs, depressed spire, and deep
umbilicus, are prominent features that can never confound it with
other species.

The above is Morse's description from the Proceedings
of the Boston Society of Natural History, March, 1857,
vol. vi. p. 128.

The figure is very much enlarged from a specimen
kindly sent me by the discoverer. The species is very dis-
tinct, and cannot readily be confounded with any other
now known to inhabit America. Another character which
easily distinguishes it from the nearest allied species, H.
exigua, is this : the ribs are much less numerous and seem
formed by a continuation or lapping over of the epidermis
at every period of repose from growth of the shell.

It is difficult to imagine on what grounds Gould could
have based the opinion copied below from the Boston
Proc. vi. 72.

This species, the most minute of any yet observed, was found by
Mr. Morse in the vicinity of Portland, and has been collected also
at several localities in Massachusetts. Dr. Gould considered it to
be the sjjecies described by INIr. Lea, under the name of Helix
minutissima. It was regarded by Dr. Binney as the young of
H. mimcsciihi. but Dr. Gould beHeved it to be a distinct species.

HELIX KOPNODES.

Plate LXXX. Figure 14.

Testa depresso-globosa, corrugata, subtus laevigata ; spira brevis, de-

pressa; sutura moiliocris ; aiifr. quinquc, rapide accresoentes, uUimus

permagnus, ventricosus, interdum linois volventibus crassis notata ; aper-

tura magna, rotuudata ; perist. simplex, acutum, marginibus approximatis,

Biiiney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 105

callo Ii'vi, bniiiiu'o coiijiiiulis, ad iim1)iliinni parvuiu et prof'iindum
reflexiusouluni.

SYNONYMS AND KEFERENCES.

Helix kopmdes W. G. Binney, Troc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1857, p. 186; Notes, 6.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell depressed globose, wrinkled, below smooth ; spire
short, depressed ; suture moderate ; whorls five, rapidly
increasing, the last very ventricose and large, sometimes
marked with coarse revolving lines ; aperture large, round,
lip simple, acute, ends approached, joined by a slight dep-
osition of brownish callus over the parietal wall, reflected
at the small and deep umbilicus.

Greater diameter, 35 ; lesser, 28 ; height, 13 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Found in Alabama in con-
siderable quantity by C. S. Hale, Esq., and Dr. E. R.
Showalter.

Remarks. 1 was at first inclined to consider it an
unnaturally developed ioxuv oi fuliginosa,hvii have since
been convinced of its being distinct by large suites of
various stages of growth. The color is lighter, the shell
larger, heavier, less globose ; the umbilicus is narrower ;
the aperture larger, and less rounded ; the spire less ele-
vated. The heavy, interrupted revolving lines are present
in four out of six specimens before me.

Reeve's figure 672 has some resemblance to it in shape,
though less globose, and described as striate.

HELIX FULIGINOSA Binnky vol. ii. p. 222, pi. xxxi.

Helix full (/iiiosa Chemnitz, ii. 104.
Pfeiffer, iii. 83.
Keeve, Con. Icon. No. 675, (1852). V

This can hardly be the species designated by Ferussac
as H. Icevigata. His figure and the opinion of Deshayes,

JOUKN.\L B. S. N. U. 14

106 Binney on Terrestrial Mollnsks.

in his continuation of the Histoire, are both opposed to
this theory. Rafinesque, it must be remembered, is respon-
sible for the application of the name IfBvig'ata to a striated
shell. He makes, however, greater errors than this.

If Rafinesque notices fuliginosa at all, it is in the Enu-
meration, &c. &:c. p. 3.

Omphalhia — Differs from Helix by no lips, but an ombalic.
O. cuprea. Suboval, four spires, smooth, brittle, diaphanous coppery,
shining, opening very large. In Keiitueky.

Griffith writes to Binney that lucubrata is the same as
fuliginosa. Adams, 1. c, gives the same opinion, as does
also Anthony in his Ohio Catalogue. Notwithstanding
the opinion of these authors, I am inclined to believe that
neither lucubrata nor l(svig-ata have any connection with
fuliginosa. From letters of Say, in the possession of Mr.
Bland, it appears he was unacquainted with fuliginosa.
As regards lucubrata it is a Mexican species. If known
to us at all, it is by Pfeiffer's redescription of it under the
name of caduca. Specimens of this last agree perfectly
with Mexican specimens of lucubrata preserved for many
years in the Philadelphia Academy. It is, however, at
present impossible to decide whether lucubrata has been
met with since Say found it in Mexico, (see Binney's ed.
p. 36).

HELIX FRIABILIS.

Plate LXXX. Figurk 2.

Testa globosa, papyraeea, tViabilis, subdiaphana, nitens, rufescens ;
spira parvula, elevato-conica ; ant'r. quatuor, lasviter corrugati, convexi,
ultimus permagnus, ventricosissimus; sutura niediocris ; apertura circu-
laris, parum alta et louga, intus livida. callo levi, albo sub-inerassata ;
perist. atutum, tenue, simplex, ad basin reflexiusculum, vioiaceum, um-
bilicum parvum et prot'undum ali(^uantum tegens.

SYNONYMS AND KKFERENCES.

Helix /riabilis W. G. Binney, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. I'hila. 1857, p. 187 ; Notes,
p. 7.

Biiiney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 107

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell very globose, transparent, brittle, thin, shining,
reddish ; spire very short, conic ; whorls four, convex,
lightly wrinkled, rapidly increasing, the last very large and
ventricose ; suture moderate ; aperture circular, equally
high and broad, within bluish and slightly thickened by a
very thin white callus; perist. simple, sharp, thin, at its
junction with the body whorl, violet-colored and reflected,
so as to cover a portion of the small and deep umbilicus ;
the parietal wall of the aperture is covered with a light
violet-colored callus.

Greater diameter, 26 ; lesser, 20 ; height, 13 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Found by Mrs. Say on the
banks of the Wabash, Indiana, and in Illinois by Kenni-
cott. Occurs also in Alabama (Sho waiter), and Texas,
(Moore).

Remarks. Belongs to the same group as H. fuliginosa
Binney — but readily distinguished from that and all de-
scribed species by its transparent, globular shell, ventricose
body whorl, and circular aperture. At the localities where
it was found it seems to take the place of H. fuliginosa,
as that species does not occur with it.

The specimen figured was found by Mrs. Say, as stated
above. From Texas the specimens are much heavier.

HELIX CADUCA Pfeiffer.

This species was originally described from Mexico, but
is catalogued by Roemer (Texas, 455) as found at New
Washington. The species is nearly allied, if not identi-
cal, with lucubrata Say, as already observed in the remarks
on H. fuliginosa. Pfeift'er's description is given below.

T. umbilicata, depressa, fragilis, breviter striatula, albida, epiderme
fulvo-eornea induta ; s[)ira parum elevata, vertioe subtill ; anfr. ah con-
vexiusculi, ultimus uiulto latior, basl subplanulatus, circa umbilicum

108 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

latum angustum, externe subinfundibuliformem excavatus ; apertura
niajuscula, oblique truncato-ovalis ; perist. simplex, tenue, marsiinibus
subconniventibus, callo te nuissimo junctis, columellari vix expansiusculo.
Diam. maj. 27, min. 22, alt. 14 mill.

HELIX L^VIGATA Pfeiffer vol. ii. p. 225, pi. xxxii.

Helix Icevigala Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. V^iv. i. 64; iii. 67, (excl. syn.)

Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 106, pi. 84, figs. 17-19, (excl. syn.)
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 672, (1852). ?
Deshayes in Fer. i. 94.

Helix lucubrata Binney, 1. c. nee. Say.

Helix fuliyinosa Binney in B. J. (pars., excl. tlcsc, syn , et fig.)

Helix inoi'natit Reeve, 1. c. 666.

I have given the synonymy of this species in full to
show under how many names it has appeared. It ap-
pears to have been sent to Ferussac by Ralinesque under
the name it bears, though no description of it by that
author is extant. Ferussac mentions it by name only in
his Tableaux (1821), with no reference, however, to the
figure which afterwards appeared (1832) in the Histoire.
In 1840, Binney evidently refers to it in the Boston Jour-
nal as a striated variety oi fiiUginosa and quotes Ferus-
sac's figure. He also suggests its identity with lucubrata.
In 1848 the first description of the shell was published by
Pfeiffer, whom I have given as the authority for the spe-
cific name. In continuing Ferussac's great work, De-
shayes also describes the shell, as does also Pfeiffer in
the second edition of Chemnitz. It was therefore well
established and universally known by the name of Icevi-
gata when the Terrestrial Mollusks appeared. The name
propo.sed by Binney would not, therefore, have precedence
over PfeifFer's, even had it been an entirely new name.
Binney, however, commits the error of applying to this
species Say's name of lucubrata, though there is no evi-
dence of Say's ever having seen the species. On the
other hand, in Mr. Poulson's collection are specimens of
Icevigata labelled by Say " Helix Claiborne, Ala."

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 109

The label written during the last few years of Say's life
shows conclnsively his ignorance of the species.

Pfeiffer, Deshayes, Chemnitz, and Reeve have con-
founded H. itiornata with this species, even quoting in
some instances Binney's figure of inornata in the Boston
Journal, which represents an entirely smooth shell. Pfeif-
fer also quotes H. rufa DeKay as a synonym of Icevigata.
It seems rather to be the young of some other species.

Reeve figured Icevigata under the name of inornata, de-
scribing it as striate in the text.

Much confusion regarding the species of this group has
existed also among American collectors, who have de-
pended for the names of their shells on their friends rather
than on descriptions.

The species under consideration is at once distinguished
from all the others of the group by the fact of its being
the only one furnished with striae on the upper surface.

It has also been found in Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky,
Arkansas, North Carolina, and Florida.

Pfeitler mentions a large variety from Florida. Reeve's
fig. 672 may perhaps represent it.

For the views of Bland see the remarks on the follow-
ing species.

HELIX INORNATA Say vol. ii. p. 227, pi. xxxiv.

Helix inornata Say (Binney's ed.) p. 24.

Helix (jlapliyra V Pfeiffer, Symb. ii. 29, (excl. H. fuliyinosa) \ iNIon. i. 57; nee.
Reeve, Bland.

This species has been described and figured in America
for many years, and is now well understood in American
collections. During the last year it has been referred to
fcevig-ata by Bland, (N. Y. Lye. vi. 352). In the remarks
under cellaria his views will be given.

Pfeiffer gives Say's description, not having seen any
authentic specimen. The shell described by him as g-laph-

110 Eiiiuey on Terrestrial jSlullusks.

yra is evidently inornata. From his letters, it appears he
will follow Binney's decision regarding inornata in the
fourth volume of his Monograph.

Reeve figures and describes inornata under the name of
glaphyra, misquoting Gould's opinion about the introduc-
tion of quite another shell. His inornata is the true laevi-
gata.

Lewis (Bost. Proc. vi. 3) catalogues inornata under
the name of hicubrata. My opinion is formed from an
inspection of his specimen.

The species has also been found in the mountains of
Virginia.

An anonymous writer (Sill. Journ. 31, p. 36,) suggests
that fuliginosa, glapliyra, and inornata are but different
stages of growth of the same shell.

HELIX SUBPLANA Binney vol. ii. p. 229, pi. xxsiii.

Found also in Pennsylvania. Pfeiffer suggests its iden-
tity with his glaphyra^ (the true inornata). He had seen
no specimen.

HELIX SCULPTILIS Bland.
Plate LXXVII. Figure 15.

T. obtec'te perfbratii, suborbiculari, depres.sa, subpellucida. pallide cor-
nea, nitenti, lineis transversis re^rularibus concinne impressii; spira parum
elevata, subconvexa ; aiifr. 7, plaiiulatis, ultimo rapide accrescente, prope
aperturam 4 diain. subaequanti ; basi planulata, leviter excavata; suturi
parum impressa ; apertura subobliqua, depressa, transversa, lunari ; perist.
simplici, acuto, sinuato, niargine oohimellari rapide et anguste reflexa, et
pLTt'oratioiiem miiiutam tegenti.

SYNONYMS AND REFEKENCES.

Ileilx sculptilis Bland, N. Y. Lj'C. vi. p. 279; Notes, 3, pi. ix. figs. 11-13.

Shell scarcely ()erforate, suborbicular, depressed, subpellucid,
pale horn-color above, of lighter shade beneath, shining, with regu-
lar, subequidistant. iin|)ressed transverse lines, those on the last

Bjnney on Terrestrial Mollusks. Ill

whorl extending over the periphery, :ind converging in tlie nmbilieal
excavation ; spire very little elevated, scarcely convex ; whorls 7,
planulate, the last rapidly increasing, equal at the aperture to | the
diam. of the shell, beneath flattened, and little excavated in the
umbilical region ; suture lightly impressed ; aperture scarcely ob->
liqne. depressed, transverse, lunate; peristome simple, acute, sinu-
ate, the columellar margin very rapidly and narrowly reflected over,
and almost entirely covering the very small perforation.

Diam. raaj. 12J-, min. 11, alt. 5 mill.

Habitat. " The Anantehely Mountains, which are a local spur
of the Alleghany Mountains in North Carolina, just where that
State touches Georgia and Tennessee." Bishop Elliott.

A single specimen of this very interesting species was found in
the locality above mentioned, by Bishop Elliott, in whose cabinet I
noticed it some months ago. In sculpture it is closely allied to
H. indentata Say, of which it might almost be termed a gigantic
variety, but the impressed strias are more numerous, and closer
together. The form of the aperture is very near that of H. inor-
nata Binney.

The general aspect of this shell reminds one of the Asiatic group,
to which H. resplendens Phil, and H. vitrinoides Desh. belong.

The above is Bland's description.

HELIX CELLARIA MiJller vol. ii. p. 230, pi. xxix. fig. 4.

Helix glaphyra Say (Binney's ed.) p. 7, pi. 69, fig. 3.

Bland, N. Y. Lj-c. vi. p. 52; Notes, 52 — nee Pfeiffer.
Helix cellaria DeKay, 1. c. (iion cellaria.)

Found in Salem, Lynn, Marblehead, Providence, Con-
necticut, Portland.

Pfeiffer describes inoniata under this name.

Helix glaphyra. There seems to me no doubt that Dr.
Gould and my father are correct in considering this species
to have been an accidentally introduced specimen of the
European Helix cellaria Miill. See the Invert, of Mass.
and Terrestrial Mollusks, as well as my Notes on Ameri-
can Land SheUs, No. 2, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. That this

112 Biiiney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

is one of those questions which it is quite impossible to
settle to the satisfaction of all jiarties, is proved by the
fact of my friend Mr. Thomas Bland having arrived at a
different opinion from mine, though furnished with the
same data. See Annals of N. Y. Lyceum of N. H. 1. c.
My decision is based on the following reasoning.

With the exception of the minute species, Mr. Say was
acquainted with three shells only of this group, — Helix
lucubrata, inornata, and p^laphyra. The first mentioned
was found in a distinct zoological province ; consequently,
the question lies between inornata, as determined by Dr.
Bimiey, and the introduced cellaria. The figure given in
Nicholson's Encyclopaedia, rough as it is, can more readily
be referred to cellaria. The resemblance to that shell also
seems to have struck Mr. Say himself, since he speaks of
it in his remarks under its synonym H. nite?is, as he could
hardly do of the larger, less broadly umbilicated inornata
Binn. The pecuharity of its being "whitish beneath," oji
which Mr. Say lays particular stress, is more constant in
cellaria. The description would apply equally to both,
with the exception of " umbilicus moderate, not exhibiting
the volutions." As regards this phrase, I must say that it
seems to contain a contradiction ; since any shell must
show its volutions more or less in the umbilicus, if it is at
all open. A minute perforation, as it is now called, would
not show them ; but all Say's perforated species are desig-
nated as having a "small" umbilicus. The term " mod-
erate" is applied by Say to the umbilicus of H. tridentata
in the same paper in which the description of g-lap/iyra
occurs, and subsequently he applies it to H. septemvolva
alone. The only terms he uses for the umbilicus of his
species is " small," " large" or " very large," and " moder-
ate." After a very careful study of his descriptions, I am
convinced he used the words " umbilicus moderate, not
exhibiting the volutions," in a comparative sense, in con-

Binney on Terrestrial Molluslcs. 113

tradistinction to his usual term, " umbilicus large, exhibit-
ing the volutions distinctly." Not only could Say have
never applied the term "umbilicus moderate" to a per-
forated shell like inornata Biim., but his remarks under
H. ligera would never apply to it. He says that shell is
distinguished from glaphyra by having a smaller umbili-
cus, a condition fultilled by inornata Binn., but evidently
quite wanting in cellaria. The circumstance of the adop-
tion of the name giaphyra by Western Conchologists can
have but little weight, since they have not accompanied
their lists with descriptions, and have not generally had
access to Say's writings. Any one acquainted with the
many singular errors abounding in the European treat-
ment of American land shells, will not be surprised to find
this species incorrectly determined abroad. Its synonymy
now stands : —

Helix cellaria Mull, anno 1773, Lam. Pfeiffek, &c.

Binney, Boston Journ. iii. 421, Nov. 1840; Terrestrial MoUusks,

ii. 230, 1851; iii. pi. xxix. f. 4, 1857.
Gould, Invert, of Mass. 180, f. 104, 1841.
DeKay, N. Y. Moll. 37, pi. iii. f. 25, 1843.
LixsLEY, Shells of Vt.; Sillimau's J. 48, p. 280, 1845.
Stimpson, Shells of N. E. 55, 1851, absque descr.
Helix glaphyra Say, Nich. Enc. vol. iv. Am. ed. pi. i. f. 3, 1816-1819.
Ferussac, Tab. Syst. 45, 1822, absque descr.
non Pfeiffek, Symbola;, i. 60, 1841; ii. 80, 1843; non Mon. Hel.

Viv. i. 57, 1848; iii. 63, 1853.
non Reeve, Con. Icon,
non Deshayes, in Fer. pi. Ixxxiv, f. 9, 10, teste Pfr.

Those persons who, like my friend Mr. Bland, do not
assent to Dr. Binney's determination of H. glaphyra, but
refer to it inornata Binn., are forced to find some shell on
which to place Say's name of inornata. Mr. Bland would
refer it to Icevigata Pf. There is nothing in Say's descrip-
tion of inornata which directly opposes this construction,
though it would be strange for Mr. Say to overlook the
great peculiarity of H. Icevig-ata, its striate upper surface
and smooth base. But the habitat, Pennsylvania, which

JOURNAL B. S. N. II. 15

114 Biniiey on Terrestrial Mollusks.

he gives, would be incorrect of Icsvig-ata, as far as our
present knowledge of geographical distribution will allow
me to judge. It would be strange indeed if the thorough
researches of so many Conchologists have never proved
Icevig-ata an inhabitant of that State, if it really exists
there, while inornata Binn. is met with by every collector
among the Alleghanies. Moreover, it must be remem-
bered that it is utterly improbable, although within the
bounds of possibility, that a shell confined strictly to damp
retired localities in the woods, and found with great diffi-
culty in its native localities, should have been transported
fifty or one hundred miles, and picked up on a wharf in
a city. Mr. Say speaks of its having been found by Mr.
Ord in his garden in Philadelphia; but on making inqui-
ries of that gentleman, I learn that a single empty shell
was picked up by him on his wharf, far from any garden,
but on the spot where he often found specimens of small
foreign animals, accidentally imported in the Liverpool
and London ships constantly disembarking their cargoes
there. It is a well known fact that some European snails
have been widely distributed by commerce. Limax varie-
g-atus F. is but too common in gardens and cellars of
Philadelphia and other maritime cities. Bulimus decoUatus
'\J\n.\B. mutilatus Say) and Helix aspersa Miill. are still
common in Charleston, S. C. ; Helix hortensis Miill. has
not yet lost its footing on the islands off the coast of the
New England States; and this same Helix cellaria has
been introduced and is still existing plentifully in Boston,
New Bedford (J. H. Thomson), Marblehead (J. P. Has-
kell), Lynn (S. Tufts, Jr.), Halifax (Smithsonian Institute
Coll.), Providence (J. G. Anthony, about 1830), Portland,
Me. (E. S. Morse). It has never been found in the inte-
rior.

Every American author has coincided with my views of
glaphyra and inornala; among them are Binney, Gould,

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 115

Adams, DeKay, Linsley, Stimpson. Some of the printed
Western catalogues have quoted glaphyra^ but this has
arisen from the authors, in ignorance of the foreign origin
of Say's shell, endeavoring to fix the name on some Amer-
ican shell. Abroad, Ferussac gives ^laphyra by name
alone in his Tableaux Systematiques, but had never seen
the shell. In the continuation of the " Histoire," Deshayes
considers ^laphyra as the introduced cellaria, though
Pfeiffer gives another name to the shell he figures.

On the other hand, Pfeiffier, in his Symbolse, miscon-
ceives glaphyra, and also in his Monographia, but in a let-
ter to me he says he now considers the shell described in
the last-mentioned work as a variety of inornata Say.
Reeve in Con. Icon, doubts Gould's opinion that glaphyra
is an introduced species ; he is right in considering his
No. 667 a native American shell, because it is inornata,
though wrong in applying Gould's opinion to it, as the
shell is not mentioned in the Invertebrata.

There is also additional evidence of tradition in favor
of my views, in the fact of Mr. J. G. Anthony taking to
Philadelphia, about the year 1830, a specimen of cellaria
found in Providence, R. I., and being told by the Conchol-
ogists of the former city that it was glaphyra Say. Dr.
Griffith, also, in letters to my father, now in my posses-
sion, writes that the original specimen of glaphyra depos-
ited by Say in the collection of the Academy was without
doubt cellaria, and that it was subsequently broken and
thrown aside. This fact destroys the value of a specimen
of a young inornata labelled by Mr. Phillips as Say's origi-
nal specimen oi glaphyra ; moreover, Mr. Phillips tells me
that he labelled that shell from conjecture.

HELIX BULBINA Deshayes.
Plate LXXIX. Figure 10.
T. orbiculato-discoidea, late umbilicata, tenuis, fragilis, corneo-flava,

116 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

pellucida, tenuissime punctulata ; spira depressa; anfr. 5^ planulati, ulti-
mus ad periplieriam obtusissime subangulatus ; angulo candidulo ; aper-
tura ovato-lunaris, obliqua, coarctata ; perist. caudiduni, tenue, retlexum.
Diam. 12, alt. 6 mill. (Desha} es.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Eelix bulbina Deshay-es, in Fer. i. p. 108, pi. Ixxxv. figs. 14-18.
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 201.

Remarks. This is Deshayes's description of a shell found
by him in Ferussac's collection labelled profunda. It may
be, perhaps, the young of that species. I have given a fac-
simile of one of his outline figures. Pfeijffer repeats his
description, not having seen the shell.

The banks of the Ohio, Mississippi, and Missouri are
given as the habitat.

HELIX DEIMLISSA Binney vol. ii. p. 232, pi. xlii. fig. 1.

Helix demissa Reeve, Con. Icon.

HELIX LIJCIDA Draparnaud vol. ii. p. 233, pi. xxii. a, fig. 2..

Found in Ohio.

Having sent some of Dr. Ingalls' shells to Pfeiffer, he
declares there is no perceptible difference between them
and the lucida of Europe.

HELIX ARBOREA Say vol. ii. p. 235, pi. xxix. fig. 3.

Helix arborea Say (Binney's ed.) p. 5, pi. ixxii. fig. 5.
Chemnitz, ii. 114, (excl. Ononis).
Pfeiffer, iii. 88, (excl. ditto).
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 733 (1852), excl. syn.

Mighels (Shells of Maine) declares he can see no differ-
ence between this and lucida.

Pfeiffer, 1. c, unites Ottonis to this species. He quotes
arborea from Cuba, but Poey doubts its existence there.

HELIX ELLIOTTI Redfield vol. iii. p. 23, pi. Ixxvii. fig. 18.

The description is taken from the New York Lyceum
Annals, vi. 170, pi. ix. fig. 10.

Biiiney un Terrestrial Mullusks. 117

IIKLIX ELECTRINA Gould vol. ii. p. 236, pi. xxix. fig. 1.

Pfeiffor (Symb. ii. 10) considers this a variety of nitidosa,
but subsequently refers it to pnra, as does also Reeve.
It has also been detected in Georgia and New York.

HELIX OTTONIS Pfeiffek vol. ii. p. 2.38, pi. xxix. a, fig. .3.

Also considered a synonym of arborea by Reeve, (No.
73-3.) See the remarks under H. arborea.

HELIX STEENSTRUPII Mokch.

In Morch's catalogue of Greenland Mollusca (Rink's
Greenland, p. 75) occurs the following mention of this
species, which is the only information I can obtain in
regard to it. (See also H. Fabricii.)

HeliceUa Steenstrupii, N. s.
Helicella sp. Stp. Conch, von Island.
Helix nitida Fabr. F. Gr. No. 385.
Helix alliaria Forbes, Br. Ass. 1839, 142.

HELIX CAPSELLA Gould vol. ii. p. 239, pi. xxix. a, fig. 1.

Helix rotula Pfeiffer, Men. Hel. Viv. iii. 107.
Hdix placenlula Shuttleworth, (Zonites) Bern. Jlit. 1852, 194.
Gould, iu Terr. Moll. iii. 19.

My opinion regarding the identity of placentula is
founded on the description alone, not having seen any
authentic specimen.

HELIX VORTEX Pfeiffer... .vol. ii. p. 240, pi. xxix. a, fig. 2, vol. iii. p. 34.

Helix vortex Pfeiffer, Ar. f. Nat. 1839, ii. 351; Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 95; iii. 88.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 110, pi. Ixxxviii. figs. 7-9.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 644, (1852).

Gould, vol. iii. 1. c.
Helix selenina Reeve, 1. c. 716, (1852).

r

I have seen no specimens from America of the larger
variety of the species found in the West Indies.

118 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

The species is found also in Haiti, St. Thomas, Porto
Rico, Bermuda, and Cuba; and in Georgia, (Gould).

I very much doubt the identity of tenuistriata with this
species. (See remarks in the following article).

HEI.IX TENUISTRIATA Bix.nky.

The following description I found among my father's
papers. It is impossible to apply it to any known Ameri-
can species. It will, however, probably be rediscovered at
some future time. Its habitat, size, and all its character-
istics, are opposed to the theory of its identity with the
preceeding species, as suggested by Gould.

II. testa (leprcssa, carinata, umbilicata, albiilo-cornea ; anfractlbus
septem, obli(|ue striatis ; ajiertura angusta, dcjiressa ; labro sub-retiexo ;
basi convexo ; umbilico aperto.

SYNONYMS AND KEFEKENCES.

HeUx tenuistnata Binney, Boston .lournal, 1842, iv. i. cover, p. 3.

Pfeiffek, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 432.
Hdix vortex Gould, (non Pfeiffek,) Terr. Moll. iii. 34.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not hitherto noticed.

Shell flattened, the upper surface acutely carinated ; epidermis
light horn-color ; whorls seven, narrow, increasing in width very
gradually from the apex to the aperture ; striated with fine, promi-
nent, distinctly separated, curved lines ; apertui-e angular, depressed,
contracted ; lip above the carina acute, below a little reflected ;
base sub-convex, smooth ; umbilicus open, moderate in size, exhib-
iting two or three volutions.

Greatest transverse diameter about half an inch.

Geographical Distribution. Found hitherto only in the eastern
part of Tennessee, whence a single specimen was brought by Mr.
Ilalderaan.

Remarks. Tiiis pretty species is described with some reluctance
from a ' single specimen, as it may be considered doubtful until
another be found, whether it may not be a foreign shell introduced
by mistake among Tennessean shells. It is quite flat on the upper

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 119

surface, rising u little towards the apex; the whorls, which are
distinctly marked, are beautifully striated with delicate prominent
curved lines, which are crowded towards the apex, and separated
by a distinct interval on the outer whorl ; they terminate on the
edge of the carina, which is a little plaited by them, the base below
being smooth. The aperture is narrow, and inarked by an angle at
the carina. The lip below the carina has a distinct, though narrow
reflection. The umbilicus is moderate, conical, and rather deep,
exhibiting about three volutions. In Lamark's arrangement it
would be a CarocoUa.

HELIX INDENTATA Say vol. ii. p. 242, pi. xxix. fl^. 2.

lldix indcntata Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 24.
Chemnitz, i. 221, (1846).
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 730, (1852V
Pfeiffek, I. c. iii. 65.

Found also in Florida, Canada, and Texas, (Moore).
For its supposed presence in St. Domingo, see Mai. Bl.
5, 147.

HELIX CHERSINA Say vol. ii. p. 243, pi. xvii. fig. 4.

Helix chersina Say, (Binney's ed.) pp. 18, 31.

Hdix fulvn teste Mighels, (Bost. Journ. iv. 333,) Chemnitz, Pfeiffek,
Reeve, Fokbes and Hanley.

I have separated the synonymy of H. eg-ena Say, from
that of chersina, since many authors consider them dis-
tinct. The typical chersina is well represented in the
plate. The original specimen of eg-ena is readily distin-
guished from it by having a short, pyramidal, acute spire,
and a very rounded base, the separation of the two being
very well defined. There exist, however, innumerable
gradations between these extreme forms. It must be
borne in mind, that the shell figured and described by
Gould on p. 245, is not eg-ena Say, but Gundlachi Pfr.

I give Say's description below.

H. EGENA. Shell convex, polished ; whorls five, not distinctly
wrinkled, rounded; aperture rather narrow, transverse; labrum

120 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

simple, at its inferior extremity terminating at the centre of the
base of the shell ; umbilicus none, but the umbilical region deeply
indented.

Breadth more than one tenth of an inch.

This shell was found by Mr. John S. Phillips on the banks of the
Delaware River, about ten miles from Philadelphia. It is much
more elevated and not so broad as H. arborea Nobis ; the aper-
ture also is of a different shape. It is much broader than the
H. chersina Nob.

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Helix egena Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 30.
DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 45.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, i. 237, pi. xxx. figs. 19-21 ? (1846).
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 12«3, (1854.)
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 31 ; iii. 32, uon Gould.

HELIX FABRICII Beck.
Plate LXXVII. Figure 17.

T. subimperforata, conica, tenuis, striatula, pellucida, fulva ; spira coni-
ca, acutiuscula ; sutura profunda; anfr. 6, convexi, angusti, ultiinus latior,
basi convexiusculus, medio impressus; apertura vertiealis, late lunaris;
j)erist. simplex, acutum, margins columellari superne reflcxiusculo, por-
forationem simulantc. (Pfeiffer.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

lldix Fabrkii Beck, lud. p. 21, (absq. desc.)

MoLLER, Ind. Moll. Groeiil. p. 4.

Pkeiffkh, Zeit. f. Mai. 1848, p. 90; Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 32.

Keeve, Con. Icon. 145t», (1854).
Helix nitida Fabricius, Fauna Gr. p. 389, teste Per. et Moll.
Comilus Fabricii Mokch, 1857, Nat. Bidr. af Gr. 75, (absq. desc.)

Remarks. I have not seen this shell. The fissure, which
is enlarged, is a fac-simile of that given by Reeve from
the Curningian Collection. The de.<cri})tion is Pfeiffor's.
He also remarks that the shell is hardly distinguished from
fulva Drap. by its more convex, subperl'orated base. It
is a Greenland species.

Fabricius thus describes H. nitida, which is quoted as a
synonym : —

Binney on Terrestrial Molhisks. 121

Holix nitida, testa umbilicata, subdepressa, fulvo-cornca, pelltuida,
substriata, apertura larga.

Helix nitida INliill. prodr. 2898, Verm. 234.

Helix Hammonis, Act. Nidr. iii. 435, tab. vi. fig. 16.

Hujus testam vacuam tantum sub muscis rarissime offendi.

HELIX GIJNDLACHI Pfeiffek vol. ii. p. 245, pi. xxii. a, fig. 3.

Helix Gundlachi Pfeiffek, Wiegm. Arch. 1840, i. 250, Mon. Hel. Viv. i. 50 j iii.
51.
Chemnitz, cd. 2, i. 239, pi. xxx. figs. 25-28.
Helix pusilla Pfeiffek, Ar. f. Nat. 1839, i. 351, nee Lowe.
Helix egena Gould, 1. c. nee Say.

This is not eg-ena Say, as stated in the remarks under
H. chersina. Having sent some of the specimens received
from Gould to PfeifFer, I have received from him an
assurance of their being identical with his Gundlachi^ a
Cuban species. His description is as follows : —

T. subpeiforata, turbinato-depressa, nitida, fulva ; anfr. 5 convexius-
culi, lente accrescentes, ultimus basi subplanulatus, sub lente lineis con-«
centricis sculptus, circa perforationem excavatus ; apertura depressa,
lunaris ; perist. simplex, rectum, acutum. Diam. maj. 2^, min. 2^^, alt.
Ii mill.

Similis speciminibus junioribus H.fulvce.

HELIX INTERNA Say vol. ii. p. 247, pi. xxx. fig. 4.

Helix interna Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 18.
Chemnitz, 1. 200.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 718, (1852).
Pfeiffek, 1. c. iii. 142.

HELIX GIJLARIS Say vol. ii. p. 251, pi. xxxvii. figs. 3, 4.

Helix gularis Say (Binney's ed.) p. 18.

Chemnitz, ii. 201, excl. var.

Pfeiffek, 1. c. iii. 141, excl. fS; Symb. ii. 29, excl. /J.

Mrs. Gray, Fig. Moll. An. pi. 291, fig. 4, Ex Host. Journ.

Adams, (Gastrodonia) Gen. Rec. Moll. pi. Ixxi. fig. 4.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 719, (1852).
Helix bicostata Pfeiffek, 1. c. i. 182 ; iii. 141 ; Symb. iii. 69.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, ii. 196, pi. 100, figs. 21-23.

Reeve, 1. c. 697 (1852).
journal b. s. n. h. 16

122 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Pfeiffer, 1. c, considers H. sitppressa a variety of g'ularis.
His bicostata is evidently the true g-ularis, with a less
elevated spire. He acknowledges it to be so in letters
lately received by me.

See also remarks on ligera for H. Rnjinesquea.

HELIX SUPPRESSA Say vol. ii. p. 253, pi. xxxvii. fig. 1.

Iklix suppressa Say, (Binney's ed.) p 36.

DeKay, N. V. Moll. p. 38, pi. iii. fig. 24.

Reevk, Con. Icon. No. 723, (1852).
fhlix quliiris, vai\ Chemnitz, 1. c.
Pfeiffer, 1. c.

The typical specimen is still preserved in the Philadel-
phia Academy.

Pfeiffer considers it as a variety of g-ularis furnished
with one tooth only. DeKay also mentions but one tooth.

I have specimens from Alabama and Florida. It has
been found by me only in fields at the roots of the grass,
and not under decaying leaves and stumps as the other
species.

HELIX LASMODON Thillips vol. ii. p. 254, pi. xxxvii. fig. 2.

Helix Insmodoii DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 47.

Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 142.
Helix macilenta Situttleworth, Bern. Mit. 1852, p. 195.

Gould, Terr. Moll. iii. 20.

Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 640.

I have seen no authentic specimen of Shuttlevvorth's
species, but am inclined from the description to place it
in the synonymy of lasmodon. It had not been seen by
Pfeiffer or Gould, who repeat the original description.

HELIX PERSPECTIVA Say vol. ii. p. 256, pi. xxx. fig. 1.

Helix perspectiva Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 9.

Deshayes, 3ded. Lam. iii 315, (1S39); in Fer. Hist. i. 81.

Pkeikfkr, 1. c. iii. 99, (excl. H.filiola).

Chemnitz, ii. 114.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 695, (1852).
Helix pnliila Deshayes, non parrul'i.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 123

Occurs fossil in the Natchez Postpleiocene bluff.

The existence of the tooth within the aperture has been
overlooked by all other authors but Binney. The position
of the species in the artificial systems is materially altered
by its presence.

Pfeiffer quotes Ferussac's pi. 86, fig. 1, for this species,
and places pi. 79, fig. 7, in the synonymy of H. striatella.
The former is said by Deshayes to be Jiliola, a species
from Tonga, while the latter was figured from a speci-
men furnished by Say himself.

Potiez and Michaud give Austria as the habitat of per-
spectiva, having confounded it with solaria Menke (Gal.
p. 99.)

HELIX MULTIDENTATA Binney, vol. ii. p. 258, pi. xlviii. fig. 3.

Helix multidentata Chemnitz, ii. 202.
Pfeiffee, iii. 142.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 729, (1852).

Found also in Ohio (Anthony), and in Maine (Morse).

Gould is erroneously quoted as authority for the spe-
cific name by all the foreign writers referred to in the
synonymy.

HELIX LINEATA Sat vol. ii. p. 261, pi. xlviii. fig. 1.

Helue linecUa Say, (Binney's ed.) pp. 9, 24.
Chemnitz, ii. 203.
Pfeiffer, iii. 142.
Deshayes, in Fer. i. 80.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 724, (1852).

Found also in Virginia, and in Washington Co., Texas,
(Moore.)

SPURIOUS SPECIES.

Helix arhustorum Lin. was found some years since in the neighbor-
hood of Cincinnati ; it was living in a situation from which it

124 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

could be traced to a nursery, the proprietor of which had import-
ed many fruit-trees and bushes from France, and had probably
brought over this stray species in the matting around their roots.
(Anthony.)

Helix Bonplandi Lamark, vid. vol. i. p. 159.

Helix corpuloides Mont, is quoted from Boston, without description,
among DeKay's extra limited species. On the page of Silliman's
Journal, to which he refers, it is stated by Gould to be a spe-
cies of " Delphinoidea" originally described as Helix.

Helix harpa Say is a Bulimus.

Helix dealbata Say is a Bulimus.

Helix depicta, Grateloup. vid. vol. i. p. 159.

Helix domestica, Strom, vid. Vitrina Angelicce.

Helix hieroghjphica Beck, Ind. p. 8. " Am. Sept.? " No descrip-
tion is given. The species is unknown to Pfeiffer. Vid. Mon.
i. 434.

Helix hispida Linnaeus, Canada ?

Helix irrorata. Shell impei'forate, depressed, subglobular, pale
reddish-brown, with very numerous small white spots, and about
lour deeper brown obsolete bands ; whorls rounded, nearly five
in number, wrinkles obsolete on the body whorl, more distinct
on the spire ; spire depressed, convex \ suture declining much
near the mouth ; aperture on the side of the labrum, within
somewhat livid ; labrum reflected but not flattened, and not ab-
ruptly contracting the aperture, white before and yellowish
behind ; near the junction with the columella is a callus, which
does not rise into an angle.

Length from the apex to the base of the columella, three-fifths
of an inch nearly. Greatest breadth one and one-tenth of an
inch. Inhabits Northumberland County, Pennsylvania. Cab-
inet of Mr. William Hyde.

This species may be compared with the H. lactea Miiller and Fe-
russac ; the spire is rather more prominent, the white spots, or
rather abbreviated lines are similar in form, size, and number, but
its labrum preserves the same color with the exterior ot the siiell,
and the livid tint of the inner portion of the body whorl is vei'y

Binney on Terrestrial Mo/lnsks. 125

pale ; the posterior face of" the reflected labrum is immaculate,
and its callus base is not angulated ; the aperture is much less
wide than that of lactea ; and in Mr. Hyde's specimen, a small
fissure remains near the umbilicus. It still more closely resem-
bles a variety of a shell which inhabits the Island of Candia, but
that species has always a white base, being immaculate beneath
the inferior band. Say, (1. c.)

It seems probal)le that Helix irrorata is a variety of H. lactea
Mull., with which 1 compared it when describing it. Say,
(Binney's ed.) p. 36.

Helix irrorata Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 23.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. 45, (van of lactea).

Pfeiffer, Mon. i. 272.
Helix lactea Mullee, teste Binney', Pfeiffer, (iii.) Reeve, Say.

Helix nemoralis Lin. teste Gray, Turtdns, Man. 27, (" Canada and
United States.")

Helix pellucida Fabricius, vid. Vitrina Angelicce.

Helix pisana Miill. quoted from U. S. by Ferussac, (Tabl. Syst.)
and Gray (Turt. Man.)

Helix subcylindrica Pulteney is a Ti'uncatella.

Helix IVumhalli Linsley. (Shells of Connecticut, p. 10 ; Sill.
Journ. 48, p. 280). Spire much depressed or very little ele-
vated; sutures slightly marked and umbilicus large and deep;
color a dull white with a tinge of green ; shell thin and trans-
lucent; diameter about -^^^ inch, height gij inch ; found on the
shore of Long Island Sound near high-water-mark, and occa-
sionally near low-water-mark at Stonington, by Mr. J. H.
Trumbull. [May not this be Margarita arctica ? Eds.]

" Helix Trumbulli is Skenca serpulotdes." Gould, Silliman's
Journ. n. s. vi. 235.

Helix virgata Mont. " United States," Ferussac, Tabl. Syst.

Genus BULIMUS Scopoli.

BTJLIMUS ZEBRA Muller vol. ii. p. 271, pi. liv.; pi. Ixxvii. fig. 13;

pi. Ixxviii. fig. 12.

For additional synonyms, &c. see PfeifTer.

On pi. 78, fig. 12, is a variety of this species from Key

126 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Biscayne, Florida. The variety described on page 273 is
figured on pi. 77, fig. 13.

Ag-atina fuscata Rafinesque (vol. i. p. 50) is to be added
to the synonymy.

BULIMUS SERPERASTRTTS Say vol. ii. p. 274, pi. 1. fig. 2.

BuUmus serperastrus Say (Binne}''s ed.) p. 39.

Chkmnitz, ed. 2, p. 82, pi. xxx. fig. 122; pi. xxxix. fig. 5,

(1854).
PKKiFrEK, 1. c. iii. 341.
Philipi'I, Icon. iii. 23, p. 97, tab. 9, fig. 6.
/3 Gracilior, spira elongata.

Bulimns Litbmanni Ffeiffek.
BuUmus Zitbmanni Reeve.
y. Minor, imperfectus.

BuUmus niteUnus Reeve.

The above varieties are given solely on the authority of
Pfeiffer.

The geographical distribution of the species doubtfully
quoted by Gould as synonyms seem to remove the proba-
bility of their identity with this shell.

BULIMUS ALTERNATUS Say vol. ii. p. 27G. pi. li. fig. 2; pl.ii.a;

pi. Ixxx. fig. 3; fig. IV
BuUmus alternatus Say (Binney's ed.) p. 39.

Pfeiffek, Mon. He!. Viv. ii. 221.
BuUmus luctanus Pfeiffek, 1. c. ii. 187; iii. 415.

Reeve, 1. c. No. 217.

Gould, Ter. Moll. iii. p. 35.
BuUmus deaWaius Bin>'ey, 1. c. pars, nee Say.

There exists a great deal of confusion in regard to this
and the allied species.

Bulimus alternatus is thus described by Say : —

BuLiMUS ALTERNATUS. Ovate conic, with alternate gray and
brownish longitudinal vittae. Inhabits Mexico.

Shell umbilicated, ovate-conic, with longitudinal lines, subequal,
gray and light brownisli vittie ; the brown is paler, almost approach-
ins in some instances a drab: the white vittM- consists of more or

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 127

less confluent, transverse, irregular lines, and small spots ; whorls
about six, a little convex ; suture not profoundly impressed ; lal)rum
(in some specimens) with a thickened line or rilj on the inner sub-
margin ; within white, with a perlaceous tinge.

Length one and one fifth of an inch. Greatest breadth seven
tenths. This species appears to be not uncommon in Mexico, as
many specimens were sent me by Mr. Maclure ; but from what
particular locality, I know not.

An original drawing of this species by Mrs. Say, under
which is written, in the hand of her husband, " Bulimus
alternatus — Mexico, Wm. Maclure" is copied on plate 80,
fig. 3. This figure, in connection with the description, re-
moves all doubt as to what shell Say had before him as
alternatus.

It is, however, an extremely variable shell, being found
on the same bush in large quantities, among which is
every variety of marking. Some specimens exist without
hardly any white in their coloring, as in the case of the
specimen from Buena Vista figured (pi. 80, fig. 1), while
some are but slightly varied with the brown vittae.

B. alternatus occurs in large quantities in Texas and
the neighboring Mexican State of Tamaulipas. Adams
also quotes it from Louisiana, on the authority of one
dead specimen found in Otter Creek, (Nat. Hist. Red Riv.
La. p. 254). . •

Forbes, in the description of land-shells collected by the
Herald and Pandora, P. Z. S. 1850, p. 54, speaks of " Bui.
alternatus" being found at Panama. He gives no author-
ity for the name ; Pfeiffer describes no other alternatus
than Say's.

Binney was familiar with B. alternatus, as he figured it
on pi. li. a, and a variety of it on pi. li. fig. 2. He con-
sidered it, however, a variety of B dealbatus.

Pfeifier alone, of foreign writers, notices B. alternatus,
by repeating Say's description as of a species unknown to

128 Binney on Terrestrial Mollnsks.

him. It appears that he had the true alternatus before
him in describing B. lactarius as follows : —

T. rimata, vel perforata, ovato-acuta, palidissime fulvida, strigis lacteis,
opacis, longltunalibus, denticulatis et fimbriatis ornata ; spira conica,
acuta ; anfr. 7 convexIuscuH, ultimus spirani subaequans ; apertura ovalis ;
perist. simplex, acutum, marginibus callo junctis, columellari dllatato, re-
flexo. (Pfr. in Symb. iii. 85.)

Reeve also describes and figures the species as B. lacta-
rius.

BULIMUS MARI^ Albeks.

T. anguste umbilicata, oblongo-conica, solida, subla?vigata, alba, punotis
et strigis obsoletis corneis plerunique notata ; spira conica, acuta ; anfr.
61 convexinsculi, ultimus spiram suba?quans, basi vix attenuatus; colu-
mella plica parvula, dentiforuii munita ; apertura vix obliqua, acuniinato-
oblonga, intus fuse a ; perist. rectum, margine dextro leviter arcuato,
columellari sursum dilatato, patente. Long. 33, diam. 14-15 mill. ; ap.
16-17 mill, longa, 7^ lata.

ji. Anfr. supen's corneis, lacteo punctato-strigatis, ultimo strigis lacteis
denticulatis et violaceo-corneis alternantibus picto.

Hab. Texas.

This description was published by Pfeiffer in Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 1858, p. 23. The species must be nearly
allied, if not identical, with some of the varieties of B. al-
ternatus,— but I have not seen any authentic specimen.

BUL.IMUS BINNEYANUS Pfeiffek.
Plate LI. b.

The shells figured on the plate referred to were con-
sidered as a variety of dealbatus by Binney (ii. 277), and
as B. Schiedeanus by Gould (ii. 279). Having sent speci-
mens to Pfeift'er for identification, they were returned to
me labelled B. Blnneyanus, with the remark that the true
B. Schiedeanus has no tooth-like plate on the columellar.

The shell described by Pfeiffer (Mai. Blatt. iv. 229) does
not appear to be identical with our Texan shell. We

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 129

must therefore leave the species temporarily nnder this
name, until its position is more accurately ascertained.

BULIMUS SCHIEDEANUS Pfeiffek.
Plate LXXX. Figures 8, 15.
T. perforata, ovato-acuta, calcarea, alba, longitudinalitcr et irregulariter
ru<''Oso-striata; anfr. 6j convexiusculi, ultimus spiram a^quans; apertura
ovali-oblonga, intus fulvida ; columella obsolete plicata ; perlst. simplex,
aoutura, marginibus eallo nitido junotis, columellari late reflexo, nitido,
albo. Long. 31, diam. 17 mill. Ap. 1 7 mill, longa, 9 lata. (Pfr.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES

B. Schiedeantis Pfeiffer, Symb. ad Hel. Hist. i. 43; Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. 187; iii.
418.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, No. 216, pi. xlvi. figs. 3, 4, (1854).
Philippi, Icon, i- 3, p. 56, pi. 1, fig. 12.
Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 361

Geographical Distribution. Texas and Mexico.

Remarks, This species is readily distinguished from
that figured on pi. 51, b, (see last article,) by its rougher
surface and the want of the tooth-like fold on the colu-
mellar.

Pfeiffer mentions a smaller variety. I have figured two
others. One (pi. 80, fig. 15) has a very dark-colored aper-
ture. The other (pi. 88, fig. 8) is distinguished by a
smoother surface, a black apex, a light coffee-color below
an obtuse carina situated about the middle of the body
whorl, the remainder of the shell being quite white. It
was found in Washington and De Witt Counties, Texas,
(Moore). The other forms were not found with it. It
occurred in large numbers, living, and constant in its char-
acters through every stage of growth. Should it prove a
distinct species, I would suggest its bearing the name of
the discoverer.

BULI3IUS PATRIARCH A.

Plate LXXX. Figure 13.

T. perforata, ovato, solidissima, alba, rugosa; antr. 6 convexi, ultimus
journal b. s. n. h. 17

130 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

viMtrk'osus, 5-7 long, testae aequans ; apertura ovata ; perist. simplex,
intus incrassatum, marginibus callo albo, crasso, junctis, toluuiellari re-
flexo, iinibilicum subtegente.

SYNONYMS AND KEFERENCES.

Bulimtis pntiiarclia \V. G. Rixnky, Proc. Pliihi. Acad. Nat. Sc. 1858,116; Notes,
p. 17.

DESCIUPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell perforate, ovate, heavy, white, and wrinkled ;
whorls 6, convex, the last ventricose, equalling in length
5-7 of the shell ; aperture ovate ; peristome simple, thick-
ened within, the extremities joined by a heavy white
callus, the columellar extremity slightly reflected, so as
partially to conceal the umbilicus.

Length 35, diam. 19 ; aperture, length 19, diam. 12 mill-
imetres.

Geograpliical Distribution. Texas and Mexico, at Buena
Vista, (Berlandiere).

Remarks. Belongs to the same group as But. dealbatus
Say, alter natus Say, liqualis Reeve, Schiedeanus Pf., &:c.
The characteristics which form its specific differences are
alike present in young and old specimens, and constant
in all from the locality. I therefore consider it as well
entitled to specific distinction as those named.

Named from its greater size and more antiquated ap-
pearance, as compared with the allied species.

BULIMUS DK A LBATUS Say . .vol. ii. p. 276, pi. li. fig. 1 ; pi. Ixxx. figs. 6, 7.

Htlix dealbata Say, (Biiiiity's ed.) p. 20.
DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 46.
Bulimus dealbatus C'iikjimtz, ed. 2. p. .55.
I'lEii iKit, 1. c. iii. 418.
Bulimus conJinU Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 643, (1850).

Pkeiifkk, 1. c. iii. 341.
Bulimus liquabilis Kekvk, 1. c. -SS".

On plate 51, fig. 1, will be found a correct representa-

Binney on Terrestrial Moll asks. 131

tion of what appears to me the type of Bui. dedlbiUvs.
The species varies considerably, but never sufficiently to
authorize the quotation of alternalus^ Binneyanus^ Schiede-
anns, and patriarcha as synonyms.

It is found in large quantities in Texas, Alabama, North
Carolina, Missouri, and Arkansas. Future researches will
probably prove it an inhabitant of the neighboring South-
western States. It also occurs fossil in the Postpleiocene.

Say's description is as follows : —

H. DEALBATA. Shell cotiical, oblong, thiu and fragile, some-
what venlricose; volution 6-7, wrinkled across, wrinkles more
profound and acute on the spire ; spire elevated, longer than the
aperture, sub-acute ; aperture longer than wide, labrum not i-eflect-
ed ; umbilicus small and profound.

Length more than three-fourths of an inch, breadth nine-twen-
tieths of an inch. In the Cabinet of the Academy and Philadel-
phia Museum. Inhabits Missouri and Alabama.

In outline it resembles a Bulimns. Four specimens of this
species were sent to the Academy from Alabama, by Mr. Samuel
Hazard; and a single depauperated specimen was found by myself
on the banks of the Missouri.

Bulitrnts p/iT/soides Reeve (No. 507) corresponds exactly
to a variety of dealbatus sent from Alabama by Dr. Show-
alter. It is quoted by Pfeiffer (iii. 418) as a synonym of
B. melo Quoy.

Pfeiflfer quotes B. Liquabilis Reeve as a variety of B.
conjinis Reeve. I am inclined to consider them both as
varieties of dealbatus — but subjoin Reeve's descriptions,
having copied his figures respectively on pi. 88, figs. 6
and 7.

BuLiMus coNFiNis. Bul testa ovata, subventricosa, profunde umbil-
icata, anfr. 6, rotundatis, tenue striatis, columella late dilatata, subreflexa,
aperturu orbieulari, labro simplici ; pelhicido-corneu, opaeo-albido varie-
gata. Hab. Texas.

BuLiMUS LIQUABILIS. Bul. testS. ovato-conica, ventricosS, umbili-

132 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

cata, anfr. 6 ad 7, subrotundatis, Isvibus vel minute striatis, columella
late reflexa, labro tenui, paululum expanso; pellucido-cornea, strigis
longitudinalibus opacis notata. Hab. Texas.

BULIMUS MULTILINEATUS Say vol. il. p. 278, pi. Iviii.

Bulimus muUilineatus Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 28.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. 56.

Pfkiffeb, Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. 204; iii. 422.
Bulimus virgulatus Binnky, 1. c. nee Fekussac.

There can, I think, be no reasonable doubt of the iden-
tity of the species figured on pi. 58 with Say's species.
The shells figured were found by Bartlett on the Florida
Keys. Similar specimens have lately been sent to the
Smithsonian Institute from Lower Matacumba Key.

As regards B. venostfs, Reeve's figure agrees exactly
with the Florida shell, but he gives as its habitat the
banks of the Orinoco. At all events, Say's name has
many years of priority. Reeve quotes Griinei as a syno-
nym of venosus.

Pfeiffer repeats Say's description, having seen no au-
thentic specimen.

Bui. virgulatus Fer. is quite another shell.

Say's description is given below.

Bulimus multilineatus. Shell conic, not very obviously wrinkled ;
whorls not very convex, yellowish white, with transverse entire reddish-
brown lines ; a blackish subsutural revolving line ; suture not deeply
indented, lineolar ; apex blackish ; uuibilicus small, surrounded by a
broad blackish line ; columella whitish ; labrum simple, blackish.

Length less than seven-tenths of an inch. Greatest breadth less than
seven-twentieths of an inch. This species was found by Mr. Titian Peale
on the southern part of East Florida.

It is quite distinct from Bnl. Donnani, but appears
somewhat related to Bui. Floridianus.

BULIMUS DORM AM.

Pl.vtk LXXX. Tiuukk 10.
Testa perforata, ovato-turrita, ianigata, albida, fasciis fuscis longitudi.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 133

nalibus ornata ; sutura impressa ; spira clongato-conica, acuta ; apex
puiu'tulata ; aiifr. 6 coiivoxiusciilis, liiicis minutissirnis volvcntibus oniati,
superi striati, ultimus inflatiis, ad marginein superain pcristomatis obtu-
sisslme tarinatiis ; apertura ovata, partem testaj dimidiam subaecpians ;
perist. simplex, acutum, margine cohmiollail reflcxiusciiluin, perfora-
tioncm pene oocultans.

SYNONYMS AND KEFERENCES.

BuUmus Dormani W . G. Binney, I'roc. Thila. Acad. Nat. Sc. 1857, p. 188; Notes,
p. 8.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell perforated, rather heavy, shining, elongated-conic ;
white, with several regular revolving series of interrupted,
perpendicular, reddish-brown patches; suture distinctly
marked ; apex punctured ; whorls 6, rather convex, marked
with numerous very fine revolving lines; upper whorls
striate ; last whorl full, with a hardly perceptible obtuse
carina at the upper extremity of the peristome.

Length, 29 ; diameter, 12 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Found at several spots in
the vicinity of St. Augustine, Fla., by O. S. Dorman,
Esq.

Remarks. The only described species with which this
shell can be confounded is B. Floridianus Pfr., Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 1855, p. 330. Though I have never seen
Dr. Pfeiffer's shell, I should consider it nearly allied, though
distinct. That species wants the minute revolving lines,
the punctured apex, and striate upper whorls, which char-
acterize B. Dormani, is a smaller shell, and has a different
marking, being furnished with opaque whitish blotches as
well as reddish patches ; the latter also do not extend to
the body whorl.

Since writing the above, I have received a drawing of
the type of B. Floridianus which removes all doubt of its
being identical with this species.

134 Bimiey on Terrestrial MoUusks.

BULIMUS FLORIDIANUS Pfeiffer.
Plate LXXIX. Figihe 3.

T. <angust6 perforata, ovato turrita, sublsevigata, griseo-hyalina, strigis
et maoulis opacis, albis notata ; spira elongato-conica, acutiuscula ; anfr.
6i convexiusculis, superis intorniptc fusco-fasciatis, ultimo y longitudiiiis
subcE(juante, infra medium subangulato, basi attenuate ; columella subtorta,
recedente; apertura parum obliqua, ovaii ; perist. tenui, margine dextro
anguste expanso, columellari dilatato. reflexo, fere adnato.

Long. 15§, (liam. 7i mill.

Habitat, Florida. (Pfr.)

The above is the original description of this species,
(Proc. Zool. Soc. July, I806, p. 330). I have not seen
any specimen of it, but am able to add a figure drawn by
Sowerby from the type in the Cumingian collection.

It appears nearest allied to B. miillUineatus.

BULIMUS DECOL.L,A.TUS Li.N.N.Kr.s vol. ii. p. 280, pi. 1. fig. 1.

Bulimus mutilatus Say, (Binney's ed.l p. 25.
DeKay, N. V. Moll. p. 50.
Pfeikfeh, 1. c. 397.

In 1857 I received a large quantity of this species alive
from Prof. Holmes of Charleston, S. C. From him I
learn that the species is still but too common in that city.
I placed a large quantity of them in my garden in Bur-
lington, but they did not survive the succeeding winter.

Reeve gives no habitat, and no authority for the specific
name.

It has also been introduced into Cuba, (Poey, Pfeifter).

The animal is carnivorous.

Bl'I.I.>irs SUBl'LA Pfeiffer vol. ii. p. 285, pi. liii. fig. 4.

Bulimus subitla Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 399.

Hnliiiimhorteniis Adam.s, vid. Pfeiffer, Miil. lUutt. i. 196; also vid. Contr. to
Conch, p. 221.

BI'LI.MIS GR.VCILLLIIUS Pfeiffer vol. ii. p. 293, pi. liii. fig. 3.

Bulimus grmillimits Pfelffek, 1. c. iii. 394.

Biniiey on Terreslrial Mol/nsks. 13o

Kkevic, Con. Icon. No. 594, (1849).
Aihatina gracillimu Binney, 1. c.

I have removed this species to the genus in which Pfeif-
fer places it.

BUL.IMUS GOSSKI Pfeiffer.

T. rimata, turrito-cylindracea, oblic^ue costulata, albida, opaca, strigis
semilunaribus, punctisque pellucidis cornels ornata ; spira cylindracca
apice attonuata, acuta; sutiira crcuulata ; anfr. 11 convexi, ultimus \
longitiKlinis vix superans, rotundatus, basi subangulatus ; apertura siib-
circularis; perist. breviter expansum, marginibus approximatis, coluniel-
lari reflexo, patente. Long. 11, diani. 3| mill. Ap. Z^ mill, longa, 3 J
lata.

Var. (3, Paulo minor, strigis et punctis corneis obsoletioribus, (Ff'r.
Mon. Ilel. Viv. i. 81, &c. &c.)

Pfeiffer gives Texas as the habitat of var. p' of this
species in his Monograph, and also on p. 456 of Roemer's
Texas it is quoted from New Brauenfels. The typical
specimen is from Jamaica.

Poey (Mem. i. 395) considers Macrocerramus pontificus
a synonym of Bui. Gossei; the same species is referred by
Pfeiffer to Bui. Kieneri.

I have seen no Texan specimen of the species, and have
no means of clearing the confusion which appears to exist
concerning it. Reeve's figure of Kieneri resembles Macr.
pontificus nearer than his figure of Gossei.

BULOIUS HARPA Say vol. ii. p. 290, pi. Hi. fig. 3.

Helix harpa Say, (Biimey's ed.) p. 29, pi. Ixxiv. fig. 1.
BuUmus harpa Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 384.

CHEMxrrz, ed. 2, No. 305, pi. Ix. figs. 17-19.

Reeve, Con. Icon. No. 590, (1849).

Found at various points in Maine, and at Berlin Falls,
N. H., by E. S. Morse, Esq., who gives the following de-
scription of the animal : —

Animal small compared to the size of the shell. Body and head

136 Biniiey on Terrestrial MoUusks.

slate-color, superior tentacles darker, short, thick, bulbous ; eyes
large, distinct ; foot two-thirds of the length of shell ; whitish, long,
very narrow, rounded at tail ; body narrower than foot.

In motion they are exceedingly graceful, at times poising their
beautiful shell high above their body, and twirling it round not
unlike tlie PInjsa, again hugging their pretty harp close to the
back ; the shell when in this last position continually oscillates as if
the animal could not balance it. It rarely ever moves in a straight
line, but is always turning and whisking about, and this is done at
times very quickly and abruptly.

Mighel's description of Pupa costulata is as follows : —

Sliell ovate-conic, scalariform, light yellowish-brown, thin and fragile,
wliorls four, convex, the last two prominently ribbed, the first two smooth ;
suture distinct; aperture semicircular, slightly oblique, unarmed; lip
simple or modified by the last rib ; umbilicus distinct. Length, -f^ inch ;
breadth, nearly yV- Hab. Portland.

BULIMUS MARGIN ATUS S.w vol. ii. p. 288, pi. Hi. fig. 1.

Cyclostoma marginata Say, (Biiiney's ed.) p. 22.
BuHmus marginatus Pfeiffer, Malac. Blatt. ii. 94.
Bulimus fallax GoubU, in Terr. Moll. 1. c.

Stimpson, Shells of N. E. p. 84, (absq. desc.)
Pupa fallax Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 28.

Pfeiffek, 1. c. iii. 533.

Chemnitz, ed. Nov. (1844,) p. 58, pi. 12, figs. 20, 21.
Pupa Parraiana Orbigny, Moll. Cuba, p. 181, pi. xii. figs. 9-11, (1853).

I have retained the first specific name given by Say, at
the suggestion of Pfeifler, (Malak. Blatt. 1856, ii. p. 13, in
the review of Terr. Moll.), who justly observes that if the
species is referred to BuHmus, no name has the priority
over it, as B. marg-inatus Pf. is now considered a synonym
of B. Gidlliani, Petit.

As for the name albilahris, it was suggested by Adams
only because marg-i/iofus was preoccupied.

Gould (Invert. 192) considers Pupa plarida Say as a
synonym of this species; and Pfeiirer (ii. 309) makes it
var. /^ of viurginalus.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 137

Spumous, EXTIIALIMITAL, &C.

Bidimiis acicula MiiUcr, and Bidimus octona Brug. have been
found in gi'eenhouses and gardens, where they have been intro-
duced on plants.

B. exiffinis liinn. is the same as Carychium exiguum.

B. fasciatus Binn. is the same as Achatina fasciata.

B. Gossei Pf., vid. Macrocerauius pontilicus.

B. Kieneri Pf., vid. Macroceramus pontificus.

B. luhricus Ad. &c. is the same as Achatina lubrica.

B. ohscurus Dr., vid. Pupa pUicida Say.

B. striatus Brug. is the same as Ghindina truncata.

B. vexillum Brug. is the same as Achatina fasciata.

B. zebra Orb. is the same as Achatina fasciata.

B. vermetus Anthony. Of this species 1 can give no information
other than that furnished by the original description given
below.

BuLiMUS VERMETUS AxTiiONY. (Covcr of Haldeman's Monograph
No. 3, July, 1841.) Shell turriculated, livid brown; whorls 5, striated
longitudinally ; suture deeply indented ; apex entire ; body whorl a
little more than equal to the spire ; spire 2i times the length of the
aperture; lengths, width 1^ lines; aperture obliquely ovate ; length
of the aperture equal to the width of the body whorl. Ohio, near
Cincinnati.

Distinguished by its peculiar mouth, which is curved in a regular
curve from right to left, contracted at the upper angle, and spreading
below ; the whorls are also very deeply indented, and twisted as they
are in Succinea vermeta.

Genus MACROCERAMUS Guilding.

This genus is not accepted by Pfeijffer, who places its
species under Bulimus.

MACROCERAMUS PONTIFICUS Gould. . .vol. ii. p. 306, pi. Ixix. fig. 1.

Pfeiffer refers this species to his Bulimus Kieneri^ (Mon.
iii. 365,) while Poey quotes it from Cuba, (Mem. i. 395,)
as a synonym of Bulimus Gossei Pfr.

JOUKNAl, It. S. N. n. 18

138 Binncv on Terrestrial JSloUnsks.

Genus ACIIATINA Lamai:ck.

ACIIATINA FASCIATA Mullkr vol. ii. p. 266, pi. Iv. Ivi. Ivii.

Achatina solida Say, (Binnej^'s ed.) p. 29.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. 56.

Pfkiffer, Mon. ilel. Viv. ii. 246.
Achatina fasciata f Pfeiffeu, 1. c. iii. 479.
Af/alina varieguta Rafinesqie, vid. vol. i. 50.
Biiliimis J'asciatits Binney, 1. c.

Say's original specimen of Achatina solida is still pre-
served in the Philadelphia Academy.

This is not vexillum DeKay, which see.

The lower figure of pi. 56, is Achatina picta, considered
distinct by Reeve and Pfeiffer, (vid. Mon. iii. 490.) Other
West Indian varieties than those figui'cd are from time to
time received from Florida.

ACHATINA LUBRICA Muller vol. ii. p. 283, pi. Hi. fig. 4.

Bulimus lubricus Say, (Binney's ed.) p. .31.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 55. pi. iii. fig. 43.
Bulimus lubricoides Stimi-sox, Shells of N. K. p. 54, (nbsq. descr.)

Stimpson, as will be seen by the synonymy, considers
this distinct from the European shell.

Spurious Species.

Achatina virginea is quoted from Florida by Jay, (Cat. 1835), It
is also given by DeKay undcn- the name of Bulimus vexillum,
(N. Y. Moll. oG, pi. iv. fig. 56).

A. hullata Pf is the same as Glandina bullata.

A. Jlammigera, Fer. pi. 118, f. 5-7, quoted by DeKay, p. 56, as
inhabiting Florida, is not a native of the United States, and
could not have come from there. He probably gives the species
on the authority of Say, \\\w mentions (Binn. ed. 20) finding
it there.

A. fldminifjd-a Say is the same as Bulimus zebra.

A. (jrarilUiiia Pf. is the same as Bulimus gracillnius.

A. pellucida Pf. olim, Binn. is the same as Blauneria jjcllucida.

Binney on Terrestrial MuUusks. 139

A. rosea Dcsli. is the same as Glandina truncata.

A. striata DeK. &c. is the same as Gl. truncata? He refers to
Fer. pi. 136, figs. 8-10, which is A. rosea, ami not an inhabitant
of Florida, from whence DeKay quotes his species.

A. suhula Pf. is the same as IJulimus subula.

A. Texasiana Pf. is the same as Glandina Texasiana.

A. truncata Pf. &,c. is the same as Glandina ti'uncata.

A. Vanuxemensis Pf. &c., is the same as Glandina Vanuxemensis.

Genus GLANDINA Schumacher.

GLANDINA BULLATA Gould vol. ii. p. 298, pi. Ixii. n.

Achatina bullata Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. iii. 512.

Oleacina l>ulUUa Gkay and Pfeiffei;, Brit. Mas. Cat. Puhii. 24.

GLANDINA CORNEOLA.

Plate LXI. Figure 1.

Testa conico-oblonga, tenuis, nitens, cornea ; anfr. 7 ad 8, convexi,
tenuissime et lonoitudinalitcr striati, et lineis minutis creberrimis volven-
tibus notati ; sutura crenulata ; apertura oblonga, partem testae dimidiam
ajquans ; columella contorta, truncata, callo iiiduta.

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Glandina truncata var. Btnney, vol. ii. p. 302.

Glandina cwneula W. G. Bixney, Proc. Phila. Acad. 1857, p. 189; Notes, p. 9.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell oblong-conic, thin, shining, horn-color ; whorls 7
to 8, longitudinally striate, and covered with numerous
minute revolving lines ; suture slightly crenulated ; aper-
ture oblong, half as long as the shell ; columella curved,
truncated, covered with light callus.

Length, 50 ; diameter, 18 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Western Texas (Redfield),
Mexico (Smithsonian Collection).

Remarks. This shell, very rare in collections, is distin-
guished by its light horn-color, thin shell, and revolving

140 Binney on Terresitrial Mollusks.

lines. It is the most distinctly marked species of the
genus found in America.

GLANDINA PARALT.ELA.

Plate LXII. Figuke 2.

Testa solida, albida, nitons, cylindraceo-elongata, striis creberrimis
longitudinalibus notata; spira elevato-obtnsa ; anfr. 5 ad 6, superi con-
vex!, ultimus lateribus rectis, acquis intervallis inter se distantibus, aper-
tura angusta, partem testa; 3-7 sequans ; labrum flexuosum, in medio
rectum, margiiie basali curvatum; columella recta, truucata, callo induta.

SYNONYMS AND KEFERENCE3.

Glandina truncatn var. Rinney, 1. c.

Gkuidina paralleld W. G. Binney, Phila. I'roc. 1857, p. 189; Notes, p. 9.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell heavy, shining, white, elongated, cylindrical ; spire
elevated, obtuse ; whorls 6 to 7, with numerous, delicate,
longitudinal striae, the upper ones convex, the last one
with straight parallel sides; lip straight along the middle,
and parallel to the rectilinear side of the opposite whorl,
at the basal extremity curved; columella straight, trun-
cated, covered with a heavy callus.

Length, 56 ; breadth, 20 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Louisiana (Rev. E. R.
Beadle).

Remarks. Distinguished by its peculiar parallel sides
and heavy texture from any other described species.

GLANDINA TEXASIANA Pfeiffer.
Plate LXI. Figure 2.

T. oblonga, solidula, longitudinalitcr confertim striata, nitida, pellucida,
carnea ; spira convexo-conica, obtusa ; sutura pallida, minute denticulata ;
anfr. 6 convexiusculi, ultimus spira paulo longior, basi parimi attenuatus;
columella perarcuata, basi laminam alljaui, tortam, abrupte truncatam

Binncy on Terrestrial Blolhisks. 141

formans; apevtnra vix obli(iiia, acuminato-ovalis ; perist. simplex, ob-
tusum. Long. 29; diani. \i>h. mill. Ap. mill. 10 longa, 5^ lata.
Habitat Texas. (I'f.)

SYNONYMS AND KEFERENCES.

Glandina truncnta var. Binnky, 1. c.

Ackatina Texasiana Pfeiffer, Novit. Conch. 8, p. 82, pi. xxii. figs. 11, 12,
(1857); Proc. Zotil. Soc. 1856.

Remarks. This well characterized species was consid-
ered as a variety of Glandina truncata by Biniiey. It
appears to be a common species. A variety is figured by
me on pL 77, fig. 21.

GLANDINA TRUNCATA Gmelin. . . .vol. ii. p. 301, pi. lix. Ix. Ixxx, fig. 9.

Achatiria striata Chejinitz, ed. 2, tab. 3, figs. 3, 4.

Achatina truncata Chejixitz, 1. c. Bui. tub. xxxviii. figs. 21, 22; Achatina,
No. 78.

Pfeiffer, 1. c. (nee Glandina,) iii. 512.
Glandina tnmcata Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 34, pi. xx.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. 56.

Mifs. Gray, Fig. Moll. An. pi. 301, fig. 5. (Ex Bost. Journ.)

Binney, 1.' c. excl. var. et pi. Ixi. Ixii.
Oleacina tnmcata Gray and Pfeiffer, Brit. Mus. Pulmonata, p. 23.
Flanorbis glans DeKay, 1. c. p. 56.

One of the most singular varieties of this variable
species is figured on pi. 80. It came from Florida.

The varieties figured by Binney have been described as
distinct species in the preceding articles.

Orbigny gives Cuba as its habitat, but Pfeiffer and
Poey doubt its existence there.

For anatomy vid. Wyman in Boston Proc. i. 154.

GLANDINA VANUXEMENSIS Lea vol. ii. p. 299, pi. Ixii. fig. 1.

Achatina Vamixemensis Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 518.

Ohacina Vanuxemensis Gray and Pfeiffer, Brit. Mus. Cat. Pulm. p. 36.

Genus PUPA Dkapanaud.

PUPA INCANA Binney vol. ii. p. 316, pi. Ixviii.; pi. Ixxix. fig. 17.

Pupa incana Pfeiffer, Mai. Blatt. ii. p. 13.

142 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Fupadetrita Siiottlewokth, Beni. Mitth.

Pfeiffer, Mtihik. 151. i. 158, (1853); i. 205, (1854,) pi. iii. figs. 9, 10.
Pupa maritima Gould, 1. c.

y Pfeiffer, Mon. iii. 539.

In 1851, this species was only designated by name in
vol. i. ; the full description was given in vol. ii., the name
being changed by Gould to P. maritima. Shuttleworth's
description of detrita has not priority over the name I
have retained. In the third volume of the Monograph,
Pfeiffer considers it a variety of maritima, but later, hav-
ing received from me some specimens, he remarks on
them that they are similar to the Cuba detrita, but must
take the name of incana. He also says that the true
maritima has not as yet been found in Florida.

Young specimens are furnished with several tooth-like
processes within the aperture, one being on the columellar,
one on the parietal wall, and a third on the base of the
aperture, removed somewhat within.

The variety figured on pi. 79, fig. 17, is from Key Bis-
cayne, Fla.

PUPA 3IODICA Gould, vol. ii. 319, pi. Hi. fig. 2.

Pupa modica Pfeiffer, Mon. Ilel. Viv. iii. 533.

PUPA AR3IIFERA Say vol. ii. p. 320, pi. Ixx. fig. 4.

Pupa armifera Say, (Carychium ?) Binney'sed. p. 21.

Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 557.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 57, pi. vii. figs. 17-19.
Pupa rupicola Pfeiffer, Symb. ii. 55, teste Pfr. 1. c.

Say's original specimen is still preserved in the Phila-
delphia Academy. He appears to have considered it a
Carychium.

PUPA BADI A Adams vol. ii. p. 323, pi. Ixx. fig. 3.

Puj)a hadia DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 49, pi. iv. fig. 45.

Chemnitz, cd. 2. p. 117, pi. xv. figs. 2.'i-29.
Pupa muscorum, pars, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. 312.

FoRHEs and IIanley, Brit. Moll. iv. 97.

Binney on Terrestrial ^follusks. 143

It will be noticed that the wood-cnt does not show the
basal tooth, as does the plate referred to. Its presence
seems exceptional.

Adams (1. c.) compares it with Pupa marginala Dr.,
while the above authorities consider it identical with P.
muscorum of Europe.

PUPA CONTR ACTA Say vol. ii. p. 324, pi. Ixx. fig. 2.

Pupa coiUracia Say, (Carychium,) Binney's ed. p. 25.

Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 55C.
Pupa corticaria Pfeiffer, Symb. ii. p. 54, (an. var. ,3':* I'fr. 1. c.)
Piqia (hltustoma CiiARi'tNTiER, in Ciiemnitz. ed. 2, p. 181, pi. 21, figs. 17-19.
Vtrtiyo contractu Adams, Gen. ii. 172, absq. descr.

The figure of Kiister is more like armifera. His
description is of contracta.

Pvpa deltostoma is evidently this species. The descrip-
tion is as follows : —

T. late profundoque rimata, ovato-conoidea, nitidula, glabriuscula,
alba; spira convexo-conica, obtusa ; anfr. 5 convexis, ultimo basi rotun-
dato, antice t-alloso ; apertura trigona, qiiadriplicata, pi. 1 lauiellilbrnii
in jiariote aporturali, 1 in columella, 2 in palato, peristomatc undique
expanso, marginibus conjunctis. Tennessee.

PL'PA DECORA Gould vol. ii. p. 327, pi. Ixxi. fig. 2.

Puj)a decora Pfeiffer, Men. Hel. Viv. iii. 555.

Vtrtigo decora Adams, Gen. Kec. Moll. ii. 172, (absq. desc.)

PUPA PENTODON Say vol. ii. p. 328, pi. Ixii. fig. 1.

Vertif/o pent(yIon Say (Binney's ed.) p. 27.

Pupa pcntodon Cuemmtz, ed. 2, p. 125, ])1. xvi. figs. 24-26.

Pfeiffek, 1. c. iii. 557.
Pupa curvidens Pfeiffek, 1. c. ii.

In the second volume of the Monograph, Pfeiffer places
both Tappaniana and curvidens in the synonymy. De
Kay's figure shows no tooth. Say's type is still preserved
in the Philadelphia Academy. Adams's description is as
follows : —

144 Biiiney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Pupa Tappaniana Ward, ^ISS. P. testa minima, pellucida, sub-
conica, perforata ; aul'ractlbus ([uinque ; apertura suborbiculari, 8-(leii-
tata : dente uno columellari, majore, quatiior alteris magnis, tribus
alteris parvis.

Shell very small, pale horn-color, translucent, tapering above tbe
penultimate whorl ; whorls a little more than five, convex, with a well
im]M'ossed suture ; aperture sub-orbicular, (the penult whorl cutting off
about one third of the circle,) about one third of the length of the shell;
margin sharp, with a narrow contraction in the sub-margin, beneath
Avhich is a thickening within, on which are the labial teeth ; teeth eight,
five priniar}' and three secondary ; of the former the largest is on the
penultimate whorl, the next largest on the left side of the aperture ; at
the base, beginning at the left hand, is a primary, then a secondary, a
primary, a secondary, a primary, and another secondary, extending nearly
to the upper extremity of the right margin : the last three primaries are
not constant in size ; umbilicus o[)en.

Length, .08 inch; breadth, .05 inch.

Cabinets of Middlebury College and my own.

Geographical Distribution. This shell has been found in Ohio, in
Massachusetts, near Boston, and in this.place.

Remarks. This species was discovered by the late Dr. Ward of Ros-
coe, Ohio, from whom I received specimens in April, 1840, with the
above name. Tliis I retain in justice to Dr. W., who was alike eminent
for his attainments and liberality, and in whose sudden death science
sustained a severe loss. Subsecjucntly the species was found in ('am-
bridge, Mass., by my friend T. J. Whitteniore, Esq., and Dr. Gould.
Among some minute shells collected in this town by Mr. M. W. Johnson,
of the graduating class of last summer, I have detected this species, but
too late for insertion in an article, on the Mollusca of this vicinity, in the
next number of the American Journal of Science and Arts, and have
therefore published this description separately.

ri PA PLACIDA Say.

Shell dextral, cylindric-conic, pale yellowish horn-color ; apex
■whitish, obtuse ; whorls six and a half, somewhat wrinkled ; suture
moderately impressed ; aperture unarmed, longitudinally oval,
truncate a little obliquely above by the peiuiltimate volution ; colu-
mella so recurved as almost to conceal the umbilicus ; labrum, with
the exce[)tion of the superior portion, appearing a little recurved

Binney on Terrestrial Mollnsks. 14o

when viewed in iVoiil, but when viewed in [jrolile, thiri reeurva-
ture is hardly perceptible ; umbilicus very narrow.

Length over three tenths of an inch. Inhabits Massachusetts.

For this shell I am indebted to Dr. T. W. Harris, of Milton,
from whom I have received many interesting species of our more
northern regions. At first view it might be mistaken for the P.
margtnata Nob., but it is quadruple the size, and the labrum is
not retlected and thickened.

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Pupaplacida Say, (Binney's ed.) p. 39.
PupafaUax DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 51.

Goi'LD, Invert. 192.
PupafaUax /3 Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. 309.
Bulimus hordeanus? DeKay, 1. c.
BuUmus obscurus Gould, Mon. Pupa, p. 17.

Pfeiffer, iii. 350, on DeKay's authority.

Remarks. This will probably always remain a doubt-
ful species, since those having the best means of deciding
upon it have not been able to agree. I therefore simply
give Say's original description.

PUPA RUPICOLA Say vol. ii. p. 341, pi. Ixx. fig. 1.

CarycMum? rupicola Say (Binney's cil.) p. 22.

Pupa i-upicola Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 123, pi. xvi. figs. 17-19.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 52.

Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 557; nee Symb. ii. 55.
Pupaprocera Chemnitz, p. 58, pi. vii. figs. 20, 21.

Pfeiffer, 1. c. ii. 360.
Piqya carinata Gould, 1842, Boston Journ. iv. 1, cover, p. 3.

Pfeiffer, 1. c. ii. 359; iii. 557.
Pupa (jibhosa Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 123, pi. xvi. figs. 13-16.
Pupa minula (Say) Pfeiffer, 1. c. ii. 356; iii. 555; Symb. ii. 54.
Vertitjo rupicola Binney, 1. c.

minuta ? Adams, Gen. ii. 172, absq. descr.

Pupa procera is said to be identical with rupicola by
Binney (Boston Proc. i. 105). Gould doubts the correct-
ness of this decision (p. 106). DeKay confirms it, as does
Pfeiffer in vol. iii. of his Monograph.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 19

146 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Pupa carinata Gonld was subsequently referred by him
to P. procera (1. e. iv. 3, p. 359) ; Pfeiffer retains it, not
having, however, seen the shell. Binney (Boston Proc. i.
105) considers it a doubtful species. No mention of it is
made in the Terrestrial Mollusks.

Say never described any species of Pupa under the
names of g-ibbosa or minuta which are ascribed to him.
Pfeiffer considers the two identical. Rllemer quotes mi-
nuta from Texas. On pi. 78, fig. 17, will be found a fac-
simile of the figure of gibbosa from Chemnitz. Pfeiffer's
description of minuta is as follows. From the two I should
consider the species identical with rupicola.

Pupa minuta. T. vix rimata, cylindrica, nitida, pelluoida, cornea ;
spira apice obtusa; anfr. 6 convexiiisculi, ultimus basi subcoiiipressus ; aper-
tura subscmic-ircularis, 4-dentata; dentibus siiba?qualibus, 1 pariotali,
1 columellari, 2 palatalibus ; perist. expansum, sublabiatum, margini-
bus disjunctis, dextro superne arcuato. Long. 21, diain. 1^ mill. Ap.
obrupie i niill. longa. Habitat in Pennsylvania.

Obs. An forte varietas P. prucerce ?

I suppose Vertigo minuta of Adams's Genera to be this

species.

It is also placed in the subgenus Vertigo by Binney,
thoueh the animal had not been seen.

PUPA VARIOLOSA Gould vol. ii. 343, pi. Ixxii. fig. 3.

Pupa variohsa Pfeiffer, Jlon. IIcl. Viv. iii. 556.

Vei'ti(jo varwlosa Adams, Gen. ii. 172. a

PUPA CORTICARI A Say vol. ii. p. 330, pi. Ixxii. fig. 4.

Odostomia cm-tkaria Say (Binney's ed.) p. 7, pi. Ixxii. fig. 5.
Pupa coi-ticai-ia rFEiKKKK, 1. c. iii. 542.

ClIEJINIT/, 1. c. p. 97.
Carycliium cortkaria Fehussac, I'odr. Xo. 3, (jibsq. desc.)

Pfeiffer (jNIon. ii.) says that the corticaria of the Syra-
bolae is P. contracta.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollnsks. 147

Binney places the species among the Vertigines^ though
it is described as having four tentacles.

Ferussac, 1. c, considered it a Carychium.

Say's type is still preserved in the collection of the Phil-
adelphia Academy.

PUPA PELLUCIDA Pfeiffer.

T. subperforala, cylindraoca, tenuis, pellucida, nitida, pallida flavida ;
spira parum attenuata, apice obtusa; antV. 5 oonvexi, ultimus pncce-
dente planior ; apertura semiovalis, 5-d».!ntata : dentibus singulis validis
in pariete aperturali et columella, 2 mediocribus in margine dextro,
quinto minimo in basi palati ; perist. simplex, margine dextro exjjanso,
columellari reflexo. Long. 2 ; diam. vix 1 mill. Ap. vix | mill, longa.
(Pfeiiler Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. 360.)

This is Pfeiffer's description of a Cuban species quoted
from Texas by Rijemer (p. 456.)

PUPA HOPPII MOLLER.

Plate LXXVIH. Figure 2.

Testa dextrorsa, cylindracea, obtusa, la^vi ; columella bidentata. Long.
1, 2'", R. (Moller.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Pupa Hoppii Mollek, Ind. Moll. Grcenl. p. 4, (1842.)

Teoschel, Ar. f. Nat. 1843, ii. 126.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, pi. xix. figs. 29, 30.

Pfeiffeu, Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. 328; iii. 536.
Pupa Steenbmhu Beck, (1847,) teste Mokcii, Nat. Bidr. of Grcenl. p. 75.

Remarks. I have seen no specimen of this Greenland
shell. The figure I have given is a fac-simile of one of
those in Chemnitz, ed. 2.

Spurious Species.

Pupa alhilahris Ad. is the same as Bui. marginatus.
P. costulata Mighels is the same as Bui. harpa.
P. exigua Say, &c. is the same as Carychium exiguum.
P.fallax Say, &c. is the same as Bui. marginatus.

148 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

P. Goiddii Binn. «fec. is the same as Vertigo Gouldii.
P. milium Gld. is the same as Vertigo milium.
P. modesta Say &c. is the same as Vertigo ovata.
P. ovata Gld. &c. is the same as Vertigo ovata,
P. ovidum Pf. is the same as Vertigo ovata.
P. Parraiana Orb. is the same as Bui. marginatus.
P. simplex Gld. &c. is the same as Vertigo simplex.
P. unicarinata Bin., vol. i., is the same as Macroceramus pon-
tificus.

Subgenus VERTIGO.

Stimpson, 1851, Shells of N. E., p. 53, separates this
group from the Helicidse, considering the want of lower
tentacles sufficient to form a family of Vertiginidag.

VERTKiO GOULDII Binney vol. ii. p. 333, pi. Ixii. fig. 2.

Vertigo Gouldii Stimpson, Shells of N. E., p. 53, absq. desc.
Pupa Gouldii Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 124, pi. xvi. figs. 20-23.*
Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 557.

VERTIGO MILIUM Gould vol. ii. p. 337, pi. Ixxi. fig. 1.

Pu/jft milium Pfeiffei;, 1. c. iii. 559.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. ll'j, pi. xv. figs. 39-42.

VERTIGO OVATA Say vol. ii. p. 334, pi. Ixxi. fig. 4.

Vertif/o ovnla Say, (Biniiey's ed.) p. 26.
PujHi ovata Chemmtz, ed. 2, p. 118, pi. xiv. figs. 1, 2; xv. figs. 35-38.

Pfeiffek, Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. 360; iii. 558; Symb. ii. 54.
Pupa modesta Say, CBinney's ed.) p. 32, pi. 74, fig. 5.

Pupa ovulum Pfeiffek, olim, Symb. i. 46.

«

Adams (1. c.) considers these two species distinct.
Found also in Mexico and Cuba, (Pfeiffer.)

VERTIGO SIMPLEX Gould vol. ii. p. 343, pi. Ixxii. fig. 3.

Verlif/o simplex Stimpson, Shells of N. E. p. 53, (absq. desc.)
Pupa simplex Pfeiffer, 1. c. iii. 530.

* "In the States of New York, Baltimore, Cambridge."

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 149

Spurious Species.
V. contracta Ad. Gen. Rec. Moll, is the same as Pupa contracta.
V. decora Ad. Gen. Rec. Moll, is the same as Pupa decora.
V. minuta Ad. Gen. Rec. Moll, is the same as Pupa rupicola.
V. pejitodon Say is the same as Pupa pentodon.
V. rupicola Binney is the same as Pupa rupicola.

Genus CYLINDRELLA Pfeiffer.
CYLINDRELLA VARIEGATA Pfeiffer.

This species was described by Pfeiffer before C. lactaria
Gould was published. Their identity is well established.
I have not received any specimens of the true varieg-ata
from Florida, or any other portions of the United States.
Pfeiffer (Mai. Blatt. i. 211) gives Florida as its habitat,
probably on the authority of Gould's description in the
Terrestrial Mollusks. At that time the figure had not
been published.

Specimens of lactaria Gould, received from himself and
also from Poey, agree perfectly with the text (p. 309), but
are not the shell figured (pi. 69, fig. 2). Neither do they
agree with the Florida shell. Having sent specimens of
the shell found in Florida to Poey, he returned them
labelled C. Poeyana Orb,, and sent me Cuban specimens
of the same species.

It follows, therefore, that the shell figured (pi. 69, fig. 2)
is not described in the text, where reference is erroneously
made to it under C. lactaria Gould, which is C. varieg-ata
Pfr. It will be noticed that no reference to geogi'aphical
distribution is made by Gould. The shell figured is de-
scribed in the following article.

CYLINDRELLA POEYANA Okbigny.

Plate LXIX. Figure 2.

T. elongatissima, fusoidea, tenuis, cornea, longitudhialiter acuto-strlata ;

spira elongatissima, intlata, postico acuminata, truncata; anfr. 11 couvox-

iiisculi, ultimas antie6 carinatus ; apertura rotundata ; perist. continuum,

acutum. Long. 14, diam. 13 mill. (Orbigny.)

150 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Pupa Poeynna Okbigny, Moll. Cuba, i. 185, pi. xii. figs. 24-26.
Cylindrella Poeyana Pkeiffer, Mon. Hv^l. Viv. ii. 380; iii. 572.

PoEY Memorias, ii. pi. xii. fig. 10.
Cylindrella laclaria Binney, 1. c. in tab. non in textu.

Remarks. This is the shell figured under the name of
lactaria Gould, as remarked in the preceding article. I
will here add that this species may readily be distinguished
from lactaria by having much rougher striae, and by being
entirely free from the " longitudinal, flexuose, milk-white
lines " which are the principal characteristic of that spe-
cies, and from which, indeed, its name is derived.

Found in large quantities in Florida ; also in Cuba.

CYLINDRELLA JEJUNA Gould vol. ii. p. 310, pi. Ixix. fig. 3.

Cylindrella jejuna Pfeiffek, Mou. Hel. Viv. iii. 573.
Cylindrella variegata Pfeiffee, Mai. Bl. ii. 13.

Pfeiffer, in repeating Gould's description, not having
seen the shell, suggests its being a variety of C. lactaria.
Later (Mai. Blatt. ii. 13) he considers it a synonym of
that species, which he refers to his varieg'ata.

CYLINDRELLA ROEMERI Pfeiffek.

T. vix riniata, subcylindracea, apice obtuse conica, non truncata, sub-
striata, carneo-albida ; anfr. 14 angusti, planiuscuH, ultimas basi carinatus,
antrorsum solutus et extrorsum tortus ; apertura vcrticalis, oblongo-circu-
laris, intus plica marginis dextri coarotata : perist. continuum, undique
breviter expansum. Long. 13-14, diam. 4^ mill. Ap. 3 mill, longa,
2^ lata.

(3. Minor, sursum ventrosior, anfr. 12, ultimo brevius soluto ; long. 11,
diam. supra medium 4 mill.

SYNONYMS AND KEFERENCES.

Cylindrella Boemeri Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. 383; iii. 579; in Roemer's
Texas, p. 456.

Remarks. I have not seen this shell, which was found
by Roemer at New Brauenfels, Texas. I have given the
original description above, and add an observation from
the same source : —

Binney on Terrestrial MoUuaks. 151

Affinis qiiidcm et prjecedenti (C Pilnceri Pfr.) et sequcnti (C Gold-
ftissi Mke.), tamen carina basalo anfractun ultimi et ejus torsione tam ain-
gulari, ut testaui primo aspectu sinistrorsem putes, ab omnibus distinctis-
simo.

CYLINDRELLA COLDFUSSI Pfeiffek.

Plate LXXIX. Figuue 33.

C. testa elllptlco-oblonga, subcylindracea, apice conica, integra, acuta ;
umbilicata, luteo-cornea, tenui, pellucida ; anfractibus undecim, convex-
iusculis, dense et tenuissime arcuatim costulatis: infiiuo parum protracto,
basi rotundato, compiessiusculo ; apertura patente orbiculato-subcordata ;
canaliculo brcvissimo, obtuso. (Pfi'-)

SYNONYMS AND EEFEKENCES.

Cylindrdla Goldfussi Menke, in Zeitsch. f. Mai. 1847, p. 2.

Pfeiffek, Mon. Hel. Viv. ii. 383; iii. 579.
PiiiLii'Pi, Icon. iii. 17, p. 6, tab. iii. fig. 9.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell umbilicated, elongated, more ventricose at the
middle, apex conic, not truncated, thin, diaphanous, light
horn-color, marked with numerous light subarcuate striae ;
whorls 12, scarcely convex, narrow, the last slightly ex-
tended beyond the body of the shell, carinated, its right
side somewhat furrowed, rounded at base ; aperture sub-
vertical, obliquely and subtri angularly pear-shaped ; perist.
slightly expanded at its entii-e circumference, its right ter-
mination flexuose.

Length, 11 ; diameter, 4? mill.

Geographical Distribution. Texas, (Pfeiffer.)

Remarks. The figure (somewhat magnified) is drawn
from a specimen from Mr. Bland's collection.

In general form, it is more nearly allied to Macroceramus
pontijicus than any other figured in the " Mollusks."

Spurious Species.

Cylindrella pontijica Gould (p. 306) is Macroceramus pontijicus,
vid. p. 137.

152 Binney 071 Terrestrial Mollusks.

This concludes the list of known American Helicidae.
The following genera and species have been described by
Rafinesque, but are all included in the genus Helix : —

Aphdon Raf. Stenostoma Raf.

Ajilodon nodosum Raf. Stenotrema Raf.

Chimotrema Raf. Stenotrema convexa Raf.

Chimotrema planiuscula Raf. 7oxostoma Raf.

Hemiloma Raf. Toxostoma globularls Raf.

Hemiloma avara Raf. Toxotrema Raf.

3fesodon Raf. Toxotrema glohidaris Raf.

Mesodon macidatum Raf. Toxotrema amiplanata Raf.

MesompJiix Raf. Triodopsis Raf.

Odompldum Raf. Triodopsis lunula Raf.

Odotropis Raf. Trophodon Raf.

Omplialina Raf. Xoloti-ema Raf.

Omphalina cuprea Raf. ; vide Xolotrema lunida Raf.

Helix fuliginosa. Xolotrema triodopsis Raf.

On vol. i., p. 48 et seq. will be found a reprint and translation of
Rafinesque's descriptions. The following, omitted by Binney, will
make the series complete : —

Aplodon nodosum. Trols tours de spire bosseles, legerement rides con-
centriquoment en dessous.

The genus Trophodon differs from Mesodon by upper lip notched. The
genus Odomphium, by having an ombilic.

Toxostoma globularis. Globular, smooth ; 5 spires. In Kentucky.

Parlnla Olalieilana Fer., as observed in vol. i. p. 159, never
existed in the United States.

FAMILY AURICULACEA.

Dr. Binney, in his work on the Terrestrial Mollusks of
this country, mentions that there is much reason to doubt
whether this family is truly Pncumo-branchiate. Con-
sidering its species to be, at all events, aquatic, he does
not include them in his work.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

153

More recent investigations have sliown that they respin;
free air, and that they are anipliibious rather than aquatic.
The systematic arrangement of this family may be seen
in the following tables, as proposed by Dr. Pfeiffer and
H. and A. Adams. The arrangement adopted in the fol-
lowing pages corresponds with that of the former. I do
not propose to refer to the many systems of other foreign
authors, but shall notice those proposed by Americans.

By this table it will appear that Pfeiffer divides the air-
breathing Mollusks in two grand divisions ; A, including
those furni^<hed with four tentacles, and B, including those
with two only. The latter are also subdivided into a,
those not operculated, and b, those furnished with an oper-
culum. In the former of these subdivisions, he places the
family Auricidacea.

In the " Genera of Recent Mollusca," the air-breathing
Gasteropods are divided into Inoperculate and Operculate.
The former are subdivided, according to their terrestrial,
lacustrine, and marine habits, into Geophila, Limnophila,
and Thassilophila. The second subdivision is composed
of the Awioulacea, under the name of ElobiadcB, and the
LimticBidce.

In both of these systems, the family is placed nearest
to the fresh-water Pulmonates, with which they are more
closely allied than with the land snails.

Dr. Pfeiffer (Mon. Auric. Viv.) thus divides the

PULMONATA.

r

A. Tetracera, ■

B. Dicera,

a. Inoperculata,

r

b. Operculata,

L

a. Terrcstria,
p. Aquatilia,

I. Oncliidiacea.

II. Liiiiacea.

III. Helicea.

IV. Limna'Mcea.
V. Auriculacea.

VI. ProserpiiKicca.

VII. Aciculacoa.

VIII. Cvclostoinacca.

IX. Helicinacea.

X. Aiiiphilxtlacea.

XI. Aiiipiillariacea.

JOUKNAL 15. S. N. 11.

20

154

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

In the " Genera of Recent Mollusca," by Henry and
Arthur Adams, the following division is made of the air-
breathing Gasteropoda: —

SUBCLASS rULMOXIFERA.

OKDKR.

SUBORDER.

liioperculuta, ■

Geopliila,

LimnopIiiI:i,
Thassilophila,

Ectophthalma,
Operci.lnta, | Qpi.opl.tlmlma,
1 Prosophthalma,

FA3IILY.

' Oleacinidie.

Testacellidie.

Ik'licidre.

Liinncid.'c.
•{ SteiKipiiiaj,

IArimiiilji'.
,Iaiic'Ili(l;i3.
VeionicelliiltB.
[ OiK-hiiliidrc.
\ F,llul)ii(l;l\
/ Liinn:iMd;i?.
j Aiii[>liibr)lidoe.
/ Siplioiiaridn3.
\ <'vcl(iplii)iiila'.
( Ilcl'ifiiiidre.
Tnincatcllidre.
Assimiiiidaj.

The family Ellobiidae corresponds to Pfeiffer's family
Auriculacea.

This family has been noticed only by the following
American authors. The treatment of the various genera
and species will be found in their respective synonymy.

In 1841 Gould placed the genus Auricula in the Lam-
arkian family Ck)Umacea.

DeKay in i'::'43 places the Auricnlidce as the third
family of Pulmobrandna. He unites all the species de-
scribed in his Zoology of New York in the genus Auri-
cula.

Stimpson in 1851 catalogues the family Melampidcc,
comprising the genera Melampus and Carychium. He
was the first American to remove Carychium exig-uum
from the genus Pupa.

The Auriculacea are easily distinguished from the other
inoperculated land Mollusks. They are furnished with
but one pair of non-retractile tentacles, on the inner
base of which are situated the sessile eyes. The head
is extended beyond the tentacles into an obtuse, rounded,

Binney on Terrestrial Molhisks. 155

bilobed snout. The mantle is thin, thickened on its mar-
gin. The foot is elongated and pointed. The sexes are
united in each individual.

The shell is spiral, extremely variable, and in the Amer-
ican species conic, generally with a flattened spire, and
furnished with numerous tooth-like laminae, which con-
tract the narrow aperture.

The AuricuUdce are amphibious Mollusks, breathing
free air, but apparently dependent for existence on a great
deal of moisture, if not on the actual vicinity of the sea.
Some species pass their whole life under circumstances
which seem to preclude the possibility of their respiring
air. Thus Alexia myosotis is often found on isolated
stones in salt marshes, which are entirely covered by the
tide four hours out of twelve. This species, when im-
mersed in fresh water, becomes benumbed and soon dies.

Carychium exig-inim, on the other hand, though found
under similar circumstances, does not depend on salt
water, being widely distributed far beyond its influence
over the interior of the country. Blauneria pellucida also
has been detected living far from any water in a garden
in Washington, whither it was introduced on plants from
Charleston, S. C. With the exception of the two last
mentioned, the American species are found on salt marshes
and in brackish water near the sea.

Of their geographical distribution but little is yet known.
Melampus bidentatus is found from Maine to Florida.
Melampus obliquus is referred by Say to South Carolina.
Alexia myosotis was probably introduced from Em-ope,
I have never known of its being found south of New
York harbor. Carychium exigumn will probably be found
in all the Middle and Northern States. The other species
are confined to the coast of Florida and the Gulf of
Mexico, some of them being common to Cuba and other
West Indian Islands.

156 Biyney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

In order to make the following a complete monograph
of American Avriculacea, I have copied from the Terres-
trial Mollnsks the entire description of the few species
mentioned in that work.

So few persons are interested in this family of Mollusks,
and the extent of our coast is so great, the following must
be considered as a very imperfect attempt at a monograph
of the American species of the family.

Pfeifl'er subdivides the family into three subfamilies : —
Otinea, Melampea, and Auricnlea, respectively analogous
to the Ancylea, a subfamily of Limneacea, — to the true
Limneacea, and to the Aciciilacea. The first subfamily is
not represented in this country.

SUBFAMILY MELAMPEA.

This subfamily is distinguished by an acute, simple
peristome. The aperture is generally armed with tooth-
like laminae. The animals of all our species are subaquatic,
living in close proximity to salt or brackish water.

H. and A. Adams give the name of MelampincE to this
subdivision. In America it has been noticed as a family
by Stimpson, (Shells of N. E.), who calls it Melampidw^
and includes one species and one genus which Pfeiffer
refers to a separate subdivision of the family.

Genus MELAMPUS Moxtfort.
The characteristics of this genus are the same as those
already given for the subfamily.

It is an inhabitant of every quarter of the globe.

MELAMPUS BIDENTATIS Say.
Plate LXXV. Figuhe 23.

T. imperforata, elliptico-ovata, tcnuiuscula, nitens, (aut corrosa,) lineis
minutis transversis, et rugulis longitudinalibus notata ; cornea, aut griseo-
bninnoa, iiitcnlum fasciis 4 rufis, angustis, oiiiaulata ; sutuj-a distincla;
spira brevis, obtiisa; anir. 6-7, supori planiu:>(iili, iiltiimis | long. aHjuans,

Binney on Terrestrial Molliisks. 157

obtuse subcaviiiatus ; ajuTtiira subobliciua, an^usta, ad basin expansior,
I Ion". iiMiuaiis; porist. siniplcx, aoutuin, tt'nuc, intus incrme, aut dcnti-
bus albis, transversis, 1-7, niarginom non attingentibus, in liras dccurren-
tibus, interdum in tallo longitudinali positis, arniatum ; paries aporturalis
callo nitcntc indiita, ot dentc nnicfi, albfi, transversa, in aperturani intrantc
arniata ; eoUunella plieani unam, albani, ad basin excurrentem gerens ;
anfr. interni et axis absorpti.

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Melavipus bidentatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. vol. ii. p. 245, July, 1822;
Binney's e<l. p. 84.
EussKLL, .Toiini. Essex Co. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. i. part 2, p.

67, anno 1839.
Pfeiki-ek, Jlon. Auric. Viv. p. 45, (excl. Mel. borealis).
Adams, Genera, ii. p. 243, Sept. 1855, absq. desc.
3ftlampus biplicatus Pfeiffer, Mon. Auric. Viv. p. 21.
Melampus corneus Stimpson, Shells of N. E. p. 51, (absq. desc.)

Beck, Ind. (absq. desc.)
Melamims f Jaumei Pfeiffer, Mon. Auric. Viv. p. 25.
Melampus lineaius Beck, Ind. (absq. desc.) p. 107.
Auricula cornea Deshayes, Encycl. ISIeth. ii. p. 90; ditto in Lara. ed. 2, viii. p.

339; ed. 3, vol. iii. p. 390, (1839).
Awicula bidentata Gould, Inv. JIass. ]). 197, fig. 130.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 57, t. V. fig. 92, 1, 2, 3.
KiJSTER, Cheinn. ed. 2, Auric, p. 41, pi. vi. figs. 7-11.
Jay, Cat. 264, (absq. desc.)
Non Aw-iculn Udens Potiez et Michaud, p. 201, pi. xx. figs. 9, 10.
Auricula JoMwei Mittre, Rev. ZoiJl. (Mars. 1841.) p. 6C.
Auricula biplicata Deshayes, Encycl. Meth. ii. p. 91.
Commdus biplicatus Beck, Ind. 100, (absq. desc.)
Melampus bidentatus var. lineatus Say, 1. c.
Melampus bidentalus [3. Pfeiffer, 1. c. p. 46.
a. DeKay, 1. c.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal about as long as the shell, and the foot is trans-
versely bifid ; tentacula somewhat wrinkled, cylindrical,
rather smaller towards the tips, which are obtuse or round-
ed ; eyes placed at the inner base of the tentacula ; rostrum
somewhat wrinkled, nearly as long as the tentacula, bilo-
bate before ; foot, anterior segment emarginate behind,
posterior segment bifid at the extremity; all above, with
the exception of the tentacula and rostrum, glabrous,
reddish-brown, beneath paler. (Say.)

158 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Shell imperforate, elliptically ovate, rather thin, shining
when perfect, but usually found much eroded ; the surface
is marked with longitudinal wrinkles, and very minute
revolving striae ; horn-color, or grayish-red, often with re-
volving, narrow, rufous bands, four or five in number;
suture well marked ; spire short, and usually obtuse, often
somewhat eroded ; whorls usually 6, the upper ones flat-
tened, the body whorl equalling about * of the entire length
of the shell, and obtusely angulated at its greatest width ;
aperture hardly oblique, very long and narrow, enlarging
gradually towards the base, about f the length of the shell ;
peristome very thin and sharp, not reflected, on the interior
furnished with no laminae, or with from one to seven;
these laminae are elongated, white, and do not reach the
margin ; they are usually separate, placed at irregular in-
tervals, but sometimes are found on a longitudinal ele-
vated, white callus; they enter but a short distance into
the aperture ; the parietal wall of the aperture is covered
with a thin, shining, cnamel-Iike callus, and bears on its
lower half a single, white, prominent and transverse tooth,
entering into the aperture ; the columellar is also furnished
with a white, tooth-like fold, commencing at the termina-
tion of the sharp peristome, and revolving upwards into
the interior of the shell ; this fold does not extend far into
the aperture, as a.11 the internal whorls and axis of the shell
are early absorped by the animal.

Length of an unusually large individual 13, breadth 7
millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. I have this species from the
vicinity of Boston, from New Jersey, and South Carolina.
Say found it at the mouth of the St. John's River, in
Florida, and in Maryland ; IMittre gives Virginia ; Pfeifler,
Georgia; DeKay, New York. Stimpson did not detect it
farther North than Massachusetts Bay. It may, therefore,
be said to range from that point southward along the

Binney on Terrestrial MoJlushs. 159

wliole Atlantic coast. It has also been found in Texas,
(Riiemer.)

Gould mentions its being said to have been found living
with a Planorhis at Windsor, Vt. If so, it must be adapt-
ed to a remarkable ditterence of station, being usually
found near the sea. Pfeiffer also gives Vermont as the
habitat, probably on the above authority.

Remarks. This shell is familiar to all those who have
collected among the salt marshes of Massachusetts Bay.
Around Boston it is found not far below high-water-mark,
often crawling up the stems of grasses, as if to avoid the
returning tide.

The shell when young is quite pretty, being shining and
often variegated by the revolving bands. But few mature
shells are met with in a perfect condition. They are
usually much eroded. From the toothless outer lip to
that bearing a heavy callus ridged with transverse laminse,
every intermediate variety is found. The absence of the
laminaB is equally common in mature and young shells.

Authentic specimens of this species are still preserved
in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia.

The original descriptions of Mittre and Deshayes are
given below. I have seen authentic specimens of neither
of their shells. The descriptions are merely copied by
Pfeiffer, in the works referred to in the synonymy.

Say designates by the name of lineatus, a form peculiar
for its revolving lines or bands and more narrow base of
the aperture, (vid. Binn. ed. p. 85.) I have met with none
sufficiently marked to form a variety, much less a distinct
species. The revolving lines are very commonly found on
young specimens. DeKay mentions this as var. a, Pfeiffer
as p'. The latter author thus describes a var. 7.

Anfractu ultimo infra suturam subexcavato, minute spiral! tcr

160 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

striate, labro pone liiubum fuscuui ulbo-calloso, regulariter 6-10
plicato. Georgia.

He quotes in the synonymy of this variety Mel. borealis
Conr. of Cuming's collection. Conrad's species is much
more likely to be Alexia myosotis than any variety of Mel.
bidcntatiis.

Potiez and Michaud describe and figure quite a distinct
shell under the name of Auricula bidens Say.

Stimpson gives precedence to Deshayes's name corneus.
Say's name has eight years priority, and is not preoccupied
in the genus Melampus. It was while treated as an Auri-
cula that any question existed in regard to its specific
name.

PI. 75, fig. 23, represents a specimen not furnished with
laminsB Avithin the peristome.

The date of publication of this species is erroneously
quoted by Pfeiller as 1821. The title-page of the first
part of vol. ii. of the Academy Proceedings bears this date.
The description was actually published at the date given
by me.

Auricula Jaumki. A. testa conoldea, L-evi. corneo-lutescente, lon"-i-
tudinaliter subsiriata ; spira brevi, obtusa, siepe erosa; ajiertura elongata,
angustissima ; columella basi alba, biplicata, labro temii, acuto, intus
dentato atcpie suk-ato.

Petite coquillc mince, presque lisse, conoide, d'une eouleur jaunatre
cornee ; chez les jeunes individusou voit des fascies brunes, transversales
ct regiiliercment disposecs. Sa spire est courte, obtuse, souvent erodes
comme cla-z la phipart des coipiilles lluvialiles ; louverture est etroite,
allongee ; la columelle ofiVe, vers sa base, deux dents blanches, egales et
legerement obli(pies; le bord droit, siin|)k' ut tranchant, presente, h.
rintcrieur, une rangce de plis saillaus, int'gaux, separes par des sillons
d'autant plus manpies (pi'ils sont plus inferieurs. Cette Aurieule appar-
tient ii la section des Conovules ; elle est voisine de V Auricula cornea de
Deshayes, dont die dillere neanmoins par son bord droit eonstamment
dentc et sdlone. Elle a 3 a 4 lignes de longcur.

Elle liabite les niarais, aux environs de Hampton en Vinnnie, o\X elle

Biiiney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 161

vit presque toujours dans I'eau ; rarement la trouve-t-on montee sur les
jonos ([ui c'omblont los mares d'eau oCl ces Mollus(jucs aboudeiit. j

Dt'diee ii nion ami I\I. Jaumc, chirurgien dc; la Marine, qui, pendant
mon voyage sur le vaisseau I'llercule, ni'a accompagne et aide dans nies
recherches Zoologi(][ues. (INIittre, 1. c.)

AuRicux^A COHNKA. A. testu ovato-conifbrmi, translucida, transvcrsim
substriatii, cornoo-grisca, spirii brevi, obtusa, sjejie erosa; apertura angus-
ta, elongatii, columella biplicatu, basi alba, labro tenui, acuto.

Habite les niarais salius des environs de New York. Petite coquille
ovulaire, lisse, couleur de corne, k test minee et translucide ; elle appar-
tient a la section des Conovules ; sa spire est courte et obtuse, son ouver-
ture longe et etroite a un bord droit, simple ct tranchant ; vers la base,
la columelle ottVe deux petits plis blanes, egaux et peu oblicjues. Cette
petite coquille a 10 millim. de long et 6 de large. (Desh. in Lam. 1. c.)

MEIiAMPUS CINGULATUS Pi kiffek.
Plate LXXV. Figures 12, 13.

T. imperforata, fusiformis, solida, sublajvigata, nitlda, fusca, fasciis ina?-
qualibus albidis cingulata; spira convexo-conica, acute-mucronulata ; su-
tura simplex; anl'r. 10, superi planiusculi, perangusti, ultinms i longi-
tudinis fere aequans, basi attenuatus; apertura vix obliqua, angustissima,
basi plica unica columellari valida, acuta, oblique ascendente bipartita •
perist. simplex, acutum, margine dextro intus dentes 6-8, quorum infimum
niajorem, jilicajformcm, gerente. (Pfr.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Auricula cingulala Pfeiffer, in Wiegm. Arch. f. Nat. 1840, i. p. 251.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, Auric, p. 40, t. 40, figs. 4-6.
Auricula oliva Orbigny, Moll. Cub. i. p. 189, t. 12, figs. 8-10.
Auricula stenostoma KiJsTER, olitn, in Ind. fasc. 42, (teste Pfeiffer).
Melcmpus cin(/ula(iis Pfeiffer, Mon. Auric. Viv. p. 18.
Aurii ula Jay. ^

Melatiipiis C. B. Adams, Shuttl., Poey. ^ absq. descr.
Tralia H. & A. Ad. )

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not hitherto observed.

Shell imperforate, fusiform, heavy and thick, shining,
polished, with numerous microscopic revolving lines, most
prominent on the last whorl ; brownish, with numerous
irregularly wide, white revolving bands ; spire convex-

JOURNAI. 15. S. N. H. 21

162 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

conic, terminating in an acute transparent point; suture
simple ; whorls 10, the upper ones flattened and narrow,
the last one tapering towards the base, and equalling about
§ the length of the shell; aperture hardly oblique, very
narrow, divided at its base by a stout, sharp, columellar
fold, which ascends and winds obliquely into the aperture;
peristome simple, acute, armed within with from 6 to 8
elongated laminfp, not quite reaching the edge of the lip,
the lower one being most fully developed.

Length of the specimen before me, 11 ; breadth, 5 ;
length of aperture, 6 millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. The only American speci-
men of this species I have seen, was collected in Florida
by Mr. Bartlett. The species is also found in Cuba, Ja-
maica, and Porto Rico.

Remarks. This is one of the species common to the
peninsula of Florida and some of the West Indian
Islands. It is well known that very many marine shells
are also common to the same localities, so that it is easier
to account for its presence than that of some strictly ter-
restrial species.

The shell cannot readily be confounded with any other
known American species. It is readily distinguished by
its elongated form, and peculiar enamel-like surface, which
reminds one of the highly polished Olivcc.

Tile figure referred to is copied from Orbigny's MoUusca
of De la Sagra's Cuba.

MELA3IIMS < OI'rilA r.iNX^EUs.
Platk LXXV. 1'ic.li:i;s 21, 25.
Testa impcrforata, coniea, solidissima, l;ovii.rit;i, nitons, linois volventi-
biis luicrosfopicis, et ruyis Ijcvigatis incri'mcnti notata ; sub cpiilorme
grisca, livida, fast-iis 3—1 albis, una ad carinaui obtusain lata, allcris an-
gustioribus, cincta ; sutura nifdiocris, spira brevis, coniea, apice nigra,
acuta, nitente; anir. 9-10, superi planiusculi, ultimas obtuse-subearinatus,
X'> loug. testa; aitjuans ; apertura subverticalis, longa, angusta, infra la-

, Binney on Terrestrial Blollusks. 163

tior, 1 6 long, aequans ; ]HTist. simplex, intus callis 1-3 longitudinallbus,
albis, crassis, liras 15-22 transversales, immitentibus armatum; paries
aperturalis dontos duos, albidos, intrantcs, (supero nuilto majori) gerens;
columulla callo bruniR'O, iiitenti.', iiiduta, lamina unica, in aperturam as-
cendentc, arniata ; anlr. interni absorpti.

SYNONYMS AND REFEKENCES.

Bulla coffea Linnaeus, Syst. Xat. x. p. 729.
\oluta coffea Lixn.kus, Syst. Niit. xii. p. 1187.
Sc:hkoteu, Einleit. ii. p. 200.
Gmkijn, Syst. Nat. xiii. p. .34.38.
DiLi.wYN, Dcscr. Cat. vol. i. p. 506.
Valuta minuta Gimelin, Syst. p. 343G, ex parte.

DlLl.WYN, 1. c. p. 506.
Auricula Make pai-va, fii><ca, ulbo-fasciala Maktini et Chemnitz, vol. ii. p. 119,

pi. 43, fig. 445 V (an potius Mel. flavus?)
Elhhium Barbadcnse Bolten, JIus. Britt. p. 106, ed. iiov. p. 74?
BuUmus coitiformls Bkuguiere, Encycl. Jleth. i. p. 339.
Melampus coniformis Montfort, Conch. Syst. vol. ii. p. 318.
Lowe, Zoul. Journ. vol. v. p. 292.
Adams, Contr. to Conch, p. 42, 186, (absq. descr.)
SnuTTLEWOKTHT, Bcm. Mitth. (absq. desc.)
MelamiMS fusca Morch, Cat. Yold, p. 38, (teste Pfr.) (absq. desc.)
Mdampus coffta MoRCH, Cat. Yold, p. 38, (teste Pfr.) (absq. desc.)
Melampus coffeus Adams's Gen. Kec. Moll. vol. ii. p. 243, t. 82, figs. 7, 7 a, (absq.
desc.)
PoEY, Mem. sob. Hist. p. 394, (absq. desc.)
Ilelampa minuta Schweigger, Handb. p. 739.
Tornatelle cnnifoniie Blainville, Diet. Sc. Nat. pi. Malac. 54, f. 4.
Auricula coniformis Ferussac, Tab. Syst. p. 109, (absq. desc.)
Lamark, Hist. an. s. Vert. vol. vi.

Deshayes, in Lara. vol. viii. p. 3.32; ed. 3, vol. iii, p. 387.
PoTiEZ et MiCHAUD, Gal. vol. i. p. 202. •
Reeve, Conch. Syst. ii. t. 187, f. 7, (teste Pfr.)
SowERBY, Conch. Man. p. 77, f. 298?
Chemnitz, ed. 2; Auric, p. 31! t. 4, figs. 14-17.
Petit, Journ. Conch, ii. p. 427, (absq. desc.)
Auricula ovula Orbigny, Moll. Cub. vol. i. p. 187, t. 13, figs. 4-7, (1853).
Conovulus coniformis Lamark, Encycl. Jleth. t. 459, fig. 2, (absq. desc.)
Anton, Verz. p. 48, (absq. desc.)
Woodward, Man. ]Moll. t. 12, f. 37; p. 173, (1854).
Conovulus coffeus Beck, Ind. p. 106, (absq. desc.)
Conovulus coffee GRAy, Turt. Man. p. 20, (absq. desc.)

DESCRIPTION.

Animal (from figure in Adams's Genera, copied on pi.

164 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. ^

75, fig. 21) about the length of the shell ; tentacles short,
pointed, eyes at their interior base ; proboscis extending
beyond the head, bilobate, bluntly terminating ; posterior
termination of the foot short, bifid, color dark brown.

Shell imperforate, cone-shaped, very solid and heavy,
smooth and shining in fresh specimens, with delicate
wrinkles of growth, and very numerous microscopic re-
volving lines ; light fawn-color when deprived of its russet
epidermis, with three or four revolving bands of white on
the body whorl, of which the uppermost is broadest;
suture moderate ; spire short, conic, apex black, shining,
pointed ; whorls from 9-10, the upper ones flattened, the
last obtusely angulated below the suture, \l the length of
the entire shell ; aperture subvertical, long and narrow,
gradually widening towards the base of the shell, about \l
the entire length of the shell ; peristome acute, not re-
flected, but thickened within by a heavy white callus,
extending as high up as the carina of the body whorl ; on
this callus are from 15 to 22 white, transverse laminae or
ridges, not reaching the edge of the peristome, and not
entering far into the aperture ; sometimes there is a sec-
ond and even third series of these laminae visible within
the aperture ; on the parietal wall are two elevated, white,
entering folds, the upper one much more prominent ; the
columella is covered with a shining, brown callosity, and
furnished with one rather prominent fold, which com-
mences at the termination of the peristome, and winds
upwards into the interior of the shell ; the interior whorls
and axis are entirely absorbed.

Diameter of a large specimen, 10 ; length, 19 diameters.

Geographical Distribution. The only specimens I have
seen were collected in Florida by Mr. Bartlett, more than
ten years ago.

It is a well known and very common shell in the West
Indies. Referred also to Mexico by Pfeifler.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 165

Remarks. Figure 25 of plate 75 is a fac-simile of
Orbigny's figure of Auricula ovula. It is a good represen-
tation of our Florida shells.

West Indian specimens are well known in cabinets. I
know of no American specimens, with the exception of
the few collected by Mr. Bartlett.

PI. 79, fig. 6, may represent a variety of this species. It
is from Texas.

MELAMPUS FLORIDIANUS Siiuttlewokth.
Plate LXXV. Figure 30.

T. imperforata, ventroso-fusiformis, tenuis, sublsevigata, griseo-fulva ;
fasciis castanels varie ornata ; spira regulariter oonica, acuta ; sutura
linearis; anfr. 10 plani, superiores radiato-striati, ultimus § longitudinis
formans, superne obsolete angulatus, versus basin vald^ attenuatus ; ap-
ertura subverticalis, angusta, utrinque angulata ; plicse parietales 2 minu-
ta^, approximata? ; plica coluniellaris valida, oblique ad basin producta ;
perist. acutum, margine dextro (in adultis) intus plicis albis transversis
suba'qualibus muuito, columellari brevi, calloso. (Pfr.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Auricula Flm-idiana Shuttlewortii, MSS.

Mthnnpui Floridiamis (Triilia) Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, ii. (absq. desc.)

Pfeiffer, Malak. Blatt. 1854; Mon. Auric. Viv. 36.
Tifnta Floridiana Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll. ii. 245, absq. desc.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell imperforate, ventricose, fusiform, thin, smooth,
grayish, with varying chestnut bands ; spire regularly
conic, acute ; suture linear ; whorls 10, flattened, the
upper ones radiately striate, the last comprising f of the
length of the shell, obsoletely angulated above, and very
much smaller at its base ; aperture subvertical, narrow,
angular; 2 parietal plicae, one strong, one on the columel-
la, obliquely continued towards the base ; peristome acute,
its right side in adult specimens armed with transverse,

166 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

white, subequal folds, its columcllar portion both short and

callous.

Length, 1\ ; diameter, 4J ; aperture in length almost 5,

in breadth 1^ millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Florida Keys. (Bartlett.)
Remarks. Pfeiffer compares it with Mel. cing-ulatus.

It appears to me easily distinguished from that and the

other species of the United States.

MELAMPLS FLAVL'S Gmelix.

T. imperforata, obconica, laevigata, castanea, fasciis 3 angustis palHdis
ornata ; spirabrevis, convcxo-conoidea, mucroiiata; sutura linearis ; anfr.
9-10, superi planiusculi, ultimus | long, fere a;quans, basi arcuatoerista-
tus ; apertura subverticalis, angusta, basi angulata ; plica 1 parietalis
profunda ; plica columellaris valida, subverticalis, ad basim porrecta ;
perist. rectum, acutum, marginc dextro fusco-labiato, intus albo-calloso,
costis sub 10 transversis, brevibus ! munito, columellari calloso, dilatato.
(Pfr.)

SYNOXYMS AND REFERENCES.

Lister Hist. t. 834, fig. 60.
Favanxe Conch, t. 65, fig. H, i.

Auricula Miclce parva, &c. Mart, and Chemn. ii. p. 119, 126. t. 43, f. 445.
Valuta n. 106, Schroter, Einl. i. p. 272.
Valuta Jlava Gmelin, Syst. p. 3436, No. 5.
DiLLWYN, Cat. i. p. 506, n. 17.
Valuta flamviea y Gmelln, 1. c. 3435, n. i.
Bulimus monile Bruguierk, Encyel. Metli. i. p. 338, n. 70.
JItlampa monile Schweiguer, Handb. p. 739.
Conov-ulus monile Goldfus, Hand, p. 657.
Conoruhts flatus Anton, Verz. 1776.
Auricula monile Ferussac, Podr. p. 105.

Lamark, Hist. vi. 2, p. 141: cd. Desli. viii. p. 333.
KusTER in Chemn. cd. 2, Auric, p. 30, pi. iv. tigs. 7-9.
Auricula flava Deshayks in Lam. viii. p. 33.

Petit, Journ. Conch, ii. 1851, p. 427.
Auricula coui/urmis Orbigny, Cuba.
Milampiis mvnile Lowe, ZoiJl. Journ. v. p. 292.

r>ECK, Ind. p. 108.
Afclmnj/us miniitus /3 Beck, 1. c. 107.
Milaiiipus fliirus Adams, Contr. p. 42, 186.
Puey, Mem. i. 394.
Pfeh^fer, Mou. Auric. Viv. 21.

Binncy on Terrestrial Molluslcs. 167

Mehimpvs torvsii Jliincii, Cat. Yold. p. 38.

Mtlumpus moiiilis Shutti.kwouth, Diagn. No. 7, p. 1H2.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell imperforate, obconic, smooth,
chestnut-colored, with 3 light, narrow
bands ; spire short, convex conic ; suture
slightly impressed ; whorls from 9 to 10,
the upper ones flattened, the last about
equalling I of the length of the shell, arcuately ridged
below ; aperture subvertical, narrow, angulated below ;
one deep parietal fold, one subvertical, stout columellar
fold, extended towards the base ; peristome straight, acute,
its outer margin reddish, thickened with white within and
furnished with 10 short, transverse ribs, its columellar por-
tion expanding and callous.

Length, 12 ; breadth, 83 ; length of aperture, 9| ; breadth
at the middle, 3 millimetres.

Geog-raphical Distribution. Collected in Florida by Mr.
Bartlett.

Remarks. This species is a well known inhabitant of
the West Indian Islands, but whether its presence in
Florida is accidental or not, I cannot say. It is readily
distinguished from the other Florida species.

The synonymy is Pfeiffer's.

MELAMPUS OBLIQUUS Say.

Obconic, reddish bi-own, rathei" tliick ; spire very little elevated ;
whorls eight or nine, Avrinkled across ; labium with two very dis-
tinct teeth, and an intermediate and equidistant slight obtuse prom-
inence ; interior tooth very oblique, terminating at the base ; labrum
with about eight teeth or stria^, which terminate on the margin ;
base of the aperture a little contracted by the basal tooth.

168 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Length more than seven twentietlis of ww inch. I am indebted
to Mr. Stephen ElHott for this species, who obtained it on the coast
of South Carolina. It is closely allied to Bidimus monile Brug.,
but it has no appearance of bands, which distinguish that shell. In
the collection of the Academy are specimens from the AVest Indies.
(Say.)

SYNONYXIS AND KEFEKENCES.

Melampus obUqiius Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sc. I'liila. vol. ii. p. 377, (Dec. 1822);
Biiin. ed. p. 27.
Pfeiffer, Mon. Auric. Viv. p. .30.
Attricula obUqua DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 58.
Melampus Beck, cibsq. desc.

Remarks. It is not now known what shell Say had in
view when the above description was written. No au-
thentic specimen is preserved, and no author has seen any
shell from that locality answering to the characters laid
down. DeKay mentions it among the extra-limital spe-
cies in his report, his words being nearly a repetition of
Say's. Pfeiffer repeats Say's words, and suggests the
identity of the species with Melampus cojfea. Say being
familiar with that shell {M. coniformis, vid. ed. Binn.
p. 85), it seems hardly probable he would have described
a variety of it.

The question must remain undecided until we are bet-
ter acquainted with the species of the South Carolina
coast.

MELA.IIPIS PI SILLUS Gmehn.
Plate LXXV. Figure 29.

Testa imperforata, elongato-ovata, solida, nitens, laevigata, lincis micro-
scopicis volventibus notata ; rufa, fasciisindistinctis uiagis candidis cincta ;
sutura lion valde iiiipivssa ; spira olongato-conica. ape.x nigra, acuta,
nitens ; aulV. C-7, supcri planiusculi, ultinius obtuse aiigulatus, ad basin
regulariter atteiuiatus, jf testa; long, arpians ; apcrtura subverticalis,
supra angusta, infra rapide dilatans, testa; long. i.j aequans; perist. sim-
plex, acutuni, intiis callosum ct plicam obtusani iiitus positam gerens,
margine basali appresso etin plicaui coluuiollaroin iiitrantemascendente ;

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 109

paries et columella callo nitonte iiuluta; dentes parietales duo, intrantes,
albidi, infero magiori ; sopta' internte absorptii'.

SYNONYMS AND UEFEKENCES.

Auricula Midmparvafusca unicolor Martini and Chemnitz, vol. ii. p. 119, t. 43,

f. 446.
Favanne, t. Go, f. II. 4, (tc^tc Pfr.)
Voliita n. 108 Schhoteu, Einl. i. p. 273.
I'oliita pusilld Gmelin, Syst. p. .3436, (teste Pfr.)
DiLi.wYx, Cat. i. p. 507.
Wood, Index, t. 19, fig. 20.
Valuta iripliaiia Donovan, Brit. Shells, vol. v. pi. 138, (1808).
Montagu, Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 99.
DiLLWYN, Cat. p. 507.
Wood, Ind. pi. 19, f. 19
Bulimus ovubis Bkuguieke, Encycl. Meth. i. p. 839.
Melampa ovuluni Schweigger, Handb. p. 739, (teste Pfr.)
Auricula ovula ( Conovula) Ferussac, Tabl. Syst. p. 108, (absq. desc.)
Auricula nliens Lajiark, An. s. Vert. vol. vi. 2, p. 141.

Desha YES in Lam. vol. viii. p. 332; ed. 3, vol. iii. p. 387.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, Auric, p. 18, pi. ii. f. 11-13.
Auricula pusilta Deshayes in Lam. vol. viii. p. 332.

Jay, Cat. (absq. desc.) p. 265.
Auricula kuco(lo?iia Nuttall, mss. teste H. et A. Adams.
Conovulits nitens Voight in Cuv. Tliierr. III. p. 112, (teste Pfr.)
Conovulus pusillus Anton, Verz. p. 48.

Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. vol. iv., p. 197, (absq. desc.)
Melampus pusillus C. B. Adams, Contr. Conch, p. 42, 186, (absq. desc.)
Pfeiffer, Monog. Auric. Yiv. p. 48.
PoEY, Mem. i. p 394, (absq. desc.)
Shuttleworth, absq. desc.
Pythia ovulum Beck, Ind. p. 104, (teste Pfr.)
Pijihia tripUcala Beck, Ind. p. 104, (teste Pfr.)
Tralia pusilla Gray in Turt. j\Ian. p. 21, (absq. desc.)

H. et A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll. vol. ii. (Sept. 1855,) p. 244, pi. 82,
f. 8.
Tralia mulum Morch, Cat. Yold. p. 38, (teste Pfr.) absq. desc.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell imperforate, lengthened ovate, solid, shining,
smooth, marked with microscopic revolving lines, most
easily detected on the spire ; reddish-brown, with lighter,
hardly perceptible revolving bands ; suture moderate, less
ragged than in the other species; spire elongate-conic;

.JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 22

170 Binney on Terrestrial Blollusks.

apex acute, shining, black; whorls 6-7, the upper ones
flattened, the body whorl obtusely carinated, regularly
decreasing in diameter towards the base, and equaling
about ^ the length of the shell; aperture subvertical, nar-
row, rapidly widening towards its base, and equalling in
length about H of the entire shell ; peristome simple, acute,
within thickened by callus, and furnished with a rather
blunt, short, transverse, not very prominent lamina ; the
basal termination of the peristome is appressed to the
shell, and imperceptibly terminates in a columellar lamina
which ascends and winds into the aperture ; the columella
and parietal wall are covered with a shining callus ; there
are two parietal teeth, which are white, and enter into the
aperture of the shell, the lower one being much the small-
er. Internal septag absorbed.

Greatest diameter, 5; length, 11 millimetres.

Geog-i'aphical Distribution. The only American speci-
mens I have seen are in my collection. I detected them
among minute marine shells and sand, collected in Florida
by Mr. Bartlett.

Remarks. This species is well known in cabinets by
specimens from the West Indian Islands, in several of
which it exists. Pfeiffer also refers it to the Sandwich
Islands.

The shell resembles an Oliva. It is readily distinguished
by its polished, mahogany-colored shell. It varies less
than most of the Melampi.

MELAMPUS REDFIELDI Pfkiffer.

T. subrlmata, ovata, solidula, stiiatiila. nitidula. albida, fasciis variis
spa<lii'eis pliTumque iiiterruptis subtfsscllata ; s|tira brcvis, convexo-
conoiilea, acuta; sutura vix imi)ressa ; ant'r. 9-10, planiusculi, ultimus
% longitudiiiis fere f'ormans, sui)cine obsolete an^zulatus, basi attenuatus;
apertiira vix ol>li(pia, oblonga, supra basin siibdilatata ; plii-as jiarietales
2, supera major, transversa, altera approxiniata, dentit'orniis ; pliea eolu-
raellaris acuta, arcuatiui in uiargincm basiilcni contlnuata; pcrist. simplex,

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 171

marfrine dextro siupernc subsinuato, turn fere stricto, iiitus seric profunda
plicularum brevlum, confcrtissimarum nuinito, colunicllari calloso, albo»
subappresso. Long. 12, diani. max. 7 mill. Ap. 10 mill, longa, medio 2^
lata. (Pfr.)

Remarks. This species is inserted with some doubt
among the American Melampi. Some immature speci-
mens found in Florida cannot be referred to any of the
other species I have enumerated. Having sent them to
Mr. Redfield, he writes me that they do not in any way
differ from immature specimens of Melampus Redjieldi,
which he has from Bermuda.

The above description is from the Monograph of Auri-
culacea, p. 35.

Spurious Species.

Mehmpus horealis Conrad, I have referred to Alexia myosotis.
Melampus detiticidatus Stimpson, is also identical with Alexia
myosotis.

SUBFAMILY AURICULEA.

Animal terrestrial, living in moist localities ; shell with
an expanded or thickened peristome. (Pfr.)

It forms the subfamily EUubilnce of Adams's Genera.
The American genera are as follows : —

Genus AURICULA Lamark.

No species of this genus, as restricted by Pfeiffer, is
found in the United States. The following list contains
all the species described as AuriculcB, and the position in
which they are now classed.

Auricula hidentata Gld., &c. is the same as Melampus.
A. hipUcata Desh. is the same as Melampus bidentatus.
A. cingidata Pf. &c. is the same as Melampus cingulatus.
A. coniformis Fer. is the same as Melampus coffea.
A. cornea Desh. is the same as Mehimpus bidentatus.

172 Biniiey on Terrestrial Mollusks.

A. denticulata Gld., DeK. is the same as Alexia myosotis.

A. Floi-idianus Sliutt. is the same as Melampus Floridianus.

A. Jaumei Mittre is the same as Mehimpus bidentatus.

A. nitens Lam. is the same as Mehimpus pusillus.

A. ohliqua DeK. is the same as IMclampus obliquus.

A. oUva Orb. is the same as Melampus cingulatus.

A. pusilla Desli. is the same as Melampus pusillus.

A. Sayii Kuster is the same as Leuconia Sayii.

A. stcnostoma Kuster is the same as Melampus cingulatus.

Genus ALEXIA Leach.

Shell oblong-ovate, thin, spire pointed; last whorl large,
rounded at base ; aperture rather broad, oval, acuminat-
ing; parietal wall furnished with from 1 to 5 tuberculous
laminae ; columellar fold oblique ; peristome expanded,
armed with teeth, or thickened within. (Pfr.)

The species of this genus are truly terrestrial, though
many authors consider them marine.

We have but one species, A. myosotis. The figure of its
animal given on pi. 79, fig. 16, will be found to differ some-
what from the figure given in Adams's Genera, which I
have copied on pi. 75, tig. 22.

ALEXIA MYOSOTIS Dkaparnaud.
Plate LXXV. Figure 33. 1'late LXXIX. Figure 16.

T. minute perforata, elongato-ovata, tenuis, laevigata, nitens ; cornea
lineA, rufa suturalis cinota ; spira producta, apice acuta ; sutura impressa;
anfr. 7—8, superl convexiusculi, ultinms clliptico-ovatus -S. longitudinis
tcstiP a^quans ; apertura ovata, subverticalis, i long, testa? jcquans; porist.
tcnue, acutum, margine dextro interdum intus armato, basali, apprcsso,
reflexiusculo, in j)licam coluniellarem intrantem ascendentc ; paries
aperturalis plicis duobis albis arniata, superu |)arvula, altera erccta, acuta,
transvcrsim intraute.

SY^ONY.MS AMJ UEKERENCES.

Auricula m;/osotis Dkaparnaud, Sec.

Auricuht denticulata Gould, Invert, of Mass. p. 1S9, fijj. 129, (cxcl. Valuta denti-
culata Mont, et syn. suis.) nee Moxtfout.

Binney on Terrestrial Molliisks. 173

Auricula dcnticulata Dr.K.VY, N. Y. JIoll. p. 58. pi. v. figs. 91, 93, (excl. Voluta

dtuikulata Moiit. et. syii.) iicc :\IoNTFOitT.
Melampiis denticulaius Stimpson, Shells of N. E. p. 52, (absq. desc.) excl. syn.

Mont.
Melamjms borenlis Conrad, Am. Jouvn. Sc. vol. xxiii. p. 345, (1833).
Alexia myosoiis H. et A. Adams, Gen. Eec. Moll. vol. 2, p. 241, (Sept. 1855,)

absq. desc.
Pfeuteu, Mon. Auric. Viv. p. 148.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal short, about one half the length of the shell,
dirty white, darker on the head and tentacles ; eyes black)
placed at the inner base of the feelers ; feelers quite short,
wrinkled, bulbous at tip, sufficiently dark to be visible
through the thin shell when the animal withdraws itself j
head continued beyond the tentaculae into an obtuse,
short, bilobed snout; the shell is carried horizontally on
the animal's back ; the obtusely pointed posterior termi-
nation of the foot is just visible beyond the shell ; the
animal is sluggish in its movements. See plate.

Shell elongate-oval, thin, serai-transparent, smooth and
shining ; dark horn-color, with a narrow reddish sutnral
line ; spire produced with an acute apex ; suture distinctly
impressed ; whorls from 7 to 8, the upper ones rather con-
vex, the last one elliptically ovate, equalling f of the shell's
length ; aperture subvertical, about | the length of the shell ;
peristome thin, sharp, sometimes furnished with tooth-like
folds on its inner side ; its basal termination appressed to
the shell, slightly reflected over a minute perforation, and
turning upwards till it blends with the columellar fold,
which winds into the aperture ; the parietal wall is fur-
nished with a white, transverse, thin, and sharp denticle,
and a second smaller, much less prominent one, placed
above it.

Greatest diameter 4, length 8 millimetres.
Geographical Distribution. Found in Massachusetts
Bay, (Gould, Stimpson, Tufts) ; New York harbor, (De-

174 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

Kay); Rhode Island, (Conrad?) It is also a well-known
inhabitant of parts of the coasts of England, France,
Spain, &c.

Remarks. I have placed this shell in this genus on the
authority of Pfeiffer and of Adams Genera. It has been
placed in many different genera by European authors.
In America it has been considered an Auricula by Gould
and others, until Stimpson classed it among the Melampi.
From the exterior of the animal there appears no difference
between it and Melampiis bidentatus. It does not even
agree with the animal of Alexia^ given by Adams in the
Genera of Recent Mollusca, which I have copied on pi.
75, fig. 22. This figure represents the true Alexia den-
ticulata Montfort, with which Gould confounds this spe-
cies. The shell is also quite distinct. It is, however,
united to Alexia myosotis by Forbes and Hanley, in
their work on British Mollusca. Pfeiffer considers them
distinct.

It is probably an imported species, as Stimpson remarks,
(1. c.,) being found only in the Atlantic seaports. At Bos-
ton it is common on the piers of the wharves in the harbor.
It is also found on isolated stones which are immersed by
the rising tide at least four hours out of the twelve. When
placed in fresh water it becomes benumbed and dies.

There can be no doubt of M. borealis Conrad being
identical with this species. Conrad's description is given
below, as is also a description of it found among Say's
manuscripts, but never published.

DeKay also says :

Tlie borealis of Jay's Cat., of an olive-green color, an elevated
apex, and with slightly impressed sutures, with a thin transverse
tooth above and a small sinous tooth beneath, I suppose to be a
young variety of the above described sjjecies, (A. myosotis).

Mklami'US TT^nRiTis. Ovate-acute, polished, dull whitish ; spire
prominent, tapering, of eight whorls ; aperture rather wide, not longer

Binney un Terrestrial Mollusks. 175

than the s])ire ; labium two-tootlicd ; lower tooth small ; labrum without
teeth. Length one fit'ili of an ineii. Inhabits Rhode Island.

This species is remarkable for the elevation of its spire, and it is the
smallest species I have seen, and was presented to me by Dr. (iriliith.
(Say).

Mklampus Borealis. Shell ovate-acute, elongated ; pale horn-
color, with darker longitudinal bands; whorls G or 7, with a revolving
impressed line below the suture ; spire elevated, conical ; columella
with three distant and distinct plaits, the middle one most prominent ;
aperture obovate-acute. Length, about one fourth of an inch.

This small species of Melimpus has been found sparingly on the coast
of Rhode Island, by Lieut. Brown of Newport. It is similar in form to a
BuUmus, and is very unlike the common species with which it associates.
(Conrad).

Genus BLAUNERIA Shuttleworth.

Shell imperforate, oblongly turreted, thin ; aperture narrow, elon-
gated ; parietal wall with one fold near the columella, which is subtruu-
catcd ; peristome simple, not reflected. (Pfr.)

This genus was proposed for the following species. Its
habits and the characteristics of the animal remove it from
Achatina and Oleacina, where it was formerly placed.

BliAUNERIA PELLLCIDA Pfeiffek.

Plate LIII. Figuke 2.

Testa sinistrorsa, ovata, elongata, hyalinu, polita, dilute cornea ; spiiu
obtusa, anfractibus ad septem convexiusculis ; sutura lineari ; aperturu
angusta, labro acuto ; columella brevi, lamellu intus decurrente superne
instructa. (Gld.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Achatina pdlucida Pfeiffer, in Wiegin. Archiv. 1840, i. 252.

Gould in Binn. Terr. Moll. ii. 294.
Tornatellina Cubensis Pfeiifer, Syrab. ii. 130; Mouog. Helic. Viv. ii. 391.
CheJinitz, ed. 2, Pupa. p. 151, pi. xviii. figs. 16, 17.
Blaunerin pdlucida Pfeiffer, Mnlali. Bl. 1854; Moii. Auric Viv. 153.
Odostomin? Cubensis Poey, Mem i. 394.
Oleadna Cubtnsis Adams, Gen. ii. lOtj, absq. desc.

176 Binney on Terrestrial Molhisks.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell sinistral, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, pellucid,
highly polished and glistening. Whorls seven, very ob-
lique, scarcely convex, the last one somewhat ventricose
towards the base, about two thirds the length of the shell.
Aperture narrow ovate, acutely prolonged posteriorly ; lip
simple ; turning up the columella it becomes thickened,
and winds into the aperture in the form of a tooth-like
lamella.

Length one tenth of an inch ; breadth one thirtieth of
an inch.

Geographical Distribution. Found in Florida, among
small shells drifted in the sand.

Dr. Foreman collected a few specimens in a garden of
Washington city. He believes them to have been brought
on plants from Charleston, S. C.

It has been detected in Cuba, Jamaica, and Porto Rico,
and has been introduced into England.

Remarks. Perhaps no shell has rejoiced in more
numerous and longer names, both generic and specific,
than this minute one. Nor has the true station of any
one been more ditlicult to decide. It is now, however,
acknowledged to be air-breathing, and amphibious in its
habits.

Binney is the only American author who mentions its
existence in this country. He places it under Achatina.
Gould, in Terr. Moll., leaves it in that genus provisionally,
mentioning the doubt existing concerning it.

Shuttleworth in letters to Bland adds to the synonymy.

Voliilft lieti'roclitd Mo.M'., Laskicy.
Aclwon hettruititu Flkming.
Aitrkula helerodila Thoiu'K.

Tornalella? helerodila Fuubes & Hani.ky.

Binncy on Terrestrial 31ol/ush-s. 177

Should he be correct, the species would stand, by the
rule of priority, as Blatineria heteroclita ( Valuta) Mont.

This species is readily distinguished among the fine
sand, shells, &c., washed ashore in Florida, by its bright,
shining surface, and reversed form. All the specimens I
have seen were collected by Mr. Bartlett more than ten
years ago, excepting those found by Dr. Foreman.

GexNUS LEUCONIA Gkay.

The following species is doubtfully referred to this
genus by Kiister and Pfeiffer. But, as observed in the
remarks, it is very doubtful whether the genus exists at all
in this country.

I,EUCONIA(?) SAYII, Kcster.
Platk LXXV. Figure 34.

A. testa minima, conico-ovata, nitida, cornea, striata ; spira acuta, lat^
conica, anf'r. 6 convexiusculis ; apertura oblonga, columella biplicata.

Eine der kleinsten Arten. Das Geliiiuse ist diinnwandig, stark
durchscheinend, regelmiissig gestreift, seidenglanzend, hornfarben ;
das Gewinde hoch, breit kegelformig, im Allgeraeinen in der Mitte
convex, der Wirbel fein zugespitzt, die einzelnen Windungen sind
niedrig, flachgewolbt, durch eine etvvas vertiefte Naht vereinigt.
Haupwindung zieralich gross, bauchig, unten verschmalert ; Miin-
dimg liinglich, zugespitzt, nach unten erweitert ; Mundsaum dicht
anliegend, geschweift absteigend, geradeaus, stumpf zugescliurft ;
Spindelsiiule mit geringem Umschlag und zwei weissen F'alten, die
obere ist zahnartig zugescliiirft, die untere tritt schief heraus und
geht uninittelbar in den Eand des Mundsauras iiber. Zuweilen
bemerkt man oberhalb noch eine kleine faltenartige Schwiele,
jedoch nur bei ganz alten Exeraplaren. Hohe 2 J-'", Breite \^"'.

Aufenthalt : in den vereinisten Staaten von Nordanierika.

o'

SYNONYMS AND KEFERENCES.

Auricula Say'ii KxJstek, in Chemnitz, ed. 2, Auric, p. 42, pi. vi. figs. 14, 15.
Leuconia &tijii H. et A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll. vol. ii. p. 248, 1855, (:ibsq.
desc.)
I'l-EiFFER, Mon. Auric. Viv. [). 157.

JOURNAL li. S. N. II. -23

178 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Remarks. The above is Kiister's description. The
figure to which I refer is a fac-siinile of one of his. This
is the only information I have been able to obtain with
regard to the species. It has not been described by any
other author but Pfeiffer, who merely quotes the above
dcj^cription, not having ever seen the shell.

Kiister's figure represents no known American shell ;
there exists, however, a strong resemblance between it
and his figure of Alexia myosolis. His original specimen
may have been a variety of that species.

Pfeifter compares the species with Melampus infrequetis
Ad.

Genus CARYCHIUM MiJller.

Sliell pupa-shaped, verv thin, transparent, with but few whorls ; aper-
ture suboval ; with one (U'ntifoim columellar fold, sometimes obsolete;
parietal wall with 1 or 2 teeth ; j)eristome expanded, terminations not
approximating', the right hand one with one internal tooth. (Ptr.)

See the remarks under the following species.

CAKVCim 31 EXIGUILII Say.
I'late LIII. Fua i;e 1.
C. testa mlnutlssima, alba, f'usiformi, sul)-acuminata ; anfractibus quin-
que vel sex, obliquis, convexis; apertura, obli([ua ; columella dente albo
ornata, ; labro albo, rellexo.

SYXOXYMS AND HEFERENCES.

Ptipa exiijmt Say, Jonni. Aciid. ii. 375; ed. Binn. p. 26.

CiouLi>, Boston Journ. iii. 398, pi. 3. f. 20. IiivcrtebiTita, 191,

f. 120.
DeKay, New York Report, 31 ; F:uina, 4'.t, pi. iv. fig. 46.
Adams, Vennont ilollust-a, 8.
BnUmus txiguus Binxey, ii. 286.
Oiri/chium txii/uum Goved, in Terr. JIcll. ii. 2S0.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 61, pi. i. figs. 13, 14.
Sri.Mi'sox, Shells of N. E. p. 52, (ubsq. dese.)
FitAiENf-EED, 1847, Ak.-iti. der Wiss. xix. p. 79; Zoid. Cot.

Wicii, iv. p. 10, pi. 1, fig. 1.
BouitGUiNAT, Mag. Zoijl. 1857, p. 209.
Oirijclduin tJ-Ak II. C. Lea, Am. .louni. 42, 109, pi. i. fig. 5.

Tkosciiei., Ar. f. Nat. 1843; ii. 128.
Gtrychium existclium I5ouI{GIGNAT, 1. c. p. 220.
Carychium eupha'Uin BoUKGitiXAT, 1. c. p. 221.

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 179

DESCRIPTION.

Animal colorless ; tentaculne stout, hyaline, one third
the length of the foot, the upper pair alone developed.
The foot is short, thick, distinctly divided into two seg-
ments, the anterior of which is bilobed, and projects, when
the animal is in motion, considerably in advance of the
head. Eyes oval, situated on the back, near the base of
the tentacles. Its motions are very sluggish. It carries
the shell directed horizontally ; the shell is so transparent
that the viscera of the animal may be seen through it.
(Compare the figures of the animal on plate 53.)

Shell elongated, tapering at both ends, white, trans-
lucent, shining ; apex rather obtuse ; whorls five to six,
convex, very oblique, with transverse striae ; suture distinct,
impressed ; aperture obliquely oval, white, with a promi-
nent plait on the columellar margin, about midway be-
tween the extremities of the lip, and a slightly prominent
fold near the junction of the lip with the umbilical extrem-
ity of the shell; lip thick, reflected, flattened; umbilicus
perforated.

Length, one fifteenth ; breadth, one fortieth of an inch.
Geog-rophical Distribution. Common in all the Northern
and Middle States (Binney), in Ohio (Kirtland, Anthony,
Higgins), and Arkansas (Gould), New York (DeKay,
Lewis), Michigan (Winchel), Massachusetts (Gould, &c.),
Connecticut (Linsley), Maine (Mighels), Pennsylvania
(H. C. Lea), Texas (Roemer).

Remarks. The extreme minuteness of this shell has
doubtless prevented its being noticed in many localities
where it exists. It probably inhabits a very wide range
of teiTitory. The plane of the aperture is not so nearly
parallel with the axis as in Bulimus subula. It has been
said to resemble Carychium minimum of Midler, but neither
the figure nor description, as given by Draparnaud, corre-
spond with our shell.

180 Biiincy on Tcrreslrial JMoUusks.

It is found under stones and fragments of wood, and
especially among moss, in damp places. Though found
far removed from the influence of the sea over a wide
extent of country in the interior, it still possesses a fond-
ness for the sea in common with the other species of the
family. Around Boston they are found at or below the
surface in swamps, growing among mosses.

It is the only species of this family inhabiting the inte-
rior.

This minute shell is well known in American cabinets
as a Pupa. Say described it as such in 1822, though he
mentions the probability of its being a Carychium. It
has been described since that time as a Pupa by Gould,
DeKay, and Adams, and catalogued among the species of
the same genus by all the American writers who have
mentioned it, until 1851, when its correct position was
pointed out by Stimpson and Gould. The former places
it in his family of Mehunpidce. The latter thus writes : —

" This shell should be removed to another family, under
the name of CarycJiium exig-mnn. Besides the ])eculiar
structure of the shell, and the form of its aperture, the
position of the eyes of the animal plainly remove it from
the true Helicidcc, and associate it with the Auriculidcc.
Its habits, and the characters of the shell, also indicate the
same relation."

Dr. Binney, in 1843, (Boston Journal, p. 106,) considers
it a Pupa. In his great work he places it under Bn/i-

7)111 s.

Notwithstanding its distinct generic peculiarities hav-
ing been pointed out in 1851, we find the shell considered
as a Pu]}a in several American catalogues as late even as
1857 ; (vid. Boston Proc. vi. p. 128.)

In 1852, Jay removed it from Pupa io Carychium ; (Cat.
p. 263.)

In Europe, we find its true position pointed out by

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 181

Pfciffer as early as 1841, and adhered to by subsequent
writers.

I have added to the synonymy of this species Carychmm
exile H. C. Lea, a shell I have never seen. Dr. Gould
has expressed the same opinion; (Bost. Proc. i. p. 61.)
Though there seems to me no room for doubt of the just-
ness of this decision, I add the description of Mr. Lea, as
well as a somewhat reduced copy of his figure (pi. 75,
fig. 23) of the apei'ture.

I add also a copy of M. Bourgignat's description of C.
existelium and C. evphmum. Persons may thus judge for
themselves whether my decision is correct. I have not
seen authentic specimens.

Carychium exile (pi. 1, fig. 5). C. testa ovato-conicn, valde
elevata, subperforata, diajihana, albida, longitudinaliter striata ;
spira obtusa ; anfractibus senis, convexis ; suturis impressis ; aper-
tura elliptica, integra, dentibus tribus ; labio valde refiexo.

Shell ovately conical, much elevated, subperforate, diaphanous,
whitish, longitudinally striate ; spire obtuse ; whorls six, convex ;
sutures impressed ; mouth elliptical, entire, with three teeth ; lip
much reflexed. Length, .075 ; breadth, .025 of an inch.

Hab. Under dead leaves and mould, on the Wissahiccon Creek,
near Philadelphia. Cabinet of I. Lea.

Remarks. This beautiful little shell bears a strong resemblance
to the Pupa exigua of Say, and it is with some doubt that I pro-
pose it. The chief points in which it differs from that shell are the
following. The lip is continuous round the mouth, and not inter-
rupted by the last whorl, as is the case with the Pupa, thus being
a true Carychmm; the lip is flattened, the number of whorls is
greater, there is a tooth on the outer lip, the size is smaller, and
the shape more elongated. It also nearly approaches the Ca-
rycJiium minimum Leach, a European shell, but may be easily
distinguished by its strias, shape, number of whorls, perforation and
teeth. The tooth on the outer lip is very variable, being sometimes
almost obsolete, and sometimes larger than those on the inner one.
Of the two teeth on the inner lip, one is placed at the middle, and

182 Binney on Terrestrial MoVusks.

the other very near the base of the mouth, and po far in as to be
almost invisible on a front view. The mouth is .02 of an inch in
length. It appears to be the only true Oinjchhan yet found in the
United States, its small perforation, hardly amounting to an umbili-
cus, not being sufficient to separate it from that genus. In its
shape and mouth it strongly resembles the genus Clausilia, but it
wants the clausum, the distinctive mark of that curious and inter-
esting gemis. I have only met with it on the Wissahiccon, whei'e
it does not seem to be very common.

Caryciiium kxistelium. Testa vix rimata, elongato-turrita,
hyalina, hevi, vel vix striatula; spira elongata, acutiuscula; anfr.
6 convexis ; ultimo ^ longitudinis a^quante ; apertura parum ob-
liqua, ovata, paululum parvula ; pariete aperturali prope columel-
1am dente minutissimo munito ; peristomate reflexo ; margine ex-
terno paululum intus inflexo.

Coquille turriculee, trcs-allongee, hyaline, lisse ou a peine striee,
et munie d'une fente ombilicale pen sensible. Spire allongee, a
sommet aiguii. Six tours tres-convexes, dont le dernier egale le tiers
de la longueur totale. Ouverture pen oblique, ovale, proportionelle-
ment petite, ornee seulement d'une seule denticulation peu sail-
lante situee pres de la columelle. Peristome reflcchi. Bord ex-
terieur un peu inflechi en dedans.

Long. 2^ mill. ; diam. ^ mill.

Habite les Etats-Unis d'Ainc'rique. Nous ne connaissons point
la localite precise ou a ete recueilli ce Mollusque.

Le Carychium existeUum se distingue du Caryckmm exiguum,
avec laquelle il pent etre assimile, par sa taille plus elancee, plus
grele ; par sa bouche moins dilatee et munie d'une seule denticula-
tion situee sur la parol aperturale, vers I'insertion de la columelle ;
par sa columelle lisse ; par sa suture plus prononcee ; par son der-
nier tour de spire, qui egale le tiers de la longueur et qui ne le
depasse point comme dans Yexiguiim.

Caryciiiu^i EDi'ii.EDM. Testa vix rimata, elonjiato-turrita, liva-
lina, kevi ; spira acuminato-acutiuscula ; anfr. o convexiusculis ;
ultimo ^ longitudinis superante ; apertura parum obliqua, oblonga ;
pariete aperturali denticulo mediano adornato ; i)eristomate leviter
labiate, reflexo ; maigine externo intus inflexo.

Coquille allongee, turriculee, hyaline, lisse, a peine pourvue d'une

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 183

fente ombilicale. Spire acuminoe, aigue. Cinq tours un peu con-
vexes, dont le dernier siirpasse le tiers de la longueur totale. Ouver.
ture peu oblique, ol)longue ; parol aperturale munie, vers le milieu,
d'une seulc dcnticulation assez forte. Peristome legerement borde
et assez refk'clii. Uord extC^ricur inflechi en dedans.

Long. If de mill. ; diam. f mill.

Habite les Etats-Unis d'Ameritpic.

Le Cari/c/n'iim euphceum \)mi etre rapproche des CarycMum ex-
istelinm et exigmim.

1°. On le distinguera de Vexistelhim a sa taille plus faible, a sa
spire plus aigue, a son ouverture proportionellement plus dilatee, a
sa parol aperturale ornee, vers son milieu, d'une petite denticula-
tion ; a son peristome plus reflechi et plus epaissi, etc. ; enfin a ses
cinq tours de spire, etc. etc.

2°. On le separera de Yexiguum a sa taille egalement plus faible,
a son ouverture munie seulement d'une seule denticulation, tandis
que celle de Yexiguum en possede deux, a son peristome plus epaissi,
plus reflechi, a sa spire plus aigue,. etc. etc.

Spurious Species.
CarycMum armigera, contractu, and rupicola of Say (1. c.) are now
ascertained to be true Pupce, as he suggested they might be ; as
is also Caryckium corticaria Ferussac, (Tabl. Syst.)

PNE UMONOP OMA.

The above named order includes all the following fami-
lies. The animals which compose it are distinguished
from those of the preceding families of Limacea, Helicea,
and Auriculacea, by the presence of an operculum, which
is affixed to the foot and covers the aperture of the shell
when they are withdrawn in it. They are terrestrial,
breathing air by means of organs analogous to lungs.
They are also unisexual, and have but two contractile
instead of retractile tentacles, at the base of which are
situated two eyes. The mantle is sometimes, though not
always, free.

184 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

This order is made well known by the genera Ci/cios-
toma and Helicina. It contains many other foreign gen-
era, but these two and Truncatella are the only ones in-
habiting the United States.

It is divided by Pfeiffer into two suborders : Opisoph-
ihalma and EctopldliaJma^ respectively characterized by the
eyes being placed behind the base of the tentacles, and at
their external base. The

SUBORDER OPISOPHTHALMA

is characterized as above, and contains one family only, the

FAMILY ACICULACEA.

In addition to the characters of the order, it has a thin
spiral operculum and few whorls. It contains the Euro-
pean genus AcicKhi, and the genus Geomelanin, of Jamaica,
as well as Truncatella, which last alone inhabits the United
States.

Gknus truncatella Risso.

Shell imperforate, but with an umbilical groove, cylin-
drical, turretted, usually pellucid and smooth, of a reddish
horn-color; the upper whorls are also truncated in the
adult, the remaining ones are usually gradually increasing
in size, and covered with more or less strongly developed
ribs. The peristome is simple or double, sometimes re-
flected ; the base is generally furnished with a prominent
carina or ridge, formed by the peristome. The operculum
is horny, hardly spiral, with a basal nucleus.

Animal with a small foot, against the end of which
rests the operculum when the animal is withdrawn ; the
tentacles are short, acute ; the snout is extended beyond
them as much as the whole length of the animal. The
shell is carried horizontally. The other characteristics of
the genus are the same as those of the order and suborder.
The animal lives in close proximity to the sea.

Binney on Tcrreslrial Mullmks. 185

A figure of the animal as it appears while in motion is
given on pi. 75, fig. 11, taken from Adams's Genera of
Recent MoUusca. It represents a species not found in
our country.

The animal walks by contracting the space between its
lips and foot, like the geometric caterpillars.

Remarks. This genus has been but little understood by
authors until the most recent investigations have proved
it to belong to the same group as Helieina, Ci/clostoma, &c.
It has formerly been referred to the following genera : —
Truncatida, Fide/is, Choristoma, Erpetometra, Helix, Turbo,
Ci/closforaa, Acmea, Paludina, Pyramidis, Rissoa, and
Turritella. A full description of it will be found in the
works of Pfeiffer referred to.

At first sight it seems almost impossible to admit of
more than one species among the shells I have received
from Florida. However well marked may be some indi-
viduals, when separately compared, there seem to be
many others forming a chain of connection between them.
I have, however, sent to Messrs. Pfeiffer and Poey our
Florida specimens, and have received from them the de-
cisions regarding their identity which I give below.

In all cases I have given PfeifTer's Latin description of
the species, and the figure of it to which he refers.

TRUNCATELLA CARIB^ENSIS Sowerby.

Plate LXXV. Figures 2, 4.

T. subrimata, subeylindrica, parum attenuata, solidula, rubella, suc-
cinea vel llavlda, subtiliter costulata ; costulis subrectis, ssepe in medio
anfractuuni evanesoentibus; sutura Itevis ; anfr. superst. 3-4, sensiui ac-
oresccntes, parum convex!, ultinius sa>pe bx-vigatus, basi breviter carinato-
cristatus; apertura subvcrticalis, ovali-elli})tica, superne angulata ; perist.
continuum, rectum, ad antVactuin penultimuni et in angulo insertionis
incrassatum. ( Pfr.)

SYXONVMS AND REFERENCES.

Truncntella Caribceetisis Sowerby, MSS.

.loURNAI. B. S. N. H. 24

186 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Truncatella Caribmensis Reeve, Conch. Syst. 11, t. 182, fig. 7.

Pi-Eiri-EH ill Zeit^oh. f. M:il. 1840, p. 182; Mon. Auric.

Viv. ii. 185; JIoii. Pluin. Viv. ii. p. 7.
Chemnitz, ed. 2; Auric, p. 9, pi. i. figs. 35, 36; pi. ii.
fig. 22; lion pi. ii. figs. 2-4.
Truncatella Gouklii Adams, iiied.
Truncatella succhiea Adams, I'roc. Bost. Soc. 1845, p. 12.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell subperforated or grooved, subcylindrical, rather
solid, in its truncated state but slightly decreasing in size
towards the apex, reddish, or dark amber-colored, with
delicate ribs, which are but little curved, and often hardly
perceptible on the middle of the whorls ; suture slight ;
whorls not truncated, three or four, distinctly increasing in
size, equally convex, the last often smooth, slightly carinat-
ed on its base ; aperture subvertical, ovally elliptic, angu-
lar above ; peristome continuous, straight, thickened at its
connection with the penultimate whorl.

Length, 7-8 ; diameter, 3 millimetres. Length of aper-
ture, 2? millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Found among fine drift-
wood, sand, and marine shells received from the Florida
Keys. Is also quoted from Mexico and Alabama by
Klister (Chemn. ed. 2), and from Cuba and Jamaica by
Pfeiffcr.

Remarks. This species shares the variations common
to the genus. Its ribs are hardly as strongly developed as
those of bilabiata nnd pnlchella, nor are its whorls as con-
vex. It is more nearly allied to the following species with
which it appears to be confounded by Ku.ster.

Both of my figures are from Chemnitz, fig. 2 represent-
ing the base of the shell.

TRU\CATi:Lr.A Si:B<n'IJ\T)lllCA Gray.

Plate LXXV. Figukes 6, 6, 8.

T. vi.\ riniata, cjlindrica, co.stulIs coiifertis regularibus, vel ad suturam

Binncy on Terrestrial Mollusks. 187

niodo conspieuis, vol evanescentibus munita, nitida, pcllucida, corneo-
flava vel liyalina ; anfr. superst. 4 convexiusculi, medio planati, regulariter
accrescentos, ultimus ba.si non cristatus ; apertura vorticalis,anipla, an<;u-
lato-ovalis, basi subeffiisa ; perist. leviter inc-rassatuui, niargine extorno
subproducto, columellari breviter reflexo, adnato et supern6 incrassato.
(Pfr.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Iklix svbcylindrica Pulteney, Cat. Dorsetsh. p. 49.

]\I()NTAGU, Test. 15r. ii. p. 393.
Truncatella suhcylbulrica Gray in 'lurtdn's ^lan. p. 22, f. 6.

Shuttlewohth, Diagn. 7, p. 154.

Pfeiffek, Mon. Auric. Viv. 187; Mon. Phaii. Viv. ii. 7.

Orbigny, Moll. Cub. ii. p. 5, (excl. T. truncatula.)
Truncdtflla t)-uncatula Lowe, in Zool. Proc. 1845, p. 217?; in Zoiil. .Journ. V-

p. 299, tab. 13, fiss. 1.3-18.'?
Ti-uncatella Caribceensis Pfeiffer in Zeitscli. f. Mai. 1846, p. 182, ex parte.
Ki3sTER in Cliemn. ed. 2, Auric, pi. ii. figs. 1-4.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell scarcely perforated or grooved, cylindrical, with
crowded numerous ribs, sometimes quite imperceptible,
and sometimes perceptible at the suture alone, shining,
pellucid, light horn-color; four remaining whorls, rather
convex, flattened at the middle, regularly increasing, the
last one not prominently carinated at its base ; aperture
vertical, large, oval, with an angle above, spreading below ;
peristome slightly thickened, its outer margin slightly drawn
out, reflected at the columellar, and thickened.

Length, 5 ; breadth, 2 millimetres. Aperture 2 mill,
long.

Geographical Distribution. Found among rubbish from
Florida Keys. Also is a common West Indian species.

Remarks. I have given the figure from Chemnitz to
which Pfeiffer refers. Kiister confounded it with the pre-
ceding species, from some forms of which it appears very
difficult to separate it. Orbigny refers it to T. truncatula,
a species described by Lowe from Madeira.

The sheU of which the base is given (fig. 8) was found

188 Binney on Terrestrial MoUnsks.

in Florida, and having been referred to Pfeiffer for identi-
fication, was returned with tlie name of subcylbidrica.

Its accidental introduction into England accounts for
its presence in the English works above referred to.

The base is not furnished with the prominent ridge or
carina.

TRUNCATELLA BILABIATA Pfeiffer.
Plate LXXV. Figukes 3, 7.

T. subrimata, cylindracea, gracilis, solida, opaca, fusca, costulata ; costis
subai'cuatis, elevatis, obtusis, interstitia :u(jiiantibiis ; sutura profunda,
simplex ; anlV. superst. 4^-5 coiivexi, ullimus vix loiigior, basi subfom-
pressus, callosus ; apertura verticalis, ovalis, superne vix angulata ; perist.
duplex ; externum album, callosum, patens, in cristam basalem transiens,
internum continuum, breviter porrectum. (Pfr.)

SYNOXYMS AXD KEFERENCES.

Truncalella bilabiala Pfeiffer in Wiegm. Arch. 1840, i. 253; in Zeit. f. Mill. 1846,
p. 187; Jlon. Auric. Viv. 192; Jlon. Pneum. Viv. ii. 8.
Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 7, pi. 1, figs. 27-31.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Sliill subperforated or grooved, cylindrical, elegant, solid,
opaque, brownish ; ribs subarcuate, elevated, obtuse, at
equal distances ; suture deep and simple ; remaining
whorls 4^ to 5, convex, the last scarcely longer than the
others, heavy and subcompressed at base ; aperture verti-
cal, oval, scarcely angular above ; peristome double, the
outer one white, heavy, and terminating in the basal ridge
or carina, the inner one continuous.

Length 5?,, breadth 1^, length of aperture \\ millimetres.

Geographical Distribution. Found with the preceding
species; also in Cuba (Pfeiffer), and on Carmen, an island
of tlie Gulf of Mexico (Kiister).

Rrmarks. The duplicated peristome ajid highly devel-

Binnoy oil Terrestrial Mollusks. 189

oped basal ridge or carina are the characteristics of this
species.

Both of the figures are from Chemnitz. PfcifFer refers
to them as representing his species.

TRUNCATELLA PULCHELLA Pieiffer.
Plate LXXV. Figukes 1, 9, 10.

T. subrimata, oblongo-subcyliiidrii-a, <>racilis, riifo-cornea vol succinea,
rarius hyalina, iiitida, subpellucida, subtilitcr costulata ; costulis vix eleva-
tis, filiformibus, intcrstitia non a^quantibus, ad suturam raediocrem sa3pe
distinctioribus ; ani'r. superst. 4-4i modlce convexi, lente accrescentes,
ulfimus infra medium plerumque liuvigatus, basi breviter compresso-cari-
natus; apertura subverticalis, oblique fore elliptica, basi subeffusa ; perist.
simplex, continuum, expansiusculum, margine dextro crista levissima
cincto. (Pfr.)

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Truncatella pidchdla Pfeiffer, in Wiegin. Arch. 1839, i. 356; in Zeitsch. f.
Mill. 1846, p. 186; in Mon. Anric. Viv. 192; Mon.
Piieum. Viv. ii. 8.
Shuttleworth, Diag. 7, p. 155
Chemnitz, ed. 2, Auric. 10, pi. ii. figs. 11-15.

DESCRIPTION.

Animal not observed.

Shell subperforated, or grooved, oblongly subcylindrical,
light, reddish horn-color or amber, shining, pellucid, lightly
ribbed ; ribs scarcely elevated, threadlike, at iiTegular in-
tervals, often more distinct at the moderate suture ; re-
maining whorls 4 to 4g, rather convex, gradually increasing
in size, the last generally smooth below the middle, com-
pressly carinated at its base; aperture subvertical, oblique-
ly elliptical, enlarging at base ; perist. simple, continuous,
somewhat expanding, and furnished with a slight ridge at
its right extremity.

Length 4i-5, diameter l|-2, length of aperture 1^; mil-
limetres.

Geographical Distribution. I detected specimens of

190 Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks.

this West Indian shell among small shells collected by-
Mr. Bartlett in Florida.

Remarks. Instead of figuring American specimens, I
have preferred giving a fac-simile of the figures referred to
by Pfeiffcr. Fig. 1 is, however, from one of our speci-
mens.

PfeifFer mentions a variety unknown to me, " distinctius
costata, peristomate subduplicata."

It seems nearest allied to the preceding species, and
admits of no little variation.

SUBORDER ECTOPIITHALMA. *

Eyes at the side of the head at the external base of the
tentacles; foot subelongate; operculum horny or testa-
ceous, not concentrically striate, and not always distinctly
spirated. (Pfr.)

It contains two families, Cyclostomacea and Helicinacea,
which Binney united in the family Helicinadce.

FAMILY CYCLOSTOMACEA.

In addition to the characters of the suborder, PfeifFer
enumerates these : " whorls numerous and subequal, or
few and rapidly increasing."

SUBFAMILY CISTULEA.

Operculum suboval, cartilaginous, with few whorls and
excentric nucleus ; shell globose conic or ovate-turrited.
(Pfr.)

Gi-xrs CIIONDROrOMA Pkkiffer.

Operculum oval, subcartilaginous, flat, with few, rapidly
increasing whorls, and a nucleus generally very excentric.
Shell obloiig-turrited, generally truncated at tip, more
rarely globosely conic ; aperture oval ; peristome simple,

Binney on Terrestrial MoUusks. 191

or more or less thickened, straight, expanded or widely
reflected. (PIV.)

The only species of the old genus Cyclostoma found in
this country belongs to Cliondropoma, and not to Cyclos-
toma, as restricted by Pfeiff'er, as stated by Gould on p.
349. Other species are found in the West Indies.

CHONDROPO.IIA DENTATUM Say.. vol. ii. p. 348, pi. Ixii. Ixxv. fig. 24.

Cyclostoma dentatum S\y, (Bintiey's ed. ) p. 29.

Chondvopoma dentatum Pfeiffer, Mon. Pncum. Viv. i. 286; ii. 140; Mtilak. Bl.
1856, p. 1-32.
Gray and Pfeiffer, Brit. Mus. Plian. 203.

A view of the animal, twice its natural size, is given on
pi. 75, fig. 24.

It will be noticed that I have omitted from the synony-
my the West Indian species C. lineolatwn, crenulatum,
Auberianum, and lumdatiim. It is at present impossible
to speak with certainty about their identity with dentatum.
Poey removes it from his Cuban Catalogue, (Mem. i. 893.)

It is worthy of note that Orbigny describes Auberiartum
as having equal transverse and longitudinal striae. A
reference to the enlarged figure of the surface shows a
very different case in dentatum.

Spurious Species.

Cyclostoma Cincinnatensis Lea and DeKay, and C. lapidaria Say

Linsley, and Kirtland, are species of Amnieola.
Cyclostoma marr/inalis Kirtland, (Ohio Rep.) and C. marginata

Say, are species of Biilimus.
Cyclostoma tricarinata Say is a Valvata.

FAMILY HELICINACEA.

Operculum without any vestige of a spiral form, testa-
ceous, heavy or horny, thin, and furnishing no reliable

192 Binney on Terrestrial Mollnsks.

characters by which to designate and divide the several
genera : semioval or triangular.

Pfeiffer gives these as additional characteristics to those
of the suborder.

There are several genera comprised in the family, —
Alcadia, Trochatella, Lticidclla, Stoastoma^ and Helicina,
but the latter only has been found in this country.

For remarks on the animals of this family, see vol. ii-
p. 350.

Genus HELICINA Lamark.

HKLICINA CHRYSOCHEILA Binxey. . . .vol. ii. p. 354, pi. Ixxiv. fig. 4.
Helicina chrysocheiln Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. Viv. ii. p. 197.

I have in my cabinet my father's type of this species,
and consider it distinct from HeL Jamaicensis Sowb., and
all other described species. I have a note taken by my
father at the collection of M. Petit, in Paris, in which he
says that a similar shell is labelled from Tampico.

In the collection of the Smithsonian Institute is an
individual from Texas, (Wiirdemaim.) It seems allied to
Hel. tnrbinata Wiegm.

Shuttleworth has used this name (1852) for another
species, but has not priority.

HELICINA HANLEYANA Pfeiffku.
Plate LXXV. Figures 14, 16.

T. globoso-conica, solidiila, liiieis concentriois impressis, subdistantibus
sculpta, vix (liapliana, nitiila, fiilvo-form>a ; spira breviter oonoidoa,
obtusiiisfula ; aiit'r. o vi.\ ODnvcxiusculi, ultimiis nituinlatus, aiiticc siib-
dcsccndens ; apcrtura paruni oblitpia, subsemicirciilarls ; columella bre-
vissima, c.xtrorsiim di-nticiilata, calluiu temicin, albidum, diffiisuin emit-
tens; perist. album, vix e.\pan.-:iusculum, iutus subiucrassatum, basi iu
deuticulum columellai abiens. Opcrc. ? Dlam. maj. 7^, miu. 6^, alt. of
mill.

Habitat prope New Orleans (Salle).

JBiniiey on Terrestrial Mollasks. 193

SYNONYMS AND REFERENCES.

Helicina Eanleyana Pfeiffer, in Troc. Ztiol. Soc. 1848, p. 122; Jlon. Pneum.
Viv. i. 370; ii. 203.
Chemnitz, cd. 2, p. 45, pi. ix. figs. 7, 8.
Gray et Pfeiffer, Brit. Mus. Phaii. p. 302.

Remarks. I have not seen this shell. The original
description is given above, and a fac-simile of the figures
from Chemnitz, ed. 2.

HELICINA OCCULTA Say vol. ii. p. 356, pi. Ixxiv. figs. 1, 2.

Helicina occulta Say (Binney'sed.) pp. 36, 37, pl. xlvi. figs. 4-6.

Chenu, Bibl. Conch, iii. p. 59, pl. xv. figs. 2 b, 2 c, 2 d.

DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 82.

Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. Viv. i. 347; ii. 185.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 18, (1846), pl. iv. figs. 11, 12, (1850).

Gray and Pfeiffer, Brit. Mus. Plian. p. 250.
Helicina rubella Green, 1. c.

This is probably the species referred to in Kirtland's
Ohio Rep. p. 199 (1838).

I am inclined to consider Hel. rubella Green as a syno-
nym of this species. From Sheboygan, Wise, I have
received an apparently recent specimen of it collected by
Mr. Lapham. Green's description is as follows : —

Helicina rubella. Shell more than ^ inch broad, subglobose;
spire slightly elevated, conical ; whorls 5 or 6, with minute obli(|uc
striae ; sutures slightly impressed ; epidermis smooth and of a light
brick-red color ; aperture irregularly lunate, or semi-elliptical ; outer
lip white, callous, and partially reflected near the base ; operculum cor-
neous, smooth. Hills, western Pennsylvania.

HELICINA ORBICULATA Say. . . .vol. ii. p. 352, pl. Ixxiii. Ixxiv. fig. 3.

Helicina orbiculaia Say, (Binney's ed.) pp. 7, 36, pl. xlvi. figs. 1, 2.

Chenu, Bibl. Conch. 3, p. 58, pl. xv. fig. 2, 2 a, 2 c.
DeKay, N. Y. ]Mo11. p. 82.

Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 74, (1846), pl. x. figs. 32, 33.
Pfeiffer, Men. Pneum. Viv. i. 375; ii. 199, (excl. // 'v-

bella).
Gr/Vy and Pfeiffer, Brit. Mus. Phan. p. 272, not of Suw-

ERBY.
JOURNAL B. S. N. H. • 25

194 Binney on Terrestrial Molhisks.

I adhere to the opinion expressed in vol. i. that Hel.
rubella Green is identical with Hel. occulta, and not with
this species. PfeitTer follows the opinion of Gould.

The most northern locality at which this species has
been found is Tennessee.

Helicina orhiculata Sowerby (Thes. Conch.) is not this
species. Pfeitler refers it to Hel. nitida, a Cuban shell.

Helicina vestita Guilding, in Sowerby's Thesaurus, No.
71, p. 14, tab. 1, fig. 42, appears to be the young of this
species. Its description is copied by Pfeitfcr, who was
unacquainted with the shell (Mon. Pneum. i. 353). It is
given below, while the figure is copied on my pi. 75,
fig. 19.

H. VESTITA. T. globosa, tenui, concentrice lyrata, parva ; apertura
semi-lunarl ; labio cxterno tenui. Globose, thin, concentrically ribbed,
small ; aperture semi-lunar, outer lip thin. North America.

Helicina castanea Sowerby (1. c.) may also be an imma-
ture specimen of orhiculata. The figure of Sowerby is
copied on pi. 75, fig. 20, and his description given below.
Pfciffer refers it to a variety of Hel. subfusca Menke (Mon.
Pneum. i. 355).

H. Castanea. Guilding ? T. H. orbiculatce simili, sed lajvi, depressa
labio cxterno tenui.

Like //. orhiculata, but smooth ami depressed, outer lip thin. North
America.

Sowerby's figure of Hel. mimita is given pi. 75, fig. 18.

HELICINA TROPICA Iahn.

Plati: LXXIII. Middle fig. of lower line.

T. globosa, solida, hovigata, alba; spira fornicata, subacuminata ;
anfr. 5 convexiusculi, ultimus tumidus, antiee non descendens ; aprrtura
fere verticalis, subsemicircularis, nuilto altior (piam lata; columella
brevis, basi tuberculata, retrorsum in oallum basalem ditrusum, concolo-
rem, antrorsum in peristoma crassum, rcflexum, interdum dupHcatim
continuata. Ojjere. ? Diam. maj. 8, min. 7, alt. 6J mill. (rtV.)

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 195

SYNONYJIS AND KEFERENCES.

Iklidna tropica Iahn in Chemnitz, ed. 2, p. 37, pi. iv. figs. 9, 10.

rKEii'TKH, Mon. Tueum. Viv. i. 375; ii. 199.

Gray and Pfeii'fer, Brit. Mus. Plian. p. 271.

Tkosciiel, Gebiss d. Schn. p. 81, pi. v. fig. 9, (teste Pfr.)
Eelicina Ambcliana Sowkkby, Thes. Tab. i. fig. 19, nee Roissy.

Remarks. The figure referred to is evidently this spe-
cies, which is common in Texas. It appears to me to
run imperceptibly into Hel. orbiculata, and will, in all
probability, prove one of its many varieties. Indeed,
Pfeifter observes, " Ex icone Sayana hanc speciem se-
quenti {orbiculatcc) identicam suspicor."

Helicina Ambeliana Sowerby (not of DeRoissy) is
referred to a " var. /3 flavida, vel rubella, interdum subfas-
ciata," by Pfeiffer, to which also he refers Chemnitz's
variety (fig. 22). Sowerby's figure is given (pi. 75, fig.
15), and his description here follows.

H. Ambeliana. T. conica, lit'vi, splraliter tenuissime striata ; aper-
tura semi-lunari ; labio externo crasso, reflexo, rotuudato ; operculo cor-
neo.

Rathm- conical, globose, nearly smooth, with the aperture semilunar,
and the outer lip thickened, reflected, and rounded ; operculum horny.
Antilles and Texas.

HELICINA SUBGLOBULOSA Poey.

Plate LXXV. Figure 17.

T. globoso-conica, solida, striatula, parum nitida, alba, unicolor, vel
zonis 2 rufis ornata : altera lata prope suturam, altera angusta prope
peripheriam ; spira convexo-conica, acuminatiuscula ; anfr. 6, priuii
planuli, penultimus convexior, subbiangulatus, ultimus subcarinatus, basi
parum convexus ; columella brevis, arcuata, sursum dilatata, linea im-
pressa munita, callum emittens tenuem, diffusum ; apertura parum obli-
qua, irregulariter semiovalis ; perist. latum, anguiatim patens, subexca-
vatum, ad utramque insertionem attenuatum. Operc. ? Diam. maj. 10,
min. 8J, alt. 7 mill. (Pfeiffer.)

196 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

SYNONYMS AND REFEKENCES.

Belicina siib<jlobuhsa Poey, Mem. i. 115, 120, tab. xii. figs. 17-21.

Pi-EiFFER, Mahik. Blatt. 1854, 107; 1856, 146; Mon.
Pneum. Viv. ii. 209.

Remarks. This species is an inhabitant of Trinidad
and Bayamo in Cuba. A single specimen, found at Key
Biscay ne, Florida, (Smithsonian Coll.) is figured on the
plate, magnified to twice its natural size. Whether its
introduction was but accidental, or whether it is well
established in Florida, remains to be proved.

Spurious Species.

Helicina fastigiata and plicata of Delvay (N. Y. Moll. p. 82)
are respectively Helix fastigiata Say and Helix Hazardi Bland.

ERRATA.

On page 2, line 34, for Fenessac read Ferussac.

5, " 39, " R. T. Shuttle worth read R. J. Shuttleworth.

10, " 6, " redimita read redemita.

48, " 9, " 7. read .7.

51, " 2, " its read it.

57, " 12, after 100) read ".

58, " 2, for odstricta read obstricta.
64, " 20, dele ?.

80, " 14, for connectans read conncctens.

99, " 14, " isculis planu read planiusculis.

124, " 7, " limited read limital.

128, " 36, " consists read consist.

131, " 29, " 88 read 80.

133, " 2, " convexiusculis read convexinsculi.

135, " 10, " JIacroccrramus read Macroceramus.

138, " 32, " gi-acillmus read gi-acillimus.

166, " 16, dele !.

INDEX

Achatina bullata, 138.
Californica, 26.
fasciata, 138.
fiammigera, 138.
gracillima, 135, 138.
iubrica, 138.
lubricoides, 138.
pellucida, 138, 175.
picta, 138.
rosea, 139.
soHda, 138.
striata, 139.
subula, 139.
Texasiana, 139.
truncata, 139.
Vanuxemensis, 139.
virginea, 138.
Agatina variegata, 138.
Alexia myosotis, 172.
Anchistoma thyroides, 54.
Aplodon nodosum, 152.
Arion empiricorum, 31.
foliolatus, 31.
hortensis, 31.
Auricula bidentata, 157.
biplicata, 157.
cingulata, 161.
coniformis, 163.
cornea, 157.
deuticulata, 172.
Floridiana, 165.
Jaumei, 157.
nionile, 166.
niteiis, 169.
obliqua, 168.
diva, 161.
ovula, 163.
pusilla, 169.
Sayii, 172.
stenostoraa, 161.
Blauneria heteroclita, 177.

pellucida, 175.
Bulimus acicula, 137.
altematus, 126.

Bulimus Binneyanus, 128.
Califiirnicus, 24.
cliordatus,25.
coniformis, 163.
confinis, 130.
dealbatus, 126, 130.
decollatus, 134.
Dormani, 132.
elatus, 24.
excelsus, 24.
exiguus, 137, 178.
fallax, 136.
fasciatus, 137.
Floridianus, 134.
Gossei, 135, 137.
gracillimus, 134.
harpa, 135.
hordeanus, 145.
hortensis, 134.
Humboldt!, 25.
Kieneri, 137.
lactarius, 126.
Laurentii, 25.
Liebmanni, 128.
liquabilis, 130.
lubricus, 137.
marginatus, 136.
Maria;, 128.
Mexicanus, 25.
monile, 166.
multilineatus, 132.
mutilatus, 134.
nitelinus, 126.
obscurus, 137, 145.
octona, 137.
ovulus, 169.
patriarcha, 129.
physoides, 131.
Schiedeanus, 129.
serperastrus, 126.
striatus, 137.
subula, 134.
suflSatus, 25.
vegetus, 25.

198

Index.

Bulimus vermetiis, 137.

vesicalis, 25.

vexilluin, 137.

virguhitus, 132.
zebra, 25, 125, 137.
Ziebmanni, 126.

Ziegleri, 25.
Bradybffiiia pisum, 50.
Carocolla Cmnberlaiuiiana, 99.

Edfjariana, 65.

lielicoides, 58.
Carychiuin armigerum, 183.

contractuin, 183.

corticai-ium, 146, 183.

eupliaiiini, 178.

exii^miin, 178.

exile, 178.

existeliuin, 178.

rupicola, 145, 183.
Cliiinotreiua planiiisculiim, 152.
Clioiidropoma dentatum, 191.
Cyclostoma dentatum, 191.

Ciiiciiuiateiise, 191.

lapidariiim, 191.

marginale, 191.

mavij;iiiatum, 191.

tricarinatum, 191.
Cylindrella Goldfussi, 151.

jejuna, 15.

"lactaria, 150.

Poeyana, 149.

pontifica, 151.

lioemeri, 150.

variegata, 149.
Deroceras gracile, 32.
Eumelus lividus, 32.

nebulosus, 32.
Glandina Albersi, 26.

bullata, 139.

corneola, 139.

parallela, 140.

Texasiana, 140.

truncata, 141.

tiu'ris, 26.

Vanuxemensis, 141.
Hemiloma avarum, 162.
Helicina Ambeliana, 195.

castanea, 194.

chrysocheila, 192.

fastigiata, 196.

Hanleyana, 192.

niiiiuta, 194.

occulta, 193.

orbiculata, 193.

plicata, 196.

rubella, 193.

subglobulosa, 195.

troi)ica, 194.

vestita, 194.
Helico-limax canaliculnta 34.
Helix abjecta, 51.

acutcdcntata, 23.

aeruginosa, 15.

Helix alliaria, 117.
albocincta, 50.
albolabris, 43.
albolineata, 50.
albozonata, 50.
alternata, 98.
anaclioreta, 11.
annulata, 102.
apex, 103.
appressa, 59.
arborea, 116.
arboretorum, 7.
arbustorum, 123.
areolata, 19.
Ariadna;, 76.
arrosa, 15.
aspersa-, 24, 51.
asteriscus, 103.
auriculata, 73.
avara, 74.
barbigera, 63.
Baskervillei, 17.
Berlanderiana, 49.
bicostata, 121.
Bonplandi, 124.
bucculenta, 54.
bulbina, 115.
caduca, 107.
Californiensis, 13.
capsella, 117.
caniicolor, 51.
Carolinensis, 57.
cellaria, 111.
cereola, 90.
chersina, 119.
cicercula, 50.
Clarkii, 53.
clausa, 46, 59.
Columbiana, 16.
concava, 65.
convexa, 60.
Coo])eri, 97.
corpuloides, 124.
costata, 69.
Coucliiana, 76.
cultellata, 22.
Cumberlandiana, 99.
Damascena, 18.
dealbata, 124.
demissa, 116.
denotata, 57.
dentifera, 55.
depicta, 124.
devia, 17.
diodonta, 70.
dissidens, 65.
divcsta, 61.
domestica, 33, 124.
Dorfeuilliana, 86.
Dupetitliouarsi, 15.
Edgariana, 65.
EdvanLsi, 63.
egcna, 119.

Index.

199

Helix electrina, 117.
elovata, 52.
Elliotti, 116.
ephebus, 71.
exunita, 13.
exifjua, 102.
exolcta, 54.
Fabricii, 120.
fallax, 71.
fastiiriata, 82.
fidolis, 14.
florulifera. 75.
fraterna, 60.
friabilis, 106.
fuliginosa, 105.
fulva, 119.
{jermana, 14.
glaphyi-a, 10>J, 111.
griseola, 50.
gularis, 121.
Guntllaclii, 121.
Hammonis, 121.
harpa, 124.
Hazanli, 84.
hieroglvphica, 124.
Hiiulsi," 92.
hippocrepis, 77.
hirsuta, 62.
hispida, 124.
Hopetonensis, 72.
liortensis, 51.
incrustata, 68.
indeiitata, 119.
iiifecta, 98.
inflecta, 59.
infumata, 15.
inornata, 109.
iiitercisa, 8.
interna, 121.
intertexta, 96.
iiTorata, 124.
isognoniostomos, 62.
jejuna, 67.
Kelletti, 17.
ko|)nodes, 104.
labiosa, 16.
labvrinthica, 95.
lactea, 125'.
Iwvigata, 108.
lasmodon, 122.
Lavelleana, 103.
Leaii, 60.
Lecontii, 14.
leporina, 92.
levis, 18.
ligera, 95.
limatula, 100.
lineata, 123.
linguifera, 59.
Loi.'ia, 23.
loricatrt, 14.
hicida, 116.
lucubrata, 108.

Helix macilenta, 122.
major, 43.
Mauriniana, 103.
maxillata, 65.
Mazatlanica, 24.
microdonta, 91.
milium, lol.
minnscula, 102.
minuta, 69.
minutalis, 103.
minntissima, 100.
Mitcliella, 48.
Mitcdiclliana, 47.
Mobiliana, 67.
monodon, 60.
Mooreana. 80.
Jlormonum, 15.
mordax, 99.
multiilentnta, 123.
multilineata, 45.
nemoralis, 51, 125.
neniorivaga, 7.
Newberrvana, 20.
Nickliniaiin, 7.
nitida, 120.
Nuttalliana, 14.
obstrieta, 57.
operculata, 83.
Oregonensis, 15.
Ottonis, 117.
pachyloma, 49.
patula, 122.
palliata, 56.
Pandoraj, 18.
pellucida, 33, 125.
rennsylvanica, 45.
perspectiva, 122.
Pisana, 51, 125.
placentula, 117.
plana, 91.
planorboides, 65.
planoibula, 90.
plicata, 84.
polychroa, 51.
polygyrata, 90.
porcina, 59, 62.
profunda, 70.
pulchella, 69.
pusilla, 121.
pustula, 94.
pustuloides, 93.
Eafincsquea, 96.
ramentosa, 13.
redemita, 9.
reticulata, 12.
Richardi, 70.
Eoemeri, 55.
rhodochcila, 51.
ruderata, 99.
ruia, 44.
. Rugeli, 60.
Sagraiana, 23.
Sayii, 70,74.

200

Index.

Helix saxicola, 68.

scubni, 98.

sculptilis, 110.

selenina, 119.

septeinvolva, 90.

simiata, tJ'i.

solitaria, 96.

spiiio-a, 65.

splendidula, 50.

sportella, 19.

Steeiistnipii, 117.

steiiotrcma, 61.

striatella, 99.

strigosa, 23.

stroiijiy lodes, 98.

subcyliiulrica, 125, 187.

subglobosa, 51.

submeris, 51.

subplaiia, 110.

su]ii)rej;sa, 122.

Taniaulipaseiisis, 79.

Tciinesseensis, 52.

teiiuistriata, 118.

Texasiana, 79.

tholus, 81.

thjn-oi<les, 53.

thyroidus, 53.

Towiisendiaiia, 15.

triileiitata, 70.

triodoiita, 79.

Troostiana, 88.

Tnniibulli, 125.

tudiculata, 7.

uvulifera, 75.

Vaiicouverciisis, 19.

variaiis, 51.

vellicata, 19.

ventrosula, 72.

vincta, 13.

virgata, 125.

virgiiiaiis, 49.

volvoxis, 92.

vortex, 117.

vultuosa, 75.

Wardiana, 96.

zaleta, 54.
Leuconia Sayii, 177.
Limax agrestis, 31.

caniiiestris, 32.

Crtluinbiaims, 6, 32.

dorsalis, 31.

flavus, 31.

fuliginosus, 32.

gracilis, 32.

liiioatus, 32.

marmoratus, 30.

olivaccus, 32.

variegatus, 31.
Macroceraimis pontificus, 137.
Melanipus bidciitatus, 156.

biplicatus, 157.

boreal is, 171, 173.

ciiigulatus, 161.

Melampus coffea, 162.

conitbnnis, 163.

conieus, 157.

dcnticulatus, 171, 173.

flavus, 166.

Floridiatuis, 165.

Janmei, 157.

liiicatus, 157.

nioniie, 166.

obliiiuus, 167.

olivaceus, 26.

pusillns, 168.

Redlieldi, 170.

turritus, 174.
Mesodon lielicinuin, 52.

leucodoii, 51.

maculatum, 152.
Mesomplux, 152.
Odompiiium, 152.
Odotro])is, 152.
Oleaciiia bullata, 139.

Cubeusis, 175.

tniiicata, 141.

Vaiiuxemeiisis, 141.
Omplialiiia cuprea, 152.
I'artula Otaheitana, 152.
IMiilonivous CaroHiiciisis, 30.
dorsalis, 31.
flexuolaris, 32.
fuscns, 32.
oxyurus, 32.
quaiiriius, 32.
rianorbis gians, 141.
I'olygyra auriculata, 73.
avara, 74.
Dorfeuilliaiia, 86.
plicata, 84.
proruiiila, 70.
septeinvolva, 90.
'I'roostiana, 88.
Pupa albilabrls, 147.
arinilera, 142.
badia, 142.
carinata, 145.
contracta, 143.
corticaria, 146.
costulata, 147.
curvidens, 143.
decora, 143.
dcltostoma, 143.
detrita, 142.
exigiia, 147.
fallax, 147.
gibbosa, 145.
Gouldii, 148.
Hoppii, 147.
incaiia, 141.
maritliiia, 142.
niiliuni, 148.
miuuta, 145.
niodesta, 148.
modica, 142.
muscoruni, 142.

Index.

201

Pupa ovata, 148.

ovulii, 148.

I'arniiaiia, 148.

pelluciiin, 147.

peiitoiloii, 143.

placida, 144.

proccra, 145.

rupicola, 145.

simplex, 148.

Steenbuchii, 147.

Tappaiiiana, 144.

unicuriiiata, 148.

variolosa, 146.
Stenotrema convexum, 152.
Stenostoma convexum, 62.
Succinea amphibia, 42.

aperta, 7.

aurea, 37.

avara, 36.

campestris, 34.

cingulata, 7.

Coucordialis, 41.

effusa, 41.

Groenlandica, 38.

Haydeni, 40.

inflata, 34.

lineata, 35, 38.

luteola, 41.

munita, 41.

Niittalliana, 6.

obliqua, 36.

Oregonensis, 6.

ovalis, 35, 37.

putris, 42.

retusa, 37.

rusticana, 6.

Sall^ana, 42.

Texasiana, 41.

Totteniana, 35.

vermeta, 36.

Wardiaiia, 36.
Tebennophorus bilineatus, 31.

Tebennophorus Carolinensis, 30.

dorsalis, 31.
Testaciiia, 32.
Tornatelliiia Cubensis, 175.
Toxostoma globulare, 152.
Toxotrema globulare, 152.
Tridopsis hirsuta, 62.
Triodopsis lunula, 70, 152.

scabra, 57.
Trophodon, 152,
Truucatella bilabiata, 188.

Callfornica, 28.

Caribajensis, 185.

Gouldii, 186.

gracilenta, 29.

pulchella, 189.

subeylindrica, 186.

succinea, 186.

truncatula, 187.
Urcinella, 32.
Vaginulus flexuolaris, 30.

Floridanus, 29.

fuscus, 30.

oxyurus, 30.

quadrilus, 30.
Vertigo contracta, 143.

curvidens, 143.

decora, 143.

Gouldii, 148.

milium, 148.

minuta, 146.

ovata, 148.

rupicola, 145.

simplex, 148.

variolosa, 146.
Vitrina Americana, 33.

Angelicse, 32.

limpida, 33.
Xolotrema clausum, 59.

lunulum, 152.

triodopse, 152,
Zilotea, 32.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H.

26

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE I.

Fig.

1 Base of Truncatella pulchella Pfr.

2 " " Carib.eensis Sowb., from Chemn. pi. 2,

fig. 22.

3 Truncatella bilabiata Pfr., from Chemn. pi. 1, fig. 28.

4 " Carib^ensis Sowb., from Chemn. pi. 1, fig. 36.

5 " SUBCYLINDRICA Gray, from Chemn. pi. 2, fig. 2.

g (( (( II u u u ^cr, 4.

7 Base of Truncatella bilabiata Pfr., from Chemn. pi. 1 , fig. 30.

8 " " SUBCYLINDRICA Gray.

9 Truncatella pulchella Pfr., from Chemn. pi. 2, fig. 12.

10 " " " " " pi. 2, fig. 13.

11 Animal of Truncatella, from Adams Gen. pi. 78, fig. 1.

12 Auricula cingulata Pfr., from Orbigny pi. 13, fig. 8.

13 " " " " " pi. 13, fig. 9.

14 Helicina Hanleyana Pfr., from Chemn. pi. 9, fig. 7.
Ambeliana Sowb., Thes. Conch, pi. 1, fig. 19.
Hanleyana Pfr., from Chemn. pi. 9, fig. 8.
subglobulosa Poey — twice the natural size.
MiNUTA Sowb., from Thes. Conch, pi. 1, fig. 41.
vestita Gould, " " pi. 1, fig. 42.

CASTANEA Gould, " " pi. 1, fig. 32.

21 Animal of Melampus COFFea Lin., from Ad. Gen. pi. 82, fig. 7.

22 " Alexia denticulata Mont., " " pi. 82, fig. 5.

23 Melampus bidentatus Say.

24 Animal of chondropoma dentatum Say — twice the natural size.

25 Melampus coffea Lin., fi-om Orbigny pi. 13, fig. 6.
2 7 Operculum of 24 — enlarged.

15

((

16

ti

17

11

18

((

19

it

20

(.1

204 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Fig.

29 Mfxampus pusillus Gmel.

30 Mklampus Floridianus Shuttl.

31 Enlarged view of head of Helicina tropica Jan.

32 Carychium exile Lea, reduced view of aperture from Sill. Journ.

42 1. c.

33 Alexia myosotis Drap.

34 Leuconia Sayii Kust., from Chemn. pi. 6, fig. 16.

PLATE H.

1 Helix acutedentata.

2 " LoiSA.

3 " areolata Sowb. var. from Chemn. pi. 36, fig. 13.

4 " ARROSA Gould.

5 " ANACHORETA.

6 " CULTELLATA Thomson.

7 " Neavberryana.

8 " PANDOR.E Forb., from Proc. Zocil. Soc. 1850, pi. 9, fig. 3 b.

9 " DuPETiTHOUARSi Desh., from Mag. Zobl. 1841, pi. 30.

10 " LEVIS Pfr., from Chemn. pi. 36, fig. 16.

11 " AREOLATA Sowb., from Chemn. pi. 36, fig. 10.

12 " Kelletti Forb., from Zool. Proc. 1850, pi. 9, fig. 2 b.

13 " ARBORETORUM Val., from Voy. de la Venus, pi. 1, fig. 3 a.

PLATE m.

1 Enlarged view of epidermis of Helix barbigera Redfield, from

N. Y. Lye. vi. pi. 9, fig. 7.

2 Helix barbigera Redfield, from N. Y. Lye. vl. fig. 4, 5.
8 " RiEMERi Pfr.

4 " ASPERSA Miill.

6 " DissiDENS Desh., from Fer. pi. 84, fig. 1.

6-7 " MiNUTLssiMA Lea — much enlarged.

8 " Stroxgylodes Pfr., from original specimen.

9 " asteriscus Morse — very highly magnified.

10 " Clarkii Lea — twice the natural size.

1 1 " CooPERi — slightly enlarged.

12 " I'USTULA Fer., from pi. 50, fig. 1.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 205

Fig.

13 BuLiMUS ZEBRA Mull. var.

14 Helix ventrosula Pfr.

15 " scuLPTiLis Bland.

16 " HOPETONEXSIS Shuttl.

17 " Farricii Beck, from Reeve, 1459 — magnified.

18 " Elliotti Redf.

19 " ANNULATA Casc, from Sill. Journ. N. S. ili. 101.

20 " GRISEOI.A Pfr., from Chemn. pi. 60, fig. 17.

21 Variety of Glandina Texasiana Pfr. ?

22 Helix virginalis Jan, from Chemn. pi. 38, fig. 19.

23 " cereola Miihlf., from Berlin Mag. 1. c.

PLATE IV.

1 Helix Ariadne Pfr., outline of Chemn. pi. 65, fig. 31.

2 Helix Dorfeuilliana Lea, var. ? from N. Y. Lye. vi. pi. ix.

fig. 26.

3 Same as fig. 1, pi. 65, fig. 29.

4 " " aperture magnified.

5 Helix Hindsi Pfr. — aperture magnified.

6 " " " outline of Chemn. pi. 65, fig. 9.

7 Helix Edvardsi Bland, from N. Y. Lye. vi. pi. ix. fig. 15.

8 Same as 6, pi. 65, fig. 8.

9 Helix Edvardsi Bland, from N. Y. Lye. vi. pi. ix. fig. 16.

10 " FASTiGiATA Say — magnified four times, from N. Y. Lye. vi.

pi. ix. fig. 18.

11 " Troostiana Lea " " " " pi. ix. fig. 23.

12 BuLiMUS Zebra MiiU. var. from Key Biscayne.

13 Helix Hazardi Bland, magn. 8 times from N. Y. Lye. vi. pi. ix.

fig. 27.

14 " Dorfeuilliana Lea, magn. 4 times from N. Y. Lye. vi.

pi. ix. fig. 25 a.

15 " Rugeli Shuttl., magn. 4 times.

16 Pupa gibbosa Pfr., from Chemn. pi. G6, fig. 6.

17 Helix volvoxis Parr.

18 " Texasiana Mor. var. (triodonta Binn.)

19 " uippocrepis Pfr.

20 Pupa Hoppii Moll, from Chemn. pi. 19, fig. 30.

21 Helix tiiolus.

206 Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks.

Fig.

22 Animal of Helix varians.

23 Helix microdoxta Desh., from Fer. pi. 70, fig. 13.

24 " MOOREAXA.

PLATE V.

1 SUCCINEA LINEATA.

2 Helix ixfumata Gould.

3 BuLiMUS Floridiaxus Pfr., from original specimen.

4 Helix milium Morse — very highly magnified.

g ii (( (( u u a

6 Melampus coffeus Lin. var. ?

7 SucciXEA RETUSA Lea, from Phil. Tr. 1. c. pi. 19, fig. 86.

8 Melampus olivaceus Carpenter.

9 ViTRiNA AxGELiCiE Beck — highly magnified.

10 Helix bulbina Desh., from Fer. pi. 85, fig. 17.

11 " NEMORivAGA Val., from Voy. de la Venus pi. 1, fig. 1 a.

12 BuLiMUS excelsus Gould, from Bost. Journ. 1857, pi. xiv. fig. 3.

13 Helix devia Gould.

14 Succinea eusticana Gould, from Ex. Ex. fig. 29.

15 BuLiMUS Californicus Reeve, No. 378 — increased one half.

16 Animal of Alexia myosotis Drap.

17 Pupa ixcaxa Binn., var. fasciata.

18 SucciXEA Salleaxa Pfr. from Chemn.

19 Achatlna Californica Reeve, No. 115 — natural size.

20 Truncatella Califorxica Pfr. — greatly enlarged.

21 Helix Mormoxuim Pfr., from type.

22 Same as 20.

23 Cylixurella Goldfussi Mke. — twice the natural size.

PLATE VL

1 BULIMUS ALTERXATUS Say, var. ?

2 Helix friabilis.

3 BuLiMUS ALTERNATUS Say, from his drawing.

4 Succinea Gr(exlaxdica Beck — enlarged.

5 " LIXEATA.

6 BuLiMus LiQUABiLis Rccvc, No. 387.

Binney on Terrestrial Mollusks. 207

Fig.

7 BuLiMUS coNFiNis Reeve, No. 643.

8 " ScHiEDEANUS Pfr. ? apicG nigra.

9 Glandina truncata Gmcl, var.

10 BULIMUS DORMANI.

11 SucciNEA INFLATA Lea, from type.

12 " EFFUSA Shuttl. — enlarged.

13 bulimus patriarcha.

14 Helix kopnodes.

15 BuLiMUS ScniEDEANUS Pfr. var. ? fauce nignl.

Vol. VI L PL

B'lnney's MoUiisks Pl-ite LXX

ucCO A(M/ilti^: <7><^,

,,",v/- .^ j-^x JS^rn^fTfJ- i^- ,^'hit.xa^a

Vol Vll. PI. II

!'ir,r,ovi, iA.iUusks. Plat;e LXXYT

i in:

^BIP''

10

^

11

12

y

u

tyUiP /focPue^- ,

':4^x v:l J>cn-m,Jt ci .'^Zcui--

Vol \-Ii Pint .

Biiiiic'jfs ^foilll3k3 Plate LXXVil

:!;3.

/

"M

.#

10

^-

le

lb

-.^^

i9

» >■

16

17

t'^

20

M

22

V

C-Si)

il

14

18

23

(T/f,- Koeh!,, del

Ltik.ef if/.Sawen Sric. P/uJot^Iphfa'

Vaiu. Pi 4

Hate LXXVII

C^o fu^ier ,^

liih fii Cd SttrrA ScCc PJal/ui f

Vol. VI r PI V.

Biiineys l/'ollusks Plate LXXIX

1

I

^.:::

-^i

"'^

16

■ I

1
• s

19

20

18

16

21

'^

10

^'J^-./-

'r^^*^'!!

■■■.Ps.;

13

23

OtH, KofMtr M

Ziti rt> &l Sotye/r 8rC« Fhtt^ajf

Vol. VII, Pl.Vi.

Biimsy's Molluaks Plate LXXX

\:

-. .. . '

6

/^a

13

14

12

jSh-

^■^

10

I

15

W/e XhfJi/^r M

l;,lh-i* Col Son^rn-^a ThUaJ '

CONTENTS OF VOL. VIL

NUMBER I.

1. Terrestrial Air-Breathing Mollusks of the Pacific

Coast of North America. •

PAOB

Limacea : Arion •■ 6

LlMAX 6

HeLICEA : SUCCINEA 6

Helix 7

BULIMUS . . .24

Achatina 26

Auriculacea: Melampus . . . * . . . .26

AcicuLACEA : Truncatella 28

2. Terrestrial Air-Breathing Mollusks east of the

Rocky Mountains.

Limacea: Vaginulus 29

Tebennophorus 30

Arion 31

LiMAX 31

Helicea: Vitrina 32

succinea 34

Helix .43

BULIMUS 125

Mac nAMus 137

Ac riNA 138

Glandina 139

Pupa 141

Vertigo 148

Cylindkella • . 149

Auriculacea 152

Melampus 156

Alexia 172

Blauneria 175

Leucoxia 177

Carychium 178

AcicuLACEA : Truncatella 184

Cyclostomacea : CnoxDRoroMA 190

Helicinace.\ . . . . • . . .191

Helicina 192

BOSTON

JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY,

<:ONTAININ<i

PAPERS AND COMMUNICATIONS,

READ BEFORE THE

JJoston Socirtfi of Natural fi^iutotSy

AND PUBLISHED BY THEIR DIRECTION.

VOL. VIL — NO. II.

• PUBLISHING COIMMITTEE.

JEFFRIES WYMAN, i SAMUEL L. ABBOT,

CHARLES K. DILLAWAY, I AUGUSTUS A. GOULD,

SAMUEL KNEELAND, Jr.

BOSTON
1861.

BOSTON

JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY.

VOLUME VII. — NO. 11.

The lateness of the issue of the present number is occasioned by

delay in the preparation of plates to illustrate one of the articles ;

it is now deemed advisable to issue it at once, hoping that the

plates may appear in a subsequent number. Extra copies of the

separate articles were furnished to their authors at the dates borne

by the signatures.

Pub. Com.

Dec. 1862.

done to a considerable extent in the reports of Dr. D. D.
Owen, and Prof. James Hall, and also in some degree by
Dr. B. F. Shumard, and Messrs. Norwood and Pratten.
But in consequence of the limited time that either of
these gentlemen could give to any one locality, many of
the details and minor facts were omitted, and among these
are some which have since assumed more importance than
they were formerly supposed to possess. Later discover-
ies, also, show an intimate and interesting relation to exist
between the lower beds, which have upon the best author-

JOURNAL H. S. N. H. 27 SEPT. 1860.

BOSTON

JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY.

VOLUME VII. — NO. 11.

Art. II. — Observations upon the Geology and Paleon-
tology of Burlington, Iowa, and its Vicinity. By
Charles A. White.

The interest with which the lovers of geological science
have come to look upon this locality, in consequence of
its affording the greatest variety of Carboniferous fossils,
in the most perfect state of preservation, and also of its
exhibiting the junction of two of the great geological
systems, the Devonian and Carboniferous, has made
it desirable that a more detailed description of its rocks
and their contents should be made known. This has been
done to a considerable extent in the reports of Dr. D. D.
Owen, and Prof. James Hall, and also in some degree by
Dr. B. F. Shumard, and Messrs. Norwood and Pratten.
But in consequence of the limited time that either of
these gentlemen could give to any one locality, many of
the details and minor facts were omitted, and among these
are some which have since assumed more importance than
they were formerly supposed to possess. Later discover-
ies, also, show an intimate and interesting relation to exist
between the lower beds, which have upon the best autlior-

JOURNAL B. S. N. II. 27 SEPT. 1860.

210 Observations upon the Geology and Paleontology

ity, and of late by general consent, been referred to the
Cliemung group of New York, and the beds of Carbonif-
erous limestone overlying them. The earlier geological
explorers of the northwest, referred the whole series of
strata exposed here to the Carboniferous limestone. It is
undeniable that a great proportion of the genera of the
lower beds of the series are common to the mountain
limestone ; and also that many of the species have a close
resemblance to others of that formation, particularly to
the upper members of it, closer to these, in fact, than to
any which are strictly referable to the Burlington lime-
stone, between which and the lower beds a marked con-
trast is presented in their fossils when grouped separately.
This general resemblance of fossils of known Devonian
origin to others found in the Carboniferous rocks, and
their gradual dying out and replacement by Carboniferous
species, it is at present proposed to notice, together with
other matters tending to show that in this locality at least
the Carboniferous system was ushered in with the utmost
tranquillity ; the final change from Devonian to Carbonifer-
ous taking place so gradually as to render it impossible
to point out the exact line where one ends and the other
begins.

With the hope at a future time to make some compari-
sons between these rocks, and others holding a similar
geological position in other localities, this communication
will be mostly confined to a consideration of the strata
exposed at Burlington, and traced above and below the
city for several miles along the precipitous blutTs of the
Mississippi River, and also the continuation of the same
exposure, a few miles up each, on Skunk and Flint rivers,
being an almost continuous exposure for about fifteen
miles. It would have been desirable that the results of
observations made at other localities of the same geo-
logical horizon should have accompanied these, yet it is

of Burling-ton, loiva, and its Vicinity. 211

believed that the general conclusions drawn from observa-
tions made at this locality alone are fully warranted by
the nature of the facts presented.

Descriptions of fossils from this locality have heretofore
been in a great measure confined to the crinoidal and
other forms from the Carboniferous limestone. This is,
doubtless, attributable to the fact that the fossils in the
lower beds, although abundant, are generally very badly
preserved, while in the upper beds they are in great pro-
fusion and well preserved.

Late investigations have brought to light many fine and
interesting fossils from the Devonian beds, giving promise
that they will produce near a hundred species of shells,
beside other fossils, making these strata likely to prove
scarcely less interesting than the Carboniferous beds which
overlie them. A great proportion of these shells are of
undescribed species, and must doubtless long remain so,
but it is a matter of congratulation that extensive collec-
tions of the fossils of the upper beds are in the hands of
a paleontologist abundantly able to do them justice, and
we may hope ere long to see descriptions of several hun-
dred species of crinoids, alone, from this locality.

The following is a general section of the rocks exposed
here, commencing at the level of the Mississippi River at
its ordinary stage of water. From No. 1 to No. 6, inclu-
sive, have been referred by Prof. Hall to the Chemung
group of New York, and Nos. 7 and 8 to the Carbonifer-
ous limestone, and he remarks on page 91, vol. 1, of his
Report on the Geology of Iowa, in relation to this locality,
" the passage from the Chemung (Devonian) to the Bur-
lington limestone (Carboniferous) is so gradual, both in
physical aspect and the generic and specific characters of
the fossils, that it forms no greater change than is observed
between any of the subordinate groups, and is far less
strongly marked than the change from Lower to Upper

212 Observations upon the Geology and Paleontology

Silurian, and not more strongly than between the Hamil-
ton and Chemung." These remarks, together with giving
the geological position of Productus arcuatus by the same
author as "in limestone — below the Burlington lime-
stone — of the age of the Chemung group," are the only
intimations we have had that the fossils of the Chemung
rocks here were recognized above bed No. 6.

SECTION OF ROCKS EXPOSED AT BURLINGTON.

No. 1, arenaceous clay and fine-grained sandstone . . . . 25 to 80 feet

Ko. 2, bluish gray limestone 6 inches

No. 3, oolitic limestone 3 "

No. 4, compact, fragmentary limestone 7 to 12 feet

No. 5, fine-grained sandstone 4 to 7 "

No. 6, oolitic limestone 2 to 4 "

No. 7, brownish limestones and chert 40 to 50 "

No. 8, grayish limestones 20 to 40 "

The difference in the height of bed No. 1 above the
level of the river, is due to a gradual dip of all the beds
to the southward, and to very slight undulations ; the beds
of the whole series being quite conformable. The differ-
ence in the thickness of beds Nos. 7 and 8 is in a great
measure due to denuding forces in operation previous to
the deposit of the coal.

Beds No. 2, 3, 5, and 6 are supposed to be of limited
extent; perhaps also bed No. 4, unless it should prove
identical with the lithograj)hic limestone of Missouri,
which it very much resembles. At a point on Honey
Creek, in Illinois, about ten miles from Burlington, the
Burlington limestone is observed resting upon a fine-
grained argillaceous sandstone of a visible thickness of
about twelve feet, which is evidently either No. 5 consid-
erably thickened, vvitii No. 6 wanting, or No. 1, with the
intervening beds to No. 7 wanting.

No. 1 is generally of a light, greenish blue, weathering
to an ash gray, changing in color in different localities,

of Bitrling'ton, Iowa, and its Vicinity. 213

often suddenly and independent of stratification, yet also
at times dependent upon it ; and finally passes gradually
upward into a yellowish, fine-grained sandstone. The
lower parts, and particularly where it assumes a deep blue
color, readily disentegrate into a soft, clayey material
upon exposure to the atmosphere, but the upper parts are
often solid enough to resist the action of the atmosphere
and frost, and at one point it is quite calcareous and solid.
This bed has formerly been divided into a lower bed of
" blue, shaly clay " and an upper bed of " ash-colored grit-
stones," but as the fossils found in the lower part are
recognized in the upper part, and as no line of separation
can be observed, the whole is considered here as one bed.

It is apparently composed of a blue, argillaceous mate-
rial and fine yellow sand, with a limited amount of car-
bonate of lime as a cement. Where the argillaceous
material predominates, the mass is of a blue color and
rather soft. When the yellow sand and blue clay are
more nearly equal, it assumes a greenish color and be-
comes harder. And when, as in the upper part, the yellow
sand is in excess, and contains a greater amount of car-
bonate of lime, it becomes a yellowish sandstone. The
changes of color, however, are not always entirely due to
the mechanical mixture of the sand and clay. The fossils,
with few exceptions, are in the form of casts ; in the
upper part they are generally abundant, but in the lower
part they are rare, and are sometimes preserved in sul-
phuret of iron, the cavities which the fossils once occu-
pied having been filled with this substance. In these
parts, also, crystalline masses of bi-sulphuret of iron are
often found.

Near one point, where this bed measures sixty feet above
the level of the river, it has been bored for water to the
depth of seventy feet below this level, without any appar-
ent change in the character of the bed, and leaving an

214 Observations upon the Geology and Paleontology

unascertained depth below, as the boring did not reach
through it. It is thus known in this locality to be more
than one hundred and thirty feet thick.

No. 2 is a compact, bluish gray limestone, changing to
a bluish brown. It is generally about six inches in thick-
ness, but sometimes thins nearly out. It is not inclined
to disintegrate or become fragmentary like bed No. 4, but
breaks more easily in the plane of stratification than by
cross-fracture. This is owing to the horizontal position
of the shells, with which it is crowded to repletion. In
consequence of the compactness of the stone, these shells,
as weU as all other fossils it contains, are badly preserved.
The mineral composition, texture, and color, together with
its abundance of fossils, are remarkably uniform.

No. 3 is a very thin band of oolitic limestone, seldom
exceeding three inches in thickness. The egg-like concre-
tions composing it are very distinct. Fossils are frequently
found in it, but are not so abundant as in No. 2. Although
so thin, it retains its place persistently throughout almost
the entire exposure under consideration.

No. 4 is composed of a very compact, dark gray lime-
stone, having a conchoidal fracture. It is thickly mottled
w^ith brown, sandy patches, harder than, but similar to, the
stone of the overlying bed. The whole is very fragmen-
tary, and, when exposed to the weather, falls into fragments
similar in size to the stone used for macadamizing the
streets. This bed has been pronounced unfossiliferous.
In some places it is so, yet fossils are frequently found in
it, but not abundantly. They are sometimes found con-
gregated in small colonies, only a few feet in extent. Its
lines of stratification are rather distinct, but the bedding
is broken up by the fragmentary character of the mass.
Zinc blende, in small lamellar and crystalline masses, is
frequently found in it, as well as numerous cavities filled
with calcareous spar.

of Burlington^ Iowa, and its Vicinity. 215

No. 5 is a fine-grained sandstone, closely resembling
the upper part of No. 1, and in hand-specimens it would be
quite impossible to distinguish the difference. It is more
evenly bedded than No. 1, and generally harder, having
more carbonate of lime in its composition. It contains
an abundance of fossils, but wholly in the form of casts.
The cavities once occupied by the fossils are sometimes
found partially filled with pulverulent carbonate of mag-
nesia.

No. 6 is a light gray, oolitic limestone, with fossils quite
plentifully and evenly disseminated through it, and vary-
ing but little in texture or color. In some places it is
thinly and regularly bedded, but in others it presents quite
a homogeneous aspect. The stone is of solid and good
appearance when taken from the quarry, but breaks into
small fragments upon exposure to the atmosphere and
frost. The fossils are not often well preserved in this
bed. Some of them have the appearance of having been
partially dissolved. The stone also adheres firmly to the
outer surfaces of them, and their cavities are frequently
filled with calcareous spar, which separates into its com-
ponent crystals, and destroys the fossil upon the first
attempt to remove it. Small masses of zinc blende are
also found here.

No. 7 may be described as generally a light reddish, or
yellowish brown subcrystalline limestone, but is subject to
many changes in color, texture, and composition, both de-
pendent upon, and independent of, its stratification. For
convenience of description it may be divided into lower,
middle, and upper portions.

The lower portion, from five to ten feet above No. 6, is
subject to fragmentary disintegration, and often leaves the
mass above projecting to a considerable distance, until
the weight becomes too great for its coherence to support,
when it is broken off in large masses, and rolls to the foot
to the bluff.

216 Observations upon the Geology and Paleontology

111 this part it changes suddenly and without apparent
cause from a tolerably pure limestone to that of a mag-
nesian character, and again to a very porous, silicious
stone, with numerous small cavities left by the decompo-
sition of fossils, which usually have a drusy lining. In
these parts the carbonate of lime is almost entirely want-
ing, and the fossils, with the exception of a few fish teeth,
are found only as casts. In a few localities the mass
becomes quite sandy, with barely enough carbonate of
lime to serve as a cement to a part of it, leaving inter-
stices filled with fine, incoherent sand. The causes which
produced these lithological changes are not now apparent,
yet, whatever they may have been, they seem to have had
little influence on the fauna then living, as their fossil
remains are found abundantly distributed through all.

This cannot be considered as a bed of passage, in the
common acceptation of the term, from No. 6 to the mid-
dle portion of No. 7, as, beside presenting a well-marked
line of division and lithological contrast, it is very fossi-
liferous, and contains the same species as the beds below,
in as great, if not greater, abundance. Among its fossils
are many forms of the most delicate corals and bryozoa,
with crinoids of several genera and species. The whole
gradually passes into the middle portion, without a defi-
nite line of separation, while the fossils of each are indis-
criminately mixed, so that in the same mass we find fos-
sils of known Devonian species, associated with others
of not only Carboniferous types, but Carboniferous spe-
cies,— the same species which continue without interrup-
tion through the Burlington limestone.

The middle portion of this bed, some ten or twelve feet
in thickness, is a tolerably pure limestone, but in a few
localities the irregular interstices between the purer layers
of limestone are filled with a friable calcareous sandstone,
changing to a fine, incoherent sand, similar to that of the

of Burlington, loiva, and its Vicinity. 217

lower part. In these places the crinoids are remarkably
well preserved, while most of the other fossils are in a bad
state of preservation. What little calcareous matter the
mass contains in these places seems to have been segre-
gated in such parts as contained the crinoidal remains,
solidifying these at the expense of the other parts.

The stone in this part of No. 7 is, to a great extent,
composed of the remains of crinoids, more or less solidly
cemented together, and apparently constitutes the entire
vertical range of most of the species of these fossils found
in it. Above this, it becomes interstratified with bands of
chert, some of which reach a foot in tliickness, and are
quite continuous. Still farther upward, it passes into a
yellowish or brown silicious shale. This is also interstrat-
ified with bands of chert and impure limestones, forming
a bed of passage from No. 7 to No. 8. In some places,
however, this bed of passage is made up principally of the
cherty limestones, the silicious shale being but slightly
developed.

The fossils in these chert bands are mostly in the form
of casts, but are of the same species as those in the calca-
reous strata with which they are associated.

Although the introduction of silicious matter into the
waters in which these rocks were deposited did not imme-
diately affect the existence of its fauna, yet, from the time
of the commencement of its deposit in any considerable
amount, the species of crinoids in particular seem to have
commenced dying out ; and before the completion of this
bed of passage, nearly or quite all of the species of cri-
noids, together with many of the species of shells found
in the middle and lower portions of No. 7, ceased to exist.
A very few species, principally of the MoUusca, survived
this period, and flourished during the deposit of No. 8.

No. 8 is generally a light gray, semi-crystalline limestone,
often changing to a color similar to that of No. 7, and in

JOURNAL B. S. N. II. 28

218 Observations upon the Geology and Paleontology

hand-specimens cannot readily be distinguished from it.
Some parts of this bed also are, to a great extent, com-
posed of the remains of crinoids, nearly all the species of
these fossils being peculiar to it, and generally ranging-
throughout its entire thickness. The limestone of this
bed, even in its purest parts, contains a considerable
admixture of silicious matter, the imbedded fossils being
frequently quite silicified, especially near the exposed sur-
faces. It gradually becomes cherty in its upper parts, and
finally passes into the chert bed of passage to the Keokuk
limestone.

The following table will show the vertical range of some
of the most conspicuous shells found in the series of rocks
just enumerated, but more particularly those of the Che-
mung rocks.

The difterent beds are represented by columns, with
numbers at their heads which correspond to those used in
the preceding section. Asterisks in these columns oppo-
site the name of each fossil show that it has been recog-
nized in the beds which they represent. Their absence
indicates only that it has not been so recognized.

The dotted line indicates the division between the lower
and middle portions of No. 7. This dotted line represents
in reality an imaginary line between the true Devonian
and Carboniferous rocks ; a line where Devonian species
ceased only to predominate, and upward from which the
Carboniferous species flourished in full force ; the latter
being often found below, and the former above, this line —
that is, the Devonian species gradually die out, and are
as gradually supplanted by Carboniferous species. So
that this line between the two great systems is not so dis-
tinct as those between the different beds of the series here
exposed, because the sudden lithological change which
marks their separation is wanting here. A necessity exists
for recognizing a line of this kind, and to which we must

of Burlington, Iowa, and its Vicinity.

219

extend the limit of the Devonian rocks, although the lith-
ological appearances may not favor such a separation.
Thus extended, they will embrace all the beds from No. 1
to the lower portion of No. 7, inclusive. The terms " up-
per beds " and " lower beds," as here used, refer respectively
to the Carboniferous and Devonian rocks as thus defined.
The names of fossils in Italics indicate that they are
regarded as Devonian, while those in Roman letters show
that they are considered as Carboniferous species.

TABLE SHOWING THE VERTICAL RANGE OF SHELLS.

Gyrocerns Burlingtonensis, Owen
Euomphalus latus, Hall
" obtusus, "
Spirifer plenus, "
" Grimesi, "
" extenuatiis, "
" subruiundaius, "
" biplicatus, "
" Forbesi, Norwood and Pratten
" solidirostfis, White
Nucleospira Bnrrisi, White
Aihyris crusskardinalis. White
" iiicrassatus, Hall
Terebratula BuvUngtonensis, White
Rhynchunella Missimriensis'^ Shuinard
" ]}ustulosa, White
Producius kevico.<lus, White
" nrcuaitis, Hall
" Fleming!, var. Burling-
tonensis, Hall, var.
Chonetes Logani, Xorwood and Pratten

" Ftscheri,
* Siroplwmena rugosa,
Orthis ineqiudis,

" Mitclielina, var

tonensis,
" Thiemei,
Avicula circulus,
Cardiomorpha ovnia,

Rafinesque
Hall
Burling-

Hall, var.

White

Shumard

Hall

rhoinboidea ?

1

2

3

4

5

6

*

7

8

*

*

*

*

*
*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*
*

*

*

*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*

*

*
*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*
*

*
*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*
*
*
»

*
*

*
*

*

* While this paper is in course of preparation, a line from Mr. Wortheu, the
Illinois State Geologist, informs me that he also has recognized the shell given ia
the table as Slrophomena rugosa, in the Encrinal limestone of Henderson and War-
ren counties of his state. The Rev. W. H. P>arris has also placed in my hands
some fossils from a locality near Indiantown, Tama Count}', Iowa, among which
are recognized Euomphalus latus, Spirifer bipUca(us, Sircplwmena rugosa, Terebrat-
ula Burlingtonensis, and an Orthis, all of which are from the same rock there, and
are also all found in the Burlington rocks, associated in like manner.

220 Observations upon the Geology and Paleontology

The preceding table shows that a few of the species are
common to all the beds from No. 1 to the middle portion
of No. 7, inclusive, and that other species commence below
the upper limit of these, and range through both beds of
Burlington limestone. In separating the fossils thus asso-
ciated, we feel bound to consider those as Devonian species
w^hich have their origin and greatest development in rocks
of known Devonian age, and are found above the proper
limit of these rocks only in their decline. But we must,
nevertheless, regard those species as Carboniferous which
have their greatest development in Carboniferous strata,
although they may have originated among Devonian
forms.

This table will show, at a glance, how closely these
Devonian and Carboniferous rocks are linked together by
the association of their fossils ; but it is not expected that
it will give a full expression of the fossils of the whole
series, or even of the shells alone. The shells here given
are only those which are best known, while many other
recognized species, not yet described, are omitted, among
which are some that would perhaps illustrate still more
fully the Chemung character of the lower beds than those
enumerated.

The following table comprises a list of all the genera
that have been recognized here ; and, being arranged like
the preceding one, will also show in which beds each
genus has been recognized. This arrangement will show
the generic relations of the upper and lower beds, but not
their specific relations. Some of the genera are marked
with an interrogation point, expressing doubt as to their
identity, in consequence of the specimens being in a bad
state of preservation. It is probable that other genera
than those enumerated may yet be discovered.

of Burlington, Iowa, and its Vicinity.

221

A LIST OF THE GENERA DTSCOVEHED IN THE ROCKS AT liURLlNGTON, SHOWING
THE DIFFERENT BEDS IN WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN RECOGNIZED.

3

Phillipsia.

Crustaceans.

Cephalopoda.

Gyroceras

Orthoceras

I'hragmoceras '?

Goniatites

Gasteropoda.

Porcellia

Bellerophon

Euomphalus

Pleurotomaria

Murchisonia ?

Platyceras

Coniilaria (Pteropod)

Loxonema?

Brachiopoda.

Spirifer

Athyris

Nucleospira

KetziaV

Productus

Linc;ula

Orthis

Chonetes

Strophoinena

MeristaV

Rhyiichoiiella

Terebratula

Discina

Lamellibranchiata.

Avicula

Pecten

Aviculopecteii

Cardiomorpha

Myalina?

Modiolopsis?

Edmoiulia V

Nucula?

Conocardium

Echinodermata.

Actinocrinus

Agaricocrinus

Archiocidaris

Cyatliocrinus

Codaster

Dichocriiius

Forbesiocrinus

Homocrinus

Ichthyocrinus

Megistocriuus

222 Observations upon the Geology and Paleontology

A LIST OF THE GENEKA DISOVERED IN THE KOCKS AT BURLINGTON, SHOWING THE
DIFFERENT BEDS IN WHICH THEY HAVE" BEEN RECOGNIZED.

( Concluded from preceding page. )

Mespilocrinus

Oliviinites

Pciitremites

Platycriiius

Poteriocriims

Rhodocrinus

Scaphiocriims

Syiibutlioeriiuis

Spatanr^iis ?

Trematocrinus

Zeacrinus

Corals and Bryozoa.

Chcetetes

Feuestella

Favosites

Syringopora

Striatopora V

Zaphientis

Aulopora

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

r «

»

*

*

*

*

*

*
*

*
*

*

*

*

*
*

*
*
*
*

*

«

*
*

»

*
*

*
*

*

*
*

*
*

*
«

»

*

*

*
*

#
#

The remains of fishes, particularly their teeth, are not
unfrequently found in both the Devonian and Carbonifer-
ous strata. No classification of them has been attempted,
but they are readily separable into three groups, the first
belonging to the Devonian beds, the second to the lower
bed of Burlington limestone, and the third to the upper
bed.

Of Crustaceans, none but those belonging to the genus
Phillipsia have been discovered. Three species of this
genus have been recognized, two in the lower, and one in
the middle portion of No. 7, and also in No. 8.

The Cephalopoda, so far as observed, are confined to
the lower beds, and comprise but three or four genera.

The Gasteropoda are quite numerous, both in genera
and species, but are most abundant in the lower beds.

The Brachiopoda are the prevailing forms in the lower
beds, and are numerous in genera, species, and individ-
uals.

of Burlington^ Iowa, and its Vicinity. 223

The Lamellibranchiata, with but few exceptions, have
not been observed above the base of No. 7. One of these
is a Pecten in No. 8, another a Pecten in the lower portion
of No. 7, and another is the Avicu/a circulus of Shumard,
which is also found in the lower portion of No. 7. In
some of the lower beds, the Lamellibranchiata are almost
as numerous as the Brachiopoda.

The Crinoida are the prevailing forms in the upper
beds, which present, in this respect, a striking contrast to
the lower beds. Portions of crinoidal stems have been
found in all the lower beds, but no parts of their bodies
have been observed below No. 6. In this bed, the genera
Platycrinus, Rhodocrinus, and Actinocrinus have been
recognized by the discovery of fragments of their bodies.
In the lower portion of No. 7 the same genera have
been recognized, with the addition of Poteriocrinus, Homo-
crinus, and Pentremites. Their remains are far more
abundant here than in the beds below, but less so than in
the upper beds. Of other Echinodermata, at least two
species of Archiocidaris have been discovered ; one in the
lower and middle portions of No. 7, and another in No. 8.
A species of Sjnitang-us ? has also been recognized in the
middle portion of No. 7.

By taking the foregoing view of the proper separation
of the fossils of these rocks, it will be found that the num-
ber of species of the Brachiopoda formerly considered as
Carboniferous is considerably reduced. From present
indications, it is thought that there are but some ten or
twelve true Carboniferous species of this order in the
upper beds, the greater portion of which are published by
Prof. Hall in the Iowa Reports.

The peculiarities of these, as compared with those of
the lower beds, are easily recognized. The genera are of
larger size, respectively, and the Spirifers, in particular,
are of more compact and rounded forms, and are destitute

224 Observations upon the Geology and Paleontology

of those mucronate hinge extremities so common to the
Devonian Spirifers. The S. Forbesi approaches the latter
form most nearly, but it reaches its greatest development
but a few feet above the range of Devonian fossils, and
perhaps should be considered as an intermediate species.

By this separation of the fossils of the Burlington rocks,
the Brachiopods of the lower beds are found to bear less
general resemblance to those of the Burlington limestone,
immediately overlying them, than they do to those of
almost any other member of the Carboniferous limestone
series, notwithstanding the fact that the Chemung and
Burlington limestone beds are otherwise so intimately
related. Indeed, quite a number of species could be
selected from the Brachiopods of the Chemung beds at
Burlington, that bear so close a resemblance to others of
the upper members of the Carboniferous limestone as to
require considerable acquaintance with them to distin-
guish their differences.

The contrasts and similarities above mentioned seem to
have taken place without any particular regularity or gra-
dation, but by comparing the Crinoida of the lower and
upper beds of Burlington limestone, together with those
of the Keokuk limestone, we find that they present three
successive grades of development, which, commencing in
conjunction with Devonian forms, furnish otlier links by
which the Devonian rocks are connected with the Carbo-
niferous. The crinoids of the lower bed of Burlinifton
limestone are generally of smaller size than those of the
upper bed, and have a delicacy of construction and sur-
face-marking and ornament, together with a pleasing
symmetry of outline, which present quite a contrast to
those of the upper bed, when considered in the aggregate.

Those of the upper bed are generally of stronger con-
struction and ruder form, and have a coarser style of
ornament.

of Burlington, loiva, and its Vicinity. 225

In the Keokuk limestone, they reach a culmination of
rudeness and extravagance of form, which constitute a
prominent feature of most of the genera found in that
rock.

Few if any species of these fossils are common to both
beds of the Burlington limestone, as before remarked, and
it is hardly probable that any will be found to be common
to the Burlington and Keokuk limestones, yet all the
genera discovered in the three beds are common to all,
except the genera Codaster and Spatangus (?), which have
been found thus far only in the Burlington limestone.
There are, moreover, certain groups, or subdivisions of the
more prominent genera, that comprise species from each
of the three beds.

The conformity of all the beds exposed at Burlington,
together with the uninterrupted range of the fossils of the
lower beds until they reach a point in No. 7 where they
are gradually displaced by the Carboniferous species, with-
out any abrupt change in the lithological character of the
imbedding rock, seems to preclude the possibility of a
hiatus existing between the Devonian and Carboniferous
beds. From the evidence which the rocks themselves
present, backed by the opinions of the best geologists of
the country, we feel as much warranted in referring the
lower beds to the Chemung group of New York, as we
do in referring the upper ones to the Carboniferous lime-
stone ; notwithstanding the fact that another member of
the Devonian system overlies the Chemung group in
New York, the thickness of which is greater than that of
the entire development of both the Devonian and Carbo-
niferous systems in the Mississippi Valley, and underlies
the rocks which are there considered the equivalent of the
Carboniferous limestone of the West.

An interesting question thus presents itself as to the
actual equivalency of these rocks, which it is not proposed

JOUKXAL B. S. K. H. 29

226 Observations upon the Geolog-y and Paleontohg-y

at present to discuss, but a suggestion may not be out of
place. Admitting that some of the species found in the
lower beds have been identified with those of the Chemung
group of New York, it settles beyond question their geo-
logical equivalency, but does not necessarily prove that
they were contemporaneous. Indeed, it seems probable
that they were not so, by an interval of the time that it
would take the species to migrate that distance. May it
not, therefore, be inferred that the species originated at the
east, and were migrating westward during the time that
the bottom of the Chemung seas was sinking, and
receiving upon it the deposit of the Old Red Sandstone, —
thus making these Devonian rocks equivalent to the Che-
mung of New York, and contemporaneous, at least in part,
with the Old Red of the Catskill Mountains ?

Descriptions of seven neiv Species of Brachiopoda from the
Chemung" Rocks at Burlington, Iowa.

KHYNCHONELLA PUSTULOSA (Whitk.)

Shell subtrigonal, or subglobose, front broadly rounded,
or slightly flattened, sides flattened and meeting at the
beak at nearly a right angle. Dorsal valve much more
convex than the ventral valve, which is usually some-
what depressed. Beak closely incurved. Highest part,
near the front margin. Beak of ventral valve prominent,
acute, and considerably incurved ; foramen triangular.

Surface marked by from twelve to sixteen strong, some-
what rounded plications, three of which are usually moder-
ately depressed on the ventral valve, and four elevated on
the dorsal valve, forming the mesial fold and sinus, which
are not observable much more than half the length of the
shell. Along the centre of each of the plications, for a

of Burlington, loiva. and its Vicinity. 227

considerable distance from the margin, runs a slight depres-
*sion, giving them a flattened appearance.

Fine concentric strias and imbricating lines of growth
are visible on well-preserved specimens. Where the shell
is partially exfoliated, it usually presents under the lens a
fine pustulose appearance.

Length six lines, breadth seven lines.

Geological formation and locality. In beds Nos. 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, and the lower portion of No. 7, of the preceding
sections, Burlington, Iowa.

XUCLEOSPIRA BARRISII (White.)

Shell transversely oval, gibbous, becoming ventricose
with age. Hinge-line short, surface traversed by a few
imbricating lines of growth, which increase in number
near the border in the older specimens. Ventral valve
with a narrow, faintly impressed sinus extending from the
beak along the shell, corresponding to the inner septum,
which gradually expands into a broader and deeper depres-
sion, and, with a corresponding elevation in the opposite
valve at the margin, gives it considerable sinuosity in
front. Beak short, acute, and slightly incurved. A mi-
nute, round foramen just beneath the apex.

False area small, concave. Longitudinal septum not
extending beneath the beak, but ending about even with
the cardinal teeth. Dorsal valve more gibbous than the
ventral, umbo prominent, longitudinal septum extending
the full length of the shell, but becoming indistinct at the
front margin. A narrow, scarcely perceptible impression
extends along the back, opposite the septum. The spatu-
late portion of the cardinal process short, and bending
slightly upward, to correspond to the under side of the con-
cave area, beneath which it passes at nearly a right angle
to the basal portion. The crura, being very small, serve to

228 Observations upon the Geolog'p and Paleontology

give sharpness to the angle, and also, by slight lateral
projection in front of the cardinal teeth, gave security to
the hinge. Length from four to five lines, breadth from
five to six lines.

Geological formation and locality. In the lower portion
of bed No. 7 of the preceding sections, Burlington, Iowa,
where it is rare.

The discovery of a species of this interesting genus,
established by Prof. Plall in 1857, at the base of the Car-
boniferous system, materially extends the known geologi-
cal range of the genus.

Dedicated to the Rev. W. H. Barris, rector of Christ
Church, Burlington, Iowa.

TEREBRATULA BURLINGTONENSIS (White.)

Shell rather small, longitudinally oval, gibbous or slightly
compressed, broadest a little forward of the middle.

Ventral valve regularly convex, beak large, projecting
considerably beyond the dorsal valve, incurved.

Hinge-line abruptly curved, deltidium in two pieces,
truncated at the apex by the foramen, concave at the base
to receive the beak of the dorsal valve. A faint, scarcely
defined ridge on each side of the beak follows its curva-
ture from the foramen, and finally loses itself at the mar-
gin, near the middle of the shell.

Dental plates strong, deep, and nearly perpendicular,
bevelled backward, and presenting a sharp edge in front,
tapering and projecting slightly above the margin.

Dorsal valve depressed convex, forming a sinuate junc-
ture with the opposite valve at the sides of the shell, a little
the most convex near the beak.

Beak broad, not incurved. Cardinal process consisting
simply of a small projecting rim around the inside of the
hinge-line, the ends of which incline inward from the mar-

of Burling-ton, loiva, and its Vicinity. 229

gin, forming the dental sockets, which are open in front.
Surface nearly smooth; only a few concentric lines of
growth are observed upon the specimens obtained. It
is not abundant.

Geological formation and locality. In the lower portion
of bed No. 7 of the preceding sections, Burlington, Iowa.

ATHYRIS CRASSICARDINALIS (White.)
Shell subquadrangular, or subcircular, more or less gib-
bous, greatest width usually above the middle, hinge-line
broadly curved, equal to about half the width of the shell.
Ventral valve convex, beak small, curving upward, and
meeting the beak of the dorsal valve. Teeth distant,
pointing inward, and slightly upward and backward.
Muscular impression rather large, suboval, extending to
the beak without interruption. A faint longitudinal ridge
is sometimes observed on the inside of the shell, running
from beak to front, and a corresponding depression along
the outside, which, with a similar depression on the other
valve, give a slightly truncated or emarginate appearance
to a nan-ow portion of the front margin. Dorsal valve
depressed-convex, usually a little flattened at the sides
below the hinge-line, much more convex longitudinally
than transversely. Beak slightly prominent, meeting the
under side of the beak of the opposite valve, and complet-
ing the foramen.

Muscular impressions occupying a long, narrow space,
extending more than half the length of the shell. Hinge-
plate strong, prominent, and compact, its muscular cavi-
ties distinct, more or less deeply notched in front, and per-
forated by a very minute foramen ; on each side of it is
an oval-shaped cavity of considerable depth for the recep-
tion of the teeth of the opposite valve, forming a pivot-
hinge so perfect that the valves could not be separated

230 Observations upon the Geology and Paleontology

without breaking some of its parts. Surface marked by
squamose lines of growth, and frequent lines of imbrica-
tion, particularly near the margin, proceeding from which
occasional specimens show the remains of fringes of con-
siderable length.

This species is somewhat variable, particularly in the
convexity of the dorsal valve, and the prominence and
curvature of the beaks. The ventral valve is considerably
weakened by the large, deep, muscular impression, in con-
sequence of which it is liable to be damaged or destroyed.
The dorsal valve is stronger, and receives additional
strength from its massive hinge-plate, and is consequently
more frequently preserved.

The foramen of the hinge-plate, being so small, is
usually filled, and not observable. Width a little greater
than the length, seldom exceeding five lines.

Geological formation and locality. In Nos. 5, 6, and the
lower part of No. 7, of the preceding sections, Burlington,
Iowa.

FRODUCTUS L^VICOSTUS (White.)

Shell of medium size, somewhat ovoid in form, longer
than wide, broadly expanding toward the front, moder-
ately arcuate above, hinge-line less than the width of the
shell in front, ears slightly projecting, strongly wrinkled.
Dorsal valve following the curvature of the opposite one,
and leaving a moderate space between them. Ventral
valve regularly rounded, beak broad, short, slightly in-
curved over the hinge-line, strong wrinkles on the sides,
extending out upon the ears, which, \\itli ihe broadly
rounded umbo, give these parts the appearance of having
been pushed forcibly forward. Surface marked by numer-
ous filiform costee, of a smooth, wiry appearance, which
increase by implantation, as the shell increases in size;

of Burlington, loiuu, and its Vicinity. 231

space between them less than their width. The implanted
costae increase very gradually, and sometimes irregularly,
in size. The whole crossed by very fine, undulating, con-
centric striae. On a narrow space along the cardinal
border of the ventral valve the bases of numerous small,
thickly-set spines are observed, but no indication of spines
has been detected on other parts of the shell.

This species somewhat resembles the shell in the Kas-
kaskia limestone, usually referred to P. Cora, but differs
from it in its less prominent and broader beak. The
costsB are also coarser, smoother, and more rounded and
elevated.

In consequence of the compactness of the imbedding
stone, specimens are rarely found showing the full length
of the hinge-line, or the expansion of the front.

Geological formation and locality. In beds Nos. 1, 5, 6,
and the lower portion of No. 7, of the preceding sections,
Burlington, Iowa.

ORTHIS THIE3IEI (White.)

Shell depressed, orbicular, usually a little wider than
long, widest below the middle, hinge-line very short.
Dorsal valve deeper than the ventral valve, regularly con-
vex, with the general exception of a very shallow sinus
extending from beak to front. Beak projecting a little
beyond the hinge-line, and slightly curving toward the
beak of the opposite valve. Cardinal process strong, with
a strong, rounded septum extending from it nearly half the
length of the shell. Brachial processes strong, notched at
the ends. Margins crenulate more than half around the
shell.

Ventral valve convex near the umbo, depressed in front,
which, with the depression on the opposite valve, consider-
ably flattens the front margin. Beak short, elevated, and

232 Observations upon the Geology and Paleontology

incurved, leaving but little space between the two beaks.
Width and height of foramen about equal, nearly filled by
the strong cardinal process.

Muscular cavity large, heart-shaped, with a forked sep-
tum occupying its centre. Surface marked by fine striae,
with occasional tubular openings on the surface. Strias
increasing by implantation, and gradually bending out
toward the lateral margins.

Imbricating lines usually confined to a space near the
margins. This shell is variable in the convexity of the
dorsal valve, the distinctness of the dorsal sinus, and the
strength of the cardinal and brachial processes. Width a
little more than the length, usually less than half an inch.

In its details, this species considerably resembles the
western forms of Orthis Vanuxemi of the Hamilton
group, but, beside other differences, it is usually of
smaller size, more gibbous, and the ventral beak is more
elevated and incurved.

Geological formation and locality. In beds Nos. 1 to
the lower portion of No. 7, inclusive, Burlington, Iowa.
Dedicated to Dr. Otto Thieme, of Burlington, Iowa.

SPIRIFER SOLIDIROSTRIS (White.)

Shell rather small, nearly semicircular, wider than long,
widest at the hinge-line, where it is sometimes extended
into submucronate points, rounded in front.

Dorsal valve more convex from beak to front than trans-
versely. Beak scarcely prominent, slightly projecting be-
yond the hinge-line.

Ventral valve about twice as deep as the opposite one,
regularly arcuate from beak to front, but a little depressed
near the cardinal extremities. Area large and well de-
fined, foramen narrow, beak acute, incurved, and becoming
solidified as the foramen is progressively closed. Dental

of Burlington^ loiva, and its Vicinity.

233

plates strong, projecting a little forward of the hinge-line.
From six to eight prominent plications on each side of the
mesial fold and sinus, which decrease regularly in size
toward the hinge extremities. Sinus rather broad and
deep, distinctly defined even to the point of the beak ; a
slightly elevated ridge extends along its bottom, and a cor-
responding depression along the mesial fold.

Mesial fold prominent, and widely separated from the
plications. Surface marked by fine, lamellose, concentric
strisB, which arch upon the plications, and the ridge in the
mesial sinus, and doubly arch upon the mesial fold.

Geological formation and locality. In beds Nos. 5, 6,
and the lower portion of No. 7, of the preceding sections,
Burlington, Iowa.

List of described Fossils recognized in the Burlington Rocks.

Gyroceras Burlingtonensis,
Euomphalus latus,

" obtusus,

Spirifer Grimesi,
" Forbesi,
" plenus,
" imbrex,
" incertus,
'• subrotundatus,
" extenuatus,
" biplicatus,
Rhynchonella Missouriensis V
Atliyris incrassatus,
Ortliis Swallovi,

" Michelina, var. Burlingtonensis,
" inajqualis,
Chonetes Fischeri,
" Logani,
Productus arcuatus,

" Fleming!, var. Burlingtonensis,

" concentricus,
" Shumardianus,

JOURNAL B. S. N. 11. 30

MOLLUSCA.

Owen,
Hall,

Norwood and Pratten,
Hall,

Shumard,
Hall,

var.

Norwood and Pratten,
Hall,

var.

Chemung.
Carboniferous.
Chemung.
Carboniferous.

Chemung.

Carboniferous.

u
it

Chemung.

Carboniferous.
Chemung.

234 Observations upon the Geology and Paleontology

Aviciila circulu?,

Shumard,

Cardiomorpl;

la ovata,

Hall,

(t

? rhomboidea,

II

EADIATA.

Actinocrinus

i ventricosus,

Hall,

(1

discoideus,

11

>i

aequalis,

II

(C

umbrosus,

II

t(

longiro«tris,

((

{(

ornalus,

><

11

turbinatus,

II

(1

" var. 1

elegans,

It

«

coelatus,

11

11

proboscidialis,

II

11

sculptus,

II

1(

ven-ucosus,

II

It

multibrachiatus,

11

11

pentagonus,

II

t(

cornigerus,

II

(1

trinodus,

II

(1

symmetricus.

II

11

minor,

It

(1

superlatus,

It

l<

brevicornis.

II

It

subaculeatus,

It

II

tricornis,

It

It

brevis,

II

It

corniculus,

II

It

pyramidatus,

11

It

unicornus,

Owen and Shumard,

II

multiradiatus,

Shumard,

11

Verneuilianus,

It

It

Konincki,

II

II

Chrystyi,

II

11

pyriformis,

11

II

rotundus,

Yandell and Shumard,

Agaricocrinus stellatus,

Hall,

11

bullatus,

11

Megistocriiui

s Evansi,

Owen and Shumard,

Syubathocrinus Wortheni,

Hall.

u

dentatus,

Owen and Shumard,

Archiocidaris Agassizi,

Hall,

Rliodocriiius

Wortheni,

((

Ichthyocrinus Burlingtonensis

U

Scaphiocrinus dichotomus,

i<

It

simplex,

11

Chemung.

Carboniferous.
II

It

II
It
II
II
(I
fi
II
It
II

It
it
ti
II
ti
It
II
11
It
II

<i
II

11
II
It
11
II
It
It
It

of Burlington, Iowa, and its Vicinity.

235

Zeacrinus

ramosus,

Hall,

Carboniferous,

u

elegans,

II

It

Dicliocrinus ovutus,

Owen

and Sli

lumard,

II

u

striatus,

II

It

II

(t

Cyathocrinus lowensis,

II

It

11

((

u

conmhis,

II

It

11

><

((

rotuiidatus,

Hall,

((

II

divai-icatus,

i(

tl

II

malvaceus,

ti

ii

Pateriocrinus calyculus,

(1

II

II

rliombiferus,

Owen

and Shumard,

tl

Pentremites Norwoodii,

II

II

11

tl

II

melo,

11

11

11

11

11

stelliformis,

11

II

11

It

II

eloiigatus,

Shum

ard,

11

Platj'crinus Americanus,

Owen

and Shumard,

II

II

discoideus,

11

11

tl

II

planus

II

11

t

II

Burlingtonensis,

11

II

It

II

corrugatus,

11

11

It

li

Yandelli,

II

11

It

11

nodobrachiatus,

Hall,

It

II

nodosus,

11

It

II

nucleiformis,

((

It

It

canaliculatus,

II

ft

II

trnncatus,

((

11

II

truncatulus,

(1

It

II

siibspinosus,

«

It

II

scwlptus,

u

II

II

tuberosus,

<(

It

II

Shumardianus,

l(

11

It

Wortheiii,

((

(1

II

pileiformis,

tl

II

II

pocilliformis.

u

tl

II

cavus,

u

u

Fossils described in this Paper.

Spirifer solidirostris,
Nucleospira Rarrisii,
Terebratula Burlingtonensis,
Athyris crassicardinalis,
Rliynclionella pustulosa,
Productus la^vicostus,
Orthis Thiemei,

Chemung.

236 On the Hymenoptera of the Genus

Art. III. — On the Hijmenoptera of the Genus Allantus
in the United States. By Edward Norton.

[Read Dec. 5th, I860.]

In the following paper, I have endeavored to give a list
of the known species of this genus, and to describe a num-
ber of new species. Through the kindness of Mr. S. H.
Scudder, I have been enabled to identify most of those
named by the late Dr. Harris in his " Catalogue of the
Insects of Massachusetts " from the original specimens,
now in the possession of the Boston Society of Natural
History. Many of them were named by Say for Dr.
Harris, but do not seem to have been described.

Some of the species here enumerated do not agree in
every respect with the generic characters laid down by
Hartig ; the abdomen is not always as elongate, as in A.
Schrophidarice, nor the hind legs very long, but all have the
third joint of the antennae longer than the fourth, and such
a strong " family resemblance " that I have thought it best
to leave the question of farther subdivision until it seems
to be more necessary. The larvae of these dissimilar spe-
cies require to be studied before their exact relations can
be settled.

The genus Tenthredo seems to have but few representa-
tives in this country. I have seen as yet but two or three
species which belong to it or its several subsections. These
I propose to describe at some future time.

FMI. TENTHREDINID^.
GENUS ALLANTUS, PANZER.

Div. A. (Stephens). Antennae short, somewhat clavate
at the tip. None as yet found in the United States.
B. Antennae not thickened at the apex,
a. Antennae white at the tip.
Sp. 1. A. terminalis.

DECEMBER, 1860.

Allantus in the United States. 237

Tentlircdo terminalis. Say. Long's Second Exp. II.
318. 9 $.

A. melisoma. Harris's Catalogue.

Inhabits U. S. (Say). Found in Connecticut, and Mas-
sachusetts (Harris's Collection).

The specimens in the Hams Collection cdXled A. meliso-
ma differ but little from the above.

Sp. 2. A. mellosus. Nov. spec. Antennae white at tip ;
vertex and thorax black ; abdomen testaceous yellow.
( 9 Long. corp. 0.45 in. Ex. alar. 0.80 in. ? Long. 0.37
in. Ex. alar. 0.67 in.)

9 Testaceous ; antennae black ; four apical joints white ;
head pale yellow, sometimes testaceous ; a lobate black
spot on vertex, from occiput to clypeus, touching the eyes
at summit ; a narrow, pale line within it from two of the
ocelli to antennae, and connected between them ; clypeus
deeply emarginate ; labrum rounded and fringed with pale
hair ; mandibles black at tip. Thorax black ; edge of col-
lar, wing-scale, a spot below each wing on pleura, a V on
prothorax, scutellum, two dots behind, and ridge on meta-
thorax, yellow ; a broad band on pleura, the abdomen, and
legs, testaceous yellow ; a narrow line at base of second
segment of abdomen and in middle of basal membrane
overlapping first segment, black ; coxae and base of femora
white ; base of posterior coxae black ; wings hyaline ; ner-
vures fuscous ; basal half of stigma white.

$ The male has the two basal joints of antennae white
above ; apical half of fifth joint white ; pleura almost
entirely white; abdomen and legs paler color than in
female.

Inhabits Connecticut, and Pennsylvania (Dr. Clemens).

Eight specimens examined. This male is described by
Say as the male of A. terminalis.

Sp. 3. A. apicalis. Say. Bost. Jour. I. 216. 9 .
Inhabits Indiana.

238 On the Hymenoptera of the Genus

I have not seen this species.

Sp. 4. A. abdominalis. Nov. spec. Color black ; anten-
nae at tip and the scutellum white ; abdomen testaceous.
( 9 Long. 0.37 in. Ex. alar. 0.75 in. $ Long. 0.30 in. to
0.35 in. Ex. alar. 0.65 in.)

9 $ Head and thorax black ; the four apical joints of
antennre white ; clypeus, labrum, and trophi honey-yellow;
mandibles black at tip ; clypeus retracted and deeply
emarginate, posterior edge black ; labrum wider than long,
somewhat angulate, and fringed with yellow hair ; a blunt
red spine between the antennae; scutellum, two dots be-
hind, and (commonly) the ridge of metathorax, white;
abdomen and legs testaceous ; first segment of abdomen
black at base and edges ; basal half of coxae, the four an-
terior femora, apex of posterior femora, and all the feet,
black ; apex of coxae, the trochanters, and base of femora,
white. Wings faintly clouded ; nervures black ; basal
half of stigma white ; wing-scale piceous.

Hab. Farmington, Conn.

Eleven specimens examined. The apical segments of
the abdomen are sometimes black in the males. This is
closely allied to A. apicalis of Say.

Sp. 5. A. trisyllabus. Say. H. Cat. Undescribed.
Black ; a white band on antennae near the tip ; edge of
collar, V spot, and scutellum, white. (Long, about 0.40
in. Ex. alar. 0.80 in.)

9 Head, thorax, and abdomen, black ; five apical joints
of antennae, base of fifth, and apex of ninth, black ; clyp-
eus, labrum, spot at base of mandibles, and palpi, white;
clypeus produced, emarginate, and sprinkled with piceous
dots ; labrum with similar dots, rounded, sometimes almost
truncate, and covered with scattered hair ; edge of collar,
V spot, scutellum, two dots behind, a line at apex and an-
other at base of metathorax, and a narrow, short line at
apex of four basal segments of abdomen, white ; legs

Allantus in the United States. 239

black ; a line upon the four anterior legs beneath, the base
of posterior femora, and a line more or less produced be-
neath, a large spot on posterior coxsb, the trochanters, and
tips of all the coxae, and base of femora, white. In some
cases the joints of posterior tarsi are white. Wings slightly
clouded ; nervures dark ; stigma and costa at tip lighter ;
wing-scale black ; apex pale.

Hab. Connecticut, and Massachusetts (Mr. Scudder and
H. Coll).

Thirteen specimens examined. In some of them the V
spot and all marks back of the scutellum are indistinct or
wanting. In one instance the ventral segments are tipped
with white.

Sp. 6. A. niger. Nov. spec. Body black, antennae
semi-annulate, with white near the tip. ( 9 Long. 0.37 in.
Ex. alar. 0.75 in.)

9 Black; the apical half of the fifth, sixth, seventh,
eighth, and base of ninth joints of antennae white on up-
per side ; clypeus produced, emarginate ; disk of labrum
and a spot on base of mandibles white ; front of clypeus
and the labrum covered with whitish hairs ; head and tho-
rax punctured, most coarsely on the occiput ; body immac-
ulate ; the apical segments of abdomen and the venter
glabrous, with fine ashy hair ; legs black, a white line on
lower side of femora, tibiae, and tarsi of four anterior legs,
and a large white spot on posterior coxae ; wings hyaline ;
nervures dark piceous ; costa testaceous at tip.

Hab. Connecticut, and Pennsylvania (Dr. Clemens).

Five females examined.

Sp. 7. A. grandis. Nov. spec. Body blue-black ; the
tip of antennae, edge of collar, scutellum, and edge of basal
membrane, yeUow. (Long. 0.50 in. Ex. alar. 1.17 in.)

9 Antennae long and stout ; the four apical joints and
base of first joint yellow, punctured, and covered with
scattered ashy hairs ; clypeus produced and arcuate ; la-

240 On the Hymenoptera of the Genus

brum rounded ; disk of clypeus in part and of labrum
wholly yellow ; base of mandibles yellow ; palpi piceous,
apical joints pale ; occiput and prothorax punctured, and
thinly covered with short ashy hair ; body blue-black ; the
edge of collar, scutellum, two dots behind, apical and ba-
sal edge of basal membrane, two spots near base of ante-
rior coxEB on the pleura, and one near posterior coxae,
yeUow ; abdomen stout and dilated ; a white line beneath
anterior pair of legs, from middle of femora to feet;
apical joints of tarsi and the feet piceous ; femora of two
posterior pair shining with close, fine hair ; wings clouded,
semi-transparent ; nervures and stigma black ; costa lighter
at tip.

Hab. Farmington, Conn.

Two specimens examined.

b. Antennae white at tip and base.

Sp. 8. A. varius. Nov. spec. Black ; antennae at base
and tip yellow ; V spot and scutellum white ; abdomen
dark rufous. (Long. 0.37 in. Ex. alar. 0.75 in.)

9 Black ; basal and four apical joints of antennae red-
dish yellow ; clypeus emarginate, labrum truncate, both
pale yellow ; a narrow pale mark back of the cheeks, and
a deeply lunate, slender white line on occiput ; mandibles
rufous at tip ; edge of collar, V spot, scutellum, two dots
behind, and ridge of metathorax, white ; abdomen dark
red ; basal segment black ; legs rufous ; tarsi, except the
base of basal joint, the basal half of femora, and a large
spot on posterior coxae, white ; coxae, apex of posterior
tibiae, and feet, black ; wings hyaline ; nervures black ;
half of stigma, costa, and wing-scale, piceous.

Hab. Farmington, Conn.

Two specimens examined.

c. Antennae white or yellow at base.

Sp. 9. A. basilaris.

A. coronatus. $ H. Cat.

AUanlKs in the United States. 241

Tentliredo basilaris. Say. Long's Sec. Ex. II. 316.

9 ^'

Hab. N. W. Territory (Say), Massachusetts (H. Coll.),
Connecticut, New York.

Sp. 10. A. duhius. Harris. H. Cat. Black ; antennae
piceous, basal joint yellow ; abdomen with yellow bands.
(Long. 0.50 in. Ex. alar. 0.95 in.)

9 Body black ; antennae short and stout, piceous, basal
joint pale ; head wide, indistinctly piceous about the or-
bits ; clypeus produced, angulate ; labrum rounded ; clyp-
eus, labruin, base of mandibles, and palpi, yellow; wing-
scale piceous ; scutellum, two dots behind, edge and sides
of basal membrane, a spot on pleura near posterior coxae,
the fifth, seventh, and two apical segments of abdomen
above, yellow; legs piceous yellow, darkest (in one case
black) on femora above and base of tibiae ; coxae black,
yellow at tip ; trochanters yellow ; pleura and body beneath
black ; wings clouded ; nervures and apex of stigma black ;
basal half of stigma and costa piceous yellow.

Hab. Massachusetts (H. Coll.).

Two specimens examined. This is probably a variety
of A. basilaris. The color of antennae is ditierent, the collar
and pleura black, &c.

Sp. 11. A. bicinctus. Nov. spec. Black ; basal joint pf
antennae yellow ; basal membrane yellow ; and a rufous
band in middle of abdomen. ( ? Long. 0.40 in. Ex.
alar. 0.80 in. $ Long. 0.35 in. Ex. alar. 0.70 in )

9 Black ; antennge moderate, flattened in middle, basal
joint yellow ; a dot between antennae, clypeus, labrum, and
base of mandibles, yellow ; the wing-scale, upper edge of
collar and a wide mark on basal edge, narrowing to ante-
rior legs, a spot on pleura and line from base of inferior
wings, a V spot, the scutellum, post-scutellum, two dots
behind, and ridge of metathorax, yellow ; a deep rufous
band on fourth, fifth, and sixth segments of abdomen ;

■ lOURNAI, It. S. X. H. 31 DECEMBER. 1 8t>0.

242 On the Hymenoptera of the Genus

basal membrane yellow, forming a band over first segment
of abdomen ; legs yellow ; base of posterior coxae, apex of
femora, and tibia?, black; feet in some cases black ; wings
faintly clouded ; nervures piceous ; stigma and costa at tip
lighter.

^ Resembles female, but the rufous band is wanting.

Hab. Connecticut, Massachusetts (Mr. Scudder), New
York, Pennsylvania (Dr. Clemens). Maryland (Mr. Uhler),
Florida.

Twenty specimens examined. This is allied to A. bifas-
ciatus of Say. But the marks on that are white ; the V
spot and the marks on the pleura are not mentioned, nor
the yellow basal joint of antennae, and he places the rufous
band on the fourth segment of the abdomen only.

Sp. 12. A. intermedius. Nov. spec. Black ; basal joint
of antennae yellow ; spot on pleura before anterior coxae,
scutellum, and basal membrane, yellow ; and a rufous
band on fourth segment of abdomen. (Long. 0.30 in. to
0.35 in. Ex. alar. 0.60 in. to 0.70 in.)

9 Body black ; antennae about tv/o thirds the length of
those of A. bicincfus, and more slender ; basal joint of
antennae beneath, disk of clypeus, basal half of labrum, a
spot at base of mandibles, and the palpi, pale yellow ;
clypeus dotted with red, deeply emarginate; head, protho-
rax, and pleura, roughly punctured, and shining with fine,
close hair ; wing-scale, edge of collar, a small round dot
on pleura, before the anterior coxae, the scutellum, two
dots behind, and basal membrane, yellow ; fourth segment
of abdomen dark rufous ; legs yellow ; the apical half of
posterior femora, tips of tibia?, and feet, black ; wings
faintly smoky ; base of stigma pale.

S Resembles female, except that the antennae are much
stouter, the two basal joints yellow ; clypeus and labrum
yellow ; rufous band on abdomen wanting, and all the
coxae black at base.

Allantus in the United States. 243

Hab. Connecticut and Massachusetts.

Two specimens examined. They strongly resemble A.
bi/asciatiis, and also A. cestiis, of Say.

Sp. 13. A. cestns. Say. Bost. Jour. I. 217. $ 9 .

Hab. United States (Say).

I have received one female from Kansas, through Mr.
Uhler.

Sp. 14. A. goniphorus. Say. Bost. Jour. I. 216. $ 9 .

Hab. Indiana (Say), Connecticut, Pennsylvania (Dr.
Clemens).

Sp. 15. A. epicera. Say. Bost. Jour. I. 216, $
" Black ; abdomen, base of the antennge, and feet, honey
yellow."

? Say describes only the male. The female differs in
having the base of the coxsb black, and the trochanters and
base of femora white.

Hab. Indiana (Say), and Connecticut.

Two females examined.

d. Antennae black or of a dark hue.
X. Abdomen wholly or mostly rufous.

Sp. 16. A. pallipes. Say. West. Quarterly Rep., vol.
ii. 1, 72, 1823.

" Black ; thorax rufous before ; feet white.
" Inhabits Missouri.

" Body black ; labrum and palpi white ; thorax with a
rufous triangle before, a rufous spot on each side of the
disk, another beneath the origin of the wing, and the tip of
the scutel rufous ; a whitish spot before the wings ; wings
a little dusky ; carpus whitish ; feet white ; posterior thighs
blackish in the middle ; tergum, with the lateral basal
margin of the segments, rufous ; venter rufo-testaceous ;
each side dusky in the middle.

" Length seven twentieths of an inch."

The specimens taken by me differ from the above de-
scription as follows. The clypeus is yellow ; the scuteilum

244 On the Hymenoptera of the Gemis

rufous ; the legs rufous ; coxae and base of femora white ;
tips of posterior femora and tibias, and, in some cases, of
tarsi also, black. The " black mark in middle of posterior
thighs " is wanting. (Long. 0.30 in. Ex. alar. 0.57 in.
(J Long. 0.25 in. Ex. alar. O.oO in.) S Undescribed.
The abdomen is black, with the third, fourth, and fifth
segments rufous, (in one specimen the first and -second
segments are also rufous,) and all but the two apical seg-
ments rufous beneath ; prothorax partly black.

I have seven specimens, taken in Farmington, Conn.

Sp. 17. A. jnngms. Nov. spec. Black; scutellum and
mouth white; abdomen rufous. (Long. 0.30 in. Ex.
alar. 0.60 in.)

9 Head and thorax black ; body robust ; antennas
rather long and stout ; joints diminishing equally in
length; labrum, spot on mandibles, and palpi, dull white;
mandibles piceous ; clypeus scalloped in the centre ; la-
brum fringed with pale hair; body covered with short ashy
hair ; head finely punctured, pleura more coarsely ; wing-
scale, scutellum, two dots behind, and ridge of metathorax,
white ; abdomen short, rufous, basal membrane black ;
legs whitish ; coxae black, except at apex ; four anterior
femora rufous above, toward apex almost black ; posterior
femora and tibiae rufous, black at tips ; spines rufous ;
wings faintly clouded ; nervures piceous ; base of stigma
pale ; second submarginal cellule almost square.

Hab. Westfield, Mass., and Farmington, Conn.

Var. 9 Antennae waxen yellow ; base of second joint
black above ; edge of clypeus, the labrum, and mandibles,
reddish yellow ; wing-scales and nervures pale yellow.

Two specimens examined.

Sp. 18. A. trosidns. Say. H. Cat. Undescribed.
Black ; edge of collar, scutellum, and a line on pleura, pale
yellow; abdomen dark rufous. (Long. 0.30 in. Ex. alar.
0.60 in.)

Allantus in the United States. 245

9 Head and thorax black ; antennae long and thick-
ened in the middle; joints diminishing equally in length ;
clypeus moderately emarginate ; clypeus, labrum, base of
mandibles, and the palpi, yellow; mandibles black at tip;
wing-scale, edge of collar, scutellum, two dots behind, and
a longitudinal line on pleura near base of intermediate
legs, bright yellow ; abdomen dark rufous, two basal seg-
ments black ; legs yellow ; a black line from middle of
anterior tibiae above to feet ; half of posterior coxae, the
apical two thirds of femora, apex and base of tibiae, basal
half of first joint of tarsi, and all the feet, black; wings
faintly smoky; nervures piceous; basal half of stigma
pale; second submarginal cellule lengthened.

Hab. Connecticut and Massachusetts (H. Coll.).

Three specimens examined. One from Massachusetts,
in the Harris Collection, is larger than the others, and the
abdomen is wholly rufous.

Sp. 19. A. rufescem. Nov. spec. Antennae, orbits,
abdomen, and legs, dark rufous ; vertex and thorax black ;
face, collar, and scutel, yellow. (Long. 0.40 in. Ex. alar.
0.80 in.)

9 Color dull; head wide, and slightly roughened at
apex; antennae dark rufous, rather stout, two basal joints
red ; vertex black from back of head to clypeus ; upper
half of orbits rufous; a spot between and beneath anten-
nae, lower half of orbits and of face, base of mandibles, and
palpi, yellow ; clypeus produced, moderately emarginate;
thorax black ; edge of collar, scutellum, two dots behind
ridge of metathorax and below, and a spot on pleura at
base of coxae, yellow ; middle of pleura indistinctly ru-
fous ; abdomen and legs dark rufous ; anterior coxae at
base, posterior coxae, trochanters, femora, tips of tibiae
above, and tips of intermediate femora, black ; tarsi pale
reddish yellow ; wings smoky in middle ; stigma, costa,
and wing-scale piceous.

246 On the Hi/menoptera of the Genus

Hab. Maine (H. Coll.).

One specimen examined.

Sp. 20. A. tacitus. Say. H. Cat. Undescribed.
Black; abdomen rufous; wings violaceous. {$ Long.
0.30 in. Ex. alar. 0.60 in. 9 Long. 0.34 in. Ex. alar.
0.68 in.)

$ Head and thorax black, head coarsely punctured,
thorax smooth and shining ; antennae moderate, third
joint but little longer than fourth ; clypeus not deeply
emarginate ; labrum retracted, truncate ; face immaculate ;
two white dots behind scutellum ; abdomen bright red ;
basal membrane black ; legs black ; tips of anterior femo-
ra and base of tibaB piceous ; wings opaque, shining, viola-
ceous ; recurrent nervure received near the base of second
submarginal cellule.

9 A faint rufous tinge on the inner orbits, near the an-
tennae ; labrum angulate, hairy ; basal joints of palpi
rufous above, remainder dark piceous; wing-scale piceous;
abdomen paler than male ; anterior tibiae and tarsi pi-
ceous.

Hab. Farmington, Conn., and Massachusetts ( H.
Coll.).

Three specimens examined.

Sp. 21. A. tardus. Say. H. Cat. Undescribed.
Black; abdomen rufous, and wings violet. (Long. 0.45
in. to 0.50 in. Ex. alar. 1.00 in. to 1.10 in.)

9 Head and body black ; antennae moderate, somewhat
flattened ; clypeus not deeply emarginate ; labrum pro-
duced and rounded, fringed with dark hair ; head and
thorax closely punctured, immaculate; abdomen rufous,
flattened ; basal membrane black ; apical segment black,
with a few black hairs ; legs black ; anterior pair of tibiae
and tarsi piceous ; a white line on upper edge of posterior
coxae ; wings violaceous, semitransparent.

S Anterior legs beneath and tarsi above piceous ; the
white line on posterior coxae wanting.

Allantus in the United Slates. ti47

Ilab. Connecticut and Massachusetts (H. Coll.).

Five specimens examined.

Sp. 22. A. tricolor. Harris. MSS. Undescribed.
Black ; a yellow spot near posterior cox« ; a{)ex of al)-
domen rufous. (Long. 0.48 in. Ex. alar. 0.95 in.)

9 Black ; antennae long and slender, the two basal
joints rufous within ; clypeus moderately emarginate, and,
with the labrum and mandibles, yellow ; the two dots be-
hind scutellum, spot on side of basal membrane, and a
round dot near base of posterior coxae, yellow ; the first
four segments of abdomen black, remainder rufous above
and beneath ; legs rufous ; the coxae, base of anterior fe-
mora, four posterior femora, posterior tibiae, and first joint
of tarsi, black, the two latter with a rufous tinge ; wings
hyaline ; basal half of stigma pale.

Hab. Maine (H. Coll.).

One specimen examined.

Sp. 23. A. signatus. Nov. spec. Black ; edge of collar,
pleural spots, and coxae, yellow ; abdomen rufous, with
black spots. (Long. 0.44 in. Ex. alar. 0.88 in.)

9 Black ; antennae moderate, faintly rufous beneath
toward tip, third joint long ; clypeus produced, moderately
emarginate; labrum and mandibles fringed with pale hair;
clypeus, labrum, mandibles, palpi, and a spot on cheeks
below the eyes, yellow ; wing-scale, edge of collar, two
dots behind scutellum, edges of basal membrane, a spot
above posterior coxae, and a spot and perpendicular line
above intermediate coxae, yellow ; abdomen rufous above
and beneath, with the two basal segments and disk of
third above black ; legs rufous yellow beneath, black
above ; posterior tibiae, except at base, and the tarsi, black ;
apical joints reddish ; coxae yellow ; wings hyaline ; stigma
pale at base.

Hab. Maine (H. Coll.).

Two specimens examined.

248 On the Hijmenoptera of the Gcnvs

Sp. 24. A. mellimis. Harris. MSS. Undescribed.
Color entirely pale honey yellow; long and slender. (9
Long. 0.47 in. Ex. alar. 0.90 in. $ Long. 0.44 in. Ex.
alar. 0.87 in.)

9 Color pale honey yellow ; antenna? long and slender,
third joint long; lower half of face and of orbits yellow;
mandibles at tip and ocelli black; clypeus produced, mod-
erately emarginate ; labrum and mandibles fringed with
white hair ; body long and slender ; anterior coxae and fe-
mora, and a spot at base of posterior coxae, yellow ; wings
hyaline ; nervures black ; stigma and costa pale.

^ The male has a black spot on vertex about the ocelli;
wing-scale, collar, a distinct V on the prothorax, scutellum,
pleura, pectus, and coxae, pale yellow ; a black line on pos-
terior coxffi and half of femora above.

Hab. Maine (H. Coll.).

Two specimens examined.

XX. Abdomen with yellow or rufous bands.

Sp. 25, A. riifocinctus. Nov. spec. Black ; first five
segments of abdomen rufous. (Long. 0.30 in. to 0.35 in.
Ex. alar. 0.62 in. to 0.70 in.)

9 c? Black ; antennae short, the third joint but little
longer than the fourth ; clypeus almost inclosing the la-
brum, which is obtusely rounded, and fringed with pale
hair ; face immaculate ; labrum in some cases dark pi-
ceous ; mandibles and pal[)i piceous ; wing-scale piceous ;
two dots behind scutellum white ; first five segments of
abdomen rufous, the first concealed by the black basal
membrane ; body smooth, shining, and in many parts
covered with a close, shining pile of hair; legs rufous ;
coxae, tips of posterior tibiie, and the tarsi, black; the four
posterior coxae tipped with white beneath in females ;
wings smoky yellow, transparent; nervures black; basal
half of stigma pale.

Hab. Farmington, Conn., and New Hampshire (H. Coll.).

Allantus in the United States. 249

Sixteen specimens examined, June, July, and August.

Sp. 26. A. pircocinctits. Nov. spec. Black ; antennae
piceons beneath ; a piceous band on abdomen. (Long.
0.52 in. Ex. alar. 0.85 in.)

9 Dull black ; antennae long, second joint but little
longer than third, color black, dark piccous beneath, the
first and second joints piceous only at base ; clypeus and
labrum, mandibles and trophi, piceous, the former sprinkled
with black ; clypeus slightly cmarginate ; labrum retracted,
rounded, and fringed with hair ; mandibles black at tip ;
scutellum and two dots behind white ; head and thorax
finely punctured ; the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth segments
of abdomen piceous ; a deep sinus on mesothorax from
scutellum to anterior wings ; legs piceous ; all the coxae
and the four posterior femora black ; posterior tibiae and
tarsi dark above ; wings slightly smoky ; nervures black ;
basal half of stigma white.

Hab. Brooklyn, N. Y., from Mr. Akhurst.

One specimen examined. It resembles Tenthredo igno-
bilis of England in form, but the wings are shorter in pro-
portion to the length of body.

Sp. 27. A. dejectus. Nov. spec. Black ; a piceous
band at base of abdomen. (Long. 0.43 in. Ex. alar.
0.80 in.)

$ Dull black ; antennae moderate, rather stout, third
joint long ; head and thorax coarsely punctured ; clypeus
deeply emarginate ; labrum small ; face black ; labrum at
tip and palpi piceous, the latter paler in middle ; thorax
dull black, immaculate ; the three basal segments of abdo-
men dark piceous, most distinct at sides ; legs black ; the
four anterior tibiae beneath and the tarsi dark piceous ;
tarsi tipped with black above ; wings faintly clouded ;
nervures and stigma black; second submarginal cellule
moderately long, and receiving the recurrent nervure nearer
the third cellule than usual.

JOURNAL B. S. N. II. .32 DECEMBER, 18fiO.

250 On the Hymenoptera of the Genus

Hab. Brooklyn, N. Y. (Mr. Mdiurst).

One specimen examined. The abdomen and posterior
legs are much shorter than in the preceding insect.

Sp. 28. A. verticalis.

Tenthredo verticalis. Sav. Long's. Sec. Ex. II. 317. 9
" Head pale yellow ; vertex and antennae black ; tergum
yellowish, spotted with black, tip black. Length of the
body three twentieths of an inch."

$ The male is not described. It resembles the female,
except that the cheeks are entirely yellow ; the pleura,
pectus, and venter, pale yellow ; tergum testaceous yellow,
with two black spots on each of the two basal segments,
and the terminal segments sometimes dark or black ; pos-
terior tibiae entirely testaceous ; a V on the prothorax
sometimes takes the place of the four lines mentioned by
Say.

Hab. Northwest Territory (Say), Massachusetts (H.
Coll.), Connecticut and Pennsylvania (Dr. Clemens).

Twelve specimens examined. The size indicated by
Say is evidently an eiTor, for all those that I have seen
are from nine to nine and a half twentieths of an inch in
length.

Sp. 29. A. dissimilis. Nov. spec. Black, with the face
and six lines on thorax yellow, and terminal half of abdo-
men rufous. (Long. 0.4o in. Ex. alar. 0.90 in.)

9 Head and thorax black ; antennae very long, a little
flattened in middle ; clypeus truncate, a deep scallop in
middle ; la brum produced, rounded ; a line abont the or-
bits, interrupted opposite the upper oce^Ui and again oppo-
site the antennae, two dots back of ocelli, the face about
and beneath the antennae, base of mandibles, and palpi,
straw yellow ; wing-scale and edge of collar, four lines in
front of thorax, as in A. verticalis, and one on each side
of scutellum, the tip of scutellnm, and two pairs of dots
behind, yellow ; sides of basal membrane and the four

Allantus in the United States. 251

basal segments of abdomen beneath and on sides yellow,
above black ; remaining segments rufous; legs yellowish,
rufous in part; the anterior femora above, the four poste-
rior femora, and all the coxae, black ; a small white spot
near base of posterior coxeb ; wings faintly clouded toward
tip ; nervures black ; ' stigma piceous ; base and costa white.

Hab. Northern Illinois (Mr. Kennicott).

One specimen examined.

Sp. 30. A. bifasciatus. Say. West. Quarterly Rep.,
vol. ii. 1, 72, 1823. 9 " Black ; tergum with a white band
at base and a rufous one in the middle.

" Inhabits Arkansas.

" Body black ; nasus white ; labrum and palpi dull whit-
ish ; thorax with a yellowish line before each wing; scutel
yellowish ; wings dusky ; nervures brown ; feet white ;
tips of the posterior thighs and their tibiae black; tergum
with a white band at base and a rufous one on the middle.
Length seven twentieths of an inch (9)."

In Long's Second Exp. vol. ii. p. 317, it is stated that the
rufous band is on the fourth segment.

This species is allied to A. hicinctus (No. 11), and still
more closely to A. intermedins (No. 12). I find in the
Harris Collection a species called A. medius, (Say,) which
is perhaps a variety of the above. The basal joints of an-
tennae are black ; head wide, punctured ; thorax coarsely
punctured ; clypeus moderately emarginate ; labrum pro-
duced, truncate. It differs in having the sides of clypeus
and labrum black ; the color of the legs pale yellow ; coxae
black, except at tips ; and the tips of four anterior tarsi,
and all the toes, rufous black. The wings are faintly
clouded, nervures and stigma dark piceous, and basal half
of stigma pale. The fourth segment of abdomen is indis-
tinctly rufous. "^

Hab. New Hampshire.

Until more specimens can be examined, it will be diffi-

252 On the Hymenoptera of the Genns

cult to determine whether this is a variety or separate
species.

XXX. Abdomen black.
Sp. 31. A. angidifer. Nov. spec. Black ; a lobate
black spot upon the head ; a V spot on prothorax, an
angulate mark on the pleura, and body beneath, white.
(Long. 0.47 in. Ex. alar. 0.90 in.)

Black; antennas long and slender; head wide, pale
yellow ; the back and all of summit, and a lobate spot on
vertex, black ; the lower three fourths of orbits yellow ;
clypeus produced, moderately emarginate ; labrum and
mandibles fringed with pale hair ; wing-scale, edges of
collar, a V on prothorax, two dots behind scutellum, two
slender, radiating lines above and below these dots, a
broad, angulate mark on pleura, a spot near base of poste-
rior coxEB, and the whole body beneath, pale yellow ; some
indistinct, pale marks at junction of first four segments of
tergum ; legs pale yellow ; on the two anterior pair a black
line above, from middle of femora to feet, interrupted near
base of tibisB ; posterior coxae black above at base ; apical
half of femora, apex of tibiae, and the tarsi above, black ;
apical joints pale ; wings hyaline ; nervures and stigma
black, and base of stigma and costa pale ; third submargi-
nal cellule rather long.

Var. a. Sides of first four segments of abdomen pale
yeUow, and the remaining segments rufous ; pleura almost
entirely yellow, with an irregular angulate spot beneath
wings ; coxbb yellow ; tarsi rufous ; posterior legs black on
the upper side only ; wings somewhat clouded.

^ The male is black, long, and slender, with five large,
pale, diamond-shaped spots on tergum, at the joints of five
basal segments of tergum ; pleura with a black spot as in
Variety a. Color of body and legs beneath pale greenish
yellow; posterior tibiae and tarsi black, with a white spot
on tibiae above ; apical joints of all the tarsi green ; wings
hyaline.

AUantus in the United States. 253

Hab. New Hampshire, Maine (H. Coll.), and Albany,
N. Y.

Four specimens examined. This resembles A. ventralis
of Say.

Sp. 32. A. lohntiis. Nov. spec. Body black ; head
pale yellow, with a lobate black spot upon the vertex.
(Long. 0.48 to 0.50 in. Ex. alar. 0.90 in.)

9 Black ; antennae long, enlarged in middle ; head yel-
low, black behind and above ; a lobate black spot on ver-
tex; orbits pale straw yellow, only interrupted opposite
the ocelli ; a spot on basal joint of antennae within, and
the base of mandibles, yellow ; clypeus produced and
widened ; edges of collar, wing-scale, V on prothorax, two
dots behind, two radiating lines above and two below
these dots, the sides of basal membrane, and a spot near
posterior coxae, pale yellow ; on the venter, the overlapping
plates irregularly whitish ; a deep sinus behind mesotho-
rax, at base of superior wings ; body finely punctured, and
in some parts shining with close, hairy pile ; legs yellow ;
coxae black, tipped with yellow ; a narrow black line on
the four anterior femora and tibiae above ; posterior femo-
ra black, except at base ; tibiae at tip and tarsi above black ;
apical joint whitish ; wings hyaline ; nervures black ; base
of stigma white.

Var. a. Two dots back of ocelli ; a spot on pleura be-
low wing-scale, four lines in place of V spot, apex of scu-
tellum, six dots and two lines behind, yellow.

Hab. Farmington, Conn.

Three specimens examined.

Sp. 33. A. ventralis. Say. West. Quar. Rep. vol. ii.
p. 72. " Black ; feet before and abdomen beneath
white.

" Inhabits Arkansas.

" Body black ; nasus, labrum, mouth, abbreviated line
above the eye and large spot beneath it, white; thorax

254 On the Hyme^ioptera of the Genus

with a line before the wing, small spot each side of scutel,
white; wings a little dusky; feet white before; pectus
with a white line on each side, and somewhat testaceous
central spot ; tergum immaculate ; venter white.

" Length nine twentieths of an inch." Sex not men-
tioned.

I have not seen this species.

Sp. 34. A. leucostoma. Kirby. Faun. Bor. Am. 256,
354.

" Length of the body six lines (0.50 in.).

" Body narrow, black, glossy, without hairs. Head
scarcely so wide as the trunk, wedge-shaped; palpi, subor-
bicular upper lip, emarginate nose, and base of the mandi-
bles, white ; apex of the latter rufous ; antennre a little
shorter than the trunk, nine-jointed, with the third joint
longest ; neck constricted ; tegulae testaceous ; wings sub-
hyaline, with piceous nervures ; legs yellow, with the apex
of the tibiae and whole of the tarsi of the posterior legs
black ; abdomen linear, acute at the anus.

" This species comes near A. ater^^ (Europe). I have
not yet seen it.

Sp. 35. A. Jtavomarginis. Nov. spec. Black ; face
and edge of collar yellow. (Long. 0.50 in. Ex. alar.
1.00 in.)

9 Body black, slender, shining; antennoB rather short;
clypeus produced, emarginate ; clypeus, labrum, a spot on
cheeks, base of mandibles, and palpi, yeUow ; head a little
wider than thorax ; wing-scale and edge of collar yellow ;
two dots behind scutellum, the sides of basal membrane,
and a spot near posterior coxae, yellow ; legs black, ante-
rior pair and the intermediate tibiae and tarsi waxen yel-
low beneath ; a small yellow dot near the tip of anterior
femora above ; toes waxen yellow ; femora covered with a
fine pile beneath ; wings clouded toward apex; nervures
brown ; stigma pale at base.

Allantus in the United States. 250

Hab. Farmington, Conn.

One specimen examined.

Sp. 36. A. atroviolacens. Harris. H. Cat. Body black ;
wings violaceous. (Long. 0.50 in. Ex. alar. 1.10 in.)

$ Body black, in some lights having a faint bluish
tinge; antennae long, having a rufous tinge beneath; body
shining, and coarsely punctured on head and thorax, more
finely on mesothorax ; face black ; clypeus angulale ; la-
brum almost conical; mandibles large, punctured, and,
with the labrum, fringed with hair; abdomen much flat-
tened ; legs punctured, posterior pair long ; a white line on
posterior coxse above ; anterior tibiae and tarsi, and apical
joints of all the tarsi, piceous ; wings violaceous, almost
opaque, irregularly marked with whitish lines along the
apical nervures.

$ The antennae of the male are piceous, brightest to-
ward the tip.

Hab. Connecticut, Massachusetts, Maine (H. Coll.).

Five specimens examined, one of which, without the
bluish tint, is called A. carbonarius in the MSS. Catalogue
of Dr. Harris. This resembles A. tardus in form.

Sp. 37. A. ritfipes.

Tenthredo rvfipes.' Say. Long's Sec. Ex. II. 318. 9.

Hab. Northwest Territory (Say), Massachusetts (H.
Coll. and Mr. Scudder).

Two specimens examined.

Sp. 38. A. rufopectus. Nov. spec. Body black ; anten-
nae, pectus, and legs, rufous. (Long. 0.40 in. to 0.42 in.
Ex. alar. 0.85 in. to 0.90 in.)

9 Black ; antennae dark rufous, tips of joints above
black (in some cases, the first and second joints are black
above) ; clypeus angulate ; labrum orbicular, and, with the
mandibles, fringed with hair ; labrum, base of mandibles,
and palpi, yellow; body shining ; wing-scale, edge of col-
lar, two dots back of scutellum, and four radiating lines,

256 On the Hymenoptera of the Genus

two above and two below these dots, yellow ; a white spot
near base of posterior coxae ; pectus and legs bright red ;
the four anterior tibite and tarsi, and the intermediate fe-
mora, tipped with black ; posterior tarsi, basal half of tibiae,
and tips of femora, black ; wings hyaline ; basal edge of
stigma and the costa pale.

^ The male has a yellow spot on each side of the disk
of clypeus ; the second and third segments of abdomen
are sometimes indistinctly rufous in part; abdomen above
covered with a close, fine pile.

Hab. Farmington, Conn., and Pennsylvania (Dr. Clem-
ens).

Ten specimens examined.

Sp. 39. A. albomaculatus. Nov. spec. Black ; a white
spot on coxae; posterior tibite black. (Long. 0.35 in. to
0.37 in. Ex. alar. 0.65 in. to 0.70 in.)

9 Body black; antennae moderate, first joint covered
with short, fine hair ; head and thorax punctured, most
coarsely back of the ocelli ; clypeus widely emarginate,
with sharp angles; labrum produced, truncate, and fringed
with coarse, whitish hair ; disk of clypeus and labrum,
base of mandibles, basal joints of palpi, and two dots be-
hind scutellum, yellow ; a large spot on posterior coxae
above white ; tip of same coxae, trochanters, and basal tip
of femora, a line on the four anterior coxae, and the
anterior pair of legs beneath, pale yellow ; wings hyaline ;
nervures black ; base of stigma pale.

$ The male has the four apical joints of antennae rufous
beneath ; clypeus immaculate, and not deeply emarginate ;
a white spot on wing-scale; all the coxae and the four
anterior legs pale yellow beneath ; anterior tarsi with
black tips.

Hab. Connecticut and Maine (H. Coll.).

Four specimens examined. One in the Harris Collec-
tion lias the wings dusky at tip, and clypeus not deeply
emarginate.

Allantus in the United States. 257

Sp. 40. A. pannosus. Say. Bost. Jour. I. 218. ? $
" Black ; mouth white ; feet varied with white. ( 9 Long.
0.30 in. $ Long. 0.25 in.)

" Inhabits Indiana."

The dark wing-scale and white edge of collar ; immac-
ulate pleura ; white coxae, with a black spot above and
below ; anterior legs white below, and posterior legs with
black femora and a band on tibiae of female, and a white
line on male ; and base of ultimate joints of the tarsi white ;
are the exterior marks of this species, which I have not
seen.

Sp. 41. A. externus. Say. West. Q,uar. Rep. II. 72. 9
" Black ; tibia white on the exterior side. Length nine
twentieths (0.45) of an inch.

" Inhabits Missouri.

" 9 Body deep black ; head, with a spot each side on
the nasus, and base of the mandibles, white ; wings fulig-
inous ; nervures black ; thighs at tip above, incisures of
the coxae, exterior side of the tibia, and tarsi, white ; pos-
terior feet robust.

This I have not seen. A. flavicollis seems somewhat
like it. Its size of body and posterior legs are sufficient
to distinguish it from the following species.

Sp. 42. A. epinotus. Say. Bost. Jour. 1. 215. 9 $ A.
sambucci. H. Cat. " Black ; tergum with a white band at
base ; feet varied with white.

" Length, ^ three tenths, 9 less than two fifths of an
inch.

" Body black ; mouth white ; tongue piceous ; thorax,
with the posterior edge of the collar, wing-scale, posterior
edge of the scutel, and two minute dots behind it, white ;
wings with brown nervures ; stigma somewhat inflated i
tergum with the posterior margin of the first segment
white ; feet white ; coxae with a dilated line before and
behind ; anterior and intermediate thighs and tibiae with a

JOUBKAL B. S. N. U. 33 D£C£MB££, 1860.

258 On the Ilymenoptera of the Germs

black line behind ; tarsi dusky at tips of the joints ; poste-
rior thighs black in Ihe middle ; tibia? at base and tip
black ; tarsi, first joint black, remaining joints black, white
at base."

Var a. ^9 The A. samhucci of Harris's Catalogue.
This has the spot on scutellum wanting, and a short, white
line on posterior tibiae above.

Var. b. 9 This has the scutellum black ; coxsb black,
with white tip and a white line on posterior tibiae above, in
one case long and in another short.

It may be remarked, that A. cestvs, A. intermedius, A.
mediits, of Harris, and A. epinotus are closely allied, and
will require the investigation of a larger number of speci-
mens before their names can be definitely settled.

Sp. 43. A. Jlavicox(B. Nov. spec. Black, with edge of
collar, coxae, and legs in part, yellow, (Long. 0.32 in. Ex.
alar. 0.65 in.)

9 Body black ; antennae moderate ; vertex and thorax
punctured ; clypeus half inclosing labrura, which is ob-
tusely rounded, and fringed with pale hair ; clypeus,
labrum, spot at base of mandibles, pale yellow ; palpi yel-
low, dark at tip ; wing-scale, edge of collar, and tsvo dots
behind scutellum, yellow; pleura immaculate ; legs yel-
low ; coxae yellow, basal tips black ; a band in middle of
four anterior femora and a slender line on anterior tibiae
and tarsi above, apical half of posterior femora, apex and
base of tibia^, base of first joint of tarsi, and the nails,
black. In some cases, all the tarsi are tipped with black.
Wings faintly smoky ; nervures black ; base of stigma
pale ; costal nervures distinctly separated.

Hab. Farmington, Conn., and jNIainc (H. Coll.).

Sixteen specimens examined.

Sp. 44. A. incvrtns. Nov. spec. Black, with edge of
collar and legs yellow ; j)osterior femora at tip and the
tibiffi black. (Long. 0.30 in. Ex. alar. 0.60 in.)

Allantus in the United States. 259

^ Body black; antennae moderate ; clypcus and labrum,
spot at base of mandibles, and i)alpi, whitish ; clypeus
deeply emarginate ; labrum truncate ; wing-scale, edge of
collar, and two dots behind scutellum, yellow ; legs yel-
low ; coxae at basal tips black ; four anterior legs immac-
ulate ; apical half of posterior femora above, the tibiae, and
basal half of first joint of tarsi, black ; wings slightly
clouded ; nervures black ; and stigma pale at base.

Hab. Farmington, Conn.

One specimen examined. This may be the male of A.
Jiavicoxcc.

Sp. 45. A. Jiavolineatus. Nov. spec. Black, with edge
of collar, scutellum, a line on pleura, and legs in part, yel-
low. ( 9 Long. 0.32 in. Ex. alar. 0.65 in. $ Long. 0.25
in. Ex. alar. 0.55 in.)

9 Body black ; antennae moderate ; head and thorax
punctured, most densely about the ocelli ; clypeus sparsely
punctured, almost inclosing the labrum, which is truncate,
and fringed with hair; clypeus and other parts of mouth
pale yellow; mandibles at tip and apical joints of palpi at
tip black ; wing-scale, edge of collar, apex of scutellum,
two dots behind, and a broad line on pleura before inter-
mediate legs, pale yellow ; tip of anal segment of abdomen
sometimes white ; legs yellow ; coxae yellow ; on the ante-
rior pair a slender black line above, from middle of femora
to nails ; the intermediate femora above toward apex, the
tibiae, and tarsi at tips are black; the apical half of poste-
rior femora, the apex and base of tibiae, and the tarsi are
black. In some cases the posterior tarsi are only tipped
with black. Wings hyaline, faintly smoky ; nervures
dark ; stigma enlarged, pale at base.

$ The male has the pleural mark and posterior coxae
pure white ; the four anterior legs straw-color, with a very
slender black line on the anterior tibiae, and the tarsi tipped
with black ; the posterior tibiae black, with a short white
line in middle above.

260 On the Hymenoptcra of the Genus Allantus.

Var. a. $ The first joint of antennaB white beneath ;
collar edged with white on three sides ; pleural band wide;
scutellum black.

Var. b. (J Antennae stout ; spot on scutellum very mi-
nute or wanting ; posterior coxae black at base, and poste-
rior tibioB entirely black.

Ilab. Farmington, Conn.

Seventeen specimens examined.

Sp. 46. A. obesus. Say. H. Cat. Undescribed.
Black; body stout; wings fasciate. (Long, about 0.35
ill. Ex. alar. 0.74 in.)

$ Shining black; thorax wide ; abdomen short and stout;
head narrower than thorax, coarsely punctured ; vertex
surrounded by an oval ridge, inclosing the anterior ocellus ;
antennae moderate, third joint long ; ocelli pale ; face im-
maculate ; palpi piceous at tip ; clypeus moderately emar-
ginate ; thorax rough, immaculate ; two pale dots behind
scutellum ; legs yellow ; intermediate femora at tip above,
posterior coxae at base, apical half of femora and of tibiae,
and all the nails, black ; wings hyaline ; nervures dark
brown ; stigma inflated, black ; a broad, brownish fascia
upon superior pair, crossing the second and third sub-
marginal cellules.

Hab. Massachusetts (H. Coll.).

One specimen examined, of which the upper half of
abdomen is wantin*;.

Descriptions of Neiv Species of Crinoidca. 261

Art. IV. — Descriplions of New Species of Crinoidca front,
the Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. By
James Hall.

[Read Dec. 19th, I860.]
GENUS ACTlNOCIilNUS.

Actinocrinus leucosia (n. s.). Body depressed-turbinate,
broadly trmicate at base ; dome moderately elevated,
surmounted by a central proboscis. Basal plates pro-
jecting as a salient trilobed rim, slightly excavated for the
attachment of the column. Radial series large, first ra-
dial plates more than once and a half as wide as high ;
second radial plates quadrangular, twice as wide as high ;
third radial plates broad, pentangular, supporting on each
upper inclined side a double range of short, broad, supra-
radial plates ; the upper one of each series is a bifurcating
plate, and supports on each side a double set of brachial
plates, giving four arms to each ray, except in the anterior
ray, where there are two arms, making the brachial for-
mula ij =: 18.

Interradial series consisting of from three to five plates
each ; the first large, eight or ten sided, supporting two in
the second range, and two in the third range, where there
are five in the series. First anal plate heptagonal, equal
to the first radial plates in height, but much narrower ;
supporting three smaller plates in the second range, with
several smaller plates above, the number and arrangement
not determined. Surface of plates moderately and regu-
larly convex, without ornament.

Arms strong, simple, composed of a double series of
short, broad plates, very obtusely wedge-form at the inter-
locking edges. Dome composed of numerous small tu-
berculose plates ; somewhat lobed by depressions corre-

JOUHXAL B. S. N. II. .I.\XI AKY. 18G1.

262 Neio Species of Crinoidea from the

sponding with the interradial and anal spaces. Column
large, round, and composed of strong, equal joints, which
are sharply angulated, enlarging below the junction with
the body, and again diminishing where the joints become
much lonijer below.

This species resembles, in general expression of the
body, those of the type of A. cornigervs, (Iowa Geol. Rep.
pi. 9, fig. 12,) but differs in the absence of spines on the
dome, and in having a central proboscis instead of a cen-
tral spine.

Geohg-ical formation and locality. Burlington limestone,
Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. Wliite of Burling-
ton.

Actinocrinus clio ( n. s. ). Body narrow, urn -form,
slightly spreading at the arm bases ; base slightly trun-
cate ; dome hemispherical. Basal plates short, thickened
at the lower margins, produced, and forming a low rim
around the base of the cup. First radial plates propor-
tionally large, wider than high ; second radial plates small,
quadrangular; third radial plates larger than the second,
pentagonal, obtusely wedge-form above, supporting on each
upper inclined side a proportionally large supra-radial bifur-
cating plate ; these support on each upjjer side short, small,
brachial plates, two ranges of which are so placed as to
contribute to the general form of the body. In the ante-
rior ray the third radial plate supports a double range of
brachial plates on each side, giving two arms to that ray,
and lovu" to each of the others.

Interradial series consisting of but one plate each, which
is eight or nine sided. First anal plate heptagonal, little
smaller than the tirst radial plates ; supporting three plates
in the second range, and two in the third range. Surface
of plates, when well ])reserved, marked by fine radiating
lines, which are I'ormtd by confluent graiuiles; the first ra-
dials and first anal jilate slightly protruding in the centre;

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 2t)3

plates of the dome without nodes, numerous, small, and
polygonal.

Arms slender, round at base, becoming gradually flat-
tened and broader on the back above, at the widest part
more than double their width at base, composed of a
double series of very short plates ; each of these bears on
its lateral angles a short point or sub-spine, which becomes
gradually longer towards the flattened portion of the arms.
Column round, of medium size, composed near its junc-
tion with the body of strong plates.

This species resembles in general expression A. turbina-
tus and its variety eleg-ans, (Geol. Rep. Iowa, pi. 11, figs. 1
and 5,) but differs in the arm formula, and in the flatten-
ing of the arms. The dome also of this is hemispherical,
while in that species it is depressed-convex, with strong
nodose plates.

Geolog-ical formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White of
Burlington.

Actinocrinus eqnibrachiatus var. alatus. Body variable
in form, sometimes broadly turbinate, the depth below the
arms equal to half the transverse diameter, and sometimes
so short as to appear scarcely more than a stellate disc ;
the dome above the arm bases is usually nearly equal in
height to the body below the arm bases. In some speci-
mens the interbrachial and anal spaces are constricted half
the depth from the periphery to the centre, giving a deeply
pentalobate form, while in others they are scarcely de-
pressed.

This species has the same arm formula and general
structure as A. eqjubrachiatus, McChesney, and the deep
constrictions between the rays give it a stellate or pentalo-
bate form, not noticed in typical specimens of the species.
This variety ditfers from A. simiosus (which it resembles
in the sinuosities or constrictions between the rays) in

264 New Species of Crinoidea from the

having nodose plates of body and dome, and in the im-
portant distinction of having four arms to each ray, in-
stead of five in the postero-lateral rays, as in that spe-
cies.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White of
Bvrlingion.

Actinocrimis opusculns ( n. s. ). ( A. ojuisculus. 1st
Supp. to Geol. Rep. Iowa, Explan. of pi. 2, fig. 6.) Body
broadly caliculate, height little more than half the width,
the brachial plates spreading around the circumference of
the cup in the form of a rim ; base truncate, and largely
excavated for the attachment of the column. Basal plates
short, thickened at the outer margins, and indented at the
suture lines. First radial plates wider than high, with
long upper lateral sides. Second radial plates quadrangu-
lar and pentangular, wider than high. Third radials larger
than the second, varying from pentagonal to hexagonal
and heptagonal, very obtusely wedge-form above, and sup-
porting on each upper sloping edge a large bifurcating
supra-radial plate ; these each support upon the outer edge
a series of brachial plates, and upon the inner edge a su-
pra-radial plate of the second order, which gives origin to
two arms, making six arms to each ray, and thirty arms to
the whole.

Interradial series consisting of four or five plates each,
the first one seven or eight sided, supporting two in the
second range, one six and the other seven sided, and one
or two small plates in the third range. First anal plate
hexagonal, about equal to the first radial, supporting two
or three slightly smaller plates in the second range, with
two to four irregularly placed above. The interradial and
anal spaces are inclosed or arched over by the brachial
plates. Surface of plates strongly convex, traversed by dis-
tinct ridges, which, passing from the centre of the plates,
unite at the edges with those of the adjoining ones.

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 265

Arms proportionally strong, round at the base, and be-
coming somewhat flattened above ; composed of a double
series of interlocking plates, armed at their outer edges
with short, spine-like nodes. Proboscis strong, composed
of small plates. Column of medium size, composed of
short, alternately thicker and thimier plates, ornamented
on the margins.

This species is of the type of A. mnltibrachiatus ; but
differs from that and all other described species in the or-
naments of the surface, the crowded horizontal brachial
plates, and flattened arms. In this latter character it re-
sembles A. clio, but differs materially in form of body and
arm formula.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White of
Burlington.

Actinocrinus corhulis (n. s.). Body broadly caliculate ;
dome highly convex, sub-hemispherical, surmounted by a
sub-central proboscis. Basal plates short, with strongly
projecting lower margins, slightly indented at the suture
lines. First radial plates short, twice as wide as high.
Second radials very small. Third radial plates very small,
obtusely wedge-form above, supporting on each upper edge
a series of two supra-radial plates, the upper ones of which
support on the upper inclined edges the brachial plates ;
two of these contribute to the form of the body or calyx.
Brachial formula n = 20.

Interradial series consisting of from one to three plates
each. First anal plate heptagonal, higher and narrower
than the first radial plates, supporting three anal plates
above in form of an arch. Surface of plates slightly con-
vex, the interradials a little depressed. The brachial
spaces are somewhat impressed, giving a slightly lobed ap-
pearance at the arm bases. Dome composed of nodose
plates, the three above each ray large and distinctly tuber-

JOtTRNAL B. S. N. H. 34 JAXUAUY. 1861.

266 New Species of Crinoidea from the

culose, while the intermediate ones are small and de-
pressed.

This species resembles the A. clavig-erus, (Supp. Iowa
Rep. page 44,) but difl'ers in its larger and more protruding
base, and in the depression of the interradial plates, caus-
ing the radial series to stand out in the form of ridges,
while the A. clavig-erus is symmetrically smooth below the
arms.

Geological formation and localihj. Burlington lime-
stone, Bnrlington, Iowa. Collections of C. A. White and
B. J. Hall of Burlington.

Actinocrinus cla'lia (n. s.). Body broadly caliculate ;
dome highly convex, surmounted by a sub-central probos-
cis. Basal plates short, somewhat projecting laterally,
salient at the outer margins, and deeply indented at the
suture lines. First radial plates of medium size, little
wider than long. Second radials small, quadrangular.
Third radials small, pentagonal or heptagonal, obtusely
wedge-form above, supporting on each side, in the ante-
rior ray, a series of three brachial plates, giving origin to
two arms. In the other rays they support on each side a
series of two supra-radial plates, the upper one of which
is wedge-form above, and supports on each sloping side a
series of two brachial plates, giving origin to four arms
from each, making the brachial formula A = 18.

Interradial series consisting of three to four j)lates
each ; the first eight-sided, about two thirds as large as
the first radial plates, supporting two smaller, somewhat
elongate plates in the second range, with sometimes an
intercalated plate above. First anal plate heptagonal, a
litth' smaller than the first radial plates, supporting three
in the second range and two in the third. Surface of the
body plates sub-spinous or strongly tuberculose ; those of
the radial series are elevated in the centre, giving the ap-
pearance of a ridge j)assing along the ray. Dome com-

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 267

posed of medium sized polygonal plates, some of which
are tuberculiform or sub-spiiiiform.

This species resembles A. corhulis in general appear-
ance, but differs in the arm formula, in the less spreading
calyx, and the longer tubercles.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White of
Burlington.

Actinocrinus rusticus (n. s.). Body broadly spreading
to the arm bases, which project in the form of strong
lobes; dome depressed-convex, surmounted by a sub-cen-
tral proboscis. Basal plates very short. First radial plates
proportionally large, wider than high, superior lateral sides
long. Second radial plates hexagonal. Third radial
plates smaller than the second, pentagonal, twice as wide
as high, obtusely wedge-form above, supporting on each
upper side a supra-radial bifurcating plate, which on the
outer margin supports brachial plates, and on the inner
margin supports a supra-radial plate of the second order,
which gives origin to two arms, making three to each
main division of the ray, and six to the ray, giving the
arm formula ^V r=: 30.

First interradial plate large, hexagonal, supporting two
smaller hexagonal plates in the second range, with three
or four plates in the third range, situated high up in the
brachial spaces. First anal plate hexagonal, smaller than
the first radials, sustaining two smaller hexagonal plates
in the second range, with several smaller plates irregularly
placed above. Surface of the body plates highly tubercu-
lose, the tubercles of the basal plates generally much ex-
tended. Dome composed of small, polygonal, slightly
convex plates.

This species resembles A. verrucosus., (Iowa Geol. Rep.
pi. 11, fig. 7 ;) but differs in being much broader in propor-
tion to its height, the dome less elevated, with plates never

268 New Species of Crinoidea from the

becoming tubuculose, the proboscis proportionally more
slender, and the smaller size of the fossil.

Geological formation and localihj. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collections of C. A. White and
B. J. Hall of Burlington.

Actinocrinus limabrachiatus (n. s.). Body turbinate be-
low the arms, narrowly truncate at base, somewhat exca-
vated for the attachment of the column; arm bases slight-
ly projecting; summit unknown. Basal plates short,
angularly thickened at the lower margin. First radial
plates of medium size, height and width nearly equal.
Second radial plates quadrangular, upper and lower mar-
gins convex. Third radial plates heptagonal, much larger
than the second, wedge-form above, supporting on each
side a large, supra-radial, bifurcating plate ; each of these
supports on the outer margin a series of brachial plates,
and on the inner margin a small supra-radial plate of the
second order, each of which gives origin to two arms, mak-
ing three arms to each division of the ray, or six to the
ray.

First interradial plate octagonal, supporting two smaller
plates in the second range, two in the third, and one in the
fourth range. Anal series consisting of about twelve
plates: the first hexagonal, smaller than the first radial
plates, supporting two in the second range nearly equal
in size, one seven sided and the other eight sided ; four
smaller plates in the third range ; with the remaining plates
irregularly placed above. Surface of plates traversed by
a single set of ridges, which passing from plate to plate
meet at the centres and form sharp nodes.

Arms long, slender, simple, composed near their base of
a single series of wedge-form plates, and above of a double
series of short interlocking plates, each of which has a
sharp elevated ridge near and parallel to its upper margin ;
the edge of this ridge is directed upwards, and has the ap-

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 269

pearance of the teeth of a file. The tentacula are long
and slender, composed of numerous joints, each of which
has, on its outer edge, a strong, sharp, curved spine, in-
clined obliquely outwards and upwards. Column com-
posed near the body of alternately thicker and thinner
joints, every fourth of which is larger, and projects beyond
the others as a carinated ring.

In the specimen examined only the lateral rays are
determinable ; but the peculiar character of the arms is
sufficient to distinguish this from every other described
species.

This species most resembles A. spinotentaculus, but dif-
fers in the number of arms to the ray, the teeth-like ridges
of the arm plates, and the single series of plates near the
arm bases. The arms of several other specimens are
known.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Actinocrinns reticulatus (n. s.). Body broad, sub-tur-
binate, truncate at base, and deeply excavated for the
attachment of the column. Basal plates short, thickened
at the lower margins, and projecting downwards over the
top of the column. First radial plates of medium size,
little wider than high, the upper lateral sides very long.
Second radial plates smaller, wader than high, hexagonal,
except in one postero-lateral ray, where it is quadrangular.
Third radial plates hexagonal or heptagonal, usually equal
to the second radials, supporting on each upper inclined
side a supra-radial plate ; this is wedge-form above, and
supports on each side a series of brachial plates, except in
the anal portion of the postero-lateral rays, where there is
an additional supra-radial plate of the second order on the
inner margin of the first supra-radial plate, giving three
arms to that portion of the ray ; making the brachial formula
II = 22.

270 New Species of Crinoidea from the

In the centre of the ray between the brachial plates
there is an elongate interbrachial plate, sometimes reach-
ing down so as to truncate the top of the third radial
plate. First anal ])]ate nearly equal to the first radials,
hexagonal, supporting two smaller plates in the second
range, five in the third range, with five or six small plates
irregularly placed above. Surface of plates strongly convex,
marked by a series of ridges passing from plate to plate,
but becoming obsolete near the middle of each, giving an
appearance as if the plates had been worn.

This species is most nearly related to A. sexarmatus
(1st Supp. Iowa Geol. Rep. p. 21) in general form and
surface markings ; but differs in being much wider in pro-
portion to the height, with plates more regularly convex,
and a different arm formula.

Geolog-ical formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Actinocrinus nnispina (n. s.). Body sub-turbinate, ab-
ruptly spreading from the third radial plates, and be-
coming somewhat pentalobate from the projection of the
arm bases, truncate at base, and moderately excavated for
the attachment of the column ; dome depressed-convex,
surmounted by a long, slender, sub-central spine. Basal
plates short, thickened at the lower margins, forming a
slightly projecting rim around the base of the cup. First
radial plate of moderate size, wider than high. Second
radial plates quadrangular, twice as wide as high. Third
radial plates short, pentagonal, wedge-form above, support-
ing on each side, in the postero-latcral rays, a large, supra-
radial, bifurcating plate, which supports on each side a
brachial plate, giving four arms to each ray; while on the
anterior and antero-lateral rays the brachial plates rest di-
rectly on the third radial plate, giving two arms to the rays ;
making the brachial formula sIj := 14.

Interradial series consisting of three plates each ; the

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 271

first, plate eight-sided, supporting two narrow, elongate
plates, which occupy the spaces between the arnns of the
adjacent rays. First anal plate seven-sided, nearly or
quite as large as the first radial plates, supporting three in
the second range, with smaller plates above (the arrange-
ment of which is not determined) ; these extend up to the
aperture of the somewhat protruding anal area. Surface
of body j)lates smooth, with ridges in the direction of the
rays, caused by the elevation of the centres of the plates
of the radial series. Dome composed of numerous small,
slightly convex, polygonal plates.

The peculiarity of this species consists in the anal open-
ing, the central spine, the protruding arm bases, and the
ridges traversing the radial series. It resembles the species
of the type of A. cornig'erus ; but ditfers in the absence of
lateral spines or tubercles over the centre of each ray, as
well as by the presence of the ridges. It differs also from
A. levcosia in the arm formula and in the ridges, but like
that has no lateral spines. The anterior ray is slightly im-
perfect in the individual described, but the form and size
of the lobe leave no doubt in regard to the number of
arms.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Actinocrinus (Megistocrinus) Wiiitei (n. s.). Body po-
cilliform, the height and greatest breadth nearly equal ;
dome flattened or depressed-convex. Basal plates of me-
dium size, spreading almost horizontally from the top of
the column. First radial plates moderately large, height
and width sub-equal, superior lateral sides nearly equal to
the lower. Second radial plates proportionally large, hex-
agonal. Third radial plates pentagonal, sometimes hexag-
onal, smaller than the second radials, wedge-form above,
and supporting on each upper side a short hexagonal plate,
upon which rest the first arm plates.

272 Neio Species of Crinoidea from the

First intcrradial plate hexagonal, as large as the second
radials or larger, supporting two smaller heptagonal plates
in the second range, with three in the third, and three or
four in the fourth ; and above these are still smaller plates,
which unite with the plates of the dome. First anal plate
heptagonal, as large as the first radial plates, supporting
three smaller plates in the second range, with four in the
third range, above which are ten to fifteen smaller, irregu-
lar plates.

Arms two from each ray, bifurcating soon after becom-
ing free ; the branches, strongly diverging and curving up-
wards, again bifurcate, and still strongly divergent. The
arm plates are a single series of obtusely wedge-form plates
near the base, becoming double from the fourth or fifth
plate, after which they continue in double series. At eacji
bifurcation the arms gradually diminish in size.

Surface smooth, with an incipient ridge passing along
the middle of the radial series. Column round, of moder-
ate strength, composed of very short plates.

This is a very distinct and well-marked form, though the
bifurcations of the arms vary in different individuals.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collections of C. A. White and
Dr. Thieme of Burlington,

Actinocrinus fiscellus (n. s.). Body discoid, flattened or
slightly concave, to the extent of the third radial plates,
from which it rises abruptly with little increase in width
to the arm bases ; strongly pentagonal, the anal side much
the largest. Basal plates small, extending little beyond
the column. First radial plates proportionally large.
Second radial plates quadrangular, wider than high.
Third radial plates short and wide, pentangular, obtusely
wedge-form above, supporting on each upper side, in the
anterior and antero-lateral rays, a series of brachial plates,
giving two arms to each ; in the postero-lateral rays they

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 273

support, on the anal side, a supra-radial bifurcating plate,
on each side of which rests a brachial plate ; and on the
other side a single brachial plate, giving three arms to
each, raakinof the brachial formula 52 =: 12.

First interradial plates comparatively large, ten-sided,
supporting two elongate plates in the second range.
First anal plate heptagonal, as large as the first radial
plates, supporting three smaller plates in the second range ;
the two lateral ones eight-sided, a little smaller than the
first interradial plates ; middle one smaller, five-sided.
The third range of anal plates consists of three small
ones, above which they are not determinable. Surface of
plates of the radial series marked by angular nodes, and
ridges leading from these to join with the low radiating
ridges of the first interradial plates. Arms comparatively
large, composed of a double series of interlocking plates.

This species differs from any other described in the pe-
culiar flat base and angular sides ; the cup resembling a
low, broad-bottomed, pentangular basket. Notwithstand-
ing the flatness of the base, it is not of the type of Agari-
cocrinus, Troost, or Ampkoracririus.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone. Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Actinocrinus desideratus (n. s.). Body elongate, sub-
cylindrical, obconic; dome depressed-convex, and armed
on the margin by five strong spines, one over each pair of
arms. Basal plates unknown (apparently they were very
large). First radial plates large, higher than wide. Sec-
ond radial plates small, quadrangular, wider than high.
Third radial plates small, larger than the second, nearly
twice as wide as high, wedge-form above, and supporting
in the anterior and antero-lateral rays the brachial plates,
only one of which contributes to form the body, while in
the postero-lateral rays they support on each side a supra-
radial bifurcating plate, on each upper edge of which rests

JOURNAL B. S. N. U. 35 JANUAKY, ISGl.

274 Neiv Species of Crinoidea from the

a brachial plate, chiving four orms to each of these rays,
and two to each of the first, making the brachial formula
^\ = 14.

First interradial plate eight sided, less than half the
size of the first radial plates, supporting two narrow, elon-
gate plates, one six-sided and one four-sided. First anal
plate equal to the first radials, heptagonal, sui)porting three
smaller plates in the second range ; the middle one heptag-
onal, twice as large as the lateral ones, and supporting on
its upper edges two small plates which extend to the small
aperture. The anal area is low, composed of few com-
paratively large plates. Dome composed of medium
sixed, sub-nodose plates, surrounding the bases of the
spines, with one large and more elevated plate above the
anal area. Surface of body plates smooth ; first radial and
first anal plates depressed-convex.

This species is of the type of A. Missouriensis, (Report
of Missouri Geol. Survey, pi. 8, fig. 1 ;) but difters in the
form of the body, which is more cylindrical and less spread-
ing above, — in the arrangement of the arms, the less pro-
truding anal area, and the body plates being without nodes.

Geolo(]^ical formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Actinocrinus clivosus (n. s.). Body urn-shaped, spread-
ing above the first supra-radials to the arm bases ; dome
moderately convex, composed of rather large plates, and
surmounted by a sub-central proboscis. Basal })lates
large, massive, irregularly thickened, and projecting over
the column, the base of each plate being deeply concave,
the angles extending below, and separated at the sutures
by a deep indentation, which gives six pendent angles to
the base. First radial plates of height and width nearly
equal ; second radial plates comparatively small, quadran-
gular or sub-pentagonal ; tiiird radials smaller than the
second, hexagonal or heptagonal, very obtusely angular

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 275

above, supporting on each upper face a small supra-radial,
which sustains on the outer face a series of brachial plates,
and on the inner face a supra-radial plate of the second
order ; this supports a brachial plate on its inner face, and
apparently a supra-radial of the third order on the outer
face. (There may be still other supra-radial plates not
seen in the specimen.)

First interradial plate less than half as large as the first
radial plate, hexagonal or heptagonal, supporting two small
plates in the second series, and one in the third. Anal
plates undetermined.

Surface of plates marked by strong transverse nodes on
the radial series, and rounded nodes on the interradial
plates, connected across the sutures by strong angular or
rounded ridges. The basal plates, in addition to the form
of the base and projecting angles, are margined on each
lateral face by a strong ridge, with a corresponding ridge
down the centre, dividing it into two areas which stand
obliquely to each other, and have a low rounded node in
the centre of each one. The plates of the dome and those
of the proboscis for some distance above its base are
marked by long, strong, curved spines; the proboscis in
the middle and upper parts is composed of very short,
wide plates, marked by transverse ridges, giving a crowd-
ed, wrinkled aspect to the surface. Column composed of
round plates ; every fourth or fifth, and near the top every
second or third plate, is much larger, and marked at inter-
vals by strong nodes, which give it a general pentangular
form in the upper portions.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of B. J. Hall.

Actinocrinus chloris (n. s.). Body below the arms
broadly urn-form, base truncate ; dome conical, and some-
what lobed in its lower part. Basal plates with the lower
margin projecting in a thin, denticulate rim, short, at least

276 Neiv Species of Crinoidea from the

twice as wide as high, and moderately impressed at the
sutures. First radial plates proportionally large, once and
a half as wide as high, the superior lateral faces very long.
Second radials short, broad, quadrangular. Third radials
short, broad, heptagonal, larger than the second radials,
obtusely angular above, sujjporting on each upper face a
supra-radial plate of medium size ; these support on their
outer sides brachial plates, and on their inner sides supra-
radials of the second order, giving six arms to each

ray.

First interradial plate very large, seven or eight-sided,
supporting two smaller plates in the second range ; the
plates above are situated between the bases of the arms,
and are more properly dome plates. Anal plates undeter-
mined. Resting upon the upper truncated sides of the
first supra-radial plates, and between the second supra-
radials, there is a small pentagonal plate, which is cuneate
below, with its surface distinctly grooved longitudinally.
Dome composed of moderate sized, polygonal plates,
gradually tapering above, and continued in a large pro-
boscis. Surface of body plates marked by two sets of ra-
diating ridges, those on the summits of the rays and their
subdivisions being stronger, highly elevated, and subno-
dulose ; the other ridges are less conspicuous, consisting
of numerovis striae, radiating from the centres of the
plates to the margins, the principal ones meeting at the
centre.

This species is of the type of A. ornatus, (Geol. Rep.
Iowa, Part 11. page 583, pi. 10, fig. 12 ; ) but differs in form
both of body and dome.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Actinocrinus excerpt us (n. s.). Body depressed, broadly
bowl-shaped, base broad, deeply depressed. Basal plates
small, concealed beneath the column attachment (except

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 277

narrow extensions between the first radial plates, as shown
in the specimen described). First radial plates forming
the base of the calyx, having the usual form of those of
this genus, but protruding in broad, sub-triangular nodes,
which give this apparent form to the plate. Second radial
plates quadrangular, small, much wider than high. Third
radial plates pentangular, the lateral faces very small,
short, and giving a triangular aspect to the plates ; these
support on each of their upper sloping edges a series of
two supra-radial plates, the upper one of which is wedge-
form, and supports the brachial plates on each side, giving
four arms to each ray.

First interradial plate very large, equal to or larger than
the first radial plates ; two small plates in the second se-
ries, and sometimes a fourth plate above. Fu'st anal plate
heptagonal, and smaller than the first radials, supporting
three slightly smaller plates in the second range, with five
small plates arranged in an arch over the central one, and
one small plate below the brachial plates of the adjacent
rays. Surface of plates strongly nodose, the first inteiTa-
dials elevated into high rounded nodes ; the nodes of the
other plates are smaller and transverse ; entire surface
granulose.

Of this species we have only the calyx below the arms ;
but the broad triangular projections of the first radial
plates, the depressed base, and the obscuring of the basal
plates by the column attachment, are peculiar features.
The basal plates are protruded along the suture lines of
the radial plates in narrow linear extensions, giving a
stelliform aspect to this part when the column is re-
moved.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. Wliite.

Actinocrinus clarus (n. s.). Body very broadly sub-
tm'binate, spreading more rapidly above the thii'd radial

278 New Species of Crinoidea from the

plates, truncate at base. Basal plates short, scarcely thick-
ened at the lower margins, projecting but little beyond the
column. First radial plates of moderate size. Second
radial plates varying from quadrangular to hexagonal.
Third radial plates usually larger than the second, varying
from pentagonal to heptagonal, wedge-form above, and
supporting on each upper side a bifurcating supra-radial
plate, on the outer side of which rests a series of brachial
plates, and on the inner side a supra-radial of the second
order ; this supports brachial plates on each side, making
the brachial formula « ir :== 30.

Interradial series consisting of four or five plates each,
the first large, seven-sided, supporting two smaller plates
in the second range, one seven-sided and one six-sided,
with one or two small plates above. The anal series con-
sists of seven or eight plates ; the first hexagonal, little
smaller than the first radial plates, supporting two in the
second range, little smaller than the first interradial plates ;
three in the third range ; with the others irregularly placed
above. Dome and arms unknown. Sm'face of body plates
elevated into strong angular nodes, sometimes marked by
low ridges in the lower part ; the nodes of the upper part
connected by a strong angular ridge.

This species is of the type of A. mullibrachiatus, (Iowa
Geol. Rep. pi. 10, fig. 10 ;) but differs in its spreading form
and ansrular nodes.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Actinocrinus ventricosus var. internodius. Actinocrimis
ventricosus (Geol. Report of Iowa, Vol. I. part II. page
595, pi. 11, fig. G).

A specimen recognizable by its structure and arrange-
ment of })lates, nuniljer of arms, etc., as of tliis species,
presents some peculiarities of surface markings. The
basal plates are extended laterally in a deeply crenulated

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississipjn Valley. 279

or denticulate rim. The ridges upon the plates are fewer
than in the typical forms;, the principal ones extend in
rigid, elevated lines entirely across the plate, and the oth-
ers are interrupted, and form rounded, bead-like elevations
in the intervals between the centre and sides of the plates.
The plates are less convex in the centre, and not deeply
indented at the sides. The dome maintains the form of
that in the described species.

The features here noticed, if observed without consider-
ing intermediate varieties, might lead to the inference that
it is a distinct species.

In the collection before me, there are numerous individ-
uals of the typical form and surface markings, while oth-
ers have these markings so far subdued as to present only
the denticulate margin, and another form shows the plates
strongly elevated in the centre, with a few sharp, angular
ridges, for the most part one to each face of the plate, and
the intermediate spaces along the margin deeply indented
or excavated, leaving the central prominence with a much
smaller area than the prevailing forms of the species.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of Dr. O. Thieme.

Actinocrinus ventricosus var. reticulatKs (n. s.). Form of
body as in the original of the species, or even more spread-
insr; structure above the first radials undetermined. In-
terradial plates in ranges of one, two, three, and two.
Surface of plates moderately convex, and marked by low,
sharp ridges, which at their joining or crossing leave hexag-
onal or polygonal depressed areas between. These ridges
are of equal strength on all parts of the surface of each
plate and on all the plates. These impressed spaces give
a reticulate aspect to the surface of the crinoid.

It is possible that this variety, of which we yet know no
perfect specimens, may prove a distinct species.

The Actinocrinus subventricosus of McChesney is of a

280 New Species of Crinoidea from the

form similar to the type of A. ventricosvs ; but the body
is higher, and less spreading below the arms, while it has
a greater number of interradial and anal plates, and the
dome is nearly flat.

The genus Aniphoracrinus, of Austin, includes species
having the structure of Actinocrinns, but having the mouth
lateral. This definition would embrace also those included
under the genus Ag-aricocrinus by Dr. Troost, the latter
name being applicable only to those with fiat or concave
bases, and having a somewhat peculiar arrangement of
the plates at the base of the arms, while the arms them-
selves are usually very strong, and a characteristic feature
of this group of crinoids.

Ag-aricocrinus [Amphoracrimis) planoconvexus (n. s.).
Body plano-convex, basal portion flattened, with a mod-
erately depressed centre ; interradial and anal areas slight-
ly constricted and regularly rounded upwards at their
junction with the sides of the dome ; dome low, convex.
Basal plates small, concealed (in most specimens) by the
attachment of the column. Radial plates of moderate
size; second radial plates quadrangular; third radial plates
pentagonal, pointed above, supporting on each upper side
a very short, broad plate, on which rest the arm plates
proper.

Interradial plates elongate, generally eight-sided, some-
times nine or ten-sided, succeeded by one and sometimes
two in the second series. First anal plate sub-hexagonal,
iiigher than wide, supporting three in the second range,
the lateral ones much the larger, with several small plates
irregularly arranged above, and uniting with the dome
plates. Dome composed of numerous small polygonal
plates, destitute of nodes ; the central plate near the anal
oi)ening is largest, and slightly convex. Arms unknown;
tlieir bases very large in proportion to the size of the body,
indicating great strength.

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississip/d Valley. 281

This species differs from all others of the genus in the
form of the basal part, but principally in the dome, which
has not tuberculous plates, as usual in this group. In the
small, smooth dome plates it is somewhat related to Acti-
nocrinus brevis, (Iowa Geol. Rep. pi. 10, fig. 3, and when
the dome only is seen it might easily be mistaken for that
fossil ; but in the characters of the basal portions it is very
distinct.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collections of C. A. White and
Dr. O. Thieme.

Ag-aricocrinus (Amphoracrinus) bellatrenia (n. s.). Body
broadly cyathiform, saucer-shaped, sometimes nearly flat
to the extent of the third radial plates, somewhat protrud-
ing on the anal side ; dome elevated. Basal plates small,
concealed in a moderate depression for the attachment of
the column. First radial plates variable in size, broader
above than below. Second radial plates quadrangular,
twice as wide as high. Third radial plates broad, short,
pentangular, succeeded on each upper side by two or more
short, broad plates, from which arise the free arms.

First interradial plates large, mostly ten-sided, sub-oval,
supporting two narrow, elongate, secondary interradial
plates, which reach to the arm openings. First anal plate
heptagonal, supporting three slightly smaller plates in the
second range, with numerous plates above. Dome plates
various in size, some strongly tuberculous, the terminal
one largest ; those bordering the anal opening are small ;
those of the next range beyond are large, and produced
into strongly elevated tubercles, and, in old specimens,
sometimes becoming sub-clavate.

This species differs from any other, except A. convexns,
in the greater convexity of the base, while the peculiarly
ornamented anal area distinguishes it from every other.

There are in the collections eight specimens, the smallest

JOURNAL B. S. N, U. 36 JANUARY, 1861.

282 Neiv Species of Crinoidea from the

not more than one lialf iiicli in diameter, and the largest
about one and one fourth inches, all showing the same pe-
culiar characters more or less distinctly expressed. This
variety of form and development of the parts named may
lead in a larger collection to a separation as distinct spe-
cies of those which are here seen to be distinct varieties.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Agaricocrimis {Amphoracrinus) excavatus (n. s.). Body
pentagonal, flat below, with the centre abruptly depressed
or excavated, pyramidal above ; height equal to two thirds
the width. The depression of the base consists of a deep,
circular cavity, the bottom of which includes the plates of
the body as far as the middle of the second radial plates,
while the upper part of these and the lower part of the
third radials form the sides of the cavity ; the space be-
tween this and the arm bases is somewhat rounded. Basal
plates small, forming a pentagon. First radials hexago-
nal, wider than long ; second radial plates wider and not
so high, five and seven-sided ; third radial plates propor-
tionally very large, pentagonal, obtusely wedge-form above,
supporting on each upper side a series of short, broad
plates, on which rest tlie arm plates proper.

First interradial plates hexagonal in the antero-lateral
spaces, succeeded by two very narrow and much elongated
plates in the second range, which reach from the inner
margin of the cavity to the arm openings. In the postero-
lateral spaces, the first interradial plates are elongate,
reaching to the top of the third radial phite, or higher.
First anal plate sub-hexagonal, somewhat elongate, sup-
porting three larger elongate plates in the second range,
with numerous small polygonal plates above. The anal
area is somewhat protruding, and situated about midway
between the arm bases and the top of the dome. Dome
composed of variously sized plates, the large ones tubercu-

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 283

lose and regularly arranged, one over the centre of each
ray, and the largest at the top is sub-globose and sur-
rounded by a ckcle of smaller plates. The plates of the
flattened base are slightly convex ; surface of all the body
plates granulose or striato-granulose.

This species differs from all others in the abrupt depres-
sion in the base.

Geological formation and locality. In cherty layers in
the upper part of the Burlington limestone. Brush Creek
and Flint River, Iowa.

Agaricocrinus [Amphoracrinus) cornigatus (n. s.). Body
irregularly flattened, discoid to the arm bases, radial series
and arm bases projecting below ; the upper part of the
interradial spaces somewhat contracted, and the centre
of the disc or base of the cup impressed ; the articular
facet for the attachment of the column more deeply de-
pressed. Basal plates small, in the bottom of the column
cavity, and concealed by the first plates of the column.
First radial plates hexagonal and heptagonal, nearly three
times as broad at the upper as at the lower margins. Sec-
ond radial plates short, quadrangular, width twice the
length. Third radial plates short, broad, pentangular,
wedge-form above, supporting on each side a series of two
or more short, broad plates, on which rest the first arm
plates.

First interradial plates ten or eleven-sided, irregularly
ovate, attenuated above. Sometimes only one plate in the
second range, narrow and elongate ; in other spaces the
adjacent arm plates unite above the first interradial plate.
First anal plate seven-sided, ( or six-sided, from the
straightness of the lower side,) succeeded by three small-
er plates in the second range. Dome and arms unknown.
Surface of plates marked by small, irregular pits near the
margin, with elevated ridges between. These pits and
ridges produce a strongly corrugated appearance. The

284 New Species of Crinoidea from the

lower part of the first radial plates is slightly depressed,
and destitute of ornament, except the finely granulose tex-
ture which marks the whole surface.

These surface characters distinguish this species from
every other of the geims.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Agaricocrinus { Amphorae rinus) injlatus (n. s.). Body de-
pressed-convex, strongly inflated on the anal side ; inteiTa-
dial spaces somewhat depressed on the outer side ; dome
elevated, terminated by a large polygonal plate, which in
some specimens is strongly tuberculous and in others sub-
spiniform. Basal plates of moderate size, excavated about
two thirds for the attachment of the column. First radial
plates hexagonal. Second radial plates broad, quadrangu-
lar. Third radial plates short and broad, pentangular,
succeeded on each upper side by a series of short, broad,
plates, which support the first arm plates.

First interradial plates eight-sided, sub-circular or sub-
ovate, reaching nearly to the edge of the dome, succeeded
by two small, somewhat elongate plates in the second
range. First anal plate seven-sided, succeeded by three
smaller plates in the second range, with numerous medium-
sized plates above. Anal opening near the base of the
large central node or sub-spine. Dome plates unequal,
the larger ones slightly tuberculose. Arms broad at base,
and from the back to the inner face less thick than in most
species of this genus. Surface of body plates smooth in
the young, becoming more convex in older specimens.

Tills species may be distinguished from A. pentag-onis
var. convexus {1st Supp. Iowa Geol. Rep. page 58) by the
basal plates extending some distance beyond the circum-
ference of the column, and the dili'erent proportions of the
radial plates; also the interradial spaces are not contracted
in that species. The peculiarity of this species consists in

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 285

its high dome and strongly inflated anal side, which has
the appearance of a tumor.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. Wliite.

GENUS PLATYCRINUS, Miller.

Platycrinus eleg-ans (n. s.). Body small, narrowly sub-
turbinate. Basal plates a little constricted near the mid-
dle, the lower sides slightly projecting ; the small plate is
nearly twice as long as its greatest width. Radial plates
long and narrow, quadrangular, very gradually increasing
in width upwards, once and a half as long as wide. The
articulating scar for the attachment of the arms small, lit-
tle more than one third the width of the plate, and scarcely
extending below the top. Arms bifurcating on the second
plate above the first radial, and each branch again divid-
ing on the third or fourth plate above, composed of a
single series of plates, alternately longer and shorter on
the opposite sides ; those in the upper part of the arms
larger and somewhat squamous, the upper edge projecting.
Tentacula arising from the longest side, apparently short
and strong. Surface of plates smooth. Column small,
round, composed of unequal plates.

This small and beautiful species resembles, in the ap-
pearance of the calyx, specimens of the genus Dichocrinus ;
but the base being distinctly divided into three parts places
it in the genus Platycrinus.

Geological formation arid locality. Burlington limestone,
Burlington, Iowa.

Platycrinus clylis (n. s.). Body small, broadly cup-
shaped. Basal plates proportionally large, forming about
one third the height of the cup. Radial plates quadangu-
lar, height and width nearly equal ; articulating scar small,
occupying about one half the diameter of the plate, and
extending but a short distance upon the body of the plate.

286 New Species of Crinoidea from the

Second radial or sub-bracliial plates small, sub-pentagonal,
giving origin to an arm on each of the two upper sides ;
one of these is simple, and one bifurcates on the second
plate above, giving three arms to the ray.

Anns composed of a single scries of plates at base, be-
coming gradually double towards the upper part. Tentac-
ula long, composed of long and comparatively strong
joints. Surface of plates entirely covered with small ele-
vated pustules. Column strong, composed of unequal,
somewhat angularly elliptical plates, so arranged as to give
the column a twisted appearance.

The form of the radial plates and the surface markings
distinguish this species from every other in these rocks.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa.

Platycrinus excavatus (n. s.). Body discoid to the arm
bases. Basal plates deeply impressed, forming a conical
or funnel-shaped cavity. First radial plates sub-quadran-
gular, rapidly expanding to their upper edges, which are
more than twice as wide as the lower. Articulating scar
extending less than half the width of the plate, occupied
by the small, sub-triangular, sub-brachial plate, and the first
arm plate on each side.

Summit and arms unknown.

The suture lines of the first radial plates are profoundly
grooved or cliannelled, with an elevated, thickened ridge
extending along the lateral and basal margins, while the
intermediate space is slightly concave, without other sur-
face markings.

The surface characters of this species are so peculiar
that they distinguish it from every other species known
to me.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa.

Platycrinus hrcvinodus (n. s.). Body broadly cup-shaped,

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 287

nearly twice as wide as high, broadly truncate at base.
Basal plates proportionally large, thickened in the middle,
and extending so as to form a projecting rim to the base
of the cup ; this rim is ornamented on its edge by several
short sub-spines. Radial plates short, broad, sub-quad-
rangular ; the articulating facet for the attachment of tlie
sub-brachial plate is shallow, occupying little more than
half the width of the plate, and entirely occupied by the
short triangular plate ; this supports on each side the first
arm plates.

Arms bifurcating on the second plate above the sub-
brachial, the inner division again bifurcating on the sec-
ond or third plate above the first bifurcation ; arms
composed near the base of a single series of short plates,
becoming double above, where they are obtusely wedge-
form at the interlocking edges. Surface of radial plates
marked by three rows of small nodes, rising from the
lower margin of the articulating scar, and passing one to
each lower lateral angle and one to the basal margin, unit-
ing with the nodes of the basal plates.

This small species differs from any other in these rocks
in its low calyx, peculiar surface markings, and nodose
basal rim formed by the projection of the basal plates.

Geological formation and locality. Keokuk limestone,
Keokuk, Iowa.

Platycrinus striobrachiattis (n.s.). Body discoid to the
arm bases ; dome highly elevated, hemispherical. Basal
plates occupying little more than one third the width of the
disc, depressed in the centre around the top of the column.
First radial plates expanding laterally from the base to
near the middle, where they are abruptly bent upwards,
the upper part forming the sides of the cup, broadly and
deeply notched above, truncated on the upper lateral
angles by the large interradial and anal plates. The
articulating scar occupies about one half the width of the

288 New Species of Crinoidea from the

plate, and is of an elongate, horseshoe form, broadest at
the lower end, with a slightly elevated border around the
lower margin; it is occupied by the clavate sub-brachial
plate and the outer ends of the first arm plates.

Arms bifurcating on the sub-brachial plate, each main
division again dividing on the second plate above, the in-
ner branch again dividing on the succeeding second plate,
and the middle branch again dividing on the second plate
above the last, giving fom* arms to each main division
and eight to the ray. The arms are elongate fusiform,
composed of a double series of very short plates, wedge-
form at the interlocking edges. Surface of arms marked
by fine, interrupted, longitudinal striae, visible only on
well-preserved specimens. Surface of body plates covered
by short, confluent, setiform spines, which sometimes form
lines parallel to the sides of the plate ; in some individu-
als these spines are less developed. Suture lines distinct
and impressed.

This species is closely related to P. Shumardianus, (Iowa
Geol. Rep. pi. 8, fig. 5;) it differs in the narrower radial
plate, and in having two more arms to each ray.

Geological formation and localiiy. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collections of Dr. O. Thieme
and of C. A. White.

GENUS DICIIOCRINUS, Muxstek.

Dichocrinus plicatus (n. s.). Calyx globular, the great-
est diameter through the radial plates at one third above
their lower margin. The basal plates form nearly one
half the entire height of the cup ; their upper margins
strongly undulated for the reception of the radial plates.
Radial plates sub-quadrangular, unequal in size, wider at
the lower margin, which is marked by a small, shallow
scar for the reception of the sub-brachial plate. The anal
plate dillers from the radials in being narrower at the top.

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Vallct/. 289

Summit and arms unknown. Articulating facet for the
attachment of the column very small, round.

Surface of plates marked by strong, deep, angular pli-
cations, four on the anal plate, four on the anterior radial
plate, and three on each of the other radial plates ; these
plications commence at the small arm scar, and pass, one
to each lower lateral angle, and the others to the middle of
the lower margin ; one or two incipient plications occupy
the superior lateral portions of the radial plates. The pli-
cations on the basal plates radiate from the edge of the
column scar, and are there fourteen in number ; the six of
these which pass towards the sutures between the adjacent
radial plates bifurcate just before reaching the upper mar-
gin of the basal plates, the divisions uniting with those of
the lower lateral angles of the radial plates. On four of
the radial plates the plication which passes to the middle
of the lower margin unites with a single plication from the
basal plate, forming a continuous line from the arm scar to
the column ; while on the anterior radial and the anal plate,
where there are two plications to the lower lateral margin,
there are two direct plications on the basal plates parallel
to the suture lines.

This species is closely allied to D. striatus, Owen, (Geol.
Surv. Iowa, Wisconsin, and Minnesota, pi. VA, fig. 10 ;)
but differs materially in the surface markings, being com-
posed of a much less number of stronger plications.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collections of Dr. O. Thieme
and C. A. White.

Dichocrinus scitulus (n. s,). Body obconical, attenuated
below, with sides in nearly straight converging lines;
height about equal to or a little more than the greatest
width at the top of the radial plates.

Basal plates a little swollen at the junction with the
column; equal in length to the radial plates. Radial

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 37

290 Neio Species of Crinuidea from the

plates a little longer than their width at top, and very
gradually expanding from the lower margins ; articulating
scar narrow, occupying not more than one third the entire
width of the plate at the summit. Sub-brachial plates
two, very small, the first one quadrangular, the second
pentagonal, and bifurcating with very short lateral mar-
gins.

The first arm plates longer than wide, and the arms ap-
parently bifurcating on the second plate above ; the plates
in the upper part of the arms very short. Column round
or round-oval above, consisting of alternating thicker and
thinner joints, which are irregularly disposed in the upper
part of the column, and more regularly alternating below.
Surface striato-punctate.

This species has the form of D. elegans of De Koninck ;
but the sides are not as much curved, and the basal plates
are equal in length to the radials. The sides are straight-
er, and it is more distinctly obconical than D. Icevis ; and
in this respect it differs still more from D. ovatiis of
Owen.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collections of C. A. White and
B. J. Hall

Dichocrinus liratiis (n. s.). Body abruptly spreading,
width a little more than twice the height, base broad ; the
columnar facet protruding and constricted above so as to
give a salient margin. Surface marked by strong radiat-
ing ridges, three on each plate, radiating to the lower lat-
eral angles of the radial and anal plates ; the spaces
between the radiating ridges are marked by concentric
nodes, or interrupted ridges arranged in concentric lines.

The D. ovdtns of Owen is described as having a slight-
ly excavated facet for the attachment of the column, and
the surface marked by depressed granula^. The extremely
protruding base or column facet, which is constricted

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Vallet/. 291

above, and the strong ridges and intermediate nodes, are
sulliciently distinctive.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Bm-lington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Dichocrimis pocil/um (n. s.). Calyx goblet shaped,
height and width about equal, or width a little the greater.
Basal plates somewhat more than one third the entire
height, very slightly protruded at the junction with the
column. Radial plates sub-quadrangular, wider above
than below; the postero-lateral rays narrower than the
others, the proportion of length and breadth about one
and a half to one. Anal plate wider than the other plates,
and longer than the postero-lateral rays. The articulating
scar on the upper margin occupies a little more than one
third the width of the plate, semi-oval, slightly indenting
the face of the plate, and margined by a thick rim.

The base of one of the arms which remains shows a
short, wide, quadrangular plate, with a second short, wide,
pentagonal plate anchylosed with the first ; and upon the
upper sloping sides of this rest the small arm plates. Col-
umn round at its junction with the body. Surface granu-
lose or striato-granulose.

A specimen, which appears to be the young of this spe-
cies, has a length from the column facet to the top of the
dome of -f,f,^ of an inch ; and to the top of the radial
plates of -^2jl_ of an inch ; with a width at the top of the
radial plates of -f^^ of an inch ; giving to the fossil, when
deprived of its arms, an ovoid form.

The dome consists of few plates ; one between the
bases of the arms is larger, while on the anal side there
are numerous small plates with a minute opening, and the
whole are crowned at the summit by a plate much larger
than any of those below.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

292 New Species of Crinoidea from the

GENUS CYATHOCRINUS.

Cyathocrimts latus (n. s.). Calyx very broadly cyathi-
form, the width more than twice the height to the top of
the first radial plates. Basal plates proportionally small,
forming a nearly regular pentagon, the faces of which are
slightly indented at the suture lines, covered by the sum-
mit of the column, except the salient angles. Sub-radial
plates of medium size, wider than high, protuberant, three
hexagonal and two heptagonal, one of these being the
largest and the other the smallest of the series. First ra-
dial plates large, twice as wide as high ; those of the
postero-lateral rays a little shorter than the others, and
proportionally wider; the upper articulating face very
large, occupying more than three fourths the width of the
plate.

The principal anal plate is large, quadrangular, resting
on the truncated summit of a sub-radial plate ; on the right
side is a small quadrangular plate intercalated betv/een
the sub-radial plate on the longer lower side and the first
radial plate, while the shorter sides rest against the large
anal plate and the sub-radial on the right. Structure
above the first radials unknown. Surface of plates of the
upper part of the body strongly corrugated ; the lower part
of the sub-radial plates less strongly marked ; this feature
is subject to much variation from weathering, and some-
times appears as undulating rugose striae. The sub-radial
plates are very convex, and rendered protuberant by the
thickening in the middle, while at the angles they are de-
pressed and thinner. The rugose striae of the radial plates
radiate from near the upjier margin, and are directed to
the lateral and lower margins, meeting similar striae from
the sub-radial plates.

This species resembles C. tumidus and C. bullatus of the
Keokuk limestone, and, in the protuberance of the sub-

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 293

radial plates, is intermediate between the two. In the
form of the large anal plate, and the small intercalated
quadrangular plate, it resembles the C. spurius, from which
it differs in form of body plates, etc.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington limestone,
Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Cyathocrinus solidus (n. s.). Body calyculate, moder-
ately expanded from the top of the column to the free
arms, somewhat broadly truncated at base by the summit
of a large column. Basal plates small, tumid, width above
the top of the column greater than the height, somewhat
pointed above. Sub-radial plates rather large, thick, and
a little gibbous, height and width nearly equal. First ra-
dial plates large, three of them twice as high as wide, the
other two smaller and somewhat different in form. Sec-
ond radial plates very short, quadrangular or linear, with
the lateral margin attenuated. Third radial plates short,
triangular or pentagonal. First anal plate large, quadran-
gular.

The plates have a thick, robust aspect, and the entire
body is strong. Surface striato-granulate.

This species has the general form of C. sculptilis, (Sup-
plement to Geol. Rep. of Iowa,) but the plates have not
the strong elevations or folds, and the rhombic depressions
at the junction of the plates do not constitute a feature of
the body.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of Rev. W. H. Bar-
ris.

Cyathocrinus Hoveyi (n. s.). Body robust, broadly ca-
lyculate or cyathiform, width once and a half as great as
the height. Basal plates large, distinctly angular at the
outer extremity, and about one third their length covered
by the column. Sub-radials very large, length and width
nearly equal, three hexagonal, the others apparently hep-

294 New Species of Orinoidea from the

tagonal. First radial plates large, about twice as wide as
high, or more, the articulating scar very wide, occupying
more than half the entire width of the plate, leaving the
upper lateral faces conspicuous, and giving a heptagonal
form to the plate. Second radial plates short, broad, quad-
rangular. Tliird radial plates broad, pentagonal, with short
lateral sides.

Arms very robust, sub-cylindrical, composed of very
strong plates, two from each ray at their origin on the
third radial plate ; those of the anterior ray without any
proper bifurcations, but throwing off branchlets alternately
on opposite sides. The arms of the antero-lateral rays
have the anterior division twice bifurcating ; above which
the divisions give off branchlets ; and the same feature
marks the entire length of the lateral arm of the antero-
lateral ray, which is smaller than the others. In the pos-
tero-lateral arms, the lateral division of the ray bifurcates
on the fourth plate, above which branchlets are thrown off
as in the others. The remaining divisions of the postero-
lateral rays are not known to bifurcate, (being broken
above the seventh plate,) but give origin to branchlets as
in the other divisions. Surface of plates granulose, undu-
lating, the angles depressed, giving a broad ridge or eleva-
tion to the sides of the plate ; these ridges radiate from
the centre of the sub-radial plates, giving a stellate form
to the elevated part of the plate. This feature is not al-
ways conspicuous. Column of moderate size, composed
of thin, alternately larger and smaller plates, with a large
perforation near the sunuuit.

Geolog-ical formatiun and locality. Keokuk limestone,
Crawfordsvillo, Indiana. Collection of Wabash College,
from Prof. E. O. Hovcy.

Cyathocrinus jjarvibrachialus (n. s,). Body dcprcssed-
sub-globose. Basal plates of medium size, pentagonal,
pointed at thek outer extremity, and forming by their

Carboniferous Rocks of tlie Mississippi Valley. 295

union a pentagon with salient angles, slightly convex below.
Sub-radial plates proportionally very large, hexagonal and
heptagonal, length and width nearly equal, convex in the
centimes, with a somewhat conspicuous articulating facet
for the attachment of the arms, occupying nearly two
thirds the width of the plate, and somewhat concave.
Anal plates unknown ; but the large sub-radial plate is
truncated on the top for the reception of a single large
anal plate. Sub-brachial plates one or two to each ray,
broad and strong, but varying in the different rays ; the
upper ones angular above, and supporting on then- upper
sides the first arm plates.

Arms composed of a single series of plates, bifurcating
two or three times, rapidly diminishing in size at each bi-
furcation ; the first division is on the first or second plate
above the cuneate sub-brachial plate, the next division on
the second plate above the first bifurcation ; the interven-
ing plates are sometimes very short, and give a very
crowded appearance to the arms at the bifurcations. Col-
umn round, of medium strength, composed near the body
of thin plates, alternating in size and thickness.

This species has the general form of C. rottindatns,
(Iowa Geol. Rep. pi. 9, fig. 7,) but differs in the greater
convexity of the body plates, the proportionally large sub-
radial plates, and the rapidly diminishing arms. (This
last feature may be in part due to injury sustained in an
early stage of growth.)

Geological formation and locality. Keokuk limestone,
Keokuk, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Cyathocrinus macropleurns (n. s.). Body sub-turbinate
to the top of the sub-radial plates, whence it rises more
abruptly to the middle of the first radial plates, abruptly
contracted above, truncate at base. Basal plates short,
pentangular, much wider than high, forming when united
a low cup, with an undulating margin and five salient

296 New Species of Crinoidea from the

angles, between which the sub-radial plates rest. Sub-
radials large, obtusely angular above and below, four
hexagonal and one heptagonal. First radial plates sub-
pentangular, a little wider than high, strongly indented
above, marked by a rnedium-sized, elevated, sub-central
scar for the attachment of the arm plates. Anal plates
and arms unknown. Column large, round, composed
near the body of very thin equal plates. Surface of plates
marked by strong elevations and depressions, forming a
series of ridges which originate from the basal plates, bi-
furcate on the sub-radials, and reunite below the scar
of the first radial plates ; a second set of less strong
ridges unites the sub-radials across their lateral margins ; a
third and the strongest series of ridges unites the first ra-
dials across their lateral margins.

These ridges are formed by the bending or folding of the
plates, which are thin, and afford very little substance for
their attachment to each other ; and this is probably the
reason that there are seldom any but detached plates of
this species found, while, from their frequency, it must
have been a comparatively abundant species.

This species is closely related to C. rhombiferus and
C. sculptilis in form ; but the strong ridges and otherwise
smooth surface, with its comparatively small articulating
scar, distinguish it. The column is also much larger
than in those species. The separated plates are strong-
ly undulated upon the sides, with a sinuous margin.
These deep sinuosities of the plates of very old specimens
show spiculae or bars of calcareous matter extending across
the cavity from side to side, thus strengthening the thin
joining faces of the plates.

Geolog-ical formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collections of Rev. W. H. Bar-
ris, C. A. White, and Br. O. Thieme.

Cyathocrinus incipiens (n. s.). Calyx extremely small.

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 297

somewhat turbinate, base broadly truncate and surrounded
by a somewhat large rim formed by the thickening of the
basal plates. Basal plates proportionally large, pentago-
nal, angular above. Sub-radial plates minute, sub-hexag-
onal, the two adjoining the anal plate differing from the
others in form. First radial plates much larger than the
succeeding ones, wider than high, the upper lateral angles
strongly incurved, giving the plate a sub-heptagonal form.
Second and third radial plates sub-quadrangular, wider
than high. Fourth radial plate pentagonal, angular above.
The rays are free above the first radial plates.

Arms originating on the fourth radial plate, without
true bifurcations above, but sending off branchlets from
the opposite sides alternately ; these, like the arms, are
composed of short plates, alternately longer and shorter
on the opposite sides, except near the arm base, where
they are more equal. First anal plate minute, pentangu-
lar, resting upon one basal plate and between two sub-
radial plates, partially supporting one first radial and the
second anal plate ; this is sub-heptagonal, nearly two
thirds as large as the first radial. The third and fourth
anal plates little smaller than the second, form not deter-
mined. Surface of plates ii-regularly nodose ; on the sub-
radials the nodes are high, and occupy almost the entire
plate. The first radial plates are marked by two strong
ridges, which, passing down from the upper margin, unite
with ridges from the adjacent sub-radial. Column at its
junction with the body pentalobate.

This species is distinguishable by peculiarities in the ra-
dial series and the arms. The radial plates are concave
above and convex below, elevated along the middle and
depressed at the sides, presenting an appearance of some
species of Forbesicrinus. The plates of the lower part of
the arms are also peculiar.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 3&

298 Neio Species of Crinoidea from the

stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of Rev. W. H. Bar-
ris.

Cyathocrmiis Lyoni (n. s.). Calyx massive, broadly
cyathiform, about once and a half as wide as high. Basal
plates very small, the angles only projecting beyond the
summit of the column. Sub-radial plates very large,
higher than wide, three hexagonal and two heptagonal.
First radial plates very large, nearly twice as wide as
high ; the upper lateral sides being comparatively long^
and the articulating scar of moderate size, give a heptag-
onal outline ; the articulation occupies little more than
one third the width of the top of the plate. Second and
third radial plates quadrangular, wider than long; the sec-
ond shorter than the third. Fourth radial pentangular,
with short lateral margins, acutely angufar above.

Arms long and slender, two from each ray, composed of
plates which are nearly as long as wide, slightly wedge-
form, throwing off' branchlets at intervals from opposite
sides. Towards the middle, in the length of the arm, the
branchlets are given off from every second plate on alter-
nate sides, the intermediate plate being smaller. A large
quadrangular anal plate is situated between two of the
sub-radials and the radial plate on the right hand side ;
the succeeding anal plates undeterminable. Column
round, of medium size, composed of thin alternating
plates. Surface smooth or finely granulose.

This species differs from all others of the type in the
large anal plate intercalated obliquely below the radial
and resting on two sub-radials. It differs from C. Hoveyi
in the smaller basal plates, the larger sub-radials, in hav-
ing four instead of three plates in the radial series, with a
smaffer articulating scar, and in the longer and more slen-
der arms, which have no true bifurcations.

Geological formation and locality. Keokuk limestone,
Crawfordsville, Indiana. Collection of Wabash College.

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 299

Cyathocrinvs viminalis (n. s.). Body small, depressed-
sub-globose, nearly twice as wide as high ; the greatest
diameter at the top of the sub-radial plates. Basal plates
small, pentangular. Snb-radial plates proportionally large,
height and breadth nearly equal, hexagonal, except one
on the anal side, which is pentagonal and larger. First
radial plates sub-heptagonal, about equal to the sub-
radials, slightly inflected at the upper lateral margins;
articulating scar for the attachment of the arm small, less
than one half the width of the plate, moderately im-
pressed.

First anal plate hexagonal, with very small upper lat-
eral faces, supporting three plates, the middle one much
the larger; form and number of plates above undetermin-
able. The anal area extends above in the form of a
short proboscis, reaching nearly half an inch above the
arm bases.

Arms composed of a single series of short plates below
and longer ones above, bifurcating on the second or third
plate above the first radial plate ; the second and third
bifurcations are on the second or third plate above the
preceding. One of the armlets on each main division of
the ray bifurcates at some distance above its origin. The
branches of the arms at their bifurcations are strongly di-
verging. Column very small, round, and composed, at a
distance from the body, of strong, thick plates of equal
size.

This species differs from C. divaricatus (Geol. Rep.
Iowa, pi. 10, fig. 5) in its much larger sub-radial plates, and
less strongly diverging arms, which also are composed of
more numerous plates.

Geological formation and localitij. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

300 New Species of Crinoidea from the

GENUS POTERIOCRINUS.

Poteriocrimis dilatatus (n. s.). Cup of body very small,
broadly expanding. Basal plates minute, pentangular,
slightly projecting beyond the column. Sub-radial plates
small, hexagonal, except one on the anal side which is
heptagonal, length and breadth about equal. First radial
plates irregularly pentagonal, having one of the upper
lateral angles slightly truncated by the second radial plate
of the adjacent ray. Second radial plates nearly twice as
large as the first radials, the plates of the adjacent rays
joining at their lateral margins, very obtusely wedge-form
above, supporting the plates of the arms on the sloping
upper sides. Anal plates small, four seen in specimen,
form not determined.

Arms two from each ray, bifurcating on the sixth plate
from the base, and the outer divisions again bifurcating at
the sixth plate above the first division, and again at irreg-
ular distances above. Surface of plates of the lower part
of the body depressed-convex, becoming inflected at the
sides as they approach the arm bases.

Proboscis large and inflated, rising from the top of the
small cup, and extending nearly as high as the extremities
of the arms ; small and constricted near its base, and rap-
idly expanding until it becomes throe times as large in
diameter as the calyx, and terminating above in a highly
convex dome, the lines of junction between the upper
and lower parts being strongly angular ; the lower part is
composed of several series of small elongated polygonal
plates, which gradually increase in size towards the inflat-
ed ])ortion ; each series of plates is traversed longitudinally
by a sharp, angular, elevated ridge, which terminates on
the plate on the widest part of the inflation in a lanceolate
or pointed node. The plates composing the dome of the
proboscis are comparatively large and elevated, each

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 301

marked by lines which form a star, the rays equalling in
number the sides of the plate, across which they join those
of the adjacent plates.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Bm-lington, Iowa. Collections of Dr. O. Thieme
and C. A. White.

Poteriocrinus ventricosus (n. s.). Body broadly calycu-
late. Basal plates of medium size, projecting above the
top of the column in a low coronated cup with five salient
angles. Sub-radial plates hexagonal, one heptagonal ad-
joining the anal series, little wider than high. First radial
plates proportionally large, irregularly pentagonal, having
the upper portions of the lateral sides deeply inflected.
Second radial plates smaller than the first, entirely sepa-
rated from each other at their lateral margins, pentagonal
and obtusely wedge-form above, supporting on their up-
per sides the first plates of the free arms. Anal plates of
medium size ; first one somewhat regularly pentagonal ;
second elongate, hexagonal, larger than the first ; the re-
mainder not determinable.

Arms two from each ray, bifurcating at the sixth or
eighth plate from their base ; the outer branch again bi-
furcating two or three times at irregular distances above ;
composed in the lower part of a single series of short,
broad plates, alternately longer and shorter on the oppo-
site sides, in the upper part becoming attenuated on the
short side so as to allow the plate above and the plate be-
low to join at the thicker margin.

Proboscis large and inflated in the upper part, reaching
to near the extremities of the arms, composed of numer-
ous polygonal plates. The plates of the summit smaller
than the body plates, ornamented by numerous pointed
nodes arranged so as to form a star on each plate.

Column strong, round, composed of short plates of une-
qual thickness.

302 Neio Species of Crinoidea from the

This species resembles the last in its large inflated pro-
boscis and the general expression of the calyx and arms,
but in detail it is quite distinct. In this species the second
radials are uniformly smaller than the first, and are entirely
separated from each other, while in that species the sec-
ond radials are larger than the first, and united at their
lateral margins ; and the arm plates are more distinctly
wedge-form, and not extended across as in that species.
But the most striking difterence is in the proboscis, which
is composed of large plates in the lower part and smaller
in the upper, which is the reverse of the other species ;
and the inflated portion appears to have been sub-globose
instead of angular at the greatest expansion.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Poteriocrinns fusiformis (n. s.). Calyx obconical, trun-
cate at base, very gradually expanding, the diameter of
the base being equal to one third and the top equal to
two thirds the height of the cup. Basal plates placed
upright on the top of the column, pentagonal, height equal
to once and a half the width, sides sub-parallel, obtusely
angular above. Sub-radial plates much larger than the
basal plates, three hexagonal, two on the anal side hep-
tagonal and larger, height and width as three and two.
First radial plates comparatively small, less than one half
the size of the sub-radials, pentangular, wider than high,
supporting the first arm plates, which are long and narrow.
First anal plate pentagonal, a little smaller than the first
radial plate adjoining; the remaining anal plates and the
arms above the first plates unknown.

Surface of plates smooth. Column smooth, round,
rapidly tapering downwards, composed of thin, equal
plates.

The body of this species has some resemblance to
Pofrrincrinna Missouriensis, but is smaller and less rap-

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. JJ03

idly expanding, and differs materially in the proportions of
the plates, especially the arm plates. It resembles in form
and proportions some of the Homocrini in the lower for-
mations.

Geological formation and locality. Bm-lington lime-
stone. Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White,

Pole riocr inns Barrisi (n. s.). Body turbinate. Basal
plates unknown. Sub-radial plates of the usual form
and proportions, sub-equal. First radial plates wider than
high ; articulating scar for the attachment of the arms
very small. One anal plate only observed.

Arms slender, elongated, bifurcating several times, com-
posed of cylindrical joints, which are once and a half as
long as wide, and deeply grooved for the attachment of
tentacula. One of the postero-Iateral rays shows four
joints below the first bifurcation of the arm, the others are
obscure in this part of the specimen.

Surface of body plates marked by a series of sharp ra-
diating ridges, one from the centre of each side of the
plate joining in the centre of the plate, and the interme-
diate spaces occupied by similar ridges extending from
each margin and converging so as to meet others from the
adjacent margin on the line from the pentre to the angles
of the plate, forming a series of gradually diminishing
rhombs; or, taking the lines upon the adjacent plates,
forming a series of gradually diminishing triangles, one
within another.

This species more nearly resembles P. radiatns of Aus-
ten, than any American species which I know ; but the
radiating ridges are more nearly equal in strength and
more numerous than represented in the figures of Austen
or De Koninck, while there is no space near the angles of
the plates free from these ridges, as shown by these au-
thors.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-

304 New Species of Crinoidea from the

stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collections of Rev, W. H. Bar-
ris and Dr. O. Thieme.

Poteriocrinus lepidns (n. s.). Body broadly calyculate,
spreading to the base of the free arms, slightly lobed from
the incm-ving of the upper lateral angles of the first radial
plates. Basal plates very short, pointed above, extending
between the sub-radial plates; three fourths of their diam-
eter covered by the large pentalobate column. Sub-radial
plates of moderate size, wider than high, three hexagonal
and two sub-heptagonal, these being slightly larger than
the others. First radial plates larger than the sub-radials,
a little more than once and a half as wide as high, sub-
pentagonal, the upper lateral angles of four of them in-
flected, so as to give a somewhat heptagonal form ; the
fifth is quadrangular, with an apparent hexagonal form,
produced by the same cause. In at least four of the rays
there have been three radial plates, the two upper ones
free, and the last one bifurcating ; the second radial is
short, quadrangular. Anal plates four (in the specimen),
the first irregularly pentangular, resting upon two sub-
radial plates, and supporting on the right side the first
radial plate ; the second anal plate rests upon the truncat-
ed upper face of the sub-radial plate, and between the fust
anal and first radial plate on the left ; the third anal plate
rests upon the first and second, and the fourth anal plate
upon the summit of the second. Arms unknown. Sur-
face striato-granulose, the angles of the plates depressed,
giving a narrow indentation at these points.

This species somewhat resembles P. calyciihis, but is
broader and much less constricted at the sides of the first
radial plates, and all the body plates are much wider in
proportion to the height. In that species also there are
but two radial plates, the second very long, equal in length
to the second and third radial plates of this species in an
individual twice as large.

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 305

Geological formation and localily. Burlington Ihne-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

GENUS ZEACRINUS.

Zeacrinus scoparius (n. s.). Body small, broadly cup-
shaped. Basal plates small, scarcely reaching beyond the
circumference of the column, forming by their union a
pentagon. Sub-radials small, height and breadth nearly
equal, three pentagonal and two heptagonal, (apparently
hexagonal from the straightncss of the lower sides). Ra-
dial plates four in the anterior ray and two in each of the
others. First radials pentagonal, proportionally large,
width twice the height. Second radial in the anterior ray
quadrangular, width and height sub-equal ; the third very
short, quadrangular ; the fourth pentagonal, like the sec-
ond in the other rays, but not so high. The last radials
support on their upper faces the arms, two from each ray.
The arms bifurcate on the sixth or eighth plate above, in
the postero-lateral and antero-lateral rays. The outer
branch of each division again bifurcates at about half the
length. In the anterior ray the arms bifurcate on the
eleventh or twelfth plate, apparently simple above. First
anal plate pentagonal, slightly elongated ; second and
third hexagonal ; form of fourth and fifth not determined.
Column round, slender, composed in the upper part of
short, equal plates, below often throwing out branches from
larger and thicker plates than the intervening ones. Sur-
face smooth or very finely granulose.

This species resembles Zeacrinus eleg-ans and Z. ramo-
sus, (Iowa Geol. Rep. pi. 9, figs. 2 and 3,) but differs very
materially from either in the mode of growth and bifurca-
tion of the arms.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 39

306 Neiv Species of Crinoidea from the

GENUS SCAPHIOCRINUS.

Scaphiocrinns spinohrachiatus ( n. s. ). Body small,
broadly calyculate. Basal plates small, pentagonal, point-
ed above, extending laterally from the column, with the
outer ends curved abruptly upwards. Sub-radial plates
of moderate size, length and breadth about equal. First
radial plates comparatively large, twice as wide as high,
lateral margins short, the upper face slightly concave.
Second radial plates short, broad, strongly pointed above,
constricted in the middle, supporting on the upper edges
the first arm plates, which are much stronger than the
succeeding ones. Anal plates unknown.

Arms two from each ray, very long, simple, composed
of a single series of short plates alternately longer and
shorter on their opposite edges, ornamented on the longest
side by one or two strong, elevated nodes or sub-spines.
Surface of calyx plates moderately convex ; the sub-radials
more elevated than the others, marked by a series of ab-
rupt depressions at the junction of the angles of the adja-
cent plates, as if the angle of each one were excavated.

In the specimen described the arms are preserved to the
length of about three inches, and are still imperfect and
scarcely less in size than at their base.

This species is distinguished from others by the spinous
structure of the arm plates.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. Wliite.

Scaphiocrinus Wliitci (n. s.). Cup very small, symmet-
rically turbinate from the column to the top of the first
radial plates. Basal plates minute, strongly angular, point-
ed at the top. Sub-radial plates small, four hexagonal and
one heptagonal, a little higher than wide. First radial
plates of moderate size, iiTegularly pentagonal, strongly
angular below, upper margin straight, extending the full

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 307

width of the plate. Second radial plates niucli higlier
than wide, strongly constricted just above the middle, en-
tirely separated from each other, very obtusely wedge-form
above, supporting on the upper faces the first arm plates.
First anal plate small, hexagonal ; second very small, ap-
parently quadrangular ; third larger than the second, form
not determined.

Arms two from each ray, in the anterior ray bifurcating
on the eighth and tenth plate above, in the antero-lateral
ray bifurcating on the twelfth plate above, and in one di-
vision of the postero-lateral ray bifurcating on the eighth
plate ; simple above the first bifarcation ; composed of a
single series of round, short, unequal joints, which are ab-
ruptly thickened and projecting at the upper margins,
extended laterally on the long side for the attachment of
the tentacula, giving a peculiar zigzag appearance to the
arms. Tentacula long, rounded on the back, thickened at
the joints.

Surface of cup marked by deeply impressed pits, ar-
ranged in two series ; one series at the junction of the
sides of the sub-radials with the points of the basal and
lower angle of the first radial plates ; the other series be-
tween the first radial plates. Column of medium size,
distinctly pentagonal, composed of alternating thick and
thinner joints, crenulated on then- surfaces.

This is a small species of the type of P. rhombiferus,
Owen, (Geol. Surv. Wisconsin, Iowa, and Minnesota, pi.
5 D, fig. 2 ;) but differs in the less spreading cup, and in
the deep pits, as well as in being destitute of other sur-
face markings.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C A. White.

Scaphiocrinns ramnlosus (n. s.). Body shallow-calycu-
late, base small, abruptly concave, the basal plates con-
cealed by the summit of the column in the bottom of the

308 New Species of Crinoidea from the

depression. Sub-radial jslates of medium size, three ap-
parently pentangular from the straightness of the lower
side, the other two larger and hexagonal from the same
cause. First radial plates larger than the sub-radials, and
nearly twice as wide as high, the upper margins slightly
concave. Second radials long, pentangular, much higher
than wide ; those of the postero-lateral rays slightly trun-
cated at the summit, the first arm plates resting on the
lateral slopes of the same and widely divergent. First
anal plate elongate, pentangular, placed obliquely between
two sub-radials and the first radial of the right postero-
lateral ray ; the remaining two or three plates seen are
minute.

The arms, as far as known, bifurcate on the second
radial, the divisions widely divergent, with one or two (per-
haps more) bifurcations above, which are less strongly
divergent. The first arm plates the longest and strongest;
those above are short and wedge-form, strongly rounded
on the back, giving a semi-cylindrical form to the arm and
its divisions.

This species is closely allied to S. divaricatus of the
Warsaw limestone; but differs in the more concave base,
and the larger and longer second radial plates ; the bifur-
cations take place on the sixth and eighth plate, and are
more numerous, and the arm plates are more rounded
on the back.

Geo/og-ical formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of Rev. W. H. Bar-
ris.

Scaphiocrinus Halli (n. s.) Body small, calyx short,
broadly cup-shaped. Basal plates small, pentagonal, an-
gular at the top. Sub-radials hexagonal, except on the
anal side. First radials of medium size, pentagonal, about
once and a half as wide as high. Second radials elon-
gated, strongly constricted at the middle, and somewhat

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 309

acutely angular above, supporting on each upper margin
the arm plates. Anal plates undetermined. Arms strong,
simple from their origin on the second radial plate, very-
long in proportion to the size of the body, angular on the
back, composed of a single range of plates alternately
longer and shorter on opposite sides ; each plate is fur-
nished, on the longer side, with a strong process projecting
laterally for the attachment of the tentacula, giving a zig-
zag appearance to the arms ; tentacula long, composed of
strong plates. Surface of calyx plates granulose or striato-
granulose.

This species differs fi-om any other described in the pe-
culiar structure of the simple arms ; the projections for the
attachment of the tentacula give an oblique direction to
the plates, and this feature alternating in successive plates
gives an apparent spiral form to the arm. The tentacula
are comparatively strong, the lower joints a little longer
than wide, and nearly as long as the arm joints.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of B. J. Hall, Bur-
lington.

Scaphiocrinus tortuosus (n. s.). General form and pro-
portions of body similar to the preceding, the basal plates
being somewhat larger, the sub-radials and first radials are
of nearly the same form and proportions ; second radials a
little shorter and broader in the upper part, single in the
antero-lateral and postero-lateral rays, while in the ante-
rior ray there are two plates in this position, the length of
both but little greater than the one in the other rays, and
of less width.

Arms simple throughout their entire length ; the plates
short, concave on the short side and strongly angular on
the longer side from the projecting bases for the attach-
ment of the tentacula. Surface of calyx plates marked
by a series of ridges radiating from the centres of the

310 New Species of Crinoidea from the

sub-radial plates and uniting with those of the adjoining
plates at the sutures ; these ridges form a star on each
sub-radial plate, the figures on the others varied according
to the size and shape of the plates.

In general aspect this species is like the preceding.
The stelliform ridges of the body plates are strongly dis-
tinctive, and the angular ridges or projections on the arm
plates give a more directly transverse aspect to these
parts, and produce a more abruptly tortuous or zigzag
appearance than in the preceding species, while the spiral
aspect is not observable.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington limestone,
Burlington, Iowa.

Scaphiocrinus carinat'us (n. s.). Body small, basal plates
entirely covered by the column. Sub-radials three pentag-
onal and two hexagonal, the one on the anal side larger.
Radial plates three in each series : the first of moderate
size, sub-pentangular, a little wider than long ; the second
quadrangular, height nearly as great as the width ; the
third short, pentangular, acutely wedge-form above, sup-
porting the first arm plates. Arms two from each ray,
bifurcating on the eighth or tenth plate, and in the anterior
ray, and at least one of these branches from each arm
again bifurcating ; and a similar bifurcation is seen on one
of the antero-lateral rays.

First anal plate elongate, pentagonal, resting on two of
the sub-radials, and supporting one of the first radials ;
second anal plate larger than the first, hexagonal ; the
third of the same form and smaller ; above these are ten
or twelve plates, marked by stelliform ridges, forming the
lower part of the proboscis. Surface of body plates
marked by strong radiating ridges, giving a stelliform as-
pect. Arms composed of a single series of plates, short,
and concave on the shorter side, the longer side marked
by a protuberance, below which it is concave ; from this

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 311

protuberance the tentaciila proceed. These plates are
traversed longitudinally by sets of ridges, the central one
more prominent and sharply carinate, the lateral ones less
distinct. Column proportionally strong, distinctly pen-
tangular, composed of equal plates with thin projecting
edges.

This species differs from the two preceding in the propor-
tional size of the column, which conceals the basal plates,
in havinsf three radials in each series, in the smaller first
radials, the more numerous bifurcations of the arms, and
the sharply carinated plates.

Geolog-ical formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of Rev. W. H. Bar-
ris.

Scapliiocrimis orbicularis (n. s.) Body below the arms
very broadly basin-shaped, or depressed-hemispheric, with
the upper margins slightly inflected ; articular scar for the
column attachment sharply impressed, extending one half
or two thirds the diameter of the basal plates. Basal
plates pentagonal, obtusely angular above, forming by
their union a pentagon with scarcely concave margins.
Sub-radial plates exceedingly large, extending from the
edge of the column to near the top of the first radial plates,
three sub-pentagonal and two heptagonal (or hexagonal
from the straightness of the lower sides), length somewhat
greater than breadth. First radial plates proportionally
small, sub-triangular ; the lateral edges of the adjacent
plates slightly truncating each other. First anal plate
large and massive, pentagonal, resting between the two
heptagonal sub-radials, and supporting one side of the
adjoining first radial plate. The two remaining anal plates
(all which are seen in the specimen) are smaller and hex-
agonal.

Arms and column unknown. Surface of plates de-
pressed-convex, sutures distinctly marked. The body

312 New Species of Crinoidea from the

plates are very massive, the internal cavity being less than
half the whole diameter.

This species differs remarkably from any known species
in the sub-carboniferous rocks of this country. Its nearest
relations are with Cyathocrinus pentnlobiis, (Iowa Geol.
Rep.pl. 25, fig. 5,)= Grap/iiocrinus quatuor-decim-hrachialis
of Lyon, (Kentucky Geol. Rep. pi. 1, fig. 2;) from which it
differs in the greater disproportion in the size of the plates,
which are not produced in nodes or tubercles.

Geological formation and locality. Keokuk limestone,
Keokuk, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Scaphiocrinus doris (n. s.). Body narrowly calyculate,
base truncate, the sides gently expanding to the top of the
first radials. Basal plates small, about as high as wide,
obtusely angular above. Sub-radials proportionally large,
the height one fourth greater than the greatest width, three
hexagonal and two heptagonal. First radial plates much
smaller than the sub-radials, wider than high. Second
radials elongate, pentagonal, obtusely angular above, and
strongly contracted on the sides just above the middle.
Anal plates large ; the first pentangular, resting upon two
sub-radials, and partially supporting the right radial plate ;
the second anal rests upon the truncated top of the sub-
radial plate ; the form of this and the succeeding one not
determined.

Arms double from their origin ; those of the anterior
ray bifurcating on the tenth plate, those of the antero-
lateral rays bifurcating on the eighth or tenth plate, and
those of the other rays bifurcating at about the same dis-
tance ; the plates below a little longer than wide, shorter
above the first bifurcation, contracted in the middle, and
thickened at the extremities. Proboscis large and strong,
extending at least two and a half inches above the first
radial plates.

Surface of sub-radial plates each marked by two strong

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 313

folds, extending from the centre to the upper sloping mar-
gins, those of the two adjacent plates converging, and
meeting corresponding elevations on the two lateral slop-
ing margins of the first radial plates ; and these, uniting
just below the upper truncate margin of the plate, give it
a strongly thickened upper side, upon which the second
radial rests ; less conspicuous folds or elevations mark the
other plates; and the entire surface is marked by sharp,
slender, radiating strite.

The body of this species might be mistaken for Cyatho-
crinus rhombifer of Owen, or Cyat/tocrinus sculptilis of
Hall, (Supp. Geol. Rep. of Iowa,) but the calyx is less
spreading, the plates less robust, and the surface different,
while the sub-radial plates are proportionally much larger
and longer, and the first radial plates proportionally small-
er. Above this point, the structure and form of parts indi-
cate the generic distinction.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Sca.phio crinus unicus (n. s.). Body shallow cup-shaped,
broad, with moderately spreading sides, and deeply im-
pressed base. Basal plates occupying the bottom of the
basal cavity, and mostly concealed by the large column.
Sub-radials of moderate size, three hexagonal, and two on
the anal side heptagonal ; their lower ends form the sides
of the basal cavity. First radials larger than the sub-
radials, nearly twice as wide as high, sub-pentangular, the
upper portion somewhat projecting ; articulating facet con-
cave. Second radial plates on the anterior ray sub-quad-
rangular, longer on one side than on the other, supporting
a single arm, which is simple throughout its entire length ;
those of the other rays pentangular, once and a half as
wide as high, rather sharply angular above, slightly con-
stricted in the middle, supporting on each upper sloping
edge an arm, which divides into three or rarely four

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 40

314 Neio Species of Crinoidea from the

branches ; the first bifurcation on the eighth to the twelfth
plate, the second from the tenth to the fourteenth of the
outer branch ; the inner branch usually simple.

First anal plate proportionally large, pentangular, resting
between the sub-radials, and supporting one side of a first
radial and the two anal plates. Second anal plate smaller
than the first, slightly elongate, hexagonal ; the succeeding
plates regularly hexagonal, very gradually decreasing in size
upwards, and forming by their union with others a short,
strong proboscis.

Arms composed of very short plates, alternately longer
and shorter on opposite sides, the longer side supporting
the tentacula, which are long, very strong, and composed
of cylindrical joints. Surface of plates smooth, with a
series of small, deep pits at the angles of the plates.

This species may be readily distinguished from any
other of the genus by the low, broad cup, the number and
bifurcations of arms in the antero and postero-lateral rays,
the simple arm of the anterior ray, and the peculiar pits at
the angles of the plates of the body.

Geological formation and locality. In rocks of the age
of the Keokuk limestone, Crawfordsville, Indiana. Collec-
tion of Wabash Col/cg-c.

Scaphiocrinus nodobrachiatus (n. s.). This sj^ecies re-
sembles the preceding in the general aspect of the arms,
but they are more evenly cylindrical, the margins of the
plates not thickened, or but slightly so, and each plate
marked by a single rounded node, instead of two sharp or
spiniform nodes to each plate as in S. spi nob rack iatus. The
arms are extremely elongated.

The characters indicated above seem sufficient to dis-
tinguish the species.

Geolog'ical formation and locality. In rocks of the age
of the Keokuk limestone, Crawfordsville, Ind. Collection
of Wabash Colleg'e.

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 315

ScapMocrinus rohustus (n. s.). Body calyculate, mam-
millEeform, rounded at base, moderately expanding from
the top of the basal plates. Basal plates pentangular,
pointed above, Jess than one half their length covered by
the column. Sub-radial plates of moderate size, four
equal and hexagonal, one larger and heptagonal, all wider
than high. First radial plates larger than the sub-radials,
scarcely equalling them in height, width nearly twice as
great as the height, four pentagonal, the one in the left
postero-lateral ray hexagonal. Second radials nearly as
large as the first, a little longer in their extreme height,
sub-pentagonal, angular above, and supporting on each
upper side a simple, strong arm ; the first arm plate much
larger than the succeeding ones, longer on the outer than on
the inner sides, which are closely joined. The arm plates
above are very short, strong, slightly wedge-form, very
gradually decreasing in length from below upwards. At
an inch above the second radial, the width of the arm is
more than twice the length of the arm plates on their long-
est sides. The first anal plate is nearly twice the size of
the succeeding ones, and somewhat smaller than the small-
est sub-radial plate, elongate hexagonal, placed obliquely
on the upper sloping edges of two sub-radials, and sup-
porting on its right upper side the lower edge of a first
radial plate, and on the remaining upper sides the two
succeeding anal plates, which are all that can be deter-
mined of the series. Surface of plates smooth ; cicatrix
of column attachment large, circular.

In some individuals the arms become thickened in the
middle and contracted above, giving an elongate, fusiform
character.

This species resembles Cyathocrinus {Poteriocrinus)
decadactylus of Lyon and Casseday, but diflfers in having
only two radial plates in each series instead of three, and
also differs in the anal series as described by those au-

316 New Species of Crinoidea from the

thors.* Both occur in the same association, and that has
also all the characteristics of Scaphiocrinus.

Geological formation and locality. In rocks of the age
of the Keokuk limestone, Crawfordsville, Indiana. Collec-
tion of Wabash College.

Scaphiocrinus cequalis (n. s.). Calyx small, rather broad-
ly expanding to the top of the first radial plates. Basal
plates minute, concealed by the column. Sub-radial
plates proportionally large, three hexagonal and two hep-
tagonal. First radials sub-pentangular, three times as
wide as high. Second radials as large as the first, quad-
rangular, broad, and short. Third radials pentangular or
sub-triangular, broader than high, strongly pointed above.
First anal plate less than half the size of the sub-radials
and resting between them, pentangular ; the succeeding
ones smaller, form and number not determined.

Arms two from each ray, rising from the third radial
plate, bifurcating on the sixth, seventh, or ninth plate,
each division again dividing, but at a greater distance
from the last, rarely branching a third time, composed of
very short, wedge-form plates, the sides alternately short
and long, smooth in the lower part of the arm, but above
the last bifurcation becoming imbricated from the overlap-
ping of the upper margins ; branches strong below and
attenuate above. Tentacula long, strong, rising from the
longest side of the arm plates.

This species may be distinguished from others, which
it resembles in general form, by the protuberant sub-
radial plates, the three radials in each series, the less
number of arm branches, and the number of arms in the
anterior ray being equal to that in the other rays.

Geological forrnation and locality. In rocks of the age

* ]n one specimen which I huve relerrod to, the (yntliocriniis clccadactijlus of
Lyon and Ciissedny, there ure four tinal phites visible, tlie lower or pentiingulnr cor-
responding with the same as described by these authors.

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valleij. 317

of the Keokuk limestone, Crawfordsville, Indiana. Cul'
lection of Wabash College.

Forbesiocrinus Thiemei (n. s.). Body rapidly expand-
ing from the base to the free arms ; five prominent ridges
traversing its height along the rays ; base broadly trun-
cated. Basal and sub-radial plates very small, only the
outer ends of the latter projecting beyond the column,
leaving the middle of the bases of the first radials covered
by the column. Radial plates three in each series, grad-
ually increasing in width upwards ; the first and second
and sometimes the third plates of adjacent rays are united.
The first and third radial plates are sub-pentagonal ; the
second sub-quadrangular, the outer angles truncated by
the adjoining plates. The third radial supports on its up-
per sides the two main divisions of the ray, which again
divides on the third plate above. Beyond this the arms
are simple, and composed of a single series of very short
plates, strongly rounded on the back. Every third or
fourth plate in the lower and every second plate in the
upper part is much thickened and extended on the inner
side of the arm, supporting on its upper side an armlet,
which is composed of short, strong plates, large at base,
and rapidly diminishing towards the end. Arm joints
showing the small patelloid plates very distinctly. Surface
of plates of the first radial series strongly elevated in the
middle and depressed at the sides ; the last plate of the
first radial series and the last of the second radial series
bearing small pointed nodes. Interradial and anal plates
obsolete. Column proportionally large, composed of thin
plates.

The absence of interradial and anal plates in this
species is a character not conformable with the genus
Forbesiocrinus. This, together with the rudimentary basal
and sub-radial plates, would seem to unite it as closely
with Ichthyocrinus; while the arm structure places it with

318 Neiu Species of Crinoidea from the

Forbesiocrinus, but only partially, as the genus is de-
fined.

The very peculiar feature of armlets on one side only
of the arms in place of tentacula is remarkable, but it has
not been determined whether the plates of the armlets
bear tentacula or not. The column has been removed,
and the basal plates, in their incipient development, are as
in Ic/ithj/ocrinus ;* while the sub-radial plates, in their
outer angles, reach beyond the column facet.

The absence of interradial and anal plates, together
with the entire absence of a calcareous dome, so far as
we can perceive, indicates that these parts may have been
covered by a fleshy envelope.

The angular form of body, the nodose-carinate rays,
and other features described, afford the most peculiar and
interesting form of the genus which I have seen.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of Dr. O. Thieme.

Forbesiocrinus spinifer (n. s.). Basal plates very small,
the sub-radials projecting in five salient points beyond the
column. First radial plates heptagonal (as far as deter-
mined) ; second radials hexagonal, shorter than the first ;
third radials triangular, with the lower side curved down-
wards, and the centre produced into an elongate spine,
supporting on its upper sloping sides the supra-radial
plates in two series of three each. The upper ones of
these are bifurcating plates, bearing a short spine on the
centre ; each one supporting two free arms, w^hich bifur-
cate or throw off armlets at intervals above. Interradial
areas occupied by a single plate each, so far as observed.
Anal area unknown.

The interradial plates are angular or sub-carinate in the
middle, the first one produced into a short, spine-like node

* See Vol. II. Pal. N. Y. page 195, plate 43, fig. 2 f.

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 319

towards the base. The supra-radial plates are likewise
angular, as well as the arm plates, which are somewhat
nodose. The patelloid plates are distinct in the lower part
of the body, and show as simple undulations in the arms;
entire surface granulose. Column large at the summit,
composed of thin, alternating larger and smaller plates.

This species ditfers from the F. Thiemei in having the
radial plates less distinctly angulated on the back, and
narrower in proportion to the height, and in the long
spines upon the third radial plates, and in possessing inter-
radial plates.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Forbesiocrinus jnvenis (n. s,). Body small, sub-globose,
truncated at base rather largely. Basal plates short, show-
ing only as a thin edge of a disc outside of the column.
Sub-radials of medium size, pentagonal and hexagonal,
wider than high, obtusely pointed above. Radial plates
four in each series : the first largest, sub-heptagonal, once
and a half wider than high ; second and third radials short
and broad ; fourth radial very broad in proportion to
its height, obtusely pointed above, and supporting an
arm on each side. Arms dividing on the fourth plate
above, and again dividing once more at least ; strong and
rounded on the back, composed of a single series of short,
strong plates, rapidly diminishing in size at each bifurca-
tion. Interradial and anal series consisting of one plate
each, resting upon the edges of the first radials and be-
tween the second radials of the adjacent rays, the rays
becoming free above the second radial plate. The small
patelloid plates are indicated by the strong curvature of
the suture lines of the radial plates, becoming more dis-
tinct in the arm plates. Surface apparently smooth.
Column proportionally large, rapidly tapering below, com-
posed of thin, equal plates, with a large central perfora-
tion.

320 Neiv Species of Crinoidea from the

This small species is easily distinguished by the arms
becoming free within the limits of the radial series, the
single interradial and anal plate, and the simplicity of the
arm structure.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of Rev. W. H. Bar-
ris.

Forbesiocrinus astericBformis (n. s.). The body and
arms together form an irregular, five-rayed star, with the
ends of the rays clavate ; these are made by the radial
series and the united parts of the arms, which spread al-
most horizontally from the body ; the clavate character is
given by the armlets, which are closely incurved. The
lower part of the body is slightly convex; the dome ap-
pears to have been somewhat elevated. Basal plates
small, and appearing only as an upper joint of the col-
umn. Sub-radials small, four pentangular and equal in
size, one larger and irregularly hexagonal. Radial series
consisting of four, rarely of five plates : the first of me-
dium size, wider than high, heptagonal ; the second and
third broad, short, sub-hexagonal; the upper radial plate
is heptagonal, very obtusely angular above. The ray be-
yond is composed of a double series of plates, united at
their inner margins as far as the fourth or fifth plate, where
they separate and form two free arms. The fourth plate
of each series above the last radial plate gives origin on
its outer side to an armlet, and the third plate beyond
o-ives oriijin to a second armlet ; the second above this
supports a pair of armlets, each armlet again dividing into
two, three, or four branches. This arrangement is repeated
on each ray, making five difterent sets or clusters. Each
arm or armlet is composed of a single series of short, com-
paratively strong plates; those above the last bifurcation
appear quadrangular and equal- sided. First interradial
plate elongate, heptagonal ; the second range consists of

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 321

three plates ; above these the plates more properly belong
to the dome. Anal area similar to the interradial, except
that the first plate is truncated below, where it joins the
large sub-radial plate.

Surface of plates smooth. Column round, very small,
abruptly expanding at its junction with the body, composed
of thin equal plates. The dome appears to have spread
laterally, so as to arch over the rays near the origin of the
free arms In medium-sized polygonal plates. The visceral
cavity has extended along the ray into the midst of the
armlet bases, which may have been covered by small
plates or by only a fleshy integument.

This species offers in its general features a great depart-
ure from the characters of the typical form of the genus
Forbesiocrinus, but its three basal plates, five sub-radials,
and a radial series of four plates, correspond with this ge-
nus. The small patelloid plates are also traceable in some
parts of the radial series, and are usually quite distinct
among the plates of the arms. This species has the rays
more divergent than the Onychocrinus of Lyon and Cas-
seday, and its form is that of a stellate disc. In compar-
ing it with numerous other species of the genus, and with
that form described as Onychocrinus by Lyon and Casse-
day, I can see no sufficient reason for separating it from
Forbesiocrinus.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collections of C. A. WhitCy Rev.
W. H. Barris, and B. J. Hall.

Mespilocrinus scitulus (n. s.). Body small, depressed-
subglobose, cup to the top of the first radials broadly sub-
turbinate, with slightly convex sides; base truncate and
sharply impressed ; the arras fold over each other on the
summit. Basal plates minute, having when united five
salient angles which extend for some distance between the
sub-radial plates ; the outer ends only of the basal plates

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 41

322 New Species of Crinoidea from the

are visible beyond the basal cavity. Sub-radials of medium
size, wider than high, four hexagonal, and one, on the anal
side, large sub-heptagonal. First radials large, nearly as
wide again as high, sub-pentagonal, with the upper lateral
angles slightly truncated, upper margins concave. Second
radials short and broad, quadrangular, nearly three times
as wide as high, less wide than the first radials, but allow-
ing the upper margins of these to curve around their ends.
Third radials short and broad, wedge-form above, support-
ing an arm on each upper side.

Arms bifurcating on the second plate, simple above, as
far as determined. Anal plates unknown. Surface finely
granulose, the granules confluent in places, appearing like
broken striEe.

This species differs from M. Konincki (1st Supp. Iowa
Geol. Rep. p. 69) in the less distinctly globose body, its
calyx being broader and more regularly expanding. The
basal portion of that species is not impressed, and the
basal plates form a pentagon with straight sides, making
the sub-radials pentagonal instead of hexagonal ; the arms
also are strongly curved sidewise, while in this species they
are nearly straight. The plates of the arms and radial
series are likewise different in form.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of B. J. Hall.

Rhodocrinus Barrisi (n. s.). Body small, sub-globose,
base somewhat deeply impressed. Basal plates small,
partially concealed by the column attachment. Sub-
radials proportionally large, hexagonal, their lower ends
forming the sides of the basal cavity. First radial plates
sub-heptagonal, much smaller than the sub-radials, widest
below. Second radials quadrangular and hexagonal, one
fourth as large as the first radials. Third radial plates
minute, sub-pentagonal, wedge-form above, and suj)i)orting
on each side a series of brachial plates. Interradial series

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 323

from four to six plates, the first one much smaller than the
first radial, varying from pentagonal to heptagonal, sup-
•porting two in the second and two in the third range, with
sometimes a small plate above. The anal series does not
differ from the interradial so far as can be determined.

Arms two from each ray, and bifurcating at more than
one third their length from the base ; above this they con-
tinue simple ; composed of a single series of short plates,
alternately thicker and thinner on opposite margins ; the
thin edge is frequently so attenuate as to allow the plates
above and below to touch. The tentacula arise from the
longest sides, and are composed of comparatively long,
cylindrical joints, each equal in height to two arm joints.
Plates of the body ornamented by sharp, angular nodes
and spines, which are united across the sutures by ridges ;
those of the sub-radial and first radial plates are equal in
length to the greatest diameter of the plate. The nodes
of the sub-radials are directed downwards ; those of the
first radials extend horizontally. The ridges which pass
from the sub-radials to the first radials are strongest and
most prominent, surrounding the body with a series of V
shaped ornaments, in the upper part of which the first
interradial plate, with its less conspicuous ridges, forms a
stellate centre. Column small, composed of alternating
larger and smaller joints.

This small and handsome species is easily distinguished
by the surface markings. The lower part of the calyx
has a strong resemblance to specimens of the genus Tre-
matocrinns ; but the arms rise directly from the rays, and
are entirely separated from the adjacent rays (arms) by the
interradial and anal spaces, which extend above the arm
bases and are united with the dome.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of Rev. W. H. Bar-
ris.

324 New Species of Crinoidea from the

Rhodocrinus Barrisi var. divergens. Another specimen,
having apparently the same surface characters of body?
differs in the arm structure ; ah hough at their origin there
is the same number of arms, they bifurcate near the base,
and one of the divisions again divides at less than half
the length of the arm, making five branches to each ray,
instead of four as in the typical species. The branches at
their bifurcations are strongly divergent. The arms are
composed of a double series of plates, which unite on the
back of the arm, as in most species of Actinocrinus.

With these strong points of difference, this may be
classed as a variety of the preceding species.

Geological formation and locality. The same as the
last. Collection of Rev. W. H. Barris.

Rhodocrinus Whitei (n. s.). Body sub-spheroidal, deep-
ly and abruptly concave at base, and contracted just below
the arm bases, giving an expansion to the base of the
dome, which is depressed-convex. Basal plates concealed
by the column. Sub-radials large, somewhat hexagonal.
First radials heptagonal ; second hexagonal; third hep-
tagonal, gradually diminishing in size in the successive
series ; the last supporting on each upper sloping side a
brachial plate, on which rest the arms proper. Interradial
and anal series consisting of about ten plates each ; the
lower one in each pentagonal, the second series hexagonal,
arranged in series of one, two, three, two, and two. The
dome is composed of small, polygonal plates, and sur-
mounted on one side of the anal area by a short, strong
proboscis. Plates of the body strongly tuberculous ; those
of the dome with less elevated tubercles. Arms un-
known.

This is a strongly marked species, with a diameter (in
the larger specimens) of an inch and a half, and a height
of an inch to the top of the dome. It differs from all the
known carboniferous species of this country in tiie strong-

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. 325

ly tubcrculose plates, with broad, rounded, elevated sur-
faces. In external characters it bears some resemblance
to the Gilbertsocrinns Americamts, (Tioosi,) from the Silu-
rian strata of Tennessee. In one specimen, one of the
postero-lateral rays has two radial plates instead of three,
which consequently has shortened the anal area.

Geological formation and locality. At the junction of
the Chemung rock with the Burlington limestone, Burling-
ton, Iowa. Collection of C. A. White.

Rhodocrinus Whitei var. Burlingtonensis. Body of the
form of R. Whitei. Basal plates small, lying at the bot-
tom of the cavity, and forming by their union a somewhat
regular pentagon, concave towards the middle, and entirely
covered by the summit of the column when present. The
sub-radial and radial plates are the same as in the typical
forms.

The principal differences are in the greater number of
interradial and anal plates ; this, with a diameter half as
great as those, has from twelve to fifteen arranged in series
of one, three, three and three or four, with two or three
others, and sometimes another series of two. The body
plates are not so tubcrculose, being regularly but highly
convex.

If these characters are found to be constant, they may
be sufficient to constitute a distinct species.

Geological formation and locality. With the preceding.
Collection of C. A. White.

Trematocrinus reticulatus (n. s.). Body sub-ovoid or
sub-cylindrical, slightly spreading at the arm bases ; base
deeply and abruptly concave. Basal plates very small,
forming the bottom and about half the sides of the basal
concavity. Sub-radials heptagonal, their centres forming
the lower margin of the cup, the lower half curved into the
cavity, and the outer half ascending. First radials hep-
tagonal, about the same size as the sub-radials; second

326 New Species of Crinoidea from the

radials hexagonal, less than half the size of the first;
third radials heptagonal, larger than the second, supporting
on their upper sloping sides the supra-radials, two of which
are hexagonal, and equal in size to the second radials ; the
upper one of these is the foraminiferous plate, and above
this arc two others, the upper one of which supports the
arm-like processes of the summit.

The interradials consist of six ranges of plates : the first
a single pentagonal or hexagonal plate, larger than the
succeeding, but smaller than the first radials ; two or three
in the second range ; three in the third and fourth ; two in
the fifth ; and two in the sixth ; these plates are generally
hexagonal, some pentagonal, and others heptagonal. The
anal area differs from the interradial only in having a
greater number of plates.

The summit arms are composed of a double range of
semi-elliptical plates, each of them perforated by a small
circular foramen. The foraminiferous areas are very
small, the first plate is minute, hexagonal, succeeded by
two still smaller plates, which margin the foramen. Upon
the inner oblique side of the second supra-radial plate
rests a sub-circular plate, with a deeply notched upper
margin, which forms the base of the arms of the forami-
niferous areas.

Surface marked by a series of ridges which commence
on the sub-radial plates, and radiate from the centre to
the sides, except on the sides adjoining the basal plates ;
the ridges on the radial series are much stronger and more
highly elevated ; they give the surface a reticulate appear-
ance, and the minute surface markings are finely gran-
ulose.

This species is distinguished by the strong radial ridges,
and the reticulate surface produced by the ridges of the
intermediate plates joining with those of the ray.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-

Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Vallei/. 327

stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collection of Rev. W. H. Ear-
ns.

Codaster Wliitei (n. s.). Body ovoid, a little more ob-
tuse above than below, base obtuse ; the length of basal
plate, from the central perforation to the top, is equal to
the space between the base of the radial and the base
of the pseudo-ambulacral areas ; and the distance from
the base of the pseudo-ambulacral area to the point of
the plate, measuring the sloping face, is a little greater
than the preceding measurements. The radial plates are
as wide at the base as the length from the base to the
pseudo-ambulacral areas, while at the top they are once
and a half as wide as at the lower margin ; the entire
length, measuring along the suture line to the summit,
(interradials not distinguished) is equal to the width at
the top of the plate.

The pseudo-ambulacral fields are narrow and strongly
elevated, with a central sulcus, which is quite distinct
above, but becomes obsolete towards the lower part; com-
posed of a double series of plates on each side, those of the
inner range or ambulacral ossicula are smaller than those of
the outer ranges. Towards the base the area is contracted,
and the inner faces of the outer ranges of plates come in
contact; the number of poral pieces in a single inner
range is about twenty-three or twenty-four.

The inter-ambulacral spaces are divided by a sharply
defined ridge extending from the apex of the radial plates
to the summit ; and between this and the pseudo-ambula-
cral field, the surface is marked by strong, rounded strios,
separated by deep, narrow grooves, which in the lower
part are parallel to the sides of the pseudo-ambulacral field?
but in the upper part diverge from this direction, and con-
verge to the summit of the central ridge.

These striated surfaces appear to be composed of sep-
arated linear plates, like the pectinated rhombs of Cystid-

328 Descriptions of New Species of Crinoidea.

eans ; and in one place, where broken through, they are
seen to be disconnected almost to the inner face of the
substance, giving the appearance of numerous thin parallel
laminae. The mouth is visible in the centre of the sum-
mit; but the anal opening is undetermined, (though visi-
ble,) from imperfection in the specimen.

Geological formation and locality. Burlington lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. Collections of C. A. Wliite and
B. J. Hall.

CONTENTS OF VOL. VII.

NUMBER II.

Akt. II. — Observations upon the Geology and Paleontology of
Burlington, Iowa, and its vicinity. By Cuaulks A.
White 209

Art. in. — On the Hymenoptera of the" genus Atlantus in the

United States. By Edwakd Norton . . . 236

Art. IV. — Descriptions of new species of Crinoidea from the
Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley. By
James Hall 261

BOSTON

JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY,

rONTAIKINf)

PAPERS AND COMMUNICATIONS,

HEAO BEFOKE THE

iJojston .Socittfi of IN^'atural pnstora?,

AND PUBLISHED BY THEIR DIRECTION.

VOL. VIL— NO. III.

PUBLISHING C O M JI I T T E E .

AUGUSTUS A. GOULD,
CHARLES K. DILLAWAY,

SAMUEL L. ABBOT,
JEFFRIES WYMAN,

SAMUEL H. SCUDDER.

BOSTON

1862.

BOSTON

JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY.

VOLUME VIL — NO. III.

Art. V. — Notes on New Species of Microscopical Or-
ganisms, chiefly from the Para River, South America.
By LoRiNG W. Bailey.

In the year 1854, the U. S. Exploring Expedition, under
the command of Capt. Lee, in the course of their cruise
in the brig Dol])hin, collected on the eastern coast of the
American continent a number of soundings and algae,
which were at that time submitted to my father. Prof. J.
W. Bailey, for microscopic examination. One locality, in
particular, the mouth of the Amazon and the River Para,
proved very rich in rare and new species of diatomaceous
and allied organisms. These were at once submitted to
careful study, and arrangements made for their speedy and
accurate publication. As far as I can learn, it was de-
signed that the description of these organisms should
accompany the Report of the " Cruise of the Dolphin " to
Congress, and two plates were prepared in outline for that
purpose. For some reason, which I have not been able
to trace, neither the plates nor the descriptions have ever
been published, and a few proof-copies in my possession
are all that remain of the original work. As most of the

JOURNAL U. S. N. II. 42 JULY, IStil.

330 Notes on New Species

forms here found are peculiar to these localities, and are
still for the most part unknown to microscopists, I have
endeavored to complete the publication of these plates, by
the study of the original forms in the possession of the
Society, and by means of pencil notes, accompanying cam-
era sketches, among the Memoranda of the Microscopic
Collection. Most of the forms contained in the plates I
have satisfactorily identified upon the slides, and have
carefully verified all the descriptive notes, v/hich accom-
pany the sketches. It has of course been impossible for
me to supply from such scanty material, and from speci-
mens mounted nearly six years ago, all the minute details
desirable in the delineation of such objects, but yet I trust
sufficient is given to render the species distinct and of
easy recognition. Where a doubt was entertained as to
the character of surface-markings, I have considered it of
more advantage to leave such details unsupplied, than to
add what future and better specimens might prove erro-
neous.

Fig. 1. Amphora delphina, L. W. B., nov. sp. Frus-
tules elliptic-oblong, with broad, slightly rounded ends ;
valves very minutely and transversely striated ; nodules
very large, extending in a bar across the centre of the
valve ; valves in front view gibbous at the centre ; outer
portions canoe-shaped; aspect hyaline; terminal nodules
distinct.

Hab. Para River.

This species, which is very rare even in this locality, in
general characters resembles Amphora Icevis of Gregory.
It differs from that species in the sides in F. V. being
curved outward so as to be quite gibbous, instead of being
incurved as in A. Icei'is, while the nodule is much larger,
and contracts towards the connecting membrane. The
striations could just be seen with Spencer's /^ in- objective,
and oblique light. With moderate powers the aspect is

of Microscopical Organisms. 331

hyaline. Aa no name was assigned by its discoverer, I
have ventured to propose the above, taken from the name
of the vessel by which these soundings were collected.

Figs. 2, 3. Amphitetras cuspidata, Bail.., nov. sp.
Sides concave ; lateral view quadrangular, with angles
produced and rounded ; cellules distinctly hexagonal ; con-
necting membrane minutely and decussately punctate.

Hab. Para River, and Lat. 0° 45' 50' S. Long. 48° 11'
25 ' W.

I have detected several specimens of this species, and
compared them carefully with Triceratium favus, of which
several varieties occur in these soundings. Although the
hexagonal areolations are somewhat smaller than usually
represented in Tr. favus, yet in this locality there are sev-
eral varieties of this species, which differ considerably in
this respect; and as a five-sided variety or Amphipentas
also occurs with similar areolati^n, I am disposed to re-
gard these forms as all of one species. It is probable, also,
that Amphitetras favosa, H. et B., which differs only in the
sides being straight instead of concave, may be another
variety of the same species. This form was found at the
depth of thirty-three fathoms.

Figs. 4 and 5. Cyclotella Kijtzingiana ? . This

species, which, in the list of forms detected by him, my
father doubtfully refers to Discoplea Kutzing-ii, is probably
a variety of C. Kutzingiana of Smith. The central por-
tion is large, elevated, and irregularly punctate ; the striae
are minute and closely radiant, reaching the margin, but
interrupted before reaching the margin by a finely undu-
late circle.

I would here remark, as this species of Cyclotella is de-
scribed by some as with a punctate, and by others as with
a striate margin, that either appearance may be produced,
in this variety at least, by a simple change of focus ; the
undulate line when in focus appearing as if made up of

332 Notes on New Species

circular puncta, but when out of focus giving the margin
a beautiful and delicate striated appearance.

DITYLUM, Bail., nov. gen.

Siliciou3, free, simple, one-celled, bivalve, consisting of
two triangular pyramids applied base to base ; vertices of
one or both pyramids terminating in acute spines.

Figs. 6, 10, 11. DiTYLUM TRiGONUM, Bail., nov. sp.
Two nearly equal triangular pyramids, applied base to
base ; base of each pyramid triangular, with the angles
rounded; vertex of each pyramid terminating in an acute
spine ; valves punctate, in radiant interrupted lines ; frus-
tules equally bivalve, turgid ; lateral view triangular.

Hub. San Antonio Bay, Para River, 4 fathoms.

Figs. 12-14. DiTYLUM iN^ QUALE, Bail., nov. sp. Dif-
fers from D. trigonum, B., in having one side turgid, the
other side less turgid, and rising considerably within the
margin ; punctate all over.

Hab. San Antonio Bay.

Of this curious genus, to which the name of Grymaia
was first given by its discoverer, two species have been de-
tected. They differ chiefly in the inequality of the valves.
In the side view of D. trigonum, when the spine appears
as if reduced to a dot, the form very nearly resembles the
same view of Triceratium alternans, B. Both species bear
some resemblance to some forms of Chcetoceros and Di-
cladia.

Fig. 7. Melosira granulata, L. W. B., nov. sp. Slen-
der ; joints cylindrical and punctate in parallel rows ; joints
separated by narrow bands devoid of strise, all closely con-
nected ; end of filament armed with (6) spines of greater
length than the narrow bands ; joints longer than broad,
closely binately conjoined.

Hab. Para River.

I have detected several filaments and detached frustules

of Microscopical Orfranisms. 333

of this species in the surface-water of the Para, and have
always found them armed with spines at the margin. In
some cases these spines are considerably longer than
represented in the figure. The parallel puncta are very
distinct.

Fig. 8. LlTHODESMIUM CONTRACTUM, Bail., HOV. Sp. I

can give no more accurate idea of this form than is afforded
by the figure in the plate, as the specimen was lost before
fully examined, and no notes have been found to explain
it. It resembles Ehrenberg's Lithodesmium undulatum, but
its nature and position have not been fully ascertained. A
similar form was found by my father in a salt marsh near
Greenport, N. Y.

Fig. 9. CosciNODiscus ? tenuis, Bail., nov. sp. Shell
excessively thin and hyaline, with radiant rows of minute
cells, a small central inconspicuous rosette, and a radiate
margin ; puncta visible with moderate powers.

Hab. Para River.

This species near the margin resembles an Actinocyclus,
but shows no colors or rays in the central portion. Sev-
eral specimens occur, the puncta being excessively deli-
cate and close. The front view is represented in Fig. 9 a.
The disc is comparatively large, but so delicate and thin
as to be found with difficulty, even when its position is
recorded. With the low objectives, it looks like a mere
circular haze.

I cannot omit saying that I feel considerable doubt as
to the genus of the form here described. I have seen and
carefully studied the specimen from which the figure was
taken, and have seen distinctly the characters above given ;
but I have also found another and more perfect form, in
which there are three distinct marginal processes, which
would assign the form to the genus Eupodiscus. This lat-
ter specimen is quite as thin and fine, with radiant rows
of excessively minute puncta and a margin resembling

/

334 Notes on New Species

Actinocyclus. I have therefore marked the genus as doubt-
ful, although not originally considered so. Even in the
identical specimen recorded first as Actinocyclus and then
as Coscinodiscus tenuis., I think I have distinctly seen at
least two processes, as in Eupodiscus. There are several
varieties of Eupodiscus in this locality, one nearly allied to
E. radiatus, but with very short processes. Many of them
resemble Coscinodisci.

Fig. 16. Navicula septenaria, Bail., nov. sp. Minute,
in general outline rhombic; sides undulated, producing
seven wide parts and six constrictions ; central nodule and
line distinct ; striae wanting or obscure.

Hab. Para City.

This form, which is possibly a fresh-water species, would
be easily mistaken with moderate powers for some form of
Spong-iolites ; but with the highest powers it is exceed-
ingly regular and graceful, the nodule is distinct, and the
median line well marked. The only specimen seen is
opaque and porcelaneous, showing with the highest pow-
ers no signs of striae. I think, however, there can be no
doubt of its naviculoid nature.

Fig. 17. Pleurosigma , nov. sp. ? This would

seem to be a variety of P. injlatum of Shadbolt. I have
been unable to find the original specimen, and can there-
fore only trust to the outline as originally drawn. Sev-
eral varieties of this genus occur here.

Figs. 18 and 19. Hyalodiscus . This possibly

may be a variety of H. Iccvis, from the description of which
it diiiers only in size, but from one poor specimen I have
been unable to ascertain its specific cliaracters. It is quite
small, the markings are coarse compared with those of
H. subtilis or H. Californicus, and the suture irregular and
jagged. The rim is quite broad, and the valves very con-
vex. The centre is densely granulate. Possibly it may
be some form of Podosira.

of Microscopical Org-anisms. 335

Fig. 20. Navicula . This form is doubtfully

referred by its observer to N. bacillum, E. The sides are
nearly straight, the ends rounded, the striae transverse, close,
and very faint. The median line has a faint line running
through its centre, which is prominent near the ends, but
grows suddenly faint at a short distance from them.

Fig. 21. Navicula . This form is probably K

lineolata, Ehr. = JV. serians, K., but as neither the descrip-
tion nor the figures given of this species by these writers
is sufficiently minute, it is difficult to recognize. In the
present specimen, the longitudinal lines are distinct with
low powers, and with the highest powers may be seen to
be separated by transverse lines, resolvable into dots.
Neither Ehrenberg nor Kiitzing allude to any transverse
lines whatever, but they may not have sufficiently searched
for them.

The next form (Figs. 22 and 23) I have been unable to
find, and only retain the form in the plate that it may be
identified if found at any future period.

Fig. 24. This form, I have no doubt, is Navicula g-as-
trum of Ehrenberg and Kiitzing = N. placentula, Ehr. The
striaB are faint, close, and slightly radiant, resolved into
dots by I'g in. objective.

Fig. 25. Biddulphia tenuis, L. W. B., nov. sp. ? Shell
excessively thin, quadrangular, with the whole surface de-
cussately punctate ; puncta under low powers appear like
lines; lateral view elliptic, with acute, slightly produced
apices.

The form represented in Figs. 25 and 26, for which I have
substituted the name of Biddulphia instead of Dcnticella
originally assigned to it, is probably, I think, a variety of
Zi/g-oceros Mohiliensis, B. = Biddulphia Bailcyii of Smith.
The two, however, were probably carefully compared by
their discoverer, and I therefore hesitate to abandon the
distinction drawn by him. In the pencil sketch from

336 Notes on New Species

which this figure was taken, my father describes the frus-
tule as " excessively thin, in front view quadrangular," and
does not even suggest a comparison with B. Baileyii, Sm.
The descriptions, however, closely correspond, and I can
discover no good reason for their separation.

It will be seen, by reference to the plate, that no less
than five forms of Biddulphia are represented, each with
more or less of resemblance to the others. Fig. 25 very
closely corresponds to the figure and description of Zygoce-
ros 31obiliensis, (Bail. Mic. Contrib. Plate 2, Fig. 34,) while
Fig. 34 of the present plate corresponds closely with Fig.
^5 of the JNIicroscopical Contributions, differing only in
having one spine instead of two. But the other spine is
again present in Figs. 35 and 69, while in Figs. 66 and
68, which he assigns to Zygoceros occidentalism no spines
whatever are apparent. As the Z. Mubiliensis was pub-
lished in 1850, and the above not drawn until 1854, it is a
little singular that the resemblance should not have been
noticed. My father certainly did not regard the number of
spines as of specific importance, as he assigns the same
name of " trinacria " to both Figs. 34 and 35. To Fig. 66
he assigns the specific name of " occidentalism I cannot,
however, discover from the original objects any essential
difference in structure, and am inclined to think that the
number of the Opines is not of specific importance. I re-
gard all the forms, therefore, above alluded to, as varieties
of Biddulphia Baileyii, Sm. There is great difference in
size, it is true, between these forms, but intermediate sizes
are not uncommon.

Fig. 26. EuNOTiA ANisoDON, Bail., nov. sp. Large ;
venter concave ; dorsum convex, with two ridges sym-
metrically arranged, with the dorsum of each ridge com-
posed of three subordinate ridges ; ends produced and
broadly rounded ; strisB minute, converging slightly.

Hab. Para River.

of Microscopical Organisms. 337

Fig. 27. EuNOTiA . This is possibly a variety of

Eunutia dizyga of Ehrouberg, but has only two teeth
approximate at the middle instead of four. The stria) are
fine, but distinct.

Figs. 28, 29. These were doubtfully referred to Fragi-
laria constricta of Ehrenberg := F. undata, S. B. D., which
is represented as sometimes constricted and sometimes
inflated at the middle. These two are probably of the
same species, but F. undata is a fresh-water form. As,
however, it is a widely diffused species, and occurs on this
continent, this form may possibly be of identical species
with the British variety. ,

Figs. 30 and 31. Pinnularia dilata, Bail.^ nov. sp.
Small, linear ; in lateral view slightly dilated at centre and
ends ; ends obtuse and rounded ; median band large, cen-
tral nodule distinct. In front view panduriform ; the con-
strictions meeting the connecting membrane at the centre.
Stria; fine, close, and nearly parallel.

Hub. Lat. 0° 29' 58" N. Long. 45° 58' 33" W. Para
River.

The front view of this species resembles an Amphiprora,
the lateral view a small P. nobilis. It is only on turning
a frustule over, that its true nature is apparent. The strise
in both views are fine and nearly parallel. The form was
found at the depth of thirty-three fathoms.

Fig. 32. Stauroptera . This form, which is

doubtfully referred to Stauroptera cardinalis of Ehrenberg,
does not at all agree with Kiltzing's figure of that species,
nor can I regard it as identical with Stauroptera aspcra,
which it more nearly resembles. It is not so large and
stout as S. cardinalis, and the sides taper more, while it dif-
fers from the S. aspera in the striae being lines not resolv-
able into dots, and of considerable fineness. Moreover the
stauros is not dilated, and reaches the margin. It ap-

JOUKNAL I!. S. N. II. 43 JULY, IStil.

338 Notes on New Species

proaches much more nearly to Pinnularia stauroneiformis,
which apparently also occurs here.

Fig. 33. This form I have failed in accurately deter-
mining. It bears considerable resemblance to Navicida
pnsi/la, Sm., in outline, but apparently has a large and dis-
tinct cingulum passing over and around the central nodule-
It also resembles a form doubtfully referred by Kiitzing to
Epithemia {Epithemia? cingulata, Kiitz., Bacillarien, Taf.
29, Fig. 66). Without the corresponding front view, it is
impossible to determine its nature, although I am disposed
to regard it as a true Navicida, of a new species. The
^triae are distinct, radiant, curving slightly towards the
apices. The median nodule is also distinct.

Figs. 34 and 35. Biddulphia trinacria, Bail., nov. sp. ?
I have already spoken of these forms under Fig. 25 as
probably varieties of Biddulphia Bailcyii, Smith. Fig. 35,
under the highest powers, can be resolved into circular
granules, decussately arranged, which are somewhat larger
on the connecting zone than on the valves. The processes
are also granulate to their extremities.

Another form of this singular species has the valves and
connecting membrane reduced almost to a line, while
there are two long processes on each valve which curve
towards each other, and have between them one straight,
sharp spine, somewhat longer than the processes.

Fig. 36. SiRiRELLA DUPLEX, Bail., nov. sp. Large,
oblong ; in front and lateral views panduriform ; ends
broadly rounded ; median band panduriform ; costae close,
distinct, and externally dilated.

Hab. Para River.

Fig. 37. SuRiRELLA . Probably a variety of

Svrirclla decora, Ehr. Vide Mikrogeol. PI. XV.

Figs. 38, 39, and 40. Campylodiscus collectus, L.
W. B., nov. sp. Large, saddle-shaped ; in front view un-

of Microscopical Org-anisms. 339

dulate ; in side view broadly elliptic ; costa? conspicuous,
short, and radiant.

Hab. Para River, at Una.

This singular form was assigned by its discoverer to the
genus Surirella, but I have now no hesitation in transfer-
ring it to the allied genus Campi/hdiscus. One of the
chief points of interest in this species is the great width
attained by the central or interstitial portion, which, in this
genus, as in the Coscinodiscece, is usually reduced to a
narrow ring. It resembles Surirella Campylodiscus in some
respects, and a comparison was suggested by its discoverer
to S. striatida, Turp., but I think it is certainly entirely
distinct from either.

Figs. 41-45. DicLADiA ? mamillana. Bail., nov. sp.
Smooth ? valves sometimes equal, sometimes unequal ;
mammillated, turgid ; one or both valves with conical
mamillae connecting at the base ; valves separated by a
median band not striated (?) ; styles and spines wanting.

Var. a. Valves with two cones on one side, and none
on the other.

p. Valves with only one cone on each side. The lat-
eral view resembles a Hyalodiscus.

y. Valves with one cone on one side, two on the other.

h. Valves with two cones on each side.

This species, which is doubtfully referred to the genus
Dic/adia, con'esponds very closely to some stages of growth
in Dicladia capreoliis, as figured by Brightwell, Mic. Jour-
nal, Vol. IV. page 105. Moreover, Fig. 74 of the 2d
Plate seems also to be but a stage of growth of Dicladia
capreolus, from which the lower valve has been broken
off. The latter are quite common in these soundings, and
were figured by my father as species of Chcetoceros. I
am, however, disposed to regard them all as stages of
growth of Dicladia capreolus. The number of mamillaB
varies from one on each side to two on each side. The

340 Notes on New Species

valves are, I believe, smooth and imperfectly silicious.
Several figures illustrating the growth of this species may
be found in Mic. Journ. Vol. IV., PI. VII.

Fig. 46. Tekpsi.noe magna, Bail., nov. sp. Very large,
oblong, quadrangular, with a variable number of note-like
costsB, but with no transverse bars ; side view like that of
Terpsinoe mvsica, Ehr. ; valves minutely granulate, as in
T. musica ; connecting membrane minutely, decussately
punctate.

Figs. 50, 51. Terpsinoe tetragramma, Bail., nov. sp.
Small quadrangular ; each valve marked with two inward-
bent costae ; connecting membrane marked with two hori-
zontal and one vertical bar, which do not cross the valves.
Side view consisting of one large, nearly circular inflation,
with two small terminal compartments ; puncta fine.

Hah. Para.

Fig. 54. Terpsinoe minima. Bail., nov. sp. Small,
quadrangular, with slightly undulate ends ; valves divided
into three compartments (?) by two transverse bars at each
end, and one at the centre, which cross the valves and
connecting membrane ; valves also marked by two short
costaB on each side of the central single bar.

I have here ventured to describe, as new and distinct
species, no less than three forms more or less resembling
Ehrenberg's Terpsinoe musica. Figs. 52 and 53, which
also occurs in this locality. These figures were doubtless
originally drawn as distinct, and were intended in part to
illustrate the variability of the bars and music-like costae.
It is probable that at this time my father regarded the num-
ber of these notes as of specific importance, as appears from
the names tetragramma and octogramma severally assigned
to them. These can hardly now be accepted as specific
characters, but in the forms here represented we have other
and much more marked dillerences. Thus Figs. 60 and
54 diflcr not only in the number of constrictions, but

of Microscopical Organisms. 341

also materially in their internal structure. Fig. 51, tiie
side view of Fig. 50, has only one very large median in-
flation, \vith two very small terminal inllations. The cen-
tre of the frustule in front view is divided up by transverse
bars into nearly equal squares, as in T. musica, E., while
in Figs. 46, 47, and 52, which in other respects nearly
resemble T. mnsica, we find no such transverse bars.
Again, in Fig. 48 there are four horizontal bars, but no
vertical.

It is possible that these should merely be considered as
varieties, but they were not so regarded by their discov-
erer, and I have concluded to describe them as distinct
species. The species represented by Fig. 47 is less coarsely
granulated than the varieties of T. mnsica occurring with
it. The granules of Fig. 46 agree with those of T. musica.

POLYMYXUS, Bail., nov. gen.

Silicious, free, simple, bivalve ; in front view quadran-
gular, with undulate ends ; in lateral view circular ; valves
composed of curved ridges, appearing in front view like
mamillae, but in lateral view tapering to the depressed
and stellate centre ; summits of ridges armed with minute
spines (?).

Figs. 55-59. PoLYMYxus coronalis, L. W. B., nov. sp.
Frustules large, symmetrical, bivalve ; in front view quad-
rangular with mammillated ends ; in lateral view circular ;
lateral surfaces of valves elongated into projections which
in front view appear like mamillae but in oblique view taper
down to the depressed centre ; summits of the elevations
terminated by minute spines on the margin of the shell ;
valves and median band minutely punctate.

Hab. Para River, and mouth of Amazon.

This beautiful species, which makes up the great bulk
of the soundings of the Para, seems to be confined almost
solely to this one locality. I have detected one specimen

342 Notes on Neio Species

in soundings from Ycddo Bay, but this may have been an
accidental admixture. Its rarity is sufficiently attested by
the fact, that although seen in this locality six years ago,
it is still undescribed, and I believe unknown to most
microscopists. It is exceedingly beautiful, and difficult to
describe. In the lateral view the centre of the valve is
destitute of puncta, and is of a stellate form correspond-
ing to the number of cones, with which it is connected by
roof-like ridges. The striae are fine, and parallel to the
surface of the connecting ridges. A single valve very
closely resembles a crown. Only one species has yet been
noticed, in which the number of lateral projections varies
from six to ten, the usual number being seven. There is
also considerable diversity of size.

Figs. 60 and 61. Triceratium Shadboltii, Bail., nov.
sp. ? Sides concave ; in front view constricted beneath the
processes ; concave sides decussately punctate ; lateral
surface bearing distinct rows of short, curved setae, and
three long, sharp spines, near the bases of the processes.

Hab. San Antonio Bay.

The side view of this beautiful species can scarcely be
distinguished from T. contortum of Shadbolt, from which
in this view, it difi'ers chiefly in the straightness and sharp-
ness of the spines, which project outwards. In front view,
however, they are easily distinguished. The sides are con-
cave, instead of straight, the spines are closer to the proc-
esses, and are comparatively short, projecting outwards. I
regard this as of a different species from T. contortum of
Shadbolt, with which it was carefully compared by both
my father and myself. Several specimens occur in this
locality. It is probable that the two figures 60 and 61
were drawn from different specimens, which would account
for the difference of size. I have omitted the details of
Fig. 60, as I have been unable to find a similar specimen.

Figs. 62-64. Syringidium Americanum, Bail., nov. sp.

of Microscopical Organisms. 343

" Frustnles minute, punctated ; central portion quadran-
gular ; valves unequal, one with a quadrate base suddenly
contracted, and then tapering into a pyramidal spine, ter-
minated by a mucro ; the other valve sub-globose, with
two short basal processes, each ending in a spine."

Hub. Para River, and mouth of Amazon.

One species of this singular genus, the Si/ring-idiiim
Americamini, has been figured in the last edition of Pritch-
ard's Infusoria, from figures sent in letters to the authors
of that work. The figure there given is much larger than
the present ones, and needs no comments. One species at
least, however, still remains undescribed, which may be
characterized as follows.

Fig. 65. Syringidium simplex. Bail., nov. sp. Frus-
tules minute, punctated ; central portion quadrangular,
larger and stouter than in S. Americanum ; valves unequal,
both gradually tapering into pyramidal cones, one of which
terminates in a mucro, the other in a minute, sharp spine ;
valves nearly symmetrical ; no basal processes as in S.
Americanum.

Hab. Para River.

It will be noticed that Fig. 64, although called S. Amer-
icanum above, differs considerably from Figs. 63 and 62.
I am not willing, however, to declare them distinct, as
they were not originally called by different names. I have
found also, from this same locality, another specimen, dif-
fering considerably from either of the above, which will be
figured on some future occasion. If Fig. 64 should be
considered as distinct from S. Americanmn, I would sug-
gest the name of " uccidenlale" which was originally given
to all three of these forms.

Figs. 66-68. Zygoceros occidentalis. Bail., nov. sp.?

Fig. 69. Denticella trinacria, Bail., nov. sp. ?

I have already spoken of these forms, regarding them as
varieties of Zi/goceros Mobilicnsis, B.

344 Notes on New Species

Fig. 70. NiTscHiA OBLONGA, L. W. B., nov. sp. Small,
linear, with sub-acute apices ; valves a little narrower in
the middle than at the ends, but with no central constric-
tion ; marginal puncta small, close ; surface minutely
punctate in transverse parallel striae.

Hub. Para River.

Fig. 71-73. Zygoceros he.mitropus. Bail., nov. sp. ? =
BiDDULPiiiA HEMiTROPA, L. W. B. Frustulcs large, tur-
gid ; lateral valves minutely punctate in rows, with coni-
cal processes ; processes of one valve at right angles to
those of the other ; lateral view minutely punctate, circu-
lar, with two processes ; median band straight or undulate,
finely striated.

Hah. Para River, and Lat. 0° 45' 50" S., Long. 45° 11'
25" W.

This species is almost identical with a form figured in
Smith's Synopsis as Biddtdphia radlatus. This, however,
has no trace of the spines there figured. My father has
marked in Smith's Synopsis the name B. radiatus as in-
correct, substituting for it that of Eupodiscus radiatus, and
perhaps the above form should be referred to the same
genus. It is very abundant in the soundings from the
Para.

Fig. 74. DicLADiA ? . I have already spoken of

this form under Fig. 41. It occurs in the Para quite com-
monly.

Fig. 75. GoMPHONEMA . This form was doubt-
fully referred to Gomphonema sphcerosphorum, Ehr., but as
I have been unable to find the original form, or any very
like it, I cannot compare them. The stria; are transverse,
and not very close.

Fig. 76. NiTscHiA PUNCTATA, BaiI. = 'N. Brtghtwel-
Lii ? Kitton. I cannot discover any essential ditlerence be-
tween the forms of these two species, and they arc probably
identical. N. Brig/Uwcllii is reprcf^ented in Pritchard's

of Microscopical Org-anisms. 345

Infusoria, as somewhat larger and more coarsely marked,
with the puneta arranged in circles, which I have not
observed in this specimen, but in other respects they agree
exactly. It is strongly punctate as at (i, but shows no
signs of striae.

Hab. Para River.

Fig. 77. NiTscHiA MESOLEPT^, BcuL, nov. sp. ? Small,
linear in side view, with acute apices ; two rows of pune-
ta approaching at the middle ; striae wanting or obscure ;
valves tapering from the centre to the slightly dilated,
acute apices.

Hab. Para River.

This form, under the name above given, was doubtfully
marked as a variety of Nitschia linearis of Smith. It
seems, however, to me, to be distinct in structure, and the
latter is a fresh-water form.

Fig. 78. The scale here represented was found accom-
panying the original sketches, and I believe applies equally
to all the figures, except perhaps to those of Coscinodiscus ?
tenuis, and the lateral view of Polymyxus. As the original
proofs have been almost exactly reproduced, and the iden-
tical specimens could not always be found, I have been
unable to verify the measurements. This scale is, I be-
lieve, equally magnified with the other figures.

I have now described as accurately as it is possible to do,
from specimfens which have been six years mounted in bal-
sam, without fresh and free species to compare, the new and
doubtful forms contained in this remarkably rich locality.
The great bulk of the soundings consists, as I have before
said, of the beautiful Polymyxus coronalis. Of the other
species, Cyclotella Kutzing'iana ? Biddulphia tenuis, trina-
cria, &c., and the different Surirellas, are among the more
common forms ; Ditylum and Si/ringidiuni are by no means
rare, while Navicula, Pinnularia, and Coscinodiscus also

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 44

346 Notes on New Species

occur in considerable numbers. Many of the forms from
considerable depths, as Polymyxus^ are found also in the
surface water, showing them to be recent species. I now
proceed to give a list, first of the localities, and then of
the species they contain.

The specimens examined are marked as follows :

No. 3. Para River at San Antonio Bay. Depth, 4
fathoms.

No. 16. Para River, off Tarpu Point.

No. 15. Latitude 0^ 45' 50" S. ; long. 48° 11' 25" W.
Depth 65 fathoms.

No. 5. Para River at Una, flood tide.

No. 11. Latitude 0° 29' 58" S. ; long. 45° 58' 33" W.
Depth 33 fathoms.

No. — . Para City.

The following table contains all the species observed in
the above localities, and they are for the most part given
with the names originally assigned to them. Those marked
with stars are believed to be new, and are described in the
preceding pages.

Acnanthes , fragment.

Dlcladia Capreolus?-

Actinocyclus.

" mamillaua, B.*

Actinoptychus senarius, Eh:

Dictyocha fibula, Ehr.

" denarius, Ehr.

Diploneis.

" 13 rays.

Discoplea Kiitzingii, B. = Cyclotella

Amphitetras cuspidata. B.^

Kiitz. Sm.

Amphora ovalis, K.

Ditylum inasquale, B.*

delphina, L. W. £.*

" trigonum, B.*

Biddulphia tenuis, L. W. B.* =
leyi, Sm.

B.

Rai-

((

1 AJtll—

Eunotia anisodon, 5.*

" trinacria, B.*= B. :

Baileyi,

" dizyga? Ehr.

Sm.

Eupodiscus , B., nov. sp., allied

" triJcntata, Ehr.

to E. radiatus.

Cerataulus turgidus, Ehr.

Fragillaria constricta ?

Cosciuodiscus eccentricus, Ehr.

Gomplioncma spha;rosphorum V Ehr.

" gigas, Ehr.

Grammatophora ?

" lineatus, Ehr.

Hyalodiscus?

" oculus iridis, Ehr.

«

Litliodcsmium contractum, jB.*

" subtilis, Ehr.

Melosira granulata, L. W. B.*

" tenuis, B.*

" sulcata.

of Microscopical Organisms.

:i47

Navicula bacillum? Ehr.

Surirella coUecta, B.*

" Baltica.

" decora, j5.*

" lineolataV £/(?-.
" Lyra, Ehr.
" septeiiaria, 5.*
" vii'idisV Ehr.

« duplex, B.*
" quatamalensis, Ehr.
" splendida, Khr.
" striatula, Sm.

Nitschia mesolepta, B.* = IS!
Sm.

;. linearis V

Syringidium Americanum, B.*
" occidciitalcV B.

" obloiiga, L. W. B.*
" punctata, B.*
Piiinularia interrupta.
" nobilis ?

" simplex, B.*
Synedra acuta, Ehr.
Ulna, iVM-.
Tetragramma Americana, B.

«' dilata, 5.*

Terpsinoe magna, 5.*

B.*
MSS.

'* minima. B,^

Polymyxus coronalis, L. W.
Pyxidicula? corapressa, B.,
Stauroneis lineoIataV

" rausica, Ehr.*
" Tetragramma, 5.*
Triceratium alternans, B.

Stauroptera aspera, Ehr.

" cardinalis ? Ehr.

" lanceolata?

" parva, Ehr.
Striatella.

" comptum, J?r.
" favus, Ehr.
" Shadboltii, j5.*
Zygoceros Riiombus, Ehr.
" hemitropus, B.*

To the above, most of which have been observed by
both my father and myself. I can now add several other
forms not observed by him. They are as follows :

Cocconema.

Triceratium mcgastomum, Ehr.

Ceratoneis? spiralis, K.

Eupodiscus crassus?

Epithemia.

Hyalodiscus Californicus, B.

Cymbella.

Spongiolites Agaricus, Ehr.

Amphora obtecta? B.*

Navicula firma.

Rotalia.

Globigerina, &c.

and several undetermined minute Cocconeidce. Tims we
have at least eighty -three distinct species occurring in the
Para and Amazon, of which thirty would seem to be new.
There are one or two other forms occurring here, which I
believe to be undescribed, and which I may present at
some future time. I pass now to the second portion of
the plate, which includes forms also obtained during the
cruise of the Dolphin, with the exception of Figs. F
and G.

348 Notes on New Species

Figs. A, B. Amphora obtecta, Bail., nov. sp. Frus-
tules in front view barrel-shaped, with straight, truncated
ends ; in lateral view linear-oblong, with concave venter
and convex dorsum ; outer portions of valves canoe-shaped,
nodules wanting or obscure ; whole frustule covered with
close, transverse stria?, which in front view intersect fine
longitudinal lines or folds in the connecting membrane,
giving the shell the appearance of being woven over.

Hab. Lat. 0° 19' 05'' N., Long. 45° 43' 36" W.

This species has the general appearance of Amphora
ovalis, but is somewhat larger, and may be distinguished
by the woven-like appearance of its striEB.

Fig. C. Amphipentas obtusa. Bail., nov. sp. Sides
five, concave ; angles conical ; lateral surfaces slightly
concave, minutely granulated ; connecting membrane punc-
tate in parallel vertical rows. Differs from Amphipentas
flexiwsa, B., MSS. in the sides being concave instead of
gibbous.

Hab. Lat. 0° 19' 05" N., Long. 45° 43' 36" W.

This differs from Amphitetras only in the number of
sides, and may be considered as an additional instance of
their variability. The two preceding forms occur together.

Cyclotella ? PULCHELLA, L. W. B., uov. sp. Disc
small, with a central umbo, from near the base of which
radiate (16) dilating styliform rays, which end upon the
margin in large granules.

Hab. Lat. 1° 01' 29" N., Long. 46° 17' 46" W.

This species, which occurs together with a beautiful
form, doubtfully referred to Sijnedra fitlg-ens by my father,
I have not been able to identify. There is, however, a
species of Cyclotella occurring in the Para, which may be a
variety of this species, and well deserves the above name.
It is of tiic same size as the present form, but from the great
difficulty of removing its carbonaceous matter frequently
appears opaque. I have one specimen in wliich there are

of Microscopical Organisms. ^349

sixteen rays, as above, which, however, are of (lid'cn'iit
colors, giving the frustule the appearance of a four-colored
star. This species may be distinguished from C. antirjua
by its large granules on the rim. It may be C. ? radiala
of Brightwell, of which I have seen no figure.

Before dismissing the interesting forms obtained in the
cruise of the Dolphin, it may be well for the sake of com-
parison with results obtained elsewhere, and which will be
noticed in a subsequent paper, to give a list of the sound-
ings not already described. These are four in number as
follows : —

1. Lat. 1° 01' 29'' N. Depth 43 fathoms. April, 1852.
Long. 46° 17' 46" W.

Contents. — Calcareous nullipores and corals. When
washed the following were obtained.

Staiiroptera aspera. Grammatophora.

Svnedra. Biddulphia pulchella.

Fragillaria? in bands. Coscinodiscus subtilis.
Pinnularia interrupta.

Many large Globig-erince, and soft parts of Polythnlamia.

2. Lat. 2° 36' 52" N. Depth 58 fathoms. Long. 47°
45' 02" W.

Nullipores and large Polythalamia, which, on washing,
yielded many sponge spicules, abundant Fragillaria, Navi-
cula formosa ?, P. interrupta, and one specimen of Si/rin-

g-idium.

3. Lat. 0° 20' 58" N. 27 fathoms. Long. 46° 18'
31" W.

Fine quartzose sand, which yielded almost nothing by
drying and floating. The fine washings gave some sponge
spicules, some Polythalamia and Diatoms.

Actinoptyclms senarius. Coscinodiscus lineatus.

Amphora ovalis. Triceratium favus.

Melosira sulcata. Biddulphia.

Navicula Lyra. Plates of Synapta tenuis.

Stauroptera aspera. Quinqueloculina.

Synedra.

350 Notes on New Species

4. Lat. 0° 32' IF N. Long. 46° 5V 25" W. Same
character as above, with some fragments of shells.

Actinoptychus, large, with 13 rays. Amphora obtecta.

I conclude the consideration of these forms by giving
the contents of a fifth sounding, made by the United
States Coast Survey in the Gulf stream.

Gulf Stream. Position 14. 150 fathoms.

Green mud. Orbulina universa.

Polythahimia, abundant, but small. Textilaria, very abundant.

Coscinodiscus. Marginulina Bachei, small.

Amphora. Stropliocornus, (common.)

Triceratium favus. Triloculina.

" spinosum. Biloculina serrata B.*

Melosira sulcata. Spines of Echinoderms.

Fig. E. Biloculina serrata, 5., nov. sp. Perfectly
smooth, opaque, porcelaneous, globose, with serrated
margin, which is distinct on the under side, and indistinct
on the upper.

Hab. Gulf Stream 150 fathoms.

Two other forms still remain to be described, which
were found in a mass of earth from Honeylake Valley, at
the foot of the Sierra Nevada, which was sent to my
father by Dr. Stiel. The locality contains the following
forms, besides the two new ones described below.

Epithemia, nov. sp? various forms. Cocconema lanceolatum.
Gomphoncma minutissima, abundant. " aspera.

Stauroneis Baileyii. Cymbella gibba, B.* common.

Discoplea atmospherica. Campylodiscus, nov. sp"?

Cocconeis. Tabellaria trinodis.

Fig. F. Cymatopleura ? Campylodiscus, 5ftj7., nov. sp.
Large; lateral view almost circular, sometimes broadly
oval ; marginal strife, close, short, and showing, under high
])Owers, marginal gland-like dots. Lateral valve with one
deep undulation, and surface faintly striated.

of Microscopical Organisms. 1351

Ilab. Honcylake Valley. Foot of Sierra Nevada.

Fig. G. Cymbella gibba, Bail., nov. sp. Small ;
valves with very convex, almost conical dorsum ; venter
slightly convex ; strias fine and close.

Hab. Honcylake Valley.

I know nothing of the character of this locality, other-
wise than by the species it contains. Cymbella gibba, B.,
is its most characteristic and abundant form.

As most of the preceding forms were discovered so long
ago as 1854, it is highly probable that some, if not many
of the forms here described as new, may have been seen
and named by other writers. I have carefully searched all
the books at my disposal, in order to avoid such multipli-
cation of synonymes, but have found only one species, the
Syringidium Americanum, B., which has as yet been pub-
lished by other authors. I would also here say that any
errors of description in the preceding remarks may be as-
signed to my observation, rather than to that of their first
observer, although I have confined myself mostly to veri-
fying his results, and have added nothing myself, of which
I have not felt entirely sure^ INIy thanks are due to INIr.
Charles Stodder, of Boston, for many valuable sugges-
tions.

In conclusion I would say, that a large amount of mi-
croscopic and botanical matter, which was in course of
preparation for publication, still remains among the Mem-
oranda of Prof. Bailey's Microscopic Collection, which I
will endeavor to collect and complete at an early day.

Note. — I take the opportunity afforded by a delay in
publication to correct an error, which has crept into the
preceding remarks, through a typographical error in Smith's
Synopsis.

352 Contributions to the

On page 344, the form spoken of as " Biddidphia radia-
tus " should read " Eupodiscns radiatusP The statement
that my fatlier corrected Biddidphia radiatus was caused
by the name being misprinted in the edition of Smith
wliich I used. He corrected " Eupodiscns radiatus, Bail.,"
saying that it was not his species, "or else very badly fig-
ured." Mr. Stodder is inclined to think that the species
here figured is a new one, and that the name B. hemitropa
should be retained. The form approaches so closely to
one figured by Mr. Roper, (Mic. Journ., Vol. VII., Plate
2d) as to leave considerable doubt in regard to their sepa-
ration, but in no instance, in the forms from the Para, have
I seen any trace of spines, as represented by Roper and
Smith.

On page 339, the form referred to as Dicladia Capreolus
should be numbered 73 instead of 74.

Art. VI. — Contributions to the Comparative Myology of
the Chimpanzee. By Burt G. Wilder.

[Presented to the Society, April 17th, 1861.]

Through the kindness of Prof. Jeffries Wyman, I was en-
abled last winter to dissect one side of a young male Chim-
panzee, Troglodytes niger, about two feet in height ; as it
had been kept in alcohol for two or three years, it could be
examined more at leisure than a fresh specimen. The dis-
section was very carefully made, and with special reference
to the differences in the muscular system from that of
man. Believing the mere facts in Anatomy or any sci-
ence to be in themselves worthless till so grouped and
studied as to exhibit the uses or functions which they
represent, I have constantly endeavored to detect the
meaning of the differences in size, number, and arrange-

AUGU8T, 1861.

Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. 353

mcnt between the muscles of the Chimpanzee and those
of man, and with this view have dissected portions of six
other Quadrumana of the genera Macacus, Cynocephalus,
and Ateles, and several lower animals, using also for com-
parison the published or MS. notes of a large number of
other dissections. (See list at the end of this paper.) I
will speak first of some muscles whose functions are
chiefly local, and then more in detail of the muscular sys-
tem as adapted to the climbing habits of the Quadru-
mana.

Occipito-frontalis. The apes have been generally sup-
posed to possess the power of moving the eyebrows and
scalp, which man does by means of this muscle ; in him
the two muscular bellies are short, the greater part of
the skull being covered by the thin aponeurosis which con-
nects them. I have dried and preserved the right half of
this muscle from the Chimpanzee which I dissected ; the
fleshy fibres are proportionally much longer than -in man,
and seem to meet upon the vertex ; the occipital portion
is quite fleshy and distinct, but the frontal portion is thin-
ner and more closely united with the thick skin, so that,
commencing in that region, one might very easily over-
look it, as I did at first. Tyson and Traill say they could
not find it in their specimens, and no other authors men-
tion it, except Prof. Owen, who found it in an Orang
[Simia Satyrus), and partly in a Chimpanzee. (4.) There
were evidences of it in a Cynocephalus and in the Macaci
which I dissected, but I did not trace it in its whole extent.

The muscles of the ear have been as little noticed by
anatomists ; the ear of this specimen had been cut ofi"
before I dissected that region, so that I am not positive as
to the insertions into it ; but in the places of the Attrahcns
and Retrahens aurem were series of muscular fibres con-
verging towards the ear, their upper borders touching the
lower border of the Occipito-frontalis ; they seemed to be

JOaRNAL B. S. N. H. 45 AUGUST, 1861.

354 Contributions to the

more extensive than in man. On the upper surface of
part of the parietal and frontal portions of the Occipito-
frontalis may be seen a thin layer of muscular fibres, about
two inches in width, near the sagittal suture, thence con-
verging downward towards the ear. If this represents the
Attollcns aurcm, it is much more extensive than in man.

Cutaneous muscles. In the Chimpanzee, as in the Go-
rilla and Orang, the Platysma myoides is rather thicker than
in man, but I could find no cutaneous muscles upon the
trunk as in the lower animals. There was a distinct Der-
mo-lmmeralis in each of the two Cynocephali and three
Macaci which I dissected, and it is not mentioned as ab-
sent in the others. It is generally inserted over the ten-
don of the Latissimus dorsi, and would thus serve either
to wrinkle the skin, or to assist the latter muscle to flex
the humerus, as in climbing.

Digastricus. The anterior belly is much broader than
in man,- being composed of two portions, — one external,
next the jaw bone, rounded and more directly connected
with the tendon, — the other internal and twice as broad,
reaching to the middle line to join that of the opposite
side. The two muscles fill the space between the rami of
the jaw.

Sterno-mastoid. Wholly distinct from Clcido-mastoid.
Occipital portion very broad, the aponeurotic attachment
reaching from just behind the ear to the middle line on the
superior occipital crest. Thence downward it gradually
becomes narrower, thicker, and more rounded, crossing the
Clcido-mastoid to be inserted by a short, round tendon
into the manubrium, as in man.

Clcido-mastoid. This is smaller than the preceding, and
the reverse in shape, the small end being above, and at-
tached to the skull just within tiie anterior edge of the
Sterno-mastoid^ while the lower end is wider and inserted
into the upper border of the clavicle, near the sternum.
In the Gorilla, according to Duvernoy, the sternal portion

Comparative Mi/olog-i/ of the Chimpanzee. 305

of the Sterno-clcido-mastoid is very small, the whole ap-
pearing as one muscle, which is almost wholly attached to
the clavicle, and there are not two separable portions ;
but in Prof. Wyman's specimen it resembled that of this
Chimpanzee.

Trapezius. I noticed no difference in this from the hu-
man, except that its lower border, instead of overlapping
the upper border of Latissimns dorsi, seemed to be con-
tinuous with it, as mentioned by Vrolik, who says that
this connection does not exist in other apes. Tyson's
plate is not very distinct, but he does not say that it differs
from the human. In the Gorilla, according to Duvernoy,
it is as in man.

Rhomboidei. In the Quadrumana generally, these form
but one muscle. In the Orang, and in the Inui and Cy-
nocephali, (8.) the single muscle is attached to the occiput,
thus serving to support the head.

Levator-anguli-scapulae. Did not differ from the hu-
man ; in a Cynocephalus and Macacus it was continuous
below with the SerratKS magnns, of wiiich it would thus
seem to be merely a continuation. In the Macacus it
arose from the transverse processes of all the cervical ver-
tebrae, and perhaps from the occiput and first dorsal ver-
tebra.

Levator claviculjE (Tyson), Trachelo-clavicular, or Tra-
chelo-acromialis. This muscle is not found in man, but
appears to exist under some form in most of the lower ani-
mals. In this specimen it was quite strong, but I did not
see its origin, which is generally from the transverse pro-
cesses of some of the upper cervical vertebra?.

Serratus magnus. Composed of two fleshy parts, with
an intervening thin portion. The superior part seemed to
arise from the first and third ribs, thence becoming wider,
to be inserted into about an inch of the upper angle and
posterior border of the scapula. The inferior portion is

356 Contribvtions to the

much larger, arising from the eight ribs below the third,
thence narrowing to its insertion into the lower angle and
part of the posterior border of the scapula, without any
tendon. I did not see that the intervening thin portion
was anything more than a thin membrane.

Subclavius. I am quite sure that it was present, but
did not note its connections. Mr. Moore thinks he saw it
on the right side of this specimen. It is generally pres-
ent in Quadrumana, and larger than in man, in accord-
ance with the greater mobility of the shoulder.

Costo-coracoid ligament. Connects the cartilage of first
rib near the sternum with the coracoid process. Duvernoy
thinks that this takes the place of the Subclavius in Go-
rilla ; but they both existed in this Chimpanzee.

Coraco-brachialis. Does not seem to reach the coracoid
process at all, except through the tendon of the short head
of the Biceps, to which, and to the upper part of the muscle
itself, its fleshy fibres are attached ; its insertion, I think,
was not more than one half an inch long, one third down
the humerus. In Prof. Wyman's Gorilla this attachment
was from the surgical neck as low down as the middle of
the humerus.

Before describing the muscles employed in climbing, let
us first consider how far this principal mode of locomotion
of the Quadrumana dill'ers from that of man.
. The Ciuadrumana are all more or less perfectly adapted
for climbing ; but as those of the old world form two
groups, — the Anthropoids, including the Chimpanzees,
Orangs, and Gibbons, with very long and powerful arms
and short legs, fitting them well for climbing, but poorly
for walking; and the Baboons and Monkeys, (Cynocephali,
Macaci, &c.) whose limbs are of nearly equal length and
power, and who climb or walk on all fours with about the
same facility, — so in the new world are two correspond-
ing groups, the Howling-Monkeys, the Ateles, &c., with a

Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. 357

long and generally powerfully prehensile tail, all being
very agile climbers ; and the Cebidac, Sakis, and others
whose tail is not prehensile, and who go often upon all-
fours. So much do the Anthropoids resemble ourselves
in external form and in their attitudes, as we see them in
captivity or represented in books, and so nearly also does
their internal structure correspond with our own, that we
are very apt to overlook the radical distinction in their
mode of locomotion, and to believe that in this as in other
respects they form the physical transition between the lower
animals and man. We walk upright upon the earth, and our
whole frame is perfectly balanced in that position ; we are
supported from below by comparatively narrow pedestals;
our whole weight is in direct opposition to the erect posi-
tion, and, as soon as we declined from it, would force us
to the earth but for the preponderance in the back and
legs, of the extensor over the flexor muscles. The position
of the ape in nature is just the reverse : he hangs and
moves about among the trees by means of his long arms,
being thus sustained, not from below, but from above ;
and his weight would soon bring him to the earth but for
the immense power of the Jlexor muscles in the arms. In
our arms, and in the legs of the ape, the two systems of
muscles are more nearly equal. Our legs are solely for
locomotion, our arms solely for prehension, and both pre-
sent the perfection of structure which would naturally
attend so high a degree of specialization of function ; but
both the upper and lower limbs of the ape may be employed
as organs of either support or prehension, and we therefore
remark in them a corresponding want of complete adap-
tation to either of these functions ; yet these so diverse mo-
tions of man and apes are performed by almost identical
muscles, while in the bird, which, like man, walks upon two
legs, with a very characteristic motion of the anterior ex-
tremities, the muscles are with great difficulty homologized

358 Contributions to the

with the human. We see also that in both man and ape the
greatest weight of the body is placed nearest the organs of
support, which is a further proof of the inability of the for-
mer to climb, and of the latter to walk, with ease ; and the
depressed head of the ape, and the proportions of the neck,
which is shorter than in man compared with the length of
the arms, also offer the least hindrance to the free suspen-
sion and movement of the trunk by the arms. The great
length of the ape's arm, especially below the elbow, how-
ever useful in climbing, deprives him in a measure of the
facility we possess of touching with the fingers every por-
tion of the body ; and we should hardly wish our arms so
long as to render the most convenient way of scratching
the middle of the back, passing the hand between the
legs, and up behind to the point desired, as has been said
of one species.

So far as the arras are concerned, the climbing of the
ape consists in their alternate extension towards and con-
traction from some point above, thus elevating the body
to it. The shoulder is much more movable than in man,
and has an additional elevator, Levator claviculcB. It is de-
pressed by the lower part of the Trapezius^ by the Serratus
mcii^mis, Subclavius, and Pectoralis minor; this latter is
quite variable in its insertion, which is sometimes into the
coracoid process as in man, and sometimes into the great
tuberosity of the humerus ; in this Chimpanzee the former
was the case on the left side, but the latter on the right
side. In the Gorillas of Profs. Wyman and Duvernoy
the muscle was composed of two portions, of which the
upper was inserted into the coracoid process, and the lower
into the tendon of the short head of the Biceps^ so that
when the arm was raised, it might act as a flexor of both
humerus and fore-arm. In the lower species, the muscle
is generally longer than in man, and more or less sub-
divided, and its insertion is usually into the humerus.

Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. 359

The arm is raised from the side by the Deltoid, which is
extremely thick and powerful, as is required by the length
and weight of the limb ; there is also an additional infra-
spinous portion of this muscle arising from the fascia of
the Infraspinatus and from the lower third of the anterior
border of the scapula, which would better enable the Chim-
panzee to swing the arm backward. The Deltoid, Supra
and Infra-spinati, Teres minor, and Subscapularis are a
great protection to the joint.

The humerus is depressed, or, the hand being fixed, the
body is raised by the Pecloralis major in front, the Latis-
simus dorsi behind, and the Teres major arising from the
lower half of the anterior border of the scapula between
them. The three are very thick and strong ; the sternal
portions of the Pectorales majores nearly touch on the
middle line, but there is no division between them and the
clavicular portions, though the fibres cross before their in-
sertion as in man. The tendons of these three muscles
pass round the inside of the humerus towards the upper
surface, so as by their contraction to throw the elbow out-
wards, and keep the thumb and radial side of the forearm
inward and upward, which is obviously the most advan-
tageous position. In the lower species the Dernio-hiwier-
alis, described above, acts as a second Latissimus dorsi,
though of course much more feebly. The scapular head
of the Triceps, though part of the extensor, is neverthe-
less, when acting alone or with the other flexors of the
humerus, a powerful aid in climbing, its extensor power
being counteracted by the flexors of the forearm, which
act at a greater mechanical advantage, so that it can then
act only as a flexor of the humerus.

In man there is occasionally found as an anomaly, a mus-
cular slip on the inside of the arm, from the tendon of the
Latissimus dorsi to some part of the elbow ; in most of the
Quadrumana, and in very many other animals, this mus-

360 Contributions to the

cle is constantly present, thoui^h varying as to size and
insertion in different species ; it does not seem to have
been described with much accuracy ; in the lower animals
it is often so large as to be called the fourth head of the
Triceps; in the Quadruraana it is generally named the
" slip from Latissimus dor si to elbow j^ with a conjecture
that it may be of some use in climbing ; this it never
could be, but the reverse, acting as part of the extensor ;
but even if inserted into the olecranon or upon the Tri-
ceps, as it sometimes is, it would be of the same use in
climbing as the scapular head of that muscle ; but in a
large number of cases it is attached to or over the internal
condyle of the humerus, thus acting only to draw the arm
and body together, without at all interfering with the
simultaneous flexion of the forearm at the elbow. Duver-
noy describes it in the Gorilla under the name of " Dorso-
epitrochlien,^^ and he seems to have understood its true
function better than any one else. In the lower Quadru-
mana, while on all fours, as in Quadrupeds, this muscle
simply helps to retract the fore-leg ; in the cat which climbs,
and in the same way as we do, by contracting the whole
limb, it is inserted into the internal condyle ; but in the
Angora Goat, whose so-called climbing is merely a tall
kind of walking, it is almost wholly attached to the long
olecranon, tending thus to extend or straighten the whole
limb at the same time that it pulls it backward.

The muscles which flex the arm at the elbow are the
same as in man, — Biceps, Brachialis anticus, and Supi-
nator longus. The two heads of the first are distinct to
within an inch of the insertion, and the coracoid head is
the larger. The Brachialis anticus is not easily separable
into two parts, or as easily into several. In the Supinator
long-US we notice at once a feature which exists also in
the flexors of the leg ; its origin is from the two inches
below the middle of the humerus, thus as high as the

Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. 361

Brachialis anticns, and much higher than in man ; while
this disposition of the flexors mars the symmetry of both
elbow and knee ; combined with the constant partial flex-
ion of the arm and leg it confers upon the ape greater
j-eadiness and power of contraction. The length of the
belly of the Supinator longus is to that of the tendon as
five and a half to one and a fourth.

From the direction of the force, the Supinator longus is
a very feeble supinator, much more so than the Biceps,
which also can turn the palm fairly upward, while the for-
mer can only bring the thumb or radial side of the hand
uppermost ; then continuing to act, it is a simple flexor of
the forearm, with of course more power the higher it is
attached upon the humerus ; in fact the Supinator longus
bears the same relation to the humerus when the hand is
fixed, as in climbing, that the Biceps bears to the forearm
when the shoulder is the fixed point. Both muscles may
act as either flexors or supinators ; in the former case their
effect as supinators must be counteracted by the Pronator
teres, which then is also a flexor, and in the latter case the
Triceps may be felt to contract to prevent flexion, and also
to fix the ulna. The gradual disappearance in the Quad-
rumana of the power of rotating the forearm, which is so
complete in man, is well described by Vrolik (7, page 30).
The most natural, and therefore the most useful position
of the forearm in the climbing Quadrumana, is midway
between pronation and supination, when the Supinator
acts freely as a flexor. While dissecting an Angora goat
last winter, I was much interested to observe that the Biceps
had two distinct tendons of insertion, of which one, repre-
senting the single tendon of man and in the Quadrumana,
ran round the neck of the pronated radius, to be attached
to its lower surface, while the other extra tendon was in-
serted at once into the upper border of the bone ; this
double tendon, adapted to the flexion of the forearm in its

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 46 AUGUST, 1861.

362 CuntribuUons to the

state of permanent pronation, is a good example of the
adherence to a general plan, with the addition of a part
for special use, or, from the opposite point of view, of the
total disappearance of a part when no longer needed. I
found the same structure in a young sheep, but have never-
noticed it in the Carnivora. The flexors and extensors of
the wrist do not differ from those in man, except that the
Flexor ulnaris is larger, as also the pisiform bone to which
it is attached. In the Chimpanzee, as in man, the Flexor
carpi ulnaris is more powerful than the Flexor carpi radi-
alis ; tne former is clearly the one which we use in the
more forcible movements of the hand at the wrist, in stick-
ing a blow, or in reaping with a sickle ; it is also full as
good a supinator as the Supinator longus, and in nearly
all actions requiring forcible supination, as turning a han-
dle, &c., the hand is flexed to the ulnar side at the same
time.

It is a general rule, that two contiguous segments of a
limb are flexed in opposite directions, as is well shown in
the human lower extremity, where thigh, leg, foot, and
toes all bend thus contrary to each other, the flexor mus-
cles of one segment lying, of course, on the same side of
the limb with the extensors of the segment next below.
Tliis holds good in the leg and upper arm of most ani-
mals as well as man^ but in nearly all, the hand and fin-
gers, and, if the hand is supinated as in man and Quadru-
mana, the forearm also, appear to be flexed or extended in
the same direction, so that two, or even three groups of
muscles, which by their contraction shorten the arm, lie
all upon the same side of the limb, though attached to
three contiguous segments, — forearm, hand, and fingers.
But to carry out the idea of " antero-posterior symme-
try" or antagonism between the corresponding segments
of the fore and hind limbs, the supinated hand must be
placed palm downward, with the fingers pointing back-
ward, when of course the muscles now called extensors of

Comparative Mijohgy of the Chimpanzee. 363

the wrist or hand will become the flexora^ and vice versa,
and the contijTuous segments will be flexed in opposite di-
rections. Daring the earlier foetal periods the hand is in a
state of supination, and afterwards becomes pronated, re-
maining so through life in the common Quadrupeds, only
some, as the higher Carnivora, the Quadrumana, and espe-
cially man, having the power of freely rotating it back
to its original condition, which, of course, is more likely to
illustrate the true morphology than any afterwards ac-
quired. Therefore, the muscles on the front of the fore-
arm attached to the wrist are morpholog-icalf// extensors,
although they will probably retain the functional name
o? flexors, since by their contraction they shorten the limb.
In the leg of man, the above rule obtains even as to the
slight lateral deflection at the joints, for the hip stands
outward, the knee inward, and the ankle again outward,
so that the sole of the foot may be inverted more easily
than everted, as is more strikingly shown by the perma-
nent condition of the foot in the ape, in whom, however,
the rule is infringed by the peculiar outward curvature of
the whole limb for greater facility in climbing. So when
the arm is placed in the position indicated above, the
shoulder stands outward, the elbow inward, and the wrist
again outward, the hand bending more naturally to the
ulnar than to the radial side ; and accordingly we find the
Flexor carpi idnaris more powerful than the Flexor carpi
radialis, and the hand of the Bird is permanently flexed to
the ulnar side. The use of the " antero-posterior symme-
try" betvv^een scapula and ilium, humerus and femur, fore-
arm and leg, in the common Quadrupeds, for better bal-
ancing the body when at rest, is evident; but since the
animal when moving goes forward, the hand is pronated
so that the two lower segments, which are often much
elongated, both bend backward, aflbrding a more extensive
motion in that direction for propelling the body forward.
But in the hind leg the segments below the knee, and in-

364 Contributions to the

deed below the hip, possess little separate motion, the
entire limb swinging nearly as a whole.

The tendons of the deep common flexor of the fingers,
[Flexor profundus digitorum) were so short as not to per-
mit the simultaneous extension of both hand and fingers ;
the latter could be straightened only when the former was
at right angles with the forearm, and when I bent the
hand back into a straight line the fingers closed tightly
upon mine. The advantage of this to a climbing animal
is at once apparent ; the hand having been placed upon a
branch, the mere weight of the body would cause the fin-
gers to close upon it like hooks without muscular exertion,
and they would retain their grasp till the strain was relieved
by means of the other limb. How else can we explain the
power which some Orangs have been said to possess, of
swinging upon a rope by the hands alone, for an hour at
a time ? It also readily accounts for the Anthropoids not
being able to apply their palms to the ground when on all
fours, but being obliged to rest on the knuckles. I have
never seen any direct reference to this structure, but it has
always been remarked that the digits of both hands and
feet of the Anthropoids are generally flexed, giving them a
hook-like appearance. By a similar structure, though not
nearly so marked, the human hand may be bent backward
a little farther when the fingers are flexed than when they
are straight ; and, the reverse of what exists in the Chim-
panzee, owing to the shortness of the extensor tendons,
man's hand and fingers cannot be flexed far together, but
by bending forward the closed fist the fingers are gradually
forced open.

In general, the muscles lying upon the forearm difler
from our own in being less distinct from each other, and in
remaining fleshy often to the wrist, allowing more exten-
sive movements, but detracting much from the elegance
and pliability of the limb.

Extensor communis digitorum. May be separated into

Comparative Myology of the Chi?npanzee. 365

three fleshy parts to above the middle of the arm, and the
part supplying the index finger still higher; this becomes
tendon at the wrist, the middle portion about an inch
higher, while that going to the ring finger is the largest,
and continues fleshy below the end of the ulna ; the ten-
don of the middle one is the largest. The Extensor mini-
mi dig'iti is separate from the preceding as high as the part
supplying the index finger ; it is slender, but continues
fleshy below the wrist. Neither Mr. Moore nor I found
any tendon from the Extensor conmiunis to the little finger,
nor does Vrolik mention it ; but there was such a tendon
very distinct in Duvernoy's Gorilla. The Extensor pro-
prius indicis was as in man, but perhaps arose a little
lower down on the ulna.

Palmaris longus and P. brevis. These are not constantly
present in the Quadrumana ; the former was in this Chim-
panzee, as in Vrolik's, but it does not exist in the Gorilla
according to Duvernoy, and Prof. Wyman does not men-
tion it. It was wanting in one arm of Traill's Chimpan-
zee, but present in the other, and Mr. Moore found it in the
right arm of Ateles Paniscus, while Mr. Folsom did not in
the left. I did not see any P. brevis, but Vrolik says it
existed in his specimen. It was present in the Gorilla of
Duvernoy, but not in that of Prof. Wyman.

Flexor sublimis digitorum. This in the left arm was as
in man, but in the right arm Mr. Moore is certain that the
ring finger received two tendons, and the little finger none.
The Flexor profundus digitorum is very thick and strong.
As in Duvernoy's Gorilla, the portion supplying the index
finger is separate from the rest, and joined with the long
flexor of the thumb ; the remainder occupies the place of
the entire Flexor communis in man. (For the shortness
of its tendons, see above.) The Flexor proprius indicis et
poinds arises from the radius, in the position of the Flexor
poinds only in man ; it sends a strong tendon to the index
finger ; from the lower surface comes off" a slender tendon

366 Contributions to the

which is inserted into the base of the second phalanx of
the thumb. The thumb has thus become merely an aid in
the grasping of the fingers, with little or no independent
action. A like arrangement existed in Duvernoy's Go-
rilla, but in Prof. Wyman's Gorilla, and in his and Traill's
Chimpanzees, this muscle did not exist separate from the
rest. Tyson says that the muscles of the thumb differed
not from the human, but there was no tendon to the
Thumb in Vrolik's specimen. In the lower Quadrumana,
when there is any tendon for the thumb it generally comes
from the common flexor ; there was none in Ateles Panis-
cus, whose thumb is rudimentary ; in the Howling jNIon-
key there were four tendons, — one to the thumb, but
none to the little finger.

The short muscles of the thumb were all present, but*
thinner and less distinct than in man ; they exist in the
Gorilla and Howling-Monkey, but not in Ateles Paniscus,
except perhaps a very little rudiment. The Extensor lon-
gus poinds [secnndi internodii) is present generally in the
Quadrumana. The Extensor brevis pollicis [prinii inter-
nodii) was quite as large as the preceding, not smaller as
in man, and was inserted into the radial side of the base of
the metacarpal of the thumb, as in the specimens of Wyman
and Yrolik ; Tyson says the insertion was as in man. In
the Gorilla, Prof. Wyman does not mention any peculiarity;
and Duvernoy says it is as in man, but that it is want-
ing in the Chimpanzee, the Abductor long-its taking its
place; in this Chimpanzee it was confounded with the
latter only above. It was wanting in the Howling-Mon-
key, and ill Prof. Wyman's Cynocephalus was joined to
the Abductor, which goes to the trapeziiuii. The Abductor
longus pollicis {Extensor ossis metacarpi) was inserted into
the trapezium, as in the specimens of Prof. Wyman and
Vrolik, and in Prof. W.'s Cynocephalus, but in the Howl-
ing-Monkey it is as in man. In the left arm of Ateles
Paniscus Mr. Folsom says it was present, but Mr. Moore

Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. 367

thinks that in the right arm it was united with the Exten-
sor brevis, with a double tendon attached to both trape-
zium and metacarpal bone. See Duvernoy for his views
as to the homologies of these three muscles.

All the muscles of the little finger were present, as also
in the Gorilla. The Lumbricales were like the human,
except that the slip supplying the little finger did not arise
from the tendon of the deep flexor of that finger, but only
from that of the ring finger. The palmar Iriterossei were
much, and the dorsal Literossei little, developed.

I dissected the muscles of the back and of the abdomen
only enough to see that the former, as extensors, were
weaker than in man, while the latter were stronger, both
as very important flexors of the trunk, and as supports to
the viscera, in the creature's semi-erect position.

Psoas parvus. Absent on both sides of this individual.
Not mentioned except by Tyson, who says it was larger
than in man. Present in the Gorillas of Wyman and
Duvernoy, in the Howding- Monkey, in Macaci, and Cyno-
cephali.

Quadratus lumborum. Shorter than in man, as the
Pso(S and Illiacus are longer. Mentioned only by Duver-
noy as in the Gorilla, and by Wyman as in the Howling-
Monkey, where it is more slender than in man, and arises
from the transverse processes of the four upper lumbar
vertebrae, and from the body of the first.

Quadratus femoris. Longer and narrower than in man,
as noticed by Owen in the Orang, and naturally from the
downward projection of the ischium.

I am quite sure that the other rotators were present, but
at the time of the dissection I was not sufficiently familiar
with their limits in man to compare them with much cer-
tainty.

Pectineus and three Adductors. These are present, but
more intimately connected than in man. They form a

368 Contributions to the

very large fleshy mass, and are inserted down the whole
length of the femur, the principal portion of the Adductor
mag-nus being attached by a strong tendon to the internal
condyle. They would not only adduct the thigh strongly,
as in climbing, keeping the inverted sole against the tree,
but from the backward projection of the ischium, the Ad-
ductor magmis especially becomes a powerful extensor of
the limb for leaping.

Psoas magnus. Arises from the four lumbar vertebrae,
and perhaps from the thirteenth dorsal ; some fibres also
seem to come from the upper part of the ilio-pectineal line,
wliich may represent the small, distinct muscle of the
Orang, described by Prof. Owen as coming from the
fore part of the ilium, and inserted at the root of the tro-
chanter minor. The Psoas is blended with the Iliacus in
the whole length of the latter, and both continue fleshy
quite to the insertion.

Iliacus. See Psoas magmis.

Scansorius, (Traill). This muscle arises from the
whole outer border of the ilium, nearly as far down as the
acetabulum, and is inserted into the lower part of the great
trochanter, between the origins of the Vastus extermis and
Crura'us. It would rotate the thigh a little inward from
its usual position, but its use is most obvious as an extra
flexor of the thigh ; it is a rather thin, but fleshy and per-
fectly distinct, broad, triangular muscle, but so far as I can
learn, it has been found only by Traill, who first discov-
ered it in his Chimpanzee, and by Prof. Owen in his
Orang. When its use is so apparent, it is strange that it
should be so rare, and so variable in the same species.

Rectus femoris anticus. See Quadriceps femoris.

Tensor vaginae femoris. This was larger than in man,
and continuous with the upper thin portion of the Glu-
tccus maximus. Like the Rectus, it would help to flex
the thigh.

Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee, 369

Glutaeus maximus. Arises from the border of the lower
half of the sacrum and coccyx, from the fascia covering
the G. mediiis, from the great sacro-sciatic ligament, and
from the tuberosity of the ischium in close connection with
the long head of the Biceps. The upper part of the mus-
cle is very thin, and chiefly joins the Tensor vagince fem-
oris; but the lower portion, especially that from the isch-
ium, is very thick and strong, and inserted upon the whole
length of the femur from the base of the great trochanter to
the outer condyle, at which point it thickens and widens,
some of its fibres seeming to mingle with those of the
Vastus externns. This ischial portion in the Gorilla is de-
scribed by Duvernoy under the name of " Ischio-femorien.^^
Acting alone, it would rotate the thigh outward, so as
to allow the sole of the foot to be turned inward, after
which it would assist the Adductors in keeping the foot
close against the object grasped in climbing, but acting
with the Glutceus fuedius, it would help to extend the
thigh.

Glutaeus medius. As in the Quadrumana generally,
this is the largest of the three Glutcei, being long and
thick from the length and posterior concavity of the ilium.
It is attached to the tip of the great trochanter.

Glutaeus minimus. A thin, flat, radiated muscle cov-
ering the posterior border of the acetabulum, and, I think,
was attached to the great trochanter; I am not sure
whether it arose at all from the coccyx.

I think there has always been some misapprehension as
to the true functions and importance of the two great Glu-
tcei as contrasted in man and the Quadrumana. In the
latter they are generally described as small and weak ;
whence the inability of these animals to stand erect or
upon one leg as we do. But, apart from the grave error
of stating an effect for a cause, the real distinction seems
to me to be not so much in the size as in the position

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 47 AUGUST, 1861.

370 Contributions to the

of these muscles. Man stands or walks erect with ease,
and his Gtutcei are very large ; the ape with dilTiculty ap-
proximates to the erect position, and it is doubtful if he is
at all able to stand on one log, whence it seems to be
inferred that his Glutcei must be very small and weak.
But suppose we had first studied their actions in the ape ;
having seen that by means of them he leaps well, and
knowing that man does not leap so well, the same reason-
ing would lead us to believe that the Glutcei of man can-
not be very large. The truth is, that these same muscles
perform two sets of movements in both man and the ape,
but in the former they are so disposed, in conformity to
the rest of his structure, as to be best adapted to assuming
and maintaining the erect position, while in the latter their
form and direction are so modified as to be more favorable
to leaping. Many of the lower animals, the Horse for in-
stance, have a very large Glutams mediiis. Yet they
never stand erect. It is the muscle with which they kick,
and kicking differs from leaping only in the position of
the fixed point of the action. I do not believe that the
size alone of the Glutcei in the ape has any influence upon
his natural attitude, but that if his body and legs were so
balanced as to enable him to assume the erect position at
all, the muscles as they are would have sufficient strength
to maintain it, though no doubt with less steadiness than
those of man. But the entire skeleton and many other
points in the muscular system show conclusively that they
never were designed to do any such thing; even with the
great bulk of our extensors we find it extremely tiresome
to stand or walk with the limbs and trunk semi-flexed,
and that is the natural attitude of the ape, who is then
principally supported by his long arms, the hands either
resting on the eartii or grasping some object. The pelvis
of man is short and broad, the iscliia being short and near
together, allowing the limbs to swing freely by them.
The Glutceiis mcucimvs lies about equally above and be-

Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. 371

low the socket or centre of motion. Bat in the Quadru-
mana, and in most of the lower animals, the ischia are
lengthened and spread out, since the legs do not swing
behind them ; the Glutcei maximi arise chielly from the
tuberosities, and are inserted generally much lower on the
femur than in man, their increased length enabling them
to contract through a longer space, and they are thus pow-
erful retractors of the whole limb to a certain extent,
though not so as to bring it into line with the trunk, how-
ever strong they may be. In man the external surface of
the short, broad ilium looks outward like the acetabulum,
and the fibres of the Ghitceus medius converge from their
broad origin to the great trochanter ; the entire arrangement
being such that the muscle acts to prevent the body from
sinking to one side when supported by the opposite leg,
and also, from the great breadth of its origin to assist the
Glutceus maximvs and Psoas in preserving the balance
forward and backward, which also is required in ordinary
progression. But in the ape the external surface of the
ilium looks upward or backward, while the acetabulum
still looks outward as in man, thus at right angles with
that surface ; the ilia are long and narrow, so that the
fibres of the Glutcetis medius run nearly parallel to each
other, and the muscle is inserted at the end, not, as in
man, down the outer side of the trochanter, upon which in
the flexed state of the femur the muscle acts as upon the
short arm of a lever of which the leg is the long arm ; just
as in man when the femur is flexed, though to more ad-
vantage, on account of its attachment to the tip of the
trochanter. It also tends to rotate the limb inward, which,
when simple extension is required, is counteracted by the
simultaneous contraction of the Glutceus maximus, which
rotates in the opposite direction. It appears, then, that
the peculiar attitude of the ape is not connected with the
size alone of the Glutcei^ but that since he was not de-

372 • Contributions to the

signed to stand or walk erect, or to rest on one leg, his
entire frame is constructed not for those, but for another
set of movements which are subsidiary in man, but to the
performance of which both skeleton and muscles in the
ape are perfectly adapted.

Quadriceps extensor femoris. The Rectus has but a sin-
gle tendon, from the inferior spinous process of the ilium,
the tendon from the acetabulum being absent, as in Ateles
Paniscus and in a Macacus ; this peculiarity is not else-
where mentioned. The Rectus may act as a powerful
flexor of the thigh, in which case its extensor power is
easily counteracted by the flexors of the leg, which are in-
serted so low down as to act at even more advantage than
in man. Both this muscle and the scapular head of the
Triceps humeri, of which it is the homotype, are obviously
of more use to the ape as flexors than as extensors.

To lessen the jar on striking the earth, and for the more
advantageous attachment of muscles, the limbs of most
animals, especially those which move quickly, are con-
stantly flexed in two or three places ; to support the weight
of the body without still greater flexion, the extensors are
very thick and strong; in the elephant, however, whose
enormous bulk would require supports of perhaps unman-
ageable size, the limbs are straight as in man ; but the
legs of the ape are constantly bent, and yet his extensors
are not even so strong as in man, showing that the greater
portion of his weight must be supported by the arms in
front.

The employment of the ape's foot as an organ of pre-
hension requires an extent and freedom of motion at the
knee far beyond that exercised by man ; the movements
must also be more prompt and easily executed ; this is
provided for by the low insertion of the flexors on the tibia,
and by the length of the fleshy portion of the nmscles, de-
priving the ^emi-Mcmbrniiosus and Scmi-Tendinosus of

Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. 373

the characters which gave them their names in Human
Anatomy. The reverse is the case in the leg of the com-
mon Quadruped, the Dog or the Cat ; in them the move-
ments are simply forward and back, quick and forcible,
but limited ; the muscles therefore are very thick and
strong, but short, and the limbs are sharply bent at the
joints. But this mass of muscle about the limb would be
wholly inconsistent with the motions of the prehensile foot
of the ape, or even a baboon, in whom tiierefore the mus-
cles are comparatively long and slender. The limbs of
the Quadrumana are also projected further from the trunk
than in the lower animals. In man the leg can be rotated at
the knee only in a state of semi-flexion ; this is the constant
attitude of the ape's leg, and the rotation is very free.
The short head of the Biceps would act as an external
rotator in the Anthropoids, but in the Mandrill I do not
think it exists, and in Quadrupeds generally it is want-
ing as such, though there is sometimes a slender slip from
the pelvis.

Sartorius. Very long, from the great height of the
ilium ; it is inserted by a very short, fascia-like tendon
on the front of the tibia, at least one third from the knee,
over the Gracilis. The Gracilis is proportionally much
thicker and stronger than in man.

Semi-membranosus. Tendon of origin long, that of in-
sertion shorter, but attached as in man. The tendon of the
Semi-tendinusHS joins that of the Gracilis, and is inserted
beneath it. Biceps. The long or ischiatic head is pro-
portionally smaller than in man, and absolutely smaller
than the Gracilis and Semi-tendinosus. The short head
arises as in man, and joins the other at the knee, forming
a very strong fascia which extends over the fibula nearly
to the ankle, the tendon of the long head sending a strong
prolongation to the outer tuberosity, as in man. The two
heads were inserted thus together in the Chimpanzees of

374 ' Contributions to the

Traill and Vrolik, but separately in the Gorillas of Wy-
man and Duvernoy, and in Owen's Orang. When on all-
fours, these last three muscles would also help retract the
leg ; in a Cynocephalus the Biceps was also attached
above the joint to the patella, and in the Dog, where the
motion is simple retraction of the whole limb, the Semi-
membranosus also is inserted into the patella, thus giv-
ing a broader attachment, when the separate flexion of the
limb below the joint is not required. Like the Glutcei,
these three muscles also serve to support the trunk on the
legs in one direction, while the Gracilis and Sartorius an-
tagonize them in front ; their great size causes me to think^
as in the case of the Glutcei, that if the trunk could be
balanced they would be able to maintain it erect, though
probably with not so much steadiness, on account of the
heaviest part of the body being so far above the pelvis,
and not in and about it as in man. The Popliteus is not
constant ; in this individual I think it was rather thicker
than in man, but I did not find the cartilaginous nodule in
the external lateral ligament where the muscle arises.
Traill and Tyson could not find the muscle, but it was
present in Vrolik's Chimpanzee, and in the Gorillas of
Wyman and Duvernoy. Its action as a rotator inward
would be balanced by the short head of the Biceps, which
rotates outward.

■ Gastrocnemius and Soleus. These are much thinner than
in man, but continue fleshy to their insertion ; the latter
has but one, the external head, as is generally the case in
the Quadrumana. The two unite at about two thirds
way down from the origins ; tlie place of this union varies
in different species, and often considerably in individuals
of the same species; I do not see that the place of union,
or the absence of the internal head of the Soleus, would
have much effect upon the motions of the foot.

Plantaris. This was absent on the left side, and very

Comparative Myology of the Chimphnzee. 375

small on the right side of this Chimpanzee ; it was present
in those of Vrolik and Tyson, but absent in that of Traill,
in the Gorillas of Wyman and Duvernoy, and in the lat-
ter's Orang, in the Howling-Monkey and Ateles Paniscus.
Not constant in the Cynocephali.

In man the Glutcei and long flexors of the leg have two
sets of functions according as they take their fixed point
from above or from below, that is, as they are used either
for moving the legs by themselves as mere appendages, or
for acting powerfully upon the trunk as in locomotion,
and maintaining the erect position on one or both legs.
In the ape, these positions not being required, the muscles
are employed in locomotion and in leaping as we have
seen above, but chiefly for moving the prehensile limb
with any object which may be in its grasp ; they are
therefore modified not so much in size as in position, in
which latter respect we remark the evidence as to the in-
tended semi-erect attitude of these animals. With the
Gastrocnemius and Soleus the case is otherwise. They
also perform two different functions according as they act
from above or from below ; but in man their great strength
is almost wholly employed after the latter manner, for
raising and balancing the body upon the foot, while the
movements of the foot on the leg are limited, and require
little power. The body of the ape is not designed to be
balanced upon the foot in his usual attitude, and in walkr
ing he lifts the foot as a part of the leg without much mo-
tion at the ankle. So in the ape the Gastrocnemius and
Soleus are much more slender than in man, but their mus-
cular portion is longer, in adaptation to the less powerful
but more extensive and free movements of the prehensile
foot. In most Quadrupeds, again, which rest on the ends
of the toes or metatarsal bones, these muscles must be
powerful like the extensors of the other segments of the
limb. Thus we see that the semi-erect attitude of the ape

376 Contributions to the

is indicated by the modification as to position of the Glu-
tcBi and long flexors of the leg, but by a difference in size
of the extensor muscles of the foot.

Tibialis anticus. This muscle is thicker than in man,
and continues fleshy lower down. In the Quadrumana
generally, the division at the insertion, of the tendon
into two parts is continued up so as to make two muscles
more or less distinct. In the Gorilla of Duvernoy this divi-
sion existed only a little above the ankle, but in this Chim-
panzee the two parts were distinct above the middle of the
leg, and the posterior or internal portion which is attached
to the internal cuneiform bone was three times as large as
the other. In Vrolik's specimen this portion arose upon the
fibula. The anterior portion which goes to the metatarsal
bone is called by Prof. Wyman " Tibialis anticus minor,''^
and by Meckel " Abductor longus proprius pollicis pedis"
The division evidently accords with the use of the great
toe as a thumb.

Peroneus longus and Peroneus brevis. These are not so
distinct as in man. The former would act as a flexor of
the great toe, which enjoys considerable motion at the
tarso-metatarsal articulation ; there was a sesamoid bone
in its tendon as in man. From the external border of the
tendon of the P. brevis near its insertion a slender but
strong fascia ran along the border of the metatarsal bone,
and was connected above the knuckle with what seemed
to be a remnant of the extensor fascia of the little toe.

Extensor longus digitorum. Origin and insertion as in
man. In Tyson's Chimpanzee there was no tendon to
the little toe, and in Owen's Orang none to the second
toe. I find that at the time of my dissection I made no
note of the ligament described by Vrolik, through which
run the tendons of the Extensor lons-us din-itorum. and
now I have no recollection of it, though I presume it was
present ; and Mr. Moore says the muscle on the right side

Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. 377

passed through a separate loop just in front of the astra-
galus. In a small Macacus now before me, the real annu-
lar ligament is attached to the fibula higher than to the
tibia, and not at all to the calcaneum ; and there is also a
perfect loop for the Extensor dig-itorutn, of which both
ends are attached close together on the upper border of the
calcaneum. This loop is one third of an inch long, and
freely movable after the fascia has been taken away. I
should think that the position of the annular ligament
wholly above the joint, and of this extra loop wholly be-
low, would better enable the muscle to act, not only as an
extensor of the toes, but also more freely as a flexor of the
foot, when also the insertion of the loop on the outer edge
of the calcaneum would perhaps supply the place of the
Peroneus tertius.

Peroneus tertius. So far as I know, this has been found
in the Quadrumana only once, in the Howling- Monkey
by Prof. Wyman, where, however, instead of being a
flexor of the foot, it passed beneath the outer malleolus,
and was inserted into the base of the little toe, which it
would serve to extend.

Extensor proprius poUicis. Probably present, though I
neglected to make a note of it ; on the right side as in
man.

Tibialis posticus. Origin and insertion apparently as
in man, but I saw no sesamoid bone near the insertion
In Owen's Orang it was inserted into the internal cunei-
form, and in Ateles Paniscus into the scaphoid bone only.
It is usually more slender than in man.

Flexor longus digitorum. Arises as in man, but con-
tinues fleshy to the ancle, below which it divides into two
tendons, which are inserted into the distal phalanges of
the second and fifth toes. The Musculus accessorius is
inserted into the external border of this muscle, and from
the tendon arise the three fasciculi of the Lumbricales

JOOKNAL B. S. iN. H. 48 AUGUST, 1861.

378 Contributions to the

Flexoris longi digitonim. The disposition of the tendons
of this muscle, and of the Flexor long-us pollicis, is various
in different individuals and species.

Flexor longus pollicis. This is a large, strong muscle
arising as in man and continuing fleshy to the joint, where
it forms a broad tendon which divides into three, which are
inserted into the distal phalanges of the first, third, and
fourth toes, as in the Chimpanzees of Vrolik and Traill, and
in Duvernoy's Gorilla ; the tendon of the first toe passes
through a separate strong loop at the base of the meta-
tarsal bone. In Owen's Orang the great toe received no
tendon from either of the long flexors, but in the Howl-
ing-Monkey the great toe received the single tendon
of the Flexor longus pollicis. In dissecting the Ateles
Paniscus, both Mr. Folsom and myself at first described
this muscle as the Flexor longus digitorwn, being deceived
by its great size, and the number of its tendons. The
tendons of the two muscles before their subdivision are
firmly connected by a whitish substance. As in Owen's
Orang, bending the foot up against the leg caused a me-
chanical flexion of the toes which would materially in-
crease the firmness of the foothold upon a branch.

Flexor brevis digitorum. Arises as in man, but has only
two tendons, which are inserted into the middle phalanges
of the second and third toes.

Flexor accessorius. Has but one, the external head,
which is joined to the outer border of the Flexor longus
digitorum. Both this and the Flexor brevis vary consider-
ably in different species, and also in different Chimpanzees.

Lumbricales Flexoris longi digitorum. Three fasciculi
arising upon the tendon of the Flexor longus digitorum;
the inner one is attached to the inner border of the first
phalanx of the second toe, the middle one joins the tendon
of the Flexor brevis, to be inserted into the second pha-
lanx of the third toe after being perforated by the tendon

Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. 379

of the Flexor longtis pollicis, and the third or outer fascicu-
lus is also perforated by a tendon of the same muscle, and
is then attached to the second phalanx of the fourth toe.

Lumbricales Flexoris longi pollicis. Also three fasci-
culi arising between and on both sides of the two tendons
of the Flexor longus pollicis, and inserted into the inner
borders of the bases of the first phalanges of the third,
fourth, and fifth toes. Thus each toe receives a tendon
from a long flexor to its third phalanx, the four outer toes
each a Lumbricalis to the base of the first phalanx, the
second, third, and fourth each a tendon from a short flexor
to the second phalanx, and that of the third toe is also
joined by a tendon from a long flexor ; the first and fifth
toes having peculiar short muscles of their own, receive
fewest tendons from the common flexors, and of the other
three the middle one is naturally best provided. (See Table.)

On the following Table, the asterisks indicate the insertion of tendons
of the muscles named at the left, into the base of those phalanges of those
digits against which they respectively stand ; thus exhibiting the distri-
bution of the tendons of each muscle, the tendons which each digit re-
ceives, or the tendons which are inserted into any one phalanx.

MAN.

TROGLODYTES NIGER.

MUSCLE.

<k3

X

i

■4^

''5

"Si
•5
n

CO

•3

•5

X

*

•3
■a

•a

'■5

'■5

<k3

■5

us

i H

o
V,

« ■

w.

a
o

i

a>

<n .

•s

c

Flexor longus digi-
torum

Flexor longus pol-
licis

Flexor brevis digi-
torum

Lumbricales Flex-
oris longi digito-
rura

Lumbricales Flex-
oris longi polli-
cis

*p'gi

*p'd2
*

*p'g

*pV
*

*P'g

*p'd

*

*p'g

*p'd

*

*P'g

*p'd

*

*p'g

*p'd3
*p'd

*

*p'g

*p'd

*

* i

*

3d
2d
1st
3d
2d
1st
3d
2d
1st
3d
2d
1st
3d
2d
1st

1 P'g=perforating. 2 P'd=perforated.

8 This tendon joins that of the Limibricales Flexoris longi digitorum, and is
inserted with it.

380 Contributions to the

From the above Table it will be at once remarked, that
in the human foot there are three muscles distributed uni-
formly to the corresponding phalanges of the four lesser
digits, which latter also are of nearly equal power and im-
portance ; while in the foot of the ape, this uniformity does
not exist, and the digits are more independent of each other,
the middle one being the strongest, as in the hand of man,
in adaptation to the prehensile function of the member.

The Interossei on the dorsal and plantar surfaces were
not very distinct from each other, but the latter far exceeded
the former in size.

Extensor brevis digitorum. In the Quadrumana this con-
sists of only three fasciculi, supplying the second, third, and
fourth toes as in man, the fasciculus supplying the first or
great toe being so distinct from the rest as generally to be
considered a separate muscle ; this is apt to cause confu-
sion in comparing dissections by different authors ; Traill
says the Extensor brevis digitorum sent tendons to all the
toes, but Tyson says it was wanting altogether. (?)

Extensor brevis pollicis. Forms a distinct muscle in
most of the Quadrumana ; it is inserted as in man, but
has a more oblique direction on account of the angle
which the great toe forms with the side of the foot.

Flexor brevis pollicis. Consists of two fasciculi as in
man, the tendon of the Flexor long-us running between
them. I did not note the origin of the internal head which
is inserted with the Abductor pollicis, but the external or
deep-seated portion appeared to come from the internal
cuneiform and partly from the metatarsal bone, and the
two heads were rather more distinct than in man. Vrolik
describes but one fasciculus, but generally tht^re are two.
In Owen's Orang, the channel usually filled by the tendon
of the long fiexor was occupied by a small, short flexor
arising upon the metatarsal bone, and inserted into the
first phalanx.

,•

Comparative Mi/olog-y of the Chimpanzee. 3H1

Abductor pollicis. A strong muscle, arising, so far as
I could see, upon the calcancum alone, and inserted as
in man with the internal head of the Flexor brevis, which
indeed is far more closely connected with it than with the
external head. From the small size and more outward
position of the calcaneum, and the divergence of the
great toe, this muscle would act rather as a direct flexor
and adductor than as an abductor. Vrolik says there was
a smaller fasciculus from the internal cuneiform, which
perhaps represented the internal head of the Flexor brevis,
of which he says there was but a single head. In the
Howling-Monkey the Abductor consisted of two parts,
the one from the calcaneum being the more distinct, and
acting as a flexor.

Adductor pollicis obliquus. Corresponds to the single
muscle in man, but is very much larger and more nearly
transverse ; it arises as in man, and is inserted into the
first phalanx of the great toe, as in Vrolik's Chimpan-
zee and in Duvernoy's Gorilla and Orang. Traill makes
no division into two, but seems to include both this and
the Adductor transversus as one large muscle extending
nearly the whole length of the second metatarsal. The Ad-
ductor pollicis transversus appears to arise from the heads
of the second, third, and fourth metatarsals, and is thinner
than the preceding ; it is attached to all the bones of the
great toe from the head of the metatarsal inclusive, as in
Duvernoy's Gorilla and Orang. Vrolik says it came from
the fifth metatarsal. The Transversalis pedis is either
unmentioned or declared absent by all the authors, ex-
cepting perhaps Davernoy. There is none in this Chim-
panzee, unless the Adductor transversus represents it, as it
certainly does pretty nearly in position and action.

Flexor brevis minimi digiti. Has its origin and inser-
tion as in man. The Abductor minimi digiti arises as in
man, but seems to consist of two not very distinct por-

382 Contributions to the

tions, of which the internal is long and fleshy, and inserted
into the base of the second phalanx as in the right foot,
and as in Vrolik's specimen ; while the external is small,
and attached to the base of the fifth metatarsal. Neither
Traill nor Tyson mention this peculiarity.

Perhaps I can add nothing to what has been said by
others, of the great contrast in function, and thence in
structure, between the extremities of man and the ape.
In the latter the hand is chiefly an organ of suspension,
composed of four strong, flexible hooks, which, even when
the member is employed as a hand, are flexed all together,
the short, feeble thumb, so nearly in the same plane with
them, not being opposable to the individual fingers. The
foot is the organ of prehension, being broad, the great toe
standing out as an efficient thumb, with large and dis-
tinct muscles ; and even when used simply for supporting
the body on a branch, the whole foot forms a flexible tri-
pod far more serviceable than the stiff" narrow foot of man.

WORKS EMPLOYED FOR COMPARISON.

1. Duvernoy, Prof. Des Caractdres Anatomiques des
Grands Singes Pseudo-Anthropomorphes. Deuxieme Me-
moire. Archives du Museum. Tome VIII. In Lib. of
Harv. Univ. (A very complete anatomy of the Gorilla.)

2. Edes, Robert T. Dissection of a female baboon.
(Papio Maimon.) MS. notes.

3. Moore, Joseph. Dissection of the right side of the
Chimpanzee, of which the left side was dissected by Burt
G. Wilder. MS. notes.

4. Owen, Prof. R. Myology of Simla Satyrus. Pro-
ceedings of Zoiilogical Society of London. Jan. 25th and
May 10th, 1831. Lib. Harv. Univ.

5. Traill, Dr. T. S. Observations on the Anatomy of
the Orang-outang, (Chimpanzee.) Memoirs of the Wer-
nerian Nat. Hist. Society. Vol. 3, Feb. 7th, 1818. Lib.
of B. S. N. H.

Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. 383

6. Tyson, Dr. Edward. Anatomy of a Pigmy. Lib.
Harv. Univ.

7. VYolik, Prof. W. Recherches D'Anatomie Compar(je
sur le Chimpans^. Lib. B. S. N. H.

8. Vrolik, Prof. W. Article » Quadrumana." Todd's
Cyclopaedia of Anatomy and Physiology. Lib. of B. S.
N. H.

9. White, Dr. J. C. Dissection of a Mandrill. MS.
notes.

10. Wilder, Burt G. Muscles of a young male Chim-
panzee ; left side. MS. notes.

11. Muscles of the fore-legs of a female Angora

Goat. Hind-legs of same, by Joseph Moore. MS. notes.

12. Wyman, Prof. J. MS. notes. Muscles of a young
Gorilla.

13. Muscles of a Cynocephalus, (arm.)

14. Muscles of a Howling- Monkey.

15. Muscles of a young Chimpanzee. Proceedings

of Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. 5, Nov. 21st, 1855. Lib.
of B. S. N. H.

16. MS. notes more or less complete on two Cyno-
cephali, three Macaci, and an Ateles Paniscus, dissected
by Norton Folsom, J. S. Lombard, Joseph Moore, Wil-
liam Nichols, Jr., and Burt G. Wilder. 1861.

[Since writing the foregoing paper, I have made a care-
ful examination of a living Chimpanzee, of which some
account is given in the Proceedings of the Boston Society
of Natural History, June 18, 1862.

The most important result of the examination was the
correction of the inference contained on pages 364 and
365 of this paper, and which was naturally made from the
specimen I dissected. But in the live animal the hand

384 On Alternate Generation in Annelids^

and fingers can be bent back together quite as far as those
of man ; so that the error was occasioned by the unnatural
contraction of the flexor muscles, which are very thick and
fleshy, by the spirit in which the animal had been pre-
served. And it will be seen that this structure, as found
in the dead specimen, while most completely adapted for
climbing, would have almost entirely precluded the use of
the hand for any other purpose.

Burt G. Wilder.]
Cambridge, July, 1862.

Art. VII. — On Alternate Generation in Annelids, and the
Embryology of Autolytus cornutus. By A. Agassiz.

O. F. Miiller, in his Zolilogia Danica, figures a small
worm (Nereis prolifera), in the act of reproducing itself
by division. For many years this mode of reproduction
among the higher Annelids remained unconfirmed, and
many authors, Ehrenberg especially, began to throw doubts
upon the observation of Miiller. He even went so far as
to establish a division among worms, founded entirely
upon the mode of reproduction by division such as had
been observed among Naidina (called by him Somatotoma),
in opposition to the others in which this mode of repro-
duction does not obtain, and to which Nereis prolifera
belongs. It was not until Quatrefages and Milne Ed-
wards had both observed a similar phenomenon in two
other genera {Syllis and My rianida), tha.t Miillcr's obser-
vation was placed beyond the question of a doubt ; and
when the same mode of development was observed by Sars
in Filog-rana, and after his observations had been repeated
a few years later by Schmidt in a second species of that

and the Embryology of Autolytns cornutvs. 385

same genus, it was evident that this mode of reproduction
was not confined to the Naidina, and that we might ex-
pect to find it in other families of Annelids as well as in
the two in which it had been observed. The peculiar
phenomena preceding the separation of the sexual indi-
viduals, the fact that the eggs and spermatozoa seemed to
be developed only in the part which was to form a new
individual, soon suggested the idea that we might have
here a phenomenon, similar to that of alternate genera-
tion, taking place among the Annelids.

Miiller* had observed that the individuals about to sepa-
rate were alone filled with eggs, and that these eggs were
less advanced in those sexual individuals which were
farther from the posterior extremity. He also says, that
he found as many as three proliferous individuals placed
like links in a chain, one behind the other, the smallest
(the youngest) being placed nearest the anterior extremity.
Quatrefagesf found on the coast of Bretagne a species of
Syllis which reproduced itself by division, producing, how-
ever, only a single individual, either a male or a female,
and he observed that the anterior part never showed the
slightest trace of either male or female organs. This led
him to suppose that the individuals which became de-
tached were alone capable of sexual reproduction. It is not
until several years afterwards, when he returns to the same
subject J, and publishes more in detail his observations,
that he comes to the conclusion that these phenomena of
reproduction by division may be satisfactorily explained
as cases of alternate generation. According to his ob-

* Miiller (0. F.) ZooloRia Danica II., PI. 52, fig. 5-9, p. 15. Havnias, 1788.
Copied Ency. Method. (Vers. Vol. I., PI. 56, fig. 12-15.)

t H. Milne Edwards, Rapports sur une s(5rie de M^moires de M. A. de Quatre-
fages, relatifs a rorganisation des animaux sans vert^bres. Comptes Rendus, 16
Janv. 1844. Ann. des Scien. Nat. 1844, I., p. 22.

t A. de Quatrefages, Meraoire sur la generation alteruante des Syllis. Ann. des
Sc. Nat. 1854, U., p. 142, PL IV., fig. 3-15.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 49 •'^''^' ^^^^^

386 On Alternate Generation in Annelids,

servations, striking differences between the young males
or females and the parent stock [le parent, I'individu
primitif, la souche] are developed after their separation.
He says nothing of the development of the eggs of these
individuals [I'individu adventif, la nourrice,* la fiUe] into
the parent stock, and simply states the fact of the alter-
nate generation, without having actually observed it.
Milne Edwards f observed a case more similar to that
which Miiller had seen. He found in Myrianida five or
six young already quite well developed, the more advanced
being nearer the tail : he did not observe the mode of de-
velopment ; but by carefully comparing the less with the
more advanced, he shows how closely this mode of devel-
opment of the different parts corresponds to the develop-
ment of the same parts of an embryo from an egg. He
also observed that the proliferous individuals were provided
with sexual organs, and that they seemed alone capable of
reproducing the species from eggs. Sars ij: observed the
same phenomenon in the Serpulacea, in Filograna implexa,
and shows on what slight grounds Ehrenberg § had based

* Quatrefages has applied the word nurse (nourrice), as generally used, to denote
the individual from which the sexual individuals are developed, in a manner very
dillerent from tluit of Steeiistrup. He seems to have misunderstood tlie applica-
tion of the "Amrae " of the Germans, and has applied his term "nourrice" to
a different stage. He has given to the individuals which the Germans call
"Amme," the name of " parent," and has given the name of " nourrice " to the
males and females developed from this " parent." This is certainly not the mean-
ing of Steenstrup, and of the German writers on alternate generation. For ac-
cording to this nomenclature of "Quatrefages," we should call '■^pavtiit" the
Strobila, Cercaria, and call "nourrice " (Amme) Aurelia, Distoma, instead of call-
ing the former (Strobila and Cercaria) the nurses, as is done by Steenstrup.
The name of "parent," also, for the " Amme," is objectionable, as it is contrary
to the usual meaning of the word ; and the application of tlie word " nourrice " to
males and femahs is certainly not in accordance with our understanding of the
meaning of that word. What I have called the ^^ parent stock'' corresponds to the
"Amme " of Steenstrup. I have given to the olVspring the name of sexual indi-
viduals, or of " males " and "females" simply.

t Milne Edwards (H.) Ann. d. Sc. Nat., 1844, HI., p. 170.

t Sars (M.) Fauna litoralis Norvegiic, p. 86. Christiana, 1846.

(j Ehrenberg (C. G.) Die Akalephen das rothen Meeres, p. 82. Berlin, 1836.

and the Embryology of Autolytus cornutus. 387

his class of Somatotoma. These observations of Sars
were soon after repeated in a second species of the same
genus, Filograna Schleideni, by Schmidt; and his observa-
tions plainly show that a part of the parent stock passes
into the sexual individuals when the division takes place.
Only one individual is formed at a time in this species.
Frey and Leuckart * repeated the observations of Miiller in
^^ Nereis prolifera''^ to a certain extent: they found seve-
ral of the young in a slightly advanced state of develop-
ment ; but as their observations were intended to show that
the development of Nereis prolifera was a case of budding
and not one of division, that there was nothing in the
development to justify the assertion of an alternate gene-
ration made by Quatrefages, and as their conclusions
were based upon these slightly developed males and fe-
males, it is not astonishing that we find them assert that
there is not the slightest difference between the young
and the parent stock, and that they never found sperma-
tozoa developed in the former. It was not until Krohnf
was fortunate enough to observe the whole development
of Nereis [Autolytus) prolifera, that it became evident
that the remarkable phenomena which he observed con-
nected with the differences developed in the male and
female young could only be explained on the supposition
of an alternate generation. He dwells particularly on the
striking difference between the males and females, and is
led to believe that Miiller % must have observed the male of
his Nereis prolifera, and described it as a different spe-
cies, (Nereis corniculata,) on account of the great differences
of the anterior part. He says, the only link now want-

* Frey (Dr. H.) und Leuckart (Dr. R.) Beitriige zur Kenntniss Wirbelloser
Thiere, mit besoiiderer Beriicksiclitiguiig der Fauna des Norddeutsclien Meeres.
Braunschweig, 1847.

t Krohn (Dr. A.) Ueber die Erscheinungen bei der Fortpflanzung von Syllis
prolifera und Autolytus prolifer. Wiegmau. Archiv 1852, 1., ]). 66, I'l. III., fig. 1.

t Zool. Dan., Tl. 52, tig. 1-1, p. 15.

388 On Alternate Generation in Annelids,

ing, is to trace the development of an embryo coming
from the egg of one of the female individuals into a parent
stock similar to that from which the sexual individual was
produced, and which should in its turn produce males or
females only by division, and not by sexual reproduction.

It is this link which I have been able to supply, hay-
ing had the good fortune to observe in a species of Aiito-
lylus of our coast the development of male and female
individuals, differing to a degree almost unknown in the
class of Annelids,* from parent stocks different from both
of these proliferous individuals. I have also succeeded
in tracing from the eggs the growth of the young embryo
into a parent stock, identical in every respect with the
parent stocks from which the males and females were pro-
duced by division. There can no longer be any doubt
that we have in the higher Annelids an alternate genera-
tion. It seems to me highly probable that further investi-
gations will show this to be the case for other genera, such
as Psammathe, Heteronereis, Exogone, Cystonereis, and all
those Annelids in which we find a specialization of a
certain number of rings, as is the case in the sexual indi-
viduals of Autolytus. Whether alternate generation will
explain the phenomena of unsexual reproduction of Nais,
cannot be settled without further investigations ; as the
contradictory statements of the different authors leave it
very doubtful whether there is anything like a parent
stock existing in Naidina.f

* Oersted (Mag.) had observed in Exogone naidina great differences between the
two sexes, but thej' were not as striking as in Autolytus. As this genus is closely-
allied to Autolytus we may look for phenomena similar to those observed in that
genus.

Oersted (Mag.), Ueber die Entwickelung der Jungen bei einer Annelide, etc.
Wieg. Archiv, 1845, I., p. 20. See also Kolliker on the development of Cystoue-
reis, Nouv. M(5m. de la Soc. Helvet. des Sc. Nat. VIII., 1847.

t Schultze (Dr. Max Sigm.), Ueber die Fortpflanzung durcli Theilung bei Nais
proboscidca. Wieg. Archiv, 184!t, I., p. 293. Lcuckart (Dr. H.). Ueber die uiige-
schlechtliche Vermchrung bei Nais proboscidca. Wieg. Archiv, 1851, 1., p. l;>4.

and the Embryology of Autolytus cornutns. 389

Species allied to Nereis prolifera, owing to this remark-
able difference between the males, females, and parent
stock, have been placed in no less than four different gen-
era. Orsted* is the first who has given a good description
of the male of an Autolytus, under the name of Polybostri-
chus long-osetosus. Unfortunately, this name cannot stand,
as it had been applied before by Brandt, in 1838, to a genus
of Acalephs, and must give way to Autolytus which was
given by Grube f to the parent stock. From the figure of
O. F. Miiller he established a new genus for the male
under the name of Diplocercea corniculata.\ Johnston §
had given a very good description of the parent stock in
the 15th vol. of the " Annals and Magazine." Finally, the
female was first seen separated from the parent stock by
Johannes Miiller ;|| and he made still another genus, Sac-
conereis, for a small worm which he observed in Trieste,
belonging to the same cycle. There is also an account
of two remarkable worms found by Max Miiller ^ in Hel-
goland, and which I am inclined to think are the free
young ( (? and 9 ) of the Nereis prolifera of Miiller. This
is the more probable, as the observations of Frey and
Leuckart were made at the same place, and is confirmed
also by the descriptions given by Krohn, apparently agree-
ing closely with the drawings given by Miiller (M.), as well
as by what I have observed in our own species {Auto-
lytus cornutns), where we have males and females differing
only slightly from the Sacconereis of M. Miiller; — we find
still less difference when we compare the figures of the

* Orsted (A. S.), Groulands Annulata Dorsibranchiuta, p. 30, PI. V., fig. 62.
Kjobenhavn, 1843.

t Grube. Die Familien der Anneliden, Wieg. Arcliiv, 1850, I., p. 310.

X Grube. Die Familien der Anneliden, Wieg. Arcliiv, 1850, I., p. 312.

^ Johnston (Geo.), Syllis prolifera, Ann. and Mag., XV., p. 146, pi. IX., fig. 4.

II Miiller (Job.), Uebcr den Allgemeinen Plan in der Entwlckeluug der Echiuo-
dermen, p. 7. Berlin, 1853.

1 Miiller (Max), Mull. Archiv, 1855, p. 13.

390 On Alternate Generation in Annelids,

parent stock given below (PI. X., fig. 1,) with that given
by Johnston, of ( Si/llis prolifera) the parent stock of the
European species.

The synonymy of this genus will therefore be as fol-
lows :

AUTOLYTUS.

Autolytus (Grube), Wieg. Archiv. 1850, I., p. 310
(parent stock).

Polybostrichus ( Orsted, A. S.), Gronlands Ann. Dor-
sib. 1843, q. a., {^ ) (preoccupied).

Diplocersa ( Grube), q. a., { S )■

Sacconereis (/. Milller), q. a., 1853, ( 9 ).

" (M. Mailer), q. a., 1855, ( 9 and $ ).

Syllis [Johnston, Geo.), q. a., 1845 (parent stock).

From what precedes it is seen, that there are known at
present three species of Autolytus besides that found on
our coast, and for which I have proposed the name of
Autolytus cornutus. They are Polybostrichus longosetosus,
from the coast of Greenland ; Sacconereis Schultzii, from
Trieste, and Sacconereis Helgolandica. There are good fig-
ures of two of these species ; so that I have satisfied my-
self that the species found on our coast cannot be identical
either with the species of Greenland or with that of the
German Ocean. As Max Miiller had ample opportunity
of satisfying himself of the identity or difi'erence of the
species from Helgoland and that of Trieste, there can be no
doubt of their specific difference.

Autolytus cornutus resembles more in its general appear-
ance the S. Helg-olandica than the Greenland species. It
has a smaller number of rings than P. long-osetosus ; the
tentacles of the head are shorter. (The figure of Orsted
being that of a male, the comparison made here applies
only to the male.) The cirri of the anterior and posterior
rings are more equal in length, while in lofig-osetosus the

and the Embryology of Autolytus cornutus. 391

cirri of the rings with long setae are exceedingly short
when compared with those of the anterior rings. It dillers
from S. Hclgolandica in having a larger number of rings;
the rings without the long setse are more numerous in both
the sexes than in Ilelgolandica. In the latter the female
has two, and the male three rings, having only stiff bristles,
while in the cornutus the female has six, and the male five
rings, in which the long setsB are wanting. The number of
rings of Autolytus cornutus in the full-grown males and
females is different : usually from twenty-seven to thirty in
the former, and from thirty-five to forty or even fifty in the
latter. Sacconereis Helgolandica has fewer rings, and P.
longosetosus a greater number than the species found on
our coast.

The most striking characteristic of the genus Autolytus
is the remarkable difference between the sexes. Had I not
observed the development of these males and females, so
widely different, coming from parent stocks * (from which
they are produced by transverse division, as I shall show
hereafter), developed from eggs laid by the same individ-
ual, I could scarcely have credited their generic identity.
(See PL IX., fig. 1, and PI. XI. fig. 8.) It is therefore per-
fectly natural that Johannes MQller should not recognize
in a female Autolytus the genus Polybostrichvs, which was
characterized by Orsted from a male. At the time when
Max MUUer discovered his Sacconereis He/golandica, he
used to find also in great numbers a small worm (invaria-
bly a male), which he says had the general appearance of
Sacconereis^ but differed in such a remarkable manner, that
it seemed to him impossible that there should be such an
exceptional case of difference between the males and fe-
males, entirely unprecedented in the class of Worms, It
was only after tracing the complete development by
" transverse division " of males and females, differing in

* See below for description of parent slock, p. 397.

392 On Alternate Generation in Annelids,

such a remarkable manner, from parent stocks in which I
could not perceive the slightest difference, that I satisfied
myself that these individuals, which seemed to have so
little in common, were only the two sexes of one species.
I have before me the drawings of a male and female of
this genus (Poli/bostrichus long-osetosus, Orst.) made under
the direction of my father in 1849, which are referred by
him to two different genera.*

The female Autolytus cornutus (PI. IX., fig. 1), is a small
worm about one half an inch in length, of a flesh color, the
alimentary canal appearing as a green tube extending
from one end to the other; the posterior and the anterior
rings are of a greenish tinge. The cirri are also flesh-color,
and the eyes a dark chestnut-brown. The head has three
long tentacles, the longest {a) placed directly in front on
the middle of the head, and one tentacle, {a' a"), nearly as
long as the central one, placed on the dorsal side directly
in advance of the eyes, which are placed on each side of
the head. The eye consists of two lenses of unequal
size. This compound eye [h) is placed in an oblique
position, so that the larger eye is nearer the ventral side
and in advance of the smaller eye, which is placed nearer
the back, but farther from the anterior part. Directly be-
hind the eyes, on the ventral side, we find a tentacular
cirrus {c) about one third the length of the tentacle {a") ;
this cirrus is slender and placed on an exceedingly narrow
ring, which can hardly be distinguished from the head.
The next ring has a long dorsal cirrus (c'), fully as long
as the central tentacle (a), though somewhat more slen-
der. The six rings following have a dorsal cirrus [c")
of the length of the tentacular cirrus (c). The rings of
the body increase gradually in width towards the middle,
and then taper off" towards the tail. The dorsal cirri of
these six rings are all of the same length ; but beyond

* See also Grube, q. a., avUo does the same.

and the Embryology of Aulolytus cornutus. 393

those rings the dorsal cirri gradually increase in length,
reach their maximum about the middle of the body, and
then diminish again in the same ratio towards the tail,
where they are hardly perceptible. The rings following
the six rings, with dorsal cirri of the same length, differ
m many respects from them. In the former there are
two bunches of bristles, the dorsal made up of long, thin,
needle-like bristles (PI. IX., fig. 5), supported by a tubercle
(fig. 4, A'), which are not retractile, and a ventral cluster
(fig. 4, h) made up of shorter, stout bristles (PL IX., fig. 6).
They are composed of two joints, the smaller exterior
joint having the shape of a claw. The ventral bristles
are retractile, and easily movable. These long, needle-
shaped bristles are wanting in the anterior rings, which
are not provided with a dorsal tubercle (see PL IX., fig. 3),
and have only a ventral tubercle supporting the short,
stout, retractile bristles like those of the posterior rings.

The eggs, in their earlier stages of development, are
found thickly packed between the walls of the alimentary
canal and the outer wall, on each side of the body for its
whole length. The eggs, however, do not attain their ma-
turity in the cavity of the body. As they develop, and fill
more and more the space between the wall and the alimen-
tary canal, some of them even finding their way into the
dorsal cirri, there is developed on the lower side of the
body a large bag, into which they pass. This pouch ex-
tends from the 12th to the 25th or 26th ring when fully
swollen with eggs ; it has an elliptical shape (PL IX., fig. 2),
with a slightly wavy outline, the length of the smaller
axis of this ellipse being about three times the breadth of
the body. In this bag, which communicates freely with
the cavity in which the eggs are formed, the eggs come to
maturity; and soon after the young embryos have been
hatched from the eggs, the envelope of the pouch bursts,
and the young are left to swim freely about.

JOUKNAL B. S. N. H. 50 JULY, 1862.

394 On Alternate Generation in Annelids,

The anal cirri are more flattened than the dorsal, and
are as long as those of the anterior rings. They are
almost always wanting, dropping off a few days after the
separation of the female from the parent stock.

The general appearance of the male is entirely different
from the female, (see PI. XL, fig. 8) : the body, instead of
tapering gradually from the middle towards both extremi-
ties, attains its greatest width much nearer the head, about
the 12th ring. The number of rings which are not pro-
vided with long setaB, and have short dorsal cirri, are five,
instead of six as in the females. The spermatazoa (PI. XL,
fig. 8, o), are found on the sides of these six rings only, and
extend also into the cirri, but never into the posterior rings,
as is the case with the eggs of the female which fill the
cavity on both sides of the alimentary canal for the whole
length of the body. The dorsal cirri of the male are shorter
than those of the female, both in the anterior and posterior
rings. The greatest and most striking difference we find
in the head and in the first ring. (See PI. IX., fig. 7 and
PL XL, fig. 8.) The two large tentacles which are placed
slightly in advance of the eyes, instead of being, as in the
female, simple tentacles having the same breadth and
rounded at the extremities, are very broad at the base
where they are united by a prolongation of the anterior
part of the head. At a small distance from the head they
bulge out, giving the two tentacles the appearance of hav-
ing been united and separated afterwards by a punch, the
two swellings almost meeting and leaving only a round
space between the two tentacles, which divide into two
branches (sec a' and a'', PI. XL, fig. 8) at the extremity ; the
inner side of this tentacle is thickly covered with minute
ciliae. The median tentacle, a, is much larger than that
of the female, and takes its origin farther back, directly
above the opening of the mouth (7n), between the two
large dorsal cirri {&). Directly behind the eyes we find a

and the Embryology of Autolytiis cornulus. 395

small cirrus (c), as in the female; but when the animal is
seen from below, as in PI. XI. fig. 8, we notice an addi-
tional, still smaller cirrus [c'") which is entirely wanting in
the female, as well as the small tentacular cirri {a"') (PI.
IX., fig. 7), which are found at the base of the tentacles
{a' and a") on the upper side of the head. The large dor-
sal cirri of the first ring are usually carried slightly curved
back at the extremity (PI. XI. fig. 8, c'). Tlie needle-shaped
bristles are somewhat longer than those of the females ; oth-
erwise neither these nor the hooked bristles differ in any way
in the two sexes. The alimentary canal, in both the males
and females, is narrower while it passes through the ante-
rior rings (/), which have only stout bristles, widening sud-
denly as it reaches the rings where the setae begin {/').

Besides these two sexes differing to such an extraordi-
nary extent, there is still a third kind of individual (PI.
X., fig. 1), which is neither male nor female, never has
either eggs or spermatozoa developed, and differs more
from the males than they differ from the females, and
yet belongs to this same species. In fact, these indi-
viduals are the parent stocks, as I have called them
above, from which are developed by transverse division
males and females (PL IX., fig. 9). We cannot call this
mode of reproduction a case of budding : it is the develop-
ment of a head and all its appendages, either male or
female, and the gradual addition of a very small number
of rings, between this head and the tail-ring, which was at
first a part of the parent stock, and remains the tail-ring
of the male or female after it has separated from the
parent stock ; a large portion of the original parent stock
becoming separated, to form part of individuals which
alone have the power of developing eggs and spermatozoa,
this power being entirely wanting in the parent stock.
We have here, therefore, an actual case of alternate gen-

396 On Alternate Generation of Annelids,

eration, just as much as in the case of the " Strobila ;^' an
individual entirely different from the males or females, from
which are developed, by a peculiar mode of transverse
division, those very males and females which have sper-
maries and ovaries. These eggs, as I shall show below,
instead of developing into males and females, are trans-
formed into these parent stocks; which produce in their
turn individuals having sexual organs, by transverse divis-
ion, and never any thing else. During a whole summer I
have had daily a large number of these worms alive ; and
have traced individuals raised, from the eggs until they
reached the condition of the parent stock, upon which I
was observing the growth of the males and females.

The parent stock (PI. X., fig. 1) has the same color as
the males and females. The tentacles of the head are
like those of the female, the middle tentacle being longer,
however; while the first ring instead of being consolidated
with the head, as in the males and females, is distinct from
it, and on each side of it we find two cirri, one long one
(C), and a short one ( O") in advance and below it. The
second ring has a long dorsal cirrus ( C') on each side, cor-
responding to the cirrus c' of the males and females. The
third ring has a shorter dorsal cirrus ( C") of the length of
the cirrus O". The succeeding rings all have cirri,
diminishing in length as they recede from the head, until
near the tail, which has two large cirri, where they are
hardly perceptible. In place of the large, highly-developed
eyes of the males and females, we find two large and two
small eyes, which are mere accumulations of pigment cells.
The larger eye is placed below in advance of the smaller,
and is nearer the edge of the body, the small eyes being
quite close together (PI. X., fig. 1, O). The rings are
provided only with one kind of bristles, the short stout
ones, exactly like those of the males and females (PI. IX.,

and the Etnhryology of Autolysis cornutus. 397

fig. 6). The lower tubercle (A) (PI. IX., fig. 3,) is more
developed, and the bristles are placed nearer the dorsal
cirrus, than is seen in that fi2[urc.

This lower tubercle is proportionally well developed in
the anterior rings, diminishing in size as the dorsal cirrus be-
comes smaller. The dorsal cirri are much flatter and more
pointed than is the case with the sexual individuals. We
find, also, a great difference in the alimentary canal of the
parent stock ; the anterior portion is specialized to a de-
gree which does not exist in the males and females ; where
the alimentary canal is simply the cutting off of a portion
of the tube forming the common digestive cavity of the
parent stock and the sexual individual while they were
still attached. We have in the parent stock a narrow
tube (oesophagus), winding from the mouth to a kind of
true stomach, (PI. XL, fig. 9) ; thence the alimentary canal
passes as a wide, almost straight, tube through the whole
length of the body.

The parent stock has from forty to forty-five rings be-
fore the swelling which eventually forms the head of the
sexual individual can be distinguished. This swelling,
without exception, is found on the upper side of the thir-
teenth or fourteenth ring, or one of the adjacent rings,
(PI. IX., fig. 9) ; and I have never seen a single case among
the great number which I have observed, where this swell-
ing of the head appeared in any other place. As a gen-
eral rule, it was on the thirteenth ring that the head was
developed. As the central swelling increases, there are
formed on the two sides of this ring (see PI. IX., fig. 11,)
two additional swellings, (a', a")^ which soon become as
large as the middle one. They increase in size very rap-
idly, and soon outstrip the middle swelling, (PI. IX., fig. 12).
These three swellings are the tentacles of the head. The
large eye next makes its appearance, (PI. IX., 13, 6), and
also the dorsal cirrus {c'). After this has reached the

398 On Alternate Generation of Annelids,

length of the tentacles of the head, the second eye can be
distinguished, (PI. IX., fig. 17). At this point the three ten-
tacles of the head and the dorsal cirrus have about the
same length. If we trace further the development in dif-
ferent individuals, we find that there is a marked difference
in the gi-owth of the tentacles in parent stocks which are
identical; and this difference in the growth of the tenta-
cles is a sexual difference, the tentacles of the males beine
developed in one way, and those of the females in an en-
tirely different manner. When the head of the young has
reached the state represented in PI. IX., fig. 15, if it is a
male we soon notice on the inner side of the lateral tenta-
cles {a', a") a slight swelling, (PL IX., fig. 19) ; the tentacle
soon divides at this point by sending out a short branch,
which grows larger and larger, (PL IX,, fig. 20) ; the tenta-
cles remain attached together at the base. In the devel-
opment of the same tentacles in the female, we have
simply a lengthening of the tentacles, and a tendency in
the three tentacles to become well separated. So that a
female would gradually pass from the state represented in
PL IX., fig. 17, to that of PL IX., fig. 18. The head becomes
more and more distinct ; the small, tentacular cirri (a'") (PL
IX., fig. 20) of the males become visible as a slight protuber-
ance on the lower surface, when the tentacular cirrus (c)
is about one half as long as the tentacle. At the same
time in the males the long dorsal cirrus (c') and the mid-
dle tentacle (a) assume the curled attitude in which they
are usually carried by them, while in the females these
tentacles simply increase in length, the tentacle (a) always
being carried in advance of the head, and not turned back
as in the males. The five rings following the head in the
males (six in the case of the females), undergo scarcely any
change, with the exception of a slight elongation of the
dorsal cirri, (compare PL IX., figs. 1 and 9 and PL XI , fig.
8) ; but in the succeeding rings very striking differences are

and the Embryology of Autolytus cornutus. 399

observed : the dorsal cirri increase still more in lene:th, a
slight protuberance is formed immediately below the dor-
sal cirrus, from which a bundle of fine, needle-like bristles,
like those of PL IX., fig. 6, are developed. Thus the an-
terior rings have two bunches of bristles, as in the adult
males and females, and the upper bunch attains its full
size before the young separates from the parent stock.
The eggs and spermatozoa are likewise developed ; and
we find females whose bodies are entirely filled with eggs
on each side of the alimentary canal, while they are still
attached to the parent stock. While in the parent stock,
in the twelve anterior rings, not the least trace either of
eggs or spermatozoa could be detected. In the males the
anterior rings alone are filled with spermatozoa.

The parent stock, with the sexual individual attached,
moves freely about, leaving its case (PI. XL, fig. 10) and
returning to it. The males and females, after they have
separated from the parent stock, do not build cases, but
creep along the stems of Campanularians, and are often
found swimming about in the bay. The parent stock,
with the proliferous individual attached, is very sluggish
in its movements, especially towards the time of separa-
tion of the male or female ; when the latter has become
so much more powerful than the parent stock that it
guides all the motions by twisting its body from one side
to the other, while the parent stock seems to be only
an inert mass pushed about by its powerful and active
young. The males and females lose the upper bunch of
needle-like bristles, owing to the violence of their motion ;
and it is only just after they have separated that they have
all their appendages, as they also lose with great facility the
anal cirri. Soon after the females have become detached
from the parent stock, the bag, into which the eggs are
received before they are discharged from the cavity, is
formed. This soon becomes very much distended with

400 On Alternate Generation of Annelids,

young embryos, bursts, and then the females disappear.
It is probable that they are killed by this, as I have never
succeeded in finding a single female after it had discharged
its embryos. The agaraous individuals continue to live
after the separation of the males and females. New rings
are formed, (PI. XL, fig. 7) ; and the same process appar-
ently begins again, (PL XL, fig. 6,) as I have frequently
found parent stocks from which sexual individuals had evi-
dently already been separated, in the state represented in
this figure. I am unable to say how many times this is
repeated, and what is the length of life of the parent
stock. They are found in large numbers on the stems of
all the Campanularians of our bay, where they build
their thin, transparent cases. Especially numerous upon
those Campanularians which are attached to Laminaria.
This same species I have also observed south of Cape
Cod, in Buzzard's Bay.

I did not observe the young embryos while they were
still inclosed in the bag of the female; my principal object
being to satisfy myself about the alternate generation, and
to see how far the mode of development by division from
the parent stock agreed with the more advanced stages of
the embryo after it had left the egg. The young, when it
escapes from the bag in which the eggs come to maturity,
is triangular, tapering very rapidly towards the posterior
extremity (PI. X., fig. 2) ; it has two large eyes quite dis-
tinctly marked. The alimentary canal (F) follows the
outline of the young embryo ; it has slightly undulating
walls corresponding to two very faint constrictions, one
directly behind the eyes, and the other at the same dis-
tance from the posterior end. There is no appearance of
a mouth. In the next stage (PI. X., fig. 3) the indenta-
tion behind the eyes becomes more deep, thus separating
slightly the head from the rest of the body, the anterior
part at the same time bulging out, (PI. X., fig. 3, A), the

and the Embryology of Autolytus cornutus. 401

alimentary canal, as well as the young embryo, assuming a
more elongated shape ; and another constriction, placed
about the middle, is noticed, dividing the alimentary canal
into three regions. In the next stage (PI. X., fig. 4,) the
embryo is divided still more plainly by the constrictions,
the three regions of the alimentary canal are more marked,
the head with the eyes is more distinct, the triangular
shape has completely disappeared, and the mouth can be
seen as a small slit on the lower surface. In figure 5 three
rings or folds of the skin extend across the embryo ; the
anterior portion of the alimentary canal has become still
more narrow. Figure 6, which is figure 5, seen in pro-
file, shows the position of the alimentary canal near the
upper side, and the first appearance {A) of a slight swell-
ing between the two large eyes, the rudiment of the mid-
dle tentacle. In the following stage (fig. 7) the lateral
tentacles (A', A") appear as diminutive swellings in ad-
vance of the eyes. These soon outstrip in growth the
middle tentacle (fig. 8), which in its turn makes up what
it had lost, and the embryo takes the shape of (PI. X.
fig. 9) ; it has three short tentacles equally developed in
the anterior part of the head ; the anterior part of the ali-
mentary canal is very narrow, widening suddenly when it
opens into the main digestive tube. There are six rings,
the anterior ring being provided with a bunch of stiff
bristles, and the anal ring having on each side very small
anal cirri (E). The number of rings formed, till an embryo
reaches a certain state of development, does not seem to
be constant : in figure 10, PI. X., we have a larger number
of rings, though the tentacles of the head are not as ad-
vanced as they are in figure 9. The tentacles of the head
increase in length (fig. 12), two or three additional rings
are formed, and bristles are found in each ring except the
first and last. When it has reached this state (fig. 12) the
embryo does not increase in length until the appendages

JOUKNAL B. S. N. II. 51 JULY, 1S62.

402 On Alternate Generation of Annelids,

of the different rings are so well developed that it can be
unmistakably recognized as a parent stock of Autolytus
with a small number of rings (see PI. X., figs. 13 and 14).
Slight swellings having made their appearance on the
sides of the first ring, then the second, and so on, and
being gradually changed into the dorsal cirri, as seen in
fig. 14, C, O', PI. X., the anal cirri increase in length ; and
by the time the last ring has a dorsal cirrus developed, the
middle tentacle (A) (Pi. XL, fig. 1) has again outgrown the
lateral tentacles, the tentacular cirrus ( O") has been devel-
oped, and the worm has all the appearance of a parent
stock with short cirri, ( C, C, C'^', O'). From this stage the
development goes on very rapidly, the number of rings
increases very fast, the tentacles and cirri grow to their
full length soon after, and in a couple of weeks the em-
bryo has passed through the stages represented in figures
2, 3, PI. XL, and has reached its full size, (PL X., fig. 1,)
when it is ready to begin the reproduction by division, as
I have described it above.

If we compare the embryonic development of the parent
stock from the egg to the development of the different
parts of the male and female from the parent stock, we
cannot fail to be struck with their perfect coincidence.
The middle tentacle (A, a) is developed first in both, then
the lateral tentacles of the head (A', A'^, a', a'^). The
large eye is first visible, and then the smaller one ; it is
only when they are quite advanced that the long dorsal
cirri make their appearance in the embryo and in the
sexual individual ; the long setae of the latter developing
at a time which corresponds to the formation of the stout
bristles in the embryo ; thus showing a perfect correspond-
ence in the successive development of the different parts in
these two modes of reproduction, and giving us a true
perception of the value of embryological characters for
classification. We cannot fail to see that the stages

and the Embryology of Autolytus cornutus. 403

through wliich the embryo Autolytus passes will give us
valuable hints for the classification of Annelids. All the
earlier stages, before the rings can be seen, have a very
striking resemblance to the Planarians, and similar worms-
They are flat, the eyes are simple accumulations of pigment
cells, there are no divisions into rings perceptible, and the
principal feature is the great development of the alimen-
tary canal. In the next stage they become more elongated,
the rings are strongly marked, there are rudimentary
bristles, or gills in the case of the embryo of Leucodore and
Hcematorhea ; and in this more advanced stage they recall
to us the Nematodes^ or round worms. In the still more
advanced stages, the tentacles of the head, the division of
the alimentary tube into distinct regions, the presence of
well-developed cirri and setse, represent the true Annelids ;
thus plainly placing, upon embryological data, the Plan-
arians and the flat worms (Platodes), in which the great
preponderance of the alimentary tube is the main feature,
lowest; then the round worms (Nematodes), in which we
have rudimentary gills, etc., next in rank ; and ending with
the true Annelids, in which we have the greatest speciali-
zation of the appendages of different rings. The number of
worms whose embryology is well known is so small, that
it is impossible to collect sufficient data for tracing out this
correspondence as minutely as could be desired. It is appar-
ent from these observations upon the alternate generation
of the higher Annelids, that henceforth an accurate knowl-
edge of their complete development will be necessary before
we can arrive at any satisfactory conclusions with respect
to their classification ; that, since we know that species
belonging to genera hitherto placed in different families
are only different generations of one and the same species,
we should be particularly cautious in characterizing gen-
era however much they may apparently differ from one
another.

404 On Alternate Generation of Annelids^

SPECIES OF AUTOLYTUS KNOWN AT PRESENT.

Autolytus Grnbe.

For synonyms see page 390.

Autolytus prolifer Gruhe q. a. ; Nereis prolifera O. F.
Mallei' ; Nereis corniculata O. F, M. ; Diploceraea cor-
niculata Grube ; Syllis prolifera Jo/tnst. ; Sacconereis
Helgolandica M. M'u/ler. Polybostrichus Miiilerii Ke-
ferst* England, [Johnst.) ; German Ocean, Helgoland
(i¥. Mdller).

Autolytus longosetosus A. Ag. ; Polybostrichus longoseto-
sus Orst. Greenland ( Orst.) ; New England (A.Ag-assiz).

Autolytus Schultzii A. Ag. ; Sacconereis ydmltzii J.
MuUer. Trieste {J. Muller).

Autolytus cornutus A. Ag. Coast of New England, A.
Agassiz.

I have quoted Autolytus longosetosus as probably oc-
curring on the coast of New England, as I found the
" })arent stock" of a second species of Autolytus which is
much larger than the A. cornutus, and which may, on
further investigation, prove to be the " parent stock " of
Autolytus longosetosus. It reaches a length of more than
an inch, has very broad and flat feet, and much longer stiff
bristles than the parent stock of Autolytus cornutus.

[Since this paper was wTitten I have found the males
and females of the parent stock mentioned above. The
male agrees with the figure given by Orsted of Polybostri-
chus longosetosus. The female can easily be distinguished
by the small size of the anterior pair of tentacles, and the
great number of the anterior rings, no less than ten, which
are not provided with long sette. This species is quite
common about the wharves in our harbor during the
month of April, which is their breeding season.]

* Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. 1862, p. 113.

and the Embryology of Antolytus cornutus. 405

EXPLANATION OF THK PLATES.

Plate IX.

{Autolytus cornutus — viale and female.)

Fig. 1. — An adult female, full of eggs, seen from above,
the eggs are placed in all the rings on each side of the
alimentary canal (/) ; a, the middle tentacle of the head ;
a' and a", the left and right tentacle in advance of the
eyes b ; c, the small tentacular cirrus placed behind the
eyes on the lower side ; c', the large dorsal cirrus of the
second ring developed into a tentacular cirrus ; c'\ the
dorsal cirrus of the rings in which there are only one kind
of bristles ; d, the dorsal cirrus of the rings in which the
two kinds of bristles are found ; w, the mouth ; o, the
eggs ; /, the anterior part of the alimentary canal.

Fig. 2. — The sac of a female in which the young
parent stocks of Autolytus cornutus are developed previous
to hatching. O shows this membrane and the young
parent stocks in one side of it.

Fig. 3. — One of the feet of the rings provided with one
kind of bristles ; c, the dorsal cirrus ; /t, the tubercle from
which project the hooked bristles.

Fig. 4. — One of the feet of the posterior rings provided
with two kinds of bristles, lettering as in fig. 3 ; A', the
tubercle from which project the thin, needle-shaped setae.

Fig. 5. — A bristle from the upper bunch of setae.

Fig. 6. — Bristle, with sickle-shaped hook, taken from the
lower bunch of bristles.

Fig. 7. — The head of a male seen from above. Letters
as in fig. 8, PL XL, a'" being a small tentacular cirrus
placed at the base of the forked tentacles.

Fig. 8. — Shows the shape of the dorsal cirri.

Fig. 9. — Parent stock, with a male of Autolytus cornutus
attached, just ready to separate. The lettering of the male
ready to be separated is the same as before. Correspond-

406 On Alternate Generation of Annelids^

ing parts of the parent stock, and males or females are
marked by the same capital letter, A, A'' being the middle
tentacle and the right tentacle of the head ; C, C, C", C"
corresponding to c c' c" c'" in the figures of males and
females ; F and F', the anterior and posterior part of the
alimentary canal.

Fig. 10. — Still more magnified view of the head of a
parent stock, letters as in fig. 9 ; M, the mouth ; B, the
eyes.

Fig. 11. — The ring of the parent stock, in which the
tentacles of the head of the individual bearing the sex-
ual organs can be noticed as slight swellings, a, a' a".

Fig. 12. — The same ring, showing the lateral tentacles
of the head {a' and a") somewhat more developed than in
the preceding figure.

Fig. 13. — Somewhat more advanced; the large eyes
have made their appearance, and the long tentacular
cirrus {&) is seen behind the eye.

Fig. 14. — The same as fig. 13 seen in profile, some-
what more advanced, as the small eye can be detected as
a minute spot above the large eye.

Fig. 15. — The head at the time when the three tenta-
cles are equally developed ; the small eye has not yet made
its appearance, although the tentacles are more advanced
than in fig. 14. This is a male, while the preceding fig-
ures were probably females.

Fiar- 1^- — Head of an individual which can with cer-
tainty be recognized as a female ; the tentacular cirri are
very small, c, c'.

Fig. 17. — The head of a male previous to the time
when the tentacles begin to fork ; the tentacle a is gener-
ally turned towards the tail in the males, and carried
straight forward in the females.

Fig. 18. — Head of a female just before it is ready to
separate from the parent stock.

and the Embryolog-ij of Autolytus curnvtus. 407

Fig. 19. — Head of a male somewhat more advaiiced
than that of fig. 15 ; there are two eyes, and tlie tentacles
are forking.

Fig. 20. — Head of a male ready to separate ; the
middle tentacle a, as well as the long cirri c", are car-
ried tightly curled up.

Plate X.

Development of the Parent Stock.

Fig. 1. — A full-grown parent stock previous to the for-
mation of male and female individuals, seen from above.

As the embryos which develop from the eggs are the
parent stocks from which the males and females are sepa-
rated, the letters are all capitals, and correspond to those
of fig. 9, PI. IX.

Fig. 2. — A young parent stock of Autolytus just hav-
ing made its escape from the sac.

Fig. 3. — The digestive cavity has become more insu-
lated, the anterior part shows a tendency to differentia-
tion. The body has lost somewhat its triangular outline.

Fig. 4. — The alimentary canal is divided into three
distinct regions, and the body has assumed a more elon-
gated form than in the preceding figures. Sinuosities
indicating the rings are clearly seen.

Fig. 5. — The rings have become very distinctly marked,
the head is more distinct from the rest of the body.

Fig. 6. — Fig. 5 seen in profile.

Fig. 7. — Head of a young parent stock of Autolytus
somewhat more advanced than in preceding figures.

Fig. 8. — The lateral tentacles A', A" extend beyond the
body.

Fig. 9. — The tentacles of the head are all equally ad-
vanced ; bristles appear at three of the rings ; the caudal
stiles are slight swellings on each side of the anal ring, E.

Fig. 10. — Although not quite as advanced as fig. 9,
has one more ring.

408 On Alternate Generation of Annelids,

Fig. 11. — Fig. 10 seen in profile ; the last ring seems to
be divided into two, giving the figure the appearance of
an additional ring.

Fig. 12. — Young parent stock of Autolytus, in which
bristles are developed at all the rings, and the tentacles of
the head somewhat more advanced than in fig. 9.

Fig. 13. — First appearance of the tentacular cirrus C
which is developed after the dorsal cirri C" have been
formed on two or three rings, as seen in the next figure.

Fig. 14. — The young parent stock of Autolytus has
all the appearance of a full-grown parent stock, having a
smaller number of rings, shorter tentacles, and smaller cirri.

Fig. 15. — A more enlarged view of the head of a pa-
rent stock slightly older than that of fig. 14.

Plate XI.

Fig. 1. — The smaller tentacular cirri c"', the stiles
of the caudal ring and the appendages of all the rings
have been greatly developed since the stage represented
in PI. X. fig. 14.

Fig. 2. — The number of rings is greatly increased, and
the cirri C and C specially have lengthened.

Fig. 3. — Still more advanced individual.

Fig. 4. — A view of the head of a full-grown parent
stock, seen from below, to show the mouth, M.

Fig. 5. — The thirteen rings remaining of the parent
stock after the separation of the male or female individ-
ual, and the new rings formed since.

Fig. 6. — Parent stock in which new rings have been
formed after the Autolytus has separated, and where the
eyes of a second individual are perceptible.

Fig. 7. — The posterior extremity, in which the caudal
stiles are formed preparatory to the formation of new
rings, as in fig. 6.

Fig. 8. — A male, seen from the lower side. The letters

North American Orthoptera. 409

correspond to the same parts as those of the figure of the
female (PI. IX., fig. 1), a', a" being the forked tentacles
which are peculiar to the males ; c"\ a second cirrus placed
beneath the small tentacular cirrus c, which is wanting in
the female ; o, are the spermaries, which are found only in
the five rings preceding those where the long setaj begin ;
f, the posterior part of the alimentary canal, which is
wider than the portion leading from the mouth to the 7th
ring; «•, the lower side of the feet, showing deep grooves
formed by the deeply indented rings, having the two kinds
of bristles.

Fig. 9. — Showing the division of the alimentary canal
(in the parent stock) into a small tube (oesophagus) (/),
leading from the mouth to a true stomach w, which empties
into a large intestine (F') leading to the anus.

Fig. 10. — Case in which the parent stock of Autolytus
lives ; y, the case attached to a portion of the stem of a
Campanularia.

Art. VIII. — Materials for a Monograph of the North
American Orthoptera, including a Catalogue of the known
New England Species. By Samuel H. Scudder.

[Read May 21st, 1862.]
The North American Orthoptera have been very much
neglected, very little special attention having been paid
to them ; for besides the earlier general works of Lin-
neus, Fabricius, De Geer, Stoll, and Palisot de Beauvais,
and the more recent ones of Burmeister and Serville,
which included descriptions of North American Orthop-
tera among others, the only other notices of our species
have been in the few scattered descriptions by Say, Hal-
deman, Kirby, Girard, and myself, if we except only these
two: — Harris's mention of the New England Orthoptera
in his " Report on Lisects of New England Injurious to

JOURNAL B. S. N. II. 52 NOVEMBEK, 1862.

410 3Iaterials for a 3Ionog'raph

Vegetation," which, though very meagre indeed, is yet a
fuller treatment of them than has been given by him to
any other group in his Report ; and De Saussure's short
diagnoses of new species in the " Revue et Magasin de
Zoologie," about three years since, which have reference
principally to tropical forms.

My earliest intention in this paper was to restrict my-
self to a critical revision of the Orthoptera of New Eng-
land, known to me, whether described or undescribed;
and this has continued to be the main purpose of the
article, in its present form, — more enlarged, because it
was readily seen that a much better understanding might
be obtained of the peculiarities of its fauna by compar-
isons, the more extended the better, with species closely
allied from without its limits. This has been the case,
particularly among the Locustariae ; and it is hoped that
some better understanding may thereby be had of the
Orthopteran fauna of the whole of North America.*

To further my purposes I solicited the assistance of
many of my friends, and have invariably received their
kindest cooperation. The original collection of Dr. T. W.
Harris, in the Society's possession, has been invaluable to
me ; for by it I have been enabled to know exactly the
extent of his knowledge of our fauna, as well as to de-
termine his species directly from his types. The collec-
tion of the Museum of Comparative Zoology has been
of great assistance to me, — containing as it does many
species I could not otherwise have seen from the southern

*Tlie whole number of species mentioned is 115, of which 78 are found iu New
England, distributed among the different families as follows: —

Whole No. From New England.

Forficularia; 2 2

Bliittariic 9 7

Phasmida 1 1

Gryllides 14 11

Locustaria) 41 18

Acrydii 48 41

115 7a

of the North American Orthoptera. 411

and western portions of our country, — besides the New
England collection of Mr. A. Agassiz. To Mr. P. R.
Uhler, of Baltimore, — almost the only one in our coun-
try who studies the Orthoptera, — I am greatly indebted,
both for many valuable suggestions, and for some very
interesting insects from various parts of our Union, and
especially for the opportunity of examining many species
of Ceuthophilus, new to me. From Mr. F. G. Sanborn
I have received very rich collections from Massachusetts,
including the Orthoptera of the State Cabinet. My thanks
are also due to Miss A. M. Edmands, of Cambridge ;
Messrs. C. A. Shurtleff, of Brookline, Mass. ; Edward
Norton, of Farmington, Conn. ; and A. S. Packard, Jr.,
of Brunswick, Me., who have generously placed all their
collections from their several vicinities in my hands, and
to Mr. C. Thomas, of Murphysboro', Illinois, for many
specimens from that State. By my own collections along
the route taken by Sir John Richardson in Northwest
America, I have been enabled to determine the few species
described by Kirby, as well as to add others to its fauna,
and by specimens collected for a number of years in the
New England States, to add considerably to my material
for this investigation.

Such have been my opportunities for the study of our
Orthoptera, so far as native species are concerned ; but
there have also been of very material assistance to me in
generic determinations, — the large series of European
Orthoptera in the Cambridge Museum, — and a very fully
represented and beautiful collection of European species
which I have received from Herrn Brunner von Wattenwyl,
who has in his possession the original collection which
formed the basis of Fischer's elaborate work.

I have only made mention in this paper of species
which I have myself seen, with but a single exception —
Ceuthophilus scabripes, and have endeavored to verify

412 Materials for a Monograph

every synonymical reference. Of the work of Stoll, I
have only been able to make a hasty examination, with-
out the opportunity of direct comparison with specimens ;
and the references to Palisot de Beauvais are not so com-
plete as they would have been had I ever seen a perfect
copy. In my references to Harris's Report, I have quoted
the last (third) edition only, because it is better known,
has illustrations of many species, and there has been no
essential alteration in the text of the three editions. To
those who would not otherwise understand the claim of
prior description in some cases, I would say that the first
edition was published in 1841. I have also made full ref-
erences to his "■ Catalogue of the Insects of Massachu-
setts," (published in 1835, in Hitchcock's " Report on the
Geology, Mineralogy, Botany, and Zoology of Massachu-
setts," and also in a smaller volume extracted from it,
under the title, " Catalogue of the Animals and Plants of
Massachusetts,") not because the names given there have
any value in questions of priority, but because Dr. Harris
had sent away many collections correspondingly labelled.
To prevent misunderstanding, I may state that where
I have not indicated the number of specimens examined,
it is to be taken for granted that I have seen a consider-
able number ; and where no reference is made to the
sexes seen, I have examined both. The measurements
given have been, so far as possible, average measure-
ments. The length of the body has been given as a
straight line, connecting (in the natural attitude of the
Orthopteron) the tip of the vertex and the extremity of
the abdomen — excluding the ovipositor in the females of
Gryllides and Locustaria?, and including the inarticulated
abdominal appendages in the males ; the length of the
ovipositor is given as a straight line, connecting its tip
with the point of junction of the upper and lower'valves
at its base.

of the North American Orlhoptera. 413

For more easy reference I have prefixed an asterisk (*)
to such species as I have seen from New England. In
giving localities, I have only referred to those from which
I have myself seen specimens, and have appended to them
the names of the collectors ; or where that was not known,
the person from whom I received them.

I add here a Table for the more ready determination of
the genera, which I have made as simple and concise as
possible. It is strictly limited to the genera of New Eng-
land, and is not intended for reference to the species out-
side its limits.

A TABLE TO FIND THE GENERA OF NEW ENGLAND ORTHOPTERA.

1. Hind legs longest; hind femora thickened 4

1. Legs of nearly equal length ; hind femora not thickened ... 2

2. Abdomen armed behind with a forceps . . . {Fovjiculariie) 6

2. Abdomen not armed behind with a forceps 3

3. Body broad and flat (BluUnritr) 7

3. Body long and exceedingly slender, with slender legs. (Phasinida)

Diapheromera.

4. Antenna; long and tapering 5

4. AntenniE short (AcryiVd) 23

5. Wing covers with the outer portion bent abruptly downwards. ( Gnjlliclcs) 11
5. Wing covers sloping downwards at the sides . . {Locustai-ue) 15

FOHFICULAEI.E.

6. Antennaj with less than 12 joints Labia.

6. Antennas with more than 20 joints Labidura.

Bl,attari.e.

7. Winged 8

7. Wingless Pycnoscelus.

8. Females with developed wings 9

8. Females with rudimentary wings Stylopyga.

9. Basal joints of tarsi longer than the others 10

9. Basal joints of tarsi shorter than the others Ectobia.

10. Supraiiiial plate deeply fissured Periplaneta.

10. Supraiinal plate not deeply fissured Platamodes.

Gkyllides.

11. Fore-tibiae broad 12

11. Fore-tibia; slender 13

12. Insect laige ' Gryllotalpn.

12. Insect small Tridactylus.

13. Hind-femora stoutish 14

13. Hind-femora slender QilcantLus.

414 Materials for a Monograph

14. Last joint of tlie maxillary palpi of the same length as the penultimate

Gryllus.
14. Last joint of the maxillarj' palpi double the length of the penultimate

Nemobius.

LoCUSTARIiE.

15. Wingless, or with rudimentary wings and wing-covers .... 16
15. Winged 17

16. Wingless ; pronotum not extended over meso- and metanotum . Ceuthophilus.

16. With rudimentary wings and wing-covers ; pronotum extended

over meso- and metanotura Thyreonotns.

17. Wing-covers expanded in the middle 18

17. Wing-covers not expanded in the middle 20

18. Wing-covers much broadened in the middle, concave . . Crytophyllus.

18. Wing-covers somewhat broadened in the middle, not concave . . .19

19. Ovipositor very small Microcentrum.

19. Ovipositor of medium size Phylloptera-

20. Vertex of the head with a conical projection forwards . Conocephalus.

20. Vertex of the head without a conical projection 21

21. Ovipositor straight, or very nearly so; insect small . . Xiphidium.
21. Ovipositor curved; insect large 22

22. Ovipositor curved sharply upwards Phaneroptera.

22. Ovipositor ensiform Orchelimum.

ACRYDII.

23. Pronotum produced backwards, covering abdomen 31

23. Pronotum not produced backwards over abdomen .... 24

24. Antenna; broad and flattened at base, acuminate . . . Opomala.

24. Antennas filiform, or slightly flattened 25

25. Prosternum with a slender central spine 26

25. Prosternum witliout a spine 28

26. Sternal spine prominent 27

26. Sternal spine but slightly raised Arcyptera.

27. Lateral carina; of pronotum more or less prominent; medial carina scarcely

elevated; extremity of abdomen of males much swollen . Caloptenug.
27. Lateral carinaj of pronotum wanting; medial carina generally prominent;

extremity of abdomen in males not swollen . . . Acridium.

28. Front, nearly perpendicular, generally swollen; vertex not prom-
inent G^dipoda.

28. Front considerably oblique, sloping inwards; vertex prominent . . 29
29. Ilind-border of pronotum sharply angulated .... Tragocephala.
29. Hind-border of pronotum docked or rounded 30

30. FoveoUc on the vertex; lateral carinie of pronotum incurved . Stenobothrus.

30. No foveolae on the vertex ; lateral carinas of pronotum parallel or nearly

so Chloi'.altis.

31. Pronotum arched roundly Ratrachidea.

31. Pronotum nearly or quite horizontal 32

32. Antenuii; 13-14 jointed Tettix.

32. Anteuutc 22 jointed Tettigidea.

of the North American Orthoplera. 415

FORFICULARIiE, Latreille.

SPONGOPHORA, SERVILLE Emend.

* 1. S. BIPUNCTATA, nOV. Sp.

The head, antennae, and prothorax are reddish brown ;
eyes black; elytra darker brown, with a rather large pale
spot equi-distant from the base and either border ; wings
at rest, extending nearly twice as far back as the elytra,
pale, with a dark brown band along the inner edge be-
yond the elytra; there is a faintly impressed longitudinal
line on the prothorax. Length from front of prothorax to
tip of wings, .3 in.

I place this species in this genus with some degree of
doubt, because I have but a single mutilated specimen to
examine, which wants abdomen and legs, the elytra and
wings of one side, and the principal part of the antennce ;
but the parts that remain exhibit good specific characters.

Mass. (H. Coll.) Taken May 30. 1 specimen.

LABIA, LEACH.

* 1. L. MINUTA, nov. sp.

Thorax, elytra, and exposed portion of wings yellowish
brown, covered with shortish hairs ; middle of abdomen
reddish brown ; sides of the abdomen above and the head
dark reddish brown approaching a black ; last segment of
abdomen and forceps reddish brown ; abdomen also and
forceps thickly beset with shortish hairs ; legs shining pale
yellow ; parts of the mouth and antennae yellowish brown ;
abdomen beneath brownish yellow ; $ forceps slender, of
nearly equal width throughout, curving outwards slightly
at the middle, and then inwards towards the tip ; slightly
falciform, and meeting only at the tip ; minute triangular
black teeth on the lower inner edge ; 9 forceps diminish-
ing in size to the tip, which is very slightly curved in-
wards ; otherwise they are straight, meeting along the
whole inner edge, which is toothed as in the $ ; tips as

416 Materials for a 3Ionograph

united together rounded, very slightly shorter than in
the $ . Length of whole body, .2 in. ; forceps, .04 in.
Mass. (H. Coll., November 4, 1845, flying in evening;
Shurtleff, Aug. 28.) Virginia, (Uhler.) imperfect speci-
men ; 3 (J , 1 $ .

BLATTARIiE, Latreille.

Stylopi/g-n, Fischer, having been proposed as a genus
for the reception of Blatta orientalis L., before Peripla-
neta of Burmeister, must be retained for it ; but since B.
americana L. must be placed in a different genus from
B. orientalis^ we may reserve Periplaneta for that species
with its allies, and the more properly since it is mentioned
first under the genus by Burmeister. The two genera will
be found to differ not only in the rudimentary condition
of the wings in the females of Sti/lopi/g'a, but also in the
wings of the males, which are much shorter than the body
in Stylopj/g-a, and longer than the body in Periplaneta ; the
outer border also of the anterior pair is much less rounded
in the former than in the latter, while another character is
found in the deep fissuration of the supraiinal plate in Per-
iplaneta, which is almost wholly wanting in Sti/lopyga,
where it is squarely docked, instead of being pointed, as
in Periplaneta.

STYLOPYGA, FISCHER DE W.

* 1. S. ORIENTALIS, Fisch. d. W., Bull. d. Nat. de Mos-
cou; VI. 3(j6. (1833.) For synonymy, see Fischer, Orth.
Eur.

Seaboard of Mass., (H. Coll., Shurtleff, Sanborn, S. H.
S.) N. York, (S. H. S.) Maryland, (Uhler.) The pro-
portions of the length of the elytra to their breadth in
this species and in Periplaneta Americana are very variable.

PERIPLANETA, BURMEISTER.

* 1. P. AMERICANA, Bunucistcr, Ilandb. d. Ent. ; II. 503.
(1838.) For synonymy, see Fischer, Orth. Eur. ; to which

of the North American Orthuptera. 417

add 9 Blalla doinuigcmis, Pal. dc Beauv., Ins. ; 1^2, I'J. i
b., iig. 4. (1805.)

Seaboard of Mass., (H. Coll.) Indiana, (Mus. Com p.
Zoiil.) Mexico, (Uhler.) Texas, (Mus. Comp. Zolil., Uhler.)

rLATAMODKS, Nov. f^cn. (TrAara/xoj^/;?.)

A genus more closely allied to Periplaneta than to any
other, but readily distinguishable from it by its much nar-
rower and more elongated body, — the sides being sub-par-
allel to one another throughout their whole extent, while
in Periplaneta the abdomen is much swollen. The wings
and wing-covers extend beyond the abdomen, the latter
being well rounded at the tip. The supraiinal plate is reg-
ularly rounded, but lacks altogether the fissuration seen in
Periplaneta ; but at the same time it is not squarely docked
as in Styhpyga. The anal cerci are somewhat shorter,
and not so flattened as in Periplaneta, while the anal
styles are very short and turned abruptly downwards. In
Periplaneta the sub-genital plate does not extend so far
backward as the supraiinal. In Platamodes it extends
backward farther. A further distinction between the two
genera may be seen at the inner borders of the eyes,
which in Platamodes are nearly parallel ; while in Peri-
planeta they approach one another anteriorly. I have only
seen males.

1. P. PENNSYLVANICA.

Blatta pennsi/lvanica, De Geer, Mem. ; III. 537. PI. 44,

fig. 4. (1773.)

" « Oliv., Enc. Meth. ; II. 317. (1791.)

Indiana, (Mus. Comp. Zool.) Maryland, (Uhler.) 5 ^.

* 2. P. uNicoLOR, nov. sp.

Blatta pennsylvanica, H. Cat. ; 56, (non De Geer.)

Blatta rufescens and bicolor? H. Cat.; (non Pal. de
Beauv.)

Wings and wing-covers uniform pale shining reddish
brown ; head and prothoracic shield nearly the same, but

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 53 NOVEMBER, 1862.

418 Materials for a 3Jonogr(iph

slightly darker, particularly in the middle of the latter ;
abdomen a little darker above, especially on the borders ;
cerei dark brown; legs, especially the tibiae, darker than
the body ; eyes black ; antennae and palpi brown ; an-
tennae reaching backwards to tip of wing-covers. Length
of body, .25 in. ; length to tip of wings, .35.

" In woods, under stones, and entering houses by night
in June." — H.

Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn.) 6 ^ .

KCTOBIA, WESTWOOI).

* 1. E. GERMANiCA, Stephens, British Entomology ; VI.
46. (1835.) For synonymy, see Fisch., Orth. Eur. ; to
which add Blatta paral/ela, Say Mss. and H. Cat. ; 56.

iAIass. (H. Coll., Shurtlefi; Sanborn, S. H. S.) Vt., (Mus.
Comp. Zool.) N. York, Maryland, (Uhler.)

* 2. E. LiTHOPHiLA, Harris Mss.

I have not seen any winged individuals of this species.
Immature specimens are of an uniform bright brownish
red upon the head and thorax, with the abdomen growing
darker posteriorly and laterally ; the legs are of a bright
shining yellow, a little duj?ky, with rather long delicate
spines placed irregularly upon the edges, the femora
being tipped with one slightly curved; cerci blackish;
eyes black ; palpi dusky ; antennae light brown ; third
joint of antennae as long as the succeeding five taken
together, and twice as large as the second ; in J^. g-er-
manica it is only slightly larger than either of the succeed-
ing, and of the same size as the second. ' Length, .4 in. ;
breadth, .2 in. An Jiolheca of this species (or so labelled
by Harris), is similar in general apj)earance to that of E.
germanica, but is shorter; it measures — Length, .2 in.;
breadth, .1 in. ; thickness, .07 in. There are nine trans-
verse depressions. " Under stones ; very common in woods.
April 20, 1834." — H.

Mass. (H. Coll., Shurtlefr, Sanborn, S. H. S.)

of the North American Orlh»plera. 119

* 3. E. ri-AvociNCTA, nov. sp.

Prothoracic shield rather dark brown, slightly paler along
the median line, bordered throughout with a pale yellow-
ish band, forming only a very narrow edge posteriorly ;
broader in front, and quite broad at the sides, covering all
the defiexed border ; the edge at the sides and in front is
slightly raised ; wing-covers scarcely reaching tip of ab-
domen, reddish brown, with the anterior half of the outer
margin paler, with a yellowish tinge ; wings not half the
length of the wing-covers ; abdomen above very dark
brown ; below dark brown, the terminal segment being
darkest; legs yellowish brown, with spines as in E. lith-
ophila ; head reddish brown; sides below antennsB yellow-
ish ; eyes black; antennae dark brown, paler toward tip;
third joint rather larger than the two succeeding joints,
and equal in size to the second. Length of body, .56 in.
" In woods, under a stone." — H.

Mass. (H. Coll.) Western States, (Mus. Comp. Zool.)
Lake Superior, (Mus. Comp. Zool.) 3 specimens.

CRYPTOCERCUS, Nov. gen. (KpvirTos, kc/3kos.)

A genus allied to, but very distinct from, Polyzostceria,
Burm. The head is not large, much flattened, front
sloping strongly inwards; prothorax broader than long,
considerably arched, swollen, with the front border ex-
tending over the head slightly upturned to form a sort
of hood ; border of prothorax thickened in front con-
siderably, at the sides more narrowly, here forming a
slightly raised edge, which extends along the whole side
of the body. Both sexes wingless ; the meso- and meta-
thorax not so arched as the prothorax ; the hind border
of the mesothorax not turned backwards at outer angle ;
that of the metathorax only in a very slight degree; ab-
domen not flattened, but quite fuD, especially on posterior
half; the abdomen slightly longer than the thorax; the
segments nearly equal in width, with the exception of the

420 Materials for a Monograph

last (seventh) which is very large, triangular, three times
the width of the sixth, produced posteriorly to a blunt
rounded apex, the segment concealing the abdominal ap-
pendages altogether; the abdomen is a little longer than
broad, regularly and but little rounded at the sides. The
eyes are small, reniform, subglobose, the longitudinal di-
ameter lying in the plane of the head ; no ocelli ; antennas
inserted in a broad circular depression, and about half the
length of the body ; first joint twice as long as the second,
second as long as the third and fourth, third as long as the
fourth and fifth ; the terminal joints somewhat moniliform,
the whole profusely covered with short hairs; third and
fourth joints of the maxillary palpi equal, the last a little
longer, considerably thickened at the termination. Legs
compactly fitted to one another beneath the spreading
sides of the thoracic segments ; the femora broad, short,
flattened, smooth, without a trace of spines, save one or
two small ones at the tip upon the hind border, generally
upon the upper edge only ; tibite of fore legs very short and
heavy, thickened at the tip ; those of the other legs sim-
ilar in character, but becoming longer posteriorly, — all
thickly covered with heavy spines ; tarsi with the first
and last joint nearly equal in length, (on the anterior pair
the last is much the longest) and equal to the three mid-
dle joints; well-developed claws, but with no pad between
them; the abdominal appendages cannot be seen except
through the gaping of the dorsal and ventral shields of the
seventh segment ; the cylindrical hairy cerci in both sexes
are so long as just to reach the apex of the triangular
supraiinal plate ; the styles of the $ are very small.

1. C. PUNCTULATUS, UOV. Sp.

Above of an uniform dark shining mahogany-brown
color, a little deepest at the posterior extremity ; beneath a
little lighter, with a reddish yellow tint, especially upon
the coxae, and to be seen also on the mouth parts and the
sockets of the antennae ; antennae dirty brown ; the whole

of the North American Orthoptera. 421

body thickly covered with punctures, most abundant and
largest upon the upper surface of the seventh segment,
where also the edges are raised; beneath they are more
distant ; upon the head they are minute ; there is a faintly
impressed median line along the thoracic segments, except-
ing upon the hood-like projection of the prothorax ; the an-
terior half of the raised edge of the sides of the prothorax
is externally indistinctly grooved ; the ^ is a little more
arched upon the thoracic segments than the 9. The dor-
sal shield of the seventh segment is slightly excavated at
the tip in both sexes ; and the ventral shield in the 9 is a
little indented upon either side of the tip. Length, $ .8
in.; 9 .86 in. Breadth across third abdominal segment,
$ .38 in. ; 9 .36 in. Breadth across mesothorax, $ .34
in.; 9 .30 in. Depth in middle of abdomen, (?.13 in.;
9 .17 in.

$ Draper's Valley, Virginia, (H. E. Scudder.) 9 N. Y.,
(Uhler.) Penn., (H. Coll.) 3 specimens.

PYCXOSCRLUS, Nov. gen. (ttuk-io?, o-Ke'Ao;.)

A genus allied to the preceding, the males of which are
wingless. I have no specimens of the female.

Head as in Cri/ptocercus, but proportionally larger;
thoracic segments, and especially prothorax, very much
arched, so as to form nearly a semicircle ; prothorax only
a little broader than long; the hind edge straight; the
edge of the front and sides as well as the sides of the
meso- and metathorax turned upwards very slightly, form-
ing a delicate rim ; the hind border of the meso- and meta-
thorax is curved backwards a little at the outer angle ;
wings entirely wanting ; the abdomen is very much ex-
panded and flattened to a thin sheet posteriorly, so as to
show no arching whatever ; the segments narrow very
rapidly towards the extremity, so that the hind curve is
very broad and regular ; the abdomen is half as broad

422 Materials for a Monograph

again as long, and only equals in length the pro- and
met^othorax together; hind edge of the seventh' segment
straight, but curved backwards somewhat at the outer
angle ; segments nearly uniform in length along the median
line. The eyes are of moderate size, uniform with the
surface of the head, nearer to one another than in Cryplo-
cercus, pyriform, the broadest portions toward one another,
the longitudinal diameter lying in the plane of the head;
the antennae are slender, not exceeding half the length of
the body; the first joint not large, swollen at tip, and
twice as long as the second, which with the succeeding is
cylindrical ; the third is as long as the first, and equals the
succeeding four in size ; all the joints are covered with
very short hairs ; the thoracic segments much hollowed
below, giving space for the legs, which may be packed so
closely as not to appear above the plane which unites the
edges of the segments. Legs similar in every respect to
those of Crijptocercus, except that the tibisB are more flat-
tened ; and there is a distinct though small pad between the
claws. The supraiinal and the subgcnital plates, which are
exactly similar in character, are thrice as broad as long,
regularly curved behind, with a slight fissuration in the
middle, making them slightly bilobed ; the cerci are very
small but stout, pointed, flattened, with a medial ridge,
nearly as broad at base as long, smooth, without trace of
annulation ; the styles are slender, cylindrical, bluntly
pointed, of about the length of the cerci and inserted just
within them.

* 1. P. OBscuRus, nov. sp.

Of an uniform reddish l)rown above and below, shining
upon the whole surface with the exception of the upper
surface of the abdominal segments succeeding the third ;
head, thorax, and first three abdominal segments above
with minute and distant punctures; upon the dulled sur-
face these are exchanged for minute raised points, irreg-

of the North American Orthoptera. 423

ularly scattered over the general surface, becoming larger
and bead-like upon the posterior borders of the segments,
where they are equi-distant; these last are also found upon
the posterior border of the third segment ; a very faintly
impressed median line upon the prothorax ; the eyes are
black ; the antennae dusky brown ; the parts of the mouth
yellowish brown ; the legs the same, with a reddish tinge ;
the segments of the abdomen beneath have no punctures.
Length, .46 in. ; length of abdomen, .19 in. Breadth at
hind border of prothorax, .19 in. ; breadth at fourth ab-
dominal segment, ,29 in. ; length of cerci, .015 in.

Greenfield, Mass., (Sanborn.) " In woods, undpr stones."
1 specimen.

PHASMIDA, Leach.

DIAPHEROMERA, GRAY.
* 1. D. FEMORATA.

Spectrum femoratum, Say, App. Long's Second Expe-
dition ; 297. (1824.)
Say, Am. Ent. ; III. pi. 37. (1828.)
Say, Ent. of N. Am. (Ed. Le
Conte.) I. 82, 197. (1859.)
" " Harris, Cat. Ins. Mass.; 56. (1835.)
Diapheromera Sayi, Gray, Synopsis of Phasmida? ; 18.

(1835.)
" " Servillc, Hist. Nat. d. Orth.; 247.

(1839.)
" " Charp., Orth. Descr. et Depict. ; PI. 6.

(1841.)
" " Westw., Brit. Mus. Cat., Orth.,

Parti. Phasmid;e; 20. (1859.)
Bacteria {Bacunculus) Sayi, Burm., Handb. d. Ent.; II.

566. (1838.)

" Burm., Zeitschr. f. Ent. ; II.

39. (1840.)

(( ((

424 Materials for a Monograph

Bacteria femordla, Ilaldenian in Icon. Eiicyc. (1857.)

Bacmiculus femoratus, Uhler in Harris, Inj. Ins., 3d ed. ;

146. (1861.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn, S. H. S.) N. II., (H. Coll.)
Illinois, (Uhler.) Red River Settlements, British America,
(S. H. S.) Nebraska, (Mus. Comp. Zoul.)

GRYLLIDES, Latreille.
TRIDACTYLUS, OLIVIER.

The fact that this name is inapplicable in its significa-
tion to some of the species contained in it, is no valid rea-
son for its disuse ; and even should it be so considered, the
name Heteropus proposed as early as 1805 by Palisot de
Beauvais, must supersede that of Xya, so commonly in
use, which was not proposed till four years later. If,
however, the species having but two of the slender appen-
dages at the termination of the posterior tibiae should be
found to differ generically from those having three, Tri-
dactylus would have to be retained for the latter, with
Heteropus as a synonym ; and Xya should be applied to
the former. That this may yet be found to be the truth,
is indicated still further by the fact that the three-fingered
species found in this country have a peculiar conformation
of the anterior tibiae, which, however, is a feature of the
structure of the male alone, — a fact for which I am in-
debted to the scrutiny and kind communication of Mr.
Uhler ; this peculiarity is a lateral projection of an ad-
uncate appendage inwards at the base, to the extremity of
which, beside the hook, the tarsi are attached. As a fig-
ure will explain much better than any description I can
give the form of these parts, I have drawn the anterior
tibiae and tarsi of T. apicalis, Say ^. In the two
species ( T. apicalis, Say, and T. terminalis, Uhl.)
which show this character, a further difference is to
be seen between the males and females, in the more
I'ig- 1- swollen prothorax of the former.

of the North American Orthoptera. 425

1. T. APiCALis, Say, Jonrn. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phil.;

IV. 310. (Fig. 1.) {182o.)

T. apicalisj Say, Eiit. of N. Am. (ed. Le Conte) ;
II. 239. (1859.)

Xya apicalis, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; 11. 742. (1838.)

This is our largest species, the length of the body being
fully one third of an inch in both sexes, and of a lighter
color than the other species. I suspect that Say had speci-
mens both of this and T. terminalis, Uhl., and confounded
them together ; his description applies best to this, while
he endeavored to include them both when he said, " length,
more than one fifth of an inch."

Alabama, Prof. Hentz, (H. Coll.) Kentucky, Mr. J. P.
Wild, (Uhler.) 2 3^,1 9.

*2. T. TERMINALIS, Uhlcr Mss.

This species is darker than T. apicalis, the head and
thorax being sometimes pitchy black, at others showing
upon these parts reddish brown spots similarly disposed to
those upon T. apicalis ; — the two broad transverse fasciae
and the terminal spot upon the outside of posterior femora,
which are only faintly indicated in T. apicalis, are here
black and very distinct ; the wings reach only the tip of
the abdomen, while in the males of T. apicalis they extend
considerably beyond it ; it is a much smaller species than
the preceding, and occupies a more northern area. Length
from .25 to .30 inches.

Cambridge, Mass., May 20, (H. Coll.) Maryland,
(Uhler.) So. Illinois, (Thomas, Uhler.) 1^,69.

3. T. MiNUTus, nov. sp.

This species resembles T. tcrtninalis very much in its
markings and coloration ; but it is in general darker, and the
markings are more distinct. The middle femora and tibiee,
and the posterior femora are very dark with narrow white
bands, sometimes broken ; the segments of the abdomen
are bordered with white posteriorly ; the wings in the only

JOUK24AL B. S. N. H. 54 KOVEMBEK, 1662.

426 Materials for a Monograph

mature individual I have seen extend a little beyond the
extremity of the abdomen. There are but two terminal
appendages of the posterior tibiEB ; the males want the
aduncate lateral appendage of the anterior tibiae. Length,
.14 to .16 inches.

So. Elinois, (Thomas, Uhler.) 4 $.

GRYLLOTALPA, LATEEILLE.

Curtilla, Oken, Lehrbuch d. Naturgesch. ; III. I. 445

(1815.)
* 1. G. BOREALis, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 740.

(1838.)
G. brevipennis, Serv., Hist. Nat. d. Orth. ; 308. (1839.)
« « Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 149, fig. 68.

(1862.)
G. Americana, Say Mss., and Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass.;

56. (1835.)

" Sides of pond, burrowing in moist earth, June, July,
Sept." — H.

Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn.) Island of Nantucket, (Mus.
Comp. Zool.) Vermont, (Mus. Comp. Zoiil.)

* 2. G. LONGIPENNIS, UOV. Sp.

Figured in Catesby, Nat. Hist. N. Car. ; I. pi. 8.

This species does not differ in any respect from G. bore-
alls, save in the greater size and comparatively greater
breadth of the wing-covers, which cover rather more than
half the abdomen, and in the much greater length of the
wings, which extend considerably beyond the extremity of
the abdomen ; there is a very slight ditTerence in some of
the prominences of the anterior trochanters ; in coloration
and general proportions and absolute size it does not differ
from tlie preceding ; it has much the general appearance of
G. hexadactyla, Perty, from which it differs in being some-
what stouter, in having the teeth of the anterior tarsi long
and slender, and in that the ocelli are oval and not subro-
tund. Length, 1.33 inches.

Mass., (H. Coll.) Maryland, ( Uhler.) 2 specimens.

of the North American Orlhoptera. 427

GRYLLUS, LINN.EUS.

* 1. G. LUCTUosus, Serv., Hist. Nat. d. Orthop. ; 335,

(1839.)

This species is readily distinguished from all other N.
England species, by the great length of the wings, which,
surpassing in length the wing-covers, hang over the ex-
tremity of the abdomen ; contrary to the supposition of
Serville, this is true of the male as well as of the female.

Length of ovipositor in seven individuals, .29-.39 in.,
average .35 in., length of hind femora, .20-.245 in.,
average, .225 in.

Mass., (Agassiz, Shurtleff, S. H. S.) Cape Cod, (San-
born.) N. Hampshire, (Miss Edmands.)

*2. G. ABBREViATus, Scrv., Hist. Nat. d. Orth. ; 336.

(1839.)

Acheta triputictata, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56. (1835.)

Acheta abbreviata, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 152. fig. 69.

(1862.)

This and G. luctuosus, Serv. are our largest species ; it is
remarkable for the great length of the ovipositor of the
female ; the wing-covers are generally dark, bordered with
light brown, though sometimes they are quite pale through-
out ; they generally quite cover the abdomen. I have never
seen this species north of Cape Cod, and am inclined to
think it a more southern form, the insect fauna of Cape
Cod being closely allied in character to that of Pennsyl-
vania.

Length of ovipositor in seventeen individuals, .34-.42
in., average, .37 in.; length of hind femora, .21-.23 in.,
average .22 in.

Mass., (H. Coll., Agassiz.) Cape Cod, (Sanborn, S. H. S.)
Maryland, (Uhler.) The specimen marked A. abbreviata
$ in Harris's collection belonsrs to his A. niirra.

* 3. G. ANGusTus, nov. sp.

This species is most closely allied to G. abbrevialus,

428 Materials for a Monograph

Serv., but differs from it very distinguishably in its much
greater slenderness ; in the relative proportions of the length
of hind femora and ovipositor of the females, it agrees with
G. abbrevialus, but the latter is a heavy, clumsy species;
in G. abhreviatus the breadth of the body is contained in
the length about three times ; in G. angnstus about four
times; in coloration it does not differ from G. abbrevialus;
it seems to be quite a rare species.

Length of ovipositor .80-.34 in., average, .32 in.; length
of hind femora, .18-.20 in., average, .19 in.

Cambridge, Mass., and Cape Cod, (S. H. S.) 3 9.

*4. G. NEGLECTUS, nov. sp.

This is our most common species, and probably the one
which Harris intended to describe in mentioning G. nigra,
but the specimens in his cabinet marked " unique " show
his nigra to be another species. The head, thorax, and
body, as well as the hind femora, are pitchy black, the elytra
of both S and 9 are dark, sometimes jet black, but fre-
quently of quite a light ochraceous brown ; indeed, the
elytra of almost all our species vary to this extent in color-
ation ; the elytra of the females generally cover about two
thirds of the abdomen, although sometimes they entirely
conceal it ; those of the males extend to the extremity of
the abdomen ; the ovipositor in this species is proportion-
ally shorter than in either of the preceding species, and is
also a smaller species than any of the preceding.

Length averaging a little more than half an inch ; length
of ovipositor in nine individuals .23— .32 in., average .28 in. ;
length of hind femora, .16-.21 in., average, -20 in.

Mass., (Mus. Comp. Zool., Miss Edmands, Sanborn,
S. H. S.) Cape Cod, (Sanborn, S. H. S.)

* 5. G. NIGER.

Ac/iela 7iigra, Ilarr., Report, 3d ed. ; 152. (1862.)

This species agrees in size with G. ncg/eclus, but differs

from it in the much shorter ovipositor, which is shorter in

of the North American Ortlioptera. 429

this species than in any other. A single female is the
only remaining type of Harris's nigra. The specimen
marked A. abbrcviata $ in the Harris collection, is a (? of
this species ; it does not differ materially from G. tieg-lec-
tiis in coloration, being generally not so dark, with more
or less reddish hind femora, while it has the wing-covers
somewhat longer than there; it seems to be our rarest
species.

Length of ovipositor in two individuals, .23-.26 in.,
average, .245 in. ; length of hind femora, .21-.23 in., aver-
age .22 in. 2 <?, 2 9.

Mass., (H. Coll., S. H. S.)

Neither of these two latter species can be referred to G.
Fennsylvanicus, Burm., which I have received from Mary-
land through Mr. Uhler. G. Pe mis ylv aniens agrees with
G. nigra in the length of the ovipositor of the female, but
it differs from it in the shortness and form of the wing-
covers, as well as in their color and that of the legs, in
which characters it agrees well with G. 7ieglectus, with
which it cannot be associated on account of the short-
ness of the ovipositor. I have another species, smaller than
any here mentioned, which I took in Minnesota, which has
a very long ovipositor, and also some quite peculiar forms
from southern Illinois, received from Mr. Thomas, but I
reserve their description till the reception of more speci-
mens. The males of all these species are very difficult to
distinguish ; indeed, it cannot be done satisfactorily with-
out a large number of specimens ; — the study of this genus
is certainly a very perplexing one.

NEMOBIUS, SERVILLE.
1. N. EXIGUUS.

Acheta exig-na, Say, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. ; IV. 309.

(1825.)

« " Say, Ent. of N. America (Ed. Le

Conte) ; I. 238. (1859.)

430 Materials for a Monograph

St. Louis, Missouri, (S. H. S.) Minnesota, (S. H. S.)

* 2. N. viTTATus, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 152. (1862.)
Acheta servilis, Say Mss., and Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass.;

56. (1835.)

This species differs from tiie preceding in being of a

darker color, and in having the hind femora somewhat

ferruginous, besides that the wing-covers differ somewhat

in their markings.

Mass., (H. Coll., Mis^ Edmands, Sanborn, S. H. S.)

Maine, (Packard.) Conn., (S. H. S.)

* 3. N. FASCIATUS.

GrijUus fasciatus, De Geer, Mem. ; III. 522, pi. 43,

fig. 5. (1773.)

Acheta hospes, Fabr., Syst. Ent. ; 281. (1775.)

« " Fabr., Spec. Ins. ; I. 355. (1781.)

« " Fabr., Mant. Ins. ; I. 232. (1787.)

" " Fabr., Ent. Syst. ; II. 32. (1793.)

Gryllus hospes, Oliv., Enc. Meth. ; IV. 636. (1791.)

This species, except in the length of wings and wing-
covers, is very similar to N. exiguus ; it is somewhat
larger, and has the terminal half of the last joint of max-
illary palpi, black ; the elytra in both sexes are light
brown, with the veins darker, especially in the female, and
extending to the extremity of the body ; the wings in
both sexes are as long again as the body, and the oviposi-
tor of the female is so long as nearly to reach their tip.
Length of ovipositor, .25 in. 4 specimens.

Mass., (Shurtleff, " flying against windows at night.
Avig. 14.") Delphi, Indiana, (Mus. Comp. Zoill.) Charles-
ton, S. C, (Mus. Comp. Zofil.)

I have but little doubt that tiiis species is identical with
De Geer's G. fasciatus, notwithstanding the somewhat
greater size of his figure. But if I have been mistaken in
this reference, I shall not have committed so grievous an
error as Dr. Fitch has done (3d Report on Noxious Ins. of

of the North American Orthoptera. 431

N. Y. 132), in referring it to the genus (Ecanthus, blam-
ing Harris for a mistake never made by him, (see below,
under CEcayithus niveus, p. 432,) who, he says, " was evi-
dently unacquainted with the work of De Geer and the
characters he assigns to these insects, or he would have
been aware of his error, the marks by which this species
is distinguished being so plain, and so explicitly stated by
that author." How was it possible for so acute an ob-
server as Dr. Fitch to overlook the close resemblance
between De Geer's figure (save in the length of the wings),
and our common Nemobiiis vittatus, Harr., and refer the
species to (Ecanthus, especially when GEcanthi of the
same sex are figured upon the same plate ! Moreover, is
it not " explicitly stated by that author," in his description
of G. fasciatus, that the posterior femora are stout and
very wide, that the tibiae of the same pair have long
spines, and that the head and thorax are more hairy than
ordinarily? Are these characters of (EcantJins, ox oi Ne-
mobins and Gryllus? Burmeister has already intimated
that the relations of this very species are with Gryllus
rather than with CEcanthiis. (Burm., Handb. 11. 733.)

(ECANTHUS, SERVILLE.

* 1. CE. NIVEUS, Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat. ; XXH. 135. (1831.)

(Ecanthus niveus, Serv., Hist. Nat. d. Orth. ; 361. (1839.)

" " Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56. (1835.)

" " Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 154, figs. 71,

72. (1862.)

" " Fitch, 3d Report, Noxious Ins. N. Y. ;

131. (1856.)

Gryllus niveus, De Geer, Mem. ; III. 522, pi. 43, fig. 6.

(1773.)

« « Oliv., Enc. Meth. ; IV. 637. (1791.)

(Ecanthus cylindricus, Say Mss., and Harr., Cat. Ins.

Mass. ; 56. (1835.)

432 Materials for a Monograph

CEcanthns fasciatus, Fitch, 3d Report, Noxious Ins.
N. Y. ; 132 (omitting reference). (1856.)

Not only do individuals of this species difl'er from one
another, as Fitch mentions in his distinctions between CE.
niveus and (E. fasciatiis, but even to a much greater extent,
some males having three branches of the " fiddle-bow,"
and some even five, while they take their origin and ter-
mination at very different points in different individuals,
and vary besides very much in coloration, many individ-
uals being met with of quite a dark color, especially upon
the abdomen and legs. These all belong, however, to one
species, no differences being discoverable upon which true
natural groups can be founded ; nor are there any such
concomitant characters among them as Fitch asserts ;
neither did Harris make any such blunder as to have mis-
understood the sexes in this genus as is alleged by him.
It would be strange indeed if an entomologist were not
acquainted with the very apparent differences existing
between them in the prolonged ovipositor of the female,
and peculiar structure of the wing-covers in the male.

Mass., (II. Coll., Miss Edmands, Sanborn, ShurtlcfT,
S. H. S.) Conn., (Norton, S. H. S.)

I have never met with Gryllus bipunctatus, De Geer,
which Fitch refers to under the name of (E. piinctulatus.
(3d Rep. 133).

LOCUSTART.i:, LatreiUe.
In a paper on the genus Rap/iidop/iora, (Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist.; VIII. 6,) I enumerated the known species
inhabiting the United States, amounting in all to three,
and added to them descriptions of four others. Since
then I have had an opportunity of examining many other
species from various parts of the country, through the
kindness of Mr. Uhler, and have made a study of others
in tlie Museum of Comparative Zoology, so that the num-
ber of species is found to be very considerable, and to

of the North American Orthoptera. 433

form quite a distinct feature of tlie North American
Orthopteran fauna. I was able to show there that R.
xanthostoma, Scudd. should not be united in the same
goius with the others, and that R. subterranea, Scudd. had
features in its structure which lacked conformity with those
possessed by other members of the genus. A closer and
more extended study has convinced me that there are
here three well-marked genera, and that no one of them
can properly be referred to Rhaphidophora. CeutJiophilus
may be applied to the more abundant forms, living in
concealment under stones, with which must be associated
R. styg-ia, Scudd., found in the shallow Hickman's Cave ;
of this genus I am acquainted with no less than twelve
species, besides one which I have not seen, Phal. scabripes,
Hald., undoubtedly belonging here. Under the genus
HadencBcus we may place R. subterranea, Scudd., restricted
to the deep caves of Kentucky, while Tropidischia is pro-
posed for the genus under which R. xanthostoma, Scudd.
of California should be placed.

CEUTHOPHILUS, Nov. gen. (/ceJ}i9of, fiM)-

Head rather large, oval ; antennae long, slender, cylin-
drical ; first joint as broad as long, larger and stouter than
the rest, which are about equal in thickness, gradually
tapering to the extremity; second quite short; third long-
est; the remainder unequal. Eyes subpyriform, subglo-
bose, crowded against the first swollen joint of antennse.
Maxillary palpi long and slender; first two joints equal,
smallest; third fully equal in length to first and second
together ; fourth three-fourths as long as third ; fifth nearly
as long as third and fourth together, somewhat curved,
swollen towards extremity, split on the under side almost
its entire length. Sides of the thoracic nota broad, mostly
concealing the epimera; wings wanting; legs rather long;
coxae carinated externally, the third pair but slightly, the

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 55 NOVEMBpp, 1862.

434 Materials for a Monograph

first pair having the carina elevated into a sharp, the sec-
ond into a dull, point at the middle; first two pair of
femora mostly wanting spines ; hind femora thick and
heavy, turned inward at the base, channelled beneath.
Ovipositor generally rather long, nearly straight, but a
little concave above, rounded ofl" somewhat abruptly at
the extremity to the sharp, upturned point.

This genus differs from Rhapidophora in the much
shorter legs, in the comparative length of the joints of the
maxillary palpi, in wanting the terminal spines of the first
two pair of femora, and the unusual development of the
terminal spines of posterior tibiae, as also those upon the
first tarsal joints, in the non-compressed joints of the tarsi,
and the shortness of the cerci.

*1. C. MACULATUS.

Ephippig-era maculata, Say Mss., and Harr. Cat. Ins.

Mass.; 56. (1835.)

Raphidophora maculata, Harr., Report, 1st ed. ; 126.

(1841.)
Phalangopsis maculata, Ilarr., Report, 3d ed. ; 155, fig.

73. (1862.)

Phalangopsis lapidicola, Burm., teste Erichson, Archiv. f.

Nat. ; 9.227, (see No. 3.) (1843.)
Raphidophora lapidicola, (pars) Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc.

Nat. Hist. ; VIII. 7. (1861.)

(Not Phalangopsis lapidicola, Burm.)

This species has the posterior tibiae of the male waved

at the base in mature individuals, — which is true of this

species only.

Mass., (H. Coll., Agassiz, Shurtlelf, Sanborn, S. H. S.)
Vermont, (iMus. Comp. Zolil.) Norway, Maine, (Verrill.)
Cape Elizabeth, Maine, (Morse.) Anticosti, Gulf of St.
Lawrence, (Verrill.)

*2. C. BRKViPEs, nov. sp.

A species very closely allied to the preceding, but of a

of the North American Orlhoptera. 435

smaller size, and dirt'ering from it in its markings and pro-
portions. It is of a pale, dull, brown color, very profusely
spotted with dirty white spots, not so large or so fre-
quently confluent as in C. maculatus, except near the ex-
tremity of the hind femora, where they nearly form an
annulation. The mottling of the pronotum is somewhat
different than in C. maculatus ; the hind legs are propor-
tionably shorter, as is also the ovipositor, the spines of
whose inner valves are duller.

Length scarcely more than half an inch ; average length
of hind femora, .44 inch ; average length of ovipositor, .25
inch ; 2 ^ 6 9 .

Grand Manan Is., Maine, (Verrill.)

3. C. LAPIDICOLUS.

Phalang-opsis lapidicola, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 723.

(1838.)
Raphidophora lapidicola^ Burm., Germ. Zeitsch. f. Ent. ;

11. 72. (1840.)

" " (pars) Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc.

Nat. Hist. ; VIII. 7. (1861.)
This species is very closely allied to C. maculatus, differ-
ing from it in style of mottling of the upper surface, and
in that the males do not have the posterior tibias waved.
Since there are two species, (this and the following,)
which both correspond to the description of Burmeister's
lapidicola, I have chosen to apply his name to that
one, of which a specimen is to be found in the Cam-
bridge Museum, labelled thus by Mr. Haldeman some
years since. I had not seen it or any southern species
previous to the publication of my paper on Raphidophora.
4 (? 3 9.

Maryland, (Uhler.) Pennsylvania, (Mus. Comp. Zool.)
Georgia, (Mus. Comp. ZoJil.)

4. C. Uhleri, nov. sp.

This species also is closely allied to all the preceding.

436 Materials for a Monograph

but especially to C. lapidicolus, from which, however, it
differs in its markings more than C. lapidicolus does from
C.maculatus. The ground-color is reddish brown, and the
spots which make up the mottling are distributed more
regularly than in the preceding. It differs from it further
in the greater length of the antennas, and in the presence
of spines upon the under side of the hind femora ; these
are spined both upon the inner and outer edge, those of
the inner edge being minute, regularly arranged, and of
equal size, while those of the outer edge to the number of
5-8 only, are much larger, longer, of unequal length, and
irregularly arranged. As the only female I have seen
wants the hind femora, I cannot tell whether the males
and females differ in the character of these spines as is the
case in some species. The hind legs of this species are
proportionally longer than in any previously mentioned.

Average length of body .65 inches ; average length hind
femora .70 inches ; length of antennae about Ih inches ;
length of ovipositor .35. Z $ 1 9 .

Maryland, (Uhler.)

5. C. SCABRIPES.

Phalangopsis scabripes, Hald., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. ;

VI. 364. (1853.)

Raphidophora scabripes, Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.

Hist.; VIII. 7. (1861.)

This is the only described species of the genus which
I have not seen. The darker portions of the hind femora
of all the species have scabrous surfaces.
Alabama, [teste Haldeman.)

6. C. DIVERGENS, UOV. Sp.

A species recalling C. lapidicola by its coloration and
markings, which in general appearance it much resembles,
but from which, as from all others I know, it may be dis-
tinguished by the peculiar disposition of the spines upon
the posterior tibia?, which, in addition to the row of min-

of the North American Orthoptera. 437

ute crowded spines directed downward which all have
upon either edge of the under-side, have also five spines
of a peculiar character placed in each of these rows ; they
are quite long, placed at regular distances from one
another, from the tip of the tibiae to near its base, those
upon either row alternating with one another, and directed
in almost exactly opposite directions ; they do not point
backwards at the same angle with the others, but are turned
outwards nearly at right angles to the tibiae ; the tibiae of
the other legs also partake of this character to some extent ;
— in this species the spines of the posterior femora are
altogether wanting in the female, while the male has
spines similar to those of C. UJileri. Antennae quite
long ; hind femora in male stouter than in female.

Length of body, .45-60 in. ; hind femora, .25-.30 in. ;
antennae, 1.5-2 inches. 1 <? 2 9.

Nebraska, (Mus. Com p. Zocil.)

7. C. LATENs, nov. sp.

Pale yellowish brown, with darker streaks upon the
hind femora and two broad bands of dark reddish brown
along the whole dorsum, extending half-way down the
sides, dotted irregularly with brownish yellow spots most
profusely on the abdomen, and separated from one an-
other by a narrow, irregular band of the same color ; head
above, reddish brown ; below, yellowish brown ; tips of
the femora dark ; no spines upon the under-side of the
hind femora. The hind femora are thick and stout, and
the whole hind leg shorter than in most of the' species.
The ovipositor is shorter than usual in this species, though
not nearly so short as in C. californiarms.

Length of body, .65 in. ; of hind femora, .5 in. ; of
ovipositor, .27 in. 1 ? (antennae broken).

Illinois, (Uhler.)

8. C. NIGER, nov. sp.

Most nearly allied to C. latens by the shortness of the

438 Materials for a Monograph

hind-legs and of the ovipositor. It is, however, wholly of
a black color with a reddish tinge, especially about the
head, under-surface of body, hind femora, and ovipositor ;
the spines of the legs are all reddish brown ; there are also
some traces of a reddish tinge upon the pronotum, which
thus exhibit obsolete vestiges of the peculiar markings of
the CeuthuphiU hitherto mentioned ; the hind femora are
unusually slender though short ; the claws of all the feet
are twice as long as ordinarily, and the denticulations of
the inner valves of the ovipositor are very slender and
long ; the antennae are quite short ; the eyes are more
nearly circular and more globose than usual, and do not
hug the base of the antennae so closely.

Length of body, .6 in.; of hind femora, .4 in.; of ovi-
positor, .27 ; of antennae, 1 in. 1 ? .

Rock Island, Illinois, (Uhler.)

9. C. CALIFORNIANUS, nOV. Sp.

Fuscous, paler beneath and upon the front of the head ;
a narrow pale median line ; eyes black ; palpi pale ;
antennae light brown. The hind femora are short and
thick, and have no spines upon the under-surface ; the
claws of all the tarsi are quite long ; the ovipositor is re-
markably short, no longer than the cerci ; the denticula-
tions of the inner valves are rather prominent but dull.

Length of body, .53 in.; of hind femora, .22 in.; of ovi-
positor, .09 in. 1 9 .

San PVancisco, Cal. (Mus. Comp. Zool.)

I have a species from Texas, apparently more closely
allied to this than to any other, though with an ovipositor
of ordinary length, but in too mutilated a condition for
description.

10. C. STYGIUS.

Raphidopliora slygia, Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. ;

VIII. 9. (18G1.)

Hickman's Cave, Kentucky, (Hyatt.)

of the North American Orthoptera. 439

11. C. Agassizii.

Raphidophora Agassizii, Scndd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.

Hist; VIII. 11. (1861).
Gulf of Georgia, Washington Territory, (A. Agassiz.)

12. C. GRACILIPES.

Phalangopsis g-racilipes, Hald., Proc. Am. Ass. Adv.

Sc. ; II. 346. (1850.)

Raphidophora g-racilipes, Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.

Hist.; VIII. 7. (1861.)

This has longer legs than any other species, unless it be
C. stpgia, which it much resembles in style of marking
and length of antennse ; this, together with the two pre-
ceding species, frequently have little suppressed spines
upon the inner edge of the upper posterior half of the
hind femora.

S. Illinois, (Uhler.) N. York, (Uhler.) Schooley's Mt.,
New Jersey, (Mus. Comp. Zoijl.) 3 ^.

The first eight species of Ceuthophilus mentioned agree
together remarkably in the distribution of the markings
of the dorsum, as do also the three last among them-
selves, while C. californianus and the undescribed Texan
species form a third distinct group.

HADENCECUS, Nov. gen. (Mrig, ivoinog).

Body small and slender ; head similar to Ceuthophilus ;
antennae, very long and slender, exceeding the length of
the body many times ; basal joints much as in Ceuthophi-
lus, except that the second is broader, and the fourth is
more than half the length of the third ; eyes as in Ceu-
thophilus; maxillary palpi very long and slender; first joint
short ; second fully twice as long as first ; third quite long,
fully equalling twice the length of second ; fourth nearly
as long as the third, slender at the base, thickened towards
the tip ; fifth, longer than third, of a similar form to the
fourth, but more incrassated at the tip, compressed lat-

440 Materials for a Monograph

erally, slightly curved, and split on the underside only
at the tip. Tubercle of the vertex very small, pointed,
bilobcd. Epimera of the meso- and metathorax not cov-
ered by the sides of the meso- and metanotum ; wings
wanting ; metasternum with a short sharp spine ; legs re-
markably long and slender; coxae carinated externally, the
first pair having the carina elevated in the middle to a point ;
femora without spines ; hind femora turned inwards and
a little swollen at the base, extending over only the basal
half; under-sarface delicately channelled; the two anterior
tibiae are slightly longer than their corresponding femora ;
tarsi much compressed laterally ; anal cerci long and slen-
der ; ovipositor long and slightly ensiform, rounded off
very gradually at the extremity to a delicate point.

This genus differs from Rhaphidophora in the propor-
tional lengths of the joints of the maxillary palpi, in the
want (3f spines on the first two pair of femora, and the
peculiarity of character in those of the posterior tibiae and
basal tarsal joint, as well as the shape of the latter, in the
convexity of the eyes, and in the non-development of
spines on the coxae of the mesothoracic legs ; most prob-
ably Rap/lid. palpata, Charp., of Europe, belongs to this
genus.

1. H. SUBTERRAxNEA.

Rapkidophora subterranea. Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.

Hist. ; VIII. 8. (1861.)
Mammoth Cave, Kentucky, (Hyatt, D. C. Scudder.)

THOriDISCHIA, Nov. gen. [Tpomg, iaxia).

Head similar to Ceuthophihis \ antennic long and slen-
der, about three times the length of the body ; first joint
large and stout, considerably longer than broad ; second
much smaller but broader than the succeeding ; third long
and slender, narrowing anteriorly, the rest unequal ; eyes
subovate, very globose, slightly removed from the basal

of the North American Orthoptera. 441

joint of antennae ; maxillary palpi, long and slender ; first
and second joints short, the second a little the longer; third
more than twice the length of the second ; fourth nearly
as long as third ; fiftii nearly equal to third and fourth
together, a very little curved, swollen at the tip, and split
a little way down the under-side ; tubercle of the vertex
small, but sharply prominent, deeply bisected ; sides of the
thoracic nota shorter than in Hadenascus, the meso- and
metanotum not extending downwards so far as the pro-
notum ; wings wanting ; legs long and slender, especially
the hindmost pair ; the coxsb have the lower edge pro-
duced on the inner side to a small duM spine, and they are
also carinated externally, the carinae of the pro- and meso-
thorax being produced to a spine as in Ceuthophilus ; the
femora and tibiae are four-sided, and have all the edges
minutely and closely spined, except the posterior femora ;
these are swollen, though not heavily, at the basal portion,
which is not turned inwards, as in the two preceding
genera, and has the rectangular spinous character of the
other femora upon the terminal half, and even affecting
the swollen portion ; the under-surface is deeply and nar-
rowly channelled ; the two anterior tibiae are somewhat
longer than their corresponding femora ; there are no
heavy spines upon any portion of the legs except upon
the extremity of the hind tibiae where there is a pair of
moderately long ones ; tarsi much compressed laterally ;
anal cerci blunt, channelled interiorly.

This genus differs from Raphidophora in the character of
its maxillary palpi, the absence of any peculiar develop-
ment of spines upon the legs, in the shape of the joints of
the tarsi, and the globosity of the eyes.

1. T. XANTHOSTOMA.

Raphidophora xanthostoma, Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.

Hist. ; VIII. 12. (1861.)
Crescent City, Cal. (A. Agassiz.)

JOUKNAL B. S. N. U. 56 NOVEMBER, 1862.

442 Materials for a Monogrnph

UDEOPSYLLA, Nov. gen. (ov6a^, -^vVm).

This genus is to be placed between Cevthophilus and
Daihinia. The body is heavier and stouter than in Ceu-
thophilus, with a larger head; the form of the body is
that of Ceiithophilus ; antennae as in Daihinia; first joint
larger and stouter than the rest, as broad as long, com-
pressed anteriorly ; third joint twice as long as second ;
remainder unequal ; eyes small, subpyriform, docked on
the antennal border, globose; maxillary palpi rather long-
first and second joints equal and small ; third, more than
equal to the preceding together ; fourth, little more than
half as long as third ; fifth, a little longer than third, some-
what curved, split along the whole under side ; as in Ceu-
thophilus the pro- meso- and metanota nearly conceal the
epimera of the thoracic segments; coxae dilFering but
slightly from CeuthopJiilus ; hind femora very heavy,
thick, and especially broad, but not so much so as in Dai-
hinia, where, as in this genus, the whole limb is swollen,
and not the basal portion only, as in the preceding genera ;
in the males the hind femora are spined beneath; the fore
and middle femora are shorter and heavier here and in
Daihinia than in Ceuthophilus ; tarsi, with the first and
fourth joints equal and longest ; second and third equal and
small, the second overlapping the third abovj ;
'^— ^^^^^^^~-^ the ovipositor is rather short, thick at base, slen-

Fig. 2. der at apical half, terminating much as in Ceu-
thophilus.

This genus differs from Daihinia m the longer, more
slender, less robust, and less spinous legs, in the some-
what more slender body and smaller head, in the siiorter
maxillary palpi, and in the structure of the tarsal joints.
See figs. 2, 3.

1. U. ROBUSTA.

Phalang-opsis (Daihinia) robustns, Hald., Proc. Am. Ass.
Adv. Sc. ; II. 346. (1850.)

of the North American Orthoptera. 443

Platte River above Fort Laramie, Nebraska, (Mus. Comp.
Zool.) 2^29.

I have examined Haldcraan's types.

2. U. NIGRA, nov. sp. (Fig. 2.)

Shining black, with a faintly indicated, narrow, reddish
dorsal line, a reddish tinge on the front of the face, the
basal half of the inner sm-face of hind femora and the ter-
minal half of the ovipositor, reddish. The hind femora of
the male have, upon either edge of the under-surface, but
especially on the inner, short but heavy spines, not
crowded ; the hind tibiae are furnished on either edge of
the upper surface with four or five opposite, long, and slen-
der spines, between each two of which are placed three or
four suppressed spines ; there is a single row of short
spines upon the under-surface, which become double to-
wards the tip ; the inner valves of the ovipositor have
five teeth, growing longer and more curved towards the
tip, where they are very long and slender.

Length of body, .8-9 in. ; of hind femora 9 .56 in. ; ^ .68
in. ; of ovipositor, .33 in. ; of antennae, about an inch. 1 <?
1 9.
Red River of the North, (Kennicott.) Minnesota, (S. H. S.)

DAIHINIA, Haldeman.

In this genus, while the tarsi of the mesothoracic legs
are as they appear in allied genera, the tarsal joints of the
anterior and posterior pair are only three in num- ^-^^—^
ber, the first and last being of nearly equal ^^ ^^^^
length, with a single small joint between them,
a very interesting exception to the almost univer- ^ ""^^^
sal rule among the Locustarice. (See Fig. 3, Fig. 3.
a. b.)

1. D. BREviPES, Hald., Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sc. ; II. 346.

(Fig. 3.) ^ (1850.)

D. brevipes, Girard, Orthop. in Marcy's Expl. Red
River of Louisiana ; 246. Zool. PI. XV. figs. 9-13, (1854.)

444 Materials for a Monograph

Platte River above Fort Laramie, Nebraska, (Mus. Comp.
Zoul.) 2 ^,1 9.

I have examined Haldeman's types.

CYRTOPHYLLUS, Burmeistek.

* 1. C. CONCAVUS.

Pterophylla concava, Say Mss. and Harr., Ene. Am.;

VIII. 42. (1831.)

" " Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56. (1835.)

Platyphyllum concavnm, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 158, fig.

74. (1862.)

Platyphyllum perspicillatum^ Serv. teste Erich son, Archiv-

f. Nat. ; IX. 227. (see No. 2.) (1843.)
« « Uhl. in Harr., Report, 3d

ed. ; 158. (1862.)

(Not Locusta perspicillata, Fabr.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Agassiz.) Conn., (Norton.) N. Y.,
(Edwards, Akhurst.)
2. C. PERSPiciLLATus, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 697.

(1838.)
Locusta perspicillata, Fabr., Spec. Ins. ; I. 357. (1781.)

Fabr., Mant. Ins. ; I. 233. (1787.)
Fabr., Ent. Syst. ; II. 36. (1793.)
Stoll, Spectres, etc. ; PI. VII. a. fig.
23. (1813.)

Platyphyllum perspicillatum, Serv., Hist. Nat. d. Orth. ;

445. (1839.)

This species differs from the northern one in its shorter,
but equally broad wing covers, in the slightly broader so-
norous apparatus of the male, and in the more robust legs.

1 $.

Texas, (Mus. Comp. Zoiil.)

I'HYLLOrTKlIA, Serville.

* 1. P. OBLONGiFOLiA, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 693,

(1838.)

u

u

((

«

((

u

of the North American Orthoptera. 445

Locusta oblongifoUa, De Gecr, Mem.; III. 445. PI.

38, fig. 2. (1773.)

Gryllus oblongifoUus, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass.; 56. (1835.)

Phylloptera oblongifolia, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 159,

(omitting figure) (1862.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Agassiz, S. H. S.) 3 <?, 2 9.

* 2. P. ROTUNDiFOLiA, nov. sp. (Fig. 4), figured as P. ob-
long-ifoHa, Harris' Report, 3d ed., fig. 75.

This species agrees with the preceding in coloration in
every respect, unless the color of the ovipositor of the fe-
male be different in fresh specimens. The wings and
wing-covers are much shorter than in P. oblong- if alia, the
wing-covers, in consequence, being more ovoid. It differs
from that species, also, in the shape of the prothorax, which,
in P. oblongifolia, is much narrower at the anterior than at
the posterior border, and has the angle formed by the de-
flexion of the sides quite sharp, while in P. rotundifolia
the posterior border is scarcely wider than the anterior, and
the angle of the sides is rounded. It is a smaller species
than P. oblongifolia.

Length of body, .8 in. ; of wing covers, 1 in. ; of wings,
(when closed,) 1.17 in. ; of hind femora, .87 in. ; of ovipos-
itor, .37 in.

Mass., (Sanborn, Miss Edmands.) Vermont, (Mus.
Comp. Zool.) Conn., (Norton.) Rhode Island, (H. Coll.)
Illinois, (Mus. Comp. Zofil.)

3. P. CAUDATA, nov. Sp.

Similar in general appearance to P. oblongifolia, but
having a larger body, with slightly longer wings, much
longer legs, and a very long ovipositor. The prothorax is
narrowed anteriorly, as in P. oblongifolia, while the lat-
eral angles are rounded as in P. rotundifolia. The spec-
imen I have examined is old and discolored, but faint
tinges of green are left upon some parts, indicating that
the general color was as in the preceding species.

446

Materials for a Monograph

Length of body, 1 in. ; of wing covers, 1.5 in.; of wings,
(when closed,) 1.8 in, ; of hind femora, 1.4 in.; of oviposi-
tor, .8 in. 1 9 .

Texas, (Mus. Corap. Zool.)

SIICROCENTRUM, Nov. gen. (^LKpo^, KEvrpoq).

Head oval, broader and stouter than in Phylloptera ; tu-
bercle of the vertex somewhat prominent, scarcely broader
than first joint of antenntB, slightly furrowed; eyes broadly
oval, very prominent ; first joint of antennae as broad as
long, second one-third as large but also stout, remainder
long and slender, cylindrical. Prothorax flat or very slightly
concave above, anterior border very slightly concave, pos-
terior quite convex ; the sides nearly parallel, the length
but little surpassing the breadth ; lateral carinas quite
sharp ; lobes of the side straight in front, well rounded and
curving forwards behind, rounded beneath, deeper than
broad ; wing-covers with the triangular superior surface
extending backwards farther than in Phylloptera,, and the
wing-covers themselves not regularly rounded as there,
but with the inner border straighter till
near the tip, the outer border sloped off
toward the tip, and the tip itself more
pointed (see figs. 4 and 5) ; legs slender,
much shorter than in Phyl-
loptera^ especially the met-
athoracic; ovipositor very
short, strongly curved, and
Fig- 5- bluntly pointed.

This genus differs from Phylloptera, to which it is most
nearly allied, especially by the cut of the wing-covers and
the shortness of the hind legs and ovipositor.

1. M. RETINERVIS.

Phylloptera retinervis, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 692.

(1838.)

Fig. 4.

of the North American Orthoptera. 447

Fhylloptera curvicauda, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 161, note.

(18G2.)
(Not Locusta curvicauda, De Geer.)
North Carolina, (H. Coll.) Georgetown, D. C, (Miis.
Comp. Zool.) 2 i.

*2. M. AFFILIATUM, HOV. Sp. (Fig. 5.)

This species is very closely allied to the preceding, but
is a larger insect; the hind femora are proportionally
shorter when compared with the wing-covers; the eyes are
less prominent than there, and the tubercle of the vertex
is slightly broader, with a broader and shorter medial fur-
row, forming rather a sort of shallow pit. A further dis-
tinction is seen in that the slightly hollowed front of the
prothorax has a very small central tooth, which does not
exist in M. retinervis.

Length of wing-covers, 1.75 in.; breadth, .56 in. ; of
hind femora, 9 in. ; of ovipositor, .24 in. 4 $,2 9 .

Mass., (H. Coll., Miss Edmands.) Maryland, (Uhler.)
Key West, (Mus. Comp. Zool.) Texas, (Mus. Comp.
Zool.) Nebraska, (Mus. Comp. Zool.)

3. M. THORACICUM, UOV. Sp.

Locusta maxima viridis alis latissimis, Sloane., Nat. Hist.
Jamaica; II. 201. PL 236, figs. 1, 2. (1725.)

Tubercle of the vertex rather prominent, narrow, faintly
bilobed and divergent at the apex, with a narrow median
groove ; eyes as in M. affiliatum, but large ; prothorax con-
stricted anteriorly, the front border straight; side lobes
broader and more amply rounded than in other species;
lateral carinee quite prominent, transversely ridged, raised
at the posterior half quite considerably, and pinched where
it is highest ; hind border not so convex as in the preceding
species, and slightly angulated ; the top of the prothorax
is hollowed, and has a faint medial and transverse furrow;
wing-covers very closely and minutely punctured through-
out ; posterior tibiae triquetral, expanded upon the upper

448 Materials for a Monograph

surface, with a row of fine spines upon either side, a single
row beneath ; upper surface fiat from tip to quite near the
base, where it is suddenly rounded; ovipositor very small,
slender, sharply upturned. The only specimen I have seen
was preserved in alcohol, but still exhibits a short, median,
longitudinal, blood-red streak on the face, and has the pos-
terior third of the lateral carinas of prothorax, with the
whole hind border, edged with black.

Length of wing-cover, 2.2 in. ; breadth, .8 in. ; length
of wings beyond wing-cover, .2 in. ; of hind femora, 1.2
in.; of ovipositor, .25 in. 1 9'

Tortugas, Florida, (Mus. Comp. ZoDl.)

This species seems closely allied to Phijlloptera azteca,
Sauss.

PHANEROPTERA, Serville.

* 1. P. cuRvicAUDA, Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat. ; XXII. 159.

(1831.)
Phaneroptera cvrvicauda, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II.

691. (1838.)

Locusta curvicamla, De Geer, jNIem. ; III. 446. PI. 38,

fig. 3. (1773.)

Gryllus locusta myrtifolius, Drury, 111. Ex. Ent. ; II. 78.

PI. 41, fig. 2. (1773.)

Gryllus {Phylloplcrus) myrtifoUus^ Drury, 111. Ex. Ent.
(ed. VVestw.) ; II. 88. PI. 41, fig. 2, (omit-
ting synonymy.) (1837.)
Pterophylla curvicaiida^ Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56.

(1835.)
Phaneroptera avg-nstifolia, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 160.

fig. 76. (1862.)

This species varies very much in size, and in the pro-
portions of the length of the wing-cover to its breadth. I
have seen specimens from Texas which apparently belong
to this species.

Mass., (II. Coll., Agassiz, Shurtleff, Sanborn, S. H. S.)

of the North American Orthoptera. 449

Conn. (Norton.) Maine, (Packard.) Red River Settle-
ments, British Am. (S. H. S.)

CONOCEPHALUS, THUNBERG.

*1. C. ENSiGER, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 163. fig. 79.

(1862.)

C. ensiger, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56. (1835.)

Locusta acuminata^ Stoll, Spectres ; PL VIII. a. fig. 27.

(1813.)
(Not Locusta actiminata, Linn, and De Geer, nor Locusta
acuminata, Fabr.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn, Shurtleff.) Cape Cod, (S. H.
S.) Vermont, (H. Coll.) Conn., (Norton, S. H. S.) Il-
linois, (Mus. Comp. Zool.) Minnesota, (S. H. S.) Ne-
braska, (Mus. Comp. Zool.)

* 2. C. ROBusTus, nov. sp.

Either pea-green or dirty brown ; tubercle of the vertex
tipped with black, not extending, or but very faintly and
narrowly, down the sides ; lateral carinas of prothorax pale
yellowish ; wing-covers dotted with irregularly distributed
black dots, most conspicuous in the brownish individuals.
In form as in coloration, this species is much like C. ensiger.
The shape of the conical projection of the vertex is the same,
or a little stouter ; it is a larger species, much broader and
stouter than it, the wings broader, and when compared
with the hind femora, a little longer than they are in C. en-
siger ; the spines upon the under side of the hind femora
are larger than there, being noticed easily with the unas-
sisted eye ; the ovipositor of the female is much shorter
than in C. ensiger, and finally the insect is much broader
across the mesothorax, with a heavier sonorous apparatus
in the male ; wing-covers fully as long as the wings in the
male ; slightly longer than the wings in the female. The
only difference between this species and C. ensiger in col-
oration is the usual lacking of the spots on the wing-cover

JOURNAL B. S. N. H" ^^ NOVEMBER, 18G2.

450 Materials for a Monograph

in the latter, and in the same the presence of a broad
black band on either side of the tubercle of the vertex,
which exists in the former but seldom, and then it is very
narrow.

$ Length of wings, 1.7 in. ; breadth in middle, .32 in. ;
of hind femora, .9 in. 9 Length of wing-covers, 1.9 in. ;
extent of wing-covers beyond wings, .1 in. ; breadth of
wing-covers in middle, .22 in. ; length of hind femora, 1 in. ;
of ovipositor, 1 in. 17 $ green, 19 $ brown, 1 9 green.
Cape Cod, by the sea-beach, Sept. (S. H. S.)
This peculiarity of having its individuals either wholly
green or wholly brown, extends to C. ensiger also, and is
found in both while the animals are alive ; I have never
seen a brown 9 alive.

3. C. oBTusus, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 705. (1838.)
C. dissimilis, Serv., Hist. Nat. d. Orth. ; 518. (1839.)

" " Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 164. (1862.)

Georgia, (Mus. Comp. ZoOl.) 7 9.

4. C. uNciNATus, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 164. (1862.)
The legs in this species are much shorter and more ro-
bust than in any other American species I have seen.
Length of hind femora .65 in. I have seen only Harris's
original specimen. 1 9.

Alabama, (H. Coll.)

5. C. CREPITANS, nov. sp.

The specimens I have examined were dried after an im-
mersion in alcohol, and are uniform in their coloration
throughout, with indications of light yellow lateral streaks
on the prothorax, as in C. rohiistus ; the tubercle of the
vertex is devoid of markings ; the shape of the tubercle
is very similar to C. robnsttts, but it is stouter than there ;
head and prothorax punctured throughout, the latter with
a faintly impressed median line. This is a large species,
broad across the mesothorax as in C. robustus, having very
long and narrow wings, long and slender legs, and a
rather long ovipositor.

of the NortJi American Orthoptcra. 451

Length of body 1.5 in.; of wing-covers $ 2 in., 9 2.4
in. ; breadth in middle <? .33 in., 9 .28 in. ; length of hind
femora <? 1.1 in., 9 1.3 in. ; of ovipositor 1.43 in. ; of tu-
bercle of vertex beyond the eye .12 in., 1 ^,2 9.

Texas, (Mus. Corap. Zool.) Nebraska, (Mus. Comp.
Zool.)

XIPHIDIUM, SERVILLE.

* 1. X. FASciATUM, Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat. ; XXII. 159.

(1831.)
Locusta fasciata, De Geer, Mem.; III. 458. PI. 40, fig. 4.

(1773.)
Pterophi/lla fasciata, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass.; 56. (1835.)
Orchelimum gracile, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 163. Fig. 78.

(1862.)
Xiphidium fasciatum, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 708.

(1838.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Shurtleff, Sanborn, Miss Edmands,

Agassiz, S. H. S.) Maine, (Packard.) Vermont, (H. Coll.)

Rhode Island, (H. Coll.) Conn., (Norton.) Cape Cod,

(S. H. S.)

* 2. X. BREVIPENNIS, nOV. Sp.

Size of X. fasciatum, with which it agrees in coloration
throughout, except that the wings are a little darker, the
dorsal band is a little broader, and the ovipositor is of a
reddish brown throughout, while in X. fasciatum it is green
at the base ; wings .08 in. shorter than the wing-covers ;
both shorter than the body ; ovipositor nearly equalling
the hind femora in length. In these respects it differs very
much from X. fasciatum.

Length of body, .5 inch ; of wing-covers, .33 in. ; of hind
femora, .43 in. ; of ovipositor, .4 in.

Mass., (H. Coll., Agassiz, Miss Edmands, Shurtleff, San-
born, S. H. S.) Cape Cod, (S. H. S.) Maine, (Packard.)

3. X. ENSiFER, nov, sp.

Green, with a reddish brown broad central stripe on top

452 Materials for a Monograph

of head and prothorax, narrowed in front, extending to tip
of tubercle of vertex ; wings very nearly of the same
length as the wing-covers, both shorter than body, as in
X brcvipennis ; ovipositor very long, exceeding the length
of the hindmost femora, of a brown color, deepest toward
apex.

Length of body, .55 in. ; of wing-covers, .30 in. ; of hind
femora, .48 in. ; of ovipositor, .6 in. 2 9 .

Lawn Ridge, Illinois, (Mus. Comp. Zoul.)

ORCHELIMUM, SERVILLE.

* 1. O. vuLGARE, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 162. Fig. 77.

(1862.)
Pterophylla ag-ilis, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56. (1835.)
Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn, S. H. S.) Cape Cod, (S. H.
S.) Conn., (Norton.)

* 2. O. coNciNNL'M, nov. sp.

<J Brownish green ; a dark reddish brown dorsal streak
upon the head and prothorax, becoming faint towards the
hind border of prothorax, and narrowing anteriorly to the
width of the tubercle of the vertex, passing over this down
the front to the labrum, expanding broadly in the middle
of the face ; legs brownish green, tarsi dark brown, spines
of tibiae tipped with black ; abdominal appendages reddish
brown ; wing-covers pellucid, veins grass-green, except
the heavy transverse vein of the sonorous apparatus, which
is brown; wings pale brownish green, extending a little
beyond wing-covers; 9 having the same markings as the
(? except that all the nervures of the wing-covers are
brown, and the wings are more dusky, and are shorter
than the wing-covers; ovipositor reddish brown, a little
curved and very pointed ; a much slenderer and more
graceful form than O. vulgare.

Length of body, .7 in. ; of wing-covers, .84 in. ; of wings
beyond wing-covers, .08 in. ; of hind femora, .6 in. ; of
ovipositor, .32 in. 1 ^, 2 9.

of the North American Orthoptcra. 453

Cape Cod, (S. H. S.)

* 3. O. GLABEKRIMUM.

Xiphidium g-laberrimum, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 707.

(1838.)

The dorsal band here is bordered with black, as is also
the outer edge of the sonorous apparatus of the male ;
antennse very long; ovipositor slightly expanded in the
middle.

Conn., (Norton.) Georgia, (Gerhard.) 1 J^, 1 9.

4. O. AGILE.

Lociista agilis, Be Geer, Mem. ; III. 457. PI. 40, fig. 3.

(1773.)

Xiphidium agile, Burm., Handb. d. Ent.; II. 707. (1838.)

This species has a short ovipositor, shaped much as in
O. vulgare, and a very narrow dark median sti-eak down
the face ; it has a shorter pronotum than O. vulgare.

Maryland, (Uhler.) Illinois, (Mus. Comp. Zool.) 2 9.

5. O. LONGIPEiNNIS, HOV. Sp.

Dorsal band on head dark reddish brown, broad, nar-
rowing to the width of tubercle of vertex, not extending
over the face, divided on the pronotum, forming two nar-
row bands, scarcely reaching either front or hind border ;
wing-covers very long and slender, a little shorter than the
wings; tarsi with first two joints brown, the other two
dark green ; ovipositor not long, pointed, reddish brown ;
antennae extending back beyond tip of wings.

Length of wing-covers, 116 in. ; of wings beyond wing-
covers, .1 in. ; of hind femora, .72 in. ; of ovipositor, .32 in.
1 9.

Texas, (Mus. Comp. Zocil.).

THYREONOTUS, SERVILLE.

* 1. T. PACHYMERUS.

Decticus pachymerus, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 712.

(1838.)

454 Materials for a Monograph

Conn., (Norton.) Mammoth Cave, Kentucky, (Hyatt.)
1 ^,2 9.

* 2. T. DORSALIS.

Decticus dorsalis, Burm., Handb. d. Ent; 11. 713. (1838.)
Mass., (Sanborn.) Rhode Island, (H. Coll.) Maryland,
(Uhler.) 6 9.

Among other distinctions between these two species, it
may be seen that T. jmchijmerns has the pronotum well
rounded behind, while the hind margin of the other is
nearly square ; and the ovipositor is longer in T. dorsale
than in T. pachi/7nerus, as are also the hind legs.

ACRYDII, Latreille.
OPOMALA, SKRVILLE {emend.)

* 1. O. BRACHYPTERA, nOV. Sp.

Above reddish brown, dotted faintly with black, extend-
ing a little over the sides ; sides dirty yellowish brown,
with a faint dark streak extending from lower border of
eye backwards over the lower border of pronotum ; face
dirty yellowish brown, dotted faintly with brownish spots ;
antennic brown, darkest toward tip ; legs reddish brown,
tarsi darker, tibiae with black tipped spines ; hind femora
with a row of black dots on upper edge, terminal lobe
black ; hind tibia; at base and on under side toward the
tip, black ; wing covers yellowish brown ; vertex of the
head rather prominent, suddenly swollen in advance of
the eyes, from thence sloping to a blunt rounded point,
the edge upturned, and the median ridge prominent and
sharp, becoming rounded on the head ; wing-covers but
little more tlian half the length of body ; wings very short,
nearly abortive.

Length of body, 1.05 in. ; of antenna?, 46 in. ; of vertex-
.053 in.; of hind femora, .52 in.; of wing-covers, .42 in
of wings, .1 in. 1 J.

Princeton, Mass. (S. II. S.).

of the North American Orlhoptera. 455

CHLOEALTIS, HARRIS.

Chrysochraon, Fisch. Fr.

* 1. C. coNSPERSA, Harr.j Report, 3d ed. ; 184. (1862.)
C.aburtiva, " " « « (1862.)

Mass., (Sanborn.) New Hampshire, (H. Coll.) Eastern
shore of Lake Winnipeg, British America, (S. H. S.)
5 specimens.

*2. C. viRiDis, nov. sp.

Vertex broad, expanding a little in advance of the eyes,
beyond which the sides slope so as to form a right angle
with each other, rounded at the apex ; the edge uptm-ned
more or less ; pronotum with the median and lateral
carinaB parallel, distinct, sharp ; wing-covers shorter than
the body, a little longer than the wings.

(J Top of head and prothorax green ; sides of head and
prothorax dirty brown, with an horizontal black band
behind the eye, extending over prothorax ; front of head
yellowish brown ; fore and hind legs reddish brown, meso-
thoracic legs green ; spines of tibia? tipped with black; wing-
covers above green, upon the sides brown ; body beneath
yellowish. 9 varying from olivaceous green to dark brown,
with a dark band behind the eye as in the S ', upon the
top of the head a dark band extends from either side of
the vertex, curving inwards and then outwards to midway
between the median and lateral carinie; hind tibia; red-
dish brown.

Length of body, $ .6 in., 9 1 in. ; of pronotum, ^ .14
in. ; 9 .21 in. ; breadth of pronotum, ^ .07 in., 9 .13 in. ;
length of hind femora, $ A in. ; 9 .6 in. ; of wing-covers,
(? .3 in., 9 .42 in. 3 specimens.

Conn., (Norton.)

*3. C. PUNCTULATA, nOV. sp.

Vertex broad, much as in C. viridis, but slightly more
prominent ; sides of the pronotum very nearly parallel,
slightly divergent posteriorly ; lateral and median carinai

456 Materials for a Monograph

distinct, sharp ; wing-covers extending to tip of abdomen
equally with the wings.

Vertex edged with reddish brown ; a narrow reddish
brown band extends along the lateral carinoe of pronotum
to the eye, edged below with black ; it extends also
slightly upon the base of the wing-covers ; abdomen,
sternum, forelegs and mouth-parts, (except the black man-
dibles,) reddish brown ; hind tibiae yellowish brown, its
spines tipped with black ; all the tarsi darker ; wing-cov-
ers green, with scattered small brownish spots.

Length of body, .95 in. ; of pronotum, .19 in. ; width of
pronotum in middle, .09 in. ; length of hind femora, .54 in. ;
of wing-covers, .7 in. 1 9.

Conn., (Norton.)

STENOBOTHRUS, FISCHER FR.

* 1. S. CURTIPENNIS.

Locusta curtipemds, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56. (1835.)

Chlo'caltis curtipennis, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 184. PI. 3,

fig. 1. (1862.)

This is our most common species, and is very abun-
dant. The figure in Harris's Report is a very poor one ;
the antenna3 are more than one half too short, and the
pronotum is inaccurately rendered.

Mass., (H. Coll., Agassiz, Miss Edmands, Shurtleff, San-
born, S. H. S.) Maine, (Packard.) Conn., (Norton, S. H.
S.) Red River Settlements, British America, (S. H. S.)

* 2. S. MELANOPLEURUS, nOV. Sp.

Vertex of the head broad, expanded to a blunt point on
either side in front of the eyes, triangular, very blunt at the
apex ; edge upturned with a very slight median ridge,
scarcely crossing the vertex ; no foveohx3 ; pronotum with
lateral carin;e nearly parallel, slightly approaching one
another in the middle ; median carina sharp, rather more
distinct than the lateral; posterior border of pronotum

of the North American Orthoptera. 457

straight ; wing-covers slightly shorter than the body ;
wings nearly abortive.

Brown ; sides of the pronotnm, and of the first two or
three abdominal segments, shining black ; face and mouth-
parts paler; a reddish brown, curved streak on the top of
the head from inner edge of eye to lateral carin.x' of pro-
notum ; legs yellowish brown ; posterior femora with one
or two dark streaks on the sides ; posterior tibiae black at
tip and base.

Length of body, .67 in. ; of antenna?, .39 in. ; of wing-
covers, .38 in. ; of hind femora, .42 in. 2 ^ .

Mass., (S. H. S.) Maine, (Packard.)

Easily distinguished from any other species by the
black sides of the pronotum.

*3. S. LONGIPENNIS, nOV. Sp.

Vertex of the head as in S. meianop/eurus, but with no
median ridge, and having very distinct foveoht^, long, nar-
row, deep; lateral carinix? of pronotum equally prominent
with the median, approximate, convergent anteriorly, di-
vergent at posterior border; coarse, shallow punctures on
the posterior half of jjronotum ; posterior border arcuated ;
wing-covers longer than body ; wings scarcely shorter than
wing-covers.

Head and thorax brown ; a broad, black band on the
sides, behind the eye, extending to hind edge of pronotum,
limited above by the lateral carina^, below merging into
the brown ; a narrow, straight, longitudinal streak on top
of head, starting from inner border of the eye ; parts of the
mouth yellowish ; antennae yellowish brown at base, the
rest brown or black; legs yellowish brown ; hind tibia^, ex-
cept the black base, and slender portion of hind femora
reddish brown, extremity black ; abdomen yellow beneath,
above brown ; wing-covers uniform brown.

Length of body, ^ .55 in., $ .7 in. ; of antenna?, ^ .36

JOUKNAI- B. S. N. H. 58 NOVEMBEK, lSt)2.

458 Materials for a Monograph

in., 9 .28 in.; of hind femora, .44 in.; of wing-covers, .65
in. 7 specimens.

Mass., (H. Coll., Miss Edmands, Sanborn, S. H. S.)

4. S. sPECiosus, nov. sp.

Vertex of the head quite broad, not expanding at the
sides, apex not rounded, the sides of the angle straight;
edges upturned considerably; a slight median groove ; no
foveolffi ; sides of the pronotum approximate, constricted
in the middle ; lateral foveohe not so prominent and sharp
as the median : wings as long as the wing-covers, extend-
ing beyond the tip of abdomen.

Above brown ; below pale yellow ; face yellowish
brown; mouth-parts pale yellow; antenna? reddish brown ;
a narrow, curved streak on top of the head from inner
edge of eye to lateral carin:i»; a narrow, straight, white
streak from eye to lateral carinas ; upper half of sides of
pronotum brownish, darkest above ; legs yellowish brown ;
spines of hind tibine tipped with black; wing-covers brown-
ish at base, apical half pellucid, with rosaceous nervures ;
wings pellucid with rosaceous nervures ; costa with a dark
streak beyond the middle.

Length of body, .55 in. ; of antennje, .23 in. ; of hind
femora, .34 in. ; expanse of wing-covers, 1 in. ; of wings,
.44 in. 1 J .

St. Paul, Minnesota, (S. H. S.)

The above-mentioned species have all immaculate wing-
covers ; those to be mentioned have all spots or streaks on
them.

* 5. S. iMACULIPENNIS, nOV. Sp.

Vertex of the head rather broad, w4th elevated edges,
with no expansion of the sides in advance of the eyes ; the
apex blnnt, with long, shallow foveohi?, broader toward
the eye than at the apex ; lateral carin:e of the pronotum
convergent at the anterior half, very divergent at the pos-
terior border, somewhat elevated but not rounded ; median

of the North American Orthoptera. 459

carina sharp, high ; hind border of pronotuin angulated,
angle rounded ; wings equally with wing-covers, extend-
ing back beyond the abdomen.

Head and top of pronotum green (some individuals
brown) ; a reddish-brown, broad band behind the eye
reaches the hind edge of sides of pronotum, limited above
by the lateral carinas, which are white, but crossing this
posteriorly and tilling the triangular space on top of pro-
notum, made by the divergence of the carinas at the
posterior border ; sides of pronotum below the band
brownish ; wing-covers green, with a medial band of equi-
distant, square, black spots along its whole extent, besides
a few irregularly scattered smaller black spots ; sometimes
the inner halves of the wing-covers are entirely of a rust-red
color ; legs yellowish brown ; the hind femora sometimes
streaked ; the hind tibiae plumbeous, with a broad, pale,
indistinct annulation near the base ; antennae with the
basal half reddish, the apical brownish.

Length of body, $ .55 in., 9 .75 in.; of antennae, 9 .26
in. ; of hind femora, .45 in. ; of wing-covers, $ .4 in.,
9 .7 in.

Mass., (H. Coll., Shurtleff, Sanborn, S. H. S.)

*6. S. ^QUALis, nov. sp.

Very similar in general appearance to >S'. maculipennis,
but a smaller species, with wing-covers extending only to
the extremity of abdomen.

Vertex of head broad and blunt, the sides slightly swol-
len at the anterior border of the eye, the apex blunt, and
all the angles rounded ; the edge slightly and not sharply
upturned ; foveolae shallow, short, nearly equiangular ; lat-
eral carinas of the pronotum curved inward a little in the
middle, not so prominent as the sharp medial carina; hind
border slightly angular, but nearly straight ; wings and
wing-covers just reaching the extremity of the abdomen.

Colored much as in jS. maculipemiis ; the lateral ca-

460 Materials for a Monog-raph

rinaB are yellow, and the band extends forwards to the vyc ;
the band behind the eye is quite narrow, and the sides be-
low it green, like the parts above, and the triangular dash
of black upon the top of the pronotum at the hinder an-
gles is much narrower than there, on account of the lesser
divergence of the lateral carinse ; the medial band of the
wing-covers containing the square black spots is yellowish
brown as in *?. macuHpennis, and the extremity is pel-
lucid.

Length of body, $ .45 in., 9 .66 in.; of antennae,
$ .24 in., 9 .2 in.; of hind femora, $ .3 in., 9 .38 in.;
of wing-cover, S .34 in., 9 .46 in.

Mass., (Shurtleff, Sanborn, S. H. S.) Maine, (Packard.)
N. Y., (H. Coll.) Minnesota, (S. H. S.)

*7. S. BILINEATUS, nOV. Sp.

Vertex of the head slightly swollen at anterior border of
the eye, but rounded as is also the apex ; edges not up-
turned ; foveolae only indicated by a very faint, scarcely
perceptible depression ; sides of the pronotum rather sud-
denly constricted in the middle, the lateral carinae broader
than till' sharp medial one ; hind border of pronotum
slightly rounded ; wing-covers of the length of the abdo-
men.

Brown, generally dark ; face yellowish brown, blotched
with black ; a narrow black band extends from the tip of the
vertex along each side, extending back on to the pronotum
by the side of tiie lateral carinae to the posterior border,
widening upon the pronotum ; the usual black band be-
hind the eye is rather broad, and there is another similar
one on the pronotum farther down the side, with a yellow-
ish streak between them ; ilic wing-covers are brown with
a medial row of darker spots ; the legs are brownish, with
the extremity of the hind femora and the base of the hind
tibiae darker.

Length of body, $ f) in., 9 .65 in.; of antenuEe, S

of the North American Orthojilcra. 461

.22 in., 9 .19 in.; of hind femora, $ .32 in., 9 .36 in.;
of wing CO vers, ^ .36 in., 9 .41 in.

Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn, Slmrtleff, S. H. S.)

*8. S. PROPINQUANS, nov. S|).

Very similar to the preceding, but of a larger size, and
has proportionally longer wings. It is also closely allied
to S. Diacu/ipe finis.

Vertex broad, expanding but slightly at anterior border
of the eye, the angle rounded, the apex blunt, edges
scarcely if at all raised, foveolae as in S. niaculipennis, but
more shallow ; lateral carinse of pronotum somewhat con-
vergent in the middle, of equal prominence and sharpness
with the medial; hind border of pronotum somewhat
rounded ; wings a little longer than abdomen.

Brown ; band behind eye quite broad ; lateral carinse
yellowish ; a faint curved dark band from inner border of
eye to lateral carinae ; antennaB yellowish brown; wing-
covers brownish at base, transparent at tip, with a medial
band of brown spots extending two thirds of the distance
to the tip ; legs yellowish brown ; hind tibiae plumbeous,
with a broad pale annulation at base.

Length of body, S .6 in,, 9 .75 in. ; of antenna, $
.26 in., 9 .23 in.; of hind femora, ^ .3S in., 9 .48 in.;
of wing-covers, S -55 in., 9 .68 in.

Conn., (Norton.) Minnesota, (S. H. S.)

TRAGOCEPHALA, HARRIS.

*1. T. iNFUscATA, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 181. (1862.)

Gomphocerus infnscata, Uhl. in Harr., Report, 3d ed. ;

181. (1862.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn, Shurtleff.) Maine, (Packard.)

N. Hampshire, (H. Coll.) Conn., (Norton.)

* 2. T. viRiDiFASCiATA, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 182. PI. 3,

fig. 2. (1862.)

For synonymy see Harris's Report ; to which add : —

462 Materials for a Monograph

T. radiata, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 183. (1862.)

Locusta viridifasciata, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass.; 56. (1835.)
Mass., (H. Coll., Shurtleff, Sanborn.) Maine, (Packard.)
Conn., (Norton.) Maryland, (Uliler.)

ARCYPTERA, SERVILLE.

Stelheophjma, Fischer Fr.

* 1. A. LINEATA, nOV. Sp.

Vertex of the head broad, slightly swollen at front bor-
der of the eye, apex docked, edge raised to a ridge, with a
medial ridge extending over the whole top of the head;
foveolas small, shallow, triangular ; lateral carinse parallel
in anterior half of pronotuin, somewhat divergent behind,
not so high as the medial, and much broken ; wing-covers
long and slender, with no swollen curves, the costal border
not so prominent near the base as is usual in this genus ;
pronotum rugose.

Dark brown ; a narrow curved dark line extends from
the upper border of the eye to the lateral carinas of the
pronotum, and is the inner limit of a broad brownish yel-
low band which extends from the eye to the lateral carinas,
whence it continues backwards along the carinas ; below
this upon the upper border of the side extends another
broad black band from the eye to hind edge of pronotum ;
the medial carina is black ; the wing-covers have the cos-
tal edge dark, beneath which is a yellow streak extending
from base to the costal border at about two thirds the dis-
tance to the apex ; beneath this is a band, narrow and
black at base, broadening till it occupies the whole width
of wing-cover, and becoming brown toward the tip, while
the inner border is yellowish brown ; wings dusky, the
internal half with a yellowish tinge; legs dark brown;
hind femora black on the outer and inner surface, reddish
brown above, coral red below, with a white spot near apex,
and the tip black ; hind tibiiE yellow with black spines,

of the North American Orthoptera. 463

with the base and tip black, and a dusky annulation at the
upper limit of the spines.

Length of body, $ 1 in., 9 1.4 in. ; of wing-cover, 9
1.12 in. ; breadth of wing-cover in middle, 9 .22 in. ;
length of hind femora, .72 in. 1 <?, 1 9.

Mass., (Sanborn.)

* 2. A. PLATYPTERA, nOV. Sp.

Vertex of head much as in A. Uneata, with the apex
more rounded, and the edge scarcely prominent; fovcola?
only discernible as faint depressions, slightly longer than in
A. Uneata; sides of pronotum regularly but slightly diver-
gent; medial carina more prominent; pronotum rugose as
in A. Uneata ; wing-covers short and broad, costal border
considerably swollen near the base, internal border full.

Dark reddish brown, marked on head and prothorax sim-
ilarly to A. Uneata, but with the colors much suppressed ;
wing-covers uniform pale brownish, transparent ; wings
transparent, colorless, with the nervures of the anterior
half black.

Length of body, 1.2 in. ; of wing-covers, .83 in. ; breadth
of wing-covers in middle, .21 in. ; length of hind femora
.68 in. 1 9.

New England, (Agassiz.)

* 3. A GRACILIS, nov. sp.

Vertex of the head as in A. Uneata, except that it is more
pointed, narrower, and more rounded at the tip; foveolae
long and narrow, triangular, rather deep ; |)ronotum as in
A. Uneata ; wing-covers much as in A. pUilyptera, though
the costal border is not swollen so much.

Dark brown ; markings of head and thorax much as in
A. Uneata, though not so distinct; the band on the upper
border of the sides of pronotum behind the eye is narrow,
instead of broad ; wing-covers uniform dusky brown, ex-
cept the internal border which is yellowish brown ; wings
as in A. Uneata ; hind femora reddish, black at tip ; hind

464 Materials for a Monograph

tibiae as in A. lineata, with the markings rather more dis-
tinct.

Length of body, .85 in. ; of wing-covers, .78 in. ;
breadth of wing-covers in middle, .22 in. ; length of hind
femora, .52 in. 5 S-

Maine, (Packard.) Red River Settlements, British
America, (S. H. S.)

PEZOTETTIX, BICMKISTKR.
1. P. BOREALIS, nOV. Sp.

Vertex of the head with a broad longitudinal furrow in
advance of the middle of the eyes; sides of pronotum very
nearly parallel, slightly wider at hind border which is arcu-
ate ; medial carina slightly higher than lateral, not promi-
nent ; wing-covers longer than wings, not quite reaching
the extremity of the abdomen.

Dark brown, darkest above ; a broad black band behind
the eye, extending over the upper portion of the sides of
pronotum to the hind border; front dark yellowish brown ;
mouth-parts dirty yellowish ; legs yellowish brown ; hind
femora streaked with black, with the tip black ; hind tibite
reddish, with a faint paler annulation near base, the spines
tipped with black ; wing-covers dirty yellowish brown,
spotted irregularly wdth darker brown; wings colorless, a
little dusky on costal border.

Length of body, .65 in.; of wing covers, .4 in.; of hind
femora, .4 in.

Minnesota, (S. 11. S.) Saskatchewan River, British
America, (S. H. S.) Lake Winnipeg, (S. H. S.) Anti-
costi, Gulf St. Lawrence, (Verrill.)

CALOPTENUS, SERVILLE {emend.)

* 1. C. FEMUR-RUBRUM, Burm., Haudb. d. Ent. ; II. 638.

(1838.)
C. fei7iur-rubrum, JJhlrr in Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 174.

(1862.)

of the North American Orthoptera. 465

Acrydium femur-rubriim^ Hair., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56.

(1835.)
" « Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 174.

fig. 80. (1862.)

For further synonymy see Harris's Report.
Mass., (H. Coll., Agassiz, Shiirtleif, Miss Edmands, San-
born, S. H. S.) Maine, (Packard.) Connecticut, (Norton.)
S. Illinois, (Thomas.) Minnesota, (S. H. S.) Red River
Settlements, (S. H. S.) Nebraska, (Mus. Comp. Zool.)

* 2. C. PUNCTULATUS, Uhler Mss.

This species is very closely allied to C. femur-rubrum,
from which it is to be distinguished by the greater prom-
inence of the front ; by the greater globosity of the eyes ;
by the markings of the wing-covers and hind legs, and the
sculpture of the valves of the ovipositor ; the wing-covers
are of the same color as in C. femur-rubrum^ with the square
dark spots not limited to a medial band, but found equally
above and below this, extending nearly to the tip ; the
hind femora have upon the outside alternate, transverse,
straight bands of black and brownish-yellow, three of each
in number ; hind tibite brownish-red with black spines,
with a narrow black annulation at the base, followed by
a wider yellowish one ; the upper valves of the ovipositor
are not curved so deeply on their upper surface, nor so
upturned and pointed at their tip as in C. femur-rubrum ;
the lower valves, too, are much straighter, bent downwards
scarcely at all at their tip, and the lateral tooth, so apparent
in C. fenmr-rubriun, is here almost obsolete.

Length of body, 1.1 in. ; of wing-covers, .69 in. ; of hind
femora, .48 in. ; 1 9 . I have seen only a single specimen
sent me by Mr. Uhler under the above name.

Maine, (Packard.)

* 3. C. BiviTTATUs, Uhler in Say, Ent. of N. Am. (Ed.

LeConte) ; II. 238. (1859.)

C. bivittatus, Uhler in Harr., Report, 3d ed.; 174. (1862.)

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 59 UOVEMBEK, 1862.

466 Materials for a Monograph

Gi'yllus bivittakis, Say, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. ; IV.

308. (1825.)

Locusta leucostoma, Kirby, Faun. Bor. Am. Ins. ; 250.

(1837.)
Caloptenus femoratus, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 638.

(1838.)
" " Burm., teste Erichson, Archiv.

f. Nat.; IX. 229. (1843.)

Acrydium sanguinipes, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56.

(1835.)
" flavovittatnm, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 173.

(1862.)
Mass., (H. Coll., Agassiz, Shurtleff, Miss Edmands, San-
born.) Maine, (Packard.) Conn., (Norton.) Maryland,
(Uhler.) Texas, (Uhler.) Nebraska, (Mus. Comp. Zoiil.)
S. Illinois, (Thomas.) Minnesota, (S. H. S.) Lake Win-
nipeg, (S. H. S.)

ACRIDIUM, GEOFFROY.

* 1. A. ALUTACEUM, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 173. (1862.)
A. torvum, Say Mss. and Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56.

(1835.)
A. rusticiun, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 633. (1838.)
(Not Gryllus rustiais, Fabr., Ent. Syst. ; 292.)
Martha's Vineyard, Mass., (H. Coll.) Conn., (Norton.)
3 specimens.

2. A. AMERICANUM.

Gryllus americanus, Drury, 111. ; II. App.* Descr. and

%, I. 128. PI. 49, fig. 2. (1773.)
Locusta tartarica, Westwood in Driury, 111. ; I. 121. PI.

49, fig. 2. (1837.)

(Not Gryllus tartaricus, Linn., &c.)
N. Carolina, (II. Coll.) Southern States, (Mus. Comp.

* According to Westwood in his edition of Drniy; the only copies of the old
edition of Drury, which I have seen, have uo appendix in any volume.

of the North American Orthoptera. 467

Zool.) Florida, (Norton.) Alabama, (H. Coll.) Texas,
(Mus. Comp. Zool.) S. Illinois, (Thomas.)

3. A. oBscuRUM, Burm., Handb. d. Ent; 11.632. (1838.)

Gryllus ohscurus, Fabr., Syst. Ent. Suppl. ; 194. (1798.)

This species has much stouter legs than the others.

Texas, (Mus. Comp. Zool., Uhler.)

(" The obscurum ? F. of H. Cat. is not in cabinet of
T. W. H." Harris Mss.)

* 4. A. RUBiGiNosuM, Harris Mss.

" Light rust-red ; face with four elevated lines, the two
lateral ones not so distinct as in A. ahitaceum; thorax
with a very distinct ridge along the middle ; wing-covers
opaque, rather paler on the overlapping portion than else-
where, with a projection on the outer margin near the
shoulder; wings transparent and glassy, slightly reddish
towards the tip and netted with blackish veins ; hindmost
thighs reddish within and without, the whitish part bound-
ed on both sides by a row of distant black dots, and
crossed like a herring-bone with reddish lines ; knees of
the same legs with a curved black line on each side, spines
of the shins white tipped with black. Length, If in.;
expanse of wings, nearly 3 inches. So. Carolina, from
Mr. Nuttall and Dr. Holbrook." Harris Mss.

Dr. Harris does not mention the faint dark spots on the
wing-covers, similar in disposition to those on A. alu-
taceinn; there is some variation in the elevation of the
medial carina of the pronotum, some individuals showing
it but indistinctly.

Cape Cod, (Sanborn, S. H. S.) Conn., (Norton.) South-
ern States, (Mus. Comp. Zoul.) Alabama, (H. Coll.) So.
Carolina, (H. Coll.)

(EDIPODA, LATREILLE.

I have here included all the species which would be
embraced in the old genus (Edipoda of Latrcille ; it is

468 Materials for a Monograph

easy to see that it should be divided, and especially that
(E. Carolina, Burm., and (E. sordida, Burm., should each
be separated from it, but the desire of having fuller ma-
terial before attempting such a task prevents my under-
taking it at present.

* 1. CE. CAROLINA, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. G43.

(1838.)

(E. Carolina, Serv., Hist. Nat. d. Orth. ; 722. (1839.)

« « Uhl. in Harr., Report, 3d ed.; 176. (1862.)

Locusta caroliniana etc. Catesby, Nat. Hist, of N.

Car. ; II. 89. Tab. 89. (1743.)
Gryllus {Locusta) caroUmis, Linn., Syst. Nat.; II. 701.

(1767.)
« « « Stoll, Spectres, &c. PI.

XVIII. b. fig. 68. (1813.)

Gryllus carolinus, Fabr., Syst. Ent. ; 291. (1775.)

« « " Spec. Ins. ; I. 368. (1781.)

« « " Mant. Ins. ; I. 238. (1787.)

« " " Ent. Syst. ; II. 58. (1743.)

Acridium carolinum, De Geer, Mem. ; III. 491. PI. 41,

figs. 2, 3. (1773.)

" « Oliv., Enc. Meth. ; IV. 225. (1791.)

Acridium carolinianum, Pal. de Beauv., Ins. ; 147. PI.

IV, fig. 6. (1805.)

Locusta Carolina, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56. (1835.)
« " Harr., Report, 3d ed.; 176. PI. 3,

fig. 3. (1862.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Miss Edmands, Shurtleff, Agassiz, San-
born, S. H. S.) Maine, (Packard.) Conn., (H. Coll., Nor-
ton.)

* 2. CE. pnoENicoPTERA, Germ, in Burm., Handb. d.

Ent. ; II. 643. (1838.)

" " Germ., teste Erichson, Archiv.

f. Nat. IX. 229. (1843.)

CEdipoda obliterata, Germ, in Burm., Handb. d. Ent.;

II. 643. (1838.)

of the North American Orthoptera. 469

Lociisla apiculata, Say Mss., and Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ;

56. (1835.)

Locusta coraUina, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 176. (1862.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Shurtleff, Sanborn, S. H. S.) Maine,
(Packard.) Conn., (Norton.)

3. CE. DiscoiDEA, Serv., Hist. Nat. d. Orth.; 724. (1835.)

Acridium tuberculatum^ Pal. de Beauv., Ins. ; 145. PI.

IV, fig. 1. (1805.)

(Not Gryllus tuberculatus, Fabr.)

N. Carolina, (H. Coll.) Southern States, (Mus. Comp.
Zool.)

* 4. GE. RUGOSA, nov. sp.

This species is closely allied to CE". discoidea. The head
and thorax are dark brown; two yellowish bands run from
behind the eye backwards and inwards, nearly or quite
meeting one another a little in advance of the middle of the
pronotum, where they diverge and strike the hinder edge
of the pronotum at the outer angles ; there are two yellow-
ish spots, one below the other, on the sides of the pronotum ;
the wing-covers are marked much as in (E. discoidea, but
the dark blotches are larger and fully as abundant, gener-
ally occupying the larger portion of the wing, so that it
might better be described as very dark brown with light
blotches ; the tip of the wing-cover is pellucid, nearly free
of spots ; the wings are as in CE. discoidea, with the basal
color pale-yellowish instead of red, and the apical portion
less dusky than there.

Length of body, $ 1.1 in., 9 1.4 in. ; expanse of wings,
^ 1.9 in., 9 3 in. ; depth of wings, $ .5 in., 9 .7 in. 4
specimens.

Mass., (Agassiz.) Maine, (Packard.)

* 5. CE. XANTHOPTERA, Germ, in Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ;
11. 643. (1838.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Agassizj Sanborn, Shurtleff,) Missouri,
(S. H. S.)

470 Materials for a Monograph

* 6. CE. suLPiiuREA, Burm., Handb. d. Ent.; II. 643. (1838.)

» " Uhl. in Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 177.

(1862.)

Gryllus su/phureus, Fabr., Spec. Ins. ; I. 369. (1781.)

« » " Mant. Ins. ; I. 239. (1787.)

« « « Sys. Ent. ; II. 59. (1793.)

Acridiiim sulphureum, Oliv., Enc. Meth. ; IV. 227.

(1791.)
« " Pal. de Beauv., Ins.; 145. PI. 4,

fig. 2. (1805.)

Locusta sulphur ea, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56. (1835.)

« " " Report, 3d ed.; 177. PI. 1, fig. 6.

(1862.)
Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn, Shurtleff.) Maine, (Packard.)
Conn., (Norton.)

(E. sulphurea differs from (E. xanthoptera in its smaller
size (the males of (E. xanthoptera equalling in size the fe-
males of (E. sulphurea), in the squareness and greater size
of the foveolae of vertex, in the direction of the edges of the
ridge down the front (which in CE. sulphurea are brought
together at the vertex), in the direction of the hind-border
of the pronotum (which is much more angulated in (E.
xanthoptera), in the greater depth of the wing in (E. xan-
tho])tera, and also in the band of the wing, which in both
species has the inner border turned considerably inwards
close to the costal border, and then outwards again just
before the edge, but which in (E. sulphurea extends in-
wards fully half way to the base of the wing, while in (E.
xanthoptera it does not reach one quarter the distance.

* 7. CE. yEQUALis, Uhl. in Harr., Report, 3d ed.; 178.

(1862.)
Gryllus cequalis, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phil. ; IV.

307. (1825.)

« " Say, Ent. of N. Am. (ed. Le Conte) ; II.

237. (1859.)

of the North American Orthoptera. 471

Locusta (Equalise Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56. (1835.)

« " « Report, 3d ed. ; 178. (1862.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Agassiz, Shurtleft", Sanborn, S. H. S.)
Conn., (Norton, S. H. S.) Minnesota, (S. H. S.) Red
River, British Am. (S. H. S.)

* 8. CE. VEKRUCULATA.

Locusta verruculata, Kirby, Faun. Bor. Am. Ins. ; 250.

(1837.)
" latipennis, Harr., Report, 3d cd. ; 179. (1862.)

CEdipoda latipennis =csqualis, Uhl. in Harr., Report, 3d

ed. ; 178. (1862.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn, ShurtlefF, Agassiz, S. H.
S.) N. Hampshire, (H. Coll.) White Mts., (Agassiz.)
Maine, (Packard.) Lake Winnipeg, (S. H. S.) Saguenay
River, Canada East, (Norton.)

(E. verruculata differs from (E. cequalis in the follow-
ing particulars : in (E. cequalis the black band across
the middle of the wings is broad, its outer edge as well
as the inner distinct, the outer border at first straight,
then well rounded, curving inwards where it approaches
the outer border ; beyond the band the wing is pellucid,
with black veins, not cloudy, and at the tip there is either
a dusky patch or irregularly clustered square blackish spots.
In (E. verruculata the inner border of the band is more wavy
and is illy defined ; the outer border is straight, and where
it approaches the outer border of the wing, is turned slight-
ly outwards instead of inwards, and is frequently very in-
distinct, being merged into the more or less dusky space
beyond it, which increases in cloudiness to the tip, where
it is as dark as the band. The band itself is quite narrow
in the middle, so that it might be said to be made up of
two triangular patches which meet and merge in the mid-
dle. The broadest band I have seen in CE. verrucu-
lata.) is not more than half the width of the narrowest in
(E. (Equalis. In (E. cequalis the hind tibiae are either wholly

472 Materials for a Monograph

coral-red or have a pale yellowish annulation at the base.
In (E. verruculata the tibiae have the base and apex black,
with the middle half yellowish or plumbeous, with gener-
ally a dusky annulation in the middle.

* 9. CE. MARiTiMA, Uhl. in Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 178.

(1862.)
Locusta maritlma, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 178. (1862.)
Sea-shore of Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn, Miss Edmands,
S. H. S.) Conn., (Norton.)

* 10. ffi. MARMORATA, Uhl. in Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 179.

(1862.)
Locusta cerineipeiinis, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56. (1835.)
" marmorata, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 179. (1862.)
Mass., (H. Coll., A. Agassiz, Shurtlefi', Sanborn.)

* 11. ffi. EUCERATA, Uhl. in Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 180.

(1862.)

Locusta eiicerata^ Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 56. (1835.)

" " " Report, 3d ed. ; 180. (1862.)

Mass., (H. Coll., ShurtlefF, Sanborn, S. H. S.) Conn.,

(Norton, S. H. S.)

* 12. CE. PELLuciDA, nov. sp.

Ash brown ; face reddish brown ; antennre yellowish at
base, dark brown toward tip ; a triangular black spot be-
hind the eye, the apex touching it ; a quadrate transverse
black spot on the anterior upper portion of the sides of
pronotum ; pronotum above, sometimes with a dark band
down the middle ; wing-covers with the basal half dark
brown, with small yellowish spots and transverse streaks,
especially on front border; apical half clear, with dark
brown rounded spots, prevalent along the middle, decreas-
ing in size toward the tip ; when closed, the upper surface
is dark brown, with a rather broad yellowish vitta along
each angle on the upper surface ; wings pellucid, with
black nervules ; legs dark brown, the hind femora yel-
lowish or reddish-brown, with two or three rather broad

of the North American Orihoplera. 473

diagonal dark-brown streaks, dark at the apex ; hind tibiae
yellowish-brown, reddish toward the tip, with a very nar-
row, generally faint, annulation of dark-brown at the base ;
spines tipped with black.

Length of body, $ .Ge5 in., 9 1 in. ; spread of wings,
$ 1.3 in., 9 1.6 in.; depth of wings, $ .33 in., 9 .4 in.

Mass., (Miss Edraands, Agassiz, Sanborn, S. H. S.)
Vermont, (S. H. S.) Maine, (Packard.) Conn., (Norton.)

* 13. CE. soRDiDA, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 643.

(1838.)

Locusta periscelidis, Say Mss., and Harr., Cat. Ins.

Mass. ; 56. (1835.)

Locusta nebulosa, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 181. (1862.)

CEdijioda nebulosa, Uhl. in Harr., Report, 3d ed.; 181.

(1862.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Agassiz, ShurtlefT, Sanborn, S. H. S.)
Maine, (Packard.) Conn., (Norton.)

14. CE. cosTALis, nov. sp.

Brownish-yellow, profusely mottled with reddish-brown ;
a broad yellowish band extends from each eye to the
opposite outer posterior angle of the pronotum, crossing
at the middle of the pronotum, bordered outside with a
broad band of black, narrowing posteriorly to a line, and
inside, behind the intersection, by a broad black band,
which has another narrow short black line parallel to it at
the hind border of the pronotum; medial carina of prono-
tum equal, rather sharp, not high ; wing-covers much as
in (E. sordida ; wings pellucid, with a faint cloudy patch
at the middle of the outer border, and a dark streak along
the costal border toward the apex ; hind femora yellowish,
with two transverse dark annulations, the tips dark brown ;
hind tibite bluish with black spines and a yellowish annu-
lation at base. This species differs from (E. sordida, in
the markings and lowness of the ridge of pronotum, and
in the shorter and fuller wings.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 60 JJOVEMBER, 1862.

474 , Materials for a Monograph

Length of body, l.Oo in. ; s}3read of wings, 1.75 in. ;
defjth, .46 in. 1 9.

Texas, (Mus. Comp. Zool.)

TETTIX, LATREILLE (emend.)

See Tettig'idea and Batrachidea.

* 1. T. (iRANULATA.

Acrydiuni g-ramdatum, Kirby, Favin. Bor. Am. Ins. ; 251.

(1837.)

Tetrix ornato, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 57. (1835.)

» " Harr., Report, 3d ed.; 186. (1862.)

(Not Acrydium or nation, Say.)

This species may be distinguished from T. ornata, by
its longer pronotum and greater size, and also by the
prominence of the vertex, which advances considerably
in front of the eyes, having the front border angulated ; in
this latter feature it may also be similarly' distinguished
from T. cucullata and T. rug-osa, as also by its narrower
pronotum ; the males are much narrower than the females.

Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn, Shurtlert", S. H. S.) Maine,
(Packard.) N. Hampshire, (H. Coll.) Minnesota, (S.
H. S.)

* 2. T. ORNATA.

Acrydium ornatum, Say, Amer. Entom. ; I. PI. V. (1824.)
" « Say, Ent. of N. Am. (ed. LeConte) ;

I. 10. PI. V. fig. 1. (1859.)

Tetrix arenosa, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II. 659. (1838.)
dorsalis, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 186. (1862.)

" quadrimacidata, Harr., Report, 3d ed.; 186. (1862.)
" bilineata, Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 186. (1862.)

. '• sordida, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass. ; 57. (1835.)

« « Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 1S7. (1862.)

(Not Tetrix ornata, Harr., Cat. and Report.)
This species is smaller tiian T. g-ranulatum, has the ver-
tex but little thrust forward in advance of the eyes, and

of the North American Orthoplera. . 475

the front border nearly straight instead of angulated ; the
pronotum is shorter than in the preceding, and the wings
are smaller; both this and the preceding species have al-
most every conceivable variation of ornamentation, upon
which almost exclusively Harris established his specific
differences, but as Uhler has remarked, " color and style of
marking is of very little value in separating the species of
Tettix."

Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn, Shurtleff.) N. Hampshire,
(H. Coll.) Maine, (H. Coll., Packard.) Vermont, (S. H.
S.) Conn., (Norton.) S. Illinois, (Thomas.) St. Louis,
Missouri, (Sanborn, S. H. S.)

* 3. T. TRIANGULARIS, nOV. Sp.

Allied to T. ornala^ and agreeing with it in ornamenta-
tion, in the character of the vertex, the prominence of the
eyes, but differing in the length of the pronotum and wings ;
as in both of the preceding species, the pronotum and
wings are of equal length, but in this the pronotum is
scarcely longer than the body, and is not produced back-
ward into such a slender point, the sides being straighter ;
the breadth is contained three times in the length; it is a
smaller species than the preceding.

Length of pronotum, .17 in. 2 $,2 9 .

Mass., (S. H. S.) Maine, (Packard.) N. Hampshire,
(H. Coll.)

* 4. T. cucuLLATA, BuriTi., Handb. d. Ent. ; H. 658.

(1838.)

Differs from T. granidata, which it most resembles, in
having the vertex very narrow, slightly less than the diam-
eter of the much inflated eyes, the front cut off square, and
slightly hollowed, not projecting outward so far as the
eyes; the pronotum is broader and more compact over
the thorax, more suddenly sloped off behind and extending
backwards nearly twice the length of the abdomen, the
wings overreaching slightly ; the punctures upon the

476 Materials for a 31onog-raph

\vii]g-covers arc of the same size, but not so deep as in
T. g-ranu/atd.

Length of pronotum, c?, .4 in., 9 .5 in. 2 <?, 2 9.

Mass., (S. H. S.) Missouri, (Mus. Comp. Zool., San-
born.)

5. T. RUGOSA, nov. sp.

Closely allied to T. cucullata, agreeing with it in general
form and size, shape and length of the pronotum, and
length of the wings. The front border of the vertex is as
in T. cncul/ala, but it is broader, and the eyes are scarcely
as prominent. The whole surface of the pronotum, in-
stead of being delicately granulated as in T. cucul/ata,
with the medial and marginal carinae faint, has these cari-
nfc quite prominent, and the whole surface rugose, deeply
scarred and pitted, with irregular granulated depressions ;
the wing-covers are punctured as in T. granulata.

Length of pronotum, .54 in. 1 9.

N. Florida, (Norton.)

TKTTIGIDEA, Nov. gen. {Ti.TTL'c, i6ea.)

This genus when compared with Tettix will be found to
differ in having a more robust and clumsy form, a larger
head, more swollen upon the top, and less sloping down
the front, the medial ridge in front more prominent, the
antennae consisting of twenty-two joints, which are cylin-
drical and not llattened ; in the joints of the maxillary
palpi, which here have the fourth joint much larger at the
apex than at the base, somewhat swollen, with a sharp
medial external ridge, and the fifth much swollen, flattened,
with a faint similar ridge, and slightly docked at the tip;
as in Tettix and Balruchidea the first joint is longer than
broad, cylindrical, the second slightly shorter than broad,
cylindrical, both together equalling the third, which is of
the same length as the fourth or lifth, and cylindrical; the
lower anterior angle of the sides of pronotum, which is

of the North American Orthoptcra. 'ill

aMgulatcd and bent inwards in Tettix, is here rounded and
straigliter; the lateral carinseare not so prominent as there,
or so strongly bent inwards in advance of the broader por-
tion ; the front border is thrust forward at an angle p*ar-
tially concealing the head; the prosternum is very strongly
folded transversely, forming a very deep, sharp, angulated
groove, which in Ti'tlix is not nearly so deep, nor are its
sides so nearly aj)|)roximated ; wing-covers considerably
longer and narrower than in Tettix. This genus further
dillers from Tettix in that there is a small circular swollen
space devoid of facets, set oil" from the upper inner border
of the eye. The same is true of Batrachidea, but much
more indistinctly, since it cannot be discovered without
the aid of such a lens as will readily separate the facets of
the eye.

* 1. T. LATERALIS.

Acrydium laterale, Say, Am. Ent. ; I. PI. 5. (1824.)

" " Say, Ent. of N. Am. (ed. Le Conte) ;

' I. 10. PL 5, figs. 2, 3. (18o9.)

Tetrix lateralis, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass.; 57. (1835.)

" " Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 187. (1862.)

" poly morpka, var. A, Burm., Handb. d. Ent. ; II.

659. (1838.)

Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn.) Maine, (Packard.) N.
Hampshire, (H. Coll.) Conn., (Norton.) S. Illinois,
(Thomas.)

*1. T. POLYMORPHA.

Tetrix polymorpha, var. B, Burm , Handb. d. Ent. ; II.

659. (1838.)

Tetrix parvipennis, Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass,; 57. (1835.)

" " Harr., Report, 3d ed. ; 187, fig. 82.

(1862.)

In this species the wings are almost abortive, and the

pronotum extends only to the tip of the abdomen, while

in T. lateralis the wings extend beyond the pronotum,

478 Materials for a Monograph

which is itself much longer than the body ; T. pohjmor-
pha is the more abundant species.

Mass., (H. Coll., Sanborn.) Maine, (H. Coll., Packard.)
N. Hampshire, (H. Coll.) Conn., (Norton.) S. Illinois,
(Thomas.) St. Louis, Missouri, (Sanborn.) Alabama,
(H. Coll.)

BATRACIIIDEA, SEKVILLE.

This genus differs from Tettix in its more solid and com-
pact form ; in the larger head, the more distant eyes, the
front less sloping ; in the smaller number of joints in the
ahtennsB, which have but twelve joints, while in Tettix
tliere are thirteen or fourteen, generally the latter ; in the
shape of their joints, which are cylindrical instead of being
flattened, and more swollen than in Tettix; in the maxil-
lary palpi, which in Tettix has the fourth joint cylindrical,
very slightly largest at the apex, and the fifth cylindrical
and slightly swollen, while here the fourth is somewhat
larger at the apex than at the base, broadly but faintly
ridged outside, and the fifth swollen considerably, espe-
cially on anterior border, with a broad faint ridge outside ;
in the more swollen and crested summit of the head ; in
having the lower posterior lobes of sides of pronotum thrust
downwards and outwards and but slightly backwards, and
the lower anterior angle rounded; in having a very high
arched median carina on pronotum, and the lateral carinas
t nly indicated in front ; in having the front border of pro-
notum thrust forward over the head a little ; in having on
prosternum only a broad shallow rounded transverse hol-
lowing; in having the notches on the under side of the first
joint of posterior tarsi only very slight, instead of being
prominent as in Tettix and in Tettigidea ; in the shorter
valves of the ovipositor; and in having stouter legs than
in the two genera just mentioned. See also Tettig-idea.

* 1. B. CIUSTATA.

Tetrix cristata, Harris Mss.

of the North American Orthoplera. 479

Vertex projecting beyond the eyes, front border well
rounded, a little angulated, the medial carina sharp, ])roin-
inen<", sloping downwards posteriorly, the front deeply
notched immediately in front of the eyes ; eyes rather
prominent, scarcely more than half as broad as the vertex ;
the pronotum with sides neither swollen nor hollowed, of
the length of 'the body ; the medial carina high, regularly
arched ; the lateral border with two shallow grooves, one
anterior, the other posterior, overlapping one another in the
middle ; the whole pronotum is minutely scabrous, and
there is generally a dark quadrate or triangular spot on
either side, above the terminal half of the wing-covers ;
wings reaching tip of pronotum.

Length of pronotum, .33 in.

Mass., (H. Coll., ShurtlefF, Sanborn, S. H. S.) Maine,
(H. Coll., Packard.) N. Hampshire, (H. Coll.) Conn.,
(S. H. S.)

* 2. B. CARINATA, nOV. sp.

The head much as in B. cristata, with the eyes slightly
larger and more prominent ; the medial carina of the pro-
notum sharp, regularly arched, the pronotum extending
backward a good ways behind the tip of the abdomen, a
little upturned towards the tip, with slightly longer wings ;
the lateral grooves are narrower and less distinct than in
B. cristata, and the upper surface is more coarsely sca-
brous than there ; marked as in B. cristata.

Length of body, .32 in.; of pronotum, .43 in. 1 (J, 2 9.

Mass., (Sanborn, S. H. S.)

Explanation of Wood-Cuts.

Fip;. 1, p. 424. Fore-tibia and tarsi of Tridactylus apicnlis, Say d (ni.Tgnifiecl.)
Fig. 2, J). 442. Hind-tarsi of L'deopsylla nigra, Scufld. ^magnified 2 diameters.)
Fig. 3, p. 443. a. Hind-tarsi of Duihinia brevipes, Hald. (magnified 2 diameters.)

b. Middle tarsi o^ Duihinia brevipes. Hald. (magnified 2 diameters.)
Fig. 4, p. 446. Wing-cover of PhyUoptera rotuiuUfolia, Scudd.
Fig. 5, p. 44G. Wing-cover of MicroceiUrum affiUatum, Scudd.

480

North American Orthoptera.

Index to the Genera and Species in this Article.

Acriilimn,

4G6

Gryllotalpa,

426

rhaiieroptcra curvi-

Aciidiuiii alutaoeutn,

466

Grylk)t!il|)a borealis.

426

catKla,

448

aiiiericanuin

,466

longipeimis,

,426

riiylloptera.

444

obscuruin.

467

Gryllus,

427

Phylloptera candata.

445

nibiginosiun

,46"

Gryllus abbreviatu«.

427

oblon^ifolia,

444

Arcyptera,

462

aiigu-itus.

427

rotundifolia.

445

Arcyptera trracilis,

463

bipunctatus,

432

Platamodes,

417

lineata,

462

liictiiosus.

427

I'latainodes pennsyl-

platyptera,

463

neglectus.

428

vanica.

417

Batrachidea,

478

iiiger.

428

unicolor.

417

Batrachidea carinata,

479

peniisylvaiiicus.

429

Pycnoscelus

421

cristata,

478

Hadena^cus,

439

Pycnoscelus obscurus.

422

Caloptenus,

464

Hadeiioecus subterra

-

Sponsophora,

415

Caloptenus bivittatus,

465

neus,

440

SpoiiKophora bipunc-

femtir-rubrum

,464

Labia.

415

tata.

415

punctulatus,

465

Labia tniiiuta.

415

Stenobotlirus,

456

Ceutlmphiliis,

433

Microcentrum,

446

Stenobotlirus a?qualis,

459

Ceuthophilus Agassizii

,439

ilicroceiitnim aflilia-

bilinoatiis,

460

brevipes,

434

tUIll,

447

curtipennis,

456

califoniianus

,438

retinervis.

446

longipennis.

457

diverizc'iis,

436

thoracicuin.

447

maculipennis,

458

{iracilipos,

439

Nemobius,

429

iiu'lanopleurus,

, 456

LipidicoliH,

435

Nemobius exiguus,

429

propiiiquans.

461

lateiis,

437

lasciatus.

430

speciosus.

458

maculatus,

434

vittatus.

430

Stylopvpa,

416

• niser,

437

fEcantliu',

431

Stylo)iy2a orientalis.

416

scabripes,

436

Gicantbus niveus.

431

'i'ettitiideri,

476

stvgiu>J,

438

l)Uiictiiiatu?,

432

Tettigidea lateralis.

477

Uhleri,

435

(Kdipoda,

467

polvmorpha

,477

Chloiialtis,

455

(Edipoda luqiialis.

470

Tettix,

474

Chloealtiscon-^per-^a,

455

Carolina,

468

Tettix cucnllata.

475

piinctulata,

455

costal i«,

473

gramilata.

474

viriilis,

455

discoidea,

469

ornata,

474

Conocephalus,

449

eucerata.

472

rugosa,

476

Coiiocephalus crepi-

niaritiuia,

472

triangularis.

475

tans,

450

inarinorata.

472

Tliyreoiiottis,

453

eri«iger,

449

pellucida.

472

Thyreonotus dorsalis.

454

obtu-^iiii,

450

plioenicoptera

,468

pachymerus,

453

robustu^,

449

riigosa,

469

Tragoccpliala,

461

uncinatus

,450

sordida,

473

Tragocephala infus-

Cryptocercus,

419

sulphurea.

470

cata.

461

Cryptocercus pnnctu

-

verruculata,

471

viridifasciata.

461

latus,

420

xaiithoptera,

469

Tridactylus,

424

Cyrtop!iylliis,

444

Opomala,

454

Tridactylus apicalis.

425

Cyrtopliyllus conca-

Oi)()iiiala bracliyptera.

454

niiiiutus,

425

vus,

444

(Jrclieliinum,

452

terruinalis.

425

perspicillatus,

444

Orchelimum aeile.

453

Tropidischia,

440

Dailiinia,

443

coiuiniiuin.

452

Tropidischia xantho-

Diiihiiiia l)revipes,

443

glalierriiniim

,453

stoma.

441

DiiiplKM-oiiR'ra,

423

iDiigipeiinis,

453

Udeopsylla,

442

I>ia|)lieroiiiera feino-

vulgare.

452

Udeopsylla nigra

443

rata,

423

Pcriplaneta,

416

robusta.

442

Ectobia,

41S

reriplaiieta americana,

,416

Xii>hidiiini,

451

Ectobia flavocincta,

419

I'e/.otettix,

464

Xiphidius brevipennis,

, 451

ponnaiiicii,

418

I'cziitettix borealis,

464

cnsifer,

451

litliupbila,

418

I'liaiiewptera,

448

fascial um.

451

Vol VII.

m

^y

L^^^

'^r^rk,?

fl

C

'i

'^^^^'

>J

jy

/•k

4.^

LLi^au,

:^J4.J

. iTTfflniteT Bu "

/

Place JX

Plat.e X

Plate Xr.

CONTENTS OF VOL. VII.

NUMBER III.

Art. V. — Notes on new species of Microscopical Organisms, chiefly
from the Para River, South America. By Loring
W. Bailey 329

Art. VI. — Contributions to the Comparative Myology of the Chim-
panzee. By Burt G. Wilder . . . .352

Art. VJI. — On Alternate Generation in Annelids, and the Em-
bryology of Autolytus cornuius. By A. Agassiz . 384

Art. VIII. — Materials for a Monogi-aph of the North American
Orthoptera, including a Catalogue of the known New
England Species. By Samuel H. Scudder . . 409

BOSTON

JOURNAL OF NATURAL IIlSTOliY,

CONTAINING

PAPERS AND COMMUNICATIONS,

KEAU BEFORE THE

iSoston .Socicts of TJ^Tatural f^iniovs,

AND PUBLISHED BY THEIR DIRECTION.

VOL. VIL — NO. IV.

PUBLISHING COMMITTEE.

AUGUSTUS A. GOULD,
CHARLES K. DILLAWAY,

SAMUEL L. ABBOT,
JEFFRIES WYMAN,

SAMUEL H. SCUDDER.

B 0 ST 0 N
1868.

iHvV YORK
iiOTANICAL
QARObN

BOSTON

JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY.

VOLUME VIL— NO. IV.

Art. IX. — Observations on the Summit Structure of Pen-

tremites, the Structure and Arrang-ement of certain Parts

of Crinoids, and Descriptions of New Species from the

Carboniferous Rocks at Burlington, Iowa. By Charles

A. White.

[Read February 5th, 1862.]

In the year 1850, Drs. D. D. Owen and B. F. Shumard
announced in the Journal of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, (Vol. II. p. 65,) that the mouth
and ovarian apertures of Pentremites were, in the perfect
state, completely closed by a conical covering of small
calcareous plates ; and in Vol. I. No. 2, of the Transac-
tions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis, Dr. Shu-
mard gives an illustration of the summit of Pentremites
conoideus, Hall, showing all the summit apertures to be
completely and separately covered in the manner referred
to, and makes the following remarks in relation to a speci-
men of P. sulcatus, Roemer, which Prof. Swallow discov-
ered at Chester, 111. " In this fossil, there rises from the
centre of the summit a little pyramid with five salient,
and five retreating angles, the salient angles being directly
opposite the extremities of the interradial pieces, while

.JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 61 JANUARY, 186.3.

482 Observations on the

the retreating angles correspond to the centres of the
pseudambulacral fields. The base of this little pyramid is
joined to the superior edges of the pseudambulacral fields,
so as to completely roof in the buccan and ovarian aper-
tures. It consists of about fifty pieces, arranged in ten
series ; the first, or exterior ones, in each series, being of a
triangular form, the others elongated, quadrilateral. Two
series of pieces stand over each ovarian aperture, those of
one side uniting with their fellows of the opposite side at
the salient angles of the pyramid."

Dr. Shumard further expresses the opinion that all the
summit openings of Pentremites were closed, and in the
second Missouri Report again remarks, — "I have but
little hesitation in advancing the opinion that all the
Pentremites included at present in the group eUiptici of
Roemer will be found like Eleacrinus deficient in a cen-
tral summit opening."

The difference in the character of these summit cover-
ings which Dr. Shumard has shown to exist in the same
group {Jloreales) is remarkable, but may not have been
inconsistent with a similarity of structure of other parts.
The following observations also show much diversity in
the structure of the superior parts of different species of
the group e/liptici, yet all seem to difler materially from
those of the Jloreales.

Besides the numerous examples which my own cabinet
affords, I have been favored with access to the extensive
collections of Rev. W. H. Barris, Mr. Charles Wachsmuth,
B. J. Hall, Esq., and Dr. Otto Thieme, of Burlington, Iowa,
which enables me to add to the foregoing interesting ob-
servations of Dr. Shumard the results of my own upon
the summit structure of the following well-known species
' of Pentremites, as well as further observations on the
structure of certain parts of Crinoids.

Summit Structure of Pentremites. 483

PKNTREMITKS XOKWOOIMI Owen and Shumur.l.

The interradial pieces of this species are small, and so
arranged that tiiey join each other at the sides of their
upper ends, being separated from each other through the
greater part of their length by the interposition of the
pointed ends of the lancet pieces, and slightly truncated
at the upper ends, leaving a subpentagonal aperture which
is probably reduced in size by the insertion of other small
plates, and is also covered by an integument of small
plates which will be presently noticed.

Within the body, along the sides of each of the lancet
pieces, at the termination of the pores, run shallow grooves,
which terminate in the so-called ovarial apertures. These
apertures are five in number, including the anal aperture,
and are pierced through the solid substance of the inter-
radial plates, the perforations dividing within the sub-
stance of the plates ; each communicating with two of the
forementioned grooves, one from each of the adjacent
rays; and are, except the anal aperture, prolonged above
into small, rather short, tapering, erect or converging tubes.
These tubes are not composed of small plates, but are in-
tegral parts of the interradial plates, and being very thin at
their upper ends, their condition seems to render it doubt-
ful if their apertures ever possessed a plated covering.

The anal aperture is larger than the others, into which
one of the so-called ovarian apertures from each of the
adjacent rays opens, and is bordered on the outer side by a
solid projection of a part of the interradial plate, of about
the same size and height as the forementioned tubes.

The pseudambulacral fields are composed of the ana-
logues of the different elements of the corresponding parts
in the typical group of Pentremites, but in common with
all the elliptici, they present some important modifications.
The poral pieces, and supplementary poral pieces are small

484 Observations uri the

and prominent, and occupy narrow, angular grooves be-
tween the median ridge of the lancet pieces and the edges
of the radial plates. The poral pieces of each side of the
field are adjacent at its lower end, but are separated at the
upper part of the field by a space about equal in width to
that occupied by each row of poral pieces. The poral
pieces projecting a little above the median ridge of the
lancet pieces, leaves a narrow groove along the centre of
each pseudambulacral field, which comes to a point at the
lower end.

The whole central space between the summit tubes and
the anal aperture, which is rather small, is overlaid with
an integument of microscopic plates, entirely covering the
central aperture, passing out between the bases of the
tubes in a double series of plates, and was evidently con-
tinued far down the central grooves of the pseudambulacral
fields, causing the crenulated appearance of those parts
usually observed there, so that when perfect this integu-
ment was of a very sharply stellate form, the component
plates being closely connected throughout, and so small
that a space of half a line square contains over thirty of
them. They are prominent and distinct, but are some-
what irregular in size and arrangement. A fine hair-like
groove runs along the centre of each lancet piece, and
j^asses beneath the rays of the plated integument, the
plates of which arch over it. No specimens which we
have examined show a plated covering to the anal aper-
ture, but it can hardly be doubted that it really existed.

One cannot pursue these detailed examinations of struc-
ture without awakening the inquiry, — what ofBce did
each of these various parts perform ?

Of the summit apertures of Pentremitcs it has been
heretofore considered as certain that the central one was
the mouth, and that the others were ovarian apertures, the
larger of which was also the anal aperture.

Summit Slnicturc of J^enlrc miles. 485

The structure of the summit covering of P. Norwoodii,
just described, would seem to render it quite improbable
that the central aperture was the mouth ; which being the
case, we are obliged to consider the aperture usually re-
garded as the anal opening as also the buccal aperture,
and in addition to this, in this species, it must have also
served as the vent of two of those canals which end in
the so-called ovarian openings ; which arrangement would
seem to be more complicated than their known position
in the scale of organization would seem to indicate ; and
to regard those summit openings as ovarian apertures does
not seem consistent with the knowledge we have of the
mode of deposit and dispersion of the ova of crinoids,
with which these animals are so closely allied.

It seems at least probable that the so-called ovarian
apertures performed a far simpler, but scarcely less im-
portant function, — that of apertures of siphonal tubes for
the vibration of the tentacula, by the injection and expul-
sion of water ; communicating, by way of the tubular
apparatus beneath each pseudambulacral field, with each
tentacle through the pores, expanding them by the infla-
tion of the tubular canal along their inner grooves, and
contracting them by the expulsion of the water. It is
conceived that this operation of the siphonal tubes would
produce all the necessary motion of the tentacula, and be
more in accordance with the status of the animal than
a complex muscular system, which would otherwise
be necessary to operate the hundreds of those minute
organs.

Moreover, if the tubular openings of this species are to
be regarded as ovarian apertures, it will be necessary, as
before remarked, to disregard the close analogy of these
animals with the true crinoids, in which the ova are de-
veloped in little accessory sacs at the base of each ten-
tacle, between which organs and the summit tubes of this

486 Observations on the

species there is no connection, and apparently no indica-
tion that any ever existed.

It seems more probable that as the ova were germinated
within the body, they found their exit through the central
summit aperture, and were conveyed along the small cen-
tral grooves of the pseudambulacral fields, before men-
tioned, beneath the plated integument, to the bases of the
tentacula, where they were developed and discharged, as
in the true crinoids.

With the excoptiou of the union of each pair of the
so-called ovarian apertures, and their tubular prolongation,
as in this species, there is reason to believe that all the
known species of the group elliptici had essentially the
same summit structure, and which does not appear to be
analogous to that of the Jioreales in any of their known
modifications. The following observations, however, will
show that essentially the same summit structure was pos-
sessed by Pentremites slelliformis Owen and Shumard,
although it differs materially from all the elliptici, and
should be assigned to a group which would probably also
include P. sirius White.

PENTREMITES STELLIFOKMIS Owen and Shumunl.

Well-preserved specimens of this species show all the
summit apertures to be closed by minute polygonal plates,
unless we except a narrow slit on each side of the superior
end of the pseudambulacral fields, which are directed
downwards along their outer margins, and are somewhat
overlapped by what appears to be a greater development
of the poral pieces in these parts of the fields, where they
are considerably wider than at the extremities. These
slits may have served the same purpose as the ovarian or
siphonal apertures in other Pentremites.

The anal aperture is completely closed by a disk of
minute polygonal plates, which in the specimens exam-

Summit Structure of Pentremites. 487

ined is a little below the plane of the general surface.
These plates are so small that the number covering an
aperture of half a line in diameter is eighteen or twenty.
Their size and arrangement are somewhat irregular. The
lancet pieces are apparently longitudinally perforate, and
rest in broad grooves in the radial plates, at their outer
ends. A narrow groove runs along the centre of the upper
side of each. These grooves meet together at the sum-
mit aperture, and are bordered on each side by the poral
pieces. They are neatly filled by a compound series of
minute plates, which closely connect at the summit with
five small plates, arranged like a five-pointed star, with
the points touching each of the upper ends of the inter-
radial plates, thus completely covering the summit aper-
ture which weathered specimens show to exist beneath,
formed by the slight truncation of the interradial plates.
The stellate series of five plates at the centre being an
integral part of the integument which fills the grooves,
with their position, forbids the supposition that they were
a movable covering for the mouth, which evidently was
not situated here, but in the same aperture with the anus.
The filling of the central grooves of the pseudambulacral
fields, and the covering of the central summit aperture,
are essentially the same in this species as in P. Nor-
woodii, and doubtless served the same purposes, as pre-
viously suggested.

This species, as before remarked, is not properly refer-
able to any of the groups established by Dr. Rcemer, but
in some respects approaches Cadaster ; more, however,
in its summit apertures than its resemblance to the Car-
boniferous forms of that genus.

If the suggestion that the thin slits near the summit, on
each side of the pseudambulacral/fields, are equivalent to
the ovarian or siphonal apertures of other Pentremites is
correct, it may not prove fruitless to look for similar ones

488 Observations on the

in Cadaster, as all the Blastoids are possibly too nearly
related to admit of such differences from the true Pentre-
miles as are supposed to exist in Cadaster and Eleacrinus.

PENTREMITES LINEATUS Shumard.

A specimen of this species, with the tentacula attached,
shows these appendages to be long, angular, and slender,
composed of short joints in single (?) series ; those origi-
nating at the lower end of the pseudambulacral fields being
about as long as the length of the body from base to sum-
mit; all of them directed upwards, and lying close to-
gether above the summit in the form of a hair pencil.
The condition of the specimen is not such as to show the
connection of the tentacula with the poral plates.

PENTREMITES ELONGATUS Shumard.

A crushed specimen of this species, with the tentacula
remaining in place, shows their arrangement to have been
similar to that of P. sidcatus of Roemer, as represented
in his " Monographic dex fossilen Crinoidenfamilie der
Blastoideen," and which was doubtless similar in all the flo-
reales. In this species they are proportionally longer than
they are represented in P. sulcatus, extending above the
summit a distance equal to one third the height of the
body. They appear to connect directly with the supple-
mentary j)oral pieces, and to abut closely against the
edges of the radial and interradial plates. They are di-
rected obliquely toward the centre of the pseudambulacral
field, for a short distance, and are then bent directly up-
ward, and lie side by side, neatly filling the field.

The condition of the specimen under examination will
not admit of ascertaining their structure with accuracy,
but they appear to be composed of a double series of
short, angular plates, with parallel sutures, so arranged
that the sutures between the plates of one series are oppo-

Summit Structure of Pentremites. 489

site the middle of the plates of the other series. No indi-
cations of ciliated appendages to the tentacula have been
observed.

Observations on certain modifications of the structure of
the probosces of Actinocrinus.

Although the Carboniferous limestones of the West have
yielded such great numbers of crinoids in a good state of
preservation, belonging to numerous genera and species,
it is to be regretted that so little light has been thrown
upon their animal economy, in addition to that which has
long been known.

Most fossil crinoids evidently possessed but a single
opening,* usually called the anal aperture, yet separate
anal and buccal apertures and tubes have been noticed by
European authors, but so far as I am aware, the following
are the only instances of their recognition in specimens
from American strata, if we except the Blastoidea, which,
however, should not be excepted in all cases, if the con-
clusions recorded on a previous page are correct.

A specimen of an Actinocrinus, apparently A. Verneuilia-
nus of Shumard, shows two strong plated tubes, each hav-
ing the structure of the proboscis of Actinocrinus, protrud-
ing from each side of the mass of its folded arms. To
make sure that the connection between them was com-
plete, the specimen was ground off so as to show the
junction in the most perfect manner.

The height of the body to the base of the proboscis is

* That the single aperture of Platycrinus and other genera contained both the
buccal and anal openings there can be no question. The apparent inconvenience
of such an arrangement is shown by the not uncommon discovery of the shell of
a Platyceras, inverted over the aperture, closely clasped by the arms of the cri-
noid, which had evidently died before devouring the contents of the shell. If the
animal had lived to consume the food thus secured, the shell would certainly have
been much in the way of a proper performance of other functions. The idea that
the Gasteropod was the attacking party seems untenable, from the fact that the
famUy are all regarded as vegetable feeders.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 62 JANUARY, 1863.

490 Observations on the

about seven lines ; from this to the central point of diver-
gence, about two and a half lines ; and from the latter
point to the end of one of the branches, twelve lines. The
other branch was apparently about the same length, but is
broken. The two branches are of about equal size ; the
diameter of each just above the point of divergence being
about the same as that of the main tube or proboscis be-
low that point, which is there about the usual size.

Another specimen of the same genus, but of an unas-
certained species, showing only the upper part of the
dome, measures one inch from the base of the proboscis
to the point of junction of the two diverging tubes.
These are both broken ; but what remains indicates that
they were each about an inch in length, of equal size,
which is about half that of the main tube just below the
junction, where a cross section would be elliptical. The
main tube, or proboscis, is of about the usual size at the
base, but it gradually enlarges towards the junction, by
the irregular interposition of numerous small plates be-
tween the larger ones.

I am not fully satisfied that these instances are not
both the result of accidental development. The manner
of divergence of the tubes, it is seen, is not quite the same
in both cases, though it is probable that the specimens
belong to different species. The interposition of the small
plates in the structure of the lower part of the tube in the
second instance has the aspect of being abnormal. This,
with their rare occurrence, and the supposition that the
former specimen belongs to the species A. Verneuiliamis,
which is known to have a long, single proboscis, would
seem to indicate that they were so, at least to some
extent.

This view may have a still further corroboration in the
following instances, as well as the known recuperative
powers of the crinoidea, in sustaining and repairing inju-

Summit Structure of Pentremites. 491

ries, even to the addition of a greater than the normal
number of plates. It should, however, be remarked, that
each branch of the proboscis, in both these instances, is
as perfectly and regularly formed as any single proboscis.

Whether this division of the proboscis is normal or ab-
normal, we may be sure that one of the branches was the
buccal and the other the anal tube ; but which performed
the first, and which tlie latter office, there seems to be no
means of ascertaining.

Two instances have been observed of a small tumid
projection on the side of the proboscis of Actinocrinus,
near the upper end, above the reach of the arms ; which
has suggested the idea that an aperture at this point, now
closed, connected with the anal canal ; however, these
may be only obstructions of the tube.

Instances showing the recuperative power of crinoids.

The remarkable recuperative power of the crinoidea is
shown in the following instances, observed among the
collections at Burlington.

1. Two specimens of Pentremites Norwoodii have lost
each an entire side, leaving the bodies quadrangular, but
scarcely affecting their symmetry, and what is most re-
markable, one of the pseudambulacral fields of each speci-
men contains two complete sets of poral and supplemen-
tary poral pieces. The specimens are of full average
size, notwithstanding their loss, from which they seem to
have suffered little inconvenience.

2. Three calyces of Platycrinus of different species are
found to have lost each a first radial. The calyces are
quite symmetrical, and composed of only four plates each,
resting on a quadrangular base.

3. Two specimens of Actinocrinus are found with an
entire ray wanting in each ; the remaining parts forming
a perfectly symmetrical body of only four rays, which

492 Observations on the

shows no indication of which ray has been removed, and
each preserving their well-known specific characters.

4. A specimen of the type of Actinocrinus umbrosus,
Hall, has two deep incisions, one on each side, directed
towards the centre, entirely dividing the brachial disk,
reaching downward about half the height of the body, and
their upper ends approaching each other at the centre of
the dome, with only a distance about equal to the diam-
eter of the proboscis intervening. These incisions, instead
of healing in such a manner as to restore the natural sur-
faces, seem to have widened by sloughing, and finally
healed, having the injured surfaces completely incrusted
with an integument of small plates. The other parts of
the body are all well developed, and the animal seems to
have lived in perfect health after its wounds were fully
healed.

5. Several instances have been observed where parts of
several adjacent arms in Platycrinus, Actinocrinus, and
Poteriocrinus have been broken off nearly as far down as
the primary radials ; the animals dying before their entire
replacement, we see miniature duplicates of the lost parts
sprouting from the broken ends, perfect in every part, and
evidently wanting only time to become as good, and per-
haps as large, as the lost ones were.

6. A specimen of Rhodocrinus is found to have lost all
the arms of two rays, which were removed at their point
of junction with the body, and the parts have been healed
in such a manner as indistinctly to show the place where
they were formerly attached.

7. Instances are very common of the loss of more or
less of the simple arms of Actinocrinus, and the healing
up of the apertures thus left ; the parts often being closed
so neatly as to leave no indication of the loss having
occurred, except the want of conformity of the ray or

Summit Structure of Pentremites. 493

division of the ray in which it occurred, with the corre-
sponding ray or division in the same or other specimens.

Such losses are most common in the more globose
species, and sometimes cause considerable difficulty in
determining the normal number of arms to each ray, the
variation of which is often the principal difl'erence in
closely allied species, at least so far as the usual condi-
tions of their preservation will allow us to determine.

No instances have been observed of the replacement of
the brachial appendages when amputation occurred in
close proximity to the body, or principal rays, which is
taken to indicate the probability that the power to repro-
duce lost parts did not extend to the principal rays and
the body ; yet their power of sustaining and recovering
from severe injuries is most remarkable. It is most prob-
able, however, that those instances of the want of an en-
tire side, or ray, are the result of embryonic deficiency, or
possibly occurred while the animal was young, and in a
vigorous stage of growth.

8. A specimen of Actinocrinus rusticus, Hall, has an
extra plate developed between two of its first radials,
making the interradial series in which it occurs greater
than the others, and equal to the anal series, and present-
ing a series of seven plates of about equal size, surround-
ing and adjoining the basal plates. This is probably not
the result of an injury, but is given as a probable case of
excessive embryonic development, and in contrast with
the supposed embryonic deficiencies in some of the pre-
vious cases.

9. Different parts of the body and column of crinoids
are frequently found, showing evidences of having suffered
a disease of the exterior surface. The genus Cyathocrinus
has been found thus affected, but Actinocrinus and Platy-
crinus seem to have suffered most, especially the latter.

The characters of the traces of this malady are essen-

494 Observations on the

tially the same as those described by Messrs. De Koninck
and Le Hon, on page 61 of their excellent " Recherches
sur les Crinoides du Terraine Carbonifere de la Belgique,"
which is thus translated : — " The genera Actinocrimis
and Platycrinus often show considerable traces of a mal-
ady which has the appearance of having been caused by
some parasitic animal. They are circular, shallow holes,
terminating in a rounded fosset, and distributed at haz-
ard over the plates of the body or the column. Around
the holes the substance of the plate seems to be raised or
tumid, in a manner circumscribed by a more or less prom-
inent ridge. This kind of excrescences may occasionally
attain a considerable development, assume the form of
globose appendages perforated at the centre, and deform
certain parts of the body or column."

Several specimens of Cyathocrinus cornutus, Owen and
Shumard, have been found with one or more broad, shal-
low excavations in the substance of the plates, usually the
first radials near the junction of the arms. These cavities
are quite different from those previously mentioned, and
have the aspect of having been dissolved out, and do
not present the evidence of recuperative action that the
others do.

Although the arrangement of the plates composing the
calyx of the crinoidea presents us in many cases with def-
inite generic characters, and though the formulas of these
plates have heretofore been almost exclusively used in
their classification, it has been long understood that in
some instances there were excellent generic characters pre-
sented in the mode of construction of the parts above the
calyx; yet these have not generally been available, either
for generic or specific distinctions, on account of the im-
perfect condition in which they were generally found.

In the large collections lately made, it is not uncommon

Summit Struclure of Pentremites. 495

to find specimens usually referred to the same genus, dif-
fering materially from each other in the construction of
their superior parts, when the structure of their separated
calyces gives no indication of generic differences, and in
some cases approaching each other so nearly as to make
it necessary to use the superior parts exclusively for spe-
cific distinction. This difficulty is very great in the clas-
sification of the Plati/crinidce, and still greater in the Cp-
athocrinidcc. Although the structure of the calyx in the
latter family is not so simple as that of the former, yet it
proves to be incapable of giving expression to the numer-
ous generic and specific characters which the family is
known to include.

No instances of a greater number than two primary
radials to each ray of Platycrinus have been observed ; yet
beyond this there are modifications in different species
which seem to be of even more than specific importance.
These, however, until lately, have been seldom seen ; and
relying on the modifications of the calyx alone, it is to be
feared that species have heretofore been founded upon what
are really only individual variations, and that in other
cases the descriptions were necessarily so meagre that
they would apply to specimens which their accompanying
arms, discovered after the descriptions were published,
prove beyond question to belong to different species,
although no one would have been justified in regarding
them as distinct, upon an examination of their calyces
alone. The same remarks are equally true of the other
more prominent genera.

It is also equally true that genera have been founded
upon a misconception of characters, and science has been
burdened thereby with synonymes ; but discoveries of more
and more perfect forms of these fossils seem to indicate as
plainly the propriety of establishing new genera, as the
necessity of abandoning some of those which have been
proposed.

496 Observations on the

The restriction of the number of primary radials to two,
in Platycrinus, seems to be a natural one ; but all the
genera of the CyathocrinidcB, as now constituted, except
one or two lately established upon the characters of the
superior parts, are variable in the number of primary
radials to each ray. The genus Cyathocfinus, as defined
by De Koninck and Le Hon, is restricted to three pri-
mary radials to each ray ; yet we find the number in C.
rotundatus ? Hall, to vary in the different rays of the same
specimen ; their number on the anterior ray reaching seven
or eight, and all the others having more than three. In
C. viminalis, Hall, there are four primary radials to each
ray, and in C. divaricatus, Hall, the anterior ray alone has
four, while the others have three primary radials. The
other characters of all these species plainly correspond to
the typical forms of Cyathocrinns.

In Poteriocrinus and Scaphiocrinns the number of pri-
mary radials to each ray has been regarded as of only
specific importance, yet in the latter genus there are
usually but two primary radials, with an occasional ad-
dition to the number in the anterior ray. All the species
* of Zeacrinus yet described, with their superior parts, have
but two primary radials to the lateral rays, the anterior
one having more; the number being variable in different
species.

If these facts do not show the necessity of a greater gen-
eric restriction of the number of primary radials to each
ray, they seem to prove that generic distinctions really
consist, to some extent, of characters which human lan-
guage will fail to convey a definite idea of, but which must
be comprehended by careful and numerous comparisons.
Those who have studied the crinoidea will probably not
regard the latter proposition as altogether unreasonable.

A general recognition of the generic value of the struc-
ture of the superior parts of crinoids, would doubtless

Summit Structure of Pentreynites. 497

cause the necessity of generally regarding the more prom-
inent modifications of the inferior parts as family distinc-
tions. Indeed in a few cases, even a limited number of
the component plates of those parts will indicate as
clearly the family as the generic relations. For instance,
while a pentagonal, tripartite base of unequal parts will
give no indication whether it belonged to a Platycrinus or
a Mespilocrinus — two genera belonging to widely dis-
tinct families — yet a tripartite base connected with sub-
radials indicates with precision, so far as our present
knowledge extends, that the specimen belongs to a family
which should m^Axxde Forbesiocrinus and Mespilocrinus ; *
and a tripartite base supporting five radials and an anal
plate, as clearly indicates the specimen to belong to the
great family of Actinocrinidce.

These, however, are exceptional cases, and if modifica-
tions of the present system of classification should be pro-
posed, we shall doubtless find it as desirable to possess
perfect specimens, to enable us fully to understand their
family, as their generic or specific characters.

A recognition of the generic value of the structure of
the superior parts of crinoids has been made by authors
in the establishment of the genera Bursacrinus, Meek and
Worthen, Pterotocrinus, Lyon and Cassady, Trematocrimis,
Hall, etc. Going beyond this, Prof. Hall has established
two sub-genera — Homocrinus from the Silurian, and
Scaphiocrinus from the Carboniferous rocks ; and the la-
mented Troost left us the generic description of Zeacrinus

* These two genera, founded by De Koninck and Le Hon, were not assigned
by those authors to the same family; the propriety of which is apparent since the
modification o( the formuhi of Forbegiocrhius by Prof Hall. A striking feature
common to both these genera is the want of any indication that the upper part of
the body was covered with a plated integument, as is the case in most other fossil
crinoids, but that these parts were in some cases protected by the folding together
of the arms, or their analogues. This peculiarity was doubtless also possessed by
kiitli yoc rinus, {dthough its formula is quite different from either of the others;
which fact will debar its use as a family character.

JOURNAL B. S. N. U. 63 JANUARY, 1863.

498 Observations on the

from the latter rocks, with his views concerning the pro-
priety of its establishment. These genera appear to be
founded, not upon detailed distinctions from Poteriocrinus,
as these authors found it constituted by Miller, but upon the
definiteness of the ensemble which a collection of the species
of each genus presented to the eye, with a constancy of form
and inflection in some of the parts of each. The peculiar ex-
ternal expressions of these genera were doubtless accom-
panied with as great, if not greater, modifications of inter-
nal structure, not now available in their classification ; but
they are scarcely less important if considered as only ex-
pressions of chronological characters in the mystic lan-
guage of organic forms.

That there is great difference in the perspicuity and
practical value of generic characters is quite apparent ; but
we cannot admit that there is really a gradation from spe-
cific to generic and family characters ; and the actual ex-
istence of sub-genera may even be doubted, although our
present mode of classification seems to require their recog-
nition.

The investigations of the past few years having resulted
in bringing to light so many nearly perfect forms of fossil
crinoids, which have added so much to our knowledge of
the various modifications of the structure of their superior
parts, and so plainly shown the impropriety of referring
such varied forms to the same genera, the time seems to
have arrived for a more full recognition of the generic
value of these modifications. I therefore propose for a
group of these fossils, of which Poteriocrinus dilatatus of
Hall is the type, the generic name of Cceliocrinus, to be
used in at least a sub-generic sense.

Summit Structure of Pentremiles. 499

CdlLlOCRIXrS (n. g.)
Etym. KOikia, venter; Kpivov, liliuni.
Generic formula and description.

Basal pieces, 5.

Subradial pieces, 5.

Radial pieces, 5x2, subequal in size.

Anal pieces, 4 or 5 visible when the arms are in place.

Arms 10, bifurcating once or more, and composed of
single series of pieces, with obliquely alternating, or
parallel sutures.

It will be seen that the above formula contains nothing
that the formula of Poteriocrmus would not include, but
that it is more restricted. Compared with Scaphiocriuus,
with which it is associated, the entire specimens are propor-
tionally much shorter, more robust, the ventral sack much
larger and more expanded than the inflated probosces of
some species of Scaphiocrinus, which occupy a similar
position. The species now known have not the bent or
corrugated body-plates, nor the constricted arm-plates so
common in that genus. The prominent features of this
genus are. First, The large inflated ventral sack, varying
in size in different species, from four or five times the ca-
pacity of the calyx, to ten or twenty times that capacity.
It is widest at the top, in some cases extending above the
tips of the arms, — the lower part being contracted be-
tween the arms like the neck of a balloon, — and joins by
this to the anal series.

Second, The proportionally small calyx formed by the
basal, subradial, radial and first anal plates, which is so
small as to render it certain that it could not contain the
necessary internal organs for the support of the other parts.
These organs must have been located in the plated sack,
which I have denominated the ventral sack; thus reversinir

500 Observations on the

their usual order of operation, as the mouth was doubtless
at the side of the neck, near the base of the arms. This
aperture, however, has not been observed, although a sepa-
rated sack of C. dilatatus has been carefully examined,
together with more than half its neck, without the dis-
covery of any aperture whatever, and four plates of the
anal series seen, with no better result.

Other peculiarities of all the species at present known,
are, — the primary radials are only two in number to
each ray ; each of the second radials supports two arms,
which are composed of from four to ten joints to the first
bifurcation, which are subcylindrical, and lie folded against
the neck of the ventral sack.

The joints of the upper parts of the arms in one spe-
cies do not reach quite across, but alternate in such a
manner as to give somewhat the appearance of a double
series.

The column of all the known species is round, and com-
posed of thin joints of nearly equal size ; and the surfaces
of all the plates, except those of the sack, are without or-
namentation, and the sutures are not impressed. The anal
space is rather wide, and the series of plates, so far as
seen, consists of a double, alternating series, the first plate
resting in the retreating angle between two of the sub-
radials, and the second, on the upper truncated side of one
of these subradials.

The plates of the ventral sack are rather small, tumid at
the upper part of the sack ; and in two species they are
radiately ridged. Some separated parts of these sacks
show the plates arranged in somewhat regular rows, which
pass over the top, from side to side, their arrangement
being more confused on the two opposite sides ; yet the
symmetry of the sack does not seem to be affected by the
disposition of the plates.

Should these peculiarities prove to be of generic im-

Summit Structure of Peniremites. 501

portance, as many of them appear to be, the specific dis-
tinctions will be principally confined to the variations in
the general shape, the mode of bifurcation of the arms,
and the form and arrangement of their joints, and the
form, arrangement, and ornamentation of the plates of
the body and the ventral sack.

The three species of this genus at present recognized
are the Poteriocrinus di/atatus, and P. ventricosus, of Hall,
and CcBliocrinus subspinosus herein described, all from the
Burlington limestone.

Caeliocrinus subspinosus (n. s.) Body small, broadly ex-
panding ; basal plates small, showing minute pentagonal,
or subtriangular faces beyond the margin of the column;
subradials of moderate size, about as wide as high, three
hexagonal, and two heptagonal ; first radials a little larger,
and more massive than the subradials; they are rather
prominent above, where they are separated from each
other by moderately deep sutures ; second radials larger
than the first, the anterior and posterior ones larger than
the other two. The arms bifurcate but once or twice, the
second bifurcation being so near the ends of the arms as to
be liable to be broken off. The first four anterior arms bi-
furcate on the tenth, and the other six on the eighth joint
from the second radial. Surface of the body and arms
without ornamentation, the latter rounded, or subcylindri-
cal. The column moderately strong, round, and composed
of thin plates of nearly equal size. The ventral sack,
which reaches nearly as high as the arms, is proportionally
smaller than in C. dilatatus, and C. ventricosus. The top,
which is the only part distinctly visible in our specimen,
is flattened, the plates composing it not very numerous,
tumid, and four or five of them at the margin are produced
into short, diverging spines. The arrangement of the anal
series is the same as mentioned in the generic descrip-
tion.

502 Observations on the

Two conspicuous features of this species are its spinose
ventral sack, and the great proportional length of the arms
to the first bifurcation, which is equal to, or more than
half the entire height of the specimen, from the base to
the summit of the sack.

Locality and position, in the upper division of tiie Bur-
lington Limestone, Burlington, Iowa.

Collection of Mr. Charles Wachsmuth.

Genus PLATYCRINUS Jliller.

Platycrimis verrucosus (n. s.) Body of medium size,
deeply cup-shaped, about as high as wide ; base broadly
convex ; facet for the attachment of the column moderately
large and circular, or subcircular ; first radials higher than
wide ; articulating facets of the arms shallow, wider than
high, occupying about half the width of each first radial
plate ; second radials very small, not occupying the full
width of the facets, the arms bifurcating immediately upon
this, with only one plate intervening between the first, and
each of all the other bifurcations. Arms moderately large
and long, composed of a double series of joints; tentacula
numerous and strong.

Surface marked by somewhat scattered, prominent,
wart-like nodes, elevated abruptly from the surface of
the plates, sometimes coalescing, and having a tendency to
arrange themselves in rows parallel to the sutures, and on
the first radials a part of them being often arranged in two
rows, diverging from the base of the arms to each of their
lower angles. The arm-plates between the first and last
bifurcations are somewhat tumid, but the arms them-
selves are without ornamentation, except fine granulation.
Column subcircular at the top, but rapidly increasing in
size from the body, assuming a twisted oval shape. This
species has been referred to P. Yandelli of Owen and

Summit Structure of Pcntremites. 503

Shumard, previous to the discovery of the arms of both
species. It dillcrs in the greater proportional height of the
calyx, the character and arrangement of the nodes, and
the mode of bifurcation of the arms.

Locality and position, in the lower division of the Bur-
lington Limestone, liurlington, Iowa.

M// oivn Cabinet and that of Mr. Charles Wachsmuth.

Platycrinus incompkis (n. s.) Body cup-shaped, grad-
ually expanding from the base, which is rather broad,
more or less depressed in the centre, and considerably bent
up at the sides ; suture-lines much depressed, those be-
tween the base and first radials sometimes so much so as
to give the base the appearance of being protruded ; arm-
facets sub-semicircular, occupying about one half the
width of the first radials ; first radials higher than wide,
full in the central parts ; second radials very short, some of
them not quite filling the facet in the first radials ; first
division of the rays consisting of two plates each, abutting
against each other by their inner ends ; upon the second of
these, the second divisions take place, which are composed
of the same number of plates as the first, and abut to-
gether in the same manner; other divisions take place,
with the same number of plates intervening ; as near as
can be ascertained, seven or eight arms to each ray. The
arms beyond the last bifurcation are rather short and
small, but between the body and the last bifurcation, they
are quite robust. The dome is rather high, covered with
tumid plates, small, except five at the centre, which are
larger, and arranged with their longest diameters directed
to the anal, and each interradial space, all meeting together
at the summit ; the one over the anal space is the largest,
the anal aperture being situated about half way between
it and the top of the calyx. Surface without ornamen-
tation.

The calyx of this species somewhat resembles, and was

504 Observations on the

referred to P. Burlingto7iensis, of Owen and Shumard,
before the discovery of the arms of l)oth species ; but it
differs in being constantly much larger, and proportionally
higher ; the plates of the dome are more numerous, and
differently arranged ; the arms more numerous, and have
a different mode of bifurcation.

Locality ami position, in the upper division of the Bur-
lington Limestone, Burlington, Iowa.

In mi/ own Cabinet, and those of Rev. Mr. Barris and
Mr. Wachsmuth.

Genus CYATHOCRINUS Miller.

Ct/athocrimis lameUosus (n. s.) Body rather small, sub-
globose ; base depressed ; basal plates very small, nearly
covered by the last joint of the column ; subradials of
medium size, about as high as wide ; first radials about
the same size as the subradials, wider than high ; first
anal plate, fully half as large as the subradial upon which
it rests. The condition of our specimen does not show
clearly the number of primary radials to each ray, but they
were four, or more in some of the rays.

Surface marked by high, sharp, radiating ridges, diverg-
ing from the centre of each subradial plate to those ad-
joining it. These ridges are live in number on each sub-
radial, except the one beneath the first anal plate which
has six, one of which connects with a perpendicular ridge
on the first anal plate, on which plate it is crossed at right
angles by a similar ridge. There are two ridges on each
first radial plate, which converge at the arm-bases, and are
continued in a sharp ridge on the back of each arm and
branch, to the ends. The ambulacral grooves along the
inner side of the arms and branches, are deep, leaving a
thin edge on each side, which, with the sharp ridge on the
back, gives a sharp V-shape to a cross section.

Summit Structure of Pentremites. 505

Column ratlicr yniall, round, and composed of lliin
joints, alternating in size.

This species has an appearance quite unlike any other
with which it is associated.

Locality and position in the upper division of the Bur-
lington Tiimestone, Burlington, Iowa.

Collection of Rev. W. H. Barris.

Genus SCAPHIOCRINUS Hall.

Scaphiocrirms rusticellus (n. s.) Body moderately small ;
base comparatively broad, full half as broad as the top of
the calyx ; rather deep depressions at the suture angles of
the body plates, except those at the lower angles of the
subradials, at the junction of the basal plates. At a point
on the column about as far below the base as the height
of the calyx^ there is a joint wider than the others, below
which the column is roughly pentangular, and above which
it is pentalobate, and increases so rapidly in size to the
base that the sides of the calyx and the column are nearly
on a line with each other. The lobes of each part of the
column continue up to, and include the subradials, the
depressions between them ending at the lower ends of the
first radials. The column is composed of thin joints alter-
nating in size so as to give the lobes a nodose appearance.
Basal plates moderately large, appearing beyond the col-
umn in subtriangular, excavated faces ; subradials of mod-
erate size, the sides being very short, gives them a sub-
quadrangular appearance ; first radials larger than the
subradials, a little wider than high, having depressed sut-
ures between them ; second radials larger than the first, a
little higher than wide, except the anterior one, which is a
little shorter than the others ; these are rather robust, and
a little constricted just below their upper ends. These
support two arms each, but the condition of our specimen

JOUKNAL B. S. N. H. 64 JANUARY, 18C3.

506 Descriptions of the Fossil Plants

will not satisfactorily show the other divisions. The arms
are composed of angular, cuneiform plates.

This species somewhat resembles S. Whitei, of Hall,
but differs in its more robust form, the proportions of the
parts, the pentalobate and expanded stem, and in the
second radial of the anterior ray being shorter than the
others, and not longer, as in that species.

Locality and position in the lower division of the Bur-
lington Limestone, Burlington, Iowa.

Collection of Mr. Charles Wachsmiith.

Art. X. — Descriptions of the Fossil Plants collected by
Mr. George Gibbs, Geologist to the United States North-
loest Boundary Commission, under Mr. Archibald Camp-
bell, United States Commissioner.* By Dr. J. S. New-
berry.

[Read October 1, 1862.]

The fossil plants collected by the Boundary Commis-
sion on Vancouver's Island, Orcas Island, and on the
coast of Washington Territory, at Bellingham Bay, &:c.,
form a most interesting addition to the representatives
which we had before received of the extinct floras of the
cretaceous and tertiary strata of Northwest America.

Previous to the arrival of this collection, a considerable
number of fossil plants had been obtained from this re-
gion by Prof. J. D. Dana, Geologist to the United States
Exploring Expedition, under the command of Captain
Charles Wilkes ; and by Dr. John Evans, United States
Geologist of the Territory of Oregon.

Of the first of these collections, a brief notice was given

* Published by permission of Archibald Campbell, Esq., United States Commis-
sioner, Northwest Boundary Commission.

FKBRUARY, 1863.

>6^a« 'Cf V >T-A-/^

i07

di-

tlas

(ssil
s in
(2d

^an-

hier-

incr-

with

Plat-

" "a

com-

>uria,

Salis-

^/^^^ fern

Salix
isuvfiuii.no y^v.^^-.,^ ^ \ercus

Gaudini (Lesqx.), Planera dubia (Lesqx.), Oinnamomum
crassipes (Liesqx.), Persoonia oviformis (Lesqx.), Diospi/ros
tancifolia (Lesqx.), Acer trilobatum? (Al. Br,).

By Mr. Lesquereux the plant-bearing strata of Belling-
ham Bay and Vancouver's Island were regarded as of the
same age ; and from the resemblance of the species which
they contain, to some of those found in the Miocene of
Europe, he pronounces them to be of that age. [op. cit.
Vol. XXVII. p. 362.)

In a subsequent number of the " American Journal of
Science," (Vol. XXVIII. p. 85,) is published a letter from
Prof. Oswald Heer, the eminent Swiss fossil botanist, con-
taining remarks on these plants, of which drawings had
been sent him by Mr. Lesquereux.

In these notes the extinct floras of Vancouver's Island

506

will
arc (

T
but
part
seco
othe

L
ling

C

Art
3
w
bi

B

coast of Washington Territory, at Bellingham Bay, &c.,
form a most interesting addition to the representatives
which we had before received of the extinct floras of the
cretaceous and tertiary strata of Northwest America.

Previous to the arrival of this collection, a considerable
number of fossil plants had been obtained from this re-
gion by Prof. J. D. Dana, Geologist to the United States
Exploring Expedition, under the command of Captain
Charles Wilkes ; and by Dr. John Evans, United States
Geologist of the Territory of Oregon.

Of the first of these collections, a brief notice was given

* Publislied by permission of Archibald Campbell, Esq., United States Commis-
sioner, Northwest Boundary Commission.

FEBRUARY, 1863.

Collected by Mr. George Gibbs. 'jU7

by Prof. Dana, in the " Geology of the Exploring Expedi-
tion," and several of the species were figured in the atlas
accompanying that work.

The collection made by Dr. Evans, was by liini com-
mitted to Mr. Leo Lesquereux, the well-known fossil
botanist, who jiublished descriptions of fourteen species in
the " American Journal of Science," Vol. XXVIL, (2d
series,) p. 359. Of these, five were from Nana i mo, Van-
couver's Island, viz. : Pojmlus rhomboidea (Lesqx.), Quer-
cus Benzoin (Lesqx.), Q. multinervis (Lesqx.), Q. plalincr-
vis (Lesqx.), Ficus sp., Cinnamomum Heeri (Lesqx.). with
which are enumerated, but not described in full, " a Plat-
anus with the same nervation as Qtiercus platinervisy' " a
Chamcerops agreeing with Sabal Lamanonis Brgh., com-
mon in the European Miocene," a very fine Salisburia,
very variable in the outline of its leaves, and named Salis-
buria poly morpha (Lesqx.,) and " a small piece of a fern
referable to the genus Lastrea^

From Bellingham Bay, Mr. Lesquereux describes Salix
Islandicus (Lesqx.), Quercus Evansii (Lesqx.), Quercus
Gaudini (Lesqx.), Planer a dubia (Lesqx.), Cinnamomum
crassipes (Liesqx.), Persoonia oviformis (Lesqx.), Diospyros
lancifolia (Lesqx.), Acer trilobatum? (Al. Br.).

By Mr. Lesquereux the plant-bearing strata of Belling-
ham Bay and Vancouver's Island were regarded as of the
same age ; and from the resemblance of the species which
they contain, to some of those found in the Miocene of
Europe, he pronounces them to be of that age. [op. cit.
Vol. XXVIL p. 362.)

In a subsequent number of the " American Journal of
Science," (Vol. XXVIII. p. 85,) is published a letter from
Prof. Oswald Heer, the eminent Swiss fossil botanist, con-
taining remarks on these plants, of which drawings had
been sent him by Mr. Lesquereux.

In these notes the extinct floras of Vancouver's Island

508 Descriptions of the Fossil Plants

and Bellingham Bay are brought still nearer to that of the
Miocene of Europe.

Planera dubia (Lesqx.) is regarded by Prof. Heer, as
identical with P. lingerie of Europe ; Cinnamonium cras-
sipes (Lesqx.) is said to be hardly distinguishable from
C. RossmcBsleri (Heer) ; Salix Islandica (Lesqx.) is com-
pared with Salix macrophylla (Heer) ; Quercus Benzoin
(Lesqx.) is referred to Oreodaphne Hceri (Gaud.); Quer-
cus Gaudini (Lesqx.) is said to be probably identical with
a species from the Italian Tertiaries, and Salisbnria poly-
morpha (Lesqx.) the representative of & adiantoides, lin-
gerie etc.

By Prof. Heer, the coal strata of Vancouver's Island,
and the opposite coast of Washington Territory — strata
which contain the plants — are all regarded as unquestion-
ably of Miocene age.

Now while this conclusion is apparently true as regards
one of these localities, we have strong reasons for believ-
ing that it is not true of the other; in short, that the coal
strata of Vancouver's Island, and those of the main land,
are not of the same age ; and that while the latter are
probably, if not certainly of Miocene age, the former are
Cretaceous.

In 1858, this conclusion was arrived at by the writer
in an examination made at that time, of tiie collections
forwarded by the Boundary Commission 1o Washington,
in which the fossil plants of Nanaiino, Vancouver's Island,
were found associated with a large, well-marked species
of Lioceranms, and a Pholadomya [P. subelongata), previ-
ously described by Mr. Meek, with many other cretace-
ous fossils from another locality on Vancouver's Island.
(Trans. Albany Institute, Vol. IV. p. 37).

The evidence now before us — if the specimens in the
collection were obtained in the circumstances reported —
show conclusively that all the plant-bearing strata about

Collected by Mr. CJeorg-c Gibbs. 509

Nanaiino, are of cretaceous age ; indeed, so far as at
present known to us, all the fossils collected at Vancou-
ver's Island are of that formation.

This evidence is not sufficient, however, to exclude all
tertiary rocks from the island, as but a small part of it
has been studied, and its geological structure is evidently
somewhat complicated. From the great development of
Miocene strata on the main land near by, we may even
anticipate that similar rocks vnll be found in Vancouver,
yet, so far as I am informed, they have not up to the
present time been identified there.

In regard to the age of the plant-bearing strata of Bel-
lingham Bay, there can be, I think, no reasonable doubt
that, as suggested by Messrs. Lesquereux and Heer, and
previously by the writer, (P. R. R. Rept. Vol. VI. Geol.
p. 64,) they are Miocene.

We cannot, perhaps, assert positively that any of the
species of fossil plants found at Bellingham Bay are iden-
tical with any from the Miocene strata of Europe, as a
larger amount of material than we now have would be
required for the settlement of that question, but the gene-
ric correspondence of the plants of Bellingham Bay and
Oeningen, for example, is very striking, and several species
from Bellingham Bay are so very like foreign ones, that I
have been unwilling to regard them as distinct. For in-
stance, besides the species mentioned by Mr. Lesqv^ereux,
Taxodium occidentale is closely allied to T. dubium of
Europe, the only marked difl'erence being, that in the
American plant the leaflets are constantly rounded at
both ends ; Sabal Cainpbelli, as represented in the collec-
tion of the Boundary Commission, is only to be distin-
guished from S. major by its flat unkeelcd petiole ; Smilax
cyclophylla is the representative of S. orbicularis ; Qiicr-
cus Bauksifcfolia is allied to Q. Drymfja, while Glyplostro-
bus Europccifs, Carpiniis g-randis, and Rliamnus Gaudini

510 Descriplions of the Fossil Plants

are either common to the two continents, or the American
species are so like the European as to be undistinguisha-
ble without better specimens than have yet been procured.
Guided only by the very imperfect view yet obtained of
the rich flora of the Bellingham Bay deposits, we are com-
pelled to regard it as corresponding to that of the Lower
Miocene of Europe.

In the splendid collections of tertiary plants made by
Dr. Hayden, on the Upper Missouri, are several species
which are identical with some of those found at Belling-
ham Bay, and there is no question that the plant bearing
strata of these two districts are essentially parallel.

At Point Doughty, Orcas Island, a group of fossil plants
was collected by the Commission, of which the age can
scarcely be determined from the notes and specimens be-
fore us. The position of this island, as will be seen by
reference to the map, is intermediate between Bellingham
Bay and Nanaimo, and no reliable connection with the
geology of either locality can be said to be as yet estab-
lished, either by continuity of strata, or identity of fossils.

The plants, though numerous, are, with perhaps one ex-
ception, dilTerent from any yet found on the main land, or
about Nanaimo. They include Tcetiiopteris Gibbsii, Sp/ien-
opleris elon^ata^ a species of Sabal represented in the col-
lection by specimens too imperfect for accurate determi-
nation, and several angiospermous leaves, among which
are those of a Chinamomuni, perhaps identical with C.
Heerii (Lesqx.). Nothing satisfactory can be deduced
from a comparison of the plants collected in this locality,
with any described from the cretaceous or tertiary rocks
of other portions of America or of Europe, as the species
are all new, and the genera not characteristic of either for-
mation. Supposing the Cinnamomum to be identical with
that of Nanaimo, I have conjectured that the plant-beds
of Orcas Island were cretaceous.

Collected by Mr. George Gibbs. 51 1

This suspicion is also strengthened by the fact that
Sucia Island, which is very near Point Dougiity, has fur-
nished a large number of well-marked cretaceous fossils,
Ammonites, Baculites, etc. This evidence, however, is by
no means conclusive, and the age of the strata of Orcas
Island can only be accurately determined by future inves-
tigation.

The geology of all this region is evidently quite compli-
cated, and most of the conclusions which have been ar-
rived at in regard to it must be considered as in some
degree provisional, and liable to future modification.

Sphenopteris (Asplenium) elongata Newb.

Desc. Frond bi- or tripinnate; pinnae lanceolate, or
linear, acute, lower ones broadly lanceolate, pinnatifid at
base, margins deeply double-toothed, upper ones narrow,
lance linear, wedge shaped at base, summit long-pointed,
acute, margins coarsely toothed ; nervation strongly mark-
ed, acute-angled, medial nerve of pinnae vanishing toward
the summit, secondary nerves diverging from this at a very
small angle, radiating to the margins, dichotomously forked.

This beautiful fern is 'considerably unlike any hitherto
described from the tertiary rocks, but exhibits a marked
resemblance to some of those found in the older formations.
It is very much like, in its general aspect, to Sphenopteris
Virletii, Brongn. (Hist. Veget. Foss. I. p. 209, T. 58 F.
1-2.), some of the pinnae having almost precisely the same
form, but generally the lobes of the pinnatifid pinnae in S.
Verletii are narrower, deeper, and less oblique, and the
marginal teeth less acute.

In the specimens contained in the collection, I have not
been able to discover any traces of fructification ; we are,
therefore, not able to refer our plant with certainty to any
of the living genera to which it might be supposed to be-
long. The venation and mode of division of the frond
are, however, so similar to that of some species of Asplen-

512 Description of the Fossil Plants

iiim — Asplcnium erosiim, etc., — that I shall be surprised
if on the discovery of its fructification it is not found to
belong to that genus.

Formation and Locality. Cretaceous ? rocks. Point
Doughty, Orcas Island.

T^NioPTERis GiBBsii. Newb.

Desc. Frond simple, petiolate, oblong, elliptical in out-
line, rounder at base and summit ; margins entire, midrib
strong, straight, smooth ; lateral nerves leaving the midrib
nearly at a right angle, simple, fine, parallel, numerous.

The form and nervation of this leaf are so well given in
the accompanying figures, that no lengthy description of
it seems necessary. The fructification is not visible on
the specimens contained in the collection, and its relation
to living ferns must therefore remain for the present some-
what in doubt. It however falls clearly within the fossil
genus Tceniopteris, and may be permitted to remain there
until such time as its fructification shall be discovered, and
its affinities with recent genera demonstrated. By its sim-
ple frond, strong midrib, and simple, parallel nerves, nearly
horizontal, it resembles some oY the species of Olfersia
Presl ; perhaps as much also the living Oleandra neriifolia
and other species of the same genus.

Among described fossil ferns, there is none for which
this need be mistaken. Three species only which have
been referred to this genus have been described from rocks
of Tertiary age, viz. : T. Bcrtrandi, Brongn. (Hist. Veget.
Foss. I. p. 266, T. 82, F. 5,) from the Miocene of Lom-
bardy, T. dentata Sternb. (Vers. 2, S. 141. Gopp. Syst.
Fil. Foss. S. 355, T. 21, F. 7, 8,) and T. Eocenica Ung.
(Gen. et Spec. p. 527,) from the Schists of Radoboj in
Croatia, formerly regarded as Eocene, now as Lower Mio-
cene. Another species is mentioned by Brongniart from
the Italian Tertiaries, (Tab. des Gen. p. 21,) but it is
not yet described. From the three species enumerated

Collected by Mr. George Gibbs. 513

above, ours is readily distinguishable. Of these, the first
is linear lanceolate, acute, with acute-angled nervation,
nerves usually forked ; of the second, the form is also lin-
ear, the nervation acute-angled, nerves often forked, and
the margin toothed ; of the third, the outline is broadly
linear, the nervation acute-angled, nerves forked at the
base.

It gives me great pleasure to dedicate this interesting
fern to my friend, Mr. George Gibbs, the Geologist of the
Northwest Boundary Commission, by whom it was col-
lected.

Formation and locality. Cretaceous ? strata, Point
Doughty, Orcas Island.

Equisetum robustum Newb.

Desc. Stem robust, eight lines wide with about twenty-
four strongly marked furrows ; sheaths long ; teeth long-
pointed, acute, as many as the furrows ; internodes a little
longer than the diameter of the stem.

There is no living species of Equisetum which attains
the size of the fossil before us ; though it does not rival
in this respect those found in the older mesozoic rocks.
Between the living and older extinct species it seems to
form a connecting link, a stepping-stone, by which the
Calamites of the coal period, and the gigantic Equiseta of
the Trias have come down to the humble dimensions of
their present representatives.

There is no described Tertiary species with which it will
be likely to be confounded. E. procerum. Heer, (Flor.
Tert. Helvet. p. 158, Taf. CXLVI. fig. 1,) is even larger,
but will at once be distinguished from it by its smoother
stem and far more numerous and less acute teeth.

Formation and locality. Miocene Tertiary shale, Bel-
lingham Bay, W. T.

AspiDiuiM Kennerlyi Newb.

Desc. Frond pinnate ; pinnse deeply pinnatifid ; pin-

JOUKNAL B. S. >J. H. 65 FEBRUAKT, 1863.

514 Descriptions of the Fossil Plants

nules oblong, obtuse, somewhat curved upward, vinited at
their bases, margins acutely denticulate, sometimes entire;
nervation strongly marked, secondary nerves mostly once-
forked, basal nerve of each pinnule on the lower side often
twice-forked.

This elegant species seems to have grown in the greatest
abundance during the period of the deposition of the coal
of Vancouver's Island ; the shales over the Newcastle
coal being so closely packed with its fronds as to show
them crossing each other in every direction under every
lamina that is raised. From their very abundance and
consequent interference, it is impossible to obtain the en-
tire outline of a frond, or even of a pinna ; the frond must,
however, have been of considerable size, and the pinnse
eight or ten inches in length. These last are linear in out-
line, some of them somewhat curved, others quite straight,
the difference being doubtless due to their different posi-
tions in the frond. The pinnules are usually arched up-
ward, very broad at the base, rounded or obtusely pointed
at the summit. Where well preserved, the margins of the
larger ones are seen to be finely but distinctly denticulate.
The nervation is quite strong, but the frond was evidently
thick and firm, and though very prominent on the under
side, on the upper the nerves are scarcely visible. The
midrib is slightly sinuous, and vanishes toward the sum-
mit of the pinnule. The secondary nerves are generally
once-forked, but the upper ones are simple, and the lower
one on the lower side is often twice-forked, or rather two
once-forked nerves spring from the same base.

Among fossil species this may be compared with A.
Filix antiqua Al. Br. Heer, (Flor. Tab. Hcivet. 1, S. 35,
Taf. XI. fig. 1,) but though crenulated, the pinnules in
that species are not denticulate, and they are not curved.
The nerves are also less strong and more simple than in
our plant.

Collected by Mr. George Gibbs. 515

Formalion and locality. Cretaceous shales over New-
castle coal, Nanaimo, Vancouver's Island.

Sabal Campbelli Newb.

Dcsc. Leaf very large, eight to ten feet in diameter, witii
fifty to seventy folds ; petiole long, sixteen lines or more
in width, flat above, without a central keel and unarmed;
nerves numerous and fine, about fifty in each fold — six
principal nerves on each side of the midrib, with three
intermediate nerves between each pair, the middle one
being strongest.

In its general .character this palm bears a strong resem-
blance to Sabal major, Ung. Sp. ( Chloris, Prot. S. 42, Taf.
14, fig. 2 ; Flor. Tert. Helvet. 1, S. 88, Taf. XXXV. XXXVI.
figs. 1, 2,) the size of the leaf, the number of folds and
the character of the nervation being nearly the same ; but
in our plant the petiole is apparently flat or slightly arched
above, without the central keel of S. major. Unfortunately
we have as yet obtained no specimen showing the under
side of the leaf, and therefore want the important diagnos-
tic character of the length of the point of the petiole.

From Sabal Lamanonis this species may be distin-
guished by its greater size, more numerous leaf-folds,
finer and more crowded nervation, and by its flat un-
keeled petiole.

Fan-palms are not now found on the Pacific coast above
Cape St. Lucas, (Lat. 23° North,) though the average tem-
perature would permit them to grow perhaps as far north
as San Francisco, (Lat. 38°). In the valley of the Missis-
sippi and on the Atlantic coast they extend northward to
the parallel of 35°.

Formation and locality. Miocene Tertiary, Belli ngham
Bay, W. T.
Sabal Sp.

Fragments only of a fan-palm are contained in the
collections made at Nanaimo ; if, as now appears prob-

516 Descriptions of the Fossil Plants

able, the beds containing it are Cretaceous, it will doubt-
less prove to be a new species.

The only tangible characters exhibited in the specimens
yet obtained are in the nervation.

The nerves are very fine, nearly sixty in each fold, — six
stronger ones on each side of the midrib, and between
each two of these three finer ones, of which the middle is
strongest.

Taxodium occidentale Newb.

Desc. Branchlets terete, leaves numerous, crowded,
generally opposite, sessile, or very short-petioled, one-
nerved, flat, rounded at both ends.

This is the plant figured by Prof. Dana, (Geol. Explor.
Exped. Atlas, PI. 21, fig. 3,) and considered by Prof.
Heer — judging from that figure — as identical with T.
diibium, a species very common in the Tertiary of Europe.
Future investigations may confirm this identification, but
the specimens before us exhibit so well-marked and con-
stant differences from those of the European T. dvbium,
that we must conclude them distinct, at least till such
time as common characters may be discovered which shall
unite them.

Judging from the leaves alone, for we have not yet met
with the fruit, if there is any propriety in separating T.
dubiuni from the living deciduous cypress T. distichnm, our
plant should be regarded as a new species, as it is more
unlike either than they are unlike each other.

In T. dubiuni the leaves are fewer, more obliquely set
on the deciduous branchlets, are short-petioled, and acute
at both ends. Even in var. c. " foliis apice obtusiusculis,"
(Heer, op. cit. p. 50, Taf. XVII. fig. 19,) there is no
very marked departure from the normal form, while in the
numerous specimens collected on the Pacific coast by Mr.
Gibbs and Prof. Dana — all of which are before me — the
leaves are mostly closely set, given off from the branchlet

Collected by Mr. George. Gibbs. 517

at. a large angle, — 45^ to 90^', — are opposite, sessile, or
very sliort-petioled, and are rounded at both ends, some-
times even emarginatc at the summit.

The specimens brought from the Yellow Stone, by Dr.
Hayden, though generally much larger and stronger, ex-
hibit the same general character.

In both collections are slabs literally covered with
branchlets which seem to have fallen simultaneously, pre-
cisely as the terminal branchlets of our deciduous cypress
are thrown down together by an autumnal frost.

Formation and locality. Tertiary rocks, Birch Bay,
above Bellingham Bay, Washington Territory.

Taxodium cuneatum Newb.

JDesc. Leaves numerous, short, broad, spatulate in
form, rounder or sub-acute at summit, wedge-shaped
below, narrowed into a very short petiole, or sessile upon
the branchlets.

The specimens of this plant contained in the collection,
though numerous, are too imperfect for satisfactory de-
scription. If found in strata of the same age, it might be
considered but a variety of T. occidentale or T. dubium ;
but if we can trust the accuracy of the very intelligent
gentleman by whom it was collected, it is clearly of Cre-
taceous age, and therefore, in all probability, quite distinct
from any described species.

The spatulate or cuneate form of the leaves, if this
should be found to be a constant character, would serve to
distinguish it at a glance from its Tertiary representatives.

Formation and locality. Green cretaceous sandstone,
Nanaimo, Vancouver's Island.

Glyptostrobus Europjeus.

Desc. I have referred the numerous specimens of
Glyptostrobus in the collection with much doubt to G.
Enroprmts, but I shall not be svirprised, if, when we have a
better representation of the leaves and fruit of this plant,
it shall be considered distinct. Unfortunately, we have not

518 Descriptions of the Fossil Plants

yet procured the cones, or any cone scales from the West-
ern coast, and we therefore want data without which it is
impossible to say with certainty whether this is identical
with the European species or not.

The foliage exhibits an almost constant variation from
that of G. Europaus, as that species is described and fig-
ured, and if it shall be decided that it is not specifically
distinct, it is certain that the specimens from Western
America represent a peculiar variety.

These specimens exhibit two forms of foliage. On
some branches the leaves are half an inch long, and
arranged in two rows ; these specimens are scarcely dis-
tinguishable from those described by Heer as "linearibus
patentibus distichis," and figured in Foss. Flor, Helvet.
Taf. XVIII. fig. 5. Other branches, and by far the
most numerous, are clothed with much shorter awl-shaped
leaves, often closely appressed ; but they are always lon-
ger and sharper than the appressed leaves of the European
specimens. The leaves of both forms may usually be seen
to be keeled, but they are not always so.

The beautiful specimens of Glyptostrobus obtained by
Dr. F. V. Hay den from the Miocene Tertiaries of Ne-
braska, which include the cones and leaves in great vari-
ety, and from various localities, are most faithful copies of
the representatives of G. Europccus figured by Prof. Heer,
including the two forms formerly known as G. Un-g;eri and
G. EuropcBUs. On the West coast, however, nothing has
yet been found which corresponds to the typical G. Euro-
pccus with its ajipressed foliage rounded and obtuse, its
cone scales regularly fluted and scalloped, etc.

The extreme western plant comes nearer G. Ungeri, and
has a very ditl'erent aspect; and yet if it is true, as Heer
supposes, that G. Europccus and G. Uug-eri are only varie-
ties of the same species, the specimens from Washington
Territory and Nebraska may very well belong to the same
plant, and that be undistinguishable from G. Europccus.

Collected by Mr. George Gibbs. 519

Formation and locality. Miocene strata, Birch Bay and
Bellingham Bay, W. T.

CiNNAMOMUM Heeri Lesqx.

Guided only by the brief description given by Mr. Les-
quereux, I cannot be positive that the species of Cinna-
momum before us is identical with that procured by Dr.
Evans from Vancouver's Island. In Mr. Lesquereux's
specimens the summit of tiie leaf was wanting, but he
conjectures that the lateral nerves extended to the point.
Among my specimens are several in which the upper ex-
tremity of the leaf is preserved.

From these it appears that the lateral nerves terminate
in the margin before reaching the point. This would sep-
arate it from C. Buchi, and would bring it nearer to C.
Schenchzeri, or C. lanceolatuni. My specimens, however,
indicate a larger and thicker leaf than that of either of
these species.

It would be a matter of no little interest to determine
the relations of the specimens of Cinnamomum contained
in the Boundary Collection with those brought from Van-
couver's Island and Bellingham Bay by Dr. Evans, as
that would probably permit us to decide whether the
plant beds of Orcas Island should be grouped with those
of the mainland, or with those of Nanaimo.

Formation and locality. Cretaceous ? strata, Orcas Isl-
and.

Carpinus grandis? Ung.

Desc. Leaves elliptical, ovate elliptical,, or ovate lan-
ceolate finely double serrate, secondary nerves twelve to
twenty, slender, parallel.

Among the fossil plants brought by the United States
Exploring Expedition from the coast above Bellingham
Bay, there are numerous impressions of a Carpinus which
I have been unable to distinguish from C. grandis of
Europe. They are, however, for the most part, imper-

520 Descriptions of the Fossil Plants

fectly preserved, and can hardly be regarded as sufficient
to determine, beyond a question, the identity of strata
found at localities so remote from each other.

This is the plant figured by Prof. Dana in the Geol-
ogy of the United States Exploring Expedition. (Atlas,
PL 21, fig. 15.)

Formation and locality. Miocene strata, Birch Bay,
W. T.

Rhamnus Gaudini ? Heer.

A single specimen of what may be this species is con-
tained in the collection of the United States Exploring
Expedition, made by Prof. Dana, and figured in the Atlas
accompanying his geological report (PI. 21,figs.ll and 12).

It is not sufficiently well preserved, however, to make
its accurate determination possible.

Formation and locality. Miocene tertiary strata. Birch
Bay, W. T.

Smilax cyclophylla Newb.

Desc. Leaves circular or round, ovate, cordate, or
slightly peltate at base, five-nerved, central and interior
pair of lateral nerves strongly marked, basilar pair deli-
cate, and scarcely reaching the middle of the leaf; second-
ary nervation forming a polygonal net-work more or less
rectangular.

Unfortunately, the only specimen of this plant which I
have is that collected by Prof. Dana, and figured in his
Geology of the United States Exploring Expedition, Atlas,
PI. 21, fig. 10, and is imperfect, the upper part of the leaf
being wanting. So far as its outline is indicated by the
part which remains, it would seem to have been nearly
orbicular. If such was the case, it resembled in general the
aspect leaves of S. orbicularis, Heer, (Tert. Flor. Helvet. 3,
S. 167, Taf. CXLVII. figs. 18, 19,) and perhaps as much
those of the living S. rotundifolia.

From (S. orbicularis it differs, however, in the shortness

Collected by Mr. George Gibhs. 521

of the exterior pair of lateral nerves, and in the polygonal
reticulation of the secondary nervation.

Formation and locality. Tertiary strata, Birch Bay, W. T.

QUERCUS CORIACEA Ncwb.

Desc. Leaves lanceolate, long-pointed, acute, wedge-
shaped at base, decurrent on the petiole ; margins entire,
or rarely bearing a few acute teeth toward the summit;
nervation strongly marked ; midrib strong; lateral nerves
numerous, sub-parallel, branching and inosculating at
the summit.

This is one of the willow oaks represented among re-
cent species by Q. imbricaria, etc.

The figures given illustrate the variations of form ex-
hibited in the collection. From these it will be seen that
with the general character of Q. chlorophylla Ung., and
Q. elaena Ung., it is distinct from both, the first being
rounded above and with finer nerves, the second larger
and narrower, with a nervation finer and closer, and the
summits of the lateral nerves more distinctly and regu-
larly united.

Formation and locality. Miocene Tertiary strata, Bel-
lingham Bay, W. T.

QuERcus FLEXuosA Newb.

Desc. Leaves four to six inches long, lanceolate, often
more or less curved, pointed, acute, narrowed at the base
to the petiole; margins somewhat irregularly sinuate den-
tate ; nervation strongly marked, lateral nerves forked and
anastomosing at the summit.

This is evidently one of the chestnut oaks, but has
not the regularity of nervation which characterizes most of
that group, of which Q. castanea may be taken as a type.

Among fossil species there are many to which it bears
considerable resemblance, such as Q. Gaudini Lesqx., Q.
Gmelini Ung., Q. iirophylla Ung., etc., but from these and
all others described it seems to be sufficiently distinct.

JOURNAL n. S. N. H. G6

522 Descriptions of the Fossil Plants

In Q. Gaudini, the secondary nerves are curved and run
along the margins. In the other species mentioned they
are less numerous, and more curved, and the marginal
teeth are coarser.

Formation and locality. Miocene Tertiary strata, Bel-
lingham Bay, W. T.

QuERCus Banksi.efolia Newb.

Desc. Leaves very long, linear, lanceolate, long-point-
ed and acute at either end ; margins set with numerous
nearly uniform, acute, appressed teeth turned toward the
superior extremity; midrib strong, running the entire
length of the leaf ; lateral veins numerous, simple,
strongly marked, parallel, arched upward, terminating in
the teeth of the margin ; reticulated nervation buried in
the thick parenchyma of the leaf, and generally invisible
in the fossil state.

This beautiful leaf resembles, in the style and strength
of its nervation, those of the living chestnut oak, but is
more slender than any other species, living or fossil, which
has come under my observation.

Among described fossil species, Q. drymeja Ung.,
(Chloris protogffia S. 113, Taf. 32, figs. 1-4,) Q. lon-
chitis Ung., (Flor. v. Sotzka, Taf. 9, figs. 3-8,) and Q.
Saffordi Lesqx., (Geol. Survey of Arkansas, p. 319,
Tab. VI. fig. 3,) seem to approach it most closely, the
former two, indeed, being very nearly allied to it ; but in
these species the leaves are broader and the lateral nerves
are more remote. In Q. Saffordi the leaf is, perhaps,
equally slender, but the teeth are coarser, and less de-
pressed, and the nervation much less strong and regular,
resembling in this respect that of the willow oaks ( Q.
phcllos, etc.). The living species with which our plant
may be compared are Q. Xalapcnsin, and, judging from
Prof. Heer's descrii)tion of it, Q. Sartorii Liebman. Both
of these are from Mexico.

Collected by Mr. George Gibbs. 523

Formntion and locality. Miocene Tertiary strata, Bel-
lingham Bay, W. T.

QUERCUS ELLIPTICA Ncwb.

Desc. Leaves elliptical or ovate, rounded or some-
what wedge-shaped at base, pointed above; margins en-
tire. Surface smooth, consistence thick and leathery ; ner-
vation strong; lateral nerves numerous, diverging at a large
angle, slightly arched upward, often sinuous, forked and
anastomosing above.

In its nervation this species resembles several of the
laurel-leaved oaks already described from the Tertiary
rocks of Europe, such as Q. nereifolia, Q. Heerii, Q. ela-
eiia, etc., but is distinguishable from all these and other
otherwise similar species by its broad elliptical or ovate
outline. The margins in the specimens before us are ap-
parently entire, but they are probably sometimes toothed,
as in most allied species.

Formation and locality. Miocene strata, Bellingham
Bay, W. T.

POPULUS RHOMBOIDEA LcsqX.

In the collection of the Boundary Commission are nu-
merous specimens which I have referred with some doubt
to species of Populus described by Mr. Lesquereux, ( Amer.
Jour. Science, Vol. XXVII. p. 360). My specimens are,
however, too imperfect to permit me to decide with a
certainty the question of their identity. Associated as
they are with Inoceranms, there can be no reasonable
doubt of their Cretaceous age.

Among the fossil leaves brought from Orcas Island,
there are some which bear considerable resemblance to
these, but they are too imperfect to render the comparison
satisfactory.

Formation and locality. Cretaceous strata, Nanaimo,
Vancouver's Island.

524 Descriptions of Fossil Plants.

POPULUS FLABELLUM Newb.

Desc. Leaves flabellate, orbicular or reniform, obtuse,
wedge-shaped at base, slightly decurrent onto the petiole.
Margins entire or waved; principal nerves three, two
lateral ones reaching nearly to the summit ; secondary
nerves fine, flexuous, forked.

There is no living species of Populus of which the nor-
mal form of the leaves approaches very closely to that of
those under consideration, though one, three-nerved like
these, may be occasionally found among the round-leaved
po])lars. Among the Tertiary plants collected by Dr.
Hayden on the Yellow Stone, is a species yet unpub-
lished very much like this, both in the form and nerva-
tion of the leaves, and among the Cretaceous plants col-
lected by the same geologist in Nebraska, is another
nearly equally like ; but in both these the upper margins
of the leaves are more or less crenulated.

Formation and locality. Miocene strata, Bellingham
Bay. W. T.

Ficus ? cuNEATUs Newb.

Desc. Leaves obovate or elliptical, shortly acuminate
at summit, wedge-shaped at base, decurrent onto the
petiole ; nervation distinct, flexuous, reticulated ; midrib
strong; lateral nerves eight or nine pairs gently arched
upward, the lower ones curved at the extremities, anasto-
mosing near the margin, the upper ones forked above
the branches, meeting and forming a coarse net-work.

The specimens of this plant are too few and too ob-
scurely preserved to permit my accurate determination ;
for the present it may be left in the genus Ficus, to some
species of which it certainly bears a close resemblance,
both in outline and nervation.

Formation and locality. Cretaceous strata, Orcas Isl-
and.

On Arachnactis brachiolata. 525

Art. XL — On Arachnactis brachiolata^ a Species of Float-
ing Actinia found at Nahant, Massachusetts. By A.

Agassiz.

[Communicated Oct. 1, 18G2.]

Like the Norwegian species mentioned by Sars,* our
Arachnactis is found in the autumn ; the first specimens
occurred about the beginning of September, and had only
four tentacles. (Fig. 1.) They are exceedingly abundant
at night; large numbers were caught fii;. i.

every evening with the dip net.f Their
general appearance is so like a Bra-
chiolaria, that, at first not recognizing
it as a Polyp, I supposed it to be the
larva of one of our star-fishes. The
manner in which they move is precise- Young Amriumrtis, narrow
ly similar to that of the larva of one ol'"^"^'"''''^ P'''*' "^ tentacles.
our common star-fishes, the Aster acanthion herylinus Ag.
They always swim with the disk turned down, the abacti-
nal region pointing up, and the longitudinal axis of the
body inclined. Their movements are very slow, as up to
the time when they have sixteen tentacles, and have
reached a length of about one eighth of an inch, they pro-
pel themselves almost entirely by means of the numerous
ciliae which are scattered on the surface of the tentacles.

The tentacles themselves are not capable of extensive
contractions ; they can simply be slightly shortened, and
curved over the opening of the mouth, and are never
drawn into the disk as in Actinia. The column itself con-
tracts only little, even when irritated by touch. The body
is perfectly transparent, so that the partitions can readily
be seen through the outer wall. They extend from the

* Sars, M. Fauna littoralis Norvegi^, Erste Lieferung. Christiana, 1846.
t Agassiz, A. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. ix. p. 159.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. FEBRUARY, 1863.

526

On Arachnactis brachiolata.

central wall to the periphery, as transparent lamella3
reaching, as in Edwardsia* but a small distance from the
Fi^r, 2. actinal region towards the abacti-

nal side. Fig. (2.) The partitions
corresponding to the first-formed
tentacles remain always larger and
more prominent than the others.

When seen from different sides
the aspect of this actinia is very
different. It exhibits to a remark-
able degree bilateral symmetry.
When seen from above we can
see at once, even in young speci-
mens in which there are not more
than four tentacles, that the slit
of the mouth is not placed in the
centre of the disk, but nearer one
'"'" edge, (fig. 3.) and that the tenta-
cles are not arranged in circles round
the mouth, the largest nearest the
mouth slit. On the contrary, the
tentacles are arranged in two simple,
independent rows, one row surround-
ing the mouth slit, and the other ar-
ranged precisely in the same way on
the edge of the disk. The mode of de-
Disk seen from above. Yclopmcnt of thc tcntaclcs is sucli that
the youngest, the smallest, last- formed tentacles, either
round the mouth or round the disk, are always placed at
one end of the mouth slit. It is there that additional ten-
tacles are formed, and not in the intermediate spaces be-
tween the first tentacles. Unlike otiier Polyps, the tentacles
of thc first cycle are not developed at the same time, but

* Quntn-fagcs, A. dc, Mcmoires sur les Kdwardsies, (Edwardsin,) nouveau genre
de la famille dcs Actinies. Ann. Sc. Nat. 1842, Vol. xviii. p. 65.

Ararhnfirtis hrar/iinldta^ iiaritiw tiiUi
facing pair of teiitacU'

Ki'.'. .S.

On Arachnactis hrachiolata.

527

at one extremity of the longitudinal axis of the mouth we
find the oldest tentacles, while at the other, tentacles are
constantly added which belong to one and the same cycle,
although not all formed at the same time. Besides these
tentacles which are all in pairs, an odd tentacle is devel-
oped opposite the extremity of the mouth nearest the edge
of the disk. (Fig. 3.)

The disk of specimens having as many as sixteen ten-
tacles, (fig. 2,) is very elliptical, the whole body being
strongly compressed laterally in the same direction as the
slit of the mouth. (Fig. 3.) So that, when seen from the
narrow side facing the odd tentacle or the youngest pair
of tentacles, the appearance of the animal is quite different.
In the first case the tentacles are arranged symmetrically
on both sides of the small odd tentacle, (fig 4,) an uneven
number of tentacles being seen ; while
in the second case there is an even
number of tentacles seen arransfed on
both sides of the prolongation of the
longitudinal axis of the mouth, as in
fig. 2. When seen from the broad
side the aspect is still different, the
tentacles decreasing regularly in size,
after the second pair, from the extrem-
ity where the odd tentacle is placed
towards the part of the disk where the
new tentacles are added. (Fig. 5.)
This figure has only three pairs of ten-
tacles, but the proportions of the dif-
ferent tentacles always remain, in the
specimens which I have seen, nearly
like this, as can readily be seen from
figure 2, which has six pairs of tenta-
cles. When seen from the narrow
side, the large tentacles are placed Figure :i from tue broaa
symmetrically on both sides of the disk.

Tentacles of fig. 2 from the

narrow side ficiui; odd

tentacle.

ide.

528 On Arachnactis brachiolata.

The same bilateral symmetry can be traced in the tenta-
cles which surround the mouth. The largest are placed
nearest the odd tentacle, and they decrease in size toward
the opposite extremity of the mouth.

The body is of a pale ochre color, perfectly transparent;
the edge of the tentacles and of the partitions appears some-
what darker, owing to the thickness of the walls. The
extremity of the column is rounded, the wall is slightly
thickened there, and there is no trace of any opening at the
base of the columns or at the tip of the tentacles. The
digitate appendages which hang in the cavity of the body
are simply thin folds of the prolongation of the partitions
twisted like a corkscrew as they become longer. When
seen from the narrow side, (fig. 2,) these appendages are
arranged symmetrically on both sides of the longitudinal
axis of the body; but when seen from the broad side, the
curves are always in one direction, the convexities turned
away from the side where the odd tentacle is placed.

The tentacles of the mouth slit are short, conical, almost
always carried vertically upward, but when the sides of
the digestive cavity are in great activity and project be-
yond the surface of the disk, they are often extended per-
fectly flat upon the actinal area. In young specimens,
(fig. 1,) the whole cavity of the column is filled with a
spherical mass composed of large polygonal yolk-cells.
Tins sphere revolves slowly about in the interior, and as
the actinia becomes older it is reduced in size, and the
space is filled by the digitate appendages. When the
actinia is in motion, the young tentacles are on the side
of the body which is nearest the surface, the long, heavier
tentacles being below.

The youngest specimens of Arachnactis found resemble,
in a striking manner, the more advanced figures given by
llaime,* of the young Cerianthus. The mode of develop-

* Hiiimo, Jules, Mt'moire sur lo Ceiiaiithe ( Cerianthus membranaceus). Aun. Sc.
Nat. 4<^ Scr. I. p. 341.

On Arachnactis brachiolata. 529

mont of the tentacles appears to be the same. There are
at first four tentacles of which two arc much larger than
the others, and between the largest ones is formed the odd
tentacle, which Haime considered as a tentacle of the sec-
ond cycle, but which I have shown to remain always odd
in Arachnactis. When we compare the figures given by
Busch * of Diantheus nobilis, which is undoubtedly, as
Leuckart f thinks the young of Cerianthus membranaceus,
or of Saccanthus, we shall find still greater resemblances
to the figures I have given of our Arachnactis. As the
stages observed by Busch are more advanced than those
of Haime, there can be no doubt after examining his fig-
ures that the mode of development of the tentacles of
Cerianthus is identical with that of Arachnactis. We have
then in the family of Cerianthidae as established by Milne
Edwards, $ (he does not include in it Arachnactis,) a mode
of development of tentacles which is entirely difl'erent
from what we find in the other actinias. This mode of
development is f&und in genera which are connected by
structural differences, which would seem to prove that here
we have a group of greater value than a simple family,
which must rank as a suborder in the order of Actinaria,
and include in it two families of which Cerianthus and
Arachnactis are the representatives.

In these actinise the partitions of the same cycle are of
different lengths, two of them always retaining their greater
predominance. They have two sets of rows of tentacles,
one round the mouth, the other round the edge of the disk,
plainly showing that Cerianthus and Arachnactis form a

* Busch, \V. Beobachtungen iiber Anatomie uud Entwickelung einiger wir-
bellosen Seethiere. Berlin, 1851.

t Leuckart, R. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der Naturgeschichtc der nie-
derea Thiere wiihrend der Jahre 1848-1853. Arcbiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1852,
ii. p 461.

X Edwards, H. Milne. Histoire Naturelle des Corallaires, Tome i. Paris,
1857.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 67

530 On Arachnactis brachiolata.

group of greater value than a family, a suborder in the
order of Actinaria.

In what way the additional tentacles of the edge of the
disk of Cerianthus are developed, I am unable to say, nor
can I state whether the tentacles which are first formed
always retain their greater size, as is the case in Arach-
nactis.

The most advanced specimen of Arachnactis which I
have figured (fig. 2), has evidently not reached its full size,
as the sphere of yolk cells has not entirely disappeared, and
no sexual organs have been observed.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

The figures are all placed with the tentacles down, as
that is the natural attitude of these animals while swim-
ming.

Fig. 1. A young Arachnactis having four tentacles seen
from the narrow side, facing the pair of youngest tenta-
cles. The two small tentacles seen in the figure, are the
large pair of tentacles of the opposite extremity of the
mouth slit.

Fig. 2. An Arachnactis brachiolata with thirteen margi-
nal tentacles also seen from the narrow side, facing the
pair of last formed tentacles, the digitate appendages are
seen symmetrically arranged on both sides of the column ;
the sphere of yolk cells is much reduced in proportion to
the size of the cavity.

Fig. 3. The disk of a young Arachnactis seen from
above ; there are three pairs of marginal tentacles, the odd
tentacle is developed, and placed on the right of the
figure, the fourth pair of tentacles is still united in one
protuberance. The tentacles round the mouth slit are as
yet simj)le thickening of the walls round it projecting
straight up as seen in figures 1 and 5.

Fig. 4. The same as figmre 2, seen from the narrow side

Prodromus of the Lucernarice. 531

facing the odd tentacle, the large pair of tentacles round
the mouth is quite prominent in this figure.

Fig. 5. Figure 3 seen from the broad side to show the
mode of arrangement of the tentacles of the two sets of
tentacles, the odd tentacle is on the left of the figure, the
last formed pair on the right.

Art. XII. — Prodromus of the History, Structure, and
Physiology of the order Lucernarice. By Prof.
Henry James-Clark, of Harvard University, Cam-
bridge, Mass.

[Communicated January 7th, 1863.]

In the month of September, 1862, 1 discovered upon our
coast a Lucernarian, Halimocyathus platypus, H. J. C,
which differed in such a remarkable degree from the most
commonly known form, Haliclystus auricula, H. J. C, that
I deemed it to belong to a different family from the latter ;
but in order that there might be no lack of correlative con-
firmation, I obtained, by the help of friends, sufficient
materials to warrant me in making a complete revision of
the whole order. This I now present in the form of a
prodromus, rather than an elaborate treatise, simply be-
cause I desire at the earliest possible time to incite natu-
ralists to a closer investigation of the habits, structure, and
relations of this remarkable order, and moreover that by
their labors I may profit whilst working out the memoir
which I have had in preparation for many months.

LUCERNARI^.* H. James-Clark.

An order of pedicellated Acalepha3.

The disc more or less octagonal or circular, and varying

* See my paper entitled " Lucernaria the Ccenotype of Acalepha;." Proceed-

MARCH, 1863.

532 Prodromiis of the

from nmbellseform to infundibnliforra or nrnaeform ; the
aboral side at the centre extended into a monocamerous or
tetracamerous pedicel, whose base constitutes the principal
means of attachment and progression ; the middle of the
oral side extended into a cylindrical quadrate mouth, with
plicate lips ; the oral and aboral sides of the disc consist
each of two walls, between which is included a gelatini-
form layer of varying thickness, which in the aboral side,
although compressible and resilient, is uncontractile, but
in the oral side is contractile, and constitutes the musculo-
gelatiniform layer, which is also continuous into the tenta-
cles and marginal anchors, between their outer and inner
walls, whilst the aboral gelatiniform layer is continuous
into the pedicel between its outer and inner walls ; the
cavity of the disc divided into four quadrant camera3 by
the junction of the oral and aboral sides along four
equidistant lines, thus forming so many partitions which
extend from the base of the four flanks of the quadrate
moulh nearly to the intertentacular margin ; the discal
camertc either simple (Eleuthero carp idee), or each subdi-
vided into two superposed spaces ( CleistocarpidcE) by a
horizontal membrane or diaphragm, which extends from
the base of each of the four angles of the mouth to the
distal ends of the approximate halves of neighboring gen-
itals ; exteriorly the oral side of the disc is divided into
four depressions, corresponding to the region about the
four partitions, and four elevations alternating with the
latter, and constituting the four buttress-like basilar ex-
tensions from the angles of the mouth : in the area of the
four depressions are situated the four principal muscular
layers ; in the region of the four elevations are the four

ings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., May 18G2, p. 47, in which 1 iiiive attempted to prove
that the Luccniarians arc a distinct order of Acalejihiv. I take occa.sion here to
correct a provoking error in the paper referred to: on the 53d page, line 8, /ess
should bo move.

Order Lncernaricc. 533

weaker muscular layers ; both of the above layers are
immediately subjacent to the outer wall, and terminate, at
the edge of the disc, in a marginal muscular band which,
with varying degrees of breadth and thickness forms a
complete ring passing outside the bases of the tentacles
and anchors, and constitutes the terminus of the oral side
of the disc : the tentacles are disposed in eight groups on
the oral face just within the margin of the disc, and at
eight points which alternate with the four partitions and the
four corners of the mouth ; in each group those of the outer-
most row are the oldest ; they are hollow,* open into the
general cavity of the body, cylindrical, slightly tapering,
and terminate in a globular or spheroidal expansion which
serves a tactile purpose or as an organ of prehension : f
the intertentacular margin is either simple or at eight
points, exactly opposite the four partitions and the four
corners of the mouth, bears in youth a single tentacle,
which with increasing age, by the development of adhesive
vesicles in the outer wall, below the globose tip, becomes
more or less modified in shape and proportions, according
to the species, varying from pistilliform to broadly oval,
fabffiform or trumpet-shape, and serves as an organ of ad-
herence and progression, of the same nature as the base of

* In Milne Edwards' description of the plates of Zoophytes belonging to the
third edition of Cuvier, PI. 63, fig. 1, and in Edwards and Haimes' Hist. Nat. Coral-
liers, Vol. 3, p. 456, the tentacles are represented to have closed cavities, with au
ampulla at the base, like the ambulacral tubes of Ecliinoderms; this I am con-
vinced is a mistake, the ampullae being merely the more or less thickened, lobu-
late projections between the bases of the tentacles, as I have fully proved for my-
self by examination not only of our common Lucernarian, Haliclystus auricula,
but also of the same species that Edwards had, viz. : Calvadosia campanulata
(Lucernaria campanulata Lamx.)

t As I shall have occasion to speak of the radial and tlie transverse develop-
ment of the groups of tentacles, I give here a brief description of their taxis and
of the mode of its development. In a young Haliclystus auricula, not quite yg-
of an inch in diameter, there arc four tentacles in each tuft, — No. 1, the
oldest and outermost; No. 2 the next oldest; No. 2a the next youngest ;
and No. 3 the youngest. In another bunch on the same individual there

1

2 2a

3

534

Prodromus of the

the pedicel: the motive power of the tentacles and the
marginal anchors consists of a longitudinally fibrillated
muscular layer situated just beneath their outer wall, and
is directly continuous with the muscular layer in the oral
side of the disc : in the pedicel the muscular system is
cither imbedded in the gelatiniform layer, or forms longitu-
dinal ridges upon the inner face of it; in the former case
it either consists of four longitudinal cords extending from
the base of the pedicel, throughout its length, to the inner
ends of the partitions, or it forms a continuous sheath
subdividing the gelatiniform layer into two portions ; in
the latter case the four ridges* are purely muscular and
like the imbedded cords extend from the base of the pedi-

1 I

2a 2

3
4a 4

1

2

2a

8 .3

8a

4

4a

5

6

6a

7

0

9a

10

11

12

1 1

2

2a'

3 1

4

4a'

1

2

2a

3

4

4a

1

2 2a
3 6a

4 4a
6

are ?ix tentacles, arranged as in the second diagram. No. 1 the oldest;
and Nos. 2, 2a, 3, 4, 4a successively younger. Bunches on each side of
any one partition develop in opposite spirals, as the third diagram illus-
trates ; « b \s the partition. In a specimen a little older than this,
about Tj^g- of an inch in diameter, the tentacles are ar-
ranged as in the fourth diagram. No. 1, the oldest, and
Nos. 2, 2a, 3, 4, 4a, 5, 6, 6a, successively younger, and as
in the last case, in opposite spirals on each side of a par-
tition. In this, the last, instance, it is clear that the radial
development, Xos. 1, 3, 5, is the same
in rate as tiie transverse Nos. 6a, 2a, 1,
2, 6, so that the tuft is about as broad
one way as the other. In a tuft of sev-
enteen tentacles of Halimocyathus pla-
typus, the succession is as in the fifth
diagram; No. 1 the oldest, and Nos. 2,
2a, 3, 4, 4a, 5, 6, 6a, 7, 8, 8a, 9, 9a, 10,
11, 12, successively, the younger ones.
By this it is evident at a glance that

tiic radial development, Nos. 1, 3, 5, 7, 10, 11, 12, is far in excess over the transverse
Nos. 8, 2, 1, 2ft, 8a. In Carduella the transverse development is far more rapid
than tlie radial. Allman represents a young one with five or six tentacles in a
group, and all in a transverse row. Sars figures a still older one having two
transverse rows in each group, and four or five in each row.

♦ In this ca<o the muscular pilasters of Lnccrnaria quadricornis are not to be
confounded with the i)ih»sters in the pedicel of Culvadosia, as in tlie latter they
are totally devoid of muscle. — See the diagnosis and description of the latter far-
ther along.

Order Lucemarice. 535

eel to the partitions, where they become continuous with
the muscular layer of the oral side of the disc : organs of
generation dioecious ; they occupy the same position in the
male as in the female, and have the same general structure
in both, which consists of saccules attached to the inner
wall of the oral side of the disc, and arranged more or less
closely together, so as to form variously shaped groups or
bands; each individual has eight of these bands, every
two of which constitute the halves of a single genital, and
are either separate from each other, or united across the
axial end of a partition, so as to form a U-shaped organ,
the two limbs of which extend in a greater or less degree
toward the groups of tentacles or the intertentacular mar-
gins ; the convex edge of the U is bordered by one or more
rows of ligulate, digitiform, or filamentary bodies, which ex-
tend from the inner or proximal end of the septal region,
either one third, one half, or even along the whole length
of the genitals ; of each ligulate filament, at least in Hali-
clystus auricula, the side which faces toward the band
which it borders, is covered, like the whole of the general
cavity, with vibratile cilia, and on the opposite side there
are no cilia, but a layer of closely set adhesive vesicles
identical in structure with those on the anchors and in
the base of the pedicle ; lasso-cells are also numerous on
the ciliated side, and all around the end of the filament.

Families of the order LUCERNARIiE. H. J. C.

1st. — Family. CLEISTOCARPID.E. H.James-Clark.

The neighboring halves of adjoining genitals approxi-
mate each other and unite at their distal ends opposite the
corners of the quadrate mouth and extend to or toward
the four intertentacular mararins which alternate with the
partitions ; the approximate genital halves, from their axial

536 Prodromus of the

to the distal end, united by a transverse horizontal mem-
brane, which divides each of the four quadrant camerse of
the disc into two superposed spaces, the oral one of which
forms a cul de sac, or claustrum* opening at the axial end,
and includes the genitalia. Halimoct/athus, Craterolophus,
Manama, Carduella, Depastrum.

2d. — Family. ELEUTHEROCARPID.E. H. James-Clark.

Each genital half, projecting freely f into the discal
camerae, extends in a direct line from the inner or axial
end of a partition to or toward the end of an arm ; the
four quadrant cameras of the disc simple. Lucernaria,
Calvadosia, Halidystus.

Family. CLEISTOCARPID.E. II. J. C.

HALiMOCYAxnus.t H. James-Clark.

Disc infundibuliform, octohedral ; arms produced : ped-
icel tetracamerous : tentacles in groups at the end of the
arms, outer row pistilliform like the marginal anchors,
radial development of the group greater than the trans-
verse : marginal anchors pistilliform : genital halves trans-
versely folded bands, united at their proximal ends across
the end of the intervening partition, their distal ends reach
nearly to the marginal anchors ; the digitate bodies do not
extend across the proximal end of the partitions : muscles
of the pedicel four filaments alternate with the four came-
ra?: principal muscles of the disc eight ligulate bands,
arising from the proximate ends of the partitions, extend

* Hence tlie name of the familj' KZa'w, to confine ; Kap-6g fruit,
t 'EXrinJfpof, free. ,

\ 'KTufiog, marine; Kva^o^, cup.

Order Lucernaria;. 537

to the end of each arm : marginal muscle broad and thin,
forming a sort of velum which projects beyond the margin
of tiie aboral side ; at the end of the arms it merges into
the ligulate muscles of the oral side of the disc : gelatini-
form layer of the aboral side, and the pedicel, conspicuous.

Halimocyathus platypus. H. James-Clark.

The disc or bell deeply infnndibuliform ; the arms nearly
twice as long as broad, and one third as long as the height
of the disc from the pedicel to the margin ; the marginal
sinuses no broader than the arms : the pedicel short, half
as high as the disc ; at the narrowest part, where it joins
the body, its diameter is nearly one half its length, and from
there it gradually broadens into a very large base, which
has a width equal to the length of the pedicel ; round, or
very slightly furrowed at four points opposite the muscles ;
in the middle of the base a small round opening lead-
ing to a cylindrical cavity, lined by the outer wall, which
projects into the gelatiniform axis considerably beyond the
horizon at which the pedicel • cameras terminate ; the four
camersB very large, closely approximated to each other and
to the axis, so that they have very narrow strips of gelatin-
iform substance between each other, or between them and
the axis; transversely quadrant ; altogether they occupy the
axial two thirds of the pedicel, and as the latter broadens
toward its base the camera broaden also, so as to retain
their proportionate size throughout; they open widely into
the cavity of the bell, neither at the base nor at any point
have they any intercommunication : tentacles thick, about
as long as the greatest breadth of the arms, seventeen to
twenty in each tuft, the radial diameter of the tuft much
greater than the transverse ; in a bunch containing seven-
teen there are seven tentacles in the middle radial row,
four in each row on either side of the latter, and one in
each outermost row, the last close to the distal side of the

JOURNAL B. S. N. 11. 68

538 Prodromus of the

tuft; the three in the distal transverse rowpistiHlform, i. e.,
the distal side of tlie three tentacles is considerably thick-
ened by the development of a layer of adhesive vesicles,
but not to such an extent as to disguise their tentacular
nature, united at their bases for one quarter of their
length, as if a triple organ ; the length of the largest ten-
tacles is to their thickness as eight is to one, the length of
the pistilliform ones is to their thickness as five is to one ;
the terminal knob globose, slightly depressed at the end,
as broad as the base of the tentacle : marginal anchors
reverted, very small, one third as long as the pistilliform
tentacles, but proportionately thicker, their length being a
little less than three times their radial diameter, i. e., from
the distal to the proximal side, and a little less than twice
their lateral diameter ; the layer of adhesive vesicles nearly
of uniform thickness from the knob to the base where it
rather abruptly thins out ; in the pistilliform tentacles this
layer is thickest midway between the base and the knob,
and gradually thins out each way; in both anchor and
pistilliform tentacles it occupies the distal two thirds of
the circumference ; the knob of the anchor is proportion-
ately much smaller than that of the tentacles : genitals
transversely fifteen to seventeen times folded, ligulate
bands, which extend from their point of union, at the prox-
imate end of the partitions, to the inner edge of the mar-
ginal muscle, the folds or lobes gradually enlarging toward
the distal end ; each of these lobes constitutes a single
genital saccule ; the digitiform bodies, in a single row,
very far apart, extend from near the proximal end of each
band a little more than half its length : the horizontal
membrane which forms the claustrum in which the genital
bands are confined is excessively thin and very extensible :
pedicel muscles four very thin cords, not easily detected
on account of their transj^arency, imbedded in the gelati-
niform mass, between the distal corners of the cameras :

Order LucernaricE. 539

principal muscles of the disc broadly ligulate, gradually
widening from their proximal ends to the termination of
the arms where they are as broad as the tentacular tufts :
marginal muscle very broad and very thin, doubled longi-
tudinally, and, projecting considerably beyond the margin
of the aboral side, completely hides from direct view the
marginal anchors when the animal is looked at from the
oral side ; it suddenly thins out to a mere film at the bases
of the tentacles : gelatiniform layer of the aboral side quite
thick and uniform from the junction with the pedicel to
the margin where it abruptly terminates ; from its inner to
its outer surface equal to the basal diameter of the largest
tentacles ; in the pedicel exterior to the cameras it is one
quarter thicker than in the bell, but no thicker than the
latter in the base ; between the four apertures of the pedi-
cel cameras, it projects considerably in the form of a boss,
from which a thick ridge extends to the proximal end of
each partition ; the fibroid bodies arranged very much like
those in Halichjstus auricula : lasso-cell groups or pockets
scattered here and there over the oral side. Size ; bell one
quarter of an inch in diameter, and three eighths of an
inch high including the pedicel. Geographical distribu-
tion ; a single specimen was found in September, 1862, at
Chelsea Beach, Mass., along with Haliclystus auricula^
attached to Zostera marina^ at half tide.

Craterolophus.* H. James-Clark.t

Disc octohedral, campanuliform ; arms produced ; pedicel
monocamerous, the camera possessed of ridges which form

* KpaTTjp, a cup ; ?i6(j>og, a tuft.

t A species of Lucernaria from Heligoland described by Jlettenheimer. Ueber
den Bau iind das leben einiger wirbel. Thiere, &c. Abhandl. Senkenberg. Naturf.
Gesell. Frankfurt, 1854, p. 15, plate I. fig. 5-11, is generically unlike any other, ex-
cept, perhaps, the Lucernaria convolvulus, Johnston, and therefore for the sake of
uniformity, I am obliged to characterize a genus, without having seen the ani-
mal, and from the written description of Mettenhcimer.

540 Prodromus of the

a cruciate figure at its base ; tentacles in groups at the

end of the arms; anchors none; genitals tubiform with

blind-sacklike divisions ; pedicel muscles correspond to
the four ridges in the camera.

Craterolophus Tethys. H. James-Clark.

" Lucernaria. (n. sp. ?) " Mettenheimer loc. cit. ut sup.
Disc deeply campanuliform, tapering into a long pedicel;
the arms very prominent, equidistant ; the marginal inter-
vals or sinuses round : pedicel thick, more than one half
as long as the bell, the base large and broad : tentacles
slender : genitals extend from the pedicel to the margin of
the bell, the approximated halves very close to each other :
the margin of the bell is beset by a row of lasso-cell groups
or pockets, which extend also in a double row from each
of the four corners of the mouth to the marginal sinuses.
Size, 14 inches long including the pedicel. Geographical
distribution : Heligoland Is.,- North Sea. Mettenheimer.
Collected in August.

? Craterolophus convolvulus. H. James-Clark. ,

Lucernaria convolvulus Johnston Mag. Nat. Hist. January,

1835, p. 69, fig. 3. '
" " Dujardin in Lamk. An. sans Vert.

2d ed. 1840, tom. 3, p. 59.
L. campanulata Johnst. Brit. Zoiiph. 1838, p. 231, fig. 37,

(excl. synon. Lamx.)
«' « « " « 1847, 2d ed. p. 248,

(excl. synon. partim.)
" " Greene Nat. Hist. Review; Proc. Soc.

1858, p. 132.
Judging from Johnston's figures, as well as his descrip-
tion, in the first citation,* the most ostensible ditl'erence be-

• My cletemiination of the character of this species is based purely upon
Johnston's original description, published in 1835, in the Mag. oS'at. Hist. In the

Order Lucernaricc. 541

tween this species and the last, is that this has an exceed-
ingly short pedicel, consisting merely of a very broad
disciform base which is attached to the bell by a deep
constriction ; the tentacles are also said to be short, but
this is rather a vague term, especially as the figures repre-
sent them as long as in some other species of Lucernariie
in which they can only be called long. The color is so
variable among these animals that it cannot be used as a
mark of distinction. Size, about an inch in height. Ge-
ographical distribution : Berwick Bay, east coast of Scot-
land, Johnston ; Tor Bay, south coast of England. May,
1833, Coldstream.

Manania.* H. James-Clark.

Disc urnaeform, octohedral ; the arms produced : pedicel
monocamerous ; the camera simple : tentacles in groups
at the end of the arms, but a little within the muscular
margin of the bell ; outer or distal row pistilliform ; the
radial diameter of the groups greater than the transverse :
marginal anchors pistilliform, situated just within the
muscular margin: genitals transversely folded, terminating
at a greater or less distance from the margin of the bell ; the
digitiform bodies accompany the united bands across the
proximal end of the partitions : muscles of the pedicel
four, equidistant, imbedded in the gelatiniform layer: prin-
cipal muscles of the disc ligulate ; from each side of the
proximal end of a partition one extends in a direct line to

British Zoijphytes the description is modified so as to correspond with the L.
campanulata, Lamx, with which be mistakenly identifies the originals. Curiously
enough too, L. campanulata, Lamx, belongs not only to a different genus, but also
to a diflferent family from the L. convolvulus.

* As in the case of Calvadosia and Haliclystus salpinx, I am indebted to Mr.
Stimpson for specimens of this genus, which he collected near the island of Grand
Manan, off Eastport, Maine. Unfortunately he made no written notes upon it while
it was in a living state, but he tells me that he identified it at the time with the
Lucernaria auricula, Fabricius, as described by that author in his Fauna Gron-
landica; and this is the same conclusion I have come to independently.

542 Prodromus of the

the end of the nearest arm : marginal muscle ligulate,
powerful, forming a ring of uniform breadth and thickness,
uninterruptedly, all around the margin of the bell, just
outside the anchors and the tufts of tentacles: gelatini-
form layer variable in thickness in the bell, uniform in
the pedicel.

Manania auricula. H. James-Clark.

Lucernaria auricula Fabr., Fauna Gronland, 1780, p. 341.
« " Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. 13th ed-

1788, p. 3151.
« " Steenstrup, Videnskbs. Meddl. Nat-

Hist. For. Kjobnh. 1859, p. 108,
(exclus. synon. Sars.)
" " Sars, Skandinav, naturforsch. mode

i Kjobenhavn, 1860, p. 693.
' « « « Aftryk af Videnskab. For-

hand. i Christiana, 1860, p. 6.*
" " Leuck. Bericht Wiegm. Archiv, 1861,

2d bd. p. 331.
" " — L. typica Greene, Leuck. Wiegm.

Archiv, 1860, p. 205.
" " Keferstcin, Siebold und KiJlliker,

Zeitsch. June, 1862, (exclus. synon.

Sars Bidrag.)

L typica Greene, Nat. Hist. Rev. Proc. Soc. 1858, p. 132.

L. sp. Sars, in note under L. auricula, J. Rathke, (non

Fabr.) Reise i Lofoten. Nyt. Mag. 1860, p. 144.

Ilololhuria lagcnam referens, &c. Miill. Prod. ZoiJl. Dan.

1776, No. 2812.

* I ([uote this synonym here notwithstanding the apparent disagreement in
Sars' diagnosis "organa generationis octo asquidistantia" which is intended doubt-
less merely as the opposite to the " radiis binis approximatis; orgaua generationis
octo per paria approximata " of L. quadricoruis.

Order Lucernaricc. 543

The urn much deeper than broad, passes into the
pedicel abruptly from a rounded base ; the arms about as
broad as long, recurved : pedicel much longer than the urn,
slender, gradually tapering to the end, where it suddenly
expands into a moderate disciform base ; the camera four
sided, it occupies the middle half of the diameter of the
pedicel, opens broadly into the cavity of the disc, and
gradually tapers, in the same proportion as the pedicel,
until at the base it abruptly expands with the latter : ten-
tacles thirty-six, (60 et ultra, Fabr,,*) in each group, the
taxis and the rate of radial and transverse development
the same as in Halimocyathus platypus ; the globose knob
distinct from the moderately slender shaft ; the thickening
of the pistilliform tentacles near the base of the shaft, on
the distal third of the circumference : the marginal anchors
have the same form as the pistilliform tentacles, but they
are a little smaller than the latter : genital bands f twelve
or fourteen times transversely folded, broadly ligulate,
gradually narrowed at the proximal end to one half the
breadth of the distal and middle portion ; the digitiform
bodies in a single row extend across the proximal junction
of the bands and along three quarters of their length ; the
membrane of the genital claustrum, thin but not filmy :
the muscles of the pedicel close to the inner wall, trans-

* Fabricius' specimens, at least some of them, were larger than those to which
I have access, but I have drawn up the description from the latter, and added one
or two sentences from Fabricius in such cases as when his diagnosis difiers from
mine. [Since writing the above I have examined Greenland specimens, as large
as Fabricius', which Mr. Stimpson received from Steenstrup, and I find them iden-
tical with the Grand jNIanan ones in every particular.]

t Kathke and those who have followed him in identifying this Lncernarian with
his Lucernaria auricula, have overlooked the statement of Fabricius in regard to
the genitals, (intestines he calls them,) which is, " De ventriculo in singulum par
tuberculorum prodit intestinum nigrum 2 — plicatum spirale, versus tubercula
integrum, versus collum vero aperturis 2 terminatum," a feature which dis-
tinguishes this family from that to which Rathke's L. auricula belongs, in which
the diagnosis should be, in singulum tuberculum prodit intestinum simplex, using
the same terms as Fabricius.

544 Prodromus of the

versely semicircular, thin, minutely longitudinally folded,
the concave side of each one facing one of the flanks of
the quadrate camera ; the edge of each limb of "the semi-
circle two or three times deeply folded lengthwise ; the
breadth of each muscle rests against the middle of each
flank of the camera ; just above the base of the pedicel
each muscle is nearly as broad as the corresponding flank
of the camera, but at the base the muscle expands very
little, whilst the camera suddenly widens to a far greater
extent ; and in the opposite direction, toward the urn, the
muscle retaining the same breadth, the camera gradually
broadens, until each flank is at least three times as broad
as the muscle; and finally, when the muscle rather suddenly
narrows, by one half, just before it enters the proximal end
of a partition, the disproportion is still greater; radially
the muscles occupy about one half the thickness of the
gclatiniform layer : the principal muscles of the oral side
of the urn narrow-ligulate, thin ; each one extends to the
base of a tentacular tuft, a little to one side of the middle
line of an arm, and next the marginal sinus opposite a
corner of the mouth ; the marginal muscle very wide,
nearly as broad as the radial diameter of a group of tenta-
cles ; it is imbedded in the middle of a considerable thick-
ening of the musculo-gelatiniform layer, and is quite thick
itself, but thins out on each edge, one of which borders
close on the distal base of the pistilliform tentacles and
the anchors, whilst the other terminates with the musculo-
gelatiniform layer close to the edge of the aboral side :
gclatiniform layer almost imperceptible in the aboral side,
except at a short distance from its junction with the pedi-
cel, where it gradually thickens and merges into that of the
latter ; in the pedicel it is very thick, being in this respect
about twice the basal diameter of the largest tentacles ; in
the base of the pedicel it grows thinner, and at the under
side of the disc it is less than one quarter of its greatest

Order Lucernarice. 545

thickness ; the fibroid bodies diverge from the corners of
the camera directly to the outer surface of the layer ; some
go to the nearest point in the surface, and others extend
to the extreme distance opposite to, and even beyond the
middle of a muscle, so that those from two adjoining cor-
ners cross each other between the muscle and the surface
of the layer, but none of the fibroid bodies go from the
muscles to the surface ; on the concave side of the mus-
cles the fibroids diverge at all points of the flank of the
camera and. crossing each other at all angles, terminate
against the proximal face of the muscles : depressions or
pockets containing lasso-cells frequent upon the oral side,
especially about the base of the arms. Size, three quar-
ters of an inch high, including the pedicel. Geographical
distribution : Greenland, Fabricius, Steenstrup, Sars ; Lof-
foden Is., Norway, Sars, in summer of 1849 ; Eastport
Harbor, Maine, Stimpson, August.

Carduellla* Allman, (1859,) 1860. (Emendat. H. J. C.)

Disc urnaeform, perfectly circular ; arms none ; pedicel
tetracamerous ; tentacles placed in eight distinct equidis-

* By exchange, for our common Lucernarian, Haliclystus auricula, H. J. C, I
have obtained from Professor Allman a couple of specimens of this remarkable genus.
Fortunately the specimens are much older than the ones from which he drew up
his description, and more in accordance with Sars' representations, and the
specimens which he has lately sent to me. It would seem that Allman was una-
ware that Sars says that the tentacles are in three rows. " Diese bilden in jedem
Biischel etwa 3 unregelmiissige Reihen; bei jungen Individuen, die auch eine
geringere Anzahl Tentakeln haben, nur 2 Reihen ; " probably he based his iden-
tification upon the Latin diagnosis as copied in Johnston's Zoophytes, 1847, p.
475, although even there the " tentaculis saepissime in fasdculis fere continuis
ad marginem corporis dispositis;" would hardly warrant him in identifying it
with his diagnosis, which says " tentacles capitate, not tufted, springing from
■within the margin of a circular disc in a single series." The italics in both quo-
tations are my own. Really Gosse's Depastrum, as he has described it, is more
nearly related to Sars' L. cyathiformis than is Allman's Carduella, as the diagnosis
now stands; and I myself am very much inclined to believe that Depastrum is an
adult L. cyathiformis, whilst I have no doubt that Carduella, as it now is under-
stood in books, is the young of tlie latter. See note under Depastrum.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 69

546 Prodromus of the

tant groups within the margin of the urn, and arranged
in rows parallel to the margin, those in one row alternating
with those in the next, and successively diminishing in size
from the central to the outermost ones ; the radial develop-
ment less than the transverse ; between every radial row
the oral and aboral sides of the urn are united by a thin
septum, so that the interior of the tentacles communicates
with the quadrant cameras of the urn, through short radi-
ating passages : the marginal anchors are single tentacles
whose cavity opens between a pair of septa like those at
the base of the tentacles ; they are set up higher and
nearer to the edge of the urn than are the tentacles : the
approximated genital halves, with their respective claus-
tra, extend half way or more toward the edge of the
urn, transversely plicate ; the digitiform bodies border the
whole length of the bands : pedicel muscles four, alternate
with the cameras ; principal muscles of the oral side of
the urn pennate, the partitions forming the line of diver-
gence ; marginal muscle a single ligulate ring, forming a
continuous, thickened projecting brim to the urn, outside
the tentacles and anchors : gelatiniform layer conspicuous,
varying in thickness in the urn and pedicel.

Carduella cyathiformis, Allman.

Carduella cyathiformis, Allman, Rep. Brit. Assoc.

(Aberdeen 1859), 1860, p.
143.
" " Allman, Mic. Jour. Trans.

1860, VIII. p. 125, PI. V.
« « Allman, An. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

July, 1860, VI. p. 40.
Calicinaria cyathiformis, Edvv. et Haime, Hist. Corall.,

1860, tom. III. p. 460.
Depastrum cyathiforme, Gosse, An. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860,

June, p. 481.

Order Lucernaricc. 547

Lucernaria ci/athiformis, Sars, Fauna liitt. Norveg. 1846,

p. 26, pi. 3, fig. 8-13.
« « Sars,* Aftryk af Vidensk. For-

haiid. i Christiana, 1860, p. 7.
" " Sars, Skandinav. Naturforsch.

mode i Kjubenhavn, 1860, p.
693.
" " Greene, Nat. Hist. Rev. Proc.

Soc. 1858, p. 132.
" " Keferstein,Sieboldund Kolliker,

Zeitsch. June, 1862, (exclus.
synon. Gosse Synop. Actin.?)
The body f " where it joins the stem, is bellied, becomes
farther above somewhat constricted, and at the uppermost
end again widened, whilst the margin spreads itself out-
wardly round about;" as long as the pedicel: the pedicel
"cylindrical, slender" abruptly expanded into a broad
disciform base ; the four camerae very large, widened in
the base of the pedicel, rather abruptly narrowed just
before they open into the cavity of the urn, oblong ovate
in a transverse section ; they nearly meet at the centre of
the pedicel, of the radius of which the greater diameter of
each camera occupies about four fifths, the lesser diameter

* In the diagnosis which Sars gives in the above cited paper, he says, " corpus-
cula marginalia nulla;" but as he immediately afterwards remarks that "This
remarliable form, which, perhaps, rightly forms a peculiar genus ('Carduella,
Allman") separated from the other Lucernarians, " &c., &c., and prefaces his
diagnosis by reference to the Fauna Littoralis and Carduella eyathiformis, All-
man, Quart. Journ. Mic. Soc, April, 1860. in both of wiiich papers marginal corpuscles
are certainly described, I can only believe that Sars has made a slip of the pen,
or that he means to say these bodies being identical with the tentacles, cantiot be
considered in the light of marginal bodies or anchors. In the second paper quoted
he also says, " L. eyathiformis, Sars, which lately has been offered as a new
genus, under no less than three names: Depastrum, Gosse; Carduella, Allman;
and Calicinaria, Milne Edwards." Sars has lately sent me specimens of all ages,
which certainly have the ''corpuscula marginalia."

t As my specimens are alcoholic preparations, I quote from Sars' Fauna Litt.
Norveg. in regard to such features as are observable only in a living state.

548 Prodromus of the

of the same being only one half the greater : tentacles 12-15
in each bunch, " filiform, of moderate length, and propor-
tionately much thicker than in Luc. quadricornis, — and
ending in a thicker globular knob," the groups very close to-
gether, separated by a short interval in which the marginal
anchor is situated, — in at least four rows; four in each
of the three outermost rows, those in the fourth inner row
very young ; in each tuft, those in the next to the outer
row the largest, " those situated in the inner row are turned
outwards, those in the outer one with their ends bent down
around the tolerably thick margin of the body," the basal
septa, between which their channels open, do not reach
beyond the inner or proximal row of tentacles ; their posi-
tion is recognized from the aboral side of the urn by radiat-
ing furrows extending from the edge of the gelatiniform
layer a short distance toward the pedicel ; those on each
side of the anchors extend much beyond their base, and
opposite the four partitions of the urn nearly close up the
passage between the cameras : marginal anchor purely ten-
tacular, much smaller than the tentacles, its base nearer to
the margin than is that of the outer row of tentacles, and
partially overlying the marginal muscle : genital bands
extending about half way to the margin of the urn, ligu-
late, 6-8 uniserial saccules in each band ; the digitiform
bodies arranged in a single row from one end of the bands
to the other, and across their proximal junction ; the mem-
brane of the claustrum comparatively thick, and at least
twice as wide as the two enclosed genital halves together : *

* In Allman's transverse section of a young Carduelln, (Mic. Joum. &c., ut sup.)
the approximated halves of the neighboring genitals are represented as if they
ivere one band, and there is no indication of a claustrum; this I can only account
for by supposing that the section was made just at the point where the distal ends
of the bands become confluent, as is the norm in this familj', and where also the
clanstral membrane merges into the oral side of the urn. I am well aware that
Allmaii calls them " four generative bands," but I cannot view them as such, and
on the contrary I consider them as the closely approximated halves of adjoining
genitals; each claustrum therefore encloses not a single genital, but the two halves

Order lAicernarice. 549

pedicel muscles very large, equally trihedral, with slightly
convex sides ; at the base of the pedicel they extend from
the axis to very near the surface, terminate truncately,
and each occupies about one eighth the whole area, the
camera, each respectively filling up the other four eighths ;
passing toward the urn the muscles gradually diminish their
radial diameter, and just before they enter the proximal ends
of the partition of the urn they narrow rapidly to a much
less diameter : principal muscles of the oral side of the urn
uniformly pennate, the fibrillse diverging symmetrically on
each side of the partitions; marginal muscle imbedded
in the distal side of the greatly thickened musculo-gelati-
niform layer, which forms the raised border ; the muscle is
very broad, its breadth equal to the length of the tentacular
anchors ; at its free margin it is very thick, and gradually
thins away to a sharp edge at the junction with the termi-
nation of the aboral side : gelatiniform layer of the aboral
side of the urn moderately thick, nearly uniform, being
slightly thinned toward the pedicel, but thickening again
farther along, and passing into the pedicel retaining about
the same incrassation exterior to the region occupied by
the camertE and muscles, until at the base it abruptly be-
comes thinner by two thirds ; at the axis of the pedicel it
is thickest where the cameras and muscles are thinnest,
and projects a short distance between the camerae, but
the contact of the sides of the latter and the muscles pre-
vents it from communication with its peripheral portion :
two irregular rows of large lasso-cell pockets extend from
the distal end of the genitals toward the margin of the
urn. Size " \ seldom § of an inch long ; of which the
cylindrical thin stem forms the one, and the beaker-form
body the other half." Geographical distribution : coast of
Norway, Sars; Orkney Is., Allman.

of different genitals, and this my prolonp;ed investigations, for the past two years,
have induced me to consider as the peculiarity of the type of this family.

550 Prodronms of the

Depastrum.* Gosse, 1858.

According to Gosse's diagnosis and figures, this genus
is distinguished from Carduella, as I have characterized it,

* Since I have had an opportunity to examine specimens of Carduella, I
liave compared it witli the descriptions of Depastrum as given by Gosse in " The
Aquarium'" and in his reclamation in the An. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860, V., for June,
and with AUman's answer to the latter, from which I gather but one fact, or at
most two, which can now separate the two genera, and these are, in Depastrum
tiiere are no marginal anchors, and the tentacles arise at the margin of the disc or
without it. I offer the following suggestions and facts which have occurred to me
to be explanatory of what seem to be onlj' such differences as may be exhibited
by anyone individual. In the first place, in Sars' Fauna Litt. Norvegica, PI. 3, fig.
13, there is a distinctly octagonal area with a sharply defined boundary, the cor-
ners of which correspond to the ititertentacular spaces, and the sides to the groups
of tentacles which are without their margin; the marginal anchors are reverted
and inconspicuous, so that the prominent features are the octagonal area, and the
groups of tentacles outside the so-called margin are almost perfect counterparts
of Gosse's figure in the Annals and Magazine 1860, V. p. 481, fig. 3. Now in
Carduella, as I find and have described above, the margin of this octagonal area
corresponds to the inner or proximal ends of the short septa at the bases of the
tentacles and the marginal anchors, and which unite the oral and aboral sides of
the disc; but within this margin the two sides are free from each other, and very
naturally form a distinct fold along the line of separation, which fold constitutes
an octahedral figure with prominent angles. It is very easy to see now that if the
marginal muscle contracts in such a way as to revert the edge, as often I have
seen done in other Lucernarians, and at the same time constricts the urn below,
the octagonal area will inevitably become prominent; and this I suspect strongly
is the condition of the animal figured in profile by Gosse. (An. Jlag. 1860, V.
p. 481, fig. 2.) I would say also that it seems to me there must be a marginal
muscle outside the tentacles in Gosse's animal, else how could the neck of the urn
become so deeply constricted V My dissections have taught me that the marginal
muscle of Lucernarians is the extreme border of the oral side, without which the
tentacles do not originate, although they may arise close to its distal edge as ob-
tains in Halimocyathus. When, therefore, Gosse speaks of the tentacles springing
from the margin or without it, I take it that the margin is that of the octagonal
area, and not the true margin. The only serious objection to identifying the two
genera is that Depastrum has no marginal ancliors, according to Gosse. Now it
is notable, that Gosse's figure represents the animal in a contracted state, the
peduncle is strongly corrugated, the urn is deeply constricted, and the tentacles
are very short and thick set, as if, (and very probably), contracted. All this might
arise from an unhealthy state of the animal ; and Gosse remarks, that his specimen,
after being detached, did not refix itself, but laid at length on the bottom of the
vessel in which it was placed. In an unhealthy state the thick laj-er of lasso-ccUs
of the knob of the tentacles falls away very readily, and next sloughs off the
outer wall of the shaft, thus leaving the thick musculo-gelatiniform layer exposed.
Now if this were to happen to the short marginal anchors of Carduella there would

Order Lucernarice. 551

by the following features : " disc octagonal ; the tentacles
spring from the margin or without it ; " no anchors.

Depastrum cyatiiiforme. Gosse.*

Depastrum cyathiforme, Gosse, An. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1858,

Vol. I. June, p. 419.
« « AUman, An. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860,

Vol. VI. July, p. 41.
" stellifrons, Gosse, An. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860,

Vol. V. June, p. 481, figs. 1,
2,3.
Lucernaria cyathiformis, Gosse, [non Sars,] The Aquarium,

(2d ed.) 1856, p. 85.
« « Johnston, Brit. Zooph. (2d ed.)

1847, p. 475, fig. 86.
" stellifrons^ Keferstein, Siebold und Kolliker,

Zeitsch. June, 1862, p. 25.
Geographical distribution : Weymouth, Southern Eng-
land, Gosse.

Family. ELEUTHEROCARPIDiE. H. J. C.

Lucernaria. Miill. Prod. Zool. Danica, 1776, p. XXIX.f

Type, L. quadricornis, Miill. Prod. Zool. Danica, 1776,
p. 227. Disc broad funnel-form ; the eight arms elongate,

be left this transparent mnsculo-gelatiniform layer projecting in a point from every
corner of the octagonal area, and simulating completely the sharply-pointed disc
of Gosse' s figures of Depastrum.

* If this is truly different from Sars' Lucernaria cyathiformis the synonomy will
be as I have given it, and the name sleWfrons must be suppressed, for the former
has priority in the genus ; and if, on the contrary, it should prove to belong to the
same genus as the L. cyathiformis, it can only be so by really possessing marginal
anchors; and this I suspect is all that is needed to make it speciJicaUy the same as
L. cyathiformis; so that in the latter case it would also remain as D. cyatiiiforme,
and Carduella become a synonym from sequence in date.

t It appears that Edwards and Haime, ( Hist. Corall. III. 1860, p. 457,) who credit
the genus Lucernaria to Fabricius, have overlooked the fact tliat Jliiller, in the in-
troduction of his Prodromus, under the head of " Chakactekes Veumium," p.
XXVII. in the 3d div. " Mollusca," * * * " Ore infero," p. XXIX. has charac-

552 Prodromus of the

in closely approximated pairs,* so that the oral side of the
disc appears quadrate : pedicel monocamerous : tentacles
in groups on the end of each arm ; radial and transverse
development of each group equal : marginal anchors none :
genitals transversely folded bands which extend to the end
of the arms : muscles of the pedicel four, equidistant, pro-
jecting like ridges or pilasters f from the surface of the
camera : the principal muscles of the disc ligulate, each
one extending from the proximal end of a partition to the
end of an arm : marginal muscle ligulate, very thin at the
base of the tufts of tentacles : gelatiniform layer thin in
the disc, moderately thick in the pedicel.

LUCERXARIA QUADRICORNIS. Miiller.

Lucernaria quadricornis, Miill. Prod. Zool. Dan. 1776, p.

227, No. 2754.
« «» Miill. Tegninger til Zool. Dan.

Forste Haefte, Kiobenh. 1777,

tab. XXXIX. Fide Fabr.

Faun. Gronld. 1780, p. XVI.

and 342.
" « Miill. Zool. Dan. 1788, Vol. I.

p. 51, PI. 39, fig. 1-6.
«< «< Gmelin Linn. Syst. Nat. 1788,

tom. 1, pars. VI. p. 3151.

terized his genus, " Gclatinosum, nigosum, br.icliiatum," and refers to page 227
for the description of tlie species. L. quadricornis was the first and only species
ever described by Miiller, and therefore was the type, and must be retained as the
type of the herowitli restricted genus Lucernaria.

* In all Lucernaria; the arms are more or less approximated toward the parti-
tions, probably because thereabouts are situated the more powerful muscles ; but
in this genus the approximation is not only close, but also evidently permanent,
and moreover the intcrtentacular sinuses opposite the partitions are only half as
deep as those which alternate with them.

t These are altogether different from those in the pcdicellar camera of Calvado-
sia, in which the pilasters are totally devoid of muscular structure, and are com-
posed entirely of gelatiniform substance.

Order Lucern'iricc. 553

Luccrnaria qtiadricornis, Lamarck, Syst. An. sans Vert.

1801, p. 3o4.
, " " Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert.

1816, tom. 2'"" p. 474, (excl.
syn. Fabr.)

" « Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert.

1840, 2(3 ed. tom. S"'^- p. 58,
(excl. synon. Fabr.)

" « Lamx. Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat.

Paris, 1815, tom. 2""^- p. 471.

" " Cuvier, Regne Animal, Vol.

IV. 1817, p. 53.

" " Cuvier, Regne Animal, Vol.

III. 1830, 2d ed. p. 294.

" " Deslongchamps,EncycIop. Me-

thod. ZoJiph. tom. 2, 1824,
p. 499. PL 89, fig. 13-16.

" " Sars, Bidrag til Sudyrenes

Natur. Bergen, 1829, p. 43,
Tab. 4. Translated in Oken's
Isis, 1833, p. 229.

" " Sars, Fauna Litt. Norvegica

1846, p. 20. PI. 3, fig. 1-7.
(Excl. syn. Fabr. L. auricula.)

" " Sars, Aftryk af Videnskabs-

I selskabets Forhandlingcr i

Christiana, 1860, p. 6.
" " Sars,in Leuck.Bericht,Wiegm.

Archiv, 1861, 2d bd. p. 332.
" " Blainville, Manuel d'Actinolog.

1834-36, p. 317.
" " Johnston, Brit. Zouph., 2d ed.

1847, p. 252.

" " Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata

70

JOUnjJAL B. S. N. H.

554 Prodromus of the

of Grand Manan. Smithson.
Contrib. 1853. Apart, p. 8.
Lucernaria quadricornis, Carus, Icones Zoot. 1857.

Taf. IV. figs. 1, 2.
« « Gosse, An. Mag. Nat. Hist.

June, 1858, p. 419.
« " Edw. et Haime, Hist. Corall.

1860, torn. 3, p. 459.
« « L. Agassiz, Contrib. Nat. Hist.

N. Am. 1862. IV. p. 175.
" " Keferstein,SieboldundKolliker

Zeitschrift, June, 1862, p. 20.
L. fascicularis, Fleming, Mem. Wern. Soc. 11. 1814, p.

248. PL 18, figs. 1, 2, translated in
Oken's Isis, 1832, p. 764. Taf. XIV.
figs. 1, 2.
« « Fleming, Hist. British Animals, 1828,

p. 499.
" " Lamx. Mem. Museum Hist. Nat. Paris,

1815. II. p. 470.
" " Ehrenb. Corallenthiere. Abhand. Berlin

Akad. 1834, p. 267.
« « Johnston, Brit. Zooph. 1838, p. 228.

« " « « " 1847, 2d ed., p.

244. PI. XL v., figs. 3-6.
" " Frey und Leuck. Beitriige Wirbellosen

Thiere, 1847, p. 9. PI. 1, fig. 3.
« " Green, Nat. Hist. Rev. 1858. Proc. Dub-

lin Univ. Assoc., Zool. & Bot. p. 132.
The disc very pliable and flaccid, owing to the very
slight development of the gelatiniform layer in the aboral
side ; the apex being prolonged, a pseudo-pedicel is pro-
duced which gradually tapers into the pedicel : the eight
tentaculiferous arms about twice as long as their basal
breadth ; the intertentacular marginal sinuses opposite the

Order Lucernarice. - 555

corners of the mouth, twice as deep as those alternate with
them : the pedicel slender, tapering toward the base, about
as long as the semidiameter of the disc ; the pedicellar
camera circular, and subdivided into four lateral spaces by
the four large muscular pilasters, opens broadly into the
cavity of the disc : tentacles 100-120 on each arm in adult,
in half-grown individuals as many as fifty, very slender :
genital bands linear lanceolate ; the proximal ends come
close down to the top of the pilaster-like muscles of the
pedicel, but do not approximate each other ; their distal
ends terminate between the middle and the edge of the
arm, next the greater marginal sinus, and close up to the
base of the tentacles; the genital saccules are very numer-
ous, about as large as those of Haliclystus auricula ; they
are largest at the proximal end, and gradually diminish to-
ward the distal end ; digitiform bodies larger than the ten-
tacles, at the proximal end of the double rows, but grad-
ually diminish until at the distal end of the rows they are
only one fifth as long ; they extend only one third the
length of the genital bands from the proximal end of the
latter, distally : the four pilaster-like pedicel muscles about
one fifth the diameter of the pedicel, circular, attached by
a narrow strip along the face of the camera : the muscles
of the disc narrow ligulate, each one terminating at the
middle of the end of an arm ; marginal muscle thick and
narrow ligulate : gelatiniform layer hardly perceptible in
the disc, but in the pedicel about one third as thick as the
diameter of a muscular pilaster. Size, 2" broad, 2''-
2^" long, Sars ; " nearly three inches in length," Stimpson.
Geographical distribution : Denmark, O. F. Miiller, Steen-
strup ; Coast of Norway, 2 ft.-20 fthms, Sars ; * Zetland,

* While the above was in press, I received a full-grown Norwegian specimen from
Sars, by means of which I am enabled to add somewhat to the proofs. I find it is
identical with one which Mr. Stimpson received from Greenland, through Steen-
strup, and also the same as one, three inches high, which the former found at Grand
Manan.

556 Prodromus of the

4—7 fthms, Forbes, Fleming ; Faroe Is., Steenstrup ; Green-
land, Ehrenberg, Steenstrup ; Grand Manan Is., Bay of
Fundy, and Owls Head, Maine, Stimpson ; * " Mass. Bay,
Agassiz and Gould."

CALVADOSiA.f H. James-Clark.
Disc infundibuliform ; the eight arms nearly equidistant,
prominent : pedicel monocamerous with four equidistant
rounded pilasters : tentacles in groups on the end of the
arms close to the aboral edge ; outer row pistilliform, and
having the same function as the anchors in other genera ;
radial and transverse diameter of the group equal : an-
chors none : genitals, transversely folded bands extending
to the end of the arms ; the digitiform bodies alone ex-
tend across the proximal end of the partition : muscle
of the pedicel a continuous thin layer of transversely
disposed fibrilloB, forming a cylinder between the outer
and inner walls, and imbedded in the gelatiniform layer :
the principal muscles of the disc ligulate, each one extend-
ing from the proximal end of a partition to the end of an
arm ; marginal muscle ligulate, moderately thick, but at
the outer base of the tufts of tentacles very thin : gelatin-
iform layer thickest at the edge of the disc, but thins out
almost entirely half way toward the pedicel, and then in
the latter grows thick again where it is divided into two
layers or concentric cylinders by the intervening muscular
cylinder; the four pilasters are also gelatiniform. and not
muscular, as are the pilasters in the pedicel of Lucernaria
quadricornis.

* I am indebted to Jlr. Stimpson for the permission to dissect a small specimen
of this species, about an inch high, which he obtained at Owls Head, Maine.

t I am indebted to my friend William Stiinpson, Esq., for the privilege of mak-
ing the anatomy of this gcnns; the specimen, Lucernaria campanulata Lamx. (non
Johnston,) was collected by him at jNIilford Haven, South Wales, in September,
1862, during an extensive dredging excursion, along the western coast of Great
Britain. [WhiNt this was in press, I also received a specimen from Keferstein,
which he collected at St. Vaast la Ilougue, France; — it agrees in all particulars
with the Milford Haven specimen.]

Order Lucernarias. 557

Calvadosia campanulata. H. James-Clark.
Lucernaria campanulata^ Lamx. (non Johnst.) Mem. Mu-
seum, 1815. II. p. 4G0, PI.
16, fig. 1-7.
« « Gosse, An. Mag. Nat. Hist.

1855. XVI. p. 313.
« « Edw. et Haime, Hist. Corall,

tom. 3™^- 1860, p. 458, (excl.
syi). Johnstoni), Atlas. PI.
A, 6.
" " Leuck. Bericht, Wiegm. Archiv,

1861, 2d bd. p. 332.
" " Keferstein, Zeitsch. VVissenschft.

Zool., Siebold und KolliUer.
June, 1862, p. 23, taf. 1, fig.
4, etc., (excl. syn. Montagu,
Lamk. Johnston).
L. auricula, Milne Edw. Cuvier, Regne Animal, 3d ed.

Atlas. PI. 63.
« " ? Templeton, Mag. Nat. Hist. 1836. IX. p.

304.
L. inauriculata, Owen, Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Birmingham,

1849,) 1850. 2d pt. p. 78.
« « Greene, Nat. Hist. Rev. Vol. V. 1858,

Proc. Soc. p. 132.
The infundibuliform disc gradually tapers into the pedi-
cel ; the arms much longer than broad : pedicel camera cir-
cular between the pilasters, opens widely into the cavity
of the disc ; the pilasters nearly circular, attached by a
broad portion of their circumference along the whole
length of the camera, and tapering away to a point at the
base of the mouth ; in the centre of the base, on the exte-
rior, a small round pit, of variable depth and proportions :
the tentacles rather stout ; the spheroidal tips much de-
pressed at the end, very large in comparison with those of

558 Prodromns of the

other genera ; the outer pistilliform tentacles smaller than
those in the next two or three inner rows, thickened and
humped on the exterior side, the proximal side as in the
others: genital bands elongate lanceolate, the proximal ends
of each pair almost touching each other across the axial
end of the intervening partition, from which point they
diverge and extend close up to the base of the tufts of ten-
tacles ; the base of the pedicel very broad ; the muscular
cylinder of the pedicel near the inner wall of the camera,
at about one sixth the distance between the latter and the
outer wall: principal muscles of the oral side of the disc
narrow ligulate ; one ligule accompanies each genital band,
running close along its border between it and the partition
from which it diverges ; marginal muscle ligulate, thick
in the middle, but thins out at both edges: gelatiniform
layer at the margin of the disc about as thick as the base
of a full grown tentacle, but it thins out to a mere film
about two thirds of the way to the centre of the body, and
then thickens again gradually toward the pedicel ; in the lat-
ter its thickness is about one fifth the diameter of the came-
ra ; in the pilasters it comprises the whole of their substance,
and is continuous with the inner division of the same sub-
stance in the main part of the pedicel, and in the thickest
part of the pilaster has a diameter a little less than one quar-
ter of that of the camera ; the fibroid bodies of the inner
division of the gelatiniform layer pass obliquely into the
pilasters to their periphery, crossing each other promiscu-
ously just within the paries of the same ; the digitiform
bodies extend a short distance along the tapering end of
each pilaster : lasso-cell pockets scattered over the oral
side. Size ; the disc 1" across, and 1" deep ; the pedicel ^"
long ; ^" diameter. Geographical distribution : Calvados,
France, Lamouroux, Milne Edwards, Keferstein ; Dover,
England, Aug. 1849, Owen ; Milford Haven, Wales, Sept.
1862, Stimpson in exped. collcgit.

Order Lucernarico. 559

Haliclystus.* H. James-Clark.

Disc umbellaDform ; arms more or less prolonged : pedi-
cel tetracamerous : tentacles all alike, in groups at the
end of the arms, the radial and transverse diameter of the
groups equal: marginal anchors pistilliform, or faba^form :
genitals double ; the halves of each genital distinct from
each other, the space between their proximal ends occupied
by the digitiform bodies ; each band extends to the base
of the tentacles; the saccules distinct and prominent:
pedicel muscles four distinct, equidistant cords, alternat-
ing with the four camerse : principal muscles of the disc
pennate, diverging on each side of the partitions; margi-
nal muscle a band of varying breadth, very thin at the
base of the tentacles and anchors: gelatiniform layer of
varying thickness in the disc ; very thick in the pedicel,
occupying all the space not appropriated for the four
camerae and the four muscular cords.

Haliclystus auricula. H. James-Clark.

Lticernaria auricula, Rathke, (non. Fabr.) Miill. Zoiil.

Dan. Vol. IV. 1806, p. 35, (ex-

clus. synon.). PI. CLTI.
« « Montagu, Trans. Linn. Soc. 1808,

p. 113 (exclus. PI. VII. fig. 5.)
« « Lamx. Mem. Mus., 1815, tom. 2d,

p. 471 (exclus. synon.), partim.
" " Fleming, Hist. British Animals,

1828, p. 499 (excl. syn. Fabr.)
« « Cuvier, Regne An. IV. 1817, p. 53.

« « Cuvier, Regne An. III. 1830, 2d

ed. p. 294.

" " Johnston, Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan.

1832. V. p. 43, fig. 29.

* Haliclystus; oAf, the sea, kXi^u, to dash upon.

560 Prodromus of the

Lucernaria auricula, Johnston, Brit. Zoopb. 1838, p. 229,

fig. 35 (exclus. synon. pars).
« » Johnston, Brit. Zociph. 1847, 2d ed.

p. 246, fig. 54 (exclus. synon. pars).
« " Mihie Edw. ct Haime, Hist. Corall.,

torn. 3™-, 1860, p. 458 (exclus. sy-
non. INIiill., Prod. ; Fabr. Sars.)
" " Auct. Anglicorum, H. J. C, Proc.

Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., March,
1862, p. 47.
Lucernaria octoradiuta, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. 1816,

torn. 2d, p. 474.
« " Duj. in Larnk. An. sans Vert.

2d ed. 1840, torn. 3d, p. 59,
(exclus. synon., " Blainv., Man.
Atlas, PI. 50, ^g. 4," and
Lamx. Mem. MSS.)
" " Sars,* Aftryk af Videnskabs For-

hand. i Christiana, 1860, p. 6,

(exclus. synon. L. auricula,

Bidrag. et Faun. Litt. Norveg.)

" " * Sars, in Leuck. Bericht, Wiegm.

Archiv, 2d bd. 1861, p. 332.
" " Steenstrup,t Videns. Med. Natur.

Foren. Kjobenh, 1859, p. 108.
" " Steenstrup in Leuck. Bericht,

Wiegm. Archiv. 1861, p. 331.
The disc shallow umbella-form, strongly octangular ;
the arms as broad as long : pedicel rather thick, cylindri-
cal, expanded moderately at the base, furrowed longitudi-
nally at four equidistant places, corresponding to the four

* Sars, to whom I liad sent specimens of this species from our coast, in a recent
letter, says it " is L. octoradiata. Lamk. (I., auricula Johnst. Sars olim, iion Fabr.)"

t Steenstrup lias sent, to Mr. StiMi|)son, Greenland specimens, which, upon direct
comparison, I find to be identical with ours.

Order Lucernarice. 561

muscular cords, no pit in the base ; the four camera) trans-
versely ovate, connected with each other at the base by
anastomosing channels, and slightly constricted above,
just before opening into the cavity of the umbella ; their
greater diameter, trending radially, a little less than one
third that of the pedicel ; the space between them, at the
axis of the pedicel, nearly one third the diameter of the
latter ; the space between every two, about double the
breadth of a camera, and the distance of each from the
paries of the pedicel one third its distance from the axis :
tentacles from one hundred to one hundred and twenty,
slender, their length equal to one fourth the diameter of
the umbella ; the globular tip slightly depressed at the end,
its diameter from two to two and a half times greater than
that of the cylindrical part of the tentacle : anchors re-
verted toward the pedicel ; very large, oval or faboeform ;
each one attached to the margin by a short, broad stem,
half as long and half as broad as itself; furrowed longitu-
dinally on the proximal side like a coffee grain, which it
resembles ; length nearly equal to the diameter of the ped-
icel, those opposite the partitions usually longer than the
others, breadth half as great ; the original tentacular na-
ture almost totally obscured by the enormous develop-
ment of the adhesive cells in the outer wall, the head of
the tentacle represented by a small group of lasso-cells
near the distal end in a clear space, which has the decep-
tive appearance of being an opening; the internal cavity
large, equalling from one third to one half the diameter of
the whole organ ; in unusually large individuals they are
deeply wrinkled in every direction : the genitals consist
each of two distinct bands, in the shape of broadly obtuse
triangles, whose base, trending in a direct line to the arms,
is twice as long as its height, and the apical obtuse angle
projects into the area opposite the corner of the mouth ;
about one hundred and twenty-five saccules in each band,

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 71

562 Prodromus of the

which is at least three or four times as many as in the next
two species, closely set together, reminding one of the
pavement teeth of certain fishes ; the youngest saccules
always on the border next the partitions, from which side
they gradually increase in size until they attain their max-
imum at the opposite edge ; the distal end of each band
nearly touches the end of the arm which it enters, but the
proximal end terminates a short distance exterior to the
proximal end of the partition ; the digitiform bodies linear
lanceolate, extend iii three or four rows across the proximal
end of the partitions, and a very short distance along the
older border of each band : pedicel muscles transversely
triangular, deeply and profusely furrowed longitudinally ;
on the proximal side three of the furrows are so deep as
to divide the muscle into four great folds, which unite at
the distal side, corresponding to the apex of the triangle ;
each cord arises from the pedicel base, where it stretches
out to the centre, and gradually lessens in size as it ap-
proaches the disc ; at the basal two thirds of the pedicel
it is very near the outer surface of the gelatiniform layer,
but in the remaining third it gradually approximates the
axis of the pedicel, until, just within the entrance to the
main cavity, it reaches the inner surface of the same layer,
and then, in this relation, passing along a short distance, it
enters the oral side of the disc at the proximal end of the
corresponding partition ; the diameter of a cord about one
half the major diameter of a pedicel camera: the princi-
pal muscles of the disc are uniformly disposed layers, ex-
tending on each side of a partition to the margin of the
genital bands, along the margin of the genitals so strongly
developed as to appear like ligulate bands, as in H. octo-
radiata ; the fibrilla) diverge at very acute angles from each
side of the partitions, and, trending parallelwise with the
edge of the genital band, extend to the marginal muscle ;
the minor muscles uniformly diffuse, the fibrillae radiate

Order Lucernarice. 663

from the angles of the mouth to the marginal muscle ; the
marginal muscle ligulate, very thin at the distal side of
the anchors and the tentacular tufts : gelatiniform layer of
the disc about one quarter as thick as the diameter of the
pedicel, rigid, a little thinner at the edge of the disc than
toward its centre ; at the end of the arms it suddenly be-
comes much thinner ; in the base of the pedicel it is not
more than one third as thick as in the disc ; in all parts of
the body, both disc and pedicel, the fibroid bodies of this
layer stretch in a direct course from the outer to the inner
surface ; between the cameras of the pedicel they cross
each other at a wide angle, and also cross the axis at right
angles to each other as they extend from diagonally oppo-
site cameras : the mtisculo-gelatiniform layer in the mar-
ginal anchors at least two thirds as thick as the gelatin-
iform layer of the disc ; at the margin of the disc it is as
thick as the gelatiniform layer at the same place, but it
gradually lessens to one third this amount toward the
mouth. Size, one inch across the disc, and one inch and
a half including the tentacles ; the pedicel half an inch long,
one twelfth of an inch average diameter, and a little more
than one eighth of an inch across the base. Geographical
distribution : Vardoe Is., Norway, Rathke ; Faroe Is.,
Steenstrup ; English coast, Montagu, Fleming, Johnston,
&c. ; South coast of Greenland, Steenstrup ; Anticosti Is.,
Gulf St. Lawrence, coUeg. in cxped. ex Mus. Comp. Zocil.,
Camb., Mass., August, 1861, Messrs. Hyatt, Shaler, and
Verrill ; Mass. Bay, H. J. C.

Haliclystus salpinx. H. James-Clark.

This hitherto undescribed species is at once distinguish-
able from any other known Lucernarian by its remarkable
trumpet-shaped marginal anchors. Mr. Stimpson, to whom
I am indebted for the loan of specimens, and some sketches
of the animal taken from life, says in his notes, that, " from

564 Prodromus of the

Lucernaria octoradiata, Sars, Videnskabs Forhand. i
Clirist., 1860, it differs by a stalk longer and not fading
into body, suckers [anchors] longer and with more dis-
tinct tops, ovaries separate ; color dark brown.'' The al-
coholic specimens are singularly transparent, and, thanks
to my friend's skill and experience, in a remarkably good
state of preservation.

Disc octahedral, umbellaeform, rather abruptly passing
into the pedicel ; the arms as broad as the intervals, broadly
rounded at the end, their lens^th less than their breadth :
pedicel more slender and proportionately longer than in
H. auricula, base slightly expanded, a small pit in the mid-
dle of the latter ; the four camer;u broadly ovate in trans-
verse section, radial diameter to the transverse as 1^ to 1,
and one fifth the diameter of the pedicel, from the surface
of which they are situated at a distance that is a little
more than their greater diameter : tentacles from sLxty
to seventy in specimens less than an inch in diameter, very
slender ; the globose tip comparatively smaller than in
H. auricula, not depressed ; taxis as in H. auricula, but
the radial development of the rows apparently less than
the transverse, so that the groups are broader than in that
species : marginal anchors very prominent, as long as the
arms, not reverted, slender, and obliquely trumpet-shaped ;
the edge of the trumpet considerably thickened, except at
a narrow space on the proximal side, by the development
of the adhesive cells ; the centre of the terminal expansion
occupied by a single tentacular remnant, about as long as
half the breadth of the trumpet, and the globose tip half
as thick as that of the tentacles : genital halves not as
widely separate as in H. auricula, oblong obovate ; the
broader end projecting half-way into the arms ; from forty
to forty-five saccules in each band, and uniformly of the
same size in all parts of the organ, in four longitudinal rows,
the marginal rows shorter than the middle rows, which

Order Liicernaricc. 565

extend farther at each end ; * the digitiform bodies are
arranged as in H. auricula : pedicel muscles oval in a
transverse section, situated as in II. auricula : muscles of
the disc as in H. auricula ; marginal muscle broad ligulate,
naiTowest at the anchors, but gradually widens toward the
arms, at the end of which it is very thin : gelatiniform
layer very thin at the edge of the disc, but gradually thick-
ens toward the pedicel, in which it has the same relations
to the muscles and the cameras as in H. auricula, but with
different proportions, as may be judged from measurements
of the cameras given above : groups of lasso-cells in little
depressions or saccules scattered here and there, on the
oral side of the disc. Size, nearly one inch across the disc ;
pedicel half an inch long. Geographical distribution :
" Dredged in 3 fthms on Laminaria, Mt. Desert Is., Maine,
August, 1858," Stimpson.

Haliclystus ocTORADiATUs.f H. James-Clark.

Lucernaria octoradiata, Sars, (non Lamck.) Skandinav.

Naturforsch. mode i Kjobnh.,
1860, p. 693.
« " = L. auricula, Bidrag til Sudyr.

fide Sars, Aftryk af Videns-
kabs. Forhand. i Christiana,
1860.

* In individuals of tlie same size belonging to H. auricula there are as many as
one hundred saccules in each band; and in H. octoradiatus (Lucernaria octoradi-
ata, Sar?, (non Lamck.) Bidrag til Siidyr., 1S29, transl. in Olien's Isis, 1833, p. 228,
taf. X. fig. 6) larger individuals have only " 20-30 " saccules, in two rows, in each
band. By this feature alone the three species may be promptly recognized.

t As I do not possess living specimens of this species, I quote from the descrip-
tions of Sars, as translated in the Isis, and Keferstein, and in order that the com-
parison with the two foregoing species may be as complete as possible, I deem it
necessary to give a very full transcript from these autliors, supplying from one
what the other does not mention. In order that there may be no misapprehension
as to the cliaracter of Sars's animal, I quote Keferstein in ( ), and any suggestions
of my own in [ ].

5G6 Prodromus of the Order Lucernarice.

Lucernarla ocioradiata, Kcferstein, Zeitschrift. Wissen-

schft. Zool., Siebold und Kiil-
liker, June, 1862, taf. 1, fig. 1,
2, 3, etc., and p. 22 (exclus.
synon., except Sars).
Lucernaria auricula^ Sars, [non Rathke,] Bidrag til So-

dyrenes, 1829, translated in
Oken's Isis, 1833, p. 228. Taf.
X. fig. 6.
« « Sars, Fauna Litt. Norveg., 1846,

p. 25 (exclus. synon. Rathke, Mon-
tagu, and Lamarck.)
" The bell is 1" broad, h" high, divided into eight rays;
pedicel nearly cylindric, or somewhat rounded four-cor-
riered, h" long, ^" thick, ends in a flat disc, in the middle
of which is a small round opening," (" basal pore projects
into the gelatinous substance as a blind sac ") ; " four
brown red thick stripes in the stem, w^hich prove them-
selves to be muscles .by the movements of the animal,"
[Keferstein shows that these are the camerae, and tliat the
true muscles are alternate with them ; the camerae situated
as in H. salpinx, and similar in shape and proportions] :
"tentacles 40-60, short, thin," ("25-27 tentacles, the
knob strictly globular ") ; * " marginal bodies small, re-
verted, oblong cylindric, open at both ends, from the outer
opening a filiform point can be stretched," [the opening
at the outer end is no doubt illusory, as I have pointed out
in H. auricula, and Keferstein does not speak of itj : " the
genital organs extend from the stomach to the end of each
ray ; 20-30 tolerably large, round or oval, flattened grains "
[saccules, and, according to his and Keferstein's figures,
and specimens sent to me by the latter, in two rows in
each band] " fastened to a very thin filiform tube," [this

♦ Keferstein's specimens were evidently young, as the number of tentacles
shows. The specimens which he sent mo arc all young.

Monograph of the Genus Callinectes. 567

tube is the narrow muscle which Keferstein describes,
along which the saccules are attached] : (" four cylindric
or flat bundles of muscular fibres, free in the gelatinous
mass,") [according to Keferstein's figure the muscular
cords are situated half-way between the centre and surface
of the pedicel] : (" the radial muscles of the swimming sac "
[oral side of the disc] " occupy the middle line of each arm,")
[running from the proximal end of the partitions; as in H.
auricula, this is, doubtless, merely a more strongly devel-
oped margin of the principal muscles which occupy the
whole area about the partitions, between the genitals] ;
(" gelatinous mass " [gelatiniform layer of the aboral side]
" a massive layer ; it fails in the swimming sac," [oral
side] ; " in the stem solid between the four tubes,") [as in
the two foregoing species] : (" on the surface of the swim-
ming sac [the oral side] heaps of nettling capsules lie
in little pockets").* Geographical distribution : Norway,
Sars ; St. Vaast la Hogue, north coast of France, Kefer-
stein.f

Art. XIII. — Monograph of the Genus Callinectes. — By

Albert Ordway.

[Communicated Jan. 7th, 1863.]

[The following paper consists of selections from notes
made by Lieut. Ordway during his study of the Portu-
nidce with the view of monographing that group of Crus-

* While the above was in press, I received specimens of this species from Kefer-
stein, and am able, therefore, to confirm what I have quoted from this author.

t I would bo glad to receive from the Kuropeau coast specimens of any of the
Lucernarians, and most especially of the following: Craterolophus Thetys, C. con-
volvulus, Depastrum cyathiforme, Iluliclystus octoradiata, for which I will send in
exchange abundant specimens of our common Haliclystus auricula. I will state
that I have already sent specimens to Europe by mail, in little bottles about an inch
and a quarter long, inclosed between two pieces of cork hollowed out. Ucnry
James- Clark, Harvard University, Cambridge, 3Iassachuseiis.

APRIL, 1863.

568 Monograph of the

tacea, a study which was abruptly broken off at the com-
mencement of the present war. This will account for any
want of completeness which may appear in the article,
and for the absence of figures, which were necessarily left
unfinished. The high degree of interest attaching to the
discovery of such remarkable differences in the append-
ages to the male abdomen of forms supposed to be the
same by all previous carcinological writers, may serve as
an excuse for presenting the paper in its present incom-
plete form, against the original intentions of its author. —
William Stimpson.]

CALLINECTES HASTATUS Ordway.

Lupa hastata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat, Sci. Philad., i. 65.

Carapax in adult specimens about twice as broad as
long ; anterior portion sparsely granulated, cardiac and
branchial regions more finely and densely so ; areolations
quite distinctly marked, but not so strongly as in diacanthus.
Teeth of the antero-lateral border conical and pointed, with
the sides concave in adult specimens ; posterior tooth more
than twice as long as the others. Anterior edge of the
carapax, that is, the orbit of the eye and the front, finely
beaded. Front with two broad, inequilateral, triangular
teeth, there being no median teeth present. Sub-median
tooth of front rather broad and conical, and well developed.
Lower margin of the orbit strongly beaded, in adult indi-
viduals with a slight spinous armature at its interior angle.
Pterygostomian region densely pubescent in its posterior
portion, but towards its anterior portion almost naked;
— perhaps the hair is here worn away by the action of the
chclipeds. Abdomen of male rather broad; last segment
broad and triangular ; penultimate segment constricted
near the base, with a concave lateral outline. The intro-
mittent organs are very long, reaching almost, or quite, to
the extremity of the abdomen. They have two curves,

Genus Callinectes. 5G9

curving first inwards from near the base for over two thirds
of their entire length, even so as to touch each other, and
then with a strong curve outwards to their termination.
Abdomen of the female almost circular in its outline, ex-
tremely broad, completely covering the sternum posteriorly,
its second segment being but little narrower than the oth-
ers. Chelipeds rather heavy. Meros with three stout spines
on its interior border, and one slightly developed one on
its external anterior angle. Carpus with two somewhat
granulated ridges, the outer one of which is sometimes
produced into a rather obtuse spine. Manus with a stout
spine at the point of its upper articulation with the carpus,
and a small one near its point of articulation with the
dactylus. The carpuses of the first three pairs of ambu-
latory feet have two very small spines on their upper side,
one of them, however, being sometimes almost obsolete.
The meros joint of the external maxillipeds is sharply
truncate at its anterior extremity, and its external angle
is rather sharp.

Having had before me hundreds of specimens of this
species, I have been able carefully to study all of its vari-
ations or departures from the normal form, and some of
the changes that it undergoes in its growth. Though in
the adult the breadth of the carapax is twice its length,
the young are much narrower, — in small specimens, say
half an inch long, it is not more than one and a half times
as broad as long. The teeth of the antero-lateral border,
which in the adult are sharp, with concave sides, are in
the young broad and conical, with almost convex sides.
The chelipeds also increase in length with age. When
young, the intromittent organs are also very short, in spe-
cimens from one half to one inch in length, not more than
two thirds the length of the tail, and almost straight, grow-
ing longer and curving as they advance in age. The pe-
nult segment of the abdomen is not laterally concave, as it

JOUliNAL 1!. S. N. H. 72

570 Monograph of the

is in the adult. The pterygostomian region appears to be
pubescent over its whole surface in the young. In the
young there also appears to be no development of the in-
ternal angle of the lower margin of the orbit into a spine.

The development of the spine on the carpus of the chel-
iped does not seem to be controlled by growth, but to be
wholly irregular.

There are some anomalies not referable to growth, and
which we would naturally expect in examining many hun-
dred specimens. Sometimes we find specimens having
four spines on the anterior border of the meros of one chel-
iped, but in no specimen have I seen it on both cheli-
peds. In one specimen from Hayti there are on the carpus
of the left cheliped two spines, the second being at its
point of articulation with the manus ; another specimen
from the same locality has the same thing on the right
cheliped. I have seen a few specimens in which, al-
though it could not be said that there was a develop-
ment of two extra rudimentary teeth on the front, there
was yet a slight waviness of the edge, which is rather
a persistence of the embryological character than a varia-
tion.

Color of living specimen : carapax, and the upper side
of the cheliped 3 and ambulatory feet, olive gi-een. The
inside of the chelipeds and sides of ambulatory feet, bright
blue. The dactyli of the chelipeds of the female are of a
bright red color and tipped with purple ; those of the male
are of a bright blue tipped with pur[)le.

Range, from Nantucket to Mobile, and perhaps even
down to the Brazil coast. Its centre of distribution ap-
pears to be Chesapeake Bay.

Genus Callinectes. 671

CALLINECTES ORNATUS, nov. sp.

Carapax evenly convex, not quite so broad as in hasia'
tus, and with the areolations not so distinctly marked as
to prevent the carapax from having a smooth, even ap-
pearance. The cardiac and intra-medial regions are nar-
row and elongated. Granulations of the carapax nearly
the same as in hastatus, except that they are rather more
thickly scattered.

Front prominent, four toothed. The outer teeth conical
and obtuse, the two inner ones small, almost rudimentary.
Sub-median tooth longer and more narrow than in hasta-
tus. Teeth of the antero-lateral border very broad, with
strongly convex and somewhat granulated sides. The in-
terior angle of the lower margin of the orbit somewhat
prolonged into a rounded obtuse tooth. The pterygosto-
mian region is pubescent, although it is quite difficult to
determine to what extent, from alcoholic specimens, in
which the hair is often worn off. I have, however, a small
female in which the whole pterygostomian region is pu-
bescent. The pubescence may decrease with age, being
worn off by the rubbing of the chelipeds, or gradually dis-
appearing at successive moultings.

The sternum is quite flat, and its first segment and the
episternal pieces of the first segment are different from
those of hastatus. The abdomen of the male is quite nar-
row; the penultimate segment has its sides slightly and
regularly concave ; the antepenultimate segment narrows
much more rapidly than in hastatus. The intromittent or-
gans are straight and short, reaching to the middle of the
penult segment of the abdomen. The abdomen of the
female is not so broad as in hastatus, only covering the
last segment of the sternum, and is much narrower ante-
riorly, so that it has a more triangular appearance than
that of hastatus.

572 Monograph of the

The chelipeds are nearly the same as in hastatns, and
have the same development of spines on the different
joints ; they are, however, a little longer, and the lamelli-
form projection on the trochanter that laps over the coxal
joint is smaller and more rounded. There is only one
spine on the carpus of the ambulatory feet, with numerous
little spiniform projections ; on the third pair only the
small spiniform projections appear to be present.

This species is easily recognized, and can in no way be
confounded with hastatus. The great difference in the in-
tromittent organs, the very narrow and almost straight
abdomen of the male, with the striking narrowness of the
cardiac and intra-medial regions of the carapax, enable us
to distinguish this species without difficulty.

It is lightly and brightly colored, and extremely different
in that respect from hastatus. But I have only an imper-
fectly colored drawing, from which I would not attempt a
description of the colors.

I have not had before me such an immense mass of
specimens of this species as of hastatus, and of course have
not been so well able to trace the growth and variation of
the species.

A small specimen from Texas, apparently belonging to
this species, has the posterior tooth of the antero-lateral
border perfectly straight, without curving at all forwards
as it generally docs. It also has a faint trace of a devel-
opment of two extra spines on the carpus of the chelipeds.

I have seen but one female of this species, and in that
the carapax is much more convex than in any of the males.
Out of nearly one hundred specimens of this species from
Tortugas, there was not a single female.

Its geographical distribution is different from that of
hastatus, being much more southern. Specimens in the
Museum of Comjmrative Zoology are from Cumana,
Capt. Couthouy ; Ilayti, A. Ililchenbach ; Bahamas, Dr.

Genus Callinccics. 573

Bryant ; and Tortugas, Dr. Holder. It has also been found
in Charleston Harbor, by Prof. Agassiz. It is about two
thirds the size of haslatus.

CALLINECTES LARVATUS, iiov. sp.

Carapax quite narrow, strongly convex, and verj^ uneven
— the areolations being very strongly marked. It is gran-
ulated in the same way as ornatus, though rather more
coarsely. The teeth of the front resemble those of ornatus,
but are more developed and obtuse. Sub-median tooth of
front long and narrow. The teeth of the antero-lateral
border are long, quite obtuse, separated from each other at
their base, and even curved slightly forward. Interior
angle of the lower margin of the orbit prolonged upwards
into a very prominent tooth, as large as those of the lat-
eral border and very obtuse. Pterygostomian region pube-
scent. Sternum quite narrow, and slightly convex. Ab-
domen of the male very similar to that of ornatus, but the
intromittent organs are very different, being very short
and curved, scarcely reaching beyond the base of the penult
segment of the abdomen. The abdomen of the female
is rather narrow. Chelipeds slightly longer than in ornatus.
Manus with the costae very prominent. Carpus quite
rough, with three distinct ridges, and scattered granula-
tions ; armed with one spine, and with the rudiments of
two others generally distinctly visible and even sometimes
developed. Meros and manus with the same number of
spines as in ornatus. The lamelliform projection of the
trochanter is broad and square.

This species is most nearly allied to ornatus, but can
easily be distinguished from it. The striking differences
in the intromittent organ and carapax are fully sufficient
to enable us to recognize it.

One specimen of this species has five spines on the me-
ros joint of one chcliped, and two others have four.

574 • Monograph of the

Its size is about that of ornatus. Found at Key West,
Florida, J. E. Mills ; at the Tortugas, J. E. Mills ; at the
Bahama Is., Dr. Bryant ; and at Hayti, Dr. Weinland.

CALLIXECTES TUMIDUS, nov. sp.

Carapax quite convex, broad, and roughly granulated, with
the areolations quite distinctly marked. Antero-lateral bor-
der much more arcuated than in any of the preceding spe-
cies, and provided with very broad and large teeth curving
slightly forwards, with convex sides. Posterior tooth very
slightly prolonged, differing in this respect from any other
species of the genus that we now know. Front armed
with four obtuse, sub-equal teeth. Interior angle of the
lower margin of the orbit developed into a rounded and
somewhat prominent tooth. Sternum flat ; in the only
adult male specimen that I have, it is even slightly con-
cave. Abdomen of the male slightly broader than in orna-
tus and larvatus, penultimate segment quite short, and
with a slightly concave lateral outline. The intromittent
organs reach to the middle of the penult segment of the
abdomen, are curved, and very distinctly hooked at their
ends.

The chelipeds are quite stout, and the granulations on
the costae of the manus very coarse. The carpus has roughly
granulated ridges, as in the preceding species, but in none
of my specimens is it armed with any spines, only faint
traces of them being visible ; but on its interior border we
observe two little prominences, one at the internal angle,
the other just below it, Meros armed with three spines
on the anterior border, but only faint traces of one at the
external angle.

I have examined only a few specimens of this species,
but fully sufficient to show that it is distinct from any
other. The convex carapax, with its semicircular antero-
lateral border, short posterior tooth, and the hooked intro-

Genus Callinectes. 575

mittent organs, are very striking characteristics. It is
nearly as large as hastatus.

Found at Key West, Florida, by J. E. Mills, and at the
Island of Ilayti, by A. Hilchcnbach.

There is a small specimen of a sterile female from As-
pinwall in the museum of the Smithsonian Institution,
which apparently belongs to a different species from any
of those that I have described. The carapax is quite broad
and convex, and in its general features very much resem-
bles that of tumidus. But the hepatic region is smooth —
wholly destitute of granulation. The front is armed with
four teeth which are almost equal in size. The teeth of
the antero-latcral border are very broad, with convex sides,
and with their bases in close contact. Sternum slightly
convex. Chelipeds not quite so stout as in tumidus.

CALLINECTES DIACANTHUS Ordway.

Lvpa dicantha Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust, i. 272.

Through the liberality of the Smithsonian Institution,
I have been able to examine the specimen described by
Dana, from Rio Janeiro. As it is only a single dried spe-
cimen, it is rather difficult to make a thorough comparison,
but I have not the least doubt that it is entirely distinct
from any of the more northern species. It is the most
closely allied to ornatus. But the carapax is more convex,
the branchial regions more swollen, and the cardiac and
intra-medial regions do not exhibit the narrow form char-
acteristic of ornatus; in fact, the carapax bears more re-
semblance to that of larvatiis. The teeth of the front re-
semble those of ornatus, but they are comparatively quite
sharp. Sub-median tooth of front quite slender. Spine
on the interior angle of the lower margin of the orbit com-
paratively sharp. The teeth of the antero-lateral border are
very nearly of the same size and shape as in ornatus, but
are rather more separated at their bases.

576 Monograph of the

The sternum is quite flat, more so than in ornatus.
Abdomen of male slightly broader than in ornatus^ and
penultimate segment considerably broader at its base,
giving a somewhat different outline to the lower part of
the tail. The intromittent organs are quite characteristic,
being long and straight, reaching beyond the middle of the
penult segment of the abdomen, but not to its extremity ;
and their tips are slightly turned outwards. The meros
joint of the chelipeds is armed with three spines, but they
are not so close together as in ornatus, and the spine at
the base of the manus is much longer and curved. It is
somewhat smaller than the hastatus.

CALLIKECTES TOXOTES, nov. sp.

Carapax quite broad and rather convex, rather sparsely
granulated, the areolations quite distinctly marked, the
cardiac region distinctly divided into two lobes by a fur-
row dowMi its middle and a prominence on each side. In-
tra-mcdial region rather long and narrow. Front armed
with four sub-equal, obtuse teeth. Sub-median tooth of
front slender and obtuse. Pterygostornian region as in
the preceding species. Sternum quite flat. The abdo-
men of the male is very broad, and bears a very close re-
semblance to that of hastatus, except that the anteperml-
timate segment is not quite so much constricted at its
base. The intromittent organs are also very long, reach-
ing almost to the end of the tail ; but instead of curving
inwardly, as in hastatus, for two thirds of their length they
curve outwardly, and the ends make an almost circular
curve, so that their tips are brought together. I have not
seen a female.

The chelipeds are quite stout. The granulations on the
costa; of the manus and carpus arc quite coarse. The
number of spines on the joints of the chelipeds is the same
as in hastatus. Tlic three spines on the meros are long
and slender, and quite remote from each other.

Genus Callinectes. 577

This species is entirely distinct from any of those of the
eastern coast of North America. In the abdomen of the
male and its intromittent organs, it bears a resemblance
to the hastatus, but is easily distinguished from that species
by the dilferent curvature of those organs and the flatness
of the abdomen, as well as in the characters of the front,
which has four equal teeth. The narrowness of the car-
diac and intra-medial region, and the lobation of the
former, are also quite characteristic.

Locality, Cape St. Lucas. Collected by John Xantus,
Esq. Museum of the Smithsonian Institution.

It is one of the largest species known, equalling even
the hastatus in size.

CALLINECTES BELLICOSUS Ordway.

Lupa bellicosa, (Sloat MS.) Stimpson, Notes on North
American Crustacea, p. 11.

The carapax is quite smooth and evenly convex, the
areoiations not being^rominent, and the granulation quite
fine. The front has two outer slender and sharp teeth,
with the faint traces of two median ones. The teeth of
the antero-lateral border are rather broad and sharp, with
somewhat concave sides. The sternum is rather flat and
broad, and has scattered punctures on its surface. The
abdomen of the male is broad, broader even than in /las-
tatus ; its penultimate segment is not narrowed near its
base, as in that species, but has a broad base, and is con-
tracted near the centre. The meros of the chelipeds, in
the only specimen that I have seen, has four spines on the
anterior border. There are two small spines on the car-
pus, one at the outer border, the other at its point of artic-
ulation with the manus, with a slight rudiment of one
between them. There is one very prominent granulated
ridge on the carpus, and two or three granulated tubercles.
One quite prominent spine on the carpus of the first three

JOUKNAL B. a. K. II. 73

578 Monograph of the

pairs of ambulatory feet. The intromittent organs reach
a little beyond the middle of the penult segment of the
abdomen ; they curve outwards strongly near their extrem-
ities, and then inward to their tips, which again point a
little outward. About the size of the ornatus.

Pinicate Bay, Gulf of California. Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution.

CALLIXECTES ARCUATUS, nov. sp.

I have but one specimen of this species, and it is very
closely allied to the diacanthiis. The carapax, however, is
more evenly convex, and fniely granulated, and the antero-
lateral borders are quite semicircular. The sternum is not
so flat as in diacanthiis. The abdomen of the male is much
broader than in diacanthiis, being nearly as broad as in
hastatus, but the penult joint exhibits no constriction near
the base, being, on the contrary, wider at the base than
anteriorly. The intromittent organs exhibit a striking re-
semblance to those of diacanthiis, beinii^ more alike than
any other of the known species of the genus. Almost the
only difl'crence that can be observed is, that they are, per-
haps, more slender in this species.

The chelipeds are slightly shorter than in diacanthiis, and
the costEB of the manus and carpus are very sharply de-
fined and closely granulated. The three spines on the
mcros are more slender and closer together, and what is
quite remarkable, there are three sharp and equal spines
on the carpus. It is of about the same size as the ornatus.

Cape St. Lucas, John Xantus. Museum of the Smith-
sonian Institution.

CALLINKCTES PLEUEITICUS, nov. sp.

This species in some of its characters closely resembles
larvatus, while in others it is allied to arcuatus and diacan-
thus, but nevertheless it is distinct from any of them. In

Genus Callinectes. 579

the characters of the carapax it resembles larvatus^ but the
carapax is more evenly convex, and the areolations are not
so swollen, nor the granulations so coarse. The teeth of
the front are less prominent. The antero-lateral border is
rather more circular, and its teeth quite different from those
of larvatus^ being broad, convex, and close together. The
sternum, instead of being narrow and somewhat convex as
in larvatus, is broad and flat as in arcuatus. The abdomen
of the male bears most resemblance to that of larvatus, while
the intromittent organs closely resemble those of arcuatus,
and are very different from those of larvatus. They are
long, slender, and straight, as in arcuatus, though they dif-
fer in being slightly longer and less bent at their tips.

The spines on the meros joint of the chelipeds are not
so close together as in arcuatus, and the spine at the base
of the manus is much longer and curved.

This species is a small one, our largest specimen being
less than half the size of hastatus.

Found at Panama by Alex. Agassiz, Esq. '

Remarks.

The scanty materials that most authors have possessed
have prevented them from arriving at any definite and cor-
rect idea of the species of Callinectes, and very great con-
fusion has arisen on the subject. Many authors have
thought that there is but one species on the eastern coast,
and even those of the western coast have been considered
identical with it. Consequently the descriptions in the
few cases in which descriptions are given, are such that
it is impossible to tell to what species they allude, and
evidently in many instances the writers have had several
before them. Such being the confusion, it is difficult to
determine the synonymy of the different species with accu-
racy, so that I have reserved my opinions on that point for
separate consideration.

580 Mo/iograph of the

Bosc is probably the First one who sjicaks of any spe-
cies of Callhicctes. Unfortunately, however, he speaks of
it under the name of Cancer haslntus Fal)r., (which is
probably the Achelous spinimanus Stm.) and translates
Fabricius' description of that species into French, instead
of describing his own specimens. I think that no one can
doubt that Bosc really had before him specimens belonging
to the genus Callinectes, and probably to C. hastatus. For
he speaks of them as being daily used in Charleston for
food, and as caught in great numbers, and describes the
method of catching them. No other Portunid is so caught
and used there.

Latreille, in the " Encyclopedic M(!thodique," was the
next author who described any species of Callhiectes. But
his description is so indefinite and confused, that I have
found much difficulty in unravelling it. Under the name
of Purtunus didcanthus, he evidently includes several spe-
cies, one of which was from Brazil, described by Marc-
grave — I cannot say to what genus this belongs. He says,
also, " Quelquefois, comme dans deux individus envoyes
de Philadelphia par M. Milbert, les quatre dents du front
sont rt'unies et ne forment qu'un lobe largement 6chancre."
Here he evidently speaks of the C. hastatus, which is the
only species that occurs at Philadelphia. In the preceding
paragraph he speaks of the carapax as being of an obscure
greenish anteriorly, and in his Latin diagnosis as being
yellowish, maculated with red, which contradiction is
somew^hat puzzling. We might at first be inclined to
reject the name diacanthus, as it seems impossible to affi^^c
it to any one species, except arbitrarily. But in such
cases as this we must always endeavor to ascertain
an author's intention, and I think that I have done that.
Under the name of Portiimis pelagicus he previously de-
scribes the Ncptiitms pelagicus from the East Indies,
remarking that it is the pelag-icus of Fabricius, but not of

Genus Callinectes. 581

De Geer and Bosc. Tho pcla<^icus described by these two
latter authors, and by Say, (which latter is the Lvpa Sayi
of Gibbes,) he puts as synonymes of his P. diacarithus.
I think it is perfectly evident that his intention was to
change the name pelag-icits, as being preoccupied by Fa-
bricius for another species, and that his name P. diacan-
thiis must therefore apply to the pelag-icus of Bosc, De
Geer, and Say, which, as is well known, belongs to the
genus Nephinus. It does not alter the case, that La-
treille in his description mixed up several species, and
evidently included the C. hastatus.

Milne-Edwards following Latreille, describes one or
more species under the name of Lvpa dicantha, but it is
impossible to say to which of our species his description
applies, as he gives no character by which one can recog-
nize it. Nor are we aided any by the synonymes which
he quotes. He quotes the " Crabe de I'Ocdan " of De
Geer, the P. pelag-icus of Bosc, and the P. diacanthus of
Latr., (which, as I have shown, are synonymous with the
L. pelagica of Say ;) the Portunus hastdtus of Fabr., which
is probably the Achelous spinimanus ; and finally the Lvpa
haslata of Say.

Subsequent authors have mentioned our species of Cal-
linectes without critically examining the work of their pre-
decessors, and have spoken almost indiscriminately of L.
diacantha and L. hastata — often regarding them as synon-
ymous. Gibbes, in his Catalogue of the Carcinological
Collections of the United States, speaks of only one spe-
cies as inhabiting our coast, though he evidently noticed
some differences, as he says, " In the specimens from
Charleston harbor and northwards, the middle spines of
the front are obsolete, but distinct in those from Key
West."

Dana in his " Crustacea of the United States Exploring
Expedition," describes a species of Callinectes from Rio

582 Monograph of the Genus CalUnectes.

Janeiro, which, as we have shown, is distinct from any of
those of the United States coast. Dana, however, makes
it synonymous with the L. dicantha of Mihie-Edwards,
and Portumis diacanthus of Latr. But the P. diacant/ivs,
as I have already shown, is a Neplumis. I retain the
name diacanthus for the Brazilian species, though it is
probably not the dicantha of Milne-Edwards.

De Saussure, in his " Crust, de la Mexique," etc., con-
founds all of the species of CalUnectes of the eastern coast
together, though he thought that there was a great varia-
tion in them. He mentions in particular a female from
Cuba with a very convex carapax, and the teeth of the
front equal, which may be our C. tumidus. He calls them
all L. diacantha.

Stimpson, in his "Notes on North American Crustacea,
No. 1," mentions, under the name of L. hellicosa, the first
CalUnectes, in fact the first Portunid, discovered on the
western coast.

In his second number he institutes with good reason the
genus CalUnectes. But unfortunately, from want of suffi-
cient material, he does not correct the errors of previous
authors, but expresses himself as " unable to find constant
di (Terences between the northern and southern varieties of
this species," and also regards the species of the western
coast as identical with it.

Our materials have been large, and we have spent much
time in investigating them, being actuated solely by a de-
sire to arrive at the truth, and we think that all of the spe-
cies that we have indicated are truly distinct. The char-
acters which separate them do not vary, and there is no
gradual passage from one species to another. Differences
in organs of such importance as those of generation, and
so marked as those we have pointed out, are certainly
reliable.

All species of CalUnectes exhibit a singular resemblance

TIic Fossil Crab of Gay Head. 583

in some characters, while they are widely difFerent in others.
Thus the external niaxillipeds, the chelipeds, the pt(!rygo-
stomian region, the posterior tooth of the antero-lateral
border, in all except inniidus, are very much alike. The
shape of the abdomen in both the male and female, is
quite characteristic of the species, in this genus.

The materials upon which the above observations were
made are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
Cambridge and that of the Smithsonian Institution at
Washington.

Art. XIV. — On the Fossil Crab of Gay Head. — By
Dr. William Stimpson.

[Communicated January 21, 1S63.J

The occurrence of remains of Crustacea in the gi-een-
sand layer of the interesting series of strata exposed at
Gay Head, the southwestern extremity of Martha's Vine-
yard, has long been known. Dr. Hitchcock alludes to
them in the first edition of his " Geology of Massachu-
setts," published in 1833, as well as in the second edition
of the same work (1841). They are there described in
the following terms, which we give entire, as showing the
lithological character of the specimens : —

" Crustacea. In the green sand at Gay Head, we meet
with well-characterized specimens of the genus Cancer,
although they are in general much broken ; showing that
they originally belonged to a formation which was abraded
or destroyed anterior to the production of the green sand.
The interior part of the specimen consisted of argillaceous
matter, probably containing a large proportion of oxide of
iron ; but the covering of the animal still retains its black
shining color, although apparently carbonaceous. The
broken state of nearly all the specimens, renders it difficult
to determine whether they belonged to more than one spe-

Ai'KiL, 1863.

584 The Fossil Crab of Gay Head.

cies, although they probably did ; and for the same reason
I have thought that drawings would not be of use."

In the summer of 1859 a large number of specimens of
these fossil crabs were collected by Mr. Ordway * and my-
self, and in 1862 collections were made at the locality by
Messrs. Hyatt and Shaler, which include some of the best
examples yet found. These materials, though abundant,
consist for the most part of small fragments ; and there are
none which are sufficiently well-preserved to give a proper
idea of the entire crab. By the btudy and comparison of
these fragments, however, I have been able to refer them
all to two species, both brachyuran. Only one of them is
sufficiently well represented by specimens to enable me
to judge of its perfect form and true place in the system.
To this species nine tenths of the fragments belong, and
by the combination of these, I have endeavored to repro-
duce the essential parts of the crab, and to represent them
in the accompanying diagrams.

I cannot refer the species to any described genus, either
recent or fossil ; but there is abundant evidence that it be-
longs to the Carcinoplacidae of Mihie-Edwards,! of which
family it forms a new genus and species. It may be called

ARCIIAKOl'LAX SIGNIFKRA.
IM. XII., figs. 1-4.

The carapax is remarkable for its great posterior breadth.
This is, indeed, characteristic of the family Carcinoplacidae^
which are consequently placed in the great group Ocijpod-
oidea, notwithstanding that the conformation of their
maxillipeds and sternum resembles closely that found in
Cancroids. The approximate length of the carapax (PI.
XII., fig. 1.) in the best specimen is 1.6 of an inch ; its
greatest breadth is 2 in., and the breadth at the posterior

* The instructive specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, developed
by this gciitleinnii, hsive aitlcd me much,
t Melanges Carcinologi(iucs, p. 128.

The Fossil Crab of Gay Head. 585

1.5. It is much curved, in a longitudinal sense, so that
the suj)erior outline in a side view forms the arc of a circle,
the middle height of which would be nearly half an inch.
It must be here stated that the diagram, (Plate XII., fig.
Ij) represents the crab turned up into such a position as
best to show the anterior portion, while the posterior portion
is foreshortened. In a transverse sense, the carapax is but
slightly convex anteriorly ; posteriorly the median or greater
part is nearly flat, but there is on either side a well-defmed
longitudinal channel or concave depression, where the
branchial region slopes abruptly toward the postero-lateral
margin. The surface is smooth and covered with minute
punctures, except anteriorly and at the margins, where
it becomes distinctly granulated. The central region
is defined by two lunate marks, which, though not pro-
jecting above the general surface, are conspicuous by their
smoothness and darker color, and serve as a sign by
which some fragments of the carapax of this crab may al-
ways be recognized.

The antero-lateral margin is armed with four teeth, the
first or anterior one forming the outer angle of the orbit.
The second and fourth teeth are about equal, and scarcely
more distant from each other than the first and second,
while the third is very small, as if supplementary and in-
tercalated between its neighbors. The orbits are elongated,
each occupying nearly one third the width of the carapax,
and have an entire, though granulated superior margin.
As far as can be discovered in the specimens at hand, there
is no notch between the front and the orbit, at the attach-
ment of the external antenn;e, for the inner angle of the orbit
forms, apparently, the outer angle of the front. The front
occupies about one fourth the breadth of the facial region,
and has a small projecting lobe at the middle, which is
divided in two by a median emargination.

The chelipeds are of moderate size, and resemble in gen-

JOUKNAL B. S. N. IF. 74

586 Tlie Fossil Crab of Gay Head.

eral form those of the Cancridae. They are almost exactly
similar to those of Pseudorhombila as figured by Milnc-
Edwards,* but are somewhat shorter. The carpus is nearly
quadrangular, a little uneven on the upper surface, and
armed with a strong tooth at the inner angle. The hands
are smooth and unarmed, with fingers not longer than the
palm, and somewhat tuberculated toward their extremities.
Of the ambulatory feet we have few and very imperfect indi-
cations. It can only be said, that they appear to be smooth,
without teeth or spines ; and that the thighs or meros-joints
are of great breadth, though not particularly compressed.

Of the outer maxillipeds., (PI. XII., fig. 2,) I find reliable
specimens only of the ischium-joint of the endognath, and
of the first joint of the exognath. The latter is remarkable
for its very considerable breadth, being more than half as
broad as the ischium of the endognath. This ischium is a
little more than one half longer than broad, marked with scat-
tered shallow pits and with the usual longitudinal sulcus,
and ornamented along its inner margin with crowded and
minute punctures for the attachment of bristles, with which
this margin was in life densely clothed. Of the meros of
these maxillipeds I find only small and doubtful fragments,
which, however, seem to indicate a strong prominence of
the external angle of this joint, — stronger in fact than I
have ventured to represent in the diagram.

The sternum (PL XII., fig. 3), is quite well preserved, ex-
cept as regards its posterior extremity, in several specimens,
which have all belonged to male individuals. It is rather
broadly ex))anded anteriorly, and very little convex, even in
a longitudinal sense. Its anterior triangular projection is
separated by a slight transverse sulcus, and there are, in
some examples, slight indications of a transverse sulcus pos-
terior to this, arising from the next notches of the margin, and
bending backward. At the posterior margin of the second

* Arch, du Musdum, T. VII., I'l. xi. f. J.

The Fossil Crab of Gay Head. 587

segment on each side, where it passes beneath the abdo-
men, we find the genital tubercle, as represented in fig. 4.
These tubercles have thus the same situation as in Portu-
nids, while in the crabs most nearly allied to that here
described, it is more frequently found near the anterior
margin of the segment. The last or posterior segment of
the sternum does not project laterally beyond the margin
of the male abdomen, as is usual in Ocypodoids, but is
much narrower than the preceding segment, and entirely
concealed, as in Cancroids.

The abdomen of the male only has occurred (PI. XII.,
fig. 3). It is quite broad for a male abdomen, and its
middle three segments are not soldered together, but dis-
tinct. I have seen no specimens in which its basal joints
are well preserved, but they cannot differ much from the
representation given of them in the diagram.

The male organs, or verges, in this genus arise directly
from the coxal joints of the posterior feet, and not from the
sternum. The posterior segment of the sternum is not
distinctly grooved for their passage to the intromittent or-
gans, although there is a slight depression ; but this is very
little deeper than in Carcimts, with which genus ours shows
much resemblance in the structure of this part of the body.

As illustrations of this fossil crab, I have given my work-
ing diagrams, instead of figures drawn from nature ; for
to represent all the parts in the diagrams by the latter
method, the delineation of an inconveniently large number
of specimens would be required.

It will be seen from the foregoing description that Arch-
aeoplax signifera presents, in its different parts, the charac-
ters of widely-removed groups of Brachyura. This indeed
is the case with most of the genera of the family Carciiio-
placidae, in which I have placed it. In its carapax and
elongated orbits we find most resemblance to Ocypodoids,
for though certain Cancroids, like Trapezia, have a quadri-

588 Tlie Fossil Crab of Gay Head.

lateral carapax, this character is not in them accompanied
by the form of orbit alluded to, which indicates consider-
able length in the ocular peduncles. In the outer maxilli-
peds, and in the shape and anterior breadth of the ster-
num, we have an unmistakable resemblance to the Portu-
nidae ; but in the seven-jointed male abdomen we find a
return to the Ocypodoid character, for that part of the
body in all male Portunids is five-jointed.

With regard to the more intimate relations of Archaeo-
plax, it may be remarked that while the shape of the cara-
pax and its postero-lateral depressions or channels are the
same as in the Carcinoplacidae, the orbits and antero-lateral
margins more closely resemble those of Prionojjlax, a genus
of Gonoplacidae. But our genus is removed from the latter
family by the form of the posterior segment of the sternum,
which is not " debordant " or exposed on either side beyond
the abdomen, this being, in Gonoplacidae, narrow at the
base. From the genera of Carcinoplacidae already known,
the new fossil genus differs as follows : — From Eucrate*
which it exactly resembles in the shape of the front, it dif-
fers in its elongated orbits, and broader male abdomen.
From Pseudorhombila, — to which I have already alluded
as having similar dhelipcds, — in the form of the orbits and
antero-lateral margin. From Carcinoplax and Pilumno-
plax, it also differs in the character of the orbits. Finally,

* Professor Dana has misapprehended the genus Eucrate of De Haan, in placing
it in the Gonoplacidae, having been very naturally misled by that author's neglect
to give the position of the genital appendages of the male, a point of the highest
importance. The resemblance to the Gonoplacidae in De Haan's genus, is indeed
gi'eat; but I have recently had occasion to examine, in the ^luseum of Compar-
ative Zoology, wet specimens of Eucrate ci-enatus, the typical, and indeed the only
species yet known, in wliich I find that the male organs arise from the coxas of
the posterior feet, and are not " e sterno ortaj abdominisque tccta;," as given in
Dana's diagnosis of the genus (Crustacea of the U. S. Kxploring Expedition, I. p.
310). The crab, therefore, will falKinto the Carcinoplacidae. The Eucrate crassi-
manus of Dana, having sternal verges, is, therefore, not a true Eucrate, but will be
the type of a new geims, upon wliich I will not here impose a name, but merely
point it out for the bcuelit of whomsoever may hcicaftcr monograph the group.

The Fossil Grab of Gay Head. 589

from Heteroplax Stm., (Prodr. dcscr. anim. evert, etc.,
p. 40,) to which, of all existing Crustacea, our fossil genus
approaches nearest, it is removed by the presence -of a
median frontal emargination, and also, if I have rightly
interpreted the scanty material at hand for this point, in
the want of the antennary notch which separates the front
from the inner angle of the orbit.

No fossil crab, to which Archaeoplax has any close rela-
tions has yet been described, with the exception of Arises
of De Haan, (Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 62, PL v., f. 4,)
which differs from our genus in its shorter carapax, un-
armed antero-lateral margin, and narrower exognath of the
outer maxillipeds. Nothing is known with regard to the
formation in which Arges occurs.

The study of the Archaeoplax, as an isolated fact, affords
but little aid in the determination of the age of the Gay
Head deposit. It belongs to one of the highest grades of
Crustacea, but still higher forms have been found in the
Eocene Tertiary, for instance Xanthopsis of McCoy in
the London clay. I was probably wrong in referring the
green-sand layer to the Cretaceous in the Am. Journal of
Science for January, 1860, although Dr. Hitchcock sug-
gests that this layer may consist of the debris of some
older deposit, such as the Cretaceous ; but there is noth-
ing to confirm this view in the character of the fossils
accompanying the crabs.

The abundance of specimens of the Archaeoplax at Gay
Head, indicates a warm climate in that region at the time
they were living. At the present day all Carcinoplacidae
are inhabitants of warm seas. The nearest allied genus,
Heteroplax, hves on the coast of China at the northern
limit of the torrid zone.

590 On Synthetic Types in Insects.

Art. XV. — On Synthetic Types in Insects. — By
A. S. Packard, Jr.

[Communicated March 4, 18G3.]

While studying the Hepiali with reference to their
standing and connection with the main body of the family
of Bombyces, and striving to overcome difficulties that
arose as to the importance of certain structural features,
which, taken in connection with their habits, render their
location in this family very difficult, I was throughout
struck with the great resemblance of the genus Gorgopis
of HLibner to the neuropterous genus Polydcechotes, and
made a detailed comparison of the two which is given
below. The close resemblance of many small Phry-
ganeids to the small moths with long antenna, is familiar
to every entomologist, and has caused the Lepidoptera
to be placed by some writers very near to the Neuroptera,
though in fact these groups are very widely separated ;
and it was only by confounding mere transient analogies
of outer form with that more fundamental likeness of
the young and adult stages of two beings to each other,
whereby we are enabled to arrange them in some sort of
series, that the error was made.

Some remarks in this connection on the well-known
analogous forms existing in the different sub-orders of in-
sects, will serve as an introduction to more special obser-
vations on those stronger analogies which we find in nearly
every family of the Neuroptera to every other sub-order
of insects.

If we consider the Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera, and Dip-
tera by themselves, in the order in which Latreille has placed
them, we shall find these three groups full of reciprocal
analogies. Certain forms in the one sub-order leap over
their neighboring sub-order to find their analogues in one

Junk, 1863.

On Synthetic Types in Insects. 591

a third removed : or again, we see analogous forms be-
tween the two higher groups, leaving the lowest for awhile
isolated ; or on the otlier hand the two lower groups are
thus united, leaving the highest one standing by itself.
For example, the clear-winged Sesia imitates the humble-
bee in its form and flight ; the different species of ^ge-
rians simulate members of nearly every hymenopterous
family, as we can see when recalling such names as
apiformis, vespiformis, philatithiformis, tiphiaformis, scolice-
formis, spheciformis, chrysidiformis, cynipidiformis, formi-
ciformis, ichneumonifonnis, uroceriformis, and tenthredini-
formis. So also other ^gerians resemble different family
forms of Diptera, as seen in the names culiciformis, tipu-
liformis, bibioformis, antkraciformis, miAScceformis, &c. In
the Diptera we find jBom^/y/iw^, resembling, as its name im-
plies, Bombus ; and also Laphria, which so closely apes
the humble-bee in its form, coloration, size, and flight,
even to the buzz, which is, if anything, still louder. Also
there is the strongest resemblance in some Syrphi to Vcspa,
and especially to different species of Crabro. But while
the Lepidoptera and Diptera resemble the Hymenoptera,
we cannot say that Hymenoptera ever assume the form
of any flies and moths. They seem isolated ; and re-
semble only themselves. In the case of the Laphria, the
plump, bee-like form, and the dense yellow and black hir-
suties, which cause them to be mistaken for humble-bees by
persons unacquainted with their structural differences, are
just those features that are exceptional in the Diptera,
and are normal in the Hymenoptera. The fly to get them
has to pass over one sub-order to obtain a bizarre form
which is a prevalent and common family attribute of the
Apidffi.

There is a similar parallelism of analogous forms be-
tween the Coleoptera, Hemiptera, Orthoptera, and Neurop-
tera, which seem bound together by affuiities such as those

502 On Synthetic Types in Insects.

that unite by themselves the bees, moths, and flies. Thus
there are certain Hemiptera ( Corixu) that resemble the
coleopterous genus Brachys ; Forficula is analogous to the
Staphylinidae, and Blatta may be said to resemble some
Lampyridoe. The close affinities between the Orthoptera
and Neuroptera hardly admit of these analogous forms,
though we find them still. Here again we see the isola-
tion of the Coleoptera from the other sub-orders with
which it is connected. The sub-orders below it, by an
exact parallel with the case above mentioned, reach up
and connect themselves by these remarkable analogies
with the Coleoptera, which do not in turn assume any
of their forms. Some Orthoptera are very coleopterous-
like, and some Hemiptera are very coleopterous-like. The
reverse cannot be said. So the Diptera and Lepidop-
tera, as they advance in their family forms, are constantly
throwing out hints and suggestions of forms that seem
very strange to them, but become generalized in the
group that tops them. Thus in the broad, irregularly net-
veined, neuropterous fore-wing, which becomes smaller
and thicker in the orthopterous Blatta, and still more
coleopterous in the hemipterous Corixa, we arrive at the
perfected elytron, with its regular, obsolete veins, and
new protective function.

Most of the examples above mentioned are familiar to
entomologists, and others will occur no doubt to illustrate
the subject more fully.

Many authors have agreed that the sub-orders of insects
can be arranged into two series or groups, often called
Mandibulata and Haustellata, though disagreeing as to
the relative rank of these two divisions, and the true
places the sub-orders should occupy within them. It is
enough for my purpose to assume that there are two
such series, though believing that the two culminate in
the Hymenoptera and Coleoptera respectively, in the suc-
cession that I have indicated above.

On Synthetic Types in Insects. G93

"What have we now in common with both, and which
shall reunite this seeming polarity in llie two series of
sub-orders? There is needed a group which, while retain-
ing its own strong fundamental features, and maintaining
an equal footing with its equivalent groups, shall have
besides the strongest analogies to those groups fartlicst
removed by alfinity, in order that these two series may
be virtually brought together; while the successive forms
in the several families shall afford us some conception
of the larger categories these minor groups foreshadow.
Such a group Professor Agassiz * has pointed out in the
class of Selachians, which combine the characters of all
the otiier classes of fishes existing during the same period,
and also, by their being the earliest in time, afford what
he calls prophetic types of all the coming classes of ver-
tebrates. The former case affords what he calls synthetic
types.

In endeavoring to show that a similar Synthesis among
insects has its seat in the Neuroptera, I would in the first
place instance the genus Lepisma, one of the Thysanoura
which Burmeister places among the Orthoptera, and which
also reminds us of the larvae of Perla and Ephemera. In
the scales which clothe the body of Lepisma we are re-
minded of the squamation of the Lepidoptera ; but we
mention this group now, in order to point out some strong
analogies they bear to the chilopodous Myriapods. This is
seen in their elongated, flattened form, which is due to the
uniformity in the size of the rings of the three divisions of
the body, by which the distinctions of the head, thorax,
and abdomen seem almost annulled; and in the fact
that while Lepisma does not differ greatly in size from
the small genus Scolopendrella, it agrees also in the
semi-oval head, in the anal stylets, so unusual in the
Myriapoda, and especially in the two pairs of little, move-

* Essay on Classification.

JOUKNAl. 1!. S. X. II. 75

594 On Synthetic Types in Insects.

able stylets, which are removed towards the base of the
abdomen more than usual, to support the long, weak
abdomen, reminding us of the abdominal legs of Myria-
pods, while the two terminal longer pairs project out
horizontally.

In the two families Ephemeridce and Libcllulidfc no in-
stances of these analogous forms occur to us. They are
the most unlike other insects.

Ascalaphus, one of the Myrmeleonidce, was described
by Scopoli as a Papilio, and has been said by Kirby to
resemble Heliconia. Indeed, if we consider the remark-
able departure of this genus from others of its family,
the mistake will seem almost pardonable. In the long
abruptly clubbed antennae, and the long hirsute mouth
parts that project between tliem and look like the palpi
of butterflies ; in the round, globose, prominent eyes which
are much like a butterfly's ; also in the short, cylindrical,
oval thorax, and short ovate abdomen, which is much the
broadest in the middle, we see that concentration of the
rings into the three regions of the body which obtains so
fully in Papilio, and is so different from Myrmeleon.
We shall by closer observation see that the enlarged oval
thorax is made so by the greatly diminished size of the
pro-*horax ; and in the enlarged, convex scutum of the
meso-thorax, and the contracted basal joint of the abdo-
men, compensated by the swollen middle rings, we have
a form that the highest Lepidoptera possess. Moreover
in the broad wings, the gay colors, and enjoyment of the
hot sun, the tropical Ascalaphus resembles the narrow,
transparent-winged tropical Heliconidae.

The name of Manlispa recalls the orthopterous family
Matitida^ whose linear bodies, long legs, and small wings
find analogies in the rapacious neuropterous genus.

The family Panorpidcc assumes dipterous shapes.
BUlacus has its analogue in the fly Bittacomorpha. The

On Synthetic Types in Insects. 595

resemblance of the female Panorpa to Tipula is very strik-
ing. In both the mouth parts are greatly elongated, and
the head much produced in that direction, leaving a very
short vertex ; and the antenntc are much the same in size
and shape. Panorpa is remarkable for the short, ovate,
compressed thorax, owing to the reduced size of the pro-
thorax, and the compactly massed notal and side pieces,
wherein it simulates Tipula ; but the resemblance is still
greater in the elongated episterna and coxae, and the long
slender legs. If we go more carefully into a comparison of
the notum of both insects, we shall find the large meso-scu-
tum, the short scutellum, and the longer than broad horse-
shoe-shaped scutum of the meta-thorax of Panorpa closely
resembling those pieces in Tipula. There is the same
form of the first pair of wings. In both the straight costa
bends gradually around at the apex, as the inner edge curves
up just as rapidly to meet the costa at the apex which is
situated in the middle line of the wing. Also in the dis-
position of the main nervures, their relative distances
apart, and their termination, even to the formation of the
pterostigma and the branches that lead to and from it,
the analogy is still maintained. At the base of the wing,
and towards the outer margin of Tipula there are a few
cross recurrent nervules, and irregularities in the branch-
ing of the principal nervures that remind us of the system
of net-veins that cross the wings of Panorpa. The
abdomen in the two genera is dilated at its base and ap-
pressed to the thorax ; and in its long, cylindrical form it
bears a similar proportion to the head and thorax, while
the swelled extremity and genital pieces in the females of
both genera are strictly analogous. Both genera agree,
according to the representations of authors, in supporting
themselves on their long legs, while introducing their slen-
der and i)ointed abdomen into the earth, when about to
deposit their eggs.

596 On Synthetic Types in Insects.

The Ilepialus argenteomacnlatus of Harris, which is
figured in Professor Agassiz's work on Lake Superior, is
the type of a number of gigantic moths belonging to
Hiibner's genus Gorgopis, in which, in the elongated body,
the large, broad, equal wings, and the details of their struc-
ture, we find a very unexpected analogue to PulystoEcliotes^
which is also a gigantic member of the family Hemero-
biadcSf of which the lace-winged fly, C/trysopa, is an ex-
ample. One of the most constant family characters in
the Lepidoptcra lies in the relative size of the three pieces
that form respectively the base, the vertex, and the front
of the head, that are called by authors occiput, epicra-
nium, and clypeus. The Bombyces are characterized by
the reduced size of the two first-named pieces, and the
enlarged area the shield-shaped clypeus presents, which
forces the antennse back upon the vertex, and leaves the
upright vertical front broad and open. Now in the Hepiali
there is the greatest equality in these three parts ; the
cly])eus is greatly shortened and curved down beneath the
front; the epicranium advances forwards and down the
front, carrying the antenna) towards the middle between
the eyes. We find just this condition of things in Poly-
stcechotes. In both genera the simple antennas are short
and feeble, and placed low down the front ; the clypeus,
which is shorter than broad, presents in its tranvcrse diam-
eter an irregular, narrow, hexagonal figure ; and the eyes
are smaller and more globular than usual in both, espe-
cially so in Hepialus. The whole head, which in the
Bombyces is nearly always small and sunken in the wooly
thorax, is in Hepialus unusually large and free from the
thorax.

In the thoracic region the resemblance is still main-
tained. In the Lepidoptera the middle ring is greatly
devel()j)ed in size over the pro- and in(;ta-llu)rax, while in
the Ncuru])tera there is a great cqualily in the three seg-

On Synlhelic Types in Insects. 597

mcnts, since the pro-thorax is large and broad. In the
meso-notum of Polystccchotes (Fig. 2,) we have the
praescutum forming a hirge portion of it, perhaps a little
larger even than the scutellum of the seg- ^'^^^- i- 2-

ment. In the Lepidoj)tera this scutellum
is always large, while the pra)scutum is jY T p

minute and concealed, since it is bent /'^^'S/

down in front of the ring, and is not seen [/\J

from above ; therefore it is very anomal-
ous to find this piece in Gorgopis (Fig. 1,) ^J^^TXt^
enlarged considerably and occupying a \J\y

lozenge-shaped area, not hidden between C^^

the meso- and pro-thorax, but spread out
horizontally, and in the same plane with the large, broad
scutum.

As will be seen in the figure the pro-thorax of the Neu-
ropter is broad and square, while that of the moth is as
usual very short and small.

In Ilepialus the elongation of the middle region of the
body is effected by the unnatural length of the meta-
thorax, accompanying which is the enlarged pair of hind
wings, a character essentially neuropterous. The meta-
thorax in Gorgopis is nearly as long as broad, while in
other Lepidoptera it is but a third as long as broad ; the
scutum, which in the meso-thorax of Lepidoptera occupies
nearly the whole notal surface of that ring, is in the
succeeding ring divided into two halves, which are thrown
aside by the very large triangular scutellum, whose apex
joins the same part of a much smaller triangular piece in
front, the praescutum, which is always concealed in the Le-
pidoptera, but in Gorgopis (Fig. 1,) appears for the first
time upon the upper surface of the ring instead of be-
ing crowded down in between the two hinder segments
of the thorax. A figure of what I have just described
will iilutitrate well the same segment in Polystoe-

598 On Synthetic Types in Insects.

chotes * (Fig. 2). Thus, so far as we know, this en-
largement of these two praescuta is unique in Gorgopis
among Lepidoptera, though common in the Neuroptera.

There is also a strong resemblance in the flanks of the
three thoracic rings, which in both insects are vertical. In
this respect the Bombyces differ from the families below
them ; thus in the NoctucB they are a little inclined, still
more so in the Geomctrcc, and in the Tineidce they are in-
clined at a still lower angle, and are very slender. So the
Phryganidae, the analogues among Neuroptera, of the
Tineid.v, have their flanks inclined at a like angle, be-
sides being much slenderer than usual. In the large coxae
and small trochanters and general corres])ondence of the
size of the legs, Gorgopis agrees tolerably with its analogue.
But in the wings, and even to the neuration, the analogy is
well sustained : in the primaries of both insects the costa
is straight to near the apex, where it rounds slowly down-
wards, terminating in an obtusely pointed, somewiiat
produced apex ; the outer edge is very oblique, and the
inner angle in both insects is much nearer the middle of
the wing than usual. Also in the wings of both genera
the distance between the marginal and costal nervures
is greater tiian usual ; and what is an anomaly in Lepi-
doptera is the presence of a short recurrent nervule or
spur, (Fig. 3, «,) which the costal sends off from its base
across to the marginal nervure. The great number of

* The outline of the wings of Gorgopis is well shown in Dr. Harris's fig. 202;
though in a fine species discovered by Mr. Scudder at the base of Mount Wash-
ington during the past summer the wings are still narrower and longer, approach-
ing still more exactly the form of those of rolysta>cliotes. This species, which
I have called ;^Mr/>«rascen5, differs from the other species, which is sable or lawny
brown, in being washed with a purplish tint. lUit the neuration of this genus
is very close to that of Ilepialus, of wiiicli I give a figure from a prejjaratiou in
the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoillogy at Cambridge.

Through Mr. Scuddcr's kindness T can give a figure to illustrate the anomalous
apipcarancc of the pra-scutum of the two hinder rings of tlic thorax in H.pnr-
pweisceiis, since the single specimen, otiicrwise well preserved, wsis denuded
upon the notum of the thorax.

On Synthetic Types in Insects.

599

Figs. 3, 4.

these recurrcnts thronghout this interspace all along to
the apex of the wing is one of the best wing characters
in the Neuroptera. Another anomaly in the neuration
of Lepidoptera which occurs in
Hepialus and its allies, is the
great irregularity in the arrange-
ment of the branches of the me-
dian nervure. This is seen not
only where it throws off its usual
four nervules at the outer third
of the wing, but in its subdivid-
ing into three branches at the
basal third of its length to be reunited beyond by cross-
veins ; which is of a piece with Figs. 5, 6.
what we find in Polystoechotes
and its allies generally, where the
median nervure is greatly subdi-
vided, to be constantly reunited
by cross-veins, thus producing the
net-veined character. This for
the middle portion of the wing.
In the sub-median or inner por-
tion the median sends a spur or cross-vein over to the
internal or innermost nervure (Fig. 3, b). In the homolo-
gous region in Polystoechotes, (Figs. 5, 6,) which is all filled
up with cross-veins, there is, however, a larger one some-
what isolated from its neighbors, that corresponds exactly
to the single spur in Hepialus. In both genera the second
pair of wings, not much smaller than the first pair, repeat
throughout the particular feature in their neuration I have
given above, except that the median recurrent is wanting
in the secondaries of Hepialus. The abdomen is about
three times as long as the thorax in Gorgopis ; in Poly-
stoechotes it is over twice the length ; in both it is long and

GOO On Synthetic Types in Insects.

cylindrical. There is a general similarity in the terminal
segments of both insects and the female genital pieces.

The thin squamation, the nocturnal habits, the stupid,
awkward, insensate flight of Hepialus, — that of Gorgopis
I have never seen, — remind us further of the hairy, thin-
winged, nocturnal Polystaechotes ptinctatus, which any light
attracts after nightfall in the woods of the colder portions
of New England.

The Phryg-anidce as larvae are like the Psychidce which
live in cylindrical cases ; and there is between the imag-
ines of many species such a likeness that Newman has
placed Psyche among the Phryganids.

There is also an interesting analogy that the larva of
Perla bears to the active larva of Meloe. Placing the
two side by side, we see that both possess a head whose
form is broadly triangular, the corners being rounded
oil". In the three rings of the thorax, which in both
larvae are equal in size and convex on the sides, while
the abdominal rings are contracted in length, and
slowly taper towards the long setae which adorn the ter-
minal segments of both insects, and in the closely ap-
pressed legs, which are stout and broad, the swollen
femora, and the long-clawed tarsi, there are characters
which aid in effecting this analogy of Perla to a coleop-
terous insect.

The Psocidcs find their analogues in the Hemiptera.
The species of Psocus are so much like the Aphidoe that
when flying they are often mistaken for each other. And
indeed in the short broad body and broad head and long
antennce, in the very unequal wings, which are folded roof-
like over the short abdomen, in their simple ncuration, in
the short legs, and feeble tarsi, and their mode of flight
and appearing winged towards the close of summer, these
small insects are remarkably like the winged plant-lice.

The species of Alropos, (commonly called book-lice,)

On Synthetic Types in Insects. 601

which are wingless, as their name implies, are very much
like in form and habits the wingless true lice, which seem
by the close resemblance many species bear to young
CimicidsB to be but a family removed from them; being
thus low apterous Hemiptera, as fleas are but apterous
flies.

The Formicidce among Hymenoptera have in the Neu-
roptera their well-known analogues, the Termites or White
Ants. Like the true ants these interesting insects rear
nests of sand or clay, or the colonies are concealed be-
neath various objects, or in decayed trees and roots. There
are also a differentiation of the individual, a partition of
labor, and wonderful instincts as in ants. Those characters
which place the TermilidcB the highest in their sub-order,
are just those which make them so much like Hymen-
optera. Thus in the small occiput, the large epicranium
which occupies the largest part of the head, and in the
general arrangement of the small mouth-parts, this family
differs widely from other Neuroptera. Though the pro-
thorax is large, yet the middle region of the body is
massed together more than usual. Like the ants, the
costal nervures of the wings are well developed, while
those occupying the hinder portions of the wings are ob-
solete. Indeed, both the true and white ants do not fly
much, and that for the most part when swarming.

Upon review, therefore, we find seven out of the eight
well-established families of the Neuroptera sustaining
this synthetic relation with each of the six other sub-
orders ; that the strongest analogy exists between the
Neuroptera and Lepidoptera, where we find two fam-
ilies of the former sub-order analogous to two lepi-
dopterous families, the Bombyces and Tineae ; and that
the less apparent analogy exists between the neuropterous
• Termes and the hymenopterous Formica;.

This synthetic relation is confined to no one natural

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 76

602 On Synthetic Types in Insects.

group. Within the sub-order of Lepidoptera there is a
true and beautiful synthesis located in the Bombyces.
Among the twelve sub-families which I have found to
compose the single group above mentioned, there are five
which are recognized by all lepidopterists to be analogous
to nearly every other family of the sub-order. The Litho-
siidiE resemble the TineidaB ; Orgyia, one of the Liparidae,
is like a Geometrid ; the larvas of Limacodes look like
those of Lycaena, and the moths like some Tortrices ;
different genera of the Notodontidse resemble the Noctuids
and Pyralids ; the PlatyptericidsB also look exceedingly
like Geometrids ; and the larvae of Bombyx mori and
Endromis have an anal horn towards which the body in-
creases in size like the larvae of Sphinx. From this it will
be seen that these analogies are confined to similar stages
of growth, since the synthesis only occurs between imago
and imago, and larva and larva.

Edward Newman was so much misled by these anal-
ogies, that, following the septenary arrangement, he placed
the Neuroptera in the centre of the other six sub-orders
of insects, and the Bombyces in the centre of the families
of Lepidoptera. As regards the latter, he considered
each of the subdivisions of the family, some of which I
have enumerated above, as families (" sub-classes " or " or-
ders ") equivalent to other families of insects established
by Latreillc and now commonly received. How artificial
such an arrangement of a limited number of groups into
circles is, becomes evident in his confession that " the
larva appears to me anything but a guide in the connection
of sub-classes." *

Do we push this inquiry too far when, in considering
the great and unusual differences between the families of
the Neuroptera, which have led many writers to divide
them up into from two to as many as five divisions ccjuiv-

♦ Sphinx Vespiformis, p. 38.

Description of a " White Fish,"' or " White Whaled 603

alent to other sub-orders, we suggest that these mistaken
views are owing to the great variation produced by this
synthesis, in connection with the lowness of their type,
which besides renders the families when once limited very
difficult to arrange in a natural series ? By a parity of
reasoning, to return again to the Bombyces, I satisfy my-
self that the subdivisions of that group are in fact sub-
families. The Hepiali are the lowest sub-family of the
Bombyces ; and since the lower genera of most families
of insects differ much more among themselves than the
highest genera of the same family, I feel convinced that
the two groups of genera of which Cossus and Hepialus
are types are but sections of the same sub-family.

EXPLANATION OF THE WOOD-CUTS.

Fig. 1. Thorax of Gorgopis purpurascens. 9 nat. size.
Fig. 2. Thorax of Polystaschotes punctatus, magnified.
Figs. 3, 4. Wings of Hepialus lupulinus. 9
Figs. 5, 6. Wings of P. punctatus.

a, costal recurrents.

6, sub-median recurrents.

Art. XVI. — Description of a " White Fish" or " White
Whale," {Beluga borealis Lesson.) By Jeffries Wy-
MAN, M. D., Prof, of Anatomy in Harvard College.

[Communicated April lutli and May 20tli, 1863.]

This specimen* was a male, captured in the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, and has been on public exhibition in a
water tank for nearly two years. He weighed about 700

* I am indebted to the kindness of Dr. James C. Wliite, Curator of the Society's
collection of Comparative Anatomy, for the opportunitj' of dissecting this speci-
men. The carcass was presented to the Society by 1'. T. Barnum, Esq., and tlie
slieleton is to be placed in the Society's cabinet. In the dissection I was assisted
by Mr. Horace Mann, of the Lawrence Scientific School.

604 Description of a « White Fish," or " White Whale."

pounds, is of an ashy gray color, which is nearly uni-
formly distributed. An obscure band of several inches
in breadth, of a somewhat darker tint than the general
surface, extends obliquely across the head behind the
blow-hole. The hinder border of it is double, and has
a semicircular emargination on the middle line ; forwards,
this band shades off into the tint of the rest of the sur-
face ; on either side it ends in an ill-defined oval patch,
which surrounds the eye. The edge of the dorsal fin
is bordered by a well-marked black band, and another
exists on the upper edge of the tail, extends a short dis-
tance forwards on the base of it, and backwards between
the flukes, {Fig. 3.) The hinder edges of the pectoral
limb and of the flukes are each bordered with a narrow
dark band.

The heady when seen from above, presents a strongly
marked oval convexity in front of the blow-hole, consist-
ing of dense fibrous tissue, containing oil, and extending
forwards nearly tp the lips. The blow-hole is about two
inches in length, is concave forwards, and somewhat un-
symmetrical, as in many cetaceans, the largest portion be-
ing to the left of the median line.

The largest part of the trunk is in front of the dorsal,
and is separated from the head by a slight constriction,
forming, for a cetacean, an unusually distinct neck. The
following table represents the relative position of parts.

ft. in.

Length of body, 10

Distance of blow-hole from anterior extremity of head, in a horizontal line, 1 2

Distance of eye from the ?:une point, 1

Distance of ear from eye, 6

Distance of dorsal fin from end of tail, 4 10

Transverse diameter of flukes, ... 22

Antero-posterior diameter of flukes, 12

Length of fore limb, 12

Breadth of do., 9

The dorsal fin is very low, scarcely rising above the

Description of a " White Fish,'' or " White Wlialcr 605

general surface. The tail (Fig. 3) is strongly compressed
laterally near the flukes, having a sharp edge above and
below ; its vertical diameter at its union with the flakes
is 7J inches, and its transverse 3 inches. The ridges form-
ed by the upper and under edges extend on to the flukes,
to within about li inches of the median fissure. This last
is a continuation of the notch on the hinder border of
the flukes.

The anal opening (Fig. 6, a) is 34 inches from the end
of the tail, and in front of it are two small parallel fissures,
b, each one inch in length and five eighths of an inch apart.
These each have within them a papilla, and are undoubt-
edly male mammary glands. Scoresby has represented
these fissures in his figure of a male, but does not mention
them in the description. (See his " Arctic Regions," Vol.
II. pi. XIV.) The genital opening, c, is about six inches in
length, and is situated about 11 inches in front of the anus.

Cervical vertebrce. Cuvier has already called attention
to the most important points in the osteology of the head.
The only other parts of the skeleton which seem to require
especial notice here, are the cervical vertebrae. These are
relatively longer than is usual among cetaceans ; in this
specimen they, together with the intervertebral substance,
are seven inches in length, are wholly separate, and move
freely on each other. The atlas and axis are quite mas-
sive; the former (Fig. 4) has a thickness of 1.6 inch, on
the middle line in front, has no foramen for the vertebral
artery, and the transverse processes end in two prominent
tubercles (a and b) on each side ; besides the two artic-
ular surfaces above and below, there is a fifth, c, for the
articulation of the odontoid process with this bone ; the
axis (Fig. 5) has no foramen for the vertebral artery ; the
body of this bone measures two inches in thickness in
front ; between the two upper articular surfaces is a high
pyramidal eminence, having a nearly circular articular sur-

606 Description of a " White Fish,'' or " White Whaled

face, a, in front, and of about one inch in diameter ; this
eminence is a true odontoid process. The third vertebra
is the only one of the series which has a foramen for the
vertebral artery, the succeeding pieces having only bifur-
cated transverse processes, except the seventh, which is
provided with a short tubercle in place of the anterior
branch ; it is with this that the head of the first rib ar-
ticulates, its tubercle being attached to the end of the
transverse process of the first dorsal vertebra.

We have then, in addition to a neck, better defined out-
wardly than is usual with cetaceans, the bones of it pre-
senting a transition from the cetacean to the ordinary
mammalian type ; i. e. all the bones of the neck separat-
ed "from and moving freely upon each other. In the por-
poise and the Greenland whale {B.mysticetus) the seven
bones of the neck are consolidated into one ; in the sperm
whale the atlas is separate and the remainder are con-
solidated. In the herbivorous cetaceans which are true
Pachyderms, as the dugong and manatee, the different
bones, though quite thin, are always distinct. We have
also noticed for the first time, among true cetaceans, in so
far as we know, an odontoid process, forming a true artic-
ulation with the atlas ; no transverse ligament was found.

The number of the teeth is as follows : '^^ y= 37.
They are quite small, the hindmost scarcely projecting
above the gums. From the appearance of the lower jaw,
it is not unlikely that two of the lower teeth on each side
have been dropped, as well as one on the right upper side.
If this supposition be correct, the whole number would be
forty-two. This number is larger, as will be seen further
on, than that given by any of the naturalists who have
described the dentition of this species.

The stomach was inflated and dried ; its cavities, there-
fore, were not opened. The cuticular lining of the first
cavity was easily detached from its connections, and with-

Description of a " White Fish;' or « White Whale:' 607

«>
drawn entire through the oesophagus. This cavity con-
tained a collection of stones, nails, pieces of glass, stones
of fruits, half digested fragments of the flesh, and a few
vertebrae of fishes, also other substances, which had been
doubtless swallowed after entering the tank.

The stomach has the complication usual among ceta-
ceans, being provided with five cavities : — first, most ca-
pacious, oblong, twenty-one inches in length by twelve
inches in its shortest diameter, lined with cuticle ; second,
very thick and fleshy, eighteen inches long and five inches
in diameter ; third, quite small, three inches by one and
one half; fourth, seven inches by three ; and fifth, having
the form of an intestine, eighteen inches by three inches.

The length of the intestines is sixty feet, the coats of
which are very thick and muscular; the valvulae conni-
ventes of the upper portion are strongly marked, but
there is no well-defined difference between laro;e and
small intestines, nor any valve to separate them.

The liver is remarkably flat, having a transverse di-
ameter of twenty-four inches, and an antero-posterior of
about eighteen inches ; in its thickest part it measures
but little over two inches. The hepatic veins are re-
markable for their gi*eat size, and continue large even
near the anterior borders of the organ, in which respect
they resemble the corresponding parts in the seals. The
umbilical vein, forming the round ligament of the liver,
was freely open and filled with blood. This condition was
noticed by Dr. J. B. S. Jackson in his dissections of ceta-
ceans, an account of which was published in the Boston
Journal of Natural History, Vol. V. p. 137.

The heart, when compared with the size of the animal,
is remarkable for its volume and capacity. It was inject-
ed, and required thirteen pounds of tallow to fill its cav-
ities. The auricles are very large and prominent ; the
ventricles are much flattened from before backwards, and

G08 Description of a " White Fish,'' or " White Whaled

at the apex are separated by a slight notch. The walls
of the cavities arc quite thin, and in drying diminished
very much less than those of the hearts of ordinary mam-
mals. The transverse and longitudinal diameters are
about one foot each.

The ascending ao7'ta is largely dilated, having a diam-
eter of two and a half inches, becomes somewhat con-
tracted at the arch, and is again enlarged slightly after
giving off the left innominate artery, and then contracts
to about one inch in diameter. A dilatation similar to
that first mentioned, was noticed by Dr. Jackson in Pho-
cccna globiceps. Two innominate arteries are given off
from the arch of the aorta ; and the right subclavian, at
its origin, lies behind the carotid, instead of being on the
outside, as is usual among mammals.

The great size and capacity of the heart, as well as of
the whole blood-system, is one of the most striking fea-
tures in the organization of cetaceans, and has often at-
tracted the attention of those who are in the habit of kill-
ing these animals, as well as of naturalists. The explana-
tion of the existence of so much blood we have not seen
offered, though we can hardly hesitate in supposing that
it is in some way connected with their aquatic habits.

The faculty which whales have of withstanding the
effects of interrupted respiration is usually ascribed to the.
existence of a vascular net-work [rete mirabile) connected
with the intercostal vessels, which virtually forms a large
reservoir of arterial blood. From this the spinal marrow
derives its supply, and is thus kept in an active condition,
while other organs receive blood which is more venous.
While this explanation is doubtless correct as far as it
goes, it seems very probable that there is something be-
sides the conditions mentioned which tends to bring about
the same end, viz : the power of remaining for a long time
under water.

Description of a " White Fish," or « W/iite Wliak:' 609

The contrast between the quantity of blood relatively to
the size of the animal in which it circulates, when whales
and land-birds are compared, is most noticeable, this
being, of all warm-blooded animals, at the maximum in
the former and at the minimum in the latter. There is
also a similar contrast in the power which they respec-
tively have of resisting submersion ; birds under this con-
dition perishing speedily, while cetaceans may remain
beneath the water many minutes, and occasionally, as we
are informed by trustworthy observers, for more than half
an hour.

The whole quantity of blood in birds being very small,
the supply of oxygen which it contains is rapidly exhaust-
ed,— even after a few pulsations of the heart. In whales,
on the contrary, the amount of both kinds of blood is
relatively very large, and even the venous blood here, as in
most other animals, still contains some available oxygen.
The blood of these animals must consequently serve as
reservoirs of this essential element, from which the tissues
at large may draw. The animal which has relatively the
largest amount of blood, other things being the same, will
resist interrupted respiration the longest.

To the condition mentioned above must doubtless be
added another, viz : a greater capacity on the part of
whales to carry on vital operations with blood, which, as
regards the supply of oxygen, is of an inferior quality. In
proof of this we have no facts from which to draw infer-
ences ; but if the condition just referred to does exist, it
does not in any way weaken the explanation offered with
regard to the large quantity of blood in whales.

The lungs are very fleshy, not divided into lobes, and
are covered by a thick, strong layer of fibrous tissue
under the pleura. The trachea is about three inches in
length, an inch and three fourths in diameter, has seven
complete rings, of unequal breadth, and in some instances

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 7 7

610 Description of a « White Fish," or " White Whale."

connected with each other by narrow strips of cartilage.
The subdivisions of the trachea are unsymmetrical ; the
first branch, about half an inch in diameter, is the small-
est, and is given off on the right side ; the second, an inch
in diameter, about three inches lower down to the left
side ; and the third, of about the same size, is continued in
the direct line of the trachea. As stated by Dr. Jackson
with regard to the dolphin, a free communication exists
between all parts of the lung; by blowing into one of the
upper branches of the bronchial tubes, the whole lung was
inflated.*

The intercostal rete mirabile is not largely developed,
and was not even noticeable, except on cutting through
the pleura.

The eye is proportionally very small, about an inch
in length. The auditory openimf- is, as usual in ceta-
ceans, very minute, of a size sufficient to admit a bristle,
and surrounded by a very slight elevation of the integu-
ment. The tongue is remarkable only for a series of
appendages forming a kind of fringe on its border, — such
as is seen in the foetal pig.

The descriptions of this species by dilTcrent naturalists
are quite defective, and render the identification of it quite
difficult. By Lacepede and Cuvier, and also by Hamil-
ton, (" Naturalists' Library," Vol. XXVI., Whales, p. 204,)
it is described as being without a dorsal fin, — an error
which doubtless grew out of the small size of this part.
The last-mentioned author states also that the " blow-
hole" has its concavity backwards, instead of forwards, as
in our specimen. According to Lac^^pede and Cuvier, the
number of teeth is ? y =36 ; according to Dr. Neil, ;! i! =30 ;

* Hunter states that, in cetaceans generally, the different portions of a lung
communicate with each other ; but Dr. Jackson has shown that this assertion
is not true with regard to the sperm whale, nor tlie black fish (D. (jlubkeps).
We have found it true in the little "puffing-pig," or "snuffer," (D. phocana,)
which we have recently dissected.

Description of a " White Fish,'' or " White Wliak:' 611

Crantz, ^. ;!=29; Anderson, % 2=16 ; as our specimen has
V y=37, and at* there are indications, as already stated,
that two on each side have been dropped l)e]ow, and one
on the right side above, the full number is doubtless 42.
These dilTerences in the enumeration of the teeth depend,
as stated by Cuvier, on the age of the animal, — the shed-
ding of them beginning quite early, and eventually, as
stated by Anderson, the upper ones are all lost; so that
this last-mentioned observer is disposed to place the
"white whale'' among the cachalots, or sperm whales.

Habits. I am informed by Mr. J. A. Cutting, the pro-
prietor of the Aquarial Gardens, and who is a very careful
and trustworthy observer, that this animal, during his con-
finement, showed some capacity for education. He was
sufficiently well trained to allow himself to be harnessed
to a car, in which he drew a young lady around the tank ;
he learned to recognize his keeper, would allow himself to
be handled by him, and at the proper time would come and
put his head out of the water to receive the harness or take
food.

At times, he showed a playful disposition, and amused
himself sometimes with splashing about in the water, and
at others with tossing stones with his mouth. He often
took in his mouth a sturgeon and a small shark which
were confined in the same tank, and, after playing with
them for a while, allowed them to go unharmed.

Mr. Cutting states that the white whale was less docile
than the Delphinus tursio, who was for a time a compan-
ion with him in the tank.

Explanation of Plate XII.

Fig. 1. Side view of the whole animal, on a scale of
one inch to a foot.

Fig. 2. The head seen from above, showing the dark
bands, and the unsymmetrical blow-hole.

612 Characteristics of the Insect-Fauna

Fig. 3. The flukes, the hinder edges of which are bor-
dered with a dark tint ; there is also a dark stripe on the
middle line of the tail.

Fig. 4. Atlas; a and b, tubercles corresponding with
transverse processes ; c, articulating surface for the odon-
toid process ; d d, articulating surfaces for the occiput.

Fig. 5. Axis ; a, odontoid process and the surface
with which it articulates with the atlas.

Fig. 6. Anal and genital region; a, anus; &, cavities
containing the rudimentary mammary glands ; c, fissure
including the male organ.

Art. XVII. — Remarks on some Characteristics of the
Insect-Fauna of the White Mountains^ New Hampshire.
By Samuel H. Scudder.

[Communicated May 20, 1863.]

It has long been known, through the researches of
Humboldt, and others since his day, that as we ascend a
high mountain-peak within the tropics or the temperate
zone, we pass successively over areas exhibiting distinct
features in their vegetation, which remind us more and
more of the flora of high northern latitudes. The Alps of
Europe have furnished a field for extensive investigations
into these interesting phenomena, and their sides have been
mapped out into distinct zones or regions, called succes-
sively, on an ascending scale, the mountain, the subalpine,
and the alpine regions ; these regions, with their specific
appellations, have been recognized and applied to similar
phenomena elsewhere, and are in general use. It has also
been noticed, that similar characters are assumed by the
animals of the mountain summits, and that these also
have their distinct regions, corresponding in all respects
with those by which the plants were previously limited.

November, 1863.

of the White Mountains. 613

Very little attention appears to have been directed to
this subject in our country, other than in a most general
way. The White Mountains of New Hampshire would
naturally attract earliest attention by their high elevation,
and by the facilities offered to travellers in their vicinity ;
but even concerning these, little that is definite has been
recorded. Dr. Asa Gray, in his statistics of the Flora of
the northern United States,* gives, it is true, separate and
very complete lists of alpine and subalpine species of
plants ; but the distinction between the two is stated to
be, that the former are found only in " our small alpine
region," (in which are included all the barren summits of
the White Mountains,) and the latter "occur mainly in
our alpine region, but are also found decidedly out of it;"
so that the lists do not pretend to group together those
plants which are found each in a distinct alpine or a sub-
alpine region. Prof. E. Tuckerman, in an article upon
the Vegetation of the White Hills,f after speaking of the
wooded region, says: "Botanists designate the highest,
bald disti'ict, with the heads of ravines descending from
it, as the alpine region, and have sometimes spoken of a
small tract intermediate between the two, but still imper-
fectly characterized, as the subalpine region;" and this is
the most definite mention of a subalpine, as distinct from
an alpine, region which seems to have been made.

A summer passed at the base of Mount Washington,
for the special purpose of collecting the insects of the
W^hite Mountains, has given me the opportunity of mak-
ing many ascents of this highest peak, and of passing over
nearly the whole of the barren summits of this easterly
range ; and this frequent passage from one elevation to
another, has afforded the surest means of having the at-
tention repeatedly drawn to whatever distinctions exist

* American Journal of Science and Arts, XXII. 281; XXIII. 62-3.

t The White Hills, their Scenes, Legends, and History, by T. S. King, p. 232.

614 Characteristics of the Insect-Fauna

between the fauna of the iipj)er and that of the lower
regions, and considerable collections have been made for
the sake of illustrating such distinctions ; on the present
occasion, however, I propose to limit myself to a few in-
stances drawn almost exclusively from the Diurnal Lepi-
doptera.

One feature in the vegetation of the White Mountains
strikes the most casual observer in an instant, — the ab-
rupt limits of the forest growth upon the sides of the
mountains, marking a very natural division into a wooded
and a woodless district. This latter district, on a nearer
approach, will, to the observant eye, disclose a further
separation into two regions : a lower, where the dwarfed
spruce, struggling upwards, conceals the gray rocks in a
covering of uniform green, save upon the unstable surfaces
of the steeper slopes, or where the land-slips have scarred
the declivities with their lengthened furrows ; and an up-
per, more restricted area, in which the barren blocks of
stones lie piled in inextricable confusion upon one an-
other, exposed to full view, unrelieved by any grateful
coat of green, except by an occasional patch of sedge
upon some more favored level spot. These three areas —
the forest district, the district of the dwarfed spruce, and
the rocky district — exhibit, in a general way, as I believe,
the proper limits of the mountain, the subalpine, and the
alpine regions ; the separation of the mountain from the
subalpine region is well marked by the limit of the trees,
which is not wholly dependent upon llie elevation of the
slope upon which they grow, being influenced in part by
the ravines which vary the uniformity of their lines, and by
the exposure of the sides of the mountain, causing a vari-
ation of from one to two hundred feet in perpendicular
height. Upon Madison, and the northern sldpe of Wash-
ington, the forest line, as shown by the measurements of
Prof. Guyot, reaches to the height of 4150 feet ; and upon

of the White Mountains. 615

the face of Mount Clinton, which has a westerly exposure,
it attains an elevation of 4250 feet ; while again, at the
" Ledge," the extreme northern termination of the north-
eastwardly ridge of Mount Washington, its limit is fixed
at about 3900 feet. The alpine region seems to occupy
the summits of only the three highest mountains; being
limited to from one to two hundred feet of the cones of
Mts. Adams and Jefferson, and some seven to eight hun-
dred feet of Mt. Washington.

In the accompanying chart of the mountains, (Plate
XV.") I have attempted to show, by the irregular dotted
lines, the general lower limits of the subalpine region, and
by the regular dotted lines those of the alpine region. Tak-
ing our stand upon the summit of Mount Washington, the
main peak, and looking at the mountains which lie to the
north of it, it \\\\\ be seen, that, while the subalpine region
foUows along the main chain, it extends, also, a short dis-
tance along the spur which forms the ridge running south-
eastwardly from the peak of Mount Madison, and to a
much longer distance northeastwardly from Mount Wash-
ington, following the general direction of the carriage road,
and terminating at a lower limit than ordinarily at the
"Ledge," around which the road abruptly turns imme-
diately before it is lost in the forest. Southwardly from
Mount Washington there are three ranges of elevations;
a more prominent one, whose peaks bear the names of
distinguished statesmen of America, trending towards the
southwest; another which continues in the direction of the
main chain lying to the north of Mount Washington,
whose northernmost peak has received the name of Davis's
Spur; and a third, much less significant, dividing the angle
between the two former, but approximating much more
closely to the last mentioned. By the union of these three,

* Mainly taken from the Map of the White Mountains published by Harvey
Boardman, but enlarged and corrected from observations of my own.

616 Characteristics of the Insect-Fawia

at their junction with Mount Washington, there is formed
a broad, far-reaching plateau, sloping gradually away to
the south, where the subalpine region enjoys its widest
boundaries, whose southern limits I have not fully traced,
and the representation of which on the map may be
faulty. Within this subalpine region, which includes also
the head of ravines, there are several ponds or tarns of
small extent : one in Kine's Ravine, the deep gap between
Mounts Madison and Adams,* at the height of 4912 feet;
several small ones between Adams and Jeflerson ; two
deeper ones, known as the Lakes of the Clouds, the
sources of the Ammonoosuc, lying at the base of Mount
Monroe on the side toward Mount Washington, at an
elevation of 5009 feet ; and other small ones at the south-
erly base of Monroe. The alpine region of Mounts Ad-
ams and JefliVrson merely encircles their summits, while
that of Mount Washington pushes northeastwardly along
the ridge which extends in that direction, occupying one
or two successively lower plateaus, and is carried also
southwardly, upon the opposite side of the mountain,
over the upper portions of the widely extended plateau to
the south, known as Bigelow's Lawn, but scarcely reach-
ing so far as the Lakes of the Clouds upon the one side,
or the head of Tuckerman's Ravine on the other.

Some thirty-five years ago, Say, in the third volume of
his American Entomology, described and figured a species
of Chionobas under the name of Hipparchia semidea, from
specimens sent to him by Mr. Nultall and Dr. Pickering.

* There is a slight confusion in the ntimes applied to the mountains by Prof.
Guyot in dilTerent parts of his table of their heights, (Sillinian's Journal, XXXI.,
182,) the names of Adams and Jefferson being interchanged; in his Map, he has
followed Prof. Bond's very common error in calling Adams, Jeflerson, and vice
versa. The name of Adams was originally applied to the northernmost and higher
peak of the two. See Prof. Tuckerman's article in Rev. Mr. King's book on '' The
White Hills."

of the White Mountains. C17

"It inhabits," says he, "the bald summits of the "White
Mountains of New Hampshire, and appears to be limited
to that inhospitable region." This species is confined
■exclusively to the strictly alpine region of the mountain,
and is extremely abundant. Under descriptions of this
insect, in its various stages, in this paper I shall speak
of its habits and stations, and will only say here, that
its presence in the alpine region is a very prominent
feature in the fauna of the White Mountains; — doubt-
less an occasional individual will be found far within
the limits of the subalpine region, for the fierce blasts of
wind, which sweep around these lofty elevations must
sometimes hurl these feeble flutterers far down toward
the wooded valleys, as, indeed, I have once or twice wit-
nessed, but the contrast between the occasional and un-
willing visitor and the swarms which crowd the upper
plateaus is very marked and significant. The genus is
quite peculiar to the arctic regions. On this continent,
it has been recorded as yet only in Greenland and
Labrador, and at Albany River, Hudson's Bay, about
latitude 53° ; and I presume all Eastern Labrador speci-
mens have been obtained from that portion of it lying
to the north of the Straits of Belle Isle, since none
were brought home by an expedition which spent the
summer just south of that point, notwithstanding special
search was made for them ; neither did I meet with them
in a summer's trip in the centre of the continent, across
Lake "Winnipeg and up the Saskatchewan River, nearly
to Cumberland House, in latitude 54°. So here we have,
upon the highest altitudes of the mountains, a butterfly
belonging to a genus found elsewhere only in high north-
ern latitudes. According to Mr. Edwards, it is specifically
distinct from that found at Albany River, but whether or
not it is distinct from those of Greenland and Labrador,
or the numerous, but most closely allied species which

JOUKJJAL B. S. N. H. 78

618 Characteristics of the Insect- Fauna

have been described and figured from northern Europe, I
cannot, from the confusion in which the species of this
genus appear to be, and from the want of any specimens
from other quarters, at present determine, — but satisfy my-
self, on this occasion, with a more detailed description of
the species than has yet been given ; only suggesting, that
should it ultimately prove to be distinct, it will only be
a case analogous to what we find in the species next to
be mentioned.*

I have found at three localities so separated as the sum-
mit of Mount Madison, the head of Tuckerman's Ravine,
and a short distance above the Ledge, (all, it will be no-
ticed, within the subalpine region,) a species of Arg-ynnis,
described below in honor of the god of the mountains, be-
longing to that group of the genus to which A. Amathnsia
Ochs. pertains. Without a critical examination, it would not
be distinguished from A. Boisduvalii Sommer, which I do
not consider, as Boisduval does, to be synonymous with
A. chariclea Ochs. The character of the relationship of
A. Boisduvalii and A. Montinus is such that they would
come under the denomination of representative species in
the limited sense to which I have attempted to restrict it
in my paper on the Genus Colias.f To the points of dis-
tinction between them I shall not, however, here allude,
reserving such remarks for a future occasion, when I shall
speak at length of the boreal species of this genus ; but we

* 111 a letter written by Dr. Harris to Mr. K. Doubleday, of Kngland, dated March
24, liJ4'J, occurs this remark: " Boisduval, in his Icoues Historiques des Lepidop-
t^res nouveaux, &c.. Vol. I. p. 197, under Chionobas Also, makes the following
blunderino; remark, 'J'ai re^u de M.John Le Conte, sous le iiom d'erilinsn [!]
de Harris, [!] un individu pris dans les montagnes calcaires [ !] de New Hainp-
shire, qui me parait appartenir a cette e«p6ce.' Boisduval's Also, published in
1832, is very possibly identical with Say's semidtd, published in lS2i?; and if so,
the latter name alone can stand. The specimens which Le Conte sent to Boisdu-
val lie received from me, with Say's Aiyeria exitiosn ; whence, probably, the
blunder of the specific .name. My specimen ol Ilijiparihia seinkku was taken on
the summit of Mount Wsushington, one of the loftiest peaks of the White Moun-
tains, which, by the way, are not "montagnes calcaires."

t Proc. Bo8t. Soc. Nat. Hist., IX. 106.

of the White Mountains. 619

have, I will say, two species belonging to this section of
the genus, ranging from South Labrador to Great Slave
Lake, and occupying (so far as my actual observations ex-
tend) a region of country lying south of that wherein the
genus Chionobas flourishes. This section of the genus is,
then, characteristic of the boreal and subalpine regions,
just as Chionobas is of the arctic and alpine.

Within the limits of the subalpine region there is also
found an Orthopteron belonging to the Genus Pezotettix,
to which, in the descriptions which follow, I have given
the name of P. g-lacialis. In Europe, the different species
of this genus have been found only in elevated situations
or high northern latitudes. M. de Saussure has, however,
described species on this continent from Labrador to Mex-
ico, but I can with dilficulty believe that they should be
generically associated. The only species on this conti-
nent I have myself seen, is the one here mentioned, and
that formerly described by me from Lake Winnipeg and
Anticosti, and until more complete descriptions are fur-
nished by M. de Saussure, I shall still consider it a boreal
and subalpine genus.

Passing lower, we find the mountain or wooded region
corresponding altogether with the Canadian Fauna ; and
since the boundary line of the Canadian and Alleghanian
FauuEe upon either side of the mountains is at just about
this latitude, we may consider this a promontory of the
Canadian Fauna stretching southwardly along the moun-
tain chain, into the Alleghanian ; while the Alleghanian,
in its turn, creeps into the region of the Canadian Fauna
along the warmer banks of the rivers flowing southeast-
wardly. One has but to pass eight miles to the northeast-
ward of Mount Washington to have recalled to him, in
the valley of the Androscoggin, the Entomological Fauna
of the central portions of the New England States. In
this mountain region we have such phenomena as the re-

620 Characteristics of the Insect-Fauna

placement of Gropta Comma Doubl., of the Alleghanian
Fauna, by G. Fauniis Edw., and of Argynnis Aphrodite
Fabr. by A, Atlantis Edw. Here, then, we have three dis-
tinct faunae upon the slopes of the White Mountains, each
with its characteristic forms ; and however much one may
be prepared to expect some difference between the animals
of the extreme barren summits and those of the sheltered
valleys, these distinct faunae, so clearly marked, each har-
boring their peculiar forms of life, which live, as it were,
within a stone's throw of one another, and yet do not over-
leap their imperceptible barriers, which are capable, it would
seem, of interchanging their stations in the freest way, and
yet prefer their own homes, cannot fail alike to astonish
and to interest. Many of the butterflies of the valley oc-
casionally struggle to the extremest summits, and one or
two, such as Gropla Faunus Edw., and Vanessa Milberti
Godt., are found, not infrequently, within the subalpine
region ; with them all the capabilities of flight are
unlimited, yet I have but once or twice taken Chionobas
semidca more than a mile and a quarter from the summit ;
and the very limited appearance of the others upon the
mountain summits (which may be easily accounted for by
the fact that all insects, which are not essentially ground-
insects, seem to delight in flying to the most elevated sit-
uations) is in marked contrast with their amazing abun-
dance within their proper and assigned limits ; for there is
no species of butterfly in the valleys, at all characteristic of
the Canadian Fauna, which I have not found at its season
in the most wonderful profusion.

The results to which we are brought, by an examination
into the character of the faunae on the mountain slopes of
New Hampshire, are what we should have expected on
a comparison of the elevation to which they have been
raised with that of the Alps of Europe, provided we take
into consideration the dill'erence in climate between the

of the IVJiite Mountains. 621

two countries ; upon the Alps, the lower limit of the sub-
alpine district is placed, by different botanists, at from
4000 to 4500 feet, and that of the alpine, at from GOOO to
6500 feet. Now, although Mont Blanc is in a latitude
north of Mount Washington by a degree and a half, yet
the isothermal and isochiinenal lines which pass respect-
ively through these two points, would, when compared
together, show, that a mountain elevation in Europe, to
have similar climatic conditions to those of the White
Mountains, ought to be placed to the northward of the Alps,
and would be found in just such a relative position be-
tween the mountains of Switzerland and Norway, as the
limits of the alpine and subalpine districts of the White
Mountains are found to be related respectively to those of
the Alps and Scandinavian mountains. And by these same
comparisons we may judge, that if the summit of Mount
Washington were somewhat less than 2000 feet higher, it
would reach the upper limits of the alpine district, or the
region of perpetual snow.

•

Chionobas semidea Edwards in Morris' Synopsis Lepid.

N. Amer. p. 351.

Chionobas semidea Scudd. Proc. Essex Inst. III. 169.
Hipparckia semidea Say, Amer. Entom. PI. 50.

« « Say, Entom. N. Amer. edit. Le

Conte I. 113, PI. 50.
« " Harris, Ins. Inj. to Veg. 3d ed.

304, Fig. 126.

Wings dull brownish fuscous tinged with ochraceous ;
fringe blackish brown interrupted between the nervure
tips with ochraceous, dark brown along inner edge of sec-
ondaries. Above: jPnwanes nearly uniform in tint; basal
half of costal edge with miimte alternate black and whitish
bars, the markings of the under surface indicated faintly

622 Characteristics of the Insect-Fauna

above by the transparency of the wing. Secondaries, with
the basal half to a little beyond extremity of cell, a little
darker, and the markings of under surface appearing
above, as in primaries. Beneath : Primaries, marbled with
small narrow transverse bars, darkest toward the apex,
formed of blackish-brown scales, not very closely con-
nected ; the interspaces, at the extreme tip, white or gray-
ish while ; whole costal edge with short alternate black
and white bars. Secondaries marbled, as in the primaries,
but much more heavily, and with the scales of the trans-
verse bars black and continent ; a narrow band of white
scales crosses the wing in the middle, subparallel to the
outer border, occasionally somewhat regularly curved, but
most generally rather abruptly bent just beyond the tip of
the cell, where its rnnvx border is as far beyond the tip of
the cell as the width between the nervures at this point;
its inner border is well defined, crenate, its outer merging
into the marbling beyond ; crossing the wing half way be-
tween its base and the extremity of the cell is another
similar, generally less distinct, whitish band, subparallel to
the first; the basal half of the wing is the darkest, and
against the inside of the first band and the outside of the
second, the black bars are clustered so closely as to be
confluent, and form bands bordering the white bands, and
of nearly the same width ; beyond the outer band, the in-
terspaces between the black bars are more or less occupied
by white scales ; at the extremity of the nervures are situ-
ated broader black bars, which sometimes form a continu-
ous hind margin to the wing.

Body black, covered with blackish and yellowish brown
hairs, the latter especially on the abdomen and beneath ;
back of head and front of thorax with many grayish
scales; |)alpi with long black hairs outside, shorter whitish
ones inside and above ; antennae brownish yellow, with a
line of black scales continued to the tip above, and of

of the White Mountains. 623

white scales on the basal half below. Expanse of wings
1^-2 inches.

The males and females do not dilfer, as Harris states ;
the primaries of the male are perhaps a little more pointed
at the tip than those of the female, but there is no differ-
ence in the markings, unless it be that there is usually
more marbling on the disk of the under surface of the pri-
maries in the females than in the males.

Egg. Taken from body of living female ; pale yellow-
ish-green, nearly colorless ; spherico-ovoid, largest at base ;
with about 25 ribs, which are rather broad, prominent,
transversely wrinkled, slightly sinuous in direction, most
of them extending to the apex, and below nearly to the
centre of the base, and where they vanish, the surface is
well punctured and rugulose ; height, 25 inch ; diameter, ^'g
inch.

Larva. Head brownish yellow, with three bands of
black spots on either side, which are little raised points,
giving rise, each, to a hair, the space between them being
brown ; the first is broadest, and follows the middle suture,
and half way down the side of the triangular suture ; the
second is separated from the first by the width of the lat-
ter, is parallel to it, of equal length, and slightly narrower;
the third is narrow, nearly linear, short, consisting of only
ten or twelve black dots, placed upon the middle of the
sides, directed horizontally, not parallel with the others ;
there is also a fourth, as short as the third and still smaller,
beneath, arising from in front of the first pair of legs, and
running at right angles to the third ; the triangular suture
is dark brown ; a dark dot just behind the antennae ; first
joint of antennse mammiform, dusky; second very short,
scarcely perceptible except by black color; third cylindrical,
twice as long as broad, squarely docked, reddish brown ;
labrum black ; mandibles reddish, black at tip ; maxillae
3-jointed, each successive joint smaller, dusky, the last

624 Characteristics of the Insect-Fauna

darkest ; labium dark-brown ; ocelli five in number, four
in a rather open curve, convex in front, one below, sepa-
rated considerably from the upper three, which are crowded,
and are directly behind it at a little greater distance; all
black, except the uppermost, which is reddish brown ; the
lowest of the upper three larger than any of the others,
which are equal. The segments behind the abdomen
have five longitudinal bands, a dorsal, subdorsal, and lat-
eral ; a narrow black dorsal band, enclosing little longitu-
dinal rather pale green spots or dashes on the apical half
of each segment, those of the thoracic segments uniting
to form a narrow line ; this band tapers at each end, and
is about .015 inch in extreme breadth ; the subdorsal is a
very narrow interrupted black band, narrower than the
dorsal, the dashes of which it is composed being situated
principally upon the anterior portions of segments, and
arranged a little obliquely, the anterior extremities being
directed downwards ; the dorsal and subdorsal are sepa-
rated by a space which is .035 inch in breadth, pale
yellowish green, tinged with faint reddish brown at the
apical half of each segment ; the lateral band is separated
from the subdorsal by a similar distance, and is itself of
the same width ; it is dark green, edged at its upper bor-
der with black, which is dillused downwards slightly at
the base and apex of each segment, especially on the ab-
dominal ones ; the space between subdorsal and lateral
bands is like that between dorsal and subdorsal, except in
being considerably tinged with reddish brown ; below the
lateral band the body is grass-green, with a flush of rose-
ate in it, the spiracles being black ; the under surface and
prop-legs are uniform grass-green ; legs dusky. The
whole body is covered with very short delicate reddish
hairs arising from minute pale warts ; the body is cylin-
drical, thickest at the apodal segments, narrowed gradually
behind, a little more rapidly in front ; head rather small ;

of the White Mountains. 625

each half of anal segment conical, not very bluntly pointed.
Length .94 in. ; greatest breadth .22 in.; breadth of head. 1 in.

Pupa uniform reddish brown, compact, well rounded ;
the dorsal curve of the abdomen full and regular, that of
the thorax rather high, slightly depressed above ; the dor-
sal elevation of the thorax laterally compressed, terminat-
ing in a furrow which is in continuation of the hind edge
of wings ; the shoulders at base of wings are rather prom-
inent, the head obtuse and regularly rounded ; abdomen
cylindrical, tapering very regularly and rather rapidly to
the apex, which is blunt, and has an oval depression on
the under surface, with broad heavy border; the ventral
surface is somewhat flattened ; dorsum of thorax with
very slight transverse wrinkles, and a few oblique heavier
ones ; abdomen smooth. Length .diS in. ; breadth across
abdomen .24 in.; breadth at base of wings .21 in.

This butterfly begins to appear by the first of July, and
perhaps earlier, and continues until about the 10th of Au-
gust ; they are laying their eggs at least until the 22d of
July, and probably a little later ; caterpillars were taken
nearly, if not quite, full grown on August 2J, and others
fully grown on August 19tli ; only one was taken alive,
upon a rock, apparently feeding upon lichen ;* an attempt
to raise it in the valley below proved unsuccessful, although
it lived for a long period. The other specimens were ob-
tained drowned in pools of water, a very satisfactory mode
of collecting upon Mount Washington ; the description of
the colors was taken from the living insect. Of the pupa
I have only obtained fragments and injured specimens
under rocks, where they can doubtless be found in some
abundance when searched for at the proper time. The
most favorable localities for collecting the butterfly that I

* Since this was written, in company with Mr. Horace Mann, I liave again
taken specimens of the living caterpillar, feeding upon the same lichen, which
has been determined by Mr. Mann to be Peltigera canina Hoflfm.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 79

626 Characteristics of the Insect-Fauna

have found is on the sedgy plateaus either on the northern
or southern side of Mount Washington, from one quarter
to three quarters of a mile from the summit ; other insects
of the alpine ro^gion may be found most abundantly upon
the stones which have been piled up by enthusiastic pedes-
trians upon the various isolated elevations, forming pillars
of three or four feet in height ; those upon the summits of
Mount Adams have furnished me the richest harvests.

ARGYNNIS MONTINUS Scudd., Proc. Essex Inst. III. 16G.

Above, deep fulvous, marked with black, with black ner-
vures. Primaries. A rather narrow, interrupted, zigzag me-
sial band, consists of five dashes : the first starts from the
upper branch of subcostal nervure at three fifths the dis-
tance from the base of the wing, and crosses the spaces be-
tween the subcostal nervules in a direction at right angles
to the uppermost, and is sometimes connected above with
the costal border by a small spot ; the second crosses the
space between the adjacent nervules of the subcostal and
median nervures in the same direction, but removed out-
wards from the first by its own width ; the third crosses
the space between the uppermost branches of the median
in the same direction, but removed inwards from the sec-
ond by double its own width ; the fourth, with its inner
border scarcely removed from the divarication of the up-
permost branches of the median, crosses the next space at
right angles to the nervules ; the fifth crosses the space
between the median and submedian, at right angles to the
nervules, removed outward from the fourth by its own
width ; the inner border, up to this part, is dusky, as is the
base of the wing; within the mesial band there are three
short transverse bands crossing the cell, the outermost bor-
dering it, and the innermost only not reaching the median
nervure, and frequently having a fulvous central streak ;
another spot is frequently seen within these when not ob-

of the White Munntains. 627

sciired by the duskiness of the base of the wing; a short
patch, starting from the divarication of the median, crosses
half way to the submedian, turns abruptly inwards a short
distance towards the base, terminating in a point ; the
outer margin of the wing is rather broadly bordered with
black, inclosing, between it and a row of triangular black
spots, a series of fulvous transverse streaks, sometimes
continuous, usually largest towards the inner angle ; mid-
way between the row of triangular spots and the mesial
band is a row of rather large black spots, slightly curv-
ing, usually larger toward the inner angle, the lowermost
thrown a little outside of the curve ; on the costal border,
midway between this row and the mesial band, a trian-
gular dusky patch, extendijig just over the penultimate
branch of the subcostal nervure.

Secondaries. The markings are entirely as in A. Boisdv-
valii Somm., except that the duskiness of the base extends
farther, frequently obscuring the markings within the mesial
band, and the roundish spots are, in general, larger; fringe
of wings pale, at base fulvous, interrupted with black.

Beneath : Primaries, fulvous, with the markings of the
basal portion of the upper surface repeated, but the mesial
band more interrupted ; the row of roundish spots is only
partially repeated, generally only in the middle of the wing,
that between the ultimate branches of the subcostal ner-
vure being bordered with ochraceous ; the apical portion
of the tip of the wing is cinnamon-red, extending from a
little outside the mesial band to the termination of the
lowest median nervule ; the nervules within this patch are
ochraceous from the border to a point corresponding to
the triangular spots of the upper surface, which are gen-
erally only indicated as dusky arrow-head spots ; there is
a short ochraceous streak extending from the tip inwards
and downwards, and another, smaller and less distinct,
parallel to it, within, on costal border.

628 Characteristics of the Insect-Fauna

Secondaries deep cinnamon-red. Two broken black
lines traverse the wing : the first starting from the costal,
crosses the space between it and the subcostal at an
angle of 45'' to the latter, and striking a little within its
bifurcation, starts again from the bifurcation, and follow-
ing generally the outer limit of the cell, sweeps round to
the bifurcation of the median, whence, with a succession
of regular sweeps, it reaches the inner border ; the second
is composed very distinctly of three parts ; the first of
those starting from the costal and reaching the subcostal,
takes a direction nearly parallel to, but turned inward a
little more than, the previously mentioned line, so that, if
continued, it would strike the last bifurcation of the sub-
costal ; the second part starting a little beyond a point on
subcostal opposite the origin of the line upon the costal,
traverses the next two spaces at right angles to the ner-
vules, with a shallow curve opening outward; the third
part originating on the last nervule of the subcostal, at a
point as far removed from the second part of the line, as
the second is from the first, crosses to the inner border,
taking a general direction parallel to the first line, by a
series of irregular broken lines or shallow curves, the first
opening inwards, the other outwards. These two black
lines are narrowly bordered on the sides toward one an-
other with ochraceous scales, generally more prominent
upon that portion of the first which crosses the spaces be-
tween the costal and subcostal and between tlie subcos-
tal and median nervures, frequently forming conspicuous
patches, occasionally more or less interspersed with whit-
ish scales ; generally the main space between the two
black lines, which in A. Boisduvalii forms the broad me-
sial band, is of the same cinnamon-red as the immediate
base ; at the base there is a white spot between each of
the principal nervures, and a small black spot, faintly
bordered with white, in the middle of the cell ; apical half

of the White Mountains. 629

of wing nearly or quite of the same cinnamon-rod as tiie
base ; next to the outer border a row of transverse white
spots, very indistinct or ahuost wanting at the middle,
larger and more conspicuous at the outer angle ; these are
surmounted by triangular cinnamon-red spots, bordered
faintly with ochraceous scales, especially that between the
last branches of the median and the inner border of the
one between subcostal and median ; adjoining the tips
of the triangular spots is a faint row of narrow circlets of
ochraceous scales enclosing cinnamon-red spots, generally
a little deeper in color than the base of the wing; between
these and the outermost black band is a very narrow faint
band of rosy-white scales, barely seen to be formed of
lunules opening outwards.

Body" covered above with olivaceous hairs, mixed with
fulvous on head, shoulder-covers, and towards extremity of
abdomen ; below greenish yellow mixed with fulvous on
thorax ; palpi fulvous above and at the tip, ochraceous be-
low, with intermingled black hairs; stalk of antennae ful-
vous below, bordered finely with white, black above, with
narrow white annulations ; club of antennae black, tip be-
low fulvous. Expanse of wings 1.66-1.8 in. The males
and females do not differ.

This species was first seen by me on July 21st, 1862, at
the "Ledge," and again August 2d, at same place; at
the head of " Tuckerman's Ravine " August 11th, several
specimens were taken in good condition, and many more
seen on the summit of Mount Madison August 18rh ; a sin-
gle specimen, labelled New England, is in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology. I have never seen the caterpillar
or pupa ; specimens of the imago taken August 2d were
full of eggs, some of which, flattened by accidental pres-
sure, were secured; they were longitudinally and rather
closely ribbed, and transversely wrinkled, the ribs being
only moderately prominent, extending to the apex, but

630 Characteristics of the Insect-Fauna

apparently not turning the angle of the base. Diameter
very nearly .04 in., height fully .04 in.

PEZOTETTIX GLACIALIS, nov. sp.

Allied to P. salamandra Fisch. Head not large ; occi-
put swollen ; vertex with a broad shallow sulcation ( 9 ) or
narrow, but not deep {S)i slightly depressed transversely
between the eyes; frontal ridge with a deep sulcation, and
a depression at the central ocellus ; eyes not so prominent
as usual in the genus, not elongated, docked anteriorly,
and very slightly above ; antennae slender, equal in both
sexes, as long as head and thorax ; pronotum a little wid-
est posteriorly, margin straight both in front and behind,
with a minute central emargination anteriorly ; lateral
carinaB scarcely apparent, median very slight; sternal spine
prominent, laterally compressed, blunt ( $ ), rather short,
blunt, conical ( 9 ) ; meso- and metanotum wingless, sim-
ilar altogether to abdominal segments ; hind femora
above, with square lateral carinas and a sharp median
carina ; abdomen laterally confipressed, with a distinct'
median carina extending faintly on to meso- and metatho-
rax ; centre of subgenital plate tuberculated.

9 ; vertex of head, dorsum of thorax and abdomen oli-
vaceous green ; a broad black band behind the eye, reach-
ing the posterior margin of prothorax, continued posteriorly
over half the length of abdomen as an interrupted band
by a series of dark transverse streaks at base of segments ;
below this, on sides of thorax, bright greenish yellow, with
a black spot on middle of lower border of prothorax ; be-
neath, greenish yellow, prosternum dusky, tubercle tipped
with brown ; front and sides of head yellowish green, with
a greenish streak down the middle of frontal ridge; labium,
maxillse, tip of labrum and of clypeus pale bluish white ;
both j)air of palpi yellow, terminal joint rimmed with
brown; tip and extreme base of mandibles black ; anten-

of the White Mountains. (331

naB yellowish brown, ])aler below, darkest at tip, towards
base greenish ; fore and middle legs olivaceous green, tinged
with yellowish beneath, last joint of tarsi darker, especially
at tip, claws tip[)ed with black, arolium reddish brown,
margined broadly with black ; under surface and lower
half of inner surface of hind femora coral-red, remainder
yellowish grass-green, with two broad bands of dark-green
across the outside, apex black ; tibiae green, tarsi paler, ter-
minal joint and arolium as in the others; anal appendages
dirty yellow, tipped and edged with black.

$ differs from 9 in having the pronotura and front of
head more yellowish, the prosternum black, its spine uni-
formly pale green, and the parts behind the prothorax as
follows : meso- and metasternum bright green ; sternum
of abdomen yellowish green, slightly paler than sternum of
thorax, with the apical border of the segments bordered
narrowly with dusky, and the basal rather broadly with
black ; basal half of terminal segment black, apical yellow-
ish green ; whole dorsal surface black, with a dorsal row of
yellowish-green spots, and a triangular spot of same color
between the coxae of middle and hind legs ; a lateral row
of greenish yellow spots on 1-8 abdominal segments, each
with a dark arcuate streak above, its concave side toward
the brownish spiracles ; anal appendages black.

Length (^ .65 in. ; 9 .82 in.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Arfrynnis Montinus Scudd.

Fig. 2, 3. Chionobas semidea Edw. Chrysalis.

Fig. 4. " " Imago.

Fig. 5, 6. " " Larva.

Fij?. 7. « " Head of Larva.

Fiir. 8. " " Terminal secernent of Larva.

Fifif. 9. Pezolettix fflacialis Scudd. V side view.

'o

Fig. 10. " " " i dorsal view.

INDEX.

Acer trilobatutn, 507.
Achatina, 26, 138.

biiUata, 138, 139.

Californica, 26.

fasciata, 137, 138.

flainmigera, 138.

gracilliina, 135, 138.

lubrica, 137, 138.

pellucida, 138, 175.

pictn, 138.

rosea, 139.

— solida, 138.

striata, 139, 141.

subula, 139.

Texasiana, 139, 141.

truncata, 139, 141.

Vanuxemensis, 139, 141.

virginea, 138.

Achelous spinimamis, 580, 581.
Acheta abbreviata, 427.

exigua, 429.

hospes, 430.

nigra, 427, 428.

■ servilis, 430.

. tripunctata, 427.

Aciculacea, 28, 152, 153, 184.
Acnantbes, 346.
Acridium, 466.
alutaceum, 466.

americanum, 466.

caroliiiiaiium, 468.

carolinum, 468.

femur-rubruin, 465.

flavovittatum, 466.

granulatum, 474.

laterale, 477.

obscurum, 467.

ornatum, 474.

rubiginosum, 467.

rusticum, 466.

sangiiinipes, 466.

sulphureum, 470.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 80

Acridium torvum, 466.

tuberculatum, 469.

Acrydii, 454.

Actajon heteroclita, 176.

Actinaria, families of, 529; sub-order of,
529.

Actinocrinidje, 497.

Actinocrinus, 221, 223, 261,491, 492, 493 ;
Modifications of the
structure of the probos-
ces of, 489.

sequalis, 234.

ahitus, 263.

brevicornis, 234.

brevis, 234.

clitoris, 275.

Christyi, 234.

claru?, 277.

Clio, 262.

clivosus, 274.

cloelia, 266.

coelatus, 234.

corbulis, 265.

corniculus, 234.

cornigerus, 234.

desideratus, 273.

discoideus, 234.

equibracbiatus, 263.

excerptus, 276.

fiscellus. 272.

interiiodius, 278.

Konincki, 234.

leucosia, 261.

limabrachiatus, 268.

longirostris, 234.

minor, 234.

Missouriensis, 274.

niultibracliiatu«, 234.

multiradiatus, 234.

opusculus, 264.

oniatus, 234.

pentagouus, 234.

34

Index.

Actinocrinus proboscidialis, 234.

pyramidatus, 234.

pvriformis, 234.

reticulatus, 269, 279.

rotundus, 234.

rusticus, 267, 493.

sculptus, 234.

subuculeatus, 234.

subs'entl•ico,su^^, 279.

superlatus, 234.

symmetricus, 234.

tricornis, 234.

trinodus, 234.

turbinatus, 234.

— " var. elegans, 234.

umbrosus, 234, 492.

unicornu?, 234.

unispina, 270.

ventricosus, 234, 278, 279.

Verneuilianus, 234, 489.

verrucosus, 234.

Whitei, 271.

Actinocyclus, 346.
Actinoptychus, 350.

^^ denarius, 346.

13 rays, 346, 350.

senarius, 346, 349.

^geria exitiosa, 618.
Agaricocrinus, 221.

bellatrema, 281.

bullatus, 234.

corrugatus, 283.

■ excavatus, 283.

inflatus, 284.

planoconvexus, 280.

stellatus, 234.

Agassiz, A. On Alternate Generation in

Annelids, 384; On Arachnactus bra-
chiolata, a species of floating Actinia
found at Naliant, 525 ; On Embryolo-
gy of Autolytus cornutus, 384.
Agatina fuscata, 126.

variegata, 138.

Alexia, 172.

mvosotis, 160, 171, 172.

AUantus, 236.

abdominalis, 238.

albomaculatus, 256.

angulifer, 252.

apicalis, 237.

atroviolaceus, 255.

basilaris, 240, 241.

bicinctus, 241.

-- bifasciatus, 251.

— carbonarius, 255.

— cestus, 243.

— coronatus, 240.

— dejectus, 249.

— dissimilis, 250.

— dubius, 241.

— epicera, 243.

— epinotus, 257

Allantus externus, 257.

flavicoxse, 258, 259.

flavolineatus, 259.

flavomarginis, 254.

goniphorus, 243.

grand is, 239.

incertus, 258.

interraedius, 242.

leucostoma, 254.

lobatus, 253.

medius, 251.

melisoma, 237.

mellinus, 248.

mellosus, 237.

niger, 239.

obesus, 260.

pallipes, 243.

pannosus, 257.

piceocinctus, 249.

pinguis, 244.

rufescens, 245.

rufipes, 255.

rufocinctus, 248.

rufopectus, 255.

sambuci, 257.

signatus, 247.

tacitus, 246.

tardus, 246.

terminalis, 236.

tricolor, 247.

trisyllabus, 238.

trosulus, 244.

varius, 240.

ventralis, 253.

verticalis, 250.

Alternate Generation in Annelids, 384.

Ammonites, 511.

Amnicola, 191.

Amphibolacea, 153.

Amphibolidae, 154.

Amphipentas, 331.

favosa, 331.

flexuosa, 348.

obtusa, 348.

Araphitetras, 348.

cuspidata, 331, 346.

favosa, 331.

Amphora, 350.

delphina, 330, 346.

obtecta, 347. 348, 350.

ovalis, 346, 348, 349.

Amphoracrinus bellatrema, 281.

— corrugatus, 283.

excavatus, 282.

inflatus, 284.

planoconvexus, 280.

AmpuUariacea, 153.
Ancliistoma thyroides, 54.
Annelids, Alternate Generation in, 384.
Aplodon, 152.

nodosum, 152.

Arachnactis, type of a family, 529.

Index.

635

Arachnactis brachiolata, 525.
Archaeoplax signifera, 584.
Archiocidaris, 221, 223.

Agassizi, 234.

Arcyptera, 462.

'■ gracilis, 463.

liiieata, 462.

platyptera, 463.

Argynnis, 618.

Aplirodite, 620.

Atlantis, 620.

Boisduvalii, 618.

cliariclea, 618.

Jlontiiius, 618, 626.

Arion, 6, 31.

empiricorum, 31.

foliolatiis, 6, 31.

hortensis, 31.

Arionidaj, 154.

Aspidium Kennerlyi, 513.

Asplenium elongata, 511.

Assiminida;, 154.

Athyris, 221.

^^ crassicardinalis, 219, 229, 235.

incrassatus, 219, 233.

Aulopora, 222.

Auricula, 171.

bidens, 157, 160.

bidentata, 157, 171.

biplicata, 157, 171.

cinculata, 161, 171.

coniformis, 163, 166, 171.

cornea, 157, 161, 171.

denticulata, 172.

flava, 166.

Floridiana, 165, 172.

heteroclita, 176.

Jaumei, 157, 160, 172.

leucodonta, 169.

monile, 166.

mvosotis, 172.

uitens, 169, 172.

obliqua, 168, 172.

oliva, 161, 172.

ovula, 163, 169, 172.

pusilla, 169, 172.

Sayii, 172, 177.

stenostoma, 161, 172.

Auriculacea, 26, 152.
Auriculea, 171.
Autolytus, 390, 404.

cornutus, 390, 404, 405; Em-

bryology of, 384.
: longosetosus, 404.

prolifer, 404.

Schultzii, 404.

Avicula, 221.

circulus 219, 234.

Aviculopecteu, 221.

Bacteria femorata, 424.
Sayi, 423.

Baculites, 511.
Bacunculus femoratus, 424.

Sayi, 423.

Baile_v, Loring W. New Species of Mi-
croscopical Organisms, 329.
Batrachidea, 474, 478.

carinata, 479.

cristata, 478.

Bellerophon, 221.

Beluga borealis, description of, 603.

Biddulphia, 349.

Baileyi, 335, 336, 346.

hemitropa, 344, 352.

pulcliella, 349.

radiatus, 352.

tenuis, 335, 346.

tridentata, 346.

trinacria, 338, 346.

Biloculina serrata, 350.

Binney, W. G. A Supplement to the
Terrestrial Mollusks of the United
States, &c., 1.

Blatta bicolor, 417.

domingensis, 417.

parallela, 418.

pennsylvanica, 417.

rufescens, 417.

Blattarite, 416.

Blauneria, 175.

heteroclita, 177.

pellucida, 138, 175.

Brachiopoda, 221, 222; Description of

seven new species of, 226.
Bradybffina pisum, 50.
Brvozoa, 222.
Bulimus, 24, 124, 125, 191.

acicuia, 137.

alternatus, 126, 128.

Binneyanus, 128.

Californicus, 24.

chordatus, 25.

confinis, 130, 131.

coniformis, 163.

dealbatus, 126, 130.

decollatus, 114, 134.

Dormani, 132.

elatus, 24.

excelsus, 24.

exiguus, 137, 178.

fallax, 136.

fasciatus, 137, 138.

Floridianus, 133, 134.

Gossei, 135, 137.

gracillimus, 134, 138.

Grunei, 132.

harpa, 135, 147.

hordeanus, 145.

hortensis, 134.

Humboldti, 25.

Kieneri, 135, 137.

lactarius, 126.

Laurentii, 25.

636

Index.

Bulimus Liebmnnni, 126, 128.

liquiibilis, 130, 131.

lubricoides, 138.

lubricus, 137, 138.

iiiiircrinatus, 13G, 147, 148.

Miirife, 128.

melo, 131.

Me.xicanu's, 25.

nionile, 166.

multilineatus, 132.

mutihitus, 114, 134.

nitelinus, 126.

obscuriis, 137, 145.

octoiia, 137.

oviihis, 169.

putriarcha, 129.

phvsoides, 131.

Scliiedeanus, 128, 129.

serperastrus, 126.

striatus, 137.

sul)iila, 134, 139.

suffiatiis, 25.

vef;etiis, 25.

veiiosus, 132.

vermt'tus, 137.

: vesicalis, 25.

vexillum, 137, 138.

viri;ulatus, 132.

zebra, 25, 125, 137, 138.

Ziebniaiuii, 126.

Ziefjleri, 25.

Bulla cofTea, 163.

fliiviatili.«, 63.

Burlington, Iowa, Geology of, 209.
Bursacrluus, 497.

Calicinaria cvathiformis, 546.

Callinectes, ]\Ioiiopraph of the penus,
568; Hemarks on the Sy-
nonymy of, 579.

arcuatus, ."j78.

bellicosus, 577.

(liacanthus. 575.

hastatus, 573.

larvatus, 573.

oniatus, 571.

toxotes, 576.

tiimidus, 574, 682.

Calopteiius, 464.

bivirtatus, 465.

fenioratu'i, 466.

femur-rubrum, 464.

puiictulatus, 465.

Calvadosia, 634, 536, 656.

campanulata, 533, 557.

Campvlodiicus, 339, 350.

'- collectus, 338, 339.

Cancer ba=tata, 5K0.
Caracolla Cuinlierlandiana, 99.

Edgiiriana, 65.

hulicoide-, 57, 58.

Cu-boniferous Grinoids, 261, 481.

Carboniferous f5?he?, 222.
Carcinoplacidae, 5^4.
Cardioinorpha, 221. 234.

ovata, 219, 234.

rhomboidea, 219, 234.

Carduella, 536, 545.

cyathiformis, 546.

Carpinus prandis, 509, 519.
Carychium, 178.

'- armigerum, 183.

contractiim, 183.

corticariuin, 146, 183.

cuphfEum, 178, 182.

exisuum, 137, 147, 178.

exile, 178, 181.

— -■ exi'-telium, 178, 182.

rupicola, 145, 183.

Cephalopoda, 221, 222.
Cerataulns turpidus, 346.
Ceratoneis spiralis, 347.
Ceriantlius, tvpe of a fomily, 529.
Ceuthophilus", 433.

Agassizii, 439.

brevipes, 434.

californianus, 438.

divergens, 436.

gracilipes, 439.

lapidicolas, 435.

latens, 437.

inaculatus, 434.

niger, 437.

scabripes, 436.

stvgius, 438.

U'hleri, 435.

Choetetes, 222.

Chaetocero=, 339.

Chama!rops, 607.

Chimotreina planiusculum, 152.

Chimpanzee, Comparative Jlyology of,

352.
Chionobas, 616, 618, 619.

Also, 618.

eritiosa, 618.

semidea, 618, 620, 621.

Chloealtis, 455.

abortiva, 455.

conspersa. 455.

curtipennis, 456.

punctulata, 465.

viridis, 455.

Chondropoma, 190.

dentatum, 191.

Chonetes. 221.

Fischeri, 219, 233.

Logani, 219, 233.

Chrysochriion, 455.
Cinnainomum cra«sipes, 507. 608.

Heeri, 507, 510, 619.

Rossmasleri, 508.

Cistulen, 190.

Clark, Prof. H. .T. Prodromus of the or-
der Lucernariffi, 631.

Index.

637

Cleistocarpidae, 535, 536.
Coccoiieida;, 347.
Cocconeis, 350.
Cocconeina, 347.
aspersa, 350.

liineeoliitum, 350.

Codaster, 221,225, 488.

Wliitei, 327.

Coeliocrinus, 498. 499.

dilatatuu, 501.

sitbspinosus, 501.

vontricosus, 501.

CoiiocardiuiT), 221.
Conocephalus, 449.
crepitans* 450.

ensiger, 449.

obtusiis, 450.

robustus, 449.

nncinatus, 450.

Conovulus biplicatiis, 157.

coftee, 163.

cofteus. 163.

coniformis, 163.

flavns, 166.

monile, 166.

nitens, 169.

pusillus, 169.

Conularia. 221.
Conulns Fabricii, 120.
Corals, 222.
Coscinodiscus, 350.

eccentricus, 346.

gisas, 346.

lineatu", .346, 349.

oculus-iridis, 346.

subtilis, 346, 349.

tenuis, 333, 334, 346.

Crab, Fossil, of Gay Head, 583.
Craterolophus, 536, 539.

convolvulus, 540.

Tethys, 540.

Crinoidea, 223 ; Carboniferous, 261 ; from

the Jlississippi Valley, 261; New
Species of, 261 ; Descriptions of New
Species of, from the Carboniferous
Rocks at Burlington, Iowa, 481; Re-
cuperative power of, 491.

Crustacea of Gay Head, 583.

Crustaceans, 221.

Cryptocercus, 419.

punctulatus, 420.

Cvathocrinidse, 496.
C'yathocrinus, 221, 292.

cornutus, 235.

divaricatus, 235.

Hoveyi, 293.

incipiens, 296.

lovven-is, 235.

latus, 292.

Lyoni, 298.

macropleurus, 295.

malvaceus, 235.

Cyathocrinus parvibrachiatns, 294.
rotutidatus, 235.

soiidus, 293.

viminaiis, 299.

Cycloplioridac, 164.
Cyclobtoma Cincinnatienee, 191.

dentatum, 191.

lapidarium, 191.

marginale, 191.

marginata, 136, 191.

tricarinatum, 191.

Cjxlostomacea, 153, 190.
Cvclotella Kiitzingiana, 331, 346.

— pulchella, 348.

radiata, 349.

Cylindrella, 149.

Goldfussi, 151.

jejuna, 150.

lactaria, 149, 150.

Poeyana, 149, 150.

pontifica, 151.

Roemeri, 150.

variegata, 149, 150.

Cvraatopleura Campylodiscus, 350.
Cvmbella, 347.

— gibba, 350, 351.

Cyrtophyllus, 444.

concavus, 444.

perspicillatus, 444.

Daihinia, 443.

brevipes, 443.

robusta, 442.

Decticus dorsalis, 454.

pachymerus, 453.

Delphinoidea, 124.
Denticella, 335.

trinacria, 343.

Depastrum, 536, 550.

cyathiforme, 546, 551.

stellifrons, 551.

Deroceras gracile, .32.
Devonian fishes, 222.
Diapheromera, 423.
femorata, 423.

Sayi, 423.

Dicera, 153.
Dichocrinus, 221, 288.

liratus, 290.

ovatus, 235, 290.

plicatus, 288.

pocillum, 291.

scitulus, 289.

striatus, 235.

Dicladia, 344.

capreolus, 339, 346, 352.

mamillana, 339, 346.

Dictyocha fibula, 346.
Diospyros lancilolia, 507.
Diploceraea, 390.

corniculata, 404.

Diploneis, 346.

638

Index.

Discina, 221.

Discoplea atmospherica, 350.

Kiitzingii, 331, 346.

Ditylum, 332.

iiifflquale, 332, 346.

trigouum, 332, 346.

Ecliinodermata, 221.
Ectobia, 418.

flavocincta, 419.

germanica, 418.

lithophila, 418.

Ectophthalma, 154, 190.

Edmotidia, 221.

Eleacriims, 482.

Eleutherucarpida;, 536, 551.

Ellobiiii.T, 154, 171.

Ellobium Barbadense, 163.

Embryology of Autolytus cornutus,

384."
Ephippigera maculata, 434.
Ephithemia, 347, 350.
Equisetum robustum, 513.
Eucrate, 588.

crassimanus, 688.

crenatus, 588.

Eumelus lividus, 32.

nebulosus, 32.

Eunotia anisodon, 336, 346.

dizyga, 337, 346.

Euoinphalus, 221.

latus, 219.

obtusus, 219.

Eupodiscus, 334, 346.

crassus, 347.

radiatus, 344, 346, 352.

Fauna, Insect, of the White Mountains,

612.
Favosites, 222.
Fenestella, 222.
Ficus cuneatiis, 524.

sp. 507.

Fishes, Devonian and Carboniferous,

222.
Forbesiocrinus, 221, 497.

asteriicformis, 320.

juvenis, 319.

spinifer, 318.

Thieinei, 317.

Forficularise, 415.

Fossil Plants, Descriptions of. 506.

Frngillaria in bands, 349.

constricta, 337, 346.

undata, 337.

Giisteropoda, 221, 222.

Gay Head, Fossil Crab of, 583; Geo-

iogicnl Ape of, 589.
Geolo);v of Burlington, Iowa, 209.
Geophila, 154.
Glandina, 26, 139.
Albersi, 26.

Glandina bullata, 138, 139.

corneola, 139.

parallela, 140.

Texasiann, 139, 140.

truncata, 137, 139, 140, 141.

turris, 26.

Vanuxemensis, 139, 141.

Globigerina, 347.
Globigerina;, 349.

(jl yptostrobus Eiivopceus, 509, 517.
Gomphocerus infuscatus, 461.
Gomphonema minutissima, 350.

sphairosphorum, 344, 346.

Goniatites, 221.

Gorgo[)is purascens, 598-
Grammatophora, 346, 349.
Grapta Comma, 620.

Faiinus, 620.

Gry Hides, 424.
Gryllotalpa, 426.

americana, 426.

borealis, 426.

brevipennis, 426.

Gryllus, 427.

abbreviatus, 427.

ajqualis, 470.

americanus, 466.

angustus, 427.

bipunctatus, 432.

bivittatus, 466.

carolinus, 408.

fasciatus, 430.

hospes, 430.

locusta niyrtifolius, 448.

luctuosu?, 427.

myrtifolius, 448.

neglectus, 428.

niRe'') 428.

niveu<, 431.

oblong! fohus, 445.

obscurus, 467.

pennsylvanicus, 429.

rusticus, 466.

suiphureus, 470.

tartaricus, 466.

tuberculatus, 469.

Grymaia, 332.

Gyroceras, 221.

— Burlingtonensis, 219, 233.

ITadenoecus, 439.

subterraneus, 440.

Hallclystus, 536, 559.

^^ auricula, 533, 559.

octoradiatus, 665.

salpinx, 563.

Halimocyathus, 536.

'- auricula, 531, 535.

platypus, 531, 637.

Hall, .lames. New Species of Carbonif-
erous Crinoidea from the Mississippi
Valley, 261.

Index.

639

Helicea, 6, 32, 153.
HelicelVa Steenstrupii, 117.
HelicidiB, 154.
Helicina, l'J2.

Anibeliann, 195.

castanea, 194.

chrvsocheila, 192.

fast'igiata, 82, 196.

Hanleyaiia, 192.

minuta, 194.

nitida, 194.

occulta, 193.

orbiculata, 193, 195.

plicata, 84, 196.

rubella, 193, 194.

subglobulosa, 195.

tropica, 194.

vestita, 194.

Helicinacea, 153, 191.
HellcinidiE, 154.
Helicodonta denotata, 58.

hirsuta, 60, 61.

Helicolimax canaliculata, 34.
Helix, 7, 42.

abjecta, 51.

acutedentata, 23.

arugiiiosa, 15.

albocincta, 50.

albolabris, 43, 54.

albolineata, 50.

albozonata, 49, 50.

alliaria, 117.

alternata, 98, 99.

anachoreta, 11.

annulata, 102.

apex, 103.

appressa, 57, 58, 59.

arborea, 116, 117.

arboretorum, 7, 8.

arbustoruin, 123.

areolata, 19.

Ariadnaa, 76.

arrosa, 15.

aspei-sa, 24, 51, 114.

asteriscus, 103.

— - — auriculata, 73, 74, 75.

avara, 74.

barbijrera, 63, 64.

Raskervillei, 17.

Berlanderiana, 49, 50.

bicostata, 121.

Bonplandi, 124.

bucculeiita, 54.

bulbina, 115.

caduca, 106, 107.

Californiensis, 7, 8, 13.

capsella, 117.

carnicolor, 51.

Caroliiiensis, 57, 58.

cellaria, 111, 113, 114.

cereola, 90.

chersina, 119.

Helix, cicercula, 50.

Clarkii, 53.

clausa, 46, 48, 59, 67.

Columbiana, 16.

concava, 65.

convexa, 60.

Cooperi, 97.

corpuloides, 124.

costata, 69.

Couchiana, 76, 77.

cultellata, 22.

Cumbcrlandiana, 99.

Dainascena, 18.

dealbata, 124, 130.

demissa, 116.

denotata, 57.

dentifera, 55.

depicta, 124.

devia, 17.

diodonta, 70.

dissidens, 65, 66.

divesta, 51.

domestica, 33, 124.

Dorfeuilliana, 82, 84, 86, 87.

Dnpetithouarsi, 15.

Edgariana, 65.

Edvardsi, 63.

egena, 119, 121.

electrina, 117.

elevata, 52.

Elliotti, 116.

ephebus, 71.

exarata, 12, 13.

exigua, 102.

exoleta, 54.

Fabricii, 120.

fallax, 70, 71, 72.

fastigiata, 79, 82, 84, 86, 88,

196.

fidelis, 14.

florulifera, 75.

fraterna, 60, 64.

friabilis, 106.

fuliginosa, 105, 108, 109, 110,

152.

fulva, 119.

germana, 14.

giaphyra, 109, 110, 111, 113.

griseola. 50.

gularis, 121, 122.

Gnndlachi, 121.

Harninonis, 121.

barpa, 124, 135.

Hiizardi, 84, 196.

helicoides, 58.

heteropus, 424.

hieroglvphica, 124.

Hinds.i,"92.

liijipocrepis, 77.

hirsuta, 59, 61, 62.

hispida, 124.

Hopetonensis, 70, 72.

640

Index.

Helix hortensis, 51, 114.

iiicrustata, (38.

inclentata, 119.

infecta, 98, 99.

inflecta, 59, 62.

iiilumata, 15.

iiiornata, 108, 109, 111.

intercisa, 8.

interna, 121.

intertexta, 96.

irrorata, 124, 125.

isognomostomos, 62.

jejuna, 67, 68.

'Kelletti, 17.

kopnodes, 104.

labiosa. 16.

labyrinthica, 95.

lac'tea, 125.

Iwvigata, 105, 108, 109, 113.

lasmodon, 122.

Lavelleana, 103.

Leaii, 60.

LecoTitii, 14.

leporina, 92.

levis, 18.

ligera, 95.

limatula, 100.

lineata, 123.

lingiiifera, 59.

Loisa, 23, 77.

loricata, 14.

lucida, 116.

lucubrata, 106, 108, 110.

macilenta, 122.

major, 43.

Mauriniana, 103.

maxillata, 65.

Mazatlanica, 24.

microdonta, 91.

milium, 101.

minuscula, 100, 102, 104.

minuta, 69.

minutalis, 103.

minutissima, 100, 104.

Mitchclla, 48.

MitfheJliana, 45, 46, 47, 48.

Mobiliana, 67.

monodon, 60.

Jlooreana, 80.

mordax, 98, 99.

Mormonum, 15, 16.

muitidentata, 123.

multilineata, 45.

nemoralis, 51, 125.

nemorivapa, 7.

Newberrvana, 20.

Nickliniiina, 7, 8, 10.

nitida, 117, 120, 121.

nitidosa, 117.

Nuttaliana. 14.

obstricta, 57, 58.

operculata, 83.

Helix Oregonensis, 15.

Ottoni?, 116, 117.

paclivloma, 49.

palllata, 56, 58, 64.

Paiidorse, 18.

patula, 122.

pellucida, 33, 125.

Pennsylvanica, 45, 46.

perspectiva, 99, 122.

I'isana, 51, 125.

placentula, 117.

plana, 91.

planorboides, 65.

planorbula, 90.

plicata, 79, 84, 88.

polychroa, 51.

polygyrata, 90.

porciua, 59, 62.

profunda, 70.

Dulchella, 69,

pusilla, 121.

pustula, S3, 92, 93, 94.

)iustuloides, 93.

Rafinesquea, 96.

ramentosa, 13.

redemita, 9, 10.

reticulata, 12.

rhodoclieila, 51.

Richardi, 70.

Roemeri, 55.

rotula, 117.

ruderata, 99.

rufa, 44, 109.

Rugeli. 60.

Sa>;raiana, 23.

saxicola, 68.

Sayii, 70, 74.

scabra, 98.

sculptilis, 110.

selenina, 117, 119.

septemvolva, 90.

sinuata, 62.

solaria. 123.

solitaria, 96.

spinosa, 64, 65.

splendidula, 50.

sportella, 19.

Steenstrupii, 117.

stenotrema, 61.

striatella, 99, 102.

striftosa, 23.

strougylodes, 98.

subcyiindrica, 125, 187.

subglobosa, 51.

submeris, 51, 52.

subplana, 110.

suppressa, 122.

Tamaulipasensis, 79.

Tennesseensi!!, 52.

tenuistriata, 118.

Texasiana, 73, 79, 82, 84.

tholus, 81.

Index.

641

Helix thyroides, 63, 54.

thyroiiius, 46, 53.

Townsctidiaiiii, 15.

trideiitatsi, 70, 71.

triodotitM, 5it, 71).

Tro()sti;in:i, 83, 84, 88.

'rrmtibuUi, 125.

tudiciihita, 7.

uvulifera, 74, 75.

Vancouvereusis, 19, 66.

varians, 51.

vellicata, 19.

veiitrosula, 72, 73.

vincta, 13.

virgata, 125.

vii-trlnalis, 49, 50.

volvoxis, 92.

vortex, 117, 118.

vultuosa, 75.

Wardiana, 96.

zaieta. 54.

Heinilonia, 152.

avara, 152.

Hemitroclius liKinastomus, 51.
Hipparchia semidea, 616, 618, 621.
Holothuria lagenam refereiis, &c., 542.
Homocrimis, 221, 223, 497.
Hyalodisciis, 334. 346.

Californicus, 334, 347.

Iffivi^, 334.

subtilis, 334.

Hymeiioptera of the Genus Allantus,
236.

Ichthyocrinus, 221.

Burlingtonensis, 234.

Inoceramus, 508.

Inoperculata, 153. 154.

Insect-Fauna of the White Mountains,

612.
Insects, Synthetic Types in, 591.

Janellidae, 154.

Labia, 415.

niinuta, 415.

Lamellibranchiata, 223.
Lastrea, 507.
Leucomia, 172, 177.

Sayii, 177.

Limacea, 6, 29, 153.
Li:nacid£e, 154.
Limax, 6, 31.

afi;restis, 31.

campestris, 32.

Caroliiu'iipis, 30.

Cohinibianus, 6, 32.

dorsalls, 31.

flavus, 31.

fuliginosus, 32.

gracilis, 32.

lineatus, 32.

JOURNAL B. 8. N. H. 81

Limax marmoratup, 30.

olivaceus, 32.

variegatus, 31, 114.

LinniKidw, 153, 154.
LiinMO[)Iiila, 154.
Liiigula, 221.

Lithodesinium contractum, 333, 346.
Locnsta acuminata, 449.

KquaJis, 471.

agilis, 453.

apiiulata, 469.

Carolina, 468.

caroliniana, 468.

caroliiius, 408.

cerineipennis, 472.

corallina, 469.

curtipennis, 456.

curvieauda, 447, 448.

eucerata, 472.

fasciata, 451.

leucostoma, 466.

maritima, 472.

marmorata, 472.

maxima viridis alis latissi-

mis, 447.

nebnlosa, 473.

oblongifolia, 445.

perisuelidis, 473.

perspicillata, 444.

suipiiurea, 470.

tartarica, 466.

verruculata, 471.

viridifasciata, 462.

Locustariae, 432
Loxonema, 221.
Lucernaria, 536, 551.

auricula, 540, 542, 557, 559,

566.

campanulata, 533, 540, 556,

557.

convolvulus, 540.

cyathiformis, 547, 551.

fascicularis, 554.

inauriculata, 557.

octoradiata, 560, 565.

quadricornis, 551, 552.

steliifrons, 551.

typica, 542.

sp. 542.

Lucernarise, 531 ; families of. 535; His-
tory, Structure, and Physiology of,
531.

Lupa bellicosa, 577, 582.

dicantha, 575, 581, 582.

hastata, 568, 581, 590.

pelagica, 581.

Sayi, 581.

Macroceramus, 137.

pontificus, 135, 137, 148,

151.
Manania, 536, 541.

642

Index.

Mfinania siuricula, 542.
M;irg;xrit:i arctica, 125.
JIargiimliiia Bacliei, 350.
Megistocrinus, 221.

— ^ Kvaiij;!, 234.

Whitei, 271.

Melampii miiiut;), 163.

monile, 166.

ovulum, 169.

Melampea, 26, 156.

Mehunpus, 156.

biJentatus. 26, 156, 157, 160,

171,172.'

biplicatiis, 157.

• — borealis, 160, 171, 173, 174,

175.

• cinsulatus, 161, 171, 172.

coffea, 102, 163.

coU'eus, 28, 163, 171.

cniiilormis, 163.

Cornells, 157.

(lenticLilatu?, 171, 173.

fiavus, 106.

l-'loridianus, 165, 172.

I'u^ca, 163.

Jaumei, 157.

liiieatus, 157.

miniita, 163.

— ir.iniitus, 166.

niunile, 166.

— iiionilis, 167.

obliquus, 167, 168, 172.

olivaceus, 26, 27.

ptisillus. 168, 169, 172.

. Kedfieldi, 171.

— torosa, 167.

turritus, 174.

Melosira granulata, 332, 346.

sulcata, 346, 349, 350.

■Menompliis, 71.
l^Ierista, 221.
Mesodon, 152.

helicinurn, 52.

■ leucodon, 54.

maculatuin, 152.

Mesomphix, 152.
Mespilocrinus, 222, 497.

— scitulus, 321.

Microcentrum, 446.

affiliatum, 447.

— ■ ret i nerve, 446.

— ^ thoraciciini, 447.

Microscopical Organisms from the Para

River, 329.
Jlodiolopsis, 221.
Miirchisonia, 221.
Myalina, 221.
Myology of the Chimpanzee, 352.

Navicula, 3S8.

bacillum, 335, 347.

Baltica, 347.

Navicula firma, 347.
formosa, 349.

gastrum, 335.

lineolata, 335, 347.

Lyni, 347, 349.

liliicentuia, 335.

septenaria, 334, 347.

serians, 335.

viridis, 347.

Nemobius, 429.

exiguus, 429.

fasciatus, 4-30.

vittatus, 430.

Neptunus pelagicus, 580, 581.
Nereis cornicuiata, 404.
prolitera, 404.

Newberry, Dr. J. S. Description of the
Fossil Plants collected by Mr. George
Gibbs, 506.

Nitschia Brightwellii, 344.

linearis, 345, 347.

mesolepta, 345, 347.

oblonga, 344, 347.

punctata, 344. 347.

Norton, E. On the Hymeuoptera of the
Genus AUantus, .36.

Notes on New Species of Microscopical
Organisms, chiefly from the Para
River, South America, 329.

Nucleospira, 221.

Barrisii, 219, 227.

Nucula, 221.

Observations upon the Geology and
Paleontology of Burlington, Iowa,
and its vicinity, 209.

Odomphium, 152.

Odostomia corticaria, 146.

Cubensis, 175, 176.

Odotropis, 152.

OLcanthus, 431.

cylindricus, 431.

fasciatus, 432.

niveus, 431.

punctulatus, 432.

(Edipoda, 467.

icqualis, 470.

Carolina, 468.

costalis, 473.

discoidea, 469.

eucerata, 472.

lati|)ennis, 471.

maritinia, 472.

marmorata, 472.

nebulosa, 473.

obliterata, 468.

l)ellui-ida, 472.

phoenicoptera, 468.

rugosa, 469.

sordida, 473.

sulphurea, 470.

verruculata, 471.

Index.

643

ddipoda xnnthoptera, 4C9.
Oleacina bullata, 139.

Ciibensis, 175.

truiicata, 141.

Vaiinxeineiisis, 141.

Oleacinidte, 154.
0;ivanites, 222.
Omphalina, 106, 1.52.

cuprea, 106, 152.

Oiicliidiacea, 153.
Onchidiidoe, 154.
Opisophthalma, 154, 184.
Opomala, 454.

brachyptera, 454.

Orbiilina universa, 350.
Orebeliinuin, 452.

agile, 453.

concmiiiim, 452.

gltibenimiiin, 453.

grticile, 451.

longipeniie, 453.

vulgare, 452.

Ordway, Albert^ Monograph of the
Genus Callinectes, 568.

Ortlii?, 221.

Burlingtonensis, 219, 233.

iiueqiuilis, 219, 233.

Mifcheliiia, 219, 233.

Swallowi, 233.

Thiemei, 219, 231.

Orthoceras, 221.

Orthoptera, Catalogue of New England
species, 409; Materials for a Mono-
graph of the North American Spe-
cies, 409; Tabic to find the New Eng-
land Genera, 413.

Packard, A. S., Jr. On Synthetic Tj'pes

in Insei-ts, 591.
Paleontology of l?urlington, Iowa, 209.
Para River, J^licroscopical Organisms

from, 329.
Partula Otaheitana, 152.
Pateriocrinus calycukis, 235.

ihombiferus, 235.

Pecten, 221, 223.
Peltigera caiiina, 625.
Pentremites, 222, 223; Summit Struc-
ture of, 481.

conoideus, 481.

elongatus, 235, 488.

lineatus, 488.

nielo, 235.

Norwoodii, 235, 483, 491.

■ sirius, 486.

stelldormis, 235, 486.

sulcatus, 481.

Periplaneta, 416.

atnericana, 416.

Persoonia oviformis, 507.
Pezotettix, 464, 619.
borealis, 464.

Pezotettix glacialis, 619, 630.
Phalangopsis, 434.
gracilipes, 439.

lapidicola, 434, 435.

macnlata, 434.

robustus, 442.

scabripes, 436.

Phaneroptera, 448. *

angustifolia, 448.

curvicauda, 448.

Phasmida, 423.

Phiiiipsia, 221, 222.
Philomycus, 30.

Carolinensis, 30.

dorsalis, 31.

flexuolaris, 32.

fuscus, 32.

oxyurus, 32.

qu'idrilus, 32.

Pholadomya subelongata, 508. •
Phragnioceras, 221.
Phylloptera, 444.

— '■■ caudata, 445.

ctirvicauda, 447.

oblongifolia, 444, 445.

retinervis, 446.

rotundifolia, 445.

Pliyllopterus myrtifolius, 448.
Pinnularia dilata, 337, 347.

iiiterrupta, 347, 349.

nobilis, 337, 347.

Planera dubia, 507, 508.

Ungeri, 508.

Planorbis, 63.

ghins. 141.

Platamodes, 417.

pennsylvanica, 417.

— unicolor, 417.

Pbitanu*, 507.
Platvceras, 221.

Platvcrinus, 222, 223, 285, 489, 491, 492,
493, 490, 497, 502.

Americanus, 235.

brevinodus, 28b.

Burliiigtonensis, 235,504.

canaliculatus, 235.

cavus, 235.

— clytis, 285.

— corrugatus, 235.

— discoideus, 235.

— elegans, 285.

— excavatus, 286.

— incomplus, 503.

— nodoorachiatus, 235.

— nodosus, 235.

— nucleiforniis, 235.

— pileiformis, 235.

— planus, 235.

— poeilHformls, 235.

— sculptus, 235.

— Slmmardianus, 235.

— striobrachiatus, 287.

644

Index.

Platycrinus subspinosus, 235.

'- truiicatulus, 235.

truiicatii<, 235.

tuberosus, 235.

verrucosus, 502.

WortliPui, 235.

Yiuvlclli, 235.

Pliityphyllum coiicavum, 444.

perspicilhitum, 444.

Pleurosigma. 347.

iiiflrttum, 334-

Pleurotom.iriM, 221.
I'lieumnnopoma, 183.
Polybostricluis .390.

'■ lon^osetosus, 390, 404.

Mii'llerii, 404.

Polygyra auricuhita, 73.

nvara, 74.

Dorfcuilliana, 86.

plicata, 84.

profunda, 70.

septeinvolva. 90, 92.

Troostiana, 88.

Polvmyxus, 341.

'- — ^ coronalis, 341, 347.

Polythalaraia, 349, 350.

inteirupta, 349.

Populus flabelluin, 524.

rhomboidea, 507, 523.

Porcellia, 221, 341.

Portunus dincatithus, 580, 581, 582.

hastatus, 581.

pelagicu?, 580, 581.

Poteriocrinus, 222, 223, 300, 492.

Barrisi. 303.

calvculus, 304.

dilatatus, 300, 498, 501.

fiisiformip, 302.

lepidus, 304.

JIi?souriensis, 302.

. ventricosus, 301, 501.

Productus, 221.

arcnatus, 219, 223.

Burlin^'tniiciKsis 219, 223.

conceiitricus, 223.

Flemingi, 219, 223.

la-vico'tu^, 219, 230, 235.

Sliumardianus, 233.

Proserpiiiacea, 153.
Prosoplitlialma, 154.
Pterocriniis, 497.

Pteropliylla agilis, 452.

concava, 444.

curvicaudii, 448.

fasciala, 451.

Pteropod, 221.
Puliuoiiata, 153.
Pulinonifera. 154.

Pupa albilabris, 147.

armifera, 142.

badia, 142.

carinata, 145, 146.

Pupa contracta, 143, 146, 149.

corticaria, 143, 146.

costulata, 136, 147.

curvideiis, 143.

decora, 143, 149.

delto-.tomM, 143.

detrita, 142.

e.Kigua, 147, 178.

falla.\, 136, 143, 145, 147.

gibbosa, 145.

Gouldii. 148.

Hoppii, 147.

incana, I4l.

ninritima, 142.

iniliuui, 148.

minuta, 145,146.

modesta, 148.

modica, 142.

niuscorum, 142.

ovata, 148.

ovulum, 148.

Parraiana, 1.36, 148.

pellucida, 147.

pentodon, 143, 149.

placida, 136, 137, 144, 145.

Poeyana, 150.

prof era, 145.

rupicola, 142, 145, 149.

simple.K, 148.

Steenbucbii, 147.

Tappaiiiaua, 144.

unicariuata, 148.

variolosa, 146.

Pycnoscelus, 421.

— obscurus, 422.

Pythia ovuluin, 169.

triplicata, 169.

Pj'xidicula comprcssa, 347.

Quercus Banksisefolia, 509, 522.

Benzoin, 507.

C'oriacea, 521.

Drvmcja, 509.

elli'ptic'a, 523.

Kvansii, 507.

flexuosa, 521.

Gaudini, 507, 508.

multinervis, 507.

platincrvis, 507,

Quinquelouulina, 349.

Rapliidophora Agassizii, 439.

gracilipcs, 439.

iapidicola, 434, 435.

niaculata, 434.

scabripcs, 436.

stygia. 438.

subterranca, 440.

xanthostouui, 441.

Retzia, 221.

Rhamnus Gaudini, 509,520.
Rhodocrinus, 222, 223, 492.

Index.

645

Rhodocrinus Barrisi, 322, 324.1

" var. divergens, 324.

Rurliiifitoneiisis, 325.

\Vhirei,324,32o.

Wortheni, 234, 324, 325.

Ehynchoiiella, 221.

— ^^ Jlissouriensis, 219, 233.

pustulnsn, 21;.', 226, 235.

Eofks exposed at Burlinglon, Section

of, 212.
Rotulia, 347.

Sabal Campbell!, 509, 515.

Lanianonis, 507.

majcir, 509.

sp.', 510.

Sacconereis, .390.

Helgolnndica, 390, 404.

Sch'uitzii, ."OO, 404.

S.ilisburia adiaiitoiiles, 508.

polyiiiorplui, 507,508.

Ungeri, 508.

Salix Islandicus, 507, 508.

mucropliyll;!, 508.

Scapliiocrinus,'-222, 306, 496, 497, 505.

aMjiialis, 316.

cariiiatus, 310.

dichotnmus, 234.

doris, 312.

Halli, 308.

nodobraciiiatus, 314.

orbicularis, 311.

ramnlo^^us, 3u7. •

robustus, 315.

l■llsti(•ellu^;, 505.

simplex, 234.

spinobracliiatus, 306.

tortuosiis, 309.

unicus, 313.

Whitei, 306.

Scudder, S H. Cataloirue of New Eng-
land Species of Ortlioptera, 409; In-
sect-Fauna of the Wlilte Mountains,
612; Materials for a Monograph of
North American Ortlioptera, 409.

Siphonaridte, 154.

Skenea serpuloides, 125.

Smilax cyilopliyela, 509, 520.

orbicularis, 509.

Sparangus, 222, 223, 225.
Spectrum femoratuui, 423.
Sphenopteris elongata, 510, 511.
Spines of Kchinotlertus, 350.
Spirifer, 221.

biplicatus, 219, 233.

extenuatus, 219, 233.

Forbesi. 219, 233.

!^ — Grimesi, 219, 233.

imbrex, 233.

incertus, 233.

plenus, 219, 233.

solidirostris, 219, 232, 233, 235.

Spirifer subrotundatus, 219, 233.
Spongiolites Agaricus, 347.
Spongoplioia, 415.

bipnnctata, 415.

Stauroneis Bailevii, 350.

liiieolata, .347.

Stauroptcra aspera, 337, 347, 349.

cardinalis, 337, 347.

lanceolata, 347.

parva, 347.

Stenobothrus, 456.

• aqnalis, 459.

bilineatus, 460.

curtlpennis, 456.

longipetniis, 457.

maculipennis, 458.

nielanopleurus, 456.

propinquans, 461.

speciosus, 458.

Stenopida?, 154.
Stenostoma, 152.

convexa, 62.

Stenotrema, 62, 152.

convexa, 61, 62, 152.

Stimpson, Dr. W. On the Fossil Crab of

Gav Head, 583.
Striarella, 347.
Striatopora, 222.
Strophocornus, 350.
Strophoinena, 221.

rugosa, 219.

Stylopyga, 416.

orientalis, 416.

Sncciiiea, 6, 34.

amphibia, 42.

aperta. 7.

aurea, 37.

avara, 35, 36.

campestris, 34, 35, 37.

cingulata, 7.

cmicordialis, 41.

effusa, 41.

Groenlandica, 38.

Hayiieiii, 40.

indafa, 34.

lineata, 35, 38.

luteola, 41.

~ — muiiita, 41.

Nnttalliana, 6.

ol) iqua, 35.

Oregoiiensis, 6.

ovalis, 35, 37.

putris, 42.

— retusa, 37.

rusticana, 6.

Sallcana, 42.

Texasiana, 41.

Totteniana, 35.

verm eta, 36.

Wardiaua, 36.

Surirella, 339.
collecta, 347.

646

Index.

Surirella decora, 338, 347.

duplex, 338, 347.

quiitamalensis, 347.

fplendidn, 347.

striatulii, 347.

Syllis, 390.

— prolifera, 404.

Svnapta tenuis, 349.
SVnbathocrinus, 222, 234.
Synedra, 349.

acuta, 347.

— : fulgens, 348.

Ulna, 347.

Synthetic Types in Insects, 591.
Syringidiuni, 349.

— !^ Ainericanum, 342, 347,

351.

occidentale, 343, 347.

simplex, 343, 347.

Syringopora, 222.

Tabellaria trinodis, 350.
Tajniopteris Bertrandi, 512.

dentata, 512.

Koceiiica, 512.

Gibl^ii, 51(1, 612.

Taxodiiim cuneatuin, 517.

dubium, 509, 516.

occidentale, 5U9, 516.

Tebennoi)horus, 30.

i)iliiieatus, 31.

. Carol incnsis, 30.

dorsalis, 31.

Tentln-edinida>, 236.
Ten'liredo basilaris, 241.

rufipes, 255.

terminaiis, 237.

verticalis, 250.

Terebratula, 221.

Burlinjrtonensis, 219, 228.

Tcrpsinoe magti;!, 340, 347.

minima, 340, 347.

musica, 347.

tetragrainma, 340.

Terrestria, 153.

Terrestrial iMollusks of the United

States, a supplement to, by W. G.

Binney, 1.
Testaceilldffi, 154.
Testacina, 32.
Tetracera, 153.
Tetrix arenosa, 474.

bilineata, 474.

cristata, 478.

dorsalis, 474.

lateralis, 477.

ornata, 474.

parvipeunis, 477.

polymoriilia, 477.

quadriinaculata, 474.

Tettigidea, 474, 476.
lateralis. 477.

Tettigidea polymorpha, 477.
Tettix, 474.

ciicullata, 475.

granulata, 474.

ornata, 474.

rugosa, 476.

triangularis, 475.

Thalassi(>[)hila, 154.
Thyreonotus, 453.

dorsalis, 454.

pachymerus, 453.

Tifata Floridiana, 165.
Tornatella lieteroclita, 176.
I'ornatelle con i forme, 163.
Tornatellina Cubensis, 175.
Toxostoma, 152.

globularis, 152.

Toxotiema, 152.
complanata, 152.

globularis, 152.

Tragocepbala, 461.

itit'uscata, 461.

railinta, 462.

viridifasciata, 461.

Tralia, 161.

ovulum, 169.

pusilla, 169.

Trematocrinus, 222, 497.

reticulatus, 325.

Triceratium alternans, 347.

comptum, 347.

favus, 331, 347, 349, 350.

■ megastoniuni, 347.

Shadboltii, 342, 347.

splnosum, 350.

Tridaetylus, 424.

apicalis, 425.

minutus, 425.

— terminaiis, 425.

Tri'lopsis hirsuta, 62.
Triloculina, 350. '
Triodopsis, 152.

lunula, 70, 152.

scabra, 57.

Troglodytes niger, 352.
Trophodon, 152.
Tropidiscliia, 440.

xanthostoma, 441.

Truncatella, 28, 184.

bilabiata, 188.

Californica, 28.

— Caribajensis, 185, 187.

— Gouldii, 186.

— gracilcnta, 29.

— pulchella, 189.

— subcylinilrica, 186, 187.

— succiiiea, 186.
truncatula, 187.

Tnincatellidae, 154.

Udeopsylla, 442.
nigra, 443.

Index.

647

Ddeopsylla robusta, 442.
Urcinelia, 32.

Vaginiilns, 29.
flexiiolari?, 30.

Floridamis, 29.

fuscu^, 30.

oxynrus, 30.

quadrilus, 30.

Valvata, 191.

Vanessa Milberti, 620.
Veronicellidii?, 154.
Vertigo, 148.

'■ — contracta, 143, 149.

ciirvideiis, 143.

decora, 143, 149.

Gouldii, 148.

milium, 148.

miiuita, 145, 146, 149.

ovata, 148.

pentodon, 143, 149.

rupicola, 145, 149.

simplex, 148.

variolosa, 146.

Vitrina, 32.

Americana, 33.

ann;elic«, 32, 124, 125.

limnida, 33.

pelliicidn, 33.

Volufa flainmea. 166.

flava, 166.

heteroclita, 176.

pusilla, 169.

tnplicata, 169.

White, C. A. Geology and Paleontology

of Burlington, Iowa, 209. Observa-
tions on the Sumtnit Structure of
Pentremites, the structure and ar-
rangement of certain Parts of Cri-
noid<, and Descriptions of New Spe-
cies Irom the Carlioniferous Hocks at
Bnrliii<rton, Iowa, 481.

Wliite Fish, Description of, 603.

AVIiite .Mountains, Insect-Fiuma of, 612.

White Whale, Description of, 603.

Wilder, Burt, G. Comparative Myology
of the Chimpanzee, 352.

Wyman, I'mf. J. Description of a White
Fish or White Whale, Beluga borealis
Lesson, 603.

Xanthopsis, 589.
Xipliidium, 451.

brevipenne, 451.

cnsil'erum, 451.

fisciatum, 451.

Xolotrema, 152.

cliinsum, 59, 152.

Innnlum, 152.

— • triodopsis, 152.

Zaphrentis, 222.

Zeacrinus, 222, 305, 496, 497.

elegans, 235, 305.

raniosus, 235, 305.

scoparius, 305.

Zdotea, 32.

Zvgoceras hemitropus, 344, 347.

— Jlobiliensis, 335, 336, 343.

occidentalis, 336, 343.

Rhombus, 347.

ERRA TA.

Page

11

2, 1. 34, for Fenessac read Ferussac.

5, 1. 39, for R. T. Shuilieicorlh read 7?. ./. ShuHleicorfh.

6, 1. 10, and elsewhere, for Dra/jaiiaud read Draparnuud.
7,1. 32, for ntvwvaviga read nenwrivaga.

8, 1. 14, " " " "

10, 1. 6, for rerUmita read rerkmita.

11. 1. 11, for indenta read iwhntatn.
13, 1. 1, for (kceiuh'iis read descemlens.
20, 1. 17, for siiptri. read stiperlores.

'" 1. 22, for viCuUti read (icrultnta.
26, 1. 21, and elsewhere, for liar/en read Reigen.

" I. 29, for epkkrme read epuhnn'uk.

" 1. " for mn.ilrantibus read iitimstranlibus.
28, 1. 6, for Mark read Mdrch.

" 1. 20, for tenuiscidd read tenuicula.
38, 1. 33, for ovbicuUda read orbiculnto.
44, 1. 28, for columella read columtllar.

648

Errata.

age

48,

tt

49,

u

51,

t(

53,

((

55,

u

U

11

57,

((

58,

((

59,

(C

6.3,

It

64,

II

65,

II

U

II

78,

II

80,

II

90,

11

91,

11

93,

11

99,

103,

11

124,

11

125,

«1

41

11

130,

11

131,

11

133,

11

135,

(1

136,

11

13)?,

II

14ri,

11

153,

II

154,

11

166,

11

11

11

177,

It

181,

It

187,

11

191,

11

194,

(1

200,

II

257,

II

258,

,11

339,

11

409,

II

413,

II

418,

II

420,

X

(»

(1

427-

11

446,

11

451,

It

t;

It

452,

it

453,

II

545,

9, for 7. read .7.

35, for Brandybcena read Bradyhmna.
2, tor ils read it.

8, for subdihttd read subdilatatd.

23, for tenia read itiniis.

28, for dilUdto read dilulato.
\i, after lOo), read ".

2, for odsliicla read obslrkta.

32, for JidiH read Jun.
18, for 7, 9 read 7-9.
20, delt y.

18, for WascMta read Wachita.

26, for C'dita/iootliet read Chattahoochee.

29, for New Brcmtnfds read New Braunfels.
14, for connectans read conneclens.

14, for (jennhehe read (jenabelie.

17, for picedito read pimdito.

3, for t'littidwucht-e read Chattahoochee.

5, for wjf'cta read infetta.

6, for curiuo read corneu.

14, for iscuUs plnnu read plnniuscuUs.
16, for dimiietri read dlamttns.

4, 9, for Jjavtlleann read Lnvalleana,
22, for Yucatenensis read Yucatanensis.

7, for limited read limited.
29, for iikeiwa read Skenea.

36, for lunsigts read loiisist.
20, for lifjualis read lie^iuibilis.
29, for 88 read 80.

2, for cnnvtxiusculis read convexiuscuU.

19, for Mdcrocerraimis read J/((CJ'0te?'a7KZ«.

31, for Guiltiani read Guillani.

33, for (jracilliiius read (jvacdlivius.

9, for 17 read 16.

20, for Thassilojjhila read Thalassiophila.

18, " " " "
16, (/eZe !.

28, for Goldfus read Goldfuss.

22, for Haupwindun;! read /laitplwindung.

10, lor Biturf/if/nal's read Bourt/viynnVs. 9
16, for Caribcetnsis read Caiibbceeiisis.

24, for Ci7icinnalensis read Cindnnuiiense.

27, for 7((/m read Jan.

4, for 119 read 117.

25, for sumbucci read sambuci.

5, " " " "

28, for 74 read 73.

22, for J/"?/ 21s/ read Jw/ie 18^.

26, for Liibidura read Sponyophora.

6, double the measureineiUs.
2, for «•«///( read lenyth.

13, for /(/s< reixdjiftii.

ill all the spee'ies of the genus Grjdlus double the measurements

given in numerals.

32, for retiiiervis read reiinerve.

21, for breripeiinis read brtviptnne.

34, for endfiV read ensifevuni.

4, for brevipeunis read brtviptnne.
18, for hinyipennis read hnyipenne.
18, for Curduellla I'ead Carduella.

Officers for 1863-4. 649

OFFICERS FOR 1863-4.

PRESIDENT,

Jeffries Wyman, M. D.

VICE-PRESIDENTS,

Charles T. Jackson, M. D. Augustus A. Gould, M. D.

CORRESPONDING SECRETARY,

Samuel L. Abbot, M. D.

RECORDING SECRETARY,

Samuel H. Scudder.

CURATORS,

Thomas T. Bouvd, Of Geology and Paleontology.

Charles J. Sprague, Botany.

Thomas M. Brewer, M. D., Odlogy.

Henry Bryant, M. D., Ornithology.

F. W. Putnam, Ichthyology.

Theodore Lyman, Radiata.

James C. White, M. D., Mammalogy and Compar-
ative Anatomy.

Samuel H. Scudder, Entomology.

B. Joy Jeffries, M. D., Microscopy.

Francis H. Brown, M. D., Herpetology.

Charles Pickering, M. D., Ethnology.

William T. Brigham, Mineralogy.

Alpheus Hyatt, Conchology.

CABINET KEEPER.

Charles Stodder.

JOURNAL B. S. N. H. 82

Vol yn.

Plate Xll.

L - Troiwaloi , on. stone .

Tbim

Hate XY

/ \

/

/

>Ji

e Mt Madisc

53G5 ft

\.

j 3Gne'3 Baviixe /

/

(

i

/

/

{ ^ ^>^t Jeffersoii
Kl^if^ \ 571* ft. I

\

\

.tfap
4-979 ft

\

\

\

^ ^ Mt Clay /
^ ....it/

Cap

5±17

ft \ =S tif- Mt WasKuT^ton .'

mmr Qrrm^fmm\Mt range

OF THE WHITE MTS. N.H.,

ALPINE a SUBALPINE DISTRICTS.

->■ <■

Outer Limits of thi SuiaJpine Disb-ict

Oinei Lnrats of theAlpme Distiict.

\ \ !

I :^ L.-.^ of tke Clptis

i ^%Mt Mvn-LTcs''''"
\ ^JS^^- 538$ ft /

UaVis

/

X Ti-oTivelot. on. stone

I
i

/ '!

/ ■',,.,. y

( ""^ Mt Prai-J^ui.

/%^- ^ Pleassatt
/^^ g^/ 47 Si -ft

It, 11

3 5185 00259 2564

f

m

"■;;i„"-"T ; ■

"i .; ",

">::

"*".

. jtKi

M V V

V .'

■ri ( . -* .

. jy.

**■'

.«.'«.

1

, V.

., -*■«.'

:-':^i

■

1

■

i=

' */'^

■

■

■

Bi

^.;-i:in,'.', ■

S^fv^

■

■

^H

^Bl.-^ ' '••%>

■

■

■

■

K^rv.r '■

•■•.■^